texlive[56514] Master/texmf-dist: latex2e (2oct20)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Fri Oct 2 23:49:19 CEST 2020
Revision: 56514
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=56514
Author: karl
Date: 2020-10-02 23:49:18 +0200 (Fri, 02 Oct 2020)
Log Message:
-----------
latex2e (2oct20)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amscd.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsgen.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsmath.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsopn.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amstext.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsxtra.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/changes.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/subeqn.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/subeqn.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/technote.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/testmath.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/bugs.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manifest.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/changes.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/color.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/drivers.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/epsfig.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/graphics.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/graphicx.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/grfguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/grfguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/keyval.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/lscape.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/rotating.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/rotex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/trig.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/shellesc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/amsmath/amsmath.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/amsmath/amstext.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/classes.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/doc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/docstrip.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fontdef.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/format.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/inputenc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latex209.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latexrelease.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/letter.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltclass.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdefns.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltexpl.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfiles.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfinal.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssaxes.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssbas.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssdcl.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssini.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfsstrc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltlists.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltluatex.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmath.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutenc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpage.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltplain.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltsect.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltspace.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttab.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttextcomp.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltvers.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxref.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/slides.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/unpack.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/color.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/graphics.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/graphicx.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/lscape.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/array.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/varioref.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/xr.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsmath/amsmath.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ansinew.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/applemac.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ascii.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk10.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk11.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1250.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1252.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1257.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp437.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp437de.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp850.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp852.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp858.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp865.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/decmulti.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/docstrip.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fleqn.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontenc.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.cfg
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.ltx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.cfg
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.ltx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/inputenc.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex209.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latexrelease.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin1.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin10.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin2.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin3.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin4.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin5.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin9.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/letter.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltluatex.lua
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltluatex.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltnews.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltxdoc.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/macce.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/next.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlenc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omsenc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1enc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot4enc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.cfg
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/report.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/shortvrb.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size12.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1enc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/tuenc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/color.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphics.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/graphicx.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/graphics/lscape.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/varioref.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/xr.sty
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfilehook.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lthooks.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltshipout.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/atbegshi-ltx.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/atveryend-ltx.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/everyshi-ltx.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/lppl.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/source2edoc.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/structuredlog.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array-2020-02-10.sty
Removed Paths:
-------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltexpl.ltx
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/README.md 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/README.md 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The amsmath bundle for LaTeX
============================
-Release 2020-02-02
+Release 2020-10-01
Overview
--------
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsbsy.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amscd.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsgen.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsldoc.tex
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsmath.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsopn.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amstext.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/amsxtra.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/changes.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/changes.txt 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/changes.txt 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -1,3 +1,31 @@
+2020/09/23 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer at latex-project.org>
+ * amsmath.dtx (subsection{Fractions}):
+ added \cs{Ustack} to \cs{frac} and \cs{genfrac} for luatex
+ (moved patch from lualatex-math)
+ * amsmath.dtx (section{Array-related environments})
+ changed subarray for luatex: moved to version from lualatex-math
+
+2020-08-24 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer at latex-project.org>
+
+ * amsmath.dtx (section{Extensible arrows}):
+ Detect unicode engines and use \Umathcharnumdef for
+ \std at minus and \std at equal (acc/135)
+
+
+2020-03-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * amsmath.dtx (subsection{Simple aligning environments}):
+ Explicity test for b,t,c and return optional argument is
+ different (gh/5)
+
+2020-03-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * amsmath.dtx (subsection{Math spacing commands}):
+ Math/text spacing commands are now in the \LaTeX{} kernel and are
+ made robust. We still define them here so that the package
+ continues to work with older formats (gh/303)
+
+
#########################
# 2020-02-02 Release
#########################
@@ -28,7 +56,8 @@
2019-10-11 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
- * build.lua: package amsmath-2018-12-01.sty (only ctan build script no source changes)
+ * build.lua: package amsmath-2018-12-01.sty (only ctan build script
+ no source changes)
#########################
# 2019-10-01 Release
@@ -156,4 +185,3 @@
inside indented lists (displaywidth < columnwidth). Changed the
multline/fleqn/leqno indent to match mathmargin when possible
instead of always just using multlinetaggap.
-
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/subeqn.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/subeqn.tex
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/technote.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/amsmath/testmath.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README.md 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The LaTeX kernel
================
-Release 2020-02-02 patch level 5
+Release 2020-10-01
Overview
--------
@@ -34,16 +34,12 @@
- `README.md` is this file
- `manifest.txt` lists all the files in this LaTeX distribution,
with one line of information about the contents
-- `unpacked.txt` lists all the files in the unpacked LaTeX distribution
- `legal.txt` and `lppl.txt` (LaTeX Project Public License) describe the
LaTeX copyright, warranty and copying restrictions.
-- `patches.txt` describes the how important changes will be distributed
- between releases
- `texpert.txt` contains information about the system that may still be
useful for TeX experts
- `tex2.txt` contains important information for users of extremely
old versions of TeX (pre 1990)
-- `autoload.txt` describes a variant of LaTeX that is no longer supported
- `bugs.txt` describes how to submit a bug report for LaTeX
Other documentation files include files with names of the form:
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/bugs.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/bugs.txt 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/bugs.txt 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
LaTeX Error Reports
- January 2017
+ April 2020
ERROR REPORTS
@@ -15,7 +15,8 @@
distribution, e.g. in a .dtx file (in this case it is a feature :-).
* The error has not already been reported. If you have WWW
- access, you can search the LaTeX bugs database using this URL:
+ access, you can find out how to search the LaTeX bugs database
+ using this URL:
https://www.latex-project.org/bugs.html
@@ -52,7 +53,7 @@
Submit the test and transcript files through the Web interface at:
- https://www.latex-project.org/bugs/bugs-upload.html
+ https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues
Please fill in all required fields; in particular, make sure
that your name, email address, and the summary description
@@ -84,4 +85,4 @@
Please *do not* send such reports to the latex-bugs address.
---- Copyright 1997,1998,2006,2008,2017 the LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved ---
+--- Copyright 1997,1998,2006,2008,2017,2020 the LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved ---
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -6,7 +6,424 @@
are not part of the distribution.
================================================================================
+2020-10-01 Joseph Wright <Joseph.Wright at latex-project.org>
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Allow for package substitution when saving version data
+
+2020-09-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx (section{Custom series settings for main document families}):
+ \bfdefault at previous was called \bfseries at previous by mistake
+ \mddefault at previous was called \mdseries at previous by mistake
+ (gh/395)
+
+2020-09-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Some last minute initializations \ldots}):
+ Load a "first aid" containing temporary fixes file for external
+ packages that await updates.
+
+2020-09-25 Marcel Krüger <Marcel.Krueger at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx:
+ Fix return value of list callbacks.
+
+2020-09-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltshipout.dtx (subsection{Emulating \pkg{atbegshi}}):
+ Avoid unnecessary overfull box warnings (gh/387)
+
+2020-09-06 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Correct option passing when a file is replaced
+
+2020-08-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx:
+ Corrected release guard for \IfFontSeriesContextTF
+
+2020-08-23 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxref.dtx:
+ added default definition for @currentcounter
+
+2020-08-21 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Robust commands and protect}):
+ Modified \MakeRobust to define the same csnames as \DeclareRobustCommand
+
+2020-08-21 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lthooks.dtx:
+ New code for hook management.
+ Distribute code to other modules as needed.
+
+ * ltfilehook.dtx:
+ New code for file loading.
+ Added hooks to file loading commands.
+ Support file substitution.
+ Distribute code to other modules as needed.
+
+ * ltshipout.dtx:
+ New code for shipout handling and hook management.
+ Added hooks to \shipout.
+ Distribute code to other modules as needed.
+
+ * ltfssaxes.dtx:
+ * ltdefns.dtx:
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+ Integration of new hook management code.
+
+ * ltexpl.dtx:
+ Integration of new hook management code.
+ Dropped unused command.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx:
+ Added hooks in file commands.
+ Integration of new hook management code.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ Added hooks to environments.
+ Integration of new hook management code.
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx:
+ Added hooks in NFSS commands.
+ Integration of new hook management code.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx:
+ Integration of new hook management code.
+ Move rollback code to right places.
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx:
+ Use new file loading.
+
+ * source2edoc.cls:
+ Temp class to typeset source2e. Needs fixing or will vanish again.
+
+ * source2e.tex:
+ Add the new modules to the documentation.
+
+2020-08-20 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: define legacy command \alloc@ in terms of
+ \e at alloc to avoid errors once e-tex registers are needed.
+
+2020-08-19 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Acting on robust commands}):
+ Added \ShowCommand to the kernel (gh/373)
+
+2020-07-28 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx:
+ added fourth argument to \contentsline in \addcontentsline
+
+2020-08-10 Marcel Krüger <Marcel.Krueger at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx, ltluatex.dtx:
+ Moved \now at and@everyjob to ltluatex and load luatexbase during format building.
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx:
+ new_graf callback type changed to exclusive
+
+2020-08-15 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx, ltboxes.dtx:
+ Allow eTeX length expressions in picture coordinates.
+
+2020-08-08 Johannes Braams <Johannes.Braams at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Small optimisation by defining \q at curr@file directly (gh/220)
+
+2020-08-03 Joseph Wright <joseph.wright at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx:
+ Correct resetting of allocation counters. (gh/363)
+
+2020-08-01 Marcel Krüger <Marcel.Krueger at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx, inputenc.dtx, ltfinal.dtx, ltluatex.dtx:
+ More consistently use \Umathcode to check for Unicode-aware engines. (gh/279)
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx:
+ new_graf callback type changed to exclusive
+
+2020-07-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpage.dtx (section| command.):
+ \markboth and \markright should not be \long (gh/354)}
+
+ * ltsect.dtx (subsection{The Title}):
+ \author and \date should not be \long (gh/354)}
+ \title and \thanks kept as \long.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx (subsubsection{Declaration commands}):
+ \UseTextAccent and \UseTextSymbol should not be \long (gh/354)}
+
+ * ltmath.dtx (subsubsection{The UNSORTED Rest}):
+ \cases, \matrix and \pmatrix should not be \long (gh/354)}
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx (section{Picture Mode}):
+ \linethickness should not be \long (gh/354)}
+
+2020-07-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: \begin should not be long for better
+ error recovery (gh/354)
+
+2020-07-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lthooks.dtx, ltshipout.dtx, ltfilehook.dtx:
+ Integrate hook management into the kernel
+
+2020-07-08 Joseph Wright <joseph.wright at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltexpl.dtx:
+ Add hook \@expl at finalise@setup@@
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx:
+ Execute hook \@expl at finalise@setup@@
+
+2020-07-07 Johannes Braams <Johannes.Braams at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: Merge the @@-module functionality of
+ l3docstrip.dtx into docstrip.dtx (gh/337)
+
+2020-07-04 Marcel Krüger <Marcel.Krueger at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx:
+ Suppress tlig ligatures in LuaTeX without font reloading (gh/165)
+
+2020-06-15 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Macros surrounding the `definition parts'}):
+ Void \@labels for vertical typesetting (gh/344)
+
+2020-06-05 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Loading further extensions}):
+ Moved loading of ltexpl.ltx earlier (from ltfinal.dtx) to ltdefns to
+ allow usage of expl3 extensions while loading the kernel. Further
+ changes to support this one listed below:
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx:
+ Removed loading of ltexpl.ltx
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Added \@expl at push@filename@@ and \@expl at push@filename at aux@@ to
+ \@pushfilename and \@expl at pop@filename@@ to \@popfilename.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx (section{File Handling}):
+ Added \@expl at sys@load at backend@@ in \document.
+
+ * ltexpl.dtx:
+ - Added blank definitions for \@expl at sys@load at backend@@,
+ \@expl at push@filename@@, \@expl at push@filename at aux@@, and
+ \@expl at pop@filename@@.
+ - Added temporary definitions for some kernel commands.
+
+2020-06-04 Marcel Krüger <Marcel.Krueger at latex-project.org>
+
+ * format.ins: Load ltluatex.dtx before ltdefns.dtx
+
+2020-05-31 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Center, Flushright, Flushleft}):
+ % Added \finalhyphendemerits=0 to avoid extra line in
+ \centering, \raggedleft or \raggedright (gh/247)
+
+2020-05-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx (section{Custom series settings for main document families}):
+ Added \IfFontSeriesContextTF so that it is possible to reliably
+ detect the current font series context (gh/335)
+
+2020-05-17 Johannes Braams <Johannes.Braams at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Support spaces within filenames (gh/218)
+
+2020-05-15 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Initex initialisations}):
+ Allow \par in the argument of \typeout and turn it into an empty line
+ if expanded, if not it remains \par (gh/335)
+
+2020-05-11 Marcel Krüger <Marcel.Krueger at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx:
+ Use primitive \- with LuaTeX
+
+2020-05-09 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Robust commands and protect}):
+ Added \DeclareCommandCopy et al. to the kernel (gh/239)
+
+2020-05-07 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxref.dtx:
+ added \@currentcounter to \refstepcounter (gh/300)
+
+2020-05-06 Marcel Krüger <Marcel.Krueger at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx:
+ Make Unicode softhyphen U+00AD active and defined as \-.
+
+2020-05-02 Johannes Braams <Johannes.Braams at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltexpl.dtx: Created aliases for two expl3 macros in order to use
+ them to remove leading and trailing spaces from filenames (gh/217)
+
+2020-05-02 Johannes Braams <Johannes.Braams at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: Modified \include and \includeony to support
+ filenames with spaces in them (gh/217)
+
+2020-04-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttextcomp.dtx (subsection{Sub-encoding 2}):
+ Make all captial accents text commands in Unicode engines for
+ hyperref (gh/332)
+
+2020-04-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Verbatim}):
+ Drop spaces before \verb delimiter (gh/327)
+
+2020-04-22 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx (tuenc.def):
+ corrected unicode value of \=y from "0232 to "0233
+
+2020-04-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx (subsection{The code}):
+ Support calc syntax for \newline (gh/152)
+ Support calc syntax for \addvspace (gh/152)
+
+ * lttab.dtx (subsection{tabbing}):
+ Support calc syntax in tabbing (gh/152)
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx (section{Picture Mode}):
+ Support calc syntax in \shortstack (gh/152)
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Center, Flushright, Flushleft}):
+ Support calc syntax for \\ (gh/152)
+
+ * ltmath.dtx (subsection{Math Environments}):
+ Support calc syntax for \\ (gh/152)
+
+2020-04-21 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx (subsection{Horizontal space (and breaks)}):
+ Support calc syntax with \hspace (gh/152)
+ (subsection{Vertical spacing}):
+ Support calc syntax with \vspace (gh/152)
+
+2020-04-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx (subsection{Miscellaneous}):
+ Handling \seriesdefault changes in a better way (gh/315).
+
+2020-04-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx (subsection{Footnotes}):
+ Set non-zero baselineskip inside \textsuperscript and \textsubscript
+ so that link boxes drawn by hyperref have a sensible height (gh/249)
+
+2020-04-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx (section{Implementation}):
+ Add \IfFormatAtLeastTF to test if the current format is equal or later than
+ the given date (gh/168)
+ Also add \IfClassAtLeastTF and \IfPackageAtLeastTF as a suggested
+ alternative to \@ifpackagelater and \@ifclasslater (which have a wrong
+ name, because it is really "later or equal") (gh/186)
+ Use different method to ignore unprocessed options (gh/22)
+
+
+2020-04-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx (section{Custom series settings for main document families}):
+ Added hooks \@expandfontdefaultshook, \@setbfseriesdefaultshook and
+ \@setmdseriesdefaultshook to better support Japanese etc (gh/306)
+
+2020-03-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx (subsection{Defaults}):
+ Support legacy use of \bfdefault and \mddefault (gh/306)
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx (section{Custom series settings for main document families}):
+ Support legacy use of \bfdefault and \mddefault (gh/306)
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx (section{Interface Commands}):
+ Avoid generating an Ord math atom when loading a math alphabet using
+ the legacy interface ${\cal ...}$ (gnats/3357)
+
+2020-03-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: Moved \cs{thinspace}, \cs{negthinspace} and \cs{,} to
+ ltmath.dtx (gh/303)
+
+ * ltmath.dtx (subsubsection{The UNSORTED Rest}):
+ Add \texttt{amsmath} math/text spacing commands to the kernel (gh/303)
+
+2020-03-08 Johannes Braams <Johannes.Braams at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx: merged changes to classes.dtx into letter.dtx
+
+2020-03-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx (subsection{Some low-level constructs}):
+ Macro \clap added (from mathtools)
+
+2020-03-05 Joseph Wright <joseph.wright at morningstar2.co.uk>
+
+ * ltexpl.dtx: Pre-load xparse where expl3 does not define \NewDocumentCommand
+
+2020-03-02 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx (section{Custom series settings for main document families}):
+ Ensure that \DeclareFontSeriesDefault is undefined
+ before using \newcommand in rollback (gh/295)
+
+ * ltfssaxes.dtx (section{Changing the shape}):
+ Ensure that \ulcdefault, \swdefault and \sscdefault are undefined
+ before using \newcommand in rollback (gh/295)
+
+2020-02-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx (section{Custom series settings for main document families}):
+ Drop any surplus ``m'' from \bfdef at ult, \mddef at ult and other
+ places (gh/291)
+
+2020-02-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmath.dtx (subsubsection{Flush left equations}):
+ Make \mathindent a skip register to match
+ amsmath (gh/252)
+ Separate formula and eqn number by a compressible space when
+ fleqn option is in force.
+
+2020-02-14 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx (section{Picture Mode}):
+ Suppress spaces following \linethickness declaration (gh/274)
+
+2020-02-07 Will Robertson <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx:
+ XeTeX-specific definition for \symbol to avoid bug in maths mode (gh/124)
+
+
+================================================================================
+All changes above are only part of the development branch for the next release.
+================================================================================
+
+
#########################
# 2020-02-02 PL 5 Release
#########################
@@ -87,6 +504,11 @@
Use \@tabacckludge for tabbing where necessary if defining \capitalacute
and friends for Unicode engines (gh/271)
+2020-03-07 Marcel Krüger <Marcel.Krueger at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: Fix remove_from_callback for mlist_to_hlist
+ and other engine callbacks hidden by user-defined ones
+
#########################
# 2020-02-02 PL 1 Release
#########################
@@ -10256,62 +10678,62 @@
1994-03-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * ltfiles.dtx v1.0c \document (DPC) directly add file list
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v1.0c \document (DPC) directly add file list
settings
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3f \listfiles Move this code directly into
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3f \listfiles Move this code directly into
\document
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3f "General" Add pkgindoc package
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3f "General" Add pkgindoc package
1994-03-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0c "General" Add \NeedsTeXFormat
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0c "General" Add \NeedsTeXFormat
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3e \@missingfileerror Quit on x or X just like
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3e \@missingfileerror Quit on x or X just like
a real error
- * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Removed defs of short-forms and
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Removed defs of short-forms and
all sizes except \normalize
- * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Removed \@renewfontswitch
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Removed \@renewfontswitch
- * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Changed \/ to \@@italiccorr
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Changed \/ to \@@italiccorr
- * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Adapted to mass formatting
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Adapted to mass formatting
1994-03-15 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
- * varioref.dtx (subsection{Options}):
+ * varioref.dtx: (subsection{Options}):
Text added for spanish default (Julio Sanchez).
Changed all \extra... to \extras... that was a bug
1994-03-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \end at float (DPC) Use \color at endgroup
+ * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \end at float (DPC) Use \color at endgroup
- * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@xfloat (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+ * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \@xfloat (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
- * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@savemarbox (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+ * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \@savemarbox (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
- * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@footnotetext (DPC) Use
+ * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \@footnotetext (DPC) Use
\color at begingroup, add \endgraf
- * ltherest.dtx 1.0c \@xympar (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+ * ltherest.dtx: 1.0c \@xympar (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \sbox Use \color at begingroup
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \sbox Use \color at begingroup
- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \lrbox Use \color at begingroup
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \lrbox Use \color at begingroup
- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \color at endgroup macro added for colour
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \color at endgroup macro added for colour
support
- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \color at begingroup macro added for colour
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \color at begingroup macro added for colour
support
- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \@isavepicbox Use \color at begingroup
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \@isavepicbox Use \color at begingroup
- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \@isavebox Use \color at begingroup
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \@isavebox Use \color at begingroup
1994-03-14 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
@@ -10321,21 +10743,21 @@
1994-03-14 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
- * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Margins}):
+ * classes.dtx: (subsubsection{Margins}):
Shortened calculation for margins.
1994-03-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * ltinit.dtx v1.0c \@tfor (DPC) Add \@tf at r so a single group is
+ * ltinit.dtx: v1.0c \@tfor (DPC) Add \@tf at r so a single group is
correctly treated.
- * ltfiles.dtx 0.3b \InputIfFileExists Use new cmd
+ * ltfiles.dtx: 0.3b \InputIfFileExists Use new cmd
\@addtofilelist
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3d \listfiles Reset \@addtofilelist at begin
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3d \listfiles Reset \@addtofilelist at begin
document
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3d \@addtofilelist Macro added
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3d \@addtofilelist Macro added
1994-03-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
@@ -10383,32 +10805,32 @@
1994-03-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * ltplain.dtx v1.0b "General" Name changed from lplain. The end
+ * ltplain.dtx: v1.0b "General" Name changed from lplain. The end
of an era
- * ltinit.dtx v1.0b \@yargdef Name changed from \XXX at Argdef
+ * ltinit.dtx: v1.0b \@yargdef Name changed from \XXX at Argdef
- * ltinit.dtx v1.0b \@reargdef New defn, in terms of \@yargdef
+ * ltinit.dtx: v1.0b \@reargdef New defn, in terms of \@yargdef
- * ltherest.dtx v0.1b \@xympar (DPC) Extra bgroup for colour
+ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1b \@xympar (DPC) Extra bgroup for colour
- * ltherest.dtx v0.1b \@savemarbox (DPC) Extra group for colour
+ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1b \@savemarbox (DPC) Extra group for colour
- * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0b "General" Minor edits to the typeouts in
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0b "General" Minor edits to the typeouts in
ltxcheck
- * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0b "General" Change name from dircheck.dtx
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0b "General" Change name from dircheck.dtx
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesPackage use \@gtempa
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \ProvidesPackage use \@gtempa
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesPackage Add \wlog
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \ProvidesPackage Add \wlog
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesFile Add \wlog
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \ProvidesFile Add \wlog
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3c "General" Change name from docclass to
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c "General" Change name from docclass to
ltclass
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \@fileswithoptions Do not use
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \@fileswithoptions Do not use
\@pr at videpackage to avoid typeout
1994-03-12 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
@@ -10457,12 +10879,12 @@
1994-03-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * ltplain.dtx v1.0a "General" Remove need for a driver file.
+ * ltplain.dtx: v1.0a "General" Remove need for a driver file.
- * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0a "General" Reorganise driver module into `new
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0a "General" Reorganise driver module into `new
style'
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3b "General" Modify driver code into `new style'
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3b "General" Modify driver code into `new style'
1994-03-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
@@ -10591,60 +11013,60 @@
1994-03-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * lttab.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+ * lttab.dtx: v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
- * ltpictur.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+ * ltpictur.dtx: v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
- * ltpictur.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
- latex.dtx
+ * ltpictur.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx:
- * ltlists.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+ * ltlists.dtx: v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
- * ltinit.dtx v1.0a "General" (DPC) Removed input of nfsscode.ltx
+ * ltinit.dtx: v1.0a "General" (DPC) Removed input of nfsscode.ltx
- * ltinit.dtx v1.0a \@@italiccorr Macro added
+ * ltinit.dtx: v1.0a \@@italiccorr Macro added
- * ltinit.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+ * ltinit.dtx: v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
- * ltinit.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
- latex.dtx
+ * ltinit.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx:
- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \end at float (DPC) Extra group for colour
+ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \end at float (DPC) Extra group for colour
- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
- latex.dtx
+ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx:
- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@xfloat (DPC) Extra group for colour
+ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@xfloat (DPC) Extra group for colour
- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@settodim (DPC) Extra group for colour
+ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@settodim (DPC) Extra group for colour
- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@hangfrom (DPC)Extra groups for colour
+ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@hangfrom (DPC)Extra groups for colour
- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@footnotetext (DPC) Extra group for colour
+ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@footnotetext (DPC) Extra group for colour
- * ltfinal.dtx v0.1a "General" Remove oldcomments environment
+ * ltfinal.dtx: v0.1a "General" Remove oldcomments environment
- * ltfinal.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ * ltfinal.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
latex.dtx
- * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" use \InputIfFileExists not
+ * ltfinal.dtx: 0.1a "General" use \InputIfFileExists not
\IfFileExists
- * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" move code here from lhyphen.dtx
+ * ltfinal.dtx: 0.1a "General" move code here from lhyphen.dtx
- * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" Add code from the old dump.dtx
+ * ltfinal.dtx: 0.1a "General" Add code from the old dump.dtx
- * ltfiles.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
- * ltfiles.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
latex.dtx
- * ltboxes.dtx v1.0a "General" Unify format with other Kernel
+ * ltboxes.dtx: v1.0a "General" Unify format with other Kernel
files
- * ltboxes.dtx v0.1a \@mpfootnotetext (DPC) Extra group for
+ * ltboxes.dtx: v0.1a \@mpfootnotetext (DPC) Extra group for
colour
1994-03-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
@@ -10670,13 +11092,13 @@
1994-03-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * ltvers.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ * ltvers.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
latex.dtx
- * lttab.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ * lttab.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
latex.dtx
- * ltlists.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ * ltlists.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
latex.dtx
1994-03-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
@@ -10687,7 +11109,7 @@
1994-03-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * ltboxes.dtx 0.1f \@irsbox Replaced a missing \else
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1f \@irsbox Replaced a missing \else
1994-03-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
@@ -10699,11 +11121,11 @@
1994-03-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * ltclass.dtx 0.3a "General" Remove need for driver file
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3a "General" Remove need for driver file
- * ltboxes.dtx v0.1e "General" Remove need for drv file
+ * ltboxes.dtx: v0.1e "General" Remove need for drv file
- * ltboxes.dtx v0.1e "General" Add 2ekernel module
+ * ltboxes.dtx: v0.1e "General" Add 2ekernel module
1994-03-02 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
@@ -10753,7 +11175,7 @@
option (reads fleqn.clo).
1994-03-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
- * ltdirchk.dtx 0.2k "General" Add unstripped module, so that
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2k "General" Add unstripped module, so that
dircheck.dtx may be used with initex
1994-03-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
@@ -10846,8 +11268,940 @@
1994-02-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2j "General" \noboundaryis \relax not undef in
+ TeX2 (initialised in 2e format)
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2j "General" Remove need for drv file
+
* fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
Removed catcode settings from \try at load@fontshape and
\DeclareFontShape and placed them into a separate macro called
\nfss at catcodes so that it is easier to maintain special
requirements for packages that make certain characters active.
+
+1994-02-10 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2z \@fileswithoptions Renamed \@compatibility to
+ \@documentclasshook. ASAJ.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2z \@documentclasshook Changed the name from
+ \@compatibility to \@documentclasshook, and added the check
+ for whether \@normalsize has been defined. ASAJ.
+
+1994-02-07 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \ProcessOptions* Add extra ,s so `two' is not
+ matched with `twocolumn'
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \ProcessOptions* Add extra ,s so `two' is not
+ matched with `twocolumn'
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \@ifclasswith Add extra ,s so `two' is not
+ matched with `twocolumn'
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \@fileswithoptions Run \@compatibility on the
+ first class to start (not the first to finish)
+
+1994-02-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" correct mistakes in the
+ documentation
+
+1994-02-02 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2x \@fileswithoptions Only run the hook and
+ options check if the file was loaded.
+
+1994-02-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \thispagestyle (DPC) Modify to get nicer
+ error message
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \pagestyle (DPC) Modify to get nicer
+ error message
+
+1994-01-31 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" use \@normalsize instead of
+ \normalsizeinternally
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9t \document set `@normalsize or `normalsize if
+ necessary
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2w \g at addto@macro Use toks register to avoid
+ `hash' problems
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.1b "General" `@normalsize no longer defined
+
+1994-01-29 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2v \@fileswithoptions All options raise error if
+ no \ProcessOptions\ appears
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2v \@@unprocessedoptions Macro added.
+
+1994-01-28 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" Let \fmtversion point to current
+ file date.
+
+1994-01-27 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.1a \nocorrlist Only ., used as default for cm
+ fonts
+
+1994-01-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: LaTeX2e \bordermatrix Removed \p at renwd.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2i "General" Protect against looping on
+ \@@input and \@@end
+
+1994-01-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \pagestyle (DPC) Complain if pagestyle is
+ undefined.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2h \IfFileExists Stop testing once texsys.aux
+ has been found
+
+1994-01-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9s \verbatim at font Removed unnecessary category
+ code hackery.
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xfloat Added missing percent
+ characters.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2g \today Name changeed from \stamp, to save
+ memory
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2g \filename at parse Minor changes, and add Mac
+ version (:)
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2g "General" Improve documentation, reorganise
+ docstrip module
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2u \documentstyle compatibility file now
+ latex209.def.
+
+1994-01-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2f \IfFileExists \@copytexsys removed
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2f "General" \@copytexsys and the texsys.new
+ file removed
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2f "General" Modify all of ltxcheck
+
+1994-01-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2e \strip at prefix name changed from
+ \strip at meaning, to match NFSS
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2e \input at path No longer check that an empty
+ group is in the path
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2e \IfFileExists name changed from \test
+
+1994-01-18 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9p \@verbatim Only add \penaltyif in hmode
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \bibliography Use \@input@ so include
+ files are listed.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \include Use \@input@ so include files are
+ listed.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \InputIfFileExists New Definition
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \IfFileExists New Definition
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@input@ Macro added
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@input do not use a different definition
+ for \input at path
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@iffileonpath Macro added
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@break at loop Macro added
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2t \@ifclassloaded Fix typo \@pkgetension
+
+1994-01-17 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s \listfiles New Version, adds `.tex' if
+ needed, and lines up columns
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s "General" Wrapped long lines to column 72
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s "General" Added many more \@onlypreamble
+ commands
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s \@fileswithoptions Modify to reduce parameter
+ stack usage
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s \@fileswithoptions Modify to reduce parameter
+ stack usage
+
+1994-01-15 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9o \document move `@preamblecmds after document
+ hook
+
+1994-01-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2d \IfFileExists Close the texsys.aux output
+ stream
+
+1993-12-20 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@reargdef Kept old version of \@reargdef,
+ for array.sty
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: 0.9m \@obsoletefile Added this command, removed
+ @oldfilewarning
+
+1993-12-19 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@esphack There seem to be problems with
+ selfmade birthday presents
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2r \endfilecontents Different message when
+ ignoring a file
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" Untidying added, so this is now a
+ TEMPORARY version.
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" Some more tidying done.
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" Other tidying
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" @pdef comand added
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b \@protecteddef Command added
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b \@newtextcmd Corrected and tidied
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b \@newfontswitch Corrected and tidied
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: 3.0b "General" Wording changes by CAR.
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: 3.0b "General" Made \@newfontswitch produce an
+ error if the command already exists, and added
+ \@renewfontswitch. ASAJ.
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: 3.0b "General" Added by ASAJ.
+
+1993-12-17 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@tracemessage tracefloatvals made a
+ document command
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@topnewpage check for vsize too small
+ added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@startpagehook Hook removed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@opcol Hook removed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: 1.0j \@topnewpage Page room test added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: 1.0j \@specialoutput Page room test added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: 1.0j \@addtocurcol Extra space test added
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \mark Removed init \mark at begin
+ document, since it doesn't work.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2q \documentstyle Match Alan's new code.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2q \@fileswithoptions Add \ompatibility hook
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2q \@documentclasshook Macro added
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9i \literal Macro added
+
+1993-12-16 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \LaTeXe Extended logo by DPC
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@esphack Corrected optimisation :-)
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \mark Init \mark at begin document
+
+1993-12-15 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2p "General" Removed extra \.'s from \@@warnings
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \parbox Changed default from `c' to `s'
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \minipage extra space removed.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \minipage Changed default from `c' to `s'
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \@iparbox Changed default from `c' to `s'
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \@iminipage Changed default from `c' to `s'
+
+1993-12-14 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0i "General" Section added to declare all
+ parameters
+
+1993-12-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2e Initialised \@itemlabel
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9h \@verbatim Removed optional argument of
+ \item
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9h \@verbatim Readded \@noligs
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9h \@noligs Readded \@noligs
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2a \strip at prefix modified, name changed from
+ \stripmeaning
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2a \IfFileExists Removed interactive prompting
+ for current directory syntax
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2a "General" on the `docstrip' pass, do not
+ check openin path
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2o \usepackage Fixed error handling
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2o \documentstyle compatibility file now
+ latex209.sty.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2o "General" Removed setting \errcontextlines\
+ (now in latex.tex)
+
+1993-12-12 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@tracemessage Commands changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@testfp defs changed to lets
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@startdblcolumn defs changed to lets
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@startcolumn defs changed to lets
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@resethfps Warnings added: minimal
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@makecol defs changed to lets
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@doclearpage defs changed to lets
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@doclearpage defs changed to lets
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@doclearpage defs changed to lets
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@cflt name changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@ccflb defs changed to lets
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@ccflb boxmaxdepth setting moved
+
+1993-12-11 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \ref Macro reimplemented
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \pageref Macro reimplemented
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \frac Added group around first arg
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \@setref Macro added
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@title Added default
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@author Added default
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \textup Macros changed
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \sw at slant Macro changed
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \maybe at ic@ Macro and name changed
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \maybe at ic Macro name changed
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \fix at penalty Macro added
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \emph Macro changed
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" newfontswitch command corrected
+ and changed
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" newcommands replaced by defs
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" italic correction now put in
+ front of penalty before glue
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" Complete reworking of all text
+ commands, using just one creator function
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \@newtextcmd Macro changed
+
+1993-12-09 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9e \enddocument Hook added
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9e \document Hook added
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2n \documentstyle input 209 compatibility file.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1c \@irsbox fix another typo
+
+1993-12-08 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2e \@item use \sboxto support colour
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@vbsphack Command added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@esphack Command reimplemented
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@bsphack Command reimplemented; late
+ birthday present for Chris
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \lrbox move \@endpefalse out of the inner
+ group
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \@irsbox fix typo
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \@iiiparbox \endgraf added due to extra group
+ in \@begin at tempboxa
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \@begin at tempboxa Extra braces for color
+ support (braces removed from other macros)
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: 2.1b "General" Macros \rm, \bf and \sf moved to
+ classes.dtx:
+
+1993-12-07 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2m \@fileswithoptions Reset \CurrentOption
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2l \ProvidesFile Macro added
+
+1993-12-06 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0g \@topnewpage \@floatplacement placement bug
+ fixed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@specialoutput Unboxing of 255 added to
+ rescue writes
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2k \ExecuteOptions Preserve \CurrentOption
+
+1993-12-05 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \output Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f @\getfpsbit Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f @\boxfpsbit Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@topnewpage Commands changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@textfloatsheight Commands added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@testfp Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@testfp Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@startpagehook Hook added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@startdblcolumn Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@startcolumn Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@shipoutsetup Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@setfpsbit Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@setfloattypecounts Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@resethfps Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@outputpage Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@opcol Hook added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@opcol Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@fpsadddefault Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flupdates Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flstop Commands added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flsettextmin Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flsetnum Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flcheckspace Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtotoporbot Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtonextcol Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtodblcol Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtocurcol Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtobot Command changed
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xfloat Command changed
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@dblfloatplacement Command changed
+
+1993-12-04 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \input Macro reimplemented
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \InputIfFileExists Macro added
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \IfFileExists Macro added
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \@input Macro reimplemented
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \@iinput Macro reimplemented
+
+1993-12-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: v0.9b \@latexerr Set \c at errorcontextlines to -1
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2i "General" \@onlypreamble: Many commands
+ declared.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2i "General" Removed obsolete \@documentclass
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2i \@cls at pkg Name changed to avoid clash with
+ output routine.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \set at color macro added
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \set at color color support
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \sbox extra group
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \sbox color support
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \raisebox redefined to support \height
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \parbox Redefined to support extra optional
+ arguments
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \newsavebox Pass the whole of arg 1 to
+ \@ifdefinable
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \minipage Redefined to support extra optional
+ arguments
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \mbox extra group
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \makebox modified
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \lrbox macro added
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \lrbox color support
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \fbox extra group
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \endlrbox macro added
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \bm at b macros added
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@savebox default c not x
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@makepicbox macro modified
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@makebox default changed from x to c
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@isavepicbox extra group
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@isavebox extra group
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@isavebox color support
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@irsbox redefined to support \height
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@imakebox macro modified
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@iirsbox redefined to support \height
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@end at tempboxa macro added
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@begin at tempboxa macro added
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@argrsbox macro removed
+
+1993-12-01 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0e \@reinserts Command added
+
+1993-11-30 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0c \@tracemessage Commands added
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2e \eqnarray initialised everycr to {}
+
+1993-11-29 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: ??? "General" All accents in decimals; suggested
+ by Paul Taylor
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0b \@makespecialcolbox Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0b \@makecol \@makespecialcolbox added
+
+1993-11-28 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h \endfilecontents Don't globally allocate a
+ write stream (always use 15)
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h "General" Primitive filenames now terminated
+ by space not \relax.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h "General" Directory syntax checing moved to
+ dircheck.dtx:
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h "General" Assorted commands now in the kernel
+ removed.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h \@twoclasseserror Macro added
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h \@missingfileerror Use filename parser from
+ dircheck
+
+1993-11-24 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \P at LaTeX Macro changed
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v2.1a \test at next Macro added
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v2.1a \maybe at ic@ Use \test at next
+
+1993-11-23 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \enlargethispage* Commands added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@specialoutput Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@makecol Command changed
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@kludgeins Insert added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@enlargepage Command added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1a \paperwidth Register added
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1a \paperheight Register added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \two at digits Macro added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \renewenvironment Macro reimplemented and
+ extended
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \renewcommand Macro reimplemented and
+ extended
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \newcommand Macro reimplemented and
+ extended
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced plus by \@plus if
+ appropriate
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@yargdef Macro interface changed
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@yargdef Avoid \@?@? token
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xargdef Macro interface changed
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xargdef Macro added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@newenv Macro interface changed
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@newcommand Macro added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@ifundefined Redefined to remove a
+ trailing \fi
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2g "General" Warnings and errors now directly
+ coded.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2g "General" Various macros now moved to
+ latex.tex.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2g \@use at ption Name changed from \@executeoption
+
+1993-11-22 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \providecommand Macro added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \c at errorcontextlines Macro added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \LaTeXe Macro added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@plus Macro added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@minus Macro added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@checkcommand Macro added
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \settoheight Macro added
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \settodepth Macro added
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@settopoint Macro added
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@settodim Macro added
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \listfiles Removed checking for
+ \@unknownversion
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@unknownversion Macro removed
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@ifclasslater Added //00 so parsing never
+ produces a runaway argument.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@fileswithoptions Made the initial version
+ [] not [\@unknownversion]
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@fileswithoptions Made the default [] not
+ [\@unknownversion]
+
+1993-11-21 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9a \verbatim at font Macro added
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9a \verb use \verbatim at font instead of \tt
+
+1993-11-21 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9a \@verbatim use \verbatim at font instead of
+ \tt
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \tt by \ttfamily if
+ appropriate
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \sf by \sffamily if
+ appropriate
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \sc by \scshape if
+ appropriate
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \rm by \rmfamily if
+ appropriate
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \it by \itshape if
+ appropriate
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \bf by \bfseries if
+ appropriate
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2e \@missingfileerror Stop infinite looping on
+ \@er at ext
+
+1993-11-18 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2d \documentstyle Modified \RequirePackage stuff.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2d \NeedsTeXFormat \fmtname \fmtversion not
+ \@\pldots
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2d \ExecuteOptions Use \CurrentOption not \@tempa
+
+1993-11-17 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \ProcessOptions* restoring \@fileswith at pti@ns
+ added.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \NeedsTeXFormat Name changed from
+ \NeedsFormat
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \DeclareOption* Error checking added
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \CurrentOption Name changed from \@curroption
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@twoloadclasserror Macro added
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@fileswithoptions Added trap for two
+ \LoadClass commands.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@badrequireerror Macro added
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@@fileswith at pti@ns Macro added
+
+1993-11-15 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2b \documentstyle Modified to match
+ \ProcessOption*
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2b \ProcessOptions* Star form added.
+
+1993-11-14 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \g at addto@macro Made global
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \documentstyle Added \RequirePackage
+ \@unusedoptionlist stuff.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \ProcessOptions* Stop adding the global
+ option list inside class files.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \ProcessOptions* Optimise `empty option'
+ code.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \NeedsTeXFormat made more robust for
+ alternative syntax for other formats.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \AtEndDocument Included extension in the
+ generated macro name for package and class hooks.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \@reset at ptions macro added
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \@fileswithoptions Moved reseting of
+ \default at ds, \ds@ and \@declaredoptions here, from the end of
+ \ProcessOptions.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \@currext Name changed from \@currextension
+
+1993-11-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: LaTeX2.09 "General" (RmS) changed \halign to
+ \ialignto initialize \tabskip and \everycr
+
+1993-09-08 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \enddocument Added warning in case of
+ undefined references.
+
+1993-09-07 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 Changed definition of \verb so that
+ it detects a missing second delimiter.
+
+1993-09-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \verbatim at nolig@list Replaced \@noligs
+ by extensible list
+
+1993-08-05 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@sect (RmS) Made sure that
+ \protectworks correctly in expansion of \the<counter>
+
+1993-08-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \enddocument Changed redefinition of
+ \global to redefinition of \@setckpt.
+
+1993-05-05 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: v2.0b "General" Removed all LaTeX related cmds
+
+1992-11-26 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \footnote (RmS) Changed all to
+ \def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@footnotetext (RmS) added protection
+ for \edef
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@mpfootnotetext (RmS) added protection
+ for \edef
+
+1992-08-25 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@sect (FMi) replaced explicit setting
+ of \@svsec by call to \@seccntformat
+
+1992-08-24 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \verb Changed \verband \@sverb to work
+ correctly in math mode
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@ifnextchar Changed so first argument
+ can be `='.
+
+1992-08-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@othm (RmS) Changed error message to
+ complain about undefined counter
+
+1992-03-18 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \end at float (RmS) changed \@esphack to
+ \@Esphack
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@xympar (RmS) added
+ \global\@ignorefalse
+
+1992-01-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@othm (RmS) Check for existence of
+ theorem environment
+
+1991-11-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@item (RmS) Changed second call to
+ \makelabelto \unhbox\@tempboxa. Avoids problems with side
+ effects in \makelabeland is more efficient.
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \footnote (RmS) Added
+ \let\protect\noexpandin \@xfootnote, \@xfootnotemark, and
+ \@xfootnotetext
+
+1991-11-06 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \end at float (RmS) added warning message
+ perhaps we should use an error message
+
+1991-11-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \makelabel (RmS) added default
+ definition for \makelabel, to produce an error message.
+
+1991-11-01 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \footnote (RmS) Added
+ \let\protect\noexpandin \footnote, \footnotemark, and
+ \footnotetext, since \xdef is used
+
+1991-10-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX209 \@tfor (Rms) \xdef replaced by \def (See
+ FMi's array.doc)
+
+1991-09-29 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@footnotetext (RmS) added \reset at font
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@dottedtocline (RmS) added
+ \reset at font for page number
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@mpfootnotetext (RmS) added
+ \reset at font
+
+1991-08-26 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@verbatim \@@par added
+
+1991-08-14 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \cases (RmS) inserted extra braces
+ around entry for NFSS
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: LaTeX2.09 "General" (RmS) inserted extra braces
+ around entry for NFSS
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@endtheorem Moved \itshapeafter \item
+ to make it work with NFSS
+
+1991-07-24 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@verbatim Added
+ \penalty\interlinepenalty to definition of \par so that
+ \samepage works
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -33,12 +33,16 @@
\documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28]
+\usepackage{varioref}
+
\title{\LaTeXe{} font selection}
-\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2020, \LaTeX3 Project
+ Team.\thanks{Thanks to Arash Esbati for documenting the
+ newer NFSS features of 2020}\\
All rights reserved.}
-\date{October 2019}
+\date{July 2020}
\begin{document}
@@ -284,17 +288,29 @@
e.g., ``demi-bold'' is normally just another name for ``semi-bold'', so
should get |sb| assigned, etc.
+\NEWdescription{2020/02/02}
The most common values for the font shape are:
\begin{center}
\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
\begin{tabular}{rl}
- |n| & Normal (that is `upright' or `roman') \\
- |it| & Italic \\
- |sl| & Slanted (or `oblique') \\
- |sc| & Caps and small caps
+ |n| & Normal (that is `upright' or `roman') \\
+ |it| & Italic \\
+ |sl| & Slanted (or `oblique') \\
+ |sc| & Caps and small caps \\
+ |scit| & Caps and small caps italic \\
+ |scsl| & Caps and small caps slanted \\
+ |sw| & Swash
\end{tabular}
\end{minipage}
\end{center}
+A less common value for font shape is:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ |ssc| & Spaced caps and small caps
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center}
The font size is specified as a dimension, for example |10pt| or |1.5in|
or |3mm|; if no unit is specified, |pt| is assumed. These five
parameters specify every \LaTeX{} font, for example:
@@ -337,6 +353,9 @@
|\textit{..}| or |\itshape| & shape & |it| \\
|\textsl{..}| or |\slshape| & shape & |sl| \\
|\textsc{..}| or |\scshape| & shape & |sc| \\
+ |\textssc{..}| or |\sscshape| & shape & |ssc| \\
+ |\textsw{..}| or |\swshape| & shape & |sw| \\
+ |\textulc{..}| or |\ulcshape| & shape & |ulc| \\
|\tiny| & size & |5pt| \\
|\scriptsize| & size & |7pt| \\
|\footnotesize| & size & |8pt| \\
@@ -489,14 +508,27 @@
and the |ssub| size function, see Section~\ref{sec:sizefunct}.
\begin{decl}
- |\itdefault| \\
- |\sldefault| \\
- |\scdefault| \\
+ |\itdefault| \\
+ |\sldefault| \\
+ |\scdefault| \\
+ |\sscdefault| \\
+ |\swdefault| \\
+ |\ulcdefault| \\
|\updefault|
\end{decl}
+\NEWfeature{2020/02/02}
The shapes selected by |\textit|, |\itshape|, |\textsl|, |\slshape|,
-|\textsc|, |\scshape|, |\textup| and |\upshape|. By default these are
-|it|, |sl|, |sc| and |n|.
+|\textsc|, |\scshape|, |\textssc|, |\sscshape|, |\textsw|, |\swshape|,
+|\textulc|, |\ulcshape|, |\textup| and |\upshape|. By default these are
+|it|, |sl|, |sc|, |ssc|, |sw|, |ulc| and |n|. |ulc| is special here
+since it is a virtual one; it doesn't exist as a real shape. The
+respective macros |\textulc| or |\ulcshape| change small capitals back
+to upper/lower case but will not change the font with respect to
+italics, slanted or swash. |\upshape| or |\textup| in contrast will
+switch italics or slanted back to upright but not alter the state of
+upper/lower case, e.g., keep small capitals if present. Finally, the
+command |\normalshape| is provided to reset the shape back to normal
+which is a shorthand for |\upshape\ulcshape|.
Note that there are no parameters for the size commands. These should
be defined directly in class files, for example:
@@ -1093,7 +1125,7 @@
\NEWfeature{2020/02/02} According to NFSS conventions the series value
should be a combination of weight and width abbreviated each with one or
two letters as described on page~\pageref{page:seriesvalues}. In
-particular it should not contain contain an ``\texttt{m}'' unless it
+particular it should not contain an ``\texttt{m}'' unless it
consists of just one character. In the past incorrect values such as
``\texttt{cm}'' were simply accepted, but since this now leads to
problems with the extended mechanism, the correct syntax is now
@@ -1874,7 +1906,265 @@
declarations.
\end{itemize}
+\subsection{Font series defaults per document family}
+\NEWfeature{2020/02/02}
+With additional weights and widths being available in many font families
+nowadays, it is more likely that somebody will want to match, say, a
+medium weight serif family with a semi-light sans serif family, or that
+with one family one wants to use the bold-extended face when |\textbf|
+is used, while with another it should be bold (not extended) or
+semi-bold, etc. The default values can be altered using the
+|\DeclareFontSeriesDefault| declaration in packages or document
+preambles:
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareFontSeriesDefault| \oarg{meta family}
+ \arg{meta series} \arg{series value}
+\end{decl}
+This declaration takes three arguments:
+\begin{description}
+\item[Meta family interface:] Can be either |rm|, |sf| or |tt|. This is
+ optional and if not present the next two arguments apply to the
+ overall default.
+\item[Meta series interface:] Can be |md| or |bf|.
+\item[Series value:] This is the value that is going to be used when the
+ combination of \m{meta family} and \m{meta series} is requested.
+\end{description}
+For example,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareFontSeriesDefault[rm]{bf}{sb}
+\end{verbatim}
+would use |sb| (semi-bold) when |\rmfamily\bfseries| is requested in
+document.
+
+\subsection{Handling of nested emphasis}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareEmphSequence| \arg{list of font declarations}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{2020/02/02}
+This declaration takes a comma separated list of font declarations each
+specifying how increasing levels of emphasis should be handled. For
+example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareEmphSequence{\itshape,%
+ \upshape\scshape,%
+ \itshape}
+\end{verbatim}
+uses italics for the first, small capitals for the second, and italic
+small capitals for the third level. If there are more nesting levels
+than provided, declarations stored in |\emreset| (by default
+|\ulcshape\upshape|) are used for the next level and then the list
+restarts.
+
+\subsection{Providing font family substitutions}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareFontFamilySubstitution| \arg{encoding}
+ \arg{family}
+ \arg{new-family}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{2020/02/02}
+This declaration selects the font family \m{new-family} as replacement
+for \m{family} in the font encoding \m{encoding}. For example,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareFontFamilySubstitution{LGR}
+ {Montserrat-LF}{IBMPlexSans-TLF}
+\end{verbatim}
+tells \LaTeX{} to substitute the sans serif font |Montserrat-LF| in the
+Greek encoding |LGR| with |IBMPlexSans-TLF| once requested in a
+document.
+
+\section{Additional text symbols -- \textsf{textcomp}}
+
+\NEWfeature{2020/02/02}
+For a long time the interface to additional text symbols and the text
+companion encoding |TS1| in general was the \textsf{textcomp} package.
+All the symbols provided by the \textsf{textcomp} package are now
+available in \LaTeX{} kernel. Furthermore, an intelligent substitution
+mechanism has been implemented so that glyphs missing in some fonts are
+automatically substituted with default glyphs that are sans serif if you
+typeset in |\textsf| and monospaced if you typeset using |\texttt|. In
+the past they were always taken from Computer Modern Roman if
+substitution was necessary.
+
+{\sffamily This is most noticeable with |\oldstylenums| which are now
+ taken from |TS1| so that you no longer get \legacyoldstylenums{1234}
+ but \oldstylenums{1234} when typesetting in sans serif fonts \ttfamily
+ and \oldstylenums{1234} when using typewriter fonts.}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\legacyoldstylenums| \arg{nums}\\
+ |\UseLegacyTextSymbols|
+\end{decl}
+If there ever is a need to use the original (inferior) definition, then
+that remains available as |\legacyoldstylenums|; and to fully revert to
+the old behavior there is also |\UseLegacyTextSymbols|. The latter
+declaration reverts |\oldstylenums| and also changes the footnote
+symbols, such as |\textdagger|, |\textparagraph|, etc., to pick up their
+glyphs from the math fonts instead of the current text font (this means
+they always keep the same shape and do not nicely blend in with the text
+font).
+
+The following tables show the macros available. The next commands are
+`constructed' accents and are built via \TeX{} macros:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll}
+ \verb*|\capitalcedilla A| & \capitalcedilla A \\
+ \verb*|\capitalogonek A| & \capitalogonek A \\
+ \verb*|\textcircled a| & \textcircled a
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+These accents are available via font encoding. The numbers in third row
+show the slot number:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}p{0.32\linewidth}p{1em}p{2em}@{}}
+ \verb|\capitalgrave| & \capitalgrave{} & 0 \\
+ \verb|\capitalacute| & \capitalacute{} & 1 \\
+ \verb|\capitalcircumflex| & \capitalcircumflex{} & 2 \\
+ \verb|\capitaltilde| & \capitaltilde{} & 3 \\
+ \verb|\capitaldieresis| & \capitaldieresis{} & 4 \\
+ \verb|\capitalhungarumlaut| & \capitalhungarumlaut{} & 5 \\
+ \verb|\capitalring| & \capitalring{} & 6 \\
+ \verb|\capitalcaron| & \capitalcaron{} & 7
+ \end{tabular}
+ \quad
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}p{0.32\linewidth}p{1em}p{2em}@{}}
+ \verb|\capitalbreve| & \capitalbreve{} & 8 \\
+ \verb|\capitalmacron| & \capitalmacron{} & 9 \\
+ \verb|\capitaldotaccent| & \capitaldotaccent{} & 10 \\
+ \verb|\t| & \t{} & 26 \\
+ \verb|\capitaltie| & \capitaltie{} & 27 \\
+ \verb|\newtie| & \newtie{} & 28 \\
+ \verb|\capitalnewtie| & \capitalnewtie{} & 29
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+Table~\vref{tab:textcomp} contains macros to access text symbols. Again,
+the numbers are the slots in the encoding.
+
+\begin{table}
+\centering\footnotesize
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}lp{1.5em}l@{}}
+ \verb|\textcapitalcompwordmark| & \textcapitalcompwordmark & 23 \\
+ \verb|\textascendercompwordmark| & \textascendercompwordmark & 31 \\
+ \verb|\textquotestraightbase| & \textquotestraightbase & 13 \\
+ \verb|\textquotestraightdblbase| & \textquotestraightdblbase & 18 \\
+ \verb|\texttwelveudash| & \texttwelveudash & 21 \\
+ \verb|\textthreequartersemdash| & \textthreequartersemdash & 22 \\
+ \verb|\textleftarrow| & \textleftarrow & 24 \\
+ \verb|\textrightarrow| & \textrightarrow & 25 \\
+ \verb|\textblank| & \textblank & 32 \\
+ \verb|\textdollar| & \textdollar & 36 \\
+ \verb|\textquotesingle| & \textquotesingle & 39 \\
+ \verb|\textasteriskcentered| & \textasteriskcentered & 42 \\
+ \verb|\textdblhyphen| & \textdblhyphen & 45 \\
+ \verb|\textfractionsolidus| & \textfractionsolidus & 47 \\
+ \verb|\textzerooldstyle| & \textzerooldstyle & 48 \\
+ \verb|\textoneoldstyle| & \textoneoldstyle & 49 \\
+ \verb|\texttwooldstyle| & \texttwooldstyle & 50 \\
+ \verb|\textthreeoldstyle| & \textthreeoldstyle & 51 \\
+ \verb|\textfouroldstyle| & \textfouroldstyle & 52 \\
+ \verb|\textfiveoldstyle| & \textfiveoldstyle & 53 \\
+ \verb|\textsixoldstyle| & \textsixoldstyle & 54 \\
+ \verb|\textsevenoldstyle| & \textsevenoldstyle & 55 \\
+ \verb|\texteightoldstyle| & \texteightoldstyle & 56 \\
+ \verb|\textnineoldstyle| & \textnineoldstyle & 57 \\
+ \verb|\textlangle| & \textlangle & 60 \\
+ \verb|\textminus| & \textminus & 61 \\
+ \verb|\textrangle| & \textrangle & 62 \\
+ \verb|\textmho| & \textmho & 77 \\
+ \verb|\textbigcircle| & \textbigcircle & 79 \\
+ \verb|\textohm| & \textohm & 87 \\
+ \verb|\textlbrackdbl| & \textlbrackdbl & 91 \\
+ \verb|\textrbrackdbl| & \textrbrackdbl & 93 \\
+ \verb|\textuparrow| & \textuparrow & 94 \\
+ \verb|\textdownarrow| & \textdownarrow & 95 \\
+ \verb|\textasciigrave| & \textasciigrave & 96 \\
+ \verb|\textborn| & \textborn & 98 \\
+ \verb|\textdivorced| & \textdivorced & 99 \\
+ \verb|\textdied| & \textdied & 100 \\
+ \verb|\textleaf| & \textleaf & 108 \\
+ \verb|\textmarried| & \textmarried & 109 \\
+ \verb|\textmusicalnote| & \textmusicalnote & 110 \\
+ \verb|\texttildelow| & \texttildelow & 126 \\
+ \verb|\textdblhyphenchar| & \textdblhyphenchar & 127 \\
+ \verb|\textasciibreve| & \textasciibreve & 128 \\
+ \verb|\textasciicaron| & \textasciicaron & 129 \\
+ \verb|\textacutedbl| & \textacutedbl & 130 \\
+ \verb|\textgravedbl| & \textgravedbl & 131 \\
+ \verb|\textdagger| & \textdagger & 132 \\
+ \verb|\textdaggerdbl| & \textdaggerdbl & 133 \\
+ \verb|\textbardbl| & \textbardbl & 134 \\
+ \verb|\textperthousand| & \textperthousand & 135 \\
+ \verb|\textbullet| & \textbullet & 136 \\
+ \verb|\textcelsius| & \textcelsius & 137 \\
+ \verb|\textdollaroldstyle| & \textdollaroldstyle & 138 \\
+ \verb|\textcentoldstyle| & \textcentoldstyle & 139
+ \end{tabular}\qquad
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{lp{1.5em}l}
+ \verb|\textflorin| & \textflorin & 140 \\
+ \verb|\textcolonmonetary| & \textcolonmonetary & 141 \\
+ \verb|\textwon| & \textwon & 142 \\
+ \verb|\textnaira| & \textnaira & 143 \\
+ \verb|\textguarani| & \textguarani & 144 \\
+ \verb|\textpeso| & \textpeso & 145 \\
+ \verb|\textlira| & \textlira & 146 \\
+ \verb|\textrecipe| & \textrecipe & 147 \\
+ \verb|\textinterrobang| & \textinterrobang & 148 \\
+ \verb|\textinterrobangdown| & \textinterrobangdown & 149 \\
+ \verb|\textdong| & \textdong & 150 \\
+ \verb|\texttrademark| & \texttrademark & 151 \\
+ \verb|\textpertenthousand| & \textpertenthousand & 152 \\
+ \verb|\textpilcrow| & \textpilcrow & 153 \\
+ \verb|\textbaht| & \textbaht & 154 \\
+ \verb|\textnumero| & \textnumero & 155 \\
+ \verb|\textdiscount| & \textdiscount & 156 \\
+ \verb|\textestimated| & \textestimated & 157 \\
+ \verb|\textopenbullet| & \textopenbullet & 158 \\
+ \verb|\textservicemark| & \textservicemark & 159 \\
+ \verb|\textlquill| & \textlquill & 160 \\
+ \verb|\textrquill| & \textrquill & 161 \\
+ \verb|\textcent| & \textcent & 162 \\
+ \verb|\textsterling| & \textsterling & 163 \\
+ \verb|\textcurrency| & \textcurrency & 164 \\
+ \verb|\textyen| & \textyen & 165 \\
+ \verb|\textbrokenbar| & \textbrokenbar & 166 \\
+ \verb|\textsection| & \textsection & 167 \\
+ \verb|\textasciidieresis| & \textasciidieresis & 168 \\
+ \verb|\textcopyright| & \textcopyright & 169 \\
+ \verb|\textordfeminine| & \textordfeminine & 170 \\
+ \verb|\textcopyleft| & \textcopyleft & 171 \\
+ \verb|\textlnot| & \textlnot & 172 \\
+ \verb|\textcircledP| & \textcircledP & 173 \\
+ \verb|\textregistered| & \textregistered & 174 \\
+ \verb|\textasciimacron| & \textasciimacron & 175 \\
+ \verb|\textdegree| & \textdegree & 176 \\
+ \verb|\textpm| & \textpm & 177 \\
+ \verb|\texttwosuperior| & \texttwosuperior & 178 \\
+ \verb|\textthreesuperior| & \textthreesuperior & 179 \\
+ \verb|\textasciiacute| & \textasciiacute & 180 \\
+ \verb|\textmu| & \textmu & 181 \\
+ \verb|\textparagraph| & \textparagraph & 182 \\
+ \verb|\textperiodcentered| & \textperiodcentered & 183 \\
+ \verb|\textreferencemark| & \textreferencemark & 184 \\
+ \verb|\textonesuperior| & \textonesuperior & 185 \\
+ \verb|\textordmasculine| & \textordmasculine & 186 \\
+ \verb|\textsurd| & \textsurd & 187 \\
+ \verb|\textonequarter| & \textonequarter & 188 \\
+ \verb|\textonehalf| & \textonehalf & 189 \\
+ \verb|\textthreequarters| & \textthreequarters & 190 \\
+ \verb|\texteuro| & \texteuro & 191 \\
+ \verb|\texttimes| & \texttimes & 214 \\
+ \verb|\textdiv| & \textdiv & 246
+ \end{tabular}
+\caption{Text symbols formerly from the \textsf{textcomp} package}
+\label{tab:textcomp}
+\end{table}
+
\section{If you need to know more \ldots}
\NEWdescription{1996/06/01}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.tex 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexchanges.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
The patch~4 dropped a bit too much in certain situations, e.g., it
changed a series value of \texttt{semibold} (as used by
\texttt{autoinst}) to \texttt{seibold}, rendering it useless. So we
-now only correct series values if they are a member one of the
+now only correct series values if they are a member of the
following list: \texttt{ulm}, \texttt{elm}, \texttt{lm}, \texttt{slm},
\texttt{mm}, \texttt{sbm}, \texttt{bm}, \texttt{ebm}, \texttt{ubm},
\texttt{muc}, \texttt{mec}, \texttt{mc}, \texttt{msc}, \texttt{msx},
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexrelease.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+% This will typeset documentation + code
+%
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\AlsoImplementation}
+\input{ltfilehook.dtx}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-code.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+% This will typeset only documentation but not the code
+%
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\OnlyDescription
+% \let\tableofcontents\relax
+ }
+\input{ltfilehook.dtx}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltfilehook-doc.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdf 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdf 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+% This will typeset documentation + code
+%
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\AlsoImplementation}
+\input{lthooks.dtx}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-code.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdf 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdf 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+% This will typeset only documentation but not the code
+%
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\OnlyDescription
+% \let\tableofcontents\relax
+ }
+\input{lthooks.dtx}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lthooks-doc.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltluatex.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -30,13 +30,15 @@
% * Fix TOC issue
% 2020/01/30 v1.4b:
% * Fix TOC issue more generally and add page numbers
+% 2020/04/13 v1.4d:
+% * Use titletoc for partial toc'sa in the separate issues
% \fi
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesFile{ltnews.tex}%
- [2020/01/30 v1.4c Master file for ltnews*.tex (LaTeX Project)]
+ [2020/04/13 v1.4d Master file for ltnews*.tex (LaTeX Project)]
-\providecommand*{\lastissue}{31}
+\providecommand*{\lastissue}{32}
\InputIfFileExists{ltnews-lastissue.cfg}{}{}
@@ -73,10 +75,11 @@
\RequirePackage{hologo}
\RequirePackage{graphicx}
-
\documentclass{ltnews}
\RequirePackage{url,csquotes}
+% 1.4d (JLB) also load the titletoc package
+\RequirePackage{titletoc}
% \small already robust so better not ...
%\expandafter
@@ -88,6 +91,9 @@
\RequirePackage{multicol}
\makeatletter
+% 1.4d (JLB) Titletoc thinks \contentsline has three arguments
+% but it has 4 in our case
+\def\ttl at gobblecontents#1#2#3#4{\ignorespaces}
\newcounter{issue}
\renewcommand*{\theissue}{%
@@ -178,6 +184,9 @@
\makefirsttitle
\pdfbookmark[0]{\contentsname}{toc}
+% 1.4d(JLB) Now that titletoc is used we can limit the depth
+% of the main toc
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
\tableofcontents
\clearpage
@@ -219,6 +228,7 @@
\setcounter{footnote}{0}%
\gobbleopt
}%
+% 1.4d (JLB) Removed the extra lines that were written to the toc-files
\newcommand*{\gobbleopt}[1][]{}%
\let\org at twocolumn\twocolumn
\renewcommand\NeedsTeXFormat[1]{\NeedsTeXFormatdate}% ignore that inside
@@ -225,8 +235,9 @@
\newcommand\NeedsTeXFormatdate[1][]{}% % inidividual issues
\renewenvironment{document}{%
\clearpage
+% 1.4d (JLB) Normally |\ltn at tocend| shoud do nothing
+ \let\ltn at tocend\relax
\ifnum\@issue=20 %
- \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{5}}%
\addtocontents{toc}{%
\protect\makeatletter
}%
@@ -243,20 +254,15 @@
}%
\def\toclevel at subsection{1}%
\def\toclevel at subsubsection{2}%
- \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{4}}%
\renewcommand*{\tableofcontents}{%
\section*{\contentsname}%
- \@starttoc{toc\theissue}%
+% 1.4d (JLB) Start the partial contents
+ \startcontents[Issue\theissue]
+% 1.4d (JLB) Show it
+ \printcontents[Issue\theissue]{}{1}[3]{}
+% 1.4d (JLB)and make sure that |\end{document}| stops it again.
+ \gdef\ltn at tocend{\stopcontents[Issue\theissue]}
}%
- \let\saved at addtocontents\addtocontents
- \renewcommand*{\addtocontents}[2]{%
- \saved at addtocontents{##1}{##2}%
- \def\temp at toc{toc}%
- \def\temp at param{##1}%
- \ifx\temp at toc\temp at param
- \saved at addtocontents{toc\theissue}{##2}%
- \fi
- }%
\let\l at subsubsection\l at subsection
\let\l at subsection\l at section
\let\l at section\l at part
@@ -278,6 +284,8 @@
\endgroup
}%
}{%
+% 1.4d (JLB) Adde |\ltn at tocend|
+ \ltn at tocend
\clearpage
}%
\makeatother
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews01.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews02.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews03.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews04.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews05.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews06.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews07.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews08.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews09.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews10.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews11.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews12.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews13.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews14.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews15.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews16.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews17.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews18.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews19.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews20.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews21.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews22.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews23.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews24.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews25.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews26.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews27.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews28.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
\subsection{BOM: byte order mark handling}
When using Unicode the first bytes of a file may be a, so called, BOM
-character (byte order mark) to indicate the byte oder used in the
+character (byte order mark) to indicate the byte order used in the
file. While this is not required with UTF-8 encoded files (where the
byte order is known) it is nevertheless allowed by the standard and
some editors add that byte sequence to the beginning of a file. In the
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
is defined. Unfortunately this had the side effect of \emph{defining}
the command to \verb|\relax| in the case that it had no definition.
The new release uses a modified definition
-(using extra testing possibilities available in \hologo{eTeX}. The new definition
+(using extra testing possibilities available in \hologo{eTeX}). The new definition
is more natural, however code that was relying on the side effect of the
command being tested being defined if it was previously undefined may have to add
\verb|\let\|\meta{command}\verb|\relax|.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews29.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews30.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.tex 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews31.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -433,10 +433,10 @@
was necessary.
-\typeout{^^J^^J***************************************}
-\typeout{** This example needs LaTeX 2020-02-02}
+\typeout{^^J^^J******************************************}
+\typeout{** This example needs LaTeX 2020-02-02 or later}
\typeout{** to come out correctly !!}
-\typeout{***************************************^^J^^J}
+\typeout{******************************************^^J^^J}
\textsf{This is most noticeable with \cs{oldstylenums} which are now
taken from \texttt{TS1} so that you no longer get
@@ -547,10 +547,10 @@
\enlargethispage{-\smallskipamount}
\vspace{-\medskipamount}
-\subsection{Ensure that \cs{\textbackslash} remains robust}
+\subsection{Ensure that \cs{textbackslash} remains robust}
In the last release we made most document-level commands robust, but
-\cs{\textbackslash} became fragile again\\
+\cs{textbackslash} became fragile again\\
whenever \cs{raggedright} or similar typesetting\\
was used. This has been fixed.
%
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
\subsection{Allow spaces in \texttt{filecontents} option list}
Leaving spaces or newlines in the option list prevented the options
-from being correctly recognized. This\\
+from being correctly recognized. This\\
has been corrected.
%
\githubissue{256}
@@ -587,8 +587,8 @@
\subsection{New \texttt{reverselist} Lua callback type}
-A new callback type, \texttt{reverselist}, was added:\\
-\texttt{post\_mlist\_to\_hlist\_filter} and \texttt{post\_linebreak\_filter}
+A new callback type, \texttt{reverselist}, was added:\\
+\texttt{post\_mlist\_to\_hlist\_filter} and \texttt{post\_linebreak\_filter}
are now of this type.
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@
by using the existence of the \cs{Umathcode} primitive. As such, this is already
a requirement: engines lacking these primitives cannot use Unicode features
of the \LaTeXe{} kernel or \pkg{expl3}. Note also that up\TeX{} can
-handling Unicode but it is not classed as a Unicode engine by the
+handle Unicode but it is not classed as a Unicode engine by the
base \LaTeX\ code.
\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdf 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdf 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,872 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 2019-2020
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: ltnews32.tex
+%
+% This is issue 32 of LaTeX News.
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2020-02-02]
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\usepackage{lmodern,url,hologo}
+
+\usepackage{csquotes}
+\usepackage{multicol}
+
+\providecommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textrm{\itshape#1}$\rangle$}
+\providecommand\option[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\providecommand\env[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\providecommand\Arg[1]{\texttt\{\meta{#1}\texttt\}}
+
+
+\providecommand\eTeX{\hologo{eTeX}}
+\providecommand\XeTeX{\hologo{XeTeX}}
+\providecommand\LuaTeX{\hologo{LuaTeX}}
+\providecommand\pdfTeX{\hologo{pdfTeX}}
+\providecommand\MiKTeX{\hologo{MiKTeX}}
+\providecommand\CTAN{\textsc{ctan}}
+\providecommand\TL{\TeX\,Live}
+\providecommand\githubissue[2][]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi
+ \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+ \mbox{\small\slshape(%
+ \href{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/\getfirstgithubissue#2 \relax}%
+ {github issue#1 #2}%
+ )}%
+ \par\smallskip}
+
+% simple solution right now (just link to the first issue if there are more)
+\def\getfirstgithubissue#1 #2\relax{#1}
+
+\providecommand\sxissue[1]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi
+ \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+ \mbox{\small\slshape(\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/#1})}\par}
+
+\providecommand\gnatsissue[2]{\ifhmode\unskip\fi
+ \quad\penalty500\strut\nobreak\hfill
+ \mbox{\small\slshape(%
+ \href{https://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=#1\%2F#2}%
+ {gnats issue #1/#2}%
+ )}%
+ \par}
+
+\let\cls\pkg
+\providecommand\env[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+
+\vbadness=1400 % accept slightly empty columns
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\providecommand\tubcommand[1]{}
+\tubcommand{\input{tubltmac}}
+
+\publicationmonth{October}
+\publicationyear{2020}
+
+\publicationissue{32}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\tubcommand{\addtolength\textheight{4.2pc}} % only for TUB
+
+\maketitle
+{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \spaceskip=3.33pt \hbadness=10000 \tableofcontents}
+
+\setlength\rightskip{0pt plus 3em}
+
+
+\medskip
+
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+The 2020-10-01 release of \LaTeX{} shows that work on improving
+\LaTeX{} has again intensified. The two most important new features
+are the kernel support for \pkg{xparse} and the introduction of the
+new hook management system for \LaTeX{}, but as you can see there are
+many smaller enhancements and bug fixes added to the kernel and
+various packages.
+
+
+
+\section{Providing \pkg{xparse} in the format}
+
+The official interface in the \LaTeXe{} kernel for creating
+document-level commands has always been \cs{newcommand}. This was a
+big step forward from \LaTeX~2.09. However, it was still very limited
+in the types of command it can create: those taking at most one
+optional argument in square brackets, then zero or more mandatory
+arguments. Richer syntaxes required use of the \TeX{} \cs{def}
+primitive along with appropriate low-level macro programming.
+
+The \LaTeX{} team started work on a comprehensive document-command
+parser, \pkg{xparse}, in the late 1990s. In the past decade, the
+experimental ideas it provides have been carefully worked through and
+moved to a stable footing. As such, \pkg{xparse} is now used to define
+a very large number of document and package commands. It does this by
+providing a rich and self-consistent syntax to describe a wide range of
+interfaces seen in \LaTeX{} packages.
+
+The ideas developed in \pkg{xparse} are now sufficiently well tested
+that the majority can be transferred into the \LaTeX{} kernel. Thus
+the following commands have been added
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \cs{NewDocumentCommand}, \cs{RenewDocumentCommand},
+ \cs{ProvideDocumentCommand}, \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand}
+ \item \cs{NewExpandableDocumentCommand}, \cs{RenewExpandableDocumentCommand},
+ \cs{ProvideExpandableDocumentCommand}, \cs{DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand}
+ \item \cs{NewDocumentEnvironment}, \cs{RenewDocumentEnvironment},
+ \cs{ProvideDocumentEnvironment}, \cs{DeclareDocumentEnvironment}
+ \item \cs{BooleanTrue} \cs{BooleanFalse}
+ \item \cs{IfBooleanTF}, \cs{IfBooleanT}, \cs{IfBooleanF}
+ \item \cs{IfNoValueTF}, \cs{IfNoValueT}, \cs{IfNoValueF}
+ \item \cs{IfValueTF}, \cs{IfValueT}, \cs{IfValueF}
+ \item \cs{SplitArgument}, \cs{SplitList}, \cs{TrimSpaces},
+ \cs{ProcessList}, \cs{ReverseBoolean}
+ \item \cs{GetDocumentCommandArgSpec}
+ \cs{GetDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec}
+\end{itemize}
+
+Most, but not all, of the argument types defined by \pkg{xparse} are
+now supported at the kernel level. In particular, the types
+\texttt{g}/\texttt{G}, \texttt{l} and \texttt{u} are \emph{not} provided by
+the kernel code; these are deprecated but still available by
+explicitly loading \pkg{xparse}. All other argument types \emph{are}
+now available directly within the \LaTeXe{} kernel.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\section{A hook management system for \LaTeX{}}
+
+With the fall 2020 release of \LaTeX{} we provide a general hook
+management system for the kernel and for packages. This will allow
+packages to safely add code to various kernel and package hooks and if
+necessary define rules to reorder the code in the hooks to resolve
+typical package loading order issues. This hook system is written in
+the L3 programming layer and thus forms the first larger application
+within the kernel that makes use of the \LaTeX3 functionality now
+available (if we discount \pkg{xparse} which has already been available for
+a long time as a separate package).
+
+The file \texttt{lthooks.dtx} holds the core management code for hooks
+and defines basic hooks for environments (as previously offered by
+\pkg{etoolbox}), \texttt{ltshipout.dtx} provides kernel hooks into the
+shipout process (making packages like \pkg{atbegshi},
+etc., unnecessary) and the file \texttt{ltfilehook.dtx} holds
+redefinitions for commands like \cs{input} or \cs{usepackage} so that
+they offer hooks in a similar fashion to what is provided by the
+\pkg{filehook} package.
+
+At the moment the integration is lightweight, overwriting definitions
+made earlier during format generation (though this will change after
+more thorough testing). For that reason the documentation isn't in its
+final form either and you have to read through three different
+documents:
+\begin{description}
+ \item[\texttt{lthooks-doc.pdf}] Core management interface and basic
+ hooks for environments provided by the kernel.
+
+ \item[\texttt{ltshipout-doc.pdf}] Hooks accessible while a page is
+ being shipped out.
+
+ \item[\texttt{ltfilehook-doc.pdf}] Hooks used when reading a file.
+\end{description}
+For those who wish to also study the code, replace \texttt{-doc} with
+\texttt{-code}, e.g., \texttt{lthooks-code.pdf}. All documents should
+be accessible via \texttt{texdoc}, e.g.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ texdoc lthooks-doc
+\end{verbatim}
+should open the core documentation for you.
+
+
+
+\section{Other changes to the \LaTeX{} kernel}
+
+
+\subsection{\cs{symbol} in math mode for large Unicode values}
+
+The \LaTeXe{} kernel defines the command \cs{symbol}, which allows
+characters to be typeset by entering their `slot number'. With the
+\LuaTeX{} and \XeTeX{} engines, these slot numbers can extend to very
+large values to accommodate Unicode characters in the upper Unicode
+planes (e.g., bold mathematical capital A is slot number
+\texttt{"1D400} in hex or \texttt{119808} in decimal). The \XeTeX{}
+engine did not allow \cs{symbol} in math mode for values above
+$2^{16}$; this limitation has now been lifted.
+%
+\githubissue{124}
+
+
+\subsection{Correct Unicode value of \cs{=y} (\=y)}
+
+The Unicode slot for \=y was incorrectly pointing to the slot for
+\=Y. This has been corrected.
+%
+\githubissue{326}
+
+\subsection{Add support for Unicode soft hyphens}
+
+For a long time, the UTF-8 option for \pkg{inputenc} made the Unicode
+soft hyphen character (U+00AD) an alias for the \LaTeX\ soft hyphen
+\cs{-}. The Unicode engines \XeTeX{} and \LuaTeX{} behaved
+differently though: They either ignored U+00AD or interpreted it as an
+unconditional hyphen. This inconsistency is fixed now and \LaTeX{}
+always treats \texttt{U+00AD} as \cs{-}.
+%
+\githubissue{323}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Fix capital accents in Unicode engines}
+
+In Unicode engines the capital accents such as \cs{capitalcedilla},
+etc., have been implemented as trivial shorthands for the normal
+accents (because other than Computer Modern virtually no fonts support
+them), but that failed when \pkg{hyperref} got loaded. This has been
+corrected.
+%
+\githubissue{332}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Support \pkg{calc} in various kernel commands}
+
+The \cs{hspace}, \cs{vspace}, \cs{addvspace}, \cs{\textbackslash} and
+other commands simply passed their argument to a \TeX{} primitive to
+produce the necessary space. As a result it was impossible to specify
+anything other than a simple dimension value in such arguments. This
+has been changed, so that now \pkg{calc} syntax is also supported with
+these commands.
+%
+\githubissue{152}
+
+\subsection{Support \eTeX\ length expressions in \texttt{picture} coordinates}
+
+Picture mode coordinates specified with \texttt{(\_,\_)} previously
+accepted multiples of \cs{unitlength}. They now also allow \eTeX\ length
+expressions (as used by the \cs{glueexpr} primitive although all uses
+in \texttt{picture} mode are non-stretchy).
+
+So, valid uses include \verb|\put(2,2)| as previously,
+ but now also uses such as\tubcommand\\\verb|\put(\textwidth-5cm,0.4\textheight)|.
+
+Note that you can only use expressions with lengths; \verb|\put(1+2,0)| is not
+supported.
+
+
+\subsection{Spaces in filenames of included files}
+
+File names containing spaces lead to unexpected results when used in
+the commands \cs{include} and \cs{includeonly}. This has now been
+fixed and the argument to \cs{include} can contain a file name
+containing spaces. Leading or trailing spaces will be stripped off
+but spaces within the file name are kept. The argument to
+\cs{includeonly}, which is a comma-separated list of files to process,
+can also contain spaces with any leading and trailing spaces stripped
+from the individual filenames while spaces \emph{in} the file
+names will remain intact.
+%
+\githubissue[s]{217 and 218}
+
+
+\subsection{Avoid extra line in \cs{centering}, \cs{raggedleft} or \cs{raggedright}}
+
+If we aren't justifying paragraphs then a very long word (longer than a
+line) could result in an unnecessary extra line in order to prevent a
+hyphen in the second-last line of the paragraph. This is now avoided
+by setting \cs{finalhyphendemerits} to zero in unjustified settings.
+%
+\githubissue{274}
+
+\def\negskip{\tubcommand{\vspace*{-.2pt}}}
+\negskip
+\subsection{Set a non-zero \cs{baselineskip} in text scripts}
+
+As \cs{textsuperscript} and \cs{textsubscript} usually contain only a
+few characters on a single line the \cs{baselineskip} was set to
+zero. However, \pkg{hyperref} uses that value to determine the height
+of a link box which consequently came out far too small. This has
+been adjusted.
+%
+\githubissue{249}
+
+\negskip
+\subsection{Spacing issues when using \cs{linethickness}}
+
+In some circumstances the use of \cs{linethickness} introduced a
+spurious space that shifted objects in a \texttt{picture} environment
+to the right. This has been corrected.
+%
+\githubissue{274}
+
+
+\negskip
+\subsection{Better support for the legacy series default interface}
+
+In the initial implementation of \LaTeX's font selection scheme (NFSS)
+changes to any default were carried out by redefining some
+commands, e.g., \cs{seriesdefault}. In 2019 we introduced various
+extensions and with it new methods of customizing certain parts of
+NFSS, e.g., the recommended way for changing the series default(s) is
+now through \cs{DeclareFontSeriesDefault}~\cite{32:ltnews31}. In this
+release we improved the support for legacy documents using the old
+method to cover additional edge cases.
+%
+\githubissue[s]{306,315}
+
+
+\negskip
+\subsection{Support for uncommon font series defaults}
+
+If a font family was set up with fairly unusual font series defaults,
+e.g.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand\ttdefault{lmvtt}
+ \DeclareFontSeriesDefault[tt]{md}{lm}
+ \DeclareFontSeriesDefault[tt]{bf}{bm}
+\end{verbatim}
+then a switch between the main document families, e.g.,
+\verb=\ttfamily...\rmfamily= did not always correctly continue
+typesetting in medium or bold series if that involved adjusting the
+values used by \verb=\mdseries= or \verb=\bfseries=. This has now
+been corrected.
+%
+\githubissue{291}
+
+\subsection{Checking the current font series context}
+
+Sometimes it is necessary to define commands that act differently when
+used in bold context (e.g., inside \cs{textbf}). Now that it is
+possible in \LaTeX{} to specify different \enquote{\texttt{bf}}
+defaults based for each of the three meta families (\texttt{rm},
+\texttt{sf} and \texttt{tt}) via \cs{DeclareFontSeriesDefault}, it is
+no longer easy to answer the question \enquote{am I typesetting in
+ a bold context?}. To help with this problem a new command was provided:
+\begin{quote}
+ \cs{IfFontSeriesContextTF}\Arg{context}\\
+ \hspace*{4em} \Arg{true code}\Arg{false code}
+\end{quote}
+The \meta{context} can be either \texttt{bf} (bold) or \texttt{md}
+(medium) and depending on whether or not the current font is
+recognized as being selected through \cs{bfseries} or \cs{mdseries}
+the \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} is executed.
+As an example
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage{bm} % (bold math)
+\newcommand\vbeta{\IfFontSeriesContextTF{bf}%
+ {\ensuremath{\bm{\beta}}}%
+ {\ensuremath{\beta}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+This way you can write \cs{vbeta}\texttt{-isotopes} and if used in a
+heading it comes out in a bolder version.
+%
+\githubissue{336}
+
+
+\subsection{Avoid spurious package option warning}
+
+When a package is loaded with a number of options, say \texttt{X},
+\texttt{Y} and \texttt{Z}, and then later another loading attempt was
+made with a subset of the options or no options, it was possible
+to get an error message that option \texttt{X} is not known to the
+package. This obviously incorrect error was due to a timing issue
+where the list of available options got lost prematurely. This has now
+been fixed.
+%
+\githubissue{22}
+
+
+\subsection{Adjusting \texttt{fleqn}}
+
+In \pkg{amsmath} the \cs{mathindent} parameter used with the
+\texttt{fleqn} design is a rubber length parameter allowing for setting
+it to a value such as \texttt{1em minus 1em}, i.e., so that the normal
+indentation can be reduced in case of very wide math displays.
+This is now also supported by the \LaTeX{} standard classes.
+
+In addition a compressible space between formula and equation number
+in the \texttt{equation} environment got added when the \texttt{fleqn}
+option is used so that a very wide formula doesn't bump into the
+equation number.
+%
+\githubissue{252}
+
+
+\subsection{Provide \cs{clap}}
+
+\LaTeX{} has inherited \cs{llap} and \cs{rlap} from plain \TeX{}
+(zero-sized boxes whose content sticks out to the left or right,
+respectively) but there isn't a corresponding \cs{clap} command that
+centers the material. This missing command was added by several
+packages, e.g., \pkg{mathtools}, and has now been added to the
+kernel.
+
+\subsection{Fix to legacy math alphabet interface}
+
+When using the \LaTeX{}~2.09 legacy math alphabet interface, e.g.,
+\verb=$\sf -1$= instead of \verb=$\mathsf{-1}$=, an extra math Ord atom
+was added to the formula in case the math alphabet was used for the first
+time. In some cases this math atom would change the spacing, e.g.,
+change the unary minus sign into a binary minus in the above example. This
+has finally been fixed.
+%
+\gnatsissue{latex}{3357}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Added tests for format, package and class dates}
+
+To implement compatibility code or to ensure that certain features are
+available it is helpful and often necessary to check the date of the
+format or that of a package or class and execute different code based
+on the result. For that, \LaTeX\ previously had only internal commands
+(\cs{@ifpackagelater} and \cs{@ifclasslater}) for testing package or
+class names, but nothing reasonable for testing the format date. For the
+latter one had to resort to some obscure command \cs{@ifl at t@r} that,
+given its cryptic name, was clearly never intended for use even in
+package or class code. Furthermore, even the existing interface
+commands were defective as they are testing for \enquote{equal or
+ later} and not for \enquote{later} as their names indicate.
+
+We have therefore introduced three new CamelCase commands as the
+official interface for such tests
+\begin{quote}
+ \cs{IfFormatAtLeastTF}\Arg{date}\\
+ \hspace*{4em} \Arg{true code}\Arg{false code}
+\end{quote}
+and for package and class tests
+\begin{quote}
+ \cs{IfClassAtLeastTF}\Arg{class name}\Arg{date}\\
+ \hspace*{4em} \Arg{true code}\Arg{false code} \\
+ \cs{IfPackageAtLeastTF}\Arg{package~name}\Arg{date}\\
+ \hspace*{4em} \Arg{true code}\Arg{false code}
+\end{quote}
+For compatibility reasons the legacy commands remain available, but we
+suggest to replace them over time and use the new interfaces in new
+code.
+%
+\githubissue{186}
+
+
+\subsection{Avoid problematic spaces after \cs{verb}}
+
+If a user typed \verb*=\verb !~! foo= instead of
+\verb*=\verb!~! foo= by mistake, then surprisingly the result was
+``\verb=!~!=foo'' without any warning or error.
+%
+What happened was that the
+\verb*= = became the argument delimiter due to the rather complex
+processing done by \cs{verb} to render verbatim. This has been
+fixed and spaces directly following the command \cs{verb} or \cs{verb*}
+are now ignored as elsewhere.
+%
+\githubissue{327}
+
+
+\subsection{Provide a way to copy robust commands\ldots}
+
+With the previous \LaTeXe{} release, several user-level commands were
+made robust, so the need for a way to create copies of these commands
+(often to redefine them) increased, and the \LaTeXe{} kernel didn't have
+a way to do so. Previously this functionality was provided in part by
+Heiko Oberdiek's \pkg{letltxmacro} package, which allows a robust
+command \verb=\foo= to be copied to \verb=\bar= with
+\verb=\LetLtxMacro\bar\foo=.
+
+From this release onwards, the \LaTeXe{} kernel provides
+\cs{NewCommandCopy} (and \verb=\Renew...= and \verb=\Declare...=
+variants) which functions almost like
+\verb=\LetLtxMacro=. To the end user, both should work the same way,
+and one shouldn't need to worry about the definition of the command:
+\cs{NewCommandCopy} should do the hard work.
+
+\cs{NewCommandCopy} knows about the different types of definitions from
+the \LaTeXe{} kernel, and also from other packages, such as
+\pkg{xparse}'s command declarations like \cs{NewDocumentCommand}, and
+\pkg{etoolbox}'s \cs{newrobustcmd}, and it can be extended to cover
+further packages.
+%
+\githubissue{239}
+
+
+\subsection{\ldots\ and a way to \cs{show} them}
+
+It is sometimes necessary to look up the definition of a command, and often
+one not only doesn't know where that command is defined, but doesn't
+know if it gets redefined by some package, so often enough looking at
+the source doesn't help. The typical way around this problem is to use
+\TeX's \cs{show} primitive to look at the definition of a command, which
+works fine until the command being \cs{show}n is robust. With
+\verb=\show\frac= one sees
+\begin{verbatim}
+>> \frac=macro:
+->>\protect \frac .
+\end{verbatim}
+which is not very helpful. To show the actual command the user needed to
+notice that the real definition of \cs{frac} is in the \verb*=\frac = %*
+macro and do \verb=\expandafter\show\csname frac\space\endcsname=.
+
+But with the machinery for copying robust commands in place it is
+already possible to examine a command and detect (as far as a macro
+expansion language allows) how it was defined. \cs{ShowCommand} knows
+that and with \verb=\ShowCommand\frac= the terminal will show
+\begin{verbatim}
+>> \frac=robust macro:
+->>\protect \frac .
+
+>> \frac =\long macro:
+#1#2->>{\begingroup #1\endgroup \over #2}.
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\githubissue{373}
+
+\subsection{Merge \pkg{l3docstrip} into \pkg{docstrip}}
+
+The file \pkg{l3docstrip.tex} offered a small extension over the
+original \pkg{docstrip.tex} file supporting the
+\texttt{\%\string<@@=\meta{module}\string>} syntax of \pkg{expl3}.
+This has been merged into \pkg{docstrip} so that it can now be
+used for both traditional \texttt{.dtx} files and those containing
+code written in the L3 programming layer language.
+%
+\githubissue{337}
+
+
+\subsection{Support vertical typesetting with \pkg{doc}}
+
+The \texttt{macrocode} environment uses a \texttt{trivlist} internally
+and as part of this sets up the \cs{@labels} box to contain some
+horizontal skips, but that box is never used. As a result this
+generates an issue in some circumstances if the typesetting direction
+is vertical. This has now been corrected to support such use cases as
+well.
+%
+\githubissue{344}
+
+
+\subsection{Record the counter name stepped by \cs{refstepcounter}}
+
+\cs{refstepcounter} now stores the name of the counter in \cs{@currentcounter}.
+This allows packages like \pkg{zref} and \pkg{hyperref} to store the name without
+having to patch \cs{refstepcounter}.
+%
+\githubissue{300}
+
+
+\subsection{Native Lua\TeX\ behavior for \cs{-}}
+
+\LaTeX\ changes \cs{-} to add a discretionary hyphen even if \cs{hyphenchar}
+is set to $-1$. This change is not necessary under Lua\TeX\ because there
+\cs{-} is not affected by \cs{hyphenchar} in the first place. Therefore this
+behavior has been changed to ensure that Lua\TeX's (language specific)
+hyphenation characters are respected by \cs{-}.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Allow \cs{par} commands inside \cs{typeout}}
+
+\cs{typeout} used to choke when seeing an empty line or a \cs{par}
+command in its argument. However, sometimes it is used to display
+arbitrary user input or code (wrapped, for example, in
+\cs{unexpanded}) which may contain explicit \cs{par} commands. This is
+now allowed.
+%
+\githubissue{335}
+
+\subsection{Spacing commands moved from \pkg{amsmath} to the kernel}
+Originally \LaTeX{} only provided a small set of spacing commands
+for use in text and math, some of the commands like \cs{;} were
+only supported in math mode. \texttt{amsmath} normalized and
+provided all of them in text and math. This code has now been
+moved to the kernel so that it is generally available.
+%
+\githubissue{303}
+
+\begin{tabular}{lll}
+command name(s) & math & text\\\hline
+\cs{,} \cs{thinspace} & $x\,x$ & x\,x\\
+\cs{!} \cs{negthinspace} \; & $x\!x$ & x\!x\\
+\cs{:} \cs{>} \cs{medspace} & $x\:x$ & x\:x\\
+\cs{negmedspace} & $x\negmedspace x$ & x\negmedspace x\\
+\cs{;} \cs{thickspace} & $x\;x$ & x\;x\\
+\cs{negthickspace} & $x\negthickspace x$ & x\negthickspace x\\
+\end{tabular}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Access raw glyphs in \LuaTeX\ without reloading fonts}
+
+\LaTeX's definitions for \cs{textquotesingle},\tubcommand\\ \cs{textasciigrave}, and
+\cs{textquotedbl} for the TU encoding in \LuaTeX\ need special handling to
+stop the shaper from replacing these characters with curly quotes.
+This used to be done by reloading the current font without the \texttt{tlig}
+feature, but that came with multiple disadvantages: It behaves differently
+than the corresponding \XeTeX\ code and it is not very efficient.
+This code has now been replaced with an implementation which injects a
+protected glyph node which is not affected by font shaping.
+%
+\githubissue{165}
+
+
+\subsection{Added a fourth empty argument to \cs{contentsline}}
+
+\LaTeX's \cs{addcontentsline} writes a \cs{contentsline}
+command with three arguments to the \texttt{.toc} and similar files.
+\pkg{hyperref} redefines \cs{addcontentsline} to write
+a fourth argument. The change unifies the number of arguments
+by writing an additional empty brace group.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Lua\TeX\ callback \texttt{new\_graf} made \texttt{exclusive}}
+
+Corrected an incorrect callback type which caused return values from the
+\texttt{new\_graf} callback to be ignored and paragraph indentation to be
+suppressed. In the new version, only one \texttt{new\_graf} callback handler
+can be active at a time, which allows this handler to take full control of
+paragraph indentation.
+%
+\githubissue{188}
+
+
+
+
+
+\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{graphics} category}
+
+\subsection{Generate a warning if existing color definition is changed}
+
+If a color is defined twice using \cs{DefineNamedColor}, no
+info text \texttt{Redefining color ...\ in named color model ...}\ was written
+to the log file, because of a typo in the check. This has been corrected.
+%
+\gnatsissue{graphics}{3635}
+
+\subsection{Specifying viewport in the \pkg{graphics} package}
+Specifying a BoundingBox does not really have meaning when including non-EPS graphics in
+\pdfTeX\ and \LuaTeX. For some years the \pkg{graphicx} package
+\texttt{bb} key has been interpreted (with a warning) as a
+\texttt{viewport} key. This feature has been added to the two-argument
+form of \verb|\includegraphics|, which is mostly used in the
+\pkg{\mbox{graphics}} package. \verb|\includegraphics[1,2][3,4]{file}| will
+now be interpreted in \pdfTeX\ and \LuaTeX\ in the same way as
+\pkg{\mbox{graphicx}}'s\tubcommand\\
+\verb|\includegraphics[viewport=1 2 3 4]{file}|.
+
+\subsection{Normalizing \cs{endlinechar}}
+If \cs{endlinechar} is set to $-1$ so that ends of lines are ignored
+in special contexts, then a low level \TeX\ error would be generated
+by code parsing BoundingBox comments. The package now locally sets
+\cs{endlinechar} to its standard value while reading files.
+%
+\githubissue{286}
+
+\subsection{Files with multiple parts}
+Sometimes one has a graphics file, say, \texttt{file.svg}, and converts
+it to another format to include it in \LaTeX{} and ends up with a file
+named \texttt{file.svg.png}. In previous releases, if the user did
+\verb|\includegraphics{file.svg}|, an error would be raised and the
+graphics inclusion would fail due to the unknown \verb|.svg| extension.
+The \pkg{graphics} package now checks if the given extension is known, and if
+it doesn't, it tries appending the known extensions until it finds a
+graphics file with a valid extension, otherwise it falls back to the
+file as requested.
+%
+\githubissue{355}
+
+
+\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{tools} category}
+
+\subsection{\pkg{array}: Support stretchable glue in \texttt{w}-columns}
+
+If stretchable glue, e.g., \cs{dotfill}, is used in \env{tabular}
+columns made with the \pkg{array} package, it stretches as it would in
+normal paragraph text. The one exception was \texttt{w}-columns (but
+not \texttt{W}-columns) where it got forced to its nominal width (which
+in case of \cs{hfill} or \cs{dotfill} is 0\,pt). This has been
+corrected and now \texttt{w}-columns behave like all other column
+types in this respect.
+%
+\githubissue{270}
+
+\subsection{\pkg{array}: Use math mode for \texttt{w} and
+ \texttt{W}-cells in \env{array}}
+
+The \texttt{w} and \texttt{W}-columns are LR-columns very similar to
+\texttt{l}, \texttt{c} and \texttt{r}. It is therefore natural to
+expect their cell content to be typeset in math mode instead of text
+mode if they are used in an \env{array} environment. This has now
+been adjusted. Note that this is a breaking change in version v2.5!
+If you have used \texttt{w} or \texttt{W}-columns in older documents
+either add \texttt{\detokenize{>{$}...<{$}}} for such columns or
+remove the \texttt{\$} signs in the cells. Alternatively, you can roll
+back to the old version by loading \pkg{array} with
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{array}[=v2.4]
+\end{verbatim}
+in such documents.
+%
+\githubissue{297}
+
+\subsection{\pkg{array}: Fix for \cs{firsthline} and \cs{lasthline}}
+
+Replacing \cs{hline} with \cs{firsthline} or \cs{lasthline} could lead
+in some cases to an increase of the tabular width. This has now been
+corrected.
+%
+\githubissue{322}
+
+\subsection{\pkg{varioref}: Support Japanese as a language option}
+
+The package now recognizes \texttt{japanese} as a language option.
+The extra complication is that for grammatical reasons \cs{vref},
+\cs{Vref}, \cs{vrefrange} and \cs{fullref} need a structure different
+from all other languages currently supported. To accommodate this,
+\cs{vrefformat}, \cs{Vrefformat}, \cs{vrefrangeformat}, and \cs{fullrefformat}
+have been added to all languages.
+%
+\githubissue{352}
+
+
+\subsection{\pkg{xr}: Support for spaces in filenames}
+
+The command \cs{externaldocument}, provided by \pkg{xr}, now also
+supports filenames with spaces, just like \cs{include} and
+\cs{includeonly}.
+%
+\githubissue{223}
+
+
+
+\section{Changes to packages in the \pkg{amsmath} category}
+
+\subsection{Placement corrections for two accent commands}
+
+The accent commands \cs{dddot} and \cs{ddddot} (producing triple and
+quadruple dot accents) moved the base character vertically in certain
+situations if it was a single glyph,
+e.g., \verb=$Q \dddot{Q}$=
+were not at the same baseline. This has been corrected.
+%
+\githubissue{126}
+
+\subsection{Fixes to \texttt{aligned} and \texttt{gathered}}
+
+The environments \texttt{aligned} and \texttt{gathered} have a
+trailing optional argument to specify the vertical position of the
+environment with respect to the rest of the line. Allowed values are
+\texttt{t}, \texttt{b} and \texttt{c} but the code only tested for
+\texttt{b} and \texttt{t} and assumed anything else must be
+\texttt{c}. As a result, a formula starting with a bracket group would
+get mangled without warning---the group being dropped and interpreted
+as a request for centering. After more than 25 years this has now been
+corrected. If such a group is found a warning is given and the data is
+processed as part of the formula.
+%
+\githubissue{5}
+
+\tubcommand\newpage
+\subsection{Detect Unicode engines when setting \cs{std at minus} and \cs{std at equal}}
+
+\pkg{amsmath} now detects the Unicode engines and uses their extended
+commands to define \cs{std at minus} and \cs{std at equal}. This avoids a
+package like \pkg{unicode-math} having to patch the code in the begin
+document hook to change the commands.
+
+\subsection{Use lua\TeX{} primitives}
+
+For a number of years \pkg{lualatex-math} patched \cs{frac},
+\cs{genfrac} and the \texttt{subarray} environment to make use of new
+lua\TeX{} primitives. This code has now been integrated into
+\pkg{amsmath}.
+
+\section{Changes to the \pkg{babel} package}
+
+Multilingual typesetting has evolved greatly in recent years, and
+\pkg{babel}, like \LaTeX{} itself, has followed the footsteps of
+Unicode and the W3C consortia to produce proper output in many
+languages.
+
+Furthermore, the traditional model to define and select languages
+(which can be called \enquote{vertical}), based on closed files, while
+still the preferred one in monolingual documents, is being extended
+with a new model (which can be called \enquote{horizontal}) based on
+\emph{services} provided by \pkg{babel}, which allows defining and
+redefining locales with the help of simple \texttt{ini} files based on
+key\slash value pairs. The \pkg{babel} package provides about 250 of these files, which
+have been generated with the help of the Unicode Common Language Data
+Repository.
+
+Thanks to the recent advances in \texttt{lualatex} and
+\pkg{luaotfload}, \pkg{babel} currently provides \emph{services} for bidi
+typesetting, line breaking for Southeast Asian and CJK scripts,
+nonstandard hyphenation (like ff to ff-f), alphabetic and additive
+counters, automatic selection of fonts and languages based on the
+script, etc. This means \pkg{babel} can be used to typeset a wide variety of
+languages, such as Russian, Arabic, Hindi, Thai, Japanese, Bangla, Amharic,
+Greek, and many others.
+
+In addition, since these \texttt{ini} files are easily parsable, they can
+serve as a source for other packages.
+
+For further details take a look at the \pkg{babel} package
+documentation~\cite{32:babel}.
+
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+
+\fontsize{9.3}{11.3}\selectfont
+
+\bibitem{32:ltnews31} \LaTeX{} Project Team:
+ \emph{\LaTeXe{} news 31}.\\
+ \url{https://latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews31.pdf}
+
+\bibitem{32:site-doc}
+ \emph{\LaTeX{} documentation on the \LaTeX{} Project Website}.\\
+ \url{https://latex-project.org/help/documentation/}
+
+\bibitem{32:issue-tracker}
+ \emph{\LaTeX{} issue tracker}.
+ \url{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/}
+
+\bibitem{32:babel}
+ Javier Bezos and Johannes Braams.
+ \emph{Babel---Localization and internationalization}.\\
+ \url{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/babel}
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+
+
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews32.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdf 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdf 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+% This will typeset documentation + code
+%
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\AlsoImplementation}
+\input{ltshipout.dtx}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-code.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+% This will typeset only documentation but not the code
+%
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\OnlyDescription
+% \let\tableofcontents\relax
+ }
+\input{ltshipout.dtx}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltshipout-doc.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manifest.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manifest.txt 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manifest.txt 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
%
-% The following files form the LaTeX2e distribution of 2017-04-15
+% The following files form the LaTeX2e distribution of 2020-10-01
%
%
% CONTENTS OF THE LaTeX DISTRIBUTION
@@ -8,13 +8,12 @@
% Documentation:
% --------------
%
-% README.txt -- The distribution guide. START BY READING THIS FILE
+% README.md -- The distribution guide. START BY READING THIS FILE
% manifest.txt -- This file.
%
% tex2.txt -- Extras for installing LaTeX on TeX2.
%
% texpert.txt -- Documentation for TeX experts.
-% patches.txt -- Explains the patch mechanism.
%
% legal.txt -- Copyright notice; warranty; copying conditions.
% lppl.txt -- The LaTeX Project Public License (current version).
@@ -27,6 +26,7 @@
%
% source2e.tex -- File to produce kernel documentation.
% changes.txt -- List of changes in reverse chronological order.
+% latexchanges.tex -- Describes the changes to the LaTeX format since 2014-05-01
%
% sample2e.tex -- Sample LaTeX input file.
% small2e.tex -- Small sample LaTeX input file.
@@ -65,6 +65,12 @@
% ltnews24.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2016/02.
% ltnews25.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2016/03.
% ltnews26.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2017/01.
+% ltnews27.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2017/04.
+% ltnews28.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2018/04.
+% ltnews29.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2018/12.
+% ltnews30.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2019/10.
+% ltnews31.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2020/02.
+% ltnews32.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2020/10.
%
% ltx3info.tex -- Information about the LaTeX3 project.
@@ -116,6 +122,7 @@
% ltpage.dtx -- Page styles and related commands.
% ltplain.dtx -- Things borrowed from the plain format.
% lttab.dtx -- The tabbing, tabular and array environments.
+% lttextcomp -- The text companion symbols
% ltthm.dtx -- The theorem-like environments.
% ltsect.dtx -- Sectioning and title commands.
% ltvers.dtx -- Version identification code.
@@ -122,7 +129,14 @@
% preload.dtx -- Code for preloading fonts.
% tulm.fdd -- Font definitions for TU latin modern fonts.
%
+% L3 Programming layer:
+% -----------------
%
+% ltexpl.dtx -- Basic support
+% lthooks.dtx -- Hook management
+% ltfilehook.dtx -- Hook management for file loading
+% ltshipout.dtx -- Hook management for \shipout
+%
% Standard Classes:
% -----------------
%
@@ -183,15 +197,17 @@
% alltt.ins -- Installation script for the alltt package.
% classes.ins -- Installation script for standard classes.
% cmfonts.ins -- Installation script for OT* Computer Modern fonts.
+% ec.ins -- Installation script for T1 and TS1 EC fonts.
% newdc.ins -- Installation script for T* Computer Modern fonts.
% docstrip.ins -- Installation script for docstrip.
% exscale.ins -- Installation script for scaling the cmex font.
-% fixltx2e.ins -- Installation script for the fixltx2e package.
+% fix-cm.ins -- Installation script for modified cm font choices
% format.ins -- Installation script for latex.ltx.
% graphpap.ins -- Installation script for graphpap.dtx.
% inputenc.ins -- Installation script for inputenc.dtx.
% ifthen.ins -- Installation script for ifthen.dtx.
% latex209.ins -- Installation script for compatibility mode.
+% latexrelease.ins-- Installation script for release stability
% latexsym.ins -- Installation script for latexsym.dtx.
% letter.ins -- Installation script for document class letter.
% ltoutenc.ins -- Installation script for output encoding files.
@@ -206,7 +222,6 @@
% ----------------------------------------------
%
% cmextra.ins -- Installation script for additional CM fonts.
-% ec.ins -- Installation script for T1 and TS1 EC fonts.
% olddc.ins -- Installation script for obsolete dc fonts (v1.1).
%
%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/nfssfont.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\documentclass{source2edoc}
\listfiles
@@ -242,8 +242,14 @@
\DocInclude{ltvers} % Current version date
+ \DocInclude{ltluatex} % luatex support
+
+ \DocInclude{ltexpl} % L3 programming layer integration
+
\DocInclude{ltdefns} % Initial definitions.
+ \DocInclude{lthooks} % Hook management (L3 module)
+
\DocInclude{ltalloc} % Allocation of counters and others.
\DocInclude{ltcntrl} % Program control macros.
@@ -312,14 +318,16 @@
\DocInclude{ltpage} % \pagestyle \raggedbottom \sloppy
+ \DocInclude{ltclass} % Package & Class interface
+
+ \DocInclude{ltfilehook} % Hook management for files (L3 module)
+
+ \DocInclude{ltshipout}% \shipout redefinition (L3 module)
+
\DocInclude{ltoutput} % Output routine
- \DocInclude{ltclass} % Package & Class interface
-
\DocInclude{lthyphen} % Hyphenation (hyphen.ltx).
- \DocInclude{ltluatex} % Luatex support
-
\DocInclude{ltfinal} % Last minute initialisations and dump
\includeltpatch % Corrections distributed after the full release
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tulm.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
\title{\LaTeXe~for authors}
-\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2020, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
All rights reserved.}
-\date{27 January 2019}
+\date{25 May 2020}
\begin{document}
@@ -505,44 +505,6 @@
They are covered in more detail in \emph{\LaTeXbook} and in
\emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
-\subsection{Initial commands}
-
-Initial commands can appear only before the |\documentclass|
-line.
-
-\begin{decl}
-|\begin{filecontents}| \arg{file-name} \\
- \m{file-contents} \\
-|\end{filecontents}|
-\end{decl}
-
-The |filecontents| environment is intended for bundling within a
-single document file the contents of packages, options, or other
-files. When the document file is run through \LaTeXe{} the body of
-this environment is written verbatim (preceded by a comment line) to a
-file whose name is given as the environment's only argument. However,
-if that file already exists then nothing happens except for an
-information message.
-
-Only normal ASCII text characters (7-bit visible text) should be
-included in a |filecontents| environment. Anything else, such as tab
-characters, form-feeds or 8-bit characters, should not be included in a
-|filecontents| environment.
-
-Tabs and form feeds produce a warning, explaining that they are turned
-into spaces or blank lines, respectively.
-What happens to 8-bit characters depends on the \TeX{} installation and
-is in general unpredictable.
-
-The |filecontents| environment is used for including \LaTeX{} files.
-For other plain text files (such as Encapsulated PostScript files),
-you should use the |filecontents*| environment which does not add a
-comment line.
-
-These environments are allowed only before |\documentclass|. This
-ensures that any packages that have been bundled in the document are
-present when needed.
-
\subsection{Preamble commands}
\label{Sec:pre}
@@ -559,8 +521,10 @@
\LaTeX~2.09 command |\documentstyle|.
There must be exactly one |\documentclass| command in a document; and
-it must come after the |filecontents| environments, if any, but before
-any other commands.
+it should normally come before any other command. (There are some
+exceptions, e.g., you can have |filecontents| environments before it
+or |\RequirePackage| but these should be only used in special
+scenarios as discussed elsewhere.)
The \m{option-list} is a list of options, each of which may modify the
formatting of elements which are defined in the \m{class-name} file,
@@ -657,6 +621,52 @@
not want to see the internal definitions of \LaTeX\ commands each time
they make an error, \LaTeXe{} sets this to $-1$ by default.
+
+\subsection{Environments to write out support files}
+
+\NEWfeature{2019}
+%
+Until the \LaTeX\ release in 2019 the |filecontents| environment was
+restricted to a place before the |\documentclass| command. These days
+it can be used anywhere, though we still think that in most cases it is
+best to only use it a the top of your document or in the preamble.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\begin{filecontents}| \oarg{option-list} \arg{file-name} \\
+ \m{file-contents} \\
+|\end{filecontents}|
+\end{decl}
+
+The |filecontents| environment is intended for bundling within a
+single document file the contents of packages, options, or other
+files. When the document file is run through \LaTeXe{} the body of
+this environment is written verbatim (preceded by a comment line) to a
+file whose name is given as the environment's only argument. However,
+if that file already exists then nothing happens except for an
+information message.
+
+These days most UTF-8 text characters can be used in a
+|filecontents| envi\-ronment---they will be written unchanged to the
+output file. However, tabs and form feeds produce a warning,
+explaining that they are turned into spaces or blank lines,
+respectively.
+
+By default the environment does not overwrite an existing file and it
+even refuses to write out the data if there exists a file that is
+anywhere in the path that \TeX\ searches when inputting files. With
+the option |nosearch| you can ask it to look only into the current
+directory and with the option |overwrite| (or |force|) you can request
+it to write the file regardless. It will, however, never write to
+|\jobname.tex| to avoid overwriting itself.
+
+The |filecontents| environment is used for including \LaTeX{} files.
+For other plain text files (such as Encapsulated PostScript files),
+you should use the |filecontents*| environment which does not add a
+comment line.
+
+
+
+
\subsection{Document structure}
The |book| document class introduces new commands to indicate
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/README.md 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/README.md 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The LaTeX `graphics` bundle
===========================
-Release 2020-02-02
+Release 2020-10-01
Overview
--------
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/changes.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/changes.txt 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/changes.txt 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -4,6 +4,31 @@
are not part of the distribution.
=======================================================================
+2020-08-21 Phelype Oleinik <phelype.oleinik at latex-project.org>
+
+ * graphics.dtx: add additional trial with known extensions if
+ the supplied filename+extension exist, but the extension is
+ not a known file extension (gh/355).
+
+2020-08-21 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * grfguide.tex: replace a.ps and a.pdf by a.eps gh/357
+
+2020-08-13 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * graphics.dtx: Normalise \endlinechar while reading files gh/286
+
+2020-08-09 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * graphics.dtx: Move viewport and trim code from graphicx to graphics.
+
+2020-05-28 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lscape.dtx: delay saving \cs{@makefcolumn} gh340
+
+2020-02-24 Ulrike Fischer <Ulrike.Fischer at latex-project.org>
+ * color.dtx: corrected a tests, graphics/3635
+
#########################
# 2020-02-02 Release
#########################
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/color.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/drivers.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/epsfig.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/graphics.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/graphicx.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/grfguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/grfguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/grfguide.tex 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/grfguide.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -8,151 +8,21 @@
%%
%% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
-\begin{filecontents*}{a.ps}
-%!
-%%BoundingBox:0 0 72 72
+\begin{filecontents*}{a.eps}
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 72 72
0 0 moveto
72 72 rlineto
72 neg 0 rlineto
72 72 neg rlineto
stroke
+newpath
0 0 moveto
-/Times-Roman findfont
-72 scalefont
-setfont
-(A) show
-showpage
-\end{filecontents*}
-\begin{filecontents*}{a.pdf}
-%PDF-1.4
-%%%%%
-1 0 obj
-<<
-/Pages 2 0 R
-/Type /Catalog
->>
- endobj
-2 0 obj
-<<
-/Kids [3 0 R]
-/Type /Pages
-/Count 1
->>
- endobj
-3 0 obj
-<<
-/Rotate 0
-/Parent 2 0 R
-/MediaBox [0 0 72 72]
- /Resources
-<<
-/ExtGState 4 0 R
-/Font 5 0 R
-/ProcSet [/PDF /Text]
->>
-/pdftk_PageNum 1
-/Type /Page
-/Contents 6 0 R
->>
- endobj
-4 0 obj
-<<
-/R7 7 0 R
->>
- endobj
-5 0 obj
-<<
-/R8 8 0 R
->>
- endobj
-6 0 obj
-<<
-/Length 135
->>
-stream
-q 0.1 0 0 0.1 0 0 cm
-/R7 gs
-10 w
-0 G
-0 0 m
-720 720 l
-0 720 l
-720 0 l
-S
-0 g
-q
-10 0 0 10 0 0 cm BT
-/R8 72 Tf
-1 0 0 1 0 0 Tm
-(A)Tj
-ET
-Q
-Q
-
- endstream
- endobj
-7 0 obj
-<<
-/Type /ExtGState
-/OPM 1
->>
- endobj
-8 0 obj
-<<
-/BaseFont /Times-Roman
-/LastChar 65
-/Subtype /Type1
-/FontDescriptor 9 0 R
-/Widths [722]
-/Type /Font
-/Encoding /WinAnsiEncoding
-/FirstChar 65
->>
- endobj
-9 0 obj
-<<
-/FontName /Times-Roman
-/StemV 105
-/CharSet (/A)
-/Ascent 674
-/Flags 65568
-/Descent 0
-/ItalicAngle 0
-/MissingWidth 250
-/FontBBox [0 0 706 674]
-/Type /FontDescriptor
-/CapHeight 674
->>
- endobj
-10 0 obj
-<<
-/Producer (GPL Ghostscript 9.06)
-/ModDate (D:20140426202438+01'00')
-/CreationDate (D:20140426202438+01'00')
->>
-endobj xref
-0 11
-0000000000 65535 f
-0000000015 00000 n
-0000000066 00000 n
-0000000125 00000 n
-0000000308 00000 n
-0000000341 00000 n
-0000000374 00000 n
-0000000563 00000 n
-0000000610 00000 n
-0000000774 00000 n
-0000000975 00000 n
-trailer
-
-<<
-/Info 10 0 R
-/Root 1 0 R
-/Size 11
-/ID [<4ca1370d594acd28b9d948a5e8b925c3> <4ca1370d594acd28b9d948a5e8b925c3>]
->>
-startxref
-1106
+20 40 lineto
+40 0 lineto
+10 20 moveto
+30 20 lineto
+stroke
%%EOF
\end{filecontents*}
\documentclass{ltxguide}
@@ -190,7 +60,7 @@
\begin{document}
\title{Packages in the `graphics' bundle}
\author{D. P. Carlisle \and The \LaTeX3 Project}
-\date{2017-06-01}
+\date{2020-08-21}
\maketitle
@@ -789,24 +659,24 @@
With different options supplied to |\includegraphics|.
No optional argument.\\
-left---\fbox{\includegraphics{a}}---right
+left---\fbox{\includegraphics{a.eps}}---right
\gs |\scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{a}}|\\
\gx |\includegraphics[scale=.5]{a}|\\
-left---\fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.5]{a}}---right
+left---\fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.5]{a.eps}}---right
\gs |\includegraphics[15,10][35,45]{a}}|\\
\gx |\includegraphics[viewport= 15 10 35 45]{a}|\\
-left---\fbox{\includegraphics[viewport= 15 10 35 45]{a}}---right
+left---\fbox{\includegraphics[viewport= 15 10 35 45]{a.eps}}---right
\gs |\includegraphics*[15,10][35,45]{a}}|\\
\gx |\includegraphics[viewport= 15 10 35 45,clip]{a}|\\
-left---\fbox{\includegraphics[viewport= 15 10 35 45,clip]{a}}---right
+left---\fbox{\includegraphics[viewport= 15 10 35 45,clip]{a.eps}}---right
\gs |\scalebox{0.5}{\includegraphics{a}}|
and |draft| option.\\
\gx |\includegraphics[scale=.5, draft]{a}|\\
-left---\fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.5, draft]{a}}---right
+left---\fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.5, draft]{a.eps}}---right
\subsection{Other commands in the \package{graphics} package}
@@ -843,7 +713,7 @@
command, the graphics file must exist at the time \LaTeX\ is run, as
the existence of the file is used to determine which extension from
the list to choose. However if a file extension \emph{is} specified,
-e.g.\ |\includegraphics{a.ps}| instead of |\includegraphics{a}|, then
+e.g.\ |\includegraphics{a.eps}| instead of |\includegraphics{a}|, then
the graphics file need not exist at the time \LaTeX\ is used. (In
particular it may be created on the fly by the \m{command}
specified in the |\DeclareGraphicsRule| command described below.)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/keyval.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/lscape.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/rotating.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/rotex.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/graphics/trig.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/README.md 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/README.md 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
The LaTeX `tools` bundle
========================
-Release 2020-02-02
+Release 2020-10-01
Overview
--------
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -5,6 +5,53 @@
are not part of the distribution.
=======================================================================
+2020-08-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * varioref.dtx: Updated suppor for Japanese (gh/352 and gh/369)
+
+2020-07-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * array.dtx (subsection{Support for \firsthline ...):
+ Ensure that the tabular width isn't changed (gh/322)
+
+ * array.dtx (subsection{Handling of rules}):
+ Clarified the handling of rules, no code change (gh/319).
+
+ * varioref.dtx (subsection{Options}):
+ Option japanese added (gh/352)
+
+2020-06-06 Johannes Braams <Johannes.Braams at latex-project.org>
+
+ * verbatim.dtx: Save the value if \@filef at und before the call to
+ \@verbatim to make sure that \verbatiminput reads the right
+ file. (gh/222).
+
+2020-05-10 Johannes Braams <Johannes.Braams at latex-project.org>
+
+ * xr.dtx: Remove leading and trailing spaces from the argument to
+ \externaldocument, making sure that spaces *in* filenames are
+ supprted (gh/217).
+
+2020-04-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * array.dtx (section{The line separator \\):
+ Don't define \@yargarraycr unnecessarily (gh/152)
+
+2020-04-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * array.dtx (subsection{Implementing column types w and W}):
+ Use \d at llarbegin and \d at llarendde so that cell is typeset by
+ default in math mode inside array; the use of >{$} ... <{$}
+ to make such a column text mode remains possible
+ (gh/297) --- this is a breaking change!
+
+
+2020-02-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * array.dtx (subsection{Implementing column types w and W}):
+ Unbox collected material so that stretchable glue
+ inside can act (gh/270)
+
#########################
# 2020-02-02 Release
#########################
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/shellesc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools-overview.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/amsmath/amsmath.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/amsmath/amsmath.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/amsmath/amsmath.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesPackage{amsmath}[2020/01/20 v2.17e AMS math features]
+\ProvidesPackage{amsmath}[2020/09/23 v2.17i AMS math features]
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \section{Catcode defenses}
@@ -466,24 +466,41 @@
% \cs{DeclareRobustCommand}.
% \changes{v2.17b}{2018/12/01}{Start LR-mode for \cs{thinspace} and
% friends if necessary (github/49)}
+%
+% We start by undefining a number of commands (which in a current
+% \LaTeX{} kernel will be defined, so that the
+% \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} declarations below do not add a
+% ``Command redefined'' info into the log.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\tmspace\@undefined
+\let\,\@undefined
+\let\!\@undefined
+\let\:\@undefined
+\let\negmedspace\@undefined
+\let\negthickspace\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \changes{v2.17g}{2020/03/07}{Math/text spacing commands are now in
+% the \LaTeX{} kernel and are made robust (gh/303)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\leavevmode at ifvmode\@undefined
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\tmspace}[3]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tmspace[3]{%
\ifmmode\mskip#1#2\else\kern#1#3\fi\relax}
\else
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\tmspace}[3]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tmspace[3]{%
\ifmmode\mskip#1#2\else\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern#1#3\fi\relax}
\fi
-\renewcommand{\,}{\tmspace+\thinmuskip{.1667em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\,{\tmspace+\thinmuskip{.1667em}}
\let\thinspace\,
-\renewcommand{\!}{\tmspace-\thinmuskip{.1667em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\!{\tmspace-\thinmuskip{.1667em}}
\let\negthinspace\!
-\renewcommand{\:}{\tmspace+\medmuskip{.2222em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\:{\tmspace+\medmuskip{.2222em}}
\let\medspace\:
-\newcommand{\negmedspace}{\tmspace-\medmuskip{.2222em}}
-\renewcommand{\;}{\tmspace+\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negmedspace{\tmspace-\medmuskip{.2222em}}
+\renewcommand\;{\tmspace+\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
\let\thickspace\;
-\newcommand{\negthickspace}{\tmspace-\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negthickspace{\tmspace-\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -598,8 +615,14 @@
% abbreviations for some commonly needed mathstyle overrides. To
% conserve csnames we avoid making \cn{dfrac} and \cn{tfrac} robust
% (\cn{genfrac} is itself robust).
+% \changes{v2.17i}{2020/09/23}{added \cs{Ustack} for luatex (moved patch from lualatex-math)}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%
+\ifx\directlua\@undefined
\DeclareRobustCommand{\frac}[2]{{\begingroup#1\endgroup\@@over#2}}
+\else
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\frac}[2]{{\Ustack{\begingroup#1\endgroup\@@over#2}}}
+\fi
\newcommand{\dfrac}{\genfrac{}{}{}0}
\newcommand{\tfrac}{\genfrac{}{}{}1}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -732,12 +755,12 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+% \changes{v2.17i}{2020/09/23}{added \cs{Ustack} (moved patch from lualatex-math)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand{\genfrac}[6]{{%
\@mathstyle{#4}%
\genfrac at choice o{#1}%
-{\begingroup#5\endgroup\ifx @#3@\@@over\else\@@above\fi#3\relax#6}%
+{\Ustack {\begingroup#5\endgroup\ifx @#3@\@@over\else\@@above\fi#3\relax#6}}%
\genfrac at choice c{#2}%
}}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1633,13 +1656,15 @@
% \begin{macro}{\dddot}
% \begin{macro}{\ddddot}
% Triple and quadruple dot accents.
+% \changes{v2.17f}{2020/02/20}{Add a kern so that a single char is not
+% vertically shifted and move the dots slightly to the right (gh/126)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\ams at newcommand{\dddot}[1]{%
- {\mathop{#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@
- \hbox{\normalfont ...}\vss}}}}
+ {\mathop{\kern\z@#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@
+ \hbox{\,\normalfont...}\vss}}}}
\ams at newcommand{\ddddot}[1]{%
- {\mathop{#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@
- \hbox{\normalfont....}\vss}}}}
+ {\mathop{\kern\z@#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@
+ \hbox{\,\normalfont....}\vss}}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2184,17 +2209,33 @@
% The minus sign used in constructing these arrow fills is smashed so
% that superscripts above the arrows won't be too high. This
% primarily affects the \cn{xleftarrow} and \cn{xrightarrow} arrows.
-%
+% \changes{v2.17h}{2020/08/24}{detect unicode engines and use their commands}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\mathchardef\std at minus\mathcode`\-\relax
-\mathchardef\std at equal\mathcode`\=\relax
+\@ifundefined{Umathcode}
+ {%
+ \mathchardef\std at minus\mathcode`\-\relax
+ \mathchardef\std at equal\mathcode`\=\relax
+ }
+ {%
+ \Umathcharnumdef\std at minus\Umathcodenum`\-\relax
+ \Umathcharnumdef\std at equal\Umathcodenum`\=\relax
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% In case some alternative math fonts are loaded later:
% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \mathchardef\std at minus\mathcode`\-\relax
- \mathchardef\std at equal\mathcode`\=\relax
-}
+\@ifundefined{Umathcode}
+ {%
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \mathchardef\std at minus\mathcode`\-\relax
+ \mathchardef\std at equal\mathcode`\=\relax
+ }%
+ }
+ {%
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \Umathcharnumdef\std at minus\Umathcodenum`\-\relax
+ \Umathcharnumdef\std at equal\Umathcodenum`\=\relax
+ }%
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\relbar}
@@ -2301,7 +2342,9 @@
% for use in a subscript or superscript. At the moment the supported
% arguments are not the full possibilities of \env{array} but only
% |c| or |l| for centered or left-aligned. And only one column.
+% \changes{v2.17i}{2020/09/23}{moved to version from lualatex-math for luatex}
% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\directlua\@undefined
\newenvironment{subarray}[1]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Note: The predecessors of \env{subarray} (\env{Sb} and \env{Sp},
@@ -2340,6 +2383,23 @@
}{%
\crcr\egroup\egroup
}
+\else
+\newenvironment{subarray}[1]{%
+ \vcenter\bgroup
+ \Let@ \restore at math@cr \default at tag
+ \baselineskip \Umathstacknumup \scriptstyle
+ \advance\baselineskip \Umathstackdenomdown \scriptstyle
+ \lineskip \Umathstackvgap \scriptstyle
+ \lineskiplimit \lineskip
+ \ialign\bgroup\ifx c#1\hfil\fi
+ \Ustartmath
+ \m at th\scriptstyle##
+ \Ustopmath
+ \hfil\crcr
+}{%
+ \crcr\egroup\egroup
+}
+\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{environment}
%
@@ -3438,7 +3498,8 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\black@}
-% \changes{v2.17a}{2017/09/02}{add fixed width box so overfull warning generated in centred environments in lists}
+% \changes{v2.17a}{2017/09/02}{Add fixed width box so overfull warning
+% generated in centred environments in lists}
% This macro is made to produce an overfull box message and
% possibly (depending on the value of \cs{overfullrule})
% a rule in the margin if the total width of an alignment
@@ -3654,6 +3715,77 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ams at start@box}
+% This macro tests the optional positioning argument (in
+% \texttt{gathered} or \texttt{aligned}. It explicitly tests for the
+% value \texttt{b}, \texttt{c} and \texttt{t} and if the value is
+% different, then we assume that it is a bracket group that belongs
+% to the formula instead of being an misspelled optional argument.
+% (In earlier versions of the code anything other than \texttt{b}
+% or \texttt{t} was interpreted as \texttt{c} and the data was
+% otherwise dropped.)
+% \changes{v2.17g}{2020/03/10}{Explicity test for b/t/c and return
+% optional argument is different (gh/5)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ams at start@box#1{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% As we may pick up an arbitrary part of the formula by mistake, we
+% need to be very careful with the testing to avoid low-level
+% errors. This is why we use \cs{detokenize}. But we also need to
+% expand the argument (if possible) in case the position value is
+% hidden inside a macro. We therefore apply the \cs{romannumeral}
+% trick (known as f-expansion in \texttt{expl3}) in its old form.
+% The code assumes that
+% the default is correctly set up (which in this case is \texttt{c}).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\reserved at a{\csname ams at pos@\expandafter\detokenize
+ \expandafter{\romannumeral-`\0#1}\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\reserved at a\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the argument is neither \texttt{b}, \texttt{c} or \texttt{t}
+% we save it in \cs{ams at return@opt at arg}, so it can later be
+% returned as part of the environment body. We could at this point
+% also issue a warning that bracket group was found at the start of
+% the formula and that it is safer to add a \cs{relax} before it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \PackageWarning{amsmath}{%
+ Bracket group \detokenize{[#1]} at formula start!\MessageBreak
+ It could be a misspelled positional argument.\MessageBreak
+ If it belongs to the formula add a \relax in\MessageBreak
+ front to hide it}%
+ \def\ams at return@opt at arg{[#1]}\vcenter
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the argument was identified then we clear
+% \cs{ams at return@opt at arg} (just in case somebod ever nests these
+% environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \else
+ \let\ams at return@opt at arg\@empty\reserved at a
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ams at pos@t}
+% \begin{macro}{\ams at pos@b}
+% \begin{macro}{\ams at pos@c}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ams at pos@t{\vtop}
+\def\ams at pos@b{\vbox}
+\def\ams at pos@c{\vcenter}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% And we accept an empty argument as a way to get the default (as
+% that was the case before as well, albeit by mistake in some sense).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\ams at pos@\ams at pos@c
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\start at aligned}
% The \env{aligned} and \env{alignedat} environments are identical
% except that the latter takes a mandatory argument to specify the
@@ -3678,7 +3810,10 @@
% to the margin.
% \begin{macrocode}
\alignedspace at left
- \if #1t\vtop \else \if#1b \vbox \else \vcenter \fi \fi \bgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Select the right kind of box based on the optional argument \verb=#1=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ams at start@box{#1}\bgroup
\maxfields@#2\relax
\ifnum\maxfields@>\m at ne
\multiply\maxfields@\tw@
@@ -3721,6 +3856,13 @@
\hfil
\tabskip\alignsep@
\crcr
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If we picked up a bracket group by mistake here is the place to
+% return it for processing.
+% \changes{v2.17g}{2020/03/10}{Explicity test for b/t/c and return
+% optional argument is different (gh/5)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ams at return@opt at arg
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -3805,12 +3947,21 @@
\nonmatherr@{\begin{gathered}}%
\fi
\alignedspace at left
- \if #1t\vtop \else \if#1b\vbox \else \vcenter \fi\fi \bgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Select the right kind of box based on the optional argument \verb=#1=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ams at start@box{#1}\bgroup
\Let@ \chardef\dspbrk at context\@ne \restore at math@cr
\spread at equation
\ialign\bgroup
\hfil\strut@$\m at th\displaystyle##$\hfil
\crcr
+% \end{macrocode}
+% And put a mistaking picked up bracket group back:
+% \changes{v2.17g}{2020/03/10}{Explicity test for b/t/c and return
+% optional argument is different (gh/5)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ams at return@opt at arg
}{%
\endaligned
}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/amsmath/amstext.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/amsmath/amstext.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/amsmath/amstext.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
% The macros \cs{f at size}, \cs{sf at size} and \cs{ssf at size} hold the
% sizes which should be used when we are loading a new font for use
% in \cs{textfont}, \cs{scriptfont} and \cs{scriptscriptfont}. There
-% is some question whether we should use use \cs{tf at size} or
+% is some question whether we should use \cs{tf at size} or
% \cs{f at size} for the main size, but since the primary purpose of the
% \cn{text} macro is to switch back to text within a display, it
% seems that \cs{f at size} is the better choice. (Indeed it could be
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/classes.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/classes.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/classes.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
%<*driver>
\ProvidesFile{classes.drv}
%</driver>
- [2019/12/20 v1.4l
+ [2020/04/10 v1.4m
%<article|report|book> Standard LaTeX document class]
%<10pt|11pt|12pt> Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -214,6 +214,7 @@
% options that are new in \LaTeXe.}
% \changes{v1.3v}{1997/06/16}{Documentation fixes.}
% \changes{v1.4j}{2019/08/27}{Various commands made robust}
+% \changes{v1.4m}{2020/04/10}{(JLB) prettyprinting the code}
%
%
% \title{Standard Document Classes for \LaTeX{} version 2e\thanks{This
@@ -221,7 +222,7 @@
%
% \author{%
% Copyright (C) 1992 by Leslie Lamport \and
-% Copyright (C) 1994-2019 by Frank Mittelbach \and Johannes Braams \and
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 by Frank Mittelbach \and Johannes Braams \and
% \LaTeX3 Project Team
% }
% \date{\filedate}
@@ -322,24 +323,24 @@
% \changes{v1.0g}{1993/12/09}{Removed typo, A4 is not 279 mm high}
% \begin{macrocode}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{a4paper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {297mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {210mm}}
-\DeclareOption{a5paper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {210mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {148mm}}
-\DeclareOption{b5paper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {250mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {176mm}}
-\DeclareOption{letterpaper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {11in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
-\DeclareOption{legalpaper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {14in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
-\DeclareOption{executivepaper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {10.5in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {7.25in}}
+ \DeclareOption{a4paper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {297mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {210mm}}
+ \DeclareOption{a5paper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {210mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {148mm}}
+ \DeclareOption{b5paper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {250mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {176mm}}
+ \DeclareOption{letterpaper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {11in}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
+ \DeclareOption{legalpaper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {14in}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
+ \DeclareOption{executivepaper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {10.5in}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {7.25in}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% The option \Lopt{landscape} switches the values of |\paperheight|
@@ -346,10 +347,10 @@
% and |\paperwidth|, assuming the dimensions were given for portrait
% paper.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{landscape}
- {\setlength\@tempdima {\paperheight}%
- \setlength\paperheight {\paperwidth}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {\@tempdima}}
+ \DeclareOption{landscape}
+ {\setlength\@tempdima {\paperheight}%
+ \setlength\paperheight {\paperwidth}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {\@tempdima}}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -368,7 +369,7 @@
\if at compatibility
\renewcommand\@ptsize{0}
\else
-\DeclareOption{10pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{0}}
+ \DeclareOption{10pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{0}}
\fi
\DeclareOption{11pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{1}}
\DeclareOption{12pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{2}}
@@ -382,7 +383,7 @@
% paragraphs into the outside margin.
% \begin{macrocode}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse \@mparswitchfalse}
+ \DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse \@mparswitchfalse}
\fi
\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -395,7 +396,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{draft}{\setlength\overfullrule{5pt}}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{final}{\setlength\overfullrule{0pt}}
+ \DeclareOption{final}{\setlength\overfullrule{0pt}}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -405,7 +406,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{titlepage}{\@titlepagetrue}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{notitlepage}{\@titlepagefalse}
+ \DeclareOption{notitlepage}{\@titlepagefalse}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -427,7 +428,7 @@
% Two-column and one-column printing is again realized via a switch.
% \begin{macrocode}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@twocolumnfalse}
+ \DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@twocolumnfalse}
\fi
\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\@twocolumntrue}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -468,7 +469,7 @@
% First some hook into the bibliography environment is filled.
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndOfPackage{%
- \renewcommand\@openbib at code{%
+ \renewcommand\@openbib at code{%
\advance\leftmargin\bibindent
\itemindent -\bibindent
\listparindent \itemindent
@@ -477,7 +478,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% In addition the definition of |\newblock| is overwritten.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \renewcommand\newblock{\par}}%
+ \renewcommand\newblock{\par}}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -950,7 +951,7 @@
% |\topskip|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\if at compatibility \setlength\maxdepth{4\p@} \else
-\setlength\maxdepth{.5\topskip} \fi
+ \setlength\maxdepth{.5\topskip} \fi
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1106,7 +1107,7 @@
% between two marginal notes is controlled by |\marginparpush|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\if at twocolumn
- \setlength\marginparsep {10\p@}
+ \setlength\marginparsep {10\p@}
\else
%<10pt&!bk> \setlength\marginparsep{11\p@}
%<11pt&!bk> \setlength\marginparsep{10\p@}
@@ -1801,7 +1802,7 @@
% \changes{v1.3o}{1995/11/02}{(CAR) Make \cs{footnote} always work in
% title, etc}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if at titlepage
+\if at titlepage
\newcommand\maketitle{\begin{titlepage}%
\let\footnotesize\small
\let\footnoterule\relax
@@ -1867,7 +1868,7 @@
\global\let\author\relax
\global\let\date\relax
\global\let\and\relax
-}
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% When the title is not on a page of its own, the layout of the
% title is a little different. We use symbols to mark the footnotes
@@ -1884,12 +1885,12 @@
% \cs{@makefntext} to a) work and b) without using math}
% \begin{macrocode}
\else
-\newcommand\maketitle{\par
- \begingroup
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}%
- \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
- \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
- \hb at xt@1.8em{%
+ \newcommand\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}%
+ \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb at xt@1.8em{%
\hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
% \end{macrocode}
% If this is a twocolumn document we start a new page in twocolumn
@@ -1899,13 +1900,13 @@
% \changes{v1.2k}{1994/05/06}{Added check on number of columns in use
% locally}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if at twocolumn
- \ifnum \col at number=\@ne
- \@maketitle
+ \if at twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col at number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+ \else
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+ \fi
\else
- \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
- \fi
- \else
% \end{macrocode}
% When this is not a twocolumn document we just start a new page,
% prevent floating objects from appearing on the top of this page
@@ -1912,14 +1913,14 @@
% and print the title information.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newpage
- \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
- \@maketitle
- \fi
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@maketitle
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
% This page gets a \pstyle{plain} layout. We call |\@thanks| to
% produce the footnotes.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
% \end{macrocode}
% Now we can close the group, reset the \Lcount{footnote} counter,
% disable |\thanks|, |\maketitle| and |\@maketitle| and save some
@@ -1928,20 +1929,20 @@
% \changes{v1.3k}{1995/08/27}{Disable \cs{title} and similar decls}
% \changes{v1.3n}{1995/10/29}{Empty \cs{@date} as well}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \endgroup
- \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
- \global\let\thanks\relax
- \global\let\maketitle\relax
- \global\let\@maketitle\relax
- \global\let\@thanks\@empty
- \global\let\@author\@empty
- \global\let\@date\@empty
- \global\let\@title\@empty
- \global\let\title\relax
- \global\let\author\relax
- \global\let\date\relax
- \global\let\and\relax
-}
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \global\let\thanks\relax
+ \global\let\maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@thanks\@empty
+ \global\let\@author\@empty
+ \global\let\@date\@empty
+ \global\let\@title\@empty
+ \global\let\title\relax
+ \global\let\author\relax
+ \global\let\date\relax
+ \global\let\and\relax
+ }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -3144,7 +3145,7 @@
% First we do give the definition for compatibility mode.
% \begin{macrocode}
\if at compatibility
-\newenvironment{titlepage}
+ \newenvironment{titlepage}
{%
%<book> \cleardoublepage
\if at twocolumn
@@ -3162,7 +3163,7 @@
% And here is the one for native \LaTeXe{}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\else
-\newenvironment{titlepage}
+ \newenvironment{titlepage}
{%
%<book> \cleardoublepage
\if at twocolumn
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/doc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/doc.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/doc.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%<+package|shortvrb>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
%<+package> \ProvidesPackage{doc}
%<+shortvrb>\ProvidesPackage{shortvrb}
-%<+package|shortvrb> [2019/12/16 v2.1l
+%<+package|shortvrb> [2020/06/15 v2.1m
%<+package|shortvrb> Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)]
%\catcode`\<=12
%
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
%
% {\catcode`\p=12 \catcode`\t=12 ^^A hack used later on to print
-% \gdef\dimenvalue#1pt{$#1$pt}} ^^A a register value with a - sign
+% \gdef\dimenvalue#1pt{$#1$pt}} ^^A register values with a - sign
%
% \newcommand{\DOC}{\texttt{doc}}
%
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
% \changes{v1.9t}{1995/05/11}{Use \cs{GetFileInfo}}
% \GetFileInfo{doc.sty}
%
-% \CheckSum{2208} ^^A % keep the checksum in this file
+% \CheckSum{2213} ^^A % keep the checksum in this file
%
% \title{The \DOC{} and \texttt{shortvrb} Packages\thanks
% {This file has version number \fileversion{} dated \filedate{}.}}
@@ -1324,6 +1324,16 @@
\if at inlabel\leavevmode\fi
\trivlist \parskip \z@ \item[]%
% \end{macrocode}
+% The \cs{item} command sets the \cs{@labels} box but that box is
+% never typeset (as \cs{everypar} that normally does this gets
+% redefined later). That is normally not an issue, but produces a
+% problem when typesetting in mixed directions, (e.g., in
+% Japanese), so we explicitly clear it for that use case.
+% \changes{v2.1m}{2020/06/15}{Void \cs{@labels} for vertical
+% typesetting (gh/344)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\setbox\@labels\box\voidb at x
+% \end{macrocode}
% Additionally, everything should be set in \texttt{typewriter} font.
% Some people might prefer it somewhat differently; because of this
% the font choice is
@@ -1448,7 +1458,8 @@
% bothered since doc-sources should be up-to-date but since the
% request came from someone called David Carlisle \ldots :-)
% \changes{v1.9y}{1996/01/26}{Support compat mode}
-% \changes{v2.1l}{2019/12/16}{Use \cs{shapedefault} not \cs{updefault} for extended NFSS}
+% \changes{v2.1l}{2019/12/16}{Use \cs{shapedefault} not
+% \cs{updefault} for extended NFSS}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\MacroFont{\small
\usefont\encodingdefault
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/docstrip.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/docstrip.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/docstrip.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@
\catcode`\{=1
\catcode`\}=2
\def\filename{docstrip.dtx}
-\def\fileversion{2.5g}
-\def\filedate{2018/05/03}
-\def\docdate {2018/05/03}
+\def\fileversion{v2.6a}
+\def\filedate{2020-07-07}
+\def\docdate {2020-07-11}
%%
%
%\iffalse
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
%% Frank Mittelbach
%% Copyright (C) 1995 Marcin Woli\'nski
%% Copyright (C) 1996-1997 Mark Wooding, Marcin Woli\'nski
-%% Copyright (C) 1998-2003 LaTeX3 project and the above authors
+%% Copyright (C) 1998-2020 LaTeX3 project and the above authors
%% All rights are reserved.
%%
%
@@ -82,6 +82,8 @@
% \changes{2.3e}{1996/10/02}{Introduced ``open lists''}
% \changes{2.4a}{1996/06/06}{Add stream limits (MDW)}
% \changes{2.4c}{1996/06/11}{Add initex support (DPC)}
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{Added the handling of @@-modules from
+% \texttt{l3docstrip.dtx} (gh/337)}
%
% \DoNotIndex{\#,\$,\%,\&,\@,\\,\{,\},\^,\_,\~,\ }
% \DoNotIndex{\@ne}
@@ -785,6 +787,57 @@
% When a block of code is {\em not\/} included, any guards that occur
% within that block are {\em not\/} evaluated.
%
+% \section{Internal functions and variables}
+%
+% An important consideration for \LaTeX3 development is separating
+% out public and internal functions. Functions and variables which
+% are private to one module should not be used or modified by any
+% other module. As \TeX{} does not have any formal namespacing
+% system, this requires a convention for indicating which functions
+% in a code-level module are public and which are private.
+%
+% Using \ds\ allows internal functions to be indicated
+% using a `two part' system. Within the \texttt{.dtx} file,
+% internal functions may be indicated using |@@| in place of the
+% module name, for example
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_some_function:nn #1#2
+% {
+% % Some code here
+% }
+% \tl_new:N \l_@@_internal_tl
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% To extract the code using \ds, the original `guard'
+% mecahnism is extended by the introduction of the syntax
+% \texttt{\%<@@=\meta{module}>}. The \meta{module} name then
+% replaces the |@@| when the code is extracted, so that
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% %<*package>
+% %<@@=foo>
+% \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_some_function:nn #1#2
+% {
+% % Some code here
+% }
+% \tl_new:N \l_@@_internal_tl
+% %</package>
+% \end{verbatim}
+% is extracted as
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \cs_new_protected:Npn \__foo_some_function:nn #1#2
+% {
+% % Some code here
+% }
+% \tl_new:N \l__foo_internal_tl
+% \end{verbatim}
+% where the |__| indicates that the functions and variables are
+% internal to the \texttt{foo} module.
+%
+% Use |@@@@| to obtain |@@| in the output (|@@@@@| to get |@@@|).
+% For longer pieces of code the replacement can be completely
+% suppressed by giving an empty module name, namely using the
+% syntax \texttt{\%<@@=>}.
+%
% \section{Those other languages}
% Since \TeX\ is an open system some of \TeX\ packages include
% non-\TeX\ files. Some authors use \ds\ to generate PostScript
@@ -853,7 +906,7 @@
%
% \subsection{Verbatim mode}
% If your programming language uses some construct that can
-% interferes badly with \ds\ (e.g., percent in column one) you may
+% interfere badly with \ds\ (e.g., percent in column one) you may
% need a way for preventing it from being stripped off. For that
% purpose \ds\ features `verbatim mode'.
%
@@ -1635,6 +1688,16 @@
\x
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\quote at name}
+% \changes{v2.5h}{2020/04/18}{Macro added gfh/221)}
+% A macro copied from \texttt{ltfiles.dtx} in order to be able to
+% allow spaces in filenames.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\quote at name#1{"\quote@@name#1\@gobble""}
+\def\quote@@name#1"{#1\quote@@name}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\StreamOpen}\begin{macro}{\StreamPut}
% \begin{macro}{\StreamClose}
% Here is stream opening operator. Its parameter should be a macro
@@ -1642,6 +1705,10 @@
% write to file |foo.tex| use |\StreamOpen\foo|, then
% |\StreamPut\foo| and |\StreamClose\foo|.
%
+% \changes{v2.5h}{2020/04/18}{Allow spaces in filenames by enclosing
+% them in quotes (gh/221)}
+% \changes{v2.5h}{2020/04/18}{Added two times two \cs{expandafters} to
+% make the case with a filename in quotes work as well}
% \begin{macrocode}
\chardef\stream at closed=16
\def\StreamOpen#1{%
@@ -1649,7 +1716,10 @@
\def\s at do##1{\ifnum##1=0
\chardef#1=\expandafter\@stripstr\string##1 %
\global\chardef##1=1 %
- \immediate\openout#1=\csname pth@\@stripstring#1\endcsname %
+ \edef\q at curr@file{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\quote at name
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\csname pth@\@stripstring#1\endcsname}}
+ \immediate\openout#1=\q at curr@file\relax
\@streamfound
\fi}
\@outputstreams
@@ -2228,9 +2298,14 @@
% \subsection{Processing the input lines}
%
% \begin{macro}{\normalLine}
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{The search-and-replace macro
+% \cs{replaceModuleInLine} added from \textsf{l3docstrip.dtx}
+% (gh/337)}
% The macro |\normalLine| writes its argument (which has to be
% delimited with |\endLine|) on all active output files i.e.
-% those with off-counters equal to zero.
+% those with off-counters equal to zero. It uses the
+% search-and-replace macro \cs{replaceModuleInLine} to replace any
+% occurences of \texttt{@@} with the current module name.
% If statistics are included, the counter
% |\codeLinesPassed| is incremented by $1$.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2240,6 +2315,7 @@
%</stats>
\maybeMsg{.}%
\def\inLine{#1}%
+ \replaceModuleInLine
\let\do\putline at do
\activefiles
}
@@ -2400,14 +2476,17 @@
% \changes{2.3a}{1995/08/18}{Adapted to concurrent version}
% \changes{2.3a}{1995/08/20}{Trying to avoid assignments}
% \changes{2.3e}{1996/09/16}{Verbatim mode}
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{Add the @-sign option from
+% \textsf{l3docstrip.dtx} (gh/337)}
+%
% When the macros that process a line have found that the line
% starts with `\texttt{\%<}', a guard line has been encountered.
% The first character of a guard can be an asterisk (\texttt{*}), a
% slash (\texttt{/}) a plus (\texttt{+}), a minus (\texttt{-}), a
-% less-than sign (\texttt{<}) starting verbatim mode or
-% any other character that can be found in an option name. This
-% means that we have to peek at the next token and
-% decide what kind of guard we have.
+% less-than sign (\texttt{<}) starting verbatim mode, a commercial
+% at (\texttt{@}) or any other character that can be found in an
+% option name. This means that we have to peek at the next token
+% and decide what kind of guard we have.
%
% We reinsert |#1| as it may be needed by |\doOption|.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -2415,12 +2494,13 @@
\ifcase
\ifx*#10\else \ifx/#11\else
\ifx+#12\else \ifx-#13\else
- \ifx<#14\else 5\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax
+ \ifx<#14\else \ifx @#15\else 6\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax
\expandafter\starOption\or
\expandafter\slashOption\or
\expandafter\plusOption\or
\expandafter\minusOption\or
\expandafter\verbOption\or
+ \expandafter\moduleOption\or
\expandafter\doOption\fi
#1}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2435,12 +2515,17 @@
% result of the test |\if1\Expr{|\meta{options}|}|, the current
% line is either copied to the output stream or removed. Then
% the test is computed for all active output files.
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{Now use \cs{InLine} and call
+% \cs{replaceModuleInline} (gh/337)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\doOption#1>#2\endLine{%
\maybeMsg{<#1 . >}%
\Evaluate{#1}%
\def\do##1##2##3{%
- \if1\Expr{##2}\StreamPut##1{#2}\fi
+ \if1\Expr{##2}%
+ \def\inLine{#2}%
+ \replaceModuleInLine
+ \StreamPut##1{\inLine}\fi
}%
\activefiles
}
@@ -2664,6 +2749,94 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\moduleOption}
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{Macro added from
+% \textsf{l3docstrip.dtx} (gh/337)}
+%
+% In the case where the line starts |%<@|: the defined syntax requires that
+% this continues to |%<@@=|. At the moment, we assume that the syntax is
+% correct and |#1| here is the module name for substitution into any
+% internal functions in the extracted material.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\moduleOption @@=#1>#2\endLine{%
+ \maybeMsg{<@@=#1>}%
+ \prepareActiveModule{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\prepareActiveModule}
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{Macro added from
+% \textsf{l3docstrip.dtx} (gh/337)}
+% \begin{macro}{\replaceModuleInLine}
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{Macro added from
+% \textsf{l3docstrip.dtx} (gh/337)}
+% Here, we set up to do the search-and-replace when doing the
+% extraction. The argument (|#1|) is the replacement text to use,
+% or if empty an indicator that no replacement should be done. The
+% search material is one of |__@@|, |_@@| or |@@|, done in order
+% such that all three end up the same in the output. The string
+% |@@@@| is hidden from these replacements by temporarily turning
+% it into a pair of letters with different category codes, not
+% produced by \ds; this allows to get |@@| in the
+% output. The replacement function is initialised as a do-nothing
+% for the case where |%<@@=| is never seen.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\_ = 12 %
+ \long\gdef\prepareActiveModule#1{%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax
+ \let\replaceModuleInLine\empty
+ \else
+ \edef\replaceModuleInLine{%
+ \noexpand\replaceAllIn\noexpand\inLine{@@@@}{\string aa}%
+ \noexpand\replaceAllIn\noexpand\inLine{__@@}{__#1}%
+ \noexpand\replaceAllIn\noexpand\inLine{_@@}{__#1}%
+ \noexpand\replaceAllIn\noexpand\inLine{@@}{__#1}%
+ \noexpand\replaceAllIn\noexpand\inLine{\string aa}{@@}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }
+\endgroup
+\let\replaceModuleInLine\empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\replaceAllIn}
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{Macro added from
+% \textsf{l3docstrip.dtx} (gh/337)}
+% \begin{macro}{\replaceAllInAuxI}
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{Macro added from
+% \textsf{l3docstrip.dtx} (gh/337)}
+% \begin{macro}{\replaceAllInAuxII}
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{Macro added from
+% \textsf{l3docstrip.dtx} (gh/337)}
+% \begin{macro}{\replaceAllInAuxIII}
+% \changes{v2.6a}{2020-07-07}{Macro added from
+% \textsf{l3docstrip.dtx} (gh/337)}
+% The code here is a simple search-and-replace routine for a macro
+% |#1|, replacing |#2| by |#3|. As set up here, there is an
+% assumption that nothing is going to be expandable, which is
+% reasonable as \ds\ deals with `string' material.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\replaceAllIn#1#2#3{%
+ \long\def\tempa##1##2#2{%
+ ##2\qMark\replaceAllInAuxIII#3##1%
+ }%
+ \edef#1{\expandafter\replaceAllInAuxI#1\qMark#2\qStop}%
+}
+\def\replaceAllInAuxI{%
+ \expandafter\replaceAllInAuxII\tempa\replaceAllInAuxI\empty
+}
+\long\def\replaceAllInAuxII#1\qMark#2{#1}
+\long\def\replaceAllInAuxIII#1\qStop{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Batchfile commands}
% \changes{2.3e}{1996/10/02}{Added doc}
% \ds{} keeps information needed to control inclusion of sources in
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fontdef.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fontdef.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fontdef.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%<driver, >\ProvidesFile{fontdef.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{fontdef.dtx}
-%<-latexrelease> [2020/02/11 v3.0g LaTeX Kernel
+%<-latexrelease> [2020/08/01 v3.0i LaTeX Kernel
% \iftrue (\else
%<text, >(Text
%<math, >(Math
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
%
% \changes{v3.0a}{2016/12/03}{(DPC) Default to TU encoding for Unicode TeX engines}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\Umathchar\@undefined
+\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We then set the default text font encoding. This will
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@
% The following three definitions set up the meaning for
% |\rmfamily|, |\sffamily|, and |\ttfamily|.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\Umathchar\@undefined
+\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined
\newcommand\encodingdefault{OT1}
\newcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
\newcommand\sfdefault{cmss}
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@
%</text>
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2017/01/01}%
%<latexrelease> {\encodingdefault}{TU encoding default}%
-%<latexrelease>\ifx\Umathchar\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\renewcommand\encodingdefault{OT1}
%<latexrelease>\fontencoding{\encodingdefault}
%<latexrelease>\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
@@ -489,8 +489,8 @@
% Series changing commands are influenced by the following hooks.
% \changes{v3.0e}{2019/12/17}{Set \cs{bfdefault} to ``b''}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\bfdefault{b} % overwritten below
-\newcommand\mddefault{m}
+\newcommand\bfdefault{b} % overwritten below (for rollback)
+\newcommand\mddefault{m} % overwritten below (for rollback)
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
\newcommand\itdefault{it}
\newcommand\sldefault{sl}
\newcommand\scdefault{sc}
-\newcommand\updefault{up} % overwritten below
+\newcommand\updefault{up} % overwritten below (for rollback)
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -519,8 +519,21 @@
%<*text|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
%<latexrelease> {\updefault}{font defaults change}%
+% \begin{macrocode}
\renewcommand\updefault{up}
-\renewcommand\bfdefault{b}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We append \cs{@empty} to the series value so that we can detect
+% if it got changed via \cs{def} or \cs{renewcommand} later.
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2020/03/19}{Support legacy use of \cs{bfdefault}
+% and \cs{mddefault} (gh/306)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand\bfdefault{b\@empty}
+\renewcommand\mddefault{m\@empty}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\bfdefault at previous\bfdefault
+\let\mddefault at previous\mddefault
%</text|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
@@ -528,6 +541,9 @@
%<latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\renewcommand\updefault{n}
%<latexrelease>\renewcommand\bfdefault{bx}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\bfdefault at previous\undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\mddefault at previous\undefined
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<*text>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -549,8 +565,8 @@
% which resolved to \texttt{n}, but these days that is no longer
% the case (and \texttt{up} is wrong when you want to do a
% reset. So we now use \texttt{n} explicitly.
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2019/12/17}{Set \cs{shapedefault} explicitly to ``n''}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% \changes{v3.0e}{2019/12/17}{Set \cs{shapedefault} explicitly to ``n''}
\newcommand\shapedefault{n}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/format.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/format.ins 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/format.ins 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -161,7 +161,12 @@
\from{ltdirchk.dtx}{initex,2ekernel,dircheck}
\from{ltplain.dtx}{2ekernel}
\from{ltvers.dtx}{2ekernel}
+ \from{ltluatex.dtx}{2ekernel}
+% This is done as soon as possible here before \texttt{ltdefns.dtx} so that
+% we have the extensions as soon as possible.
+ \from{ltexpl.dtx}{2ekernel} % expl3-based extensions
\from{ltdefns.dtx}{2ekernel}
+ \from{lthooks.dtx}{2ekernel} % L3 layer module
\from{ltalloc.dtx}{2ekernel}
\from{ltcntrl.dtx}{2ekernel}
\from{lterror.dtx}{2ekernel}
@@ -194,9 +199,10 @@
\from{ltidxglo.dtx}{2ekernel}
\from{ltbibl.dtx}{2ekernel}
\from{ltpage.dtx}{2ekernel}
+ \from{ltclass.dtx}{2ekernel,tracerollback}
+ \from{ltfilehook.dtx}{2ekernel} % L3 layer module
+ \from{ltshipout.dtx}{2ekernel} % L3 layer module
\from{ltoutput.dtx}{2ekernel}
- \from{ltclass.dtx}{2ekernel,tracerollback}
- \from{ltluatex.dtx}{2ekernel}
\from{ltfinal.dtx}{2ekernel}}
\file{tracefnt.sty}{%
\from{ltfsstrc.dtx}{package,trace}}
@@ -225,9 +231,17 @@
}
-% expl3-based extensions
-\generate{\file{ltexpl.ltx}{\from{ltexpl.dtx}{2ekernel}}}
+% hook management support
+\generate{\file{everyshi-ltx.sty}{\from{ltshipout.dtx}{everyshi-ltx}}} % emulating everyshi
+\generate{\file{atbegshi-ltx.sty}{\from{ltshipout.dtx}{atbegshi-ltx}}} % emulating atbegshi
+\generate{\file{atveryend-ltx.sty}{\from{ltfilehook.dtx}{atveryend-ltx}}} % emulating atveryend
+
+\generate{\file{structuredlog.sty}{\from{ltfilehook.dtx}{structuredlog}}}
+
+
+
+
% luatex support (TeX part)
\generate{\file{ltluatex.tex}{\from{ltluatex.dtx}{tex,plain}}}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/inputenc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/inputenc.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/inputenc.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -261,11 +261,10 @@
% turn should ``hopefully'' set up the corresponding UTF-8 mapping).
%
% This works well enough for the main Western languages for which \LaTeX{}
-% has proper font encoding support, but currently already falls short on
-% languages like Greek (which has some semi-official font support, but for
-% which corresponding UTF-8 mappings still need to be defined).
+% has proper font encoding support, but can fall short on other
+% languages.
%
-% For some languages (such as Greek mentioned above) all that remains doing is
+% For some of these languages all that remains doing is
% to provide the necessary mappings and stick them into |utf8ienc.dtx|, so
% volunteers are welcome. For other languages that do not fit well into
% \LaTeX{} font selection scheme, e.g., Asian languages the outlined inputenc
@@ -272,7 +271,8 @@
% approach will not work. If that is the case one can try using Dominique
% Unruh's option |utf8x| for inputenc which has a somewhat different approach
% and encodes many more UTF-8 characters than the standard |utf8| option.
-% However, we recommend to do so only if you really need such alphabets as
+% However, we recommend to do so only if you really need such alphabets and can not
+% switch to one of the unicode engines xelatex or lualatex as
% there are problems with this extended approach which were precisely the
% reason that we decided to limit the support to what is properly supported
% within the boundaries of \LaTeX's font selection.
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
%<cp1252&!ansinew> \ProvidesFile{cp1252.def}
%<cp1250> \ProvidesFile{cp1250.def}
%<cp1257> \ProvidesFile{cp1257.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
%<cp850>%%
%<cp850>%% If you need a Euro symbol, try cp858 instead.
%<cp850>%%
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@
% produces a warning message if no suitable definitions get read.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\Umathchar\@undefined
+\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latex209.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latex209.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latex209.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Describe the file.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesFile{latex209.def}[2018/08/11 v0.54 Standard LaTeX file]
+\ProvidesFile{latex209.def}[2020/08/21 v0.55 Standard LaTeX file]
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v0.24}{1994/05/14}{Removed date.}
% \changes{v0.40}{1995/03/21}
@@ -469,6 +469,12 @@
\saved at missingfileerror{#1}{#2}%
\fi
}
+\@ifundefined{@missing at onefilewithoptions}{}{%
+ \def\@missing at onefilewithoptions#1{%
+ \@pass at ptions\@currext{#1}{\@currname}%
+ \@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext
+ \let\@currname\@empty}%
+}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latexrelease.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latexrelease.ins 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latexrelease.ins 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -86,7 +86,9 @@
\from{ltvers.dtx} {latexrelease}%
\from{latexrelease.dtx}{latexrelease}%
\from{ltdirchk.dtx} {latexrelease}%
+ \from{ltexpl.dtx} {latexrelease}% empty
\from{ltdefns.dtx} {latexrelease}%
+ \from{lthooks.dtx} {latexrelease}% empty % L3 layer module
\from{ltalloc.dtx} {latexrelease}% empty
\from{ltcntrl.dtx} {latexrelease}% empty
\from{lterror.dtx} {latexrelease}% empty
@@ -106,6 +108,8 @@
\from{ltidxglo.dtx} {latexrelease}% empty
\from{ltbibl.dtx} {latexrelease}% empty
\from{ltpage.dtx} {latexrelease}% empty
+ \from{ltfilehook.dtx} {latexrelease}% empty % L3 layer module
+ \from{ltshipout.dtx} {latexrelease}% empty % L3 layer module
\from{ltoutput.dtx} {latexrelease}%
\from{ltclass.dtx} {latexrelease,tracerollback}%
\from{ltspace.dtx} {latexrelease}%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/letter.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/letter.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/letter.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
%<*driver>
\ProvidesFile{letter.drv}
%</driver>
- [2014/09/29 v1.2z
+ [2020/03/11 v1.3b
%<+letter> Standard LaTeX document class]
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Some commonly used abbreviations
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\Lopt}[1]{\textsf {#1}}
-\newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt {#1}}
-\newcommand*{\Lcount}[1]{\textsl {\small#1}}
-\newcommand*{\pstyle}[1]{\textsl {#1}}
+\newcommand*\Lopt[1]{\textsf {#1}}
+\newcommand*\file[1]{\texttt {#1}}
+\newcommand*\Lcount[1]{\textsl {\small#1}}
+\newcommand*\pstyle[1]{\textsl {#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% We also want the full details.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -162,6 +162,7 @@
% \changes{v1.2q}{1995/05/17}{cleaned up \cs{changes entries}}
% \changes{v1.2q}{1995/05/18}{replaced \cs{hbox to} by \cs{hb at xt@}}
% \changes{v1.2r}{1995/05/23}{removed a superfluous brace}
+% \changes{v1.3a}{2020/03/07}{merged changes to classes.dtx into letter.dtx}
%
% \iffalse
% Copyright (C) 1994 LaTeX3 project, Frank Mittelbach
@@ -751,11 +752,11 @@
% \item |\name{Dr. L. User}| : to be used for the return address on
% the envelope.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\name}[1]{\def\fromname{#1}}
+\newcommand*\name[1]{\def\fromname{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \item |\signature{Larry User}| : goes after the closing.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\signature}[1]{\def\fromsig{#1}}
+\newcommand*\signature[1]{\def\fromsig{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \item |\address{3245 Foo St.\\Gnu York}| : used as the return
% address in the
@@ -762,18 +763,18 @@
% letter and on the envelope. If not declared, then an
% institutional standard address is used.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\address}[1]{\def\fromaddress{#1}}
+\newcommand*\address[1]{\def\fromaddress{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \item |\location{Room 374}| : Acts as modifier to the standard
% institutional address.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\location}[1]{\def\fromlocation{#1}}
+\newcommand*\location[1]{\def\fromlocation{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \item |\telephone{(415)123-4567}| : Just in case some style puts it
% on the letter.
% \changes{v1.2m}{1994/06/23}{Removed typo (\#[] instead of [1])}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\telephone}[1]{\def\telephonenum{#1}}
+\newcommand*\telephone[1]{\def\telephonenum{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{itemize}
% \end{macro}
@@ -805,7 +806,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\makelabels}
% The |\makelabels| declaration causes mailing labels to be made.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\makelabels}{%
+\newcommand*\makelabels{%
% \end{macrocode}
% At the beginning of the document, we need to activate the
% |\@mlabel| and |\@startlabels| commands, as well as write
@@ -914,7 +915,7 @@
% When the command |\stopbreaks| is issued no page breaks should
% occur until |\startbreaks| is called.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\stopbreaks}{%
+\newcommand*\stopbreaks{%
\interlinepenalty\@M
\def\par{\@@par\nobreak}%
\let\\\@nobreakcr
@@ -953,7 +954,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\startbreaks}
% This cancels the effect of |\stopbreaks|.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\startbreaks}{%
+\newcommand*\startbreaks{%
\let\\\@normalcr
\interlinepenalty 200%
\def\par{\@@par\penalty 200\relax}}
@@ -1004,7 +1005,7 @@
% declaration--null if none.
% \end{itemize}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\opening}[1]{\ifx\@empty\fromaddress
+\newcommand*\opening[1]{\ifx\@empty\fromaddress
\thispagestyle{firstpage}%
{\raggedleft\@date\par}%
\else % home address
@@ -1039,7 +1040,7 @@
% \item |\stopbreaks| : a macro that inhibits page breaking.
% \end{itemize}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\closing}[1]{\par\nobreak\vspace{\parskip}%
+\newcommand\closing[1]{\par\nobreak\vspace{\parskip}%
\stopbreaks
\noindent
\ifx\@empty\fromaddress\else
@@ -1085,7 +1086,7 @@
% \changes{v1.2s}{1995/05/25}{replace \cs{reset at font} with
% \cs{normalfont}; remove \cs{rm}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\cc}[1]{%
+\newcommand*\cc[1]{%
\par\noindent
\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{%
\@hangfrom{\normalfont\ccname: }%
@@ -1100,7 +1101,7 @@
% & Bar
% \end{tabular}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\encl}[1]{%
+\newcommand*\encl[1]{%
\par\noindent
\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{%
\@hangfrom{\normalfont\enclname: }%
@@ -1110,7 +1111,7 @@
% The only thing |\ps| needs to do is call |\startbreaks|,
% which allows page breaking again.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ps}{\par\startbreaks}
+\newcommand*\ps{\par\startbreaks}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1137,7 +1138,7 @@
% |\protect\standardreturnaddress|.
% \end{itemize}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\stopletter}{}
+\newcommand*\stopletter{}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1159,7 +1160,7 @@
% The return address for the mailing labels can be stored in this
% macro.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\returnaddress}{}
+\newcommand*\returnaddress{}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1177,7 +1178,7 @@
% 5352 address labels.
% \changes{v1.2q}{1995/03/14}{changed value of \cs{columnsep} by 1pt}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\startlabels}{\labelcount\z@
+\newcommand*\startlabels{\labelcount\z@
\pagestyle{empty}%
\let\@texttop\relax
\topmargin -50\p@
@@ -1226,7 +1227,7 @@
% \changes{v1.2q}{1995/03/14}{changed width of the labels slightly to
% prevent \LaTeX\ stuffing two on each line}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\mlabel}[2]{%
+\newcommand*\mlabel[2]{%
\parbox[b][2in][c]{262\p@}{\strut\ignorespaces #2}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1267,7 +1268,7 @@
% For efficiency, level-one list's values are defined at top level, and
% |\@listi| is defined to set only |\leftmargin|.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\setlength\leftmargini {2.5em}
+\setlength\leftmargini {2.5em}
% \end{macrocode}
% The following three are calculated so that they are larger than
% the sum of |\labelsep| and the width of the default labels (which
@@ -1276,8 +1277,8 @@
\setlength\leftmarginii {2.2em}
\setlength\leftmarginiii {1.87em}
\setlength\leftmarginiv {1.7em}
-\setlength\leftmarginv {1em}
-\setlength\leftmarginvi {1em}
+\setlength\leftmarginv {1em}
+\setlength\leftmarginvi {1em}
% \end{macrocode}
% Here we set the top level leftmargin.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1453,15 +1454,34 @@
% \changes{v1.2x}{1997/04/16}{Changed to \cs{textbullet},
% \cs{textasteriskcentered} and \cs{textperiodcentered}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\labelitemi{\textbullet}
-\newcommand\labelitemii{\normalfont\bfseries \textendash}
-\newcommand\labelitemiii{\textasteriskcentered}
-\newcommand\labelitemiv{\textperiodcentered}
+\newcommand\labelitemi {\labelitemfont \textbullet}
+\newcommand\labelitemii {\labelitemfont \bfseries \textendash}
+\newcommand\labelitemiii{\labelitemfont \textasteriskcentered}
+\newcommand\labelitemiv {\labelitemfont \textperiodcentered}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\labelitemfont}
+% The default definition for \cs{labelitemfont} is to reset the
+% font to \cs{normalfont} so that always the same symbol is
+% produced regardless of surrounding conditions.
+%
+% \changes{v1.3a}{2020/03/07}{Normalize label fonts}
+% A possible alternative would be
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\renewcommand\labelitemfont{%
+% \fontseries\seriesdefault
+% \fontshape\shapedefault\selectfont}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% which resets series and shape doesn't touch the family.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\labelitemfont{\normalfont}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v1.3b}{2020/03/11}{Added a missing \cs{end{macro}} statement}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \subsubsection{Description}
%
@@ -1484,8 +1504,8 @@
%
% \changes{v1.2q}{1995/03/14}{made command short}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\hspace\labelsep
- \normalfont\bfseries #1}
+\newcommand*\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep
+ \normalfont\bfseries #1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1795,8 +1815,10 @@
% |\parindent| to the appropriate value for succeeding paragraphs
% and put the proper indentation before the mark.
%
+% \changes{v1.3b}{2020/03/11}{make the switch to the use of
+% \cs{newcommand} complete.}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+\newcommand\@makefntext[1]{%
\noindent
\hangindent 5\p@
\hb at xt@5\p@{\hss\@makefnmark}#1}
@@ -1808,10 +1830,12 @@
% footnotes should be produced by the macro |\@makefnmark|. We use
% the default definition for it.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\@makefnmark{\hbox{$^{\@thefnmark}\m at th$}}
+%\renewcommand\@makefnmark{\hbox{$^{\@thefnmark}\m at th$}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \section{Initialization}
+%
% \subsection{Words}
%
% \begin{macro}{\ccname}
@@ -1823,10 +1847,10 @@
% English words must be replaced. All the English words that
% require replacement are defined below in command names.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\ccname}{cc}
-\newcommand*{\enclname}{encl}
-\newcommand*{\pagename}{Page}
-\newcommand*{\headtoname}{To}
+\newcommand*\ccname{cc}
+\newcommand*\enclname{encl}
+\newcommand*\pagename{Page}
+\newcommand*\headtoname{To}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1839,7 +1863,7 @@
% This macro uses the \TeX\ primitives |\month|, |\day| and |\year|
% to provide the date of the \LaTeX-run.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\today}{\ifcase\month\or
+\newcommand*\today{\ifcase\month\or
January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
\space\number\day, \number\year}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltboxes.dtx}
- [2019/08/27 v1.3b LaTeX Kernel (Box Commands)]
+ [2020/09/27 v1.4a LaTeX Kernel (Box Commands)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltboxes.dtx}
@@ -365,8 +365,13 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@imakepicbox}
% picture mode version
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@imakepicbox}{default units}%
\long\def\@imakepicbox(#1,#2)[#3]#4{%
- \vbox to#2\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#2}\unitlength
+ \vbox to\@tempdimc
{\let\mb at b\vss \let\mb at l\hss\let\mb at r\hss
\let\mb at t\vss
\@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{%
@@ -376,15 +381,39 @@
\expandafter\let\csname mb@\reserved at a\endcsname\relax
\fi}%
\mb at t
- \hb at xt@ #1\unitlength{\mb at l #4\mb at r}%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \hb at xt@\@tempdimc{\mb at l #4\mb at r}%
\mb at b
% \end{macrocode}
% This kern ensures that a |b| option aligns on the bottom of the
% text rather than the baseline. this is the documented behaviour in
-% the \LaTeX Book. The kern is removed in compatibility mode.
+% the \LaTeX\ Book. The kern is removed in compatibility mode.
% \begin{macrocode}
\kern\z@}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@imakepicbox}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\long\def\@imakepicbox(#1,#2)[#3]#4{%
+%<latexrelease> \vbox to#2\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> {\let\mb at b\vss \let\mb at l\hss\let\mb at r\hss
+%<latexrelease> \let\mb at t\vss
+%<latexrelease> \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{%
+%<latexrelease> \if s\reserved at a
+%<latexrelease> \let\mb at l\relax\let\mb at r\relax
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\let\csname mb@\reserved at a\endcsname\relax
+%<latexrelease> \fi}%
+%<latexrelease> \mb at t
+%<latexrelease> \hb at xt@ #1\unitlength{\mb at l #4\mb at r}%
+%<latexrelease> \mb at b
+%<latexrelease> \kern\z@}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
@@ -1290,14 +1319,22 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\rlap}
% \begin{macro}{\llap}
+% \begin{macro}{\clap}
% These macros place text to the left or right of the current
% reference point without taking up space.
-% \end{macro}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand\rlap[1]{\hb at xt@\z@{#1\hss}}
\DeclareRobustCommand\llap[1]{\hb at xt@\z@{\hss#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% And here is the version that centers, it was initially introduced by
+% \texttt{mathtools}.
+% \changes{v1.3c}{2020/03/06}{Macro \cs{clap} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\clap[1]{\hb at xt@\z@{\hss#1\hss}}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltclass.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltclass.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltclass.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltclass.dtx}
- [2020/02/20 v1.3j LaTeX Kernel (Class & Package Interface)]
+ [2020/10/01 v1.3r LaTeX Kernel (Class & Package Interface)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltclass.dtx}
@@ -44,6 +44,9 @@
\date{\filedate}
\MaintainedByLaTeXTeam{latex}
\maketitle
+
+ \providecommand\pkg[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+
\DocInput{\filename}
\end{document}
%</driver>
@@ -64,6 +67,7 @@
% \changes{v1.0l}{1994/11/17}{\cs{@tempa} to \cs{reserved at a}}
% \changes{v1.0z}{1998/03/21}{Added to documentation of filecontents}
% \changes{v1.1c}{1998/08/17}{(RmS) Minor documentation fixes.}
+% \changes{v1.3o}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
%
%
% \section{Introduction}
@@ -161,7 +165,7 @@
% option \texttt{nosearch} will only check the current directory
% when looking if the file exists. This can be useful if you want to
% generate a local (modified) copy of some file that is already in the
-% search tree of \TeX{}. Finally, you can use \texttt{nopremable} to
+% search tree of \TeX{}. Finally, you can use \texttt{noheader} to
% prevent it from writing the standard blurb at the top of the file
% (this is actually the same as using the star form of the environment).
%
@@ -256,8 +260,9 @@
% \PassOptionsToPackage{foo,bar}{fred}
% \RequirePackage[baz]{fred}\end{verbatim}
% is the same as:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \RequirePackage[foo,bar,baz]{fred}\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \RequirePackage[foo,bar,baz]{fred}
+%\end{verbatim}
%
% \DescribeMacro\LoadClassWithOptions
% |\LoadClassWithOptions|\marg{name}\oarg{version}:\\
@@ -458,7 +463,9 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@documentclasshook}
-% The hook called after the first |\documentclass| command. By
+% This legacy hook is called after the first |\documentclass| command.
+% It is \emph{not} integrated with the new 2020 hook management system!
+% By
% default this checks to see if |\@normalsize| is undefined, and if
% so, sets it to |\normalsize|.
% \changes{v0.2q}{1993/12/17}
@@ -552,22 +559,75 @@
% |#2| current extension. \\
% |#3| current catcode of |@|. \\
% |#4| Rest of the stack.
+% \changes{v1.3l}{2020/06/05}{Added \cs{@expl at push@filename@@}
+% and \cs{@expl at push@filename at aux@@}}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\@pushfilename}%
+%<latexrelease> {Add \@expl at push@filename@@ and \@expl at push@filename at aux@@}%
\def\@pushfilename{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The push and pop macros are injected in \cs{@pushfilename} and
+% \cs{@popfilename} so that they correctly keep track of the hook
+% labels.
+%
+% This needs cleanup with the \pkg{expl3} interfaces also playing
+% here, e.g., \cs{@expl at push@filename@@} needs cleanup and (and
+% should probably not have this name either).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at push@@n{}%
+ \@expl at push@filename@@
\xdef\@currnamestack{%
{\@currname}%
{\@currext}%
{\the\catcode`\@}%
- \@currnamestack}}
+ \@currnamestack}%
+ \@expl at push@filename at aux@@}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\@pushfilename}%
+%<latexrelease> {Add \@expl at push@filename@@ and \@expl at push@filename at aux@@}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@pushfilename{%
+%<latexrelease> \xdef\@currnamestack{%
+%<latexrelease> {\@currname}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@currext}%
+%<latexrelease> {\the\catcode`\@}%
+%<latexrelease> \@currnamestack}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
\@onlypreamble\@pushfilename
% \end{macrocode}
%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \changes{v1.3l}{2020/06/05}{Added \cs{@expl at pop@filename@@}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@popfilename{\expandafter\@p at pfilename\@currnamestack\@nil}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\@popfilename}%
+%<latexrelease> {Add \@expl at pop@filename@@}%
+\def\@popfilename{\@expl@@@hook at curr@name at pop@@
+ \expandafter\@p at pfilename\@currnamestack\@nil
+ \@expl at pop@filename@@}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\@popfilename}%
+%<latexrelease> {Add \@expl at push@filename@@ and \@expl at push@filename at aux@@}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@popfilename{\expandafter\@p at pfilename\@currnamestack\@nil}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
\@onlypreamble\@popfilename
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@p at pfilename#1#2#3#4\@nil{%
\gdef\@currname{#1}%
\gdef\@currext{#2}%
@@ -620,8 +680,13 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackagelater}
% \begin{macro}{\@ifclasslater}
-% |\@ifpackagelater{|\meta{name}|}{YYYY/MM/DD}|
-% Checks that the package loaded is more recent than the given date.
+% |\@ifpackagelater{|\meta{name}|}{YYYY/MM/DD}{|\meta{true
+% code}|}{|\meta{false code}|}|
+% Checks that the package loaded is more recent or equal to the
+% given date.
+% A better name for it would therefore been
+% |\@ifpackagelaterorequal| but it is in use for more than 30
+% years, so \ldots
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@ifpackagelater{\@ifl at ter\@pkgextension}
\def\@ifclasslater{\@ifl at ter\@clsextension}
@@ -628,8 +693,48 @@
\@onlypreamble\@ifpackagelater
\@onlypreamble\@ifclasslater
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IfPackageAtLeastTF}
+% \begin{macro}{\IfClassAtLeastTF}
+% \begin{macro}{\IfFormatAtLeastTF}
+% |\IfFormatAtLeastTF{YYYY/MM/DD}{|\meta{true
+% code}|}{|\meta{false code}|}|
+% Test if the format is later or equal to the given date.
+% \changes{v1.3k}{2020/04/07}{Macro added; also in rollback (gh/168)}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\IfFormatAtLeastTF}{Test format date}%
+\def\IfFormatAtLeastTF{\@ifl at t@r\fmtversion}
+\let\IfPackageAtLeastTF\@ifpackagelater
+\let\IfClassAtLeastTF\@ifclasslater
+\@onlypreamble\IfFormatAtLeastTF
+\@onlypreamble\IfPackageAtLeastTF
+\@onlypreamble\IfClassAtLeastTF
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For rollback pretend it was available since the beginning of dawn.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\IfFormatAtLeastTF}{Test format date}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\IfFormatAtLeastTF{\@ifl at t@r\fmtversion}
+%<latexrelease>\let\IfPackageAtLeastTF\@ifpackagelater
+%<latexrelease>\let\IfClassAtLeastTF\@ifclasslater
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@ifl at ter}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@ifl at ter#1#2{%
\expandafter\@ifl at t@r
\csname ver@#2.#1\endcsname}
@@ -675,6 +780,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypreamble\@ifl at t@r
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \changes{v1.1j}{2016/06/20}
% {don't declare as \cs{@onlypreamble}}
@@ -695,9 +801,9 @@
%</2ekernel|latexreleasefirst>
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackagewith}
% \begin{macro}{\@ifclasswith}
% |\@ifpackagewith{|\meta{name}|}{|\meta{option-list}|}|
@@ -800,14 +906,17 @@
% be cautious when handling the identification string in case it
% contains UTF-8 characters.
% \changes{v1.3e}{2019/11/29}{Protect package info text (gh/52)}
+% \changes{v1.3r}{2020/10/01}{Allow for package subsitution}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
-%<latexrelease> {\@pr at videpackage}{Protection for package info}%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@pr at videpackage}{Allow for package subsitution}%
\def\@pr at videpackage[#1]{%
\expandafter\protected at xdef % <-- protected...
- \csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname{#1}%
+ \csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname{#1}% Loaded package
+ \expandafter\protected at xdef % <-- protected...
+ \csname ver@\@currpkg at reqd\endcsname{#1}% Requested package
\ifx\@currext\@clsextension
\typeout{Document Class: \@gtempa\space#1}%
\else
@@ -832,6 +941,19 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@pr at videpackage}{Protection for package info}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@pr at videpackage[#1]{%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\protected at xdef % <-- protected...
+%<latexrelease> \csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname{#1}%
+%<latexrelease>\ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+%<latexrelease> \typeout{Document Class: \@gtempa\space#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \protected at wlog{Package: \@gtempa\space#1}% <--- protected
+%<latexrelease> \fi}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
%<latexrelease> {\@pr at videpackage}{Protection for package info}%
%<latexrelease>
@@ -915,11 +1037,28 @@
% If the package has been loaded, we check that it was first loaded with
% the options. Otherwise we add the option list to that of the package.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\@pass at ptions}
+%<latexrelease> {Add file replacement in \@pass at ptions}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
\def\@pass at ptions#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname opt@#3.#1\endcsname{%
- \@ifundefined{opt@#3.#1}\@empty
- {\csname opt@#3.#1\endcsname,}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\@expl@@@filehook at resolve@file at subst@@w #3.#1\@nil}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname opt@\reserved at a\endcsname{%
+ \@ifundefined{opt@\reserved at a}\@empty
+ {\csname opt@\reserved at a\endcsname,}%
\zap at space#2 \@empty}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\@pass at ptions}
+%<latexrelease> {\@pass at ptions}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@pass at ptions#1#2#3{%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\xdef\csname opt@#3.#1\endcsname{%
+%<latexrelease> \@ifundefined{opt@#3.#1}\@empty
+%<latexrelease> {\csname opt@#3.#1\endcsname,}%
+%<latexrelease> \zap at space#2 \@empty}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
\@onlypreamble\@pass at ptions
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1050,6 +1189,10 @@
%
% The common part of |\ProcessOptions| and |\ProcessOptions*|.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@process at pti@ns}{Unused options issue}%
\def\@process at pti@ns{%
\@for\CurrentOption:=\@curroptions\do{%
\@ifundefined{ds@\CurrentOption}%
@@ -1073,11 +1216,33 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v1.0r}{1995/10/17}
% {Reset \cs{CurrentOption} for graphics/1873}
+% \changes{v1.3k}{2020/04/07}{Use different method to ignore
+% unprocessed options (gh/22)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\CurrentOption\@empty
\let\@fileswith at pti@ns\@@fileswith at pti@ns
- \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}}
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\expandafter\let
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \relax}}
\@onlypreamble\@process at pti@ns
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@process at pti@ns}{Unused options issue}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@process at pti@ns{%
+%<latexrelease> \@for\CurrentOption:=\@curroptions\do{%
+%<latexrelease> \@ifundefined{ds@\CurrentOption}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@use at ption
+%<latexrelease> \default at ds}%
+%<latexrelease> \@use at ption}%
+%<latexrelease> \@for\CurrentOption:=\@declaredoptions\do{%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\relax}%
+%<latexrelease> \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+%<latexrelease> \let\@fileswith at pti@ns\@@fileswith at pti@ns
+%<latexrelease> \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1243,13 +1408,45 @@
% \changes{v1.0v}{1996/10/04}{Reset \cs{@unprocessedoptions} for /2269}
% Load package `|#1|' with the current option list.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\RequirePackageWithOptions}{Unused options issue}%
\def\RequirePackageWithOptions{%
- \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The resetting of the unprocessed options is now done on a par package basis.
+% \changes{v1.3k}{2020/04/07}{Use different method to ignore
+% unprocessed options (gh/22)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\expandafter\let
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \relax}%
\@loadwithoptions\@pkgextension\RequirePackage}
\@onlypreamble\RequirePackageWithOptions
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\RequirePackageWithOptions}{Unused options issue}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\RequirePackageWithOptions{%
+%<latexrelease> \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}%
+%<latexrelease> \@loadwithoptions\@pkgextension\RequirePackage}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%
+
+
+
+
+
+
+%
% \begin{macro}{\usepackage}
% To begin with, |\usepackage| produces an error. This is reset by
% |\documentclass|.
@@ -1469,6 +1666,9 @@
\@onlypreamble\@fileswith at pti@ns
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\load at onefilewithoptions}
+% This macro is used when loading packages or classes.
+%
% Have the main argument as |#1|, so we only need one |\expandafter|
% above.
% \changes{v0.2a}{1993/11/14}
@@ -1482,91 +1682,338 @@
% \changes{v1.3d}{2019/10/18}{Initialize \cs{...-h@@k} only when loading
% the package or class (gh/198)}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@onefilewithoptions}{Hooks and unused options issue}%
\def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2][#3]#4{%
\@pushfilename
\xdef\@currname{#1}%
\global\let\@currext#4%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The command \cs{ver@\meta{file}.\meta{ext}} is used to signal that
+% a package is already loaded, either because it is in fact loaded, or
+% because it's loading was suppressed. In minimal installations, said
+% package may not exist but still have its loading suppressed with
+% \cs{ver@\meta{file}.\meta{ext}}, so before checking if the file
+% exists we have to check that we do need to load it with
+% \cs{@ifl at aded}. If we don't, then there's no point in checking for
+% a typo or load-disabling.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifl at aded\@currext\@currname
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the package is already loaded, check that there were no option
+% clashes:
+% \changes{v1.1b}{1998/05/07}
+% {Modify help message for latex/2805}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\@if at ptions\@currext{\@currname}{#2}{}%
+ {\@latex at error
+ {Option clash for \@cls at pkg\space \@currname}%
+ {The package \@currname\space has already been loaded
+ with options:\MessageBreak
+ \space\space[\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}]\MessageBreak
+ There has now been an attempt to load it
+ with options\MessageBreak
+ \space\space[#2]\MessageBreak
+ Adding the global options:\MessageBreak
+ \space\space
+ \@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext},#2\MessageBreak
+ to your \noexpand\documentclass declaration may fix this.%
+ \MessageBreak
+ Try typing \space <return> \space to proceed.}}%
+ \@firstofone}%
+ {\makeatletter
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The next line seems to be necessary for 2.09 compatibility (the
+% way the code is written there) This seems questionable and should be
+% look at as in 2e it is definitely unnecessary at this point!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@reset at ptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First we take the \meta{name} and \meta{ext} given in the argument
+% and check if the file exists, and issue an error otherwise asking
+% for a correction with \cs{@missingfileerror}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \IfFileExists{\@currname.\@currext}{}%
+ {\@missing at onefilewithoptions{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If \cs{@currname} is empty (the user replied to the ``Enter file
+% name'' prompt with \meta{RETURN}), so stop here
+% (do \cs{@popfilename} to pop the item just added above).
+%
+% This \cs{@gobble} omits the date check at the end.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@currname\@empty
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the file exists, check if it was load-prevented, and otherwise
+% do the bookkeeping with \cs{@filehook at file@push}
+% then call \cs{set at curr@file} to set \cs{@curr at file} (and do any
+% required substitution), then actually load the class/package with
+% \cs{load at onefile@withoptions}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@disable at packageload@do{\@currname.\@currext}%
+ {\@expl@@@filehook at file@push@@
+ \set at curr@file{\@currname.\@currext}%
+ \@filehook at set@CurrentFile
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v1.3q}{2020/09/06}
+% {Save \cs{@currpkg at reqd} so that we don't lose track of
+% package substitutions.}
+% The \cs{set at curr@file} line above might have replaced the file, so
+% \cs{@currname} and \cs{@currext} may no longer hold the actual
+% package being loaded, so in that case we need to update these two
+% token lists (\cs{@curr at file} holds the file name after replacement,
+% so we parse that).
+%
+% The requested file is saved in \cs{@currpkg at reqd} to be used in
+% \cs{InputIfFileExists} later: if the updated \cs{@currname} and
+% \cs{@currext} are used we lose track of the substitution, so
+% \cs{CurrentFile} and \cs{CurrentFileUsed} will be (incorrectly)
+% the same.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\@currpkg at reqd{\@currname.\@currext}%
+ \ifx\CurrentFile\CurrentFileUsed
+ \else
+ \filename at parse\@curr at file
+ \edef\@currname{\string at makeletter\filename at base}%
+ \edef\@currext{\string at makeletter\filename at ext}%
+ \fi
+ \load at onefile@withoptions{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now just clean up and exit.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop@@}%
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Except in the case where \cs{@currname} is empty, the date is
+% checked against the date marked in the package file:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\@ifl at ter\@currext{\@currname}{#3}{}%
+ {\@latex at warning@no at line
+ {You have requested,\on at line,
+ version\MessageBreak
+ `#3' of \@cls at pkg\space \@currname,\MessageBreak
+ but only version\MessageBreak
+ `\csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname'\MessageBreak
+ is available}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v0.2c}{1993/11/17}
+% {Added trap for two \cs{LoadClass} commands.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension\let\LoadClass\@twoloadclasserror\fi}%
+ \@popfilename
+ \@reset at ptions}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@onlypreamble\@onefilewithoptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The kernel no longer uses \cs{@unprocessedoptions}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@unprocessedoptions\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@missing at onefilewithoptions}
+% Now the action taken when a file is not found.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@missing at onefilewithoptions#1{%
+ \@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext
+ \xdef\@currname{\@missingfile at area\@missingfile at base}%
+ \global\let\@currext\@missingfile at ext}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\load at onefile@withoptions}
+% Now the code that actually does the file loading:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\load at onefile@withoptions#1{%
\let\CurrentOption\@empty
\@reset at ptions
- \makeatletter
% \end{macrocode}
% Grab everything in a macro, so the parameter stack is popped before
% any processing begins.
% \changes{v0.2s}{1994/01/17}
% {Modify to reduce parameter stack usage}
-% \changes{v1.1b}{1998/05/07}
-% {Modify help message for latex/2805}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\reserved at a{%
- \@ifl at aded\@currext{#1}%
- {\@if at ptions\@currext{#1}{#2}{}%
- {\@latex at error
- {Option clash for \@cls at pkg\space #1}%
- {The package #1 has already been loaded
- with options:\MessageBreak
- \space\space[\@ptionlist{#1.\@currext}]\MessageBreak
- There has now been an attempt to load it
- with options\MessageBreak
- \space\space[#2]\MessageBreak
- Adding the global options:\MessageBreak
- \space\space
- \@ptionlist{#1.\@currext},#2\MessageBreak
- to your \noexpand\documentclass declaration may fix this.%
- \MessageBreak
- Try typing \space <return> \space to proceed.}}}%
- {\@pass at ptions\@currext{#2}{#1}%
+ \@pass at ptions\@currext{#1}{\@currname}%
+ \global\expandafter
+ \let\csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname\@empty
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v0.3c}{1994/03/12}
-% {Do not use \cs{@pr at videpackage} to avoid typeout}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \global\expandafter
- \let\csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
% We initialize \cs{...-h@@k} here and only if we load the file so that it
% remains undefined otherwise.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname\@empty
- \InputIfFileExists
- {\@currname.\@currext}%
- {}%
- {\@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname\@empty
% \end{macrocode}
-% |\@unprocessedoptions| will generate an error for each specified
-% option in a package unless a |\ProcessOptions| has appeared in the
-% package file.
+% When the current extension is \cs{@pkgextension} we are loading a
+% package otherwise, if it is \cs{@clsextension}, a class, so
+% depending on that we execute different hooks. If the extension is
+% neither, then it is another type of file without special hooks.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%-----------------------------------------
+ \ifx\@currext\@pkgextension
+ \UseHook{package/before}%
+ \UseHook{package/before/\@currname}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ \UseHook{class/before}%
+ \UseHook{class/before/\@currname}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now actually load the file (at this point we are certain it exists,
+% but use \cs{InputIfFileExists} so that file hooks are executed):
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \InputIfFileExists{\@currpkg at reqd}{}%
+ {\@latex at error
+ {The \@cls at pkg\space\@currpkg at reqd\space failed to load.}\@ehd}%
+%-----------------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In older versions of the code |\@unprocessedoptions| would
+% generate an error for each specified
+% option in a package unless a |\ProcessOptions| has appeared in the
+% package file.
% \changes{v0.2v}{1994/01/29}
% {All options raise error if no \cs{ProcessOptions} appears}
% \changes{v0.2x}{1994/02/02}
-% {Only run the hook and options check if the file was loaded.}
+% {Only run the hook and options check if the file was
+% loaded.}
+%
+% This has changed in 2020. We now use a separate macro per package
+% to avoid interferences in case of nested packages. The whole
+% code for handling this issue (GitHub 22) was provided by Hironobu
+% Yamashita, thanks for that.
+% \changes{v1.3k}{2020/04/07}{Use different method to ignore
+% unprocessed options (gh/22)}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\@unprocessedoptions\@@unprocessedoptions
+ \expandafter\let\csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \@@unprocessedoptions
\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
\@undefined
- \@unprocessedoptions}%
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+% Catch the case where the packages has handled the options and
+% redefined \cs{@unprocessedoptions} to \cs{relax} (old interface).
+% In that case no error should be produced.
+% \changes{v1.3k}{2020/04/07}{Use different method to ignore
+% unprocessed options (gh/22)}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@ifl at ter\@currext{#1}{#3}{}%
- {\@latex at warning@no at line
- {You have requested,\on at line,
- version\MessageBreak
- `#3' of \@cls at pkg\space #1,\MessageBreak
- but only version\MessageBreak
- `\csname ver@#1.\@currext\endcsname'\MessageBreak
- is available}}%
+ \ifx\@unprocessedoptions\relax
+ \let\@unprocessedoptions\@undefined
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v0.2c}{1993/11/17}
-% {Added trap for two \cs{LoadClass} commands.}
+% Otherwise run the per package set of unused options.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\@currext\@clsextension\let\LoadClass\@twoloadclasserror\fi
- \@popfilename
- \@reset at ptions}%
- \reserved at a}
-\@onlypreamble\@onefilewithoptions
+ \else
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
+% In either case we drop the macro afterwards as it is no longer needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% And same procedure, James, when we are finished loading, except
+% that the hook order is now reversed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%-----------------------------------------
+ \ifx\@currext\@pkgextension
+ \UseHook{package/after/\@currname}%
+ \UseHook{package/after}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ \UseHook{class/after/\@currname}%
+ \UseHook{class/after}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+%-----------------------------------------
+ \@ifl at aded\@currext\@currname{}{\reserved at a}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@onefilewithoptions}{Hooks and unused options issue}%
+%<latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Because of the way \cs{@onfilewithoptions} is changed for
+% rollback handling below we have to define
+% \cs{load at onefilewithoptions} when rolling back!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\def\load at onefilewithoptions#1[#2][#3]#4{%
+%<latexrelease> \@pushfilename
+%<latexrelease> \xdef\@currname{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \global\let\@currext#4%
+%<latexrelease> \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+%<latexrelease> \@reset at ptions
+%<latexrelease> \makeatletter
+%<latexrelease> \def\reserved at a{%
+%<latexrelease> \@ifl at aded\@currext{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@if at ptions\@currext{#1}{#2}{}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@latex at error
+%<latexrelease> {Option clash for \@cls at pkg\space #1}%
+%<latexrelease> {The package #1 has already been loaded
+%<latexrelease> with options:\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> \space\space[\@ptionlist{#1.\@currext}]\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> There has now been an attempt to load it
+%<latexrelease> with options\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> \space\space[#2]\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> Adding the global options:\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> \space\space
+%<latexrelease> \@ptionlist{#1.\@currext},#2\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> to your \noexpand\documentclass declaration may fix this.%
+%<latexrelease> \MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> Try typing \space <return> \space to proceed.}}}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@pass at ptions\@currext{#2}{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \global\expandafter
+%<latexrelease> \let\csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname\@empty
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname\@empty
+%<latexrelease> \InputIfFileExists
+%<latexrelease> {\@currname.\@currext}%
+%<latexrelease> {}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext}%
+%<latexrelease> \let\@unprocessedoptions\@@unprocessedoptions
+%<latexrelease> \csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
+%<latexrelease> \@undefined
+%<latexrelease> \@unprocessedoptions}%
+%<latexrelease> \@ifl at ter\@currext{#1}{#3}{}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@latex at warning@no at line
+%<latexrelease> {You have requested,\on at line,
+%<latexrelease> version\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> `#3' of \@cls at pkg\space #1,\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> but only version\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> `\csname ver@#1.\@currext\endcsname'\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> is available}}%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\@currext\@clsextension\let\LoadClass\@twoloadclasserror\fi
+%<latexrelease> \@popfilename
+%<latexrelease> \@reset at ptions}%
+%<latexrelease> \reserved at a}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \load at onefile@withoptions \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \@missing at onefilewithoptions \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@@fileswith at pti@ns}
% Save the definition (for error checking).
% \changes{v0.2c}{1993/11/17}
@@ -1593,9 +2040,12 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
+%
% \subsection{Hooks}
%
-% Allow code do be saved to be executed at specific later times.
+% Allow code to be saved to be executed at specific later times.
%
% Save things in macros, I considered using toks registers, (and
% |\addto at hook| from the NFSS code, that would require stacking the
@@ -1615,25 +2065,6 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\g at addto@macro}
-% Globally add to the end of a macro.
-% \changes{v0.2a}{1993/11/14}{Made global}
-% \changes{v0.2w}{1994/01/31}
-% {Use toks register to avoid `hash' problems}
-% \changes{v1.0o}{1995/05/17}
-% {Make long for latex/1522}
-% \changes{v1.0w}{1996/12/17}
-% {Use \cs{begingroup} to save making a mathord}
-% \changes{v1.0x}{1997/02/05}
-% {missing percent /2402}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\g at addto@macro#1#2{%
- \begingroup
- \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}%
- \xdef#1{\the\toks@}%
- \endgroup}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\AtEndOfPackage}
% \begin{macro}{\AtEndOfClass}
@@ -1652,8 +2083,29 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\AtBeginDocument{\g at addto@macro\@begindocumenthook}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\AtEndDocument{\g at addto@macro\@enddocumenthook}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\AtBeginDocument}{Use hook system}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AtBeginDocument{\AddToHook{begindocument}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AtEndDocument {\AddToHook{enddocument}}
+%\DeclareRobustCommand\AtEndDocument {\AddToHook{env/document/end}} % alternative impl
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\AtBeginDocument}{Use hook system}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\AtBeginDocument{\g at addto@macro\@begindocumenthook}
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\AtEndDocument{\g at addto@macro\@enddocumenthook}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
\@onlypreamble\AtBeginDocument
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1760,6 +2212,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{environment}{filecontents}
% \begin{macro}{\filecontents}
% \begin{macro}{\endfilecontents}
% This environment implements inline files.
@@ -1776,17 +2229,16 @@
% \changes{v1.0m}{1995/04/21}
% {Close input check stream: latex/1487}
% \changes{v1.0p}{1995/05/25}{Delete \cs{filec at ntents} after preamble}
-% \begin{macrocode}
% \changes{v1.3a}{2019/07/01}{Support UTF8 and spaces in
% filecontents environment file name}
% \changes{v1.3b}{2019/08/27}{Make various commands robust}
% \changes{v1.3c}{2019/09/11}{Support optional argument for filecontents}
% \changes{v1.3f}{2020/01/05}{Support more write streams in LuaTeX gh/238}
-%
+% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
-%<latexrelease> {\filec at ntents}{Spaces in file names + optional arg}%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\filec at ntents}{Define \q at curr@file directly (gh/220)}%
%
% \end{macrocode}
% We use |@tempswa| to mean no preamble writing and reuse |@filesw|
@@ -1817,7 +2269,7 @@
\filec at ntents
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Option \texttt{force}) (or \texttt{overwrite}) changes the
+% Option \texttt{force} (or \texttt{overwrite}) changes the
% overwriting switch
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\filec at ntents@force\@fileswfalse
@@ -1829,7 +2281,7 @@
\let\filec at ntents@noheader\@tempswafalse
% \end{macrocode}
% Option \texttt{nosearch} only checks the current directory not
-% the how \TeX{} tree for the existence of the file to write.
+% the whole \TeX{} tree for the existence of the file to write.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\filec at ntents@nosearch{%
\let\filec at ntents@checkdir\@currdir
@@ -1855,10 +2307,12 @@
\catcode`\^^I\active%
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \changes{v1.3m}{2020-08-08}{define \cs{q at curr@file} directly as the
+% quotes have already been removed (gh/220)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\gdef\filec at ntents#1{%
\set at curr@file{\filec at ntents@checkdir#1}%
- \edef\q at curr@file{\expandafter\quote at name\expandafter{\@curr at file}}%
+ \edef\q at curr@file{"\@curr at file"}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Lua\TeX\ has more writes (and 18 is safe here).
@@ -2019,6 +2473,136 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\filec at ntents}{Spaces in file names + optional arg}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\filecontents{\@tempswatrue\@fileswtrue
+%<latexrelease> \@ifnextchar[\filec at ntents@opt\filec at ntents
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>\@namedef{filecontents*}{\@tempswafalse\@fileswtrue
+%<latexrelease> \@ifnextchar[\filec at ntents@opt\filec at ntents
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>\def\filec at ntents@opt[#1]{%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\@fortmp{\zap at space#1 \@empty}%
+%<latexrelease> \@for\reserved at a:=\@fortmp\do{%
+%<latexrelease> \ifcsname filec at ntents@\reserved at a\endcsname
+%<latexrelease> \csname filec at ntents@\reserved at a\endcsname
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at error{Unknown filecontents option \reserved at a}%
+%<latexrelease> {Valid options are force (or overwrite), nosearch, noheader}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi}%
+%<latexrelease> \filec at ntents
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>\let\filec at ntents@force\@fileswfalse
+%<latexrelease>\let\filec at ntents@overwrite\@fileswfalse % alternative name
+%<latexrelease>\let\filec at ntents@noheader\@tempswafalse
+%<latexrelease>\def\filec at ntents@nosearch{%
+%<latexrelease> \let\filec at ntents@checkdir\@currdir
+%<latexrelease> \def\filec at ntents@where{in current directory}}
+%<latexrelease>\let\filec at ntents@checkdir\@empty
+%<latexrelease>\def\filec at ntents@where{exists on the system}
+%<latexrelease>\begingroup%
+%<latexrelease>\@tempcnta=1
+%<latexrelease>\loop
+%<latexrelease> \catcode\@tempcnta=12 %
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@tempcnta\@ne %
+%<latexrelease>\ifnum\@tempcnta<32 %
+%<latexrelease>\repeat %
+%<latexrelease>\catcode`\*=11 %
+%<latexrelease>\catcode`\^^M\active%
+%<latexrelease>\catcode`\^^L\active\let^^L\relax%
+%<latexrelease>\catcode`\^^I\active%
+%<latexrelease>\gdef\filec at ntents#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \set at curr@file{\filec at ntents@checkdir#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\q at curr@file{\expandafter\quote at name\expandafter{\@curr at file}}%
+%<latexrelease> \chardef\reserved at c\ifx\directlua\@undefined 15 \else 127 \fi%
+%<latexrelease> \openin\@inputcheck\q at curr@file \space %
+%<latexrelease> \ifeof\@inputcheck%
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at warning@no at line%
+%<latexrelease> {Writing file `\@currdir\@curr at file'}%
+%<latexrelease> \ch at ck7\reserved at c\write\relax%
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\openout\reserved at c\q at curr@file\relax%
+%<latexrelease> \else%
+%<latexrelease> \if at filesw%
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at warning@no at line%
+%<latexrelease> {File `\@curr at file' already \filec at ntents@where.\MessageBreak%
+%<latexrelease> Not generating it from this source}%
+%<latexrelease> \let\write\@gobbletwo%
+%<latexrelease> \let\closeout\@gobble%
+%<latexrelease> \else%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved at a{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved at a{\detokenize\expandafter{\reserved at a}}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize\expandafter{\jobname}}%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b%
+%<latexrelease> \@fileswtrue%
+%<latexrelease> \else%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved at b{\reserved at b\detokenize{.tex}}%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+%<latexrelease> \@fileswtrue%
+%<latexrelease> \fi%
+%<latexrelease> \fi%
+%<latexrelease> \ch at ck7\reserved at c\write\relax%
+%<latexrelease> \if at filesw% % Foul ... trying to overwrite \jobname!
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at error{Trying to overwrite `\jobname.tex'}{You can't %
+%<latexrelease> write to the file you are reading from!\MessageBreak%
+%<latexrelease> Data is written to screen instead.}%
+%<latexrelease> \else%
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at warning@no at line%
+%<latexrelease> {Writing or overwriting file `\@currdir\@curr at file'}%
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\openout\reserved at c\q at curr@file\relax%
+%<latexrelease> \fi%
+%<latexrelease> \fi%
+%<latexrelease> \fi%
+%<latexrelease> \closein\@inputcheck%
+%<latexrelease> \if at tempswa%
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\write\reserved at c{%
+%<latexrelease> \@percentchar\@percentchar\space%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\@gobble\string\LaTeX2e file `\@curr at file'^^J%
+%<latexrelease> \@percentchar\@percentchar\space generated by the %
+%<latexrelease> `\@currenvir' \expandafter\@gobblefour\string\newenvironment^^J%
+%<latexrelease> \@percentchar\@percentchar\space from source `\jobname' on %
+%<latexrelease> \number\year/\two at digits\month/\two at digits\day.^^J%
+%<latexrelease> \@percentchar\@percentchar}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi%
+%<latexrelease> \let\do\@makeother\dospecials%
+%<latexrelease> \count@ 128\relax%
+%<latexrelease> \loop%
+%<latexrelease> \catcode\count@ 11\relax%
+%<latexrelease> \advance\count@ \@ne%
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum\count@<\@cclvi%
+%<latexrelease> \repeat%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\E{\@backslashchar end\string{\@currenvir\string}}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved at b{%
+%<latexrelease> \def\noexpand\reserved at b%
+%<latexrelease> ####1\E####2\E####3\relax}%
+%<latexrelease> \reserved at b{%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\relax##3\relax%
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\write\reserved at c{##1}%
+%<latexrelease> \else%
+%<latexrelease> \edef^^M{\noexpand\end{\@currenvir}}%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\relax##1\relax%
+%<latexrelease> \else%
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at warning{Writing text `##1' before %
+%<latexrelease> \string\end{\@currenvir}\MessageBreak as last line of \@curr at file}%
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\write\reserved at c{##1}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\relax##2\relax%
+%<latexrelease> \else%
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at warning{%
+%<latexrelease> Ignoring text `##2' after \string\end{\@currenvir}}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi%
+%<latexrelease> \fi%
+%<latexrelease> ^^M}%
+%<latexrelease> \catcode`\^^L\active%
+%<latexrelease> \let\L\@undefined%
+%<latexrelease> \def^^L{\expandafter\ifx\csname L\endcsname\relax\fi ^^J^^J}%
+%<latexrelease> \catcode`\^^I\active%
+%<latexrelease> \let\I\@undefined%
+%<latexrelease> \def^^I{\expandafter\ifx\csname I\endcsname\relax\fi\space}%
+%<latexrelease> \catcode`\^^M\active%
+%<latexrelease> \edef^^M##1^^M{%
+%<latexrelease> \noexpand\reserved at b##1\E\E\relax}}%
+%<latexrelease>\endgroup%
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
%<latexrelease> {\filec at ntents}{Spaces in file names + optional arg}%
%<latexrelease>
@@ -2142,6 +2726,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
%
%
%
@@ -2763,7 +3348,7 @@
%<*afterpreamble>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{pkgindoc}
- [1994/10/20 v1.1 Package Interface in Document (DPC)]
+ [2020-08-08 v1.3m Package Interface in Document (DPC)]
\def\reserved at a#1\do\@classoptionslist#2\do\filec at ntents#3\relax{%
\gdef\@preamblecmds{#1#3}}
\expandafter\reserved at a\@preamblecmds\relax
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdefns.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdefns.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdefns.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltdefns.dtx}
- [2020/02/27 v1.5g LaTeX Kernel (definition commands)]
+ [2020/09/25 v1.5n LaTeX Kernel (definition commands)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltdefns.dtx}
@@ -90,6 +90,7 @@
% \changes{v1.0p}{1995/07/13}{Updates to documentation}
% \changes{v1.4b}{2015/02/21}
% {Removed autoload support}
+% \changes{v1.5l}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
%
% \section{Definitions}
%
@@ -101,6 +102,7 @@
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
%
+%
% \subsection{Initex initialisations}
%
% \task{???}{This section needs extension}
@@ -118,9 +120,25 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\typeout}
% Display something on the terminal.
+% \changes{v1.5g}{2020/05/15}{Allow \cs{par} in the argument (gh/335)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\typeout#1{\begingroup\set at display@protect
- \immediate\write\@unused{#1}\endgroup}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\typeout}{Allow "par" in \typeout}%
+\protected\long\def\typeout#1{\begingroup
+ \set at display@protect
+ \def\par{^^J^^J}%
+ \immediate\write\@unused{#1}\endgroup}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\typeout}{Allow "par" in \typeout}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\typeout#1{\begingroup\set at display@protect
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\write\@unused{#1}\endgroup}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -366,8 +384,9 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\@carcube}
% |\@carcube T1 ... Tn\@nil| = |T1| |T2| |T3| , $n > 3$
+% \changes{v1.5k}{2020/08/19}{Made \cs{long} for \cs{NewCommandCopy}}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@carcube#1#2#3#4\@nil{#1#2#3}
+\long\def\@carcube#1#2#3#4\@nil{#1#2#3}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -645,7 +664,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\@ifdefinable}
% \begin{macro}{\@@ifdefinable}
% \begin{macro}{\@rc at ifdefinable}
-% Test is user is allowed to define a command.
+% Test if user is allowed to define a command.
% \begin{macrocode}
\long\def\@ifdefinable #1#2{%
\edef\reserved at a{\expandafter\@gobble\string #1}%
@@ -980,7 +999,7 @@
% evaluates its argument fully.
% \end{itemize}
% The method \LaTeX{} uses for making fragile commands robust is to
-% precede them with |\protect|. This can have one of five possible
+% precede them with |\protect|. This can have one of four possible
% values:
% \begin{itemize}
% \item |\relax|, for normal typesetting. So |\protect\foo| will
@@ -1174,6 +1193,8 @@
% \changes{v1.4a}{2015/01/08}{Added macro}
% \changes{v1.5f}{2019/08/27}{Make the assignments global as we may
% need to apply them inside a group}
+% \changes{v1.5m}{2020/08/21}{Make \cs{MakeRobust} produce the same
+% command structure as \cs{DeclareRobustCommand}}
%
% This macro makes an existing fragile macro robust, but only if it
% hasn't been robust in the past, i.e., it checks for the existence
@@ -1192,9 +1213,11 @@
% at all.
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}{\MakeRobust}{\MakeRobust}%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\MakeRobust}{\MakeRobust}%
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
\def\MakeRobust#1{%
+ \count@=\escapechar
+ \escapechar=`\\
\@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{%
\@latex at error{The control sequence `\string#1' is undefined!%
\MessageBreak There is nothing here to make robust}%
@@ -1206,12 +1229,15 @@
% \verb*=\foo =. If it is already defined do nothing, otherwise set
% \verb*=\foo = equal to \verb*=\foo= and redefine \verb*=\foo= so
% that it acts like a macro defined with \verb=\DeclareRobustCommand=.
+% We use \cs{@kernel at rename@newcommand} to copy \verb*=\foo= over to
+% \verb*=\foo =, including a possible default optional argument.
% \begin{macrocode}
{%
\@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}%
{%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname=#1%
+ \expandafter\@kernel at rename@newcommand
+ \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
+ #1%
\edef\reserved at a{\string#1}%
\def\reserved at b{#1}%
\edef\reserved at b{\expandafter\strip at prefix\meaning\reserved at b}%
@@ -1223,10 +1249,72 @@
\csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}%
}%
{\@latex at info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}%
- }%
+ }%
+ \escapechar=\count@
}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@kernel at rename@newcommand}
+% This macro renames a command, possibly with an optional argument (defined
+% with \cs{newcommand}) from |#2| to |#1|, by renaming the internal macro
+% \verb=\\#2= to \verb=\\#1= and defining \verb=\#1= appropriately, then
+% undefining \verb=\#2= and \verb=\\#2=. The \cs{afterassignment} trick is
+% to make both definitions in \cs{@copy at newcommand} global (which are local
+% by default).
+%
+% In case the macro was defined with \cs{newcommand} and an optional
+% argument, to replicate exactly the behaviour of \cs{DeclareRobustCommand}
+% we have to move also the internal \verb*=\\foo= to \verb*=\\foo =. In that
+% case, \verb=#1= will be a parameterless macro (\cs{robust at command@chk at safe}
+% checks that), and \cs{@if at newcommand} will return true (both defined below
+% in this file). If so, we can use \cs{@copy at newcommand} rather than plain
+% \cs{let} to copy the command over. \cs{@kernel at rename@newcommand} does
+% this test and carries out the renaming.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@kernel at rename@newcommand#1#2{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#2%
+ {\@if at newcommand#2%
+ {\afterassignment\global
+ \global\@copy at newcommand#1#2%
+ \global\let#2\@undefined
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname\string#2\endcsname\@undefined}%
+ {\global\let#1=#2}}%
+ {\global\let#1=#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}{\MakeRobust}{\MakeRobust}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\MakeRobust#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{%
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at error{The control sequence `\string#1' is undefined!%
+%<latexrelease> \MessageBreak There is nothing here to make robust}%
+%<latexrelease> \@eha
+%<latexrelease> }%
+%<latexrelease> {%
+%<latexrelease> \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}%
+%<latexrelease> {%
+%<latexrelease> \global\expandafter\let\csname
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname=#1%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved at a{\string#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \def\reserved at b{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved at b{\expandafter\strip at prefix\meaning\reserved at b}%
+%<latexrelease> \xdef#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+%<latexrelease> \noexpand\x at protect\noexpand#1%
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \noexpand\protect\expandafter\noexpand
+%<latexrelease> \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}%
+%<latexrelease> }%
+%<latexrelease> {\@latex at info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}%
+%<latexrelease> }%
+%<latexrelease>}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\@kernel at rename@newcommand\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}{\MakeRobust}{\MakeRobust}%
%<latexrelease>\def\MakeRobust#1{%
%<latexrelease> \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{%
@@ -1252,17 +1340,17 @@
%<latexrelease> {\@latex at info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}%
%<latexrelease> }%
%<latexrelease>}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\@kernel at rename@newcommand\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\MakeRobust}{\MakeRobust}%
%<latexrelease>\let\MakeRobust\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@kernel at rename@newcommand\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-%
-%
-
% \begin{macro}{\kernel at make@fragile}
% The opposite of |\MakeRobust| execpt that it doesn't do many
% checks as it is internal to the kernel. Why does one want such a
@@ -1276,7 +1364,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
%<latexrelease> {\kernel at make@fragile}{Undo robustness}%
\def\kernel at make@fragile#1{%
\@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}%
@@ -1285,17 +1373,40 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
{}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Otherwise copy \verb*=\foo = back to \verb=\foo= and then undefine
-% the payload command.
+% Otherwise copy \verb*=\foo = back to \verb=\foo=.
+% Then use \cs{@kernel at rename@newcommand} to check and copy
+% \verb*=\\foo = back to \verb*=\\foo= in case the command has an optional
+% argument. If so, also undefine \verb*=\\foo =, and at the end undefine
+% \verb*=\foo =.
% \begin{macrocode}
{%
\global\expandafter\let\expandafter #1\csname
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@kernel at rename@newcommand
+ \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
\global\expandafter\let\csname
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname\@undefined
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname\@undefined
}%
}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\kernel at make@fragile}{Undo robustness}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\kernel at make@fragile#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}%
+%<latexrelease> {}%
+%<latexrelease> {%
+%<latexrelease> \global\expandafter\let\expandafter #1\csname
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
+%<latexrelease> \global\expandafter\let\csname
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname\@undefined
+%<latexrelease> }%
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1302,7 +1413,553 @@
% \end{macro}
%
%
+% \subsection{Acting on robust commands}
%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020-10-01}{\robust at command@act}
+%<latexrelease> {Add \robust at command@act}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% With most document level commands being robust now there is more of a
+% requirement to have a standard way of aliasing (or copying) a command to a
+% new name, for example to save an original definition before changing a
+% command. \cs{DeclareCommandCopy} is analogous to \TeX's \cs{let}, except
+% that it copes with the different types of robust commands defined by
+% \LaTeX's mechanisms.
+%
+% A couple of ``types of robustness'' are defined by the \LaTeXe{} kernel,
+% namely robust commands defined with \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} and commands
+% with optional arguments defined with \cs{newcommand}. However there are
+% other types of robust commands that are frequently used, which are not
+% defined in the \LaTeXe{} kernel, like commands defined with
+% \textsf{xparse}'s \cs{NewDocumentCommand} and \textsf{etoolbox}'s
+% \cs{newrobustcmd}.
+%
+% In this section we will define a generic extensible machinery to act on
+% robust commands. This code will then be used to test if a command is
+% robust, considered the different types of robustness, and then either copy
+% that definition, if \cs{DeclareCommandCopy} (or similar) is used, or show
+% the definition of the command, if \cs{ShowCommmand} is used.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\robust at command@act}
+% \changes{v1.5k}{2020/08/19}{Made \cs{robust at command@act}
+% (was \cs{declare at command@copy}) more generic}
+%
+% The looping machinery is generic and knows nothing about what is to be done
+% for each case. The syntax of the main macro \cs{robust at command@act} is:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\robust at command@act|\meta{action-list}\meta{robust-cmd}\\
+% \meta{fallback-action}\meta{act-arg}
+% \end{quote}
+% \meta{action-list} is a token list of the form:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |{|\meta{if-type-1} \meta{act-type-1}|}|\\
+% |{|\meta{if-type-2} \meta{act-type-2}|}|\\
+% \ldots
+% \end{quote}
+% \cs{robust at command@act} will iterate over the \meta{action-list}, evaluating
+% each \meta{if-type-$n$}\meta{robust-cmd}|{|\meta{true}|}{|\meta{false}|}|.
+% If the \meta{if-type-$n$} conditional returns \meta{true}, then
+% \meta{act-type-$n$}\meta{act-arg} is executed, and the loop ends. If the
+% conditional returns \meta{false}, then \meta{if-type-$n+1$} is executed in
+% the same way, until either one of the conditionals return \meta{true}, or
+% the end of the \meta{action-list} is reached. If the end is reached, then
+% \meta{fallback-action}\meta{act-arg} is executed before
+% \cs{robust at command@act} exits.
+%
+% \cs{robust at command@act} will start by using \cs{robust at command@act at chk@args}
+% to check if the \meta{robust-cmd} (|#2|) is a parameterless (possibly
+% \cs{protected}) macro. If it is not, the command is not a robust command:
+% these always start with a parameterless user-level macro; in that case,
+% \cs{robust at command@act at end} is used to short-circuit the process and do the
+% \meta{fallback-action} (|#3|). This first test is necessary because later
+% on we need to be able to expand the \meta{robust-cmd} without the risk of it
+% Breaking Badly, and as a bonus, this speeds up the process in case we used
+% \cs{NewCommandCopy} in a ``normal'' macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\robust at command@act#1#2#3#4{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#2%
+ {\expandafter\robust at command@act at loop
+ \expandafter#2%
+ #1{\@nnil\@nnil}%
+ \robust at command@act at end}%
+ {\robust at command@act at end}%
+ {#3}{#4}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\robust at command@act at loop}
+% \begin{macro}{\robust at command@act at loop@aux}
+% \begin{macro}{\robust at command@act at do}
+% If \cs{robust at command@act at chk@args} branched to false, then
+% \cs{robust at command@act at loop} will loop over the list of items in the
+% \meta{action-list} (|#1|), and process each item as described earlier.
+% If the \meta{if-type-$n$} command expands to \meta{true} then
+% \cs{robust at command@act at do} is used to execute \meta{act-type-$n$} on the
+% \meta{act-arg}, otherwise the loop resumes with the next item.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\robust at command@act at loop#1#2{\robust at command@act at loop@aux#1#2}
+\long\def\robust at command@act at loop@aux#1#2#3{%
+ \ifx\@nnil#2%
+ \else
+ #2{#1}%
+ {\robust at command@act at do{#3}}%
+ {\expandafter\robust at command@act at loop\expandafter#1}%
+ \fi}
+\long\def\robust at command@act at do#1%
+ \fi#2%
+ \robust at command@act at end#3#4{%
+ \fi
+ #1#4}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\robust at command@act at end}
+% If the end is reached and no action was taken, then do
+% \meta{fallback-action}\meta{act-arg}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\robust at command@act at end#1#2{#1#2}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\robust at command@chk at safe}
+% \begin{macro}{\robust at command@act at chk@args}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\robust at command@chk at safe#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \expandafter\endgroup\expandafter
+ \robust at command@act at chk@args\meaning#1:->\@nil}
+\def\robust at command@act at chk@args#1:->#2\@nil{%
+ \@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF{#1}{macro}%
+ {\@firstoftwo}%
+ {\@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF{#1}{\protected macro}%
+ {\@firstoftwo}%
+ {\@secondoftwo}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000-00-00}{\robust at command@act}
+%<latexrelease> {Add \robust at command@act}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\robust at command@act\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\robust at command@act at loop\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\robust at command@act at loop@aux\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\robust at command@act at do\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\robust at command@act at end\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\robust at command@chk at safe\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\robust at command@act at chk@args\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Copying robust commands}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020-10-01}{\DeclareCommandCopy}
+%<latexrelease> {Add \NewCommandCopy, \RenewCommandCopy, and \DeclareCommandCopy}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NewCommandCopy}
+% \begin{macro}{\RenewCommandCopy}
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCommandCopy}
+% \changes{v1.5j}{2020/05/09}{Added \cs{DeclareCommandCopy} (gh/239)}
+%
+% \cs{NewCommandCopy} starts by checking if \verb=#1= is already defined, and
+% raises an error if so, otherwise the definition is carried out.
+% \cs{RenewCommandCopy} does (almost) the opposite. If the command is
+% \emph{not} defined, then an error is raised. But the definition is carried
+% out anyhow, so the behaviour is consistent with \cs{renewcommand}.
+%
+% A \cs{ProvideCommandCopy} isn't defined because it's not reasonably useful.
+% \verb=\provide...= commands mean ``define this if there's no other
+% definition'', but copying a command (usually) implies that the command being
+% copied is defined, so \cs{ProvideCommandCopy} doesn't make a lot of sense.
+% But more importantly, the most common use case of copying a command is to
+% redefine it later, while preserving the old definition, as in:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \ProvideComandCopy \A \B
+% \renewcommand \B { ... \A ... }
+% \end{verbatim}
+% then, if \verb=\A= is already defined the first line is skipped, an in this
+% case \verb=\B= won't work as expected.
+%
+% The three versions call the internal \cs{declare at commandcopy} with the
+% proper action. \cs{@firstofone} will carry out the copy. The only case
+% when the copy is not made is the \meta{false} case for \cs{NewCommandCopy},
+% in which the command already exists and the definition is aborted.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\NewCommandCopy{%
+ \declare at commandcopy
+ {\@firstofone}%
+ {\@firstoftwo\@notdefinable}}
+\def\RenewCommandCopy{%
+ \declare at commandcopy
+ {\@latex at error{Command \@backslashchar\reserved at a\space undefined}\@ehc
+ \@firstofone}%
+ {\@firstofone}}
+\def\DeclareCommandCopy{%
+ \declare at commandcopy
+ {\@firstofone}%
+ {\@firstofone}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\declare at commandcopy}
+% Start by checking if the command is already defined. The proper action is
+% taken by each specific command above. If all's good, then
+% \cs{robust at command@act} is called with the proper arguments as described
+% earlier, with \cs{@declarecommandcopylisthook} as the \meta{action-list} and
+% \cs{declare at commandcopy@let} as the \meta{fallback-action}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\declare at commandcopy#1#2#3#4{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#3}%
+ \@ifundefined\reserved at a{#1}{#2}%
+ {\robust at command@act
+ \@declarecommandcopylisthook#4%
+ \declare at commandcopy@let{#3#4}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@declarecommandcopylisthook}
+% The initial definition of \cs{@declarecommandcopylisthook} contains the
+% tests for the two types of robust command in the kernel.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@declarecommandcopylisthook{%
+ {\@if at DeclareRobustCommand \@copy at DeclareRobustCommand}%
+ {\@if at newcommand \@copy at newcommand}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\declare at commandcopy@let}
+% The initial definition of \cs{@declarecommandcopylisthook} contains the
+% tests for the two types of robust command in the kernel.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\declare at commandcopy@let#1#2{\let#1=#2\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Now the rollback code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000-00-00}{\DeclareCommandCopy}
+%<latexrelease> {Undefine \NewCommandCopy, \RenewCommandCopy, and \DeclareCommandCopy}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\NewCommandCopy\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\RenewCommandCopy\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\DeclareCommandCopy\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\declare at commandcopy\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@declarecommandcopylisthook\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\declare at commandcopy@let\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Showing robust commands}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ShowCommand}
+% \changes{v1.5k}{2020/08/19}{Added \cs{ShowCommand} (gh/373)}
+%
+% Most of the machinery defined for \cs{NewCommandCopy} can be used to show
+% the definition of a robust command, in a similar fashion to \texttt{texdef}.
+% The difference is that after the command's is detected to has a given type
+% of robustness, rather than making a copy, we use a separate routine to show
+% its definition.
+%
+% With all the machinery in place, \cs{ShowCommand} itself is quite simple:
+% use \cs{robust at command@act} to iterate through the \cs{@showcommandlisthook}
+% list, and if nothing is found, fallback to \cs{show}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020-10-01}{\ShowCommand}%
+%<latexrelease> {Add \ShowCommand}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\ShowCommand#1{%
+ \robust at command@act
+ \@showcommandlisthook#1%
+ \show#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@showcommandlisthook}
+% The initial definition of \cs{@showcommandlisthook} contains the same tests
+% as used for copying, but \cs{@show at ...} commands instead of \cs{@copy at ...}.
+% Same as before, it is initialised to cope with \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} and
+% \cs{newcommand} with optional arguments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@showcommandlisthook{%
+ {\@if at DeclareRobustCommand \@show at DeclareRobustCommand}%
+ {\@if at newcommand \@show at newcommand}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Now the rollback code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000-00-00}{\ShowCommand}
+%<latexrelease> {Undefine \ShowCommand}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\ShowCommand\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@showcommandlisthook\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020-10-01}{\@if at DeclareRobustCommand}
+%<latexrelease> {Add \@if at DeclareRobustCommand, \@if at newcommand,
+%<latexrelease> \@copy at DeclareRobustCommand, \@copy at newcommand,
+%<latexrelease> \@show at DeclareRobustCommand, \@show at newcommand}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Commands defined with \cs{DeclareRobustCommand}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@if at DeclareRobustCommand}
+% \changes{v1.5j}{2020/05/09}{Added \cs{DeclareCommandCopy} (gh/239)}
+%
+% Now that we provided a generic way to copy one macro to another, we need to
+% define a way to check if a command is one of \LaTeXe's robust types. These
+% tests are heavily based on Heiko's \cs{LetLtxMacro}, but chopped into
+% separate macros.
+%
+% \cs{@if at DeclareRobustCommand} checks if a command \verb=\cmd= was defined by
+% \cs{DeclareRobustCommand}. The test returns true if the expansion of
+% \verb=\cmd= is exactly \verb*=\protect\cmd =.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@if at DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \edef\reserved at a{\string#1}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize{#1}}%
+ \xdef\@gtempa{%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \noexpand\x at protect
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \fi
+ \noexpand\protect
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname}%
+ \endgroup
+ \ifx\@gtempa#1\relax
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@copy at DeclareRobustCommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\copy at kernel@robust at command}
+% If a command was defined by \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} (that is,
+% \cs{@if at DeclareRobustCommand} returns true), then to make a copy of \verb=\cmd=
+% into \verb=\foo= we define the latter such that it expands to
+% \verb*=\protect\foo =, then make \verb*=\foo = equal to \verb*=\cmd =.
+%
+% There is one detail we need to take care of: if a command was defined with
+% \cs{DeclareRobustCommand} it may still have an optional argument, in which
+% case there is one more macro layer before the actual definition of the
+% command. We use \cs{@if at newcommand} to check that and
+% \cs{@copy at newcommand} to do the copying.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@copy at DeclareRobustCommand#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \edef\reserved at a{\string#1}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize{#1}}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ \endgroup
+ \def\noexpand#1{%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \noexpand\x at protect
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \fi
+ \noexpand\protect
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname}%
+ \noexpand\copy at kernel@robust at command
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#2 \endcsname}%
+ \reserved at a}
+\long\def\copy at kernel@robust at command#1#2{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#2%
+ {\@if at newcommand#2%
+ {\@copy at newcommand}%
+ {\declare at commandcopy@let}}
+ {\declare at commandcopy@let}%
+ #1#2}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@show at DeclareRobustCommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\show at kernel@robust at command}
+% Showing the command is pretty simple. This command prints the top-level
+% expansion as \TeX's \cs{show} would, but with |robust macro:| rather than
+% just |macro:|, then a blank line and then \cs{show} the inner command.
+% For a macro defined with, say, |\DeclareRobustCommand\foo[1]{bar}|, it will
+% print:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% > \foo=robust macro:
+% ->\protect \foo .
+%
+% > \foo =\long macro:
+% #1->bar.
+% \end{verbatim}
+% If the inner command is defined with an optional argument, then
+% \cs{@show at newcommand} is also used.
+%
+% The value of \cs{escapechar} is deliberately not enforced, so
+% \cs{ShowCommand} behaves more like \cs{show}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@show at DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
+ \typeout{> \string#1=robust macro:}%
+ \typeout{->\@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N#1.^^J}%
+ \expandafter\show at kernel@robust at command
+ \csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname}
+\long\def\show at kernel@robust at command#1{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#1%
+ {\@if at newcommand#1%
+ {\@show at newcommand}%
+ {\show}}%
+ {\show}%
+ #1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Commands defined with \cs{newcommand} (with optional argument)}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@if at newcommand}
+% A command \verb=\cmd= (or \verb*=\cmd =, if it was defined with
+% \cs{DeclareRobustCommand}) with an optional argument will expand to
+% \verb*=\@protected at testopt\cmd\\cmd{<opt>}=. To check that we look at the
+% first three tokens in the expansion of \verb=\cmd=, and return true or false
+% accordingly.
+%
+% This test \emph{requires} that the command be a parameterless macro,
+% otherwise it will not work (and probably break). This is ensured with
+% \cs{robust at command@chk at safe} before calling \cs{@if at newcommand}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@if at newcommand#1{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ \noexpand\@protected at testopt
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\endcsname}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{%
+ \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ {\expandafter\@carcube#1{}{}{}\@nil}}%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@copy at newcommand}
+% Then, if a command \verb=\cmd= takes an optional argument, we copy it to
+% \verb=\foo= by defining the latter to expand to
+% \verb=\@protected at testopt\foo\\foo{<opt>}=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@copy at newcommand#1#2{%
+ \edef#1{\noexpand\@protected at testopt
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\endcsname
+ \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ {\expandafter\@gobblethree#2}}%
+ \expandafter
+ \let\csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#2\endcsname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@show at newcommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\@show at newcommand@aux}
+% A command being \cs{show}n here is guaranteed to have an optional argument.
+% Start by showing the top-level expansion of the command (using \cs{typeout}
+% to avoid TeX asking for interaction and extra context lines), then call
+% \cs{@show at newcommand@aux} with the internal command, which contains the
+% actual definition, and with the expansion of the command to extract the
+% default value of the optional argument.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@show at newcommand#1{%
+ \typeout{> \string#1=robust macro:}%
+ \typeout{->\@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N#1.^^J}%
+ \expandafter\@show at newcommand@aux
+ \csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \expandafter{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% For a macro defined with, say, |\newcommand\foo[1][opt]{bar}|, it will
+% print:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% > \foo=robust macro:
+% ->\@protected at testopt \foo \\foo {opt}.
+%
+% > \\foo=\long macro:
+% > default #1=opt.
+% [#1]->bar.
+% \end{verbatim}
+% If the command was defined with \cs{DeclareRobustCommand}, then another pair
+% of lines show the top-level expansion \verb*|\protect \foo |.
+%
+% The extra gymnastics with \cs{showtokens} ensures that \cs{showtokens}
+% itself, and the internals of this macro aren't showed in the context lines.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@show at newcommand@aux#1#2{%
+ \typeout{> \string#1=\@expl at cs@prefix at spec@@N#1macro:}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ default \string##1=\expandafter\detokenize\@gobblethree#2.^^J%
+ \@expl at cs@argument at spec@@N#1->\@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N#1}%
+ \showtokens\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\reserved at a}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Now the rollback code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000-00-00}{\@if at DeclareRobustCommand}
+%<latexrelease> {Undefine \@if at DeclareRobustCommand, \@if at newcommand,
+%<latexrelease> \@copy at DeclareRobustCommand, \@copy at newcommand,
+%<latexrelease> \@show at DeclareRobustCommand, \@show at newcommand}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\@if at DeclareRobustCommand\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@copy at DeclareRobustCommand\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@show at DeclareRobustCommand\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@if at newcommand\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@copy at newcommand\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@show at newcommand\@undefined
+%
+%<latexrelease>\let\copy at kernel@robust at command\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\show at kernel@robust at command\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@show at newcommand@aux\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
% \subsection{Internal defining commands}
%
% These commands are used internally to define other \LaTeX{}
@@ -1537,7 +2194,57 @@
% \end{macro}
%
%
+% \begin{macro}{\string at makeletter}
+% \begin{macro}{\@string at makeletter}
+% \begin{macro}{\char at if@alph}
+% Iterates through a string, turning each alphabetic character into
+% a catcode-11 token (partly undoes a \cs{detokenize}). Useful for
+% \cs{ifx}-based string comparisons where \cs{detokenize}-ing the
+% other string would break too much code.
%
+% \changes{v1.5n}{2020/09/06}
+% {Macro added}
+%
+% The macro uses \textsf{expl3}'s \cs{@expl at str@map at function@@NN} to
+% iterate on the string (without losing spaces) and applies
+% \cs{@string at makeletter} on each character. The latter checks if
+% character is between a--z or A--Z, and uses \cs{@alph} or \cs{@Alph}
+% to get the corresponding catcode-11 token. Other tokens are passed
+% through unchanged.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\string at makeletter}
+%<latexrelease> {Add \string at makeletter}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+\def\string at makeletter#1{%
+ \@expl at str@map at function@@NN#1\@string at makeletter}
+\def\@string at makeletter#1{%
+ \char at if@alph{#1}%
+ {\@expl at char@generate@@nn{`#1}{11}}%
+ {#1}}
+\def\char at if@alph#1{%
+ \ifnum0\ifnum`#1<`A 1\fi\ifnum`#1>`z 1\fi
+ \if\ifnum`#1>`Z @\fi\ifnum`#1<`a @\fi01\fi>0
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\string at makeletter}
+%<latexrelease> {Undefine \string at makeletter}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\string at makeletter\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@string at makeletter\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\char at if@alph\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\makeatletter}
% \begin{macro}{\makeatother}
% \changes{v1.0n}{1994/05/10}{Added \cs{makeatletter} and
@@ -1550,7 +2257,6 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-
%
% \section{Discretionary Hyphenation}
% \begin{macro}{\-}
@@ -1560,6 +2266,7 @@
% \changes{v1.0g}{1994/04/12}
% {Define \cs{@dischyph}, was previously in ltboxes.dtx}
% \changes{v1.5b}{2017/03/27}{Define \cs{@dischyph} after \cs{-}}
+% \changes{v1.5j}{2020/05/11}{Do not overwrite \cs{-} under Lua\TeX}
% \end{macro}
% Moved here to be after the definition of |\DeclareRobustCommand|.
%
@@ -1589,35 +2296,56 @@
% older \LaTeX\ definition accessible via \textsf{latexrelease}
% as usual.
%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</2ekernel>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2017/04/15}{\-}{Use \hyphenchar in \-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
+% In Lua\LaTeX\ the primitive definition of \cs{-} is used directly
+% because it's use of extended hyphenation parameters means that \cs{-}
+% works correctly even with \cs{hyphenchar} set to $-1$. This change
+% makes \cs{-} under Lua\LaTeX\ compatible with language specific
+% hyphenation characters.
+%
% Temporary definition of |\@latex at info|, final definition is later.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*2ekernel>
\def\@latex at info#1{}
-%</2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\-}{Use primitive \- in Lua\LaTeX}%
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\-}{%
- \discretionary{%
- \char \ifnum\hyphenchar\font<\z@
- \defaulthyphenchar
- \else
- \hyphenchar\font
- \fi
- }{}{}%
-}
-\let\@dischyph=\-
+\ifx\directlua\@undefined
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\-}{%
+ \discretionary{%
+ \char \ifnum\hyphenchar\font<\z@
+ \defaulthyphenchar
+ \else
+ \hyphenchar\font
+ \fi
+ }{}{}%
+ }
+\else
+ \let\-\@@hyph
+\fi
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2017/04/15}{\-}{Use \hyphenchar in \-}%
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand{\-}{%
+%<latexrelease> \discretionary{%
+%<latexrelease> \char \ifnum\hyphenchar\font<\z@
+%<latexrelease> \defaulthyphenchar
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \hyphenchar\font
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> }{}{}%
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\-}{Use \hyphenchar in \-}%
%<latexrelease>\def\-{\discretionary{-}{}{}}
-%<latexrelease>\let\@dischyph=\-
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+\let\@dischyph=\-
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1678,7 +2406,29 @@
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g at addto@macro}
+% Globally add to the end of a macro.
+% \changes{v0.2a}{1993/11/14}{Made global}
+% \changes{v0.2w}{1994/01/31}
+% {Use toks register to avoid `hash' problems}
+% \changes{v1.0o}{1995/05/17}
+% {Make long for latex/1522}
+% \changes{v1.0w}{1996/12/17}
+% {Use \cs{begingroup} to save making a mathord}
+% \changes{v1.0x}{1997/02/05}
+% {missing percent /2402}
% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\g at addto@macro#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}%
+ \xdef#1{\the\toks@}%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltdirchk.dtx}
- [2019/11/01 v1.3a LaTeX Kernel (System Dependent Parts)]
+ [2020/08/21 v1.3a LaTeX Kernel (System Dependent Parts)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltdirchk.dtx}
@@ -172,7 +172,9 @@
%, \LaTeX\ will not work around a bug in old \TeX\ versions, and
% so error messages will appear in a very strange format, with |^^J|
% appearing instead of line breaks:
-% \begingroup\catcode`\==\active \def=#1#2{}\hfuzz\maxdimen
+% \begingroup
+% ^^A FMi next line doesn't work with hacked class
+% ^^A\catcode`\==\active \def=#1#2{}\hfuzz\maxdimen
%\begin{verbatim}
%! LaTeX Error: \rubbish undefined.^^J^^JSee the LaTeX manual or LaTeX=
% Companion
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltexpl.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltexpl.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltexpl.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -33,22 +33,28 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltexpl.dtx}
- [2019-10-02 v0.0 LaTeX Kernel (expl3-dependent code)]
+ [2020/09/06 v1.2f LaTeX Kernel (expl3-dependent code)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{ltfinal.dtx}
+\GetFileInfo{ltexpl.dtx}
\title{\filename}
\date{\filedate}
\author{%
Joseph Wright}
+
+\providecommand\pkg[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+
\begin{document}
\MaintainedByLaTeXTeam{latex}
\maketitle
- \DocInput{ltfinal.dtx}
+ \DocInput{ltexpl.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
+%
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2020/08/21}{Dropped unused command}
+%
% \section{\pkg{expl3}-dependent code}
%
% \StopEventually{}
@@ -55,45 +61,250 @@
%
% \changes{v0.0}{2019-10-02}{Initial version}
%
+% \subsection{Loader}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2020/03/02}
+% {Don't load expl3 if already in the format (gh/295)}
+% \changes{v1.1}{2020/03/05}
+% {Load xparse.ltx if \cs{NewDocumentCommand} is not defined
+% by expl3.ltx}
+% \changes{v1.2c}{2020/06/04}
+% {Define a local version of some \LaTeXe{} basic macros to support
+% package loading}
+%
+% First define some blank commands, so that in case something goes wrong while
+% loading \textsf{expl3}, we won't get strange \texttt{Undefined control
+% sequence} errors.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*2ekernel>
+\def\@expl at sys@load at backend@@{}
+\def\@expl at push@filename@@{}
+\def\@expl at push@filename at aux@@{}
+\def\@expl at pop@filename@@{}
+%</2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Loader}
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2020/07/08}
+% {Add a last-minute hook for \textsf{expl3}}
+% Create a hook for last-minute \pkg{expl3} material.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel>
+\def\@expl at finalise@setup@@{}
+%</2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
%
+% Now define some basics to support loading \textsf{expl3}. These macros can
+% be defined here safely, because they are redefined later on by the kernel,
+% so we define simpler versions just to suit our needs.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel>
+\long\def\@gobble#1{}
+\long\def\@firstofone#1{#1}
+\long\def\@firstoftwo#1#2{#1}
+\long\def\@secondoftwo#1#2{#2}
+\long\def\IfFileExists#1{%
+ \openin\@inputcheck"#1" %
+ \ifeof\@inputcheck
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \closein\@inputcheck
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}
+\long\def\@ifnextchar#1#2#3{%
+ \let\reserved at d=#1%
+ \def\reserved at a{#2}%
+ \def\reserved at b{#3}%
+ \futurelet\@let at token\@ifnch}
+\def\@ifnch{%
+ \ifx\@let at token\reserved at d
+ \expandafter\reserved at a
+ \else
+ \expandafter\reserved at b
+ \fi}
+%</2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If we are doing a rollback with a format containing expl3 we
+% aren't reloading it as that creates havoc. This may need a
+% refined version!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {expl3}{Pre-load expl3}%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname tex\string _let:D\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+\else
+ \GenericInfo{}{Skipping: expl3 code already part of the format}%
+%<2ekernel> \expandafter\endinput
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\@gobble
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% Check for the required primitive/engine support and the existence of
% a loader.
% \begin{macrocode}
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{expl3.ltx}
+ {%
+ \ifnum0%
+ \ifdefined\pdffilesize 1\fi
+ \ifdefined\filesize 1\fi
+ \ifdefined\luatexversion\ifnum\luatexversion>94 1\fi\fi
+ \ifdefined\kanjiskip 1\fi
+ >0 %
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% In \texttt{2ekernel} mode, an error is fatal and building the format
+% is aborted. Use \verb=\batchmode \read -1 to \tokenlist=, which errors
+% with
+% \verb=! Emergency stop. (cannot \read from terminal in nonstop modes)=
+% and aborts the \TeX{} run. In \texttt{latexrelease} mode, raise an
+% error and do nothing. Both ways, the error message shows the minimum
+% \textsf{expl3} engine requirements.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<2ekernel> \def~{ }\def\MessageBreak{^^J~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~}%
+%<2ekernel> \errmessage{LaTeX Error:
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at error{%
+ LaTeX requires the e-TeX primitives and additional\MessageBreak
+ functionality available in the engines:\MessageBreak
+ - pdfTeX v1.40\MessageBreak
+ - XeTeX v0.99992\MessageBreak
+ - LuaTeX v0.95\MessageBreak
+ - e-(u)pTeX mid-2012\MessageBreak
+ or later%
+%<latexrelease> }\@ehd \expandafter\@gobble
+%<2ekernel> }\batchmode \read -1 to \reserved at a
+ \fi
+ }
+ {%
+%<*2ekernel>
+ \errmessage{LaTeX requires expl3}%
+ \batchmode \read -1 to \reserved at a
%</2ekernel>
-%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<*latexrelease>
+ \@latex at error{LaTeX requires expl3}\@ehd
+ \@gobble
+%</latexrelease>
+ }%
+ {%
+ \input expl3.ltx
+ \ifdefined\NewDocumentCommand
+ \else
+ \IfFileExists{xparse.ltx}
+ {\input xparse.ltx }
+ {}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
%<latexrelease> {expl3}{Pre-load expl3}%
-\IfFileExists{expl3.ltx}
- {%
- \ifnum0%
- \ifdefined\pdffilesize 1\fi
- \ifdefined\filesize 1\fi
- \ifdefined\luatexversion\ifnum\luatexversion>94 1\fi\fi
- >0 %
- \else
- \message{Skipping expl3-dependent extensions}
-%<2ekernel> \expandafter\endinput
+%<latexrelease>\IfFileExists{expl3.ltx}
+%<latexrelease> {%
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum0%
+%<latexrelease> \ifdefined\pdffilesize 1\fi
+%<latexrelease> \ifdefined\filesize 1\fi
+%<latexrelease> \ifdefined\luatexversion\ifnum\luatexversion>94 1\fi\fi
+%<latexrelease> >0 %
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \message{Skipping expl3-dependent extensions}
%<latexrelease> \expandafter\@gobbletwo
- \fi
- }
- {%
- \message{Skipping expl3-dependent extensions}%
-%<2ekernel> \endinput
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> }
+%<latexrelease> {%
+%<latexrelease> \message{Skipping expl3-dependent extensions}%
%<latexrelease> \@gobbletwo
- }%
-\input{expl3.ltx}
-%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease> }%
+%<latexrelease>\input{expl3.ltx}
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
-%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \subsection{Using expl3 code}
+%
+% In order to ease the implemantation of some new features in
+% \LaTeXe\ we may (temporarily) use some coding based on the
+% \pkg{expl3}-code.
+% Such macros will eventually vanish and may be changed
+% unannounced. They are there for internal use in the \LaTeXe\
+% kernel and are not meant to be used in third-party
+% packages. These macros will always have the \verb|@expl@|
+% prefix in their name.
+%
+% The rest of the name matches the \pkg{expl3} name but with all
+% underscores replaced by \texttt{@}s and the \texttt{:} replaced
+% by \texttt{@@}, e.g.,
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \cs_new_eq:NN \@expl at tl@trim at spaces@apply@@nN \tl_trim_spaces_apply:nN
+%\end{verbatim}
+% if that \pkg{expl3} command is needed in places that are others
+% coded in \LaTeXe{} conventions.
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</2ekernel>
+\ExplSyntaxOn
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% In this file, each release of LaTeX adds an \cs{IncludeInRelease}
+% block, in which the macros copied for that release were defined.
+% In case a rollback is requested, the entire block is changed.
+%
+% Each macro copied has a \cs{changes} entry to explain when and why
+% it was copied, so that further to that may spot it easily.
+%
+% Here \cs{cs\string_gset\string_eq:NN} is used, instead of the |new|
+% variant because if different releases use that same name for
+% different purposes, each can copy the macro without worrying about
+% redefinitions.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{expl3~2020-10-01}%
+%<latexrelease> {expl3~macros~added~for~the~2020-10-01~release}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.2e}{2020/08/19}
+% {Add \cs{@expl at cs@to at str@@N} and \cs{@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF}
+% for \cs{NewCommandCopy} (gh/239)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@to at str@@N \cs_to_str:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF \str_if_eq:nnTF
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.2e}{2020/08/19}
+% {Add \cs{@expl at cs@\meta{thing}@spec@@N}
+% for \cs{ShowCommand} (gh/373)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@prefix at spec@@N \cs_prefix_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@argument at spec@@N \cs_argument_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N \cs_replacement_spec:N
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v1.2f}{2020/09/06}
+% {Add \cs{@expl at str@map at function@@NN
+% and \cs{@expl at char@generate@@nn}}
+% for \cs{string at makeletter} (gh/386)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at str@map at function@@NN \str_map_function:NN
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at char@generate@@nn \char_generate:nn
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{expl3~2020-10-01}%
+%<latexrelease> {expl3~macros~added~for~the~2020-10-01~release}%
+%<latexrelease>\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@to at str@@N
+%<latexrelease>\cs_undefine:N \@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF
+%<latexrelease>\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@prefix at spec@@N
+%<latexrelease>\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@argument at spec@@N
+%<latexrelease>\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N
+%<latexrelease>\cs_undefine:N \@expl at str@map at function@@NN
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \Finale
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfilehook.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfilehook.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfilehook.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,1543 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%%
+%% File: ltfilehook.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach,
+%% Phelype Oleinik & LaTeX Team
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%
+%%% From File: ltfilehook.dtx
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\ltfilehookversion{v1.0b}
+\providecommand\ltfilehookdate{2020/09/26}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%<*driver>
+
+\documentclass{l3doc}
+
+% bug fix fo l3doc.cls
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_set_protected:Npn \__codedoc_macro_typeset_one:nN #1#2
+ {
+ \vbox_set:Nn \l__codedoc_macro_box
+ {
+ \vbox_unpack_drop:N \l__codedoc_macro_box
+ \hbox { \llap { \__codedoc_print_macroname:nN {#1} #2
+ \MacroFont % <----- without it the \ is in lmr10 if a link is made
+ \
+ } }
+ }
+ \int_incr:N \l__codedoc_macro_int
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
+\usepackage{structuredlog} % for demonstration
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{ltfilehook.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%
+% \fi
+%
+%
+% \long\def\fmi#1{\begin{quote}\itshape Todo: #1\end{quote}}
+%
+% \let\hook\texttt
+%
+% \title{The \texttt{ltfilehook} package\thanks{This package has version
+% \ltfilehookversion\ dated \ltfilehookdate, \copyright\ \LaTeX\
+% Project.}}
+%
+% \author{Frank Mittelbach}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+%
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Provided hooks}
+%
+% The code offers a number of hooks into which packages (or the
+% user) can add code to support different use cases.
+% Many hooks are offered as pairs (i.e., the second hook is
+% reversed. Also important to know is that these pairs are
+% properly nested with respect to other pairs of hooks.
+%
+% There are hooks that are executed for all files of a certain type
+% (if they contain code), e.g., for all \enquote{include files} or
+% all \enquote{packages},
+% and there are also hooks that are specific to a single file,
+% e.g., do something after the package \texttt{foo.sty} has been
+% loaded.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{General hooks for file reading}
+% \label{sec:general-file-hooks}
+%
+% There are four hooks that are called for each file that is read
+% using document-level commands such as \cs{input}, \cs{include},
+% \cs{usepackage}, etc. They are not called for files read using
+% internal low-level methods, such as \cs{@input} or \cs{openin}.
+%
+% \begin{variable}{file/before,file/before/...,
+% file/after/...,file/after,
+% }
+% These are:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{file/before}, \texttt{file/before/\meta{file-name}}]
+%
+% These hooks are executed in that order just before the file is
+% loaded for reading. The code of the first hook is used
+% with every file, while the second is executed only for the
+% file with matching \meta{file-name} allowing you to specify
+% code that only applies to one file.
+%
+% \item[\texttt{file/after/\meta{file-name}}, \texttt{file/after}]
+%
+% These hooks are after the file with name \meta{file-name} has
+% been fully consumed. The order is swapped (the specific one
+% comes first) so that the \texttt{before} and \texttt{after}
+% hooks nest properly, which is important if any of them involve
+% grouping (e.g., contain environments, for example).
+% Furthermore both hooks are reversed hooks to support correct
+% nesting of different packages adding code to both
+% \texttt{/before} and \texttt{/after} hooks.
+%
+% \end{description}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+%
+% So the overall sequence of hook processing for any file read
+% through the user interface commands of \LaTeX{} is:
+%
+% \begin{tabbing}
+% mm\=mm\=mm\=mm\=\kill
+% \>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{file/before}} \\
+% \>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{file/before/\meta{file name}}} \\
+% \>\> \meta{file contents} \\
+% \>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{file/after/\meta{file name}}} \\
+% \>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{file/after}}
+% \end{tabbing}
+%
+% The file hooks only refer to the file by its name and extension,
+% so the \meta{file name} should be the file name as it is on the
+% filesystem with extension (if any) and without paths. Different
+% from \cs{input} and similar commands, the \texttt{.tex}
+% extension is not assumed in hook \meta{file name}, so \texttt{.tex}
+% files must be specified
+% with their extension to be recognized.
+% Files within subfolders should also be addressed by their name and
+% extension only.
+%
+% Extensionless files also work, and should then be given without
+% extension. Note however that \TeX{} prioritizes \texttt{.tex}
+% files, so if two files \texttt{foo} and \texttt{foo.tex} exist in
+% the search path, only the latter will be seen.
+%
+% When a file is input, the \meta{file name} is available in
+% \cs{CurrentFile}, which is then used when accessing the
+% \hook{file/before/\meta{file name}} and
+% \hook{file/after/\meta{file name}}.
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\CurrentFile}
+% The name of the file about to be read (or just finished) is
+% available to the hooks through \cs{CurrentFile} (there is no
+% \texttt{expl3} name for it for now). The file is always provided
+% with its extension, i.e., how it appears on your hard drive, but
+% without any specified path to it. For example,
+% \verb=\input{sample}= and \verb=\input{app/sample.tex}= would
+% both have \cs{CurrentFile} being \texttt{sample.tex}.
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\CurrentFilePath}
+% The path to the current file (complement to \cs{CurrentFile}) is
+% available in \cs{CurrentFilePath} if needed.
+% The paths returned in \cs{CurrentFilePath} are only user paths,
+% given through \cs{input at path} (or \pkg{expl3}'s equivalent
+% \cs{l_file_search_path_seq}) or by directly typing in the path
+% in the \cs{input} command or equivalent. Files located by
+% \texttt{kpsewhich} get the path added internally by the \TeX{}
+% implementation, so at the macro level it looks as if the file were
+% in the current folder, so the path in \cs{CurrentFilePath} is empty
+% in these cases (package and class files, mostly).
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\CurrentFileUsed,\CurrentFilePathUsed}
+% In normal circumstances these are identical to \cs{CurrentFile} and
+% \cs{CurrentFilePath}. They will differ when a file substitution
+% has occurred for \cs{CurrentFile}. In that case,
+% \cs{CurrentFileUsed} and \cs{CurrentFilePathUsed} will hold the
+% actual file name and path loaded by \LaTeX, while \cs{CurrentFile}
+% and \cs{CurrentFilePath} will hold the names that were
+% \emph{asked for}. Unless doing very specific work on the file
+% being read, \cs{CurrentFile} and \cs{CurrentFilePath} should be
+% enough.
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \subsection{Hooks for package and class files}
+%
+% Commands to load package and class files (e.g., \cs{usepackage},
+% \cs{RequirePackage}, \cs{LoadPackageWithOptions}, etc.) offer the
+% hooks from section~\ref{sec:general-file-hooks} when they are
+% used to load a package or class file, e.g.,
+% \texttt{file/after/array.sty} would be called after the
+% \pkg{array} package got loaded. But as packages and classes form as special group
+% of files, there are some additional hooks available that only
+% apply when a package or class is loaded.
+%
+%
+% \begin{variable}{
+% package/before,package/after,
+% package/before/...,package/after/...,
+% class/before,class/after,
+% class/before/...,class/after/...,
+% }
+% These are:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{package/before}, \texttt{package/after}]
+%
+% These hooks are called for each package being loaded.
+%
+% \item[\texttt{package/before/\meta{name}},
+% \texttt{package/after/\meta{name}}]
+%
+% These hooks are additionally called if the package name is
+% \meta{name} (without extension).
+%
+% \item[\texttt{class/before}, \texttt{class/after}]
+%
+% These hooks are called for each class being loaded.
+%
+% \item[\texttt{class/before/\meta{name}}, \texttt{class/after/\meta{name}}]
+%
+% These hooks are additionally called if the class name is
+% \meta{name} (without extension).
+%
+% \end{description}
+% \end{variable}
+% All \hook{/after} hooks are implemented as reversed hooks.
+%
+% \noindent The overall sequence of execution for \cs{usepackage}
+% and friends is therefore:
+% \begin{tabbing}
+% mm\=mm\=mm\=mm\=\kill
+% \>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{package/before}} \\
+% \>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{package/before/\meta{package name}}} \\[5pt]
+% \>\>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{file/before}} \\
+% \>\>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{file/before/\meta{package name}.sty}} \\
+% \>\>\> \meta{package contents} \\
+% \>\>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{file/after/\meta{package name}.sty}} \\
+% \>\>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{file/after}} \\[5pt]
+% \>\>\emph{code from \cs{AtEndOfPackage} if
+% used inside the package} \\[5pt]
+% \>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{package/after/\meta{package name}}} \\
+% \>\cs{UseHook}\marg{\hook{package/after}}
+% \end{tabbing}
+% and similar for class file loading, except that \texttt{package/}
+% is replaced by \texttt{class/} and \cs{AtEndOfPackage} by
+% \cs{AtEndOfClass}.
+%
+% If a package or class is not loaded (or it was loaded before the
+% hooks were set) none of the hooks are executed!
+%
+% \subsection{Hooks for \cs{include} files}
+%
+% To manage \cs{include} files, \LaTeX{} issues a \cs{clearpage}
+% before and after loading such a file. Depending on the use case
+% one may want to execute code before or after these
+% \cs{clearpage}s especially for the one that is issued at the end.
+%
+% Executing code before the final \cs{clearpage}, means that the
+% code is processed while the last page of the included material is
+% still under construction. Executing code after it means that all
+% floats from inside the include file are placed (which
+% might have added further pages) and the final page has finished.
+%
+% Because of these different scenarios we offer hooks in three
+% places.\footnote{If you want to execute code before the first
+% \cs{clearpage} there is no need to use a hook---you can write it
+% directly in front of the \cs{include}.}
+% None of the hooks are executed when an \cs{include} file is
+% bypassed because of an \cs{includeonly} declaration. They are,
+% however, all executed if \LaTeX{} makes an attempt to load the
+% \cs{include} file (even if it doesn't exist and all that happens
+% is \enquote{\texttt{No file \meta{filename}.tex}}).
+%
+%
+% \begin{variable}{include/before,include/before/...,
+% include/end,include/end/...,
+% include/after,include/after/...,
+% }
+% These are:
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item[\texttt{include/before}, \texttt{include/before/\meta{name}}]
+%
+% These hooks are executed (in that order) after the initial
+% \cs{clearpage} and after \texttt{.aux} file is changed to use
+% \texttt{\meta{name}.aux}, but before the
+% \texttt{\meta{name}.tex} file is loaded. In other words they are executed
+% at the very beginning of the first page of the \cs{include}
+% file.
+%
+%
+% \item[\texttt{include/end/\meta{name}}, \texttt{include/end}]
+%
+% These hooks are executed (in that order) after \LaTeX{} has
+% stopped reading from the \cs{include} file, but before it has
+% issued a \cs{clearpage} to output any deferred floats.
+%
+%
+% \item[\texttt{include/after/\meta{name}}, \texttt{include/after}]
+%
+% These hooks are executed (in that order) after \LaTeX{} has
+% issued the \cs{clearpage} but before is has switched back
+% writing to the main \texttt{.aux} file. Thus technically we are
+% still inside the \cs{include} and if the hooks generate any
+% further typeset material including anything that writes to the
+% \texttt{.aux} file, then it would be considered part of the
+% included material and bypassed if it is not loaded because of
+% some \cs{includeonly} statement.\footnotemark
+%
+% \end{description}
+% \end{variable}\footnotetext{For that reason
+% another \cs{clearpage} is executed after these hooks which
+% normally does nothing, but starts a new page if further material
+% got added this way.}
+%
+% \subsection{High-level interfaces for \LaTeX{}}
+%
+% We do not provide any high-level \LaTeX{} commands (like
+% \pkg{filehook} or \pkg{scrlfile} do) but think that for package
+% writers the commands from for hook management are sufficient.
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Internal interfaces for \LaTeX{}}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\declare at file@substitution,\undeclare at file@substitution}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{declare at file@substitution} \Arg{file} \Arg{replacement-file}
+% \cs{undeclare at file@substitution} \Arg{file}
+% \end{syntax}
+% If \meta{file} is requested for loading replace it with
+% \meta{replacement-file}. \cs{CurrentFile} remains pointing to
+% \meta{file} but \cs{CurrentFileUsed} will show the file actually
+% loaded.
+%
+% The main use case for this declaration is to provide a corrected
+% version of a package that can't be changed (due to its license)
+% but no longer functions because of \LaTeX{} kernel changes, for
+% example, or to provide a version that makes use of new kernel
+% functionality while the original package remains available for
+% use with older releases.
+%
+% The \cs{undeclare at file@substitution} declaration undoes a
+% substitution made earlier.
+%
+% \begin{quote}
+% \em
+% Please do not misuse this functionality and replace a file with
+% another unless if really needed and only if the new version is
+% implementating the same functionality as the original one!
+% \end{quote}
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\disable at package@load,\reenable at package@load}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{disable at package@load} \Arg{package} \Arg{alternate-code}
+% \cs{reenable at package@load} \Arg{package}
+% \end{syntax}
+% If \meta{package} is requested do not load it but instead run
+% \meta{alternate-code} which could issue a warning, error or any
+% other code.
+%
+% The main use case is for classes that want to restrict the set of
+% supported packages or contain code that make the use of some
+% packages impossible. So rather than waiting until the document
+% breaks they can set up informative messages why certain packages
+% are not available.
+%
+% The function is only implemented for packages not for arbitrary
+% files.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{A sample package for structuring the log output}
+%
+% As an application we provide the package \pkg{structuredlog} that
+% adds lines to the \texttt{.log} when a file is opened and closed
+% for reading keeping track of nesting level es well.
+% For example, for the current document it adds the lines
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% = (LEVEL 1 START) t1lmr.fd
+% = (LEVEL 1 STOP) t1lmr.fd
+% = (LEVEL 1 START) supp-pdf.mkii
+% = (LEVEL 1 STOP) supp-pdf.mkii
+% = (LEVEL 1 START) nameref.sty
+% == (LEVEL 2 START) refcount.sty
+% == (LEVEL 2 STOP) refcount.sty
+% == (LEVEL 2 START) gettitlestring.sty
+% == (LEVEL 2 STOP) gettitlestring.sty
+% = (LEVEL 1 STOP) nameref.sty
+% = (LEVEL 1 START) ltfilehook-doc.out
+% = (LEVEL 1 STOP) ltfilehook-doc.out
+% = (LEVEL 1 START) ltfilehook-doc.out
+% = (LEVEL 1 STOP) ltfilehook-doc.out
+% = (LEVEL 1 START) ltfilehook-doc.hd
+% = (LEVEL 1 STOP) ltfilehook-doc.hd
+% = (LEVEL 1 START) ltfilehook.dtx
+% == (LEVEL 2 START) ot1lmr.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 STOP) ot1lmr.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 START) omllmm.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 STOP) omllmm.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 START) omslmsy.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 STOP) omslmsy.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 START) omxlmex.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 STOP) omxlmex.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 START) umsa.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 STOP) umsa.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 START) umsb.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 STOP) umsb.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 START) ts1lmr.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 STOP) ts1lmr.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 START) t1lmss.fd
+% == (LEVEL 2 STOP) t1lmss.fd
+% = (LEVEL 1 STOP) ltfilehook.dtx
+%\end{verbatim}
+% Thus if you inspect an issue in the \texttt{.log} it is easy to
+% figure out in which file it occurred, simply by searching back for
+% \texttt{LEVEL} and if it is a \texttt{STOP} then remove 1 from
+% the level value and search further for \texttt{LEVEL} with that value
+% which should then be the \texttt{START} level of the file you are in.
+%
+% \StopEventually{\setlength\IndexMin{200pt} \PrintIndex }
+%
+%
+% \section{The Implementation}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=filehook>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Document and package-level commands}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\CurrentFile,\CurrentFilePath}
+% \begin{macro}{\CurrentFileUsed,\CurrentFilePathUsed}
+% User-level macros that hold the current file name and file path.
+% These are used internally as well because the code takes care to
+% protect against a possible redefinition of these macros in the
+% loaded file (it's necessary anyway to make hooks work with nested
+% \cs{input}). The versions |\...Used| hold the \emph{actual} file
+% name and path that is loaded by \LaTeX, whereas the other two hold
+% the name as requested. They will differ in case there's a file
+% substitution.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\CurrentFile}{Hook management file}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFile
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFilePath
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFileUsed
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFilePathUsed
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\CurrentFile}{Hook management file}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \CurrentFile \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \CurrentFilePath \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \CurrentFileUsed \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \CurrentFilePathUsed \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{\pkg{expl3} helpers}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@@_file_parse_full_name:nN}{File helpers}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \@@_file_parse_full_name:nN,
+% \@@_full_name:nn,
+% \@@_set_curr_file_assign:nnnNN
+% }
+% A utility macro to trigger \pkg{expl3}'s file-parsing and lookup,
+% and return a normalized representation of the file name. If the
+% queried file doesn't exist, no normalisation takes place.
+% The output of \cs{@@_file_parse_full_name:nN} is passed on to the
+% |#2|---a 3-argument macro that takes the \meta{path}, \meta{base},
+% and \meta{ext} parts of the file name.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_file_parse_full_name:nN #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nf \file_parse_full_name_apply:nN
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nf \@@_full_name:nn
+ { \file_full_name:n {#1} } {#1}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_full_name:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1}
+ { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#2} }
+ { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \@@_if_no_extension:nTF,
+% \@@_drop_extension:N
+% }
+% Some actions depend on whether the file extension was explicitly
+% given, and sometimes the extension has to be removed. The macros
+% below use \cs{@@_file_parse_full_name:nN} to split up the file name
+% and either check if \meta{ext} (|#3|) is empty, or discard it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_if_no_extension:nTF #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:Ne \tl_if_empty:nTF
+ { \file_parse_full_name_apply:nN {#1} \use_iii:nnn }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_drop_extension:N #1
+ {
+ \tl_gset:Nx #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:NV \@@_file_parse_full_name:nN #1
+ \@@_drop_extension_aux:nnn
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_drop_extension_aux:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ { \tl_if_empty:nF {#1} { #1 / } #2 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_input_file_seq,\l_@@_internal_tl}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_file_push:,\@@_file_pop:}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_file_pop_assign:nnnn}
+% Yet another stack, to keep track of \cs{CurrentFile} and
+% \cs{CurrentFilePath} with nested \cs{input}s. At the beginning of
+% \cs{InputIfFileExists}, the current value of \cs{CurrentFilePath}
+% and \cs{CurrentFile} is pushed to \cs{g_@@_input_file_seq}, and
+% at the end, it is popped and the value reassigned. Some other
+% places don't use \cs{InputIfFileExists} directly (\cs{include}) or
+% need \cs{CurrentFile} earlier (\cs{@onefilewithoptions}), so these
+% are manually used elsewhere as well.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_internal_tl
+\seq_new:N \g_@@_input_file_seq
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_file_push:
+ {
+ \seq_gpush:Nx \g_@@_input_file_seq
+ {
+ { \CurrentFilePathUsed } { \CurrentFileUsed }
+ { \CurrentFilePath } { \CurrentFile }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_file_pop:
+ {
+ \seq_gpop:NNTF \g_@@_input_file_seq \l_@@_internal_tl
+ { \exp_after:wN \@@_file_pop_assign:nnnn \l_@@_internal_tl }
+ {
+ \msg_error:nnn { hooks } { should-not-happen }
+ { Tried~to~pop~from~an~empty~file~name~stack. }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_file_pop_assign:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFilePathUsed {#1}
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFileUsed {#2}
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFilePath {#3}
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFile {#4}
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Declaring the file-related hooks}
+%
+% All hooks starting with \texttt{file/} \texttt{include/},
+% \texttt{class/} or \texttt{package/} are generic and will be
+% allocated if code is added to them. Thus there is no need to
+% explicitly declare any hook in the code below.
+%
+% Furthermore, those named \texttt{.../after} or \texttt{.../end} are
+% automatically declared as reversed hooks if filled with code, so this
+% is also automatically taken care of.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Patching \LaTeX{}'s \cs{InputIfFileExists} command}
+%
+% Most of what we have to do is adding \cs{UseHook} into several
+% \LaTeXe{} core commands, because of some circular dependencies in the
+% kernel we do this only now and not in \texttt{ltfiles}.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\InputIfFileExists}
+% \cs{InputIfFileExists} loads any file if it is available so we
+% have to add the hooks \texttt{file/before} and
+% \texttt{file/after} in the right places. If the file doesn't
+% exist no hooks should be executed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\InputIfFileExists}{Hook management (files)}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\InputIfFileExists\@undefined
+\DeclareRobustCommand \InputIfFileExists[2]{%
+ \IfFileExists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@push@@
+ \@filehook at set@CurrentFile
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the file exists then \cs{CurrentFile} holds its name. But we
+% can't rely on that still being true after the file has been
+% processed. Thus for using the name in the file hooks we need to
+% preserve the name and then restored it for the
+% \texttt{file/after/...} hook.
+%
+% The hook always refers to the file requested by the user. The hook
+% is \emph{always} loaded for \cs{CurrentFile} which usually is the
+% same as \cs{CurrentFileUsed}. In the case of a file replacement,
+% the \cs{CurrentFileUsed} holds the actual file loaded. In any case
+% the file names are normalized so that the hooks work on the real
+% file name, rather than what the user typed in.
+%
+% \pkg{expl3}'s \cs{file_full_name:n} normalizes the file
+% name (to factor out differences in the |.tex| extension), and
+% then does a file lookup to take into account a possible path from
+% \cs{l_file_search_path_seq} and \cs{input at path}. However only
+% the file name and extension are returned so that file hooks can
+% refer to the file by their name only. The path to the file is
+% returned in \cs{CurrentFilePath}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\reserved at a{\@filef at und
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop at assign@@nnnn
+ {\CurrentFilePathUsed}%
+ {\CurrentFileUsed}%
+ {\CurrentFilePath}%
+ {\CurrentFile}}%
+ \expandafter\@swaptwoargs\expandafter
+ {\reserved at a}%
+ {%
+ #2%
+ \@addtofilelist{#1}%
+ \UseHook{file/before}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The current file name is available in \cs{CurrentFile} so we use
+% that in the specific hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{file/before/\CurrentFile}%
+ \@@input
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% And it is restored here so we can use it once more.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{file/after/\CurrentFile}%
+ \UseHook{file/after}%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop@@
+ }%
+}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v0.9b}
+% {1993/12/04}{Macro added}
+% \changes{v0.9p}
+% {1994/01/18}{New Definition}
+% \changes{v0.3b}{1994/03/13}
+% {Use new cmd \cs{@addtofilelist}}
+% Now define |\InputIfFileExists| to input |#1| if it seems to exist.
+% Immediately prior to the input, |#2| is executed.
+% If the file |#1| does not exist, execute `|#3|'.
+% \changes{v1.0t}{1995/05/25}
+% {(CAR) added \cs{long}}
+% \changes{v1.1o}{2019/02/07}{Expand \cs{@filef at und} before executing
+% second argument (github/109)}
+% \changes{v1.2b}{2019/08/27}{Make command robust}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\InputIfFileExists}{Hook management (files)}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand \InputIfFileExists[2]{%
+%<latexrelease> \IfFileExists{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> {%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\@swaptwoargs\expandafter
+%<latexrelease> {\@filef at und}{#2\@addtofilelist{#1}\@@input}}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\InputIfFileExists}{Hook management (files)}%
+%<latexrelease>\long\def \InputIfFileExists#1#2{%
+%<latexrelease> \IfFileExists{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> {#2\@addtofilelist{#1}\@@input \@filef at und}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Declaring a file substitution}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=filehook>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@@_subst_add:nn}{Declaring file substitution}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_subst_add:nn,\@@_subst_remove:n,
+% \@@_subst_file_normalize:n,\@@_subst_empty_name_chk:NN}
+% \cs{@@_substitution_lthooadd:nn} declares a file substitution by
+% doing a (global) definition of the form
+% |\def|\cs{@file-subst@\meta{file}}|{|\meta{replacement}|}|.
+% The file names are properly sanitised, and normalized with the same
+% treatment done for the file hooks. That is, a file replacement is
+% declared by using the file name (and extension, if any) only, and
+% the file path should not be given. If a file name is empty it is
+% replaced by |.tex| (the empty csname is used to check that).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_subst_add:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \cs_set:cpx { } { \exp_not:o { \cs:w\cs_end: } }
+ \int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { -1 }
+ \cs_gset:cpx { @file-subst@ \@@_subst_file_normalize:n {#1} }
+ { \@@_subst_file_normalize:n {#2} }
+ \group_end:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_subst_remove:n #1
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \cs_set:cpx { } { \exp_not:o { \cs:w\cs_end: } }
+ \int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { -1 }
+ \cs_undefine:c { @file-subst@ \@@_subst_file_normalize:n {#1} }
+ \group_end:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_subst_file_normalize:n #1
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \@@_subst_empty_name_chk:NN
+ \cs:w \exp_after:wN \cs_end:
+ \cs:w \@@_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1} \use_ii_iii:nnn \cs_end:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_subst_empty_name_chk:NN #1 #2
+ { \if_meaning:w #1 #2 .tex \else: \token_to_str:N #2 \fi: }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\use_ii_iii:nnn}
+% A variant of \cs[no-index]{use_...} to discard the first of three
+% arguments.
+% \fmi{this should move to \pkg{expl3}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_gset:Npn \use_ii_iii:nnn #1 #2 #3 {#2 #3}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\declare at file@substitution}
+% \begin{macro}{\undeclare at file@substitution}
+% For two internals we provide \LaTeXe{} names so that we can use
+% them elsewhere in the kernel (and so that they can be used in
+% packages if really needed, e.g., \pkg{scrlfile}).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\declare at file@substitution}{File substitution}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \declare at file@substitution \@@_subst_add:nn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \undeclare at file@substitution \@@_subst_remove:n
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\declare at file@substitution}{File substitution}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \declare at file@substitution \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \undeclare at file@substitution \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=>
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Selecting a file (\cs{set at curr@file})}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\set at curr@file,\@curr at file,\@curr at file@reqd}
+% Now we hook into \cs{set at curr@file} to resolve a possible file
+% substitution, and add \cs{@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N} at the end, after
+% \cs{@curr at file} is set.
+%
+% A file name is built using
+% \cs{expandafter}\cs{string}\cs{csname}\meta{filename}\cs{endcsname}
+% to avoid expanding utf8 active characters. The \cs{csname} expands
+% the normalisation machinery and the routine to resolve a file
+% substitution, returning a control sequence with the same name as the
+% file.
+%
+% It happens that when \meta{filename} is empty, the generated control
+% sequence is \cs{csname\cs{endcsname}}, and doing \cs{string} on
+% that results in the file |csnameendcsname.tex|. To guard against
+% that we \cs{ifx}-compare the generated control sequence with the
+% empty csname. To do so, \cs{csname\cs{endcsname}} has to be
+% defined, otherwise it would be equal to \cs{relax} and we would have
+% false positives. Here we define \cs{csname\cs{endcsname}} to
+% expand to itself to avoid it matching the definition of some other
+% control sequence.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\set at curr@file}{Setting current file name}%
+\def\set at curr@file#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar\m at ne
+ \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\endcsname
+ \expandafter{\csname\endcsname}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Two file names are set here: \cs{@curr at file@reqd} which is the file
+% requested by the user, and \cs{@curr at file} which should be the same,
+% except when we have a file substitution, in which case it holds the
+% actual loaded file. \cs{@curr at file} is resolved first, to check if
+% a substitution happens. If it doesn't,
+% \cs{@expl@@@filehook at if@file at replaced@@TF} short-cuts and just copies
+% \cs{@curr at file}, otherwise the full normalisation procedure is
+% executed.
+%
+% At this stage the file name is parsed and normalized, but if the
+% input doesn't have an extension, the default |.tex| is \emph{not}
+% added to \cs{@curr at file} because for applications other than
+% \cs{input} (graphics, for example) the default extension may not
+% be |.tex|. First check if the input has an extension, then if the
+% input had no extension, call \cs{@expl@@@filehook at drop@extension@@N}. In case
+% of a file substitution, \cs{@curr at file} will have an extension.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@expl@@@filehook at if@no at extension@@nTF{#1}%
+ {\@tempswatrue}{\@tempswafalse}%
+ \@kernel at make@file at csname\@curr at file
+ \@expl@@@filehook at resolve@file at subst@@w {#1}%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at if@file at replaced@@TF
+ {\@kernel at make@file at csname\@curr at file@reqd
+ \@expl@@@filehook at normalize@file at name@@w{#1}%
+ \if at tempswa \@expl@@@filehook at drop@extension@@N\@curr at file@reqd \fi}%
+ {\if at tempswa \@expl@@@filehook at drop@extension@@N\@curr at file \fi
+ \global\let\@curr at file@reqd\@curr at file}%
+ \endgroup}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\set at curr@file}{Setting current file name}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\set at curr@file#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \begingroup
+%<latexrelease> \escapechar\m at ne
+%<latexrelease> \xdef\@curr at file{%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unquote at name
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\string
+%<latexrelease> \csname\@firstofone#1\@empty\endcsname}}%
+%<latexrelease> \endgroup
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\set at curr@file}{Setting current file name}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\set at curr@file\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@filehook at set@CurrentFile}
+% \begin{macro}{\@kernel at make@file at csname,\@set at curr@file at aux}
+%
+% \fmi{This should get internalized using \texttt{@expl@} names}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@kernel at make@file at csname}{Make file csname}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@kernel at make@file at csname#1#2#3{%
+ \xdef#1{\expandafter\@set at curr@file at aux
+ \csname\expandafter#2\@firstofone#3\@nil\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This auxiliary compares \cs{\meta{filename}} with
+% \cs{csname\cs{endcsname}} to check if the empty |.tex| file was
+% requested.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@set at curr@file at aux#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname\endcsname#1%
+ .tex\else\string#1\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Then we call \cs{@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N} once for \cs{@curr at file}
+% to set \cs[no-index]{CurrentFile(Path)Used} and once for
+% \cs{@curr at file@reqd} to set \cs[no-index]{CurrentFile(Path)}.
+% Here too the slower route is only used if a substitution happened,
+% but here \cs{@expl@@@filehook at if@file at replaced@@TF} can't be used because the
+% flag is reset at the \cs{endgroup} above, so we check if
+% \cs{@curr at file} and \cs{@curr at file@reqd} differ. This macro is
+% issued separate from \cs{set at curr@file} because it changes
+% \cs{CurrentFile}, and side-effects would quickly get out of control.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@filehook at set@CurrentFile{%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N{\@curr at file}%
+ \CurrentFileUsed\CurrentFilePathUsed
+ \ifx\@curr at file@reqd\@curr at file
+ \let\CurrentFile\CurrentFileUsed
+ \let\CurrentFilePath\CurrentFilePathUsed
+ \else
+ \@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N{\@curr at file@reqd}%
+ \CurrentFile\CurrentFilePath
+ \fi}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_set_curr_file:N,
+% \@@_set_curr_file:nNN,
+% \@@_set_curr_file_assign:nnnNN}
+% When inputting a file, \cs{set at curr@file} does a file lookup
+% (in \cs{input at path} and \cs{l_file_search_path_seq}) and returns the
+% actual file name (\meta{base} plus \meta{ext}) in
+% \cs{CurrentFileUsed}, and in case there's a file substitution, the
+% requested file in \cs{CurrentFile} (otherwise both are the same).
+% Only the base and extension are returned,
+% regardless of the input (both \texttt{path/to/file.tex} and
+% \texttt{file.tex} end up as \texttt{file.tex} in \cs{CurrentFile}).
+% The path is returned in \cs{CurrentFilePath}, in case it's needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {@@_set_curr_file:N}{Set curr file}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+%<@@=filehook>
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_curr_file:N #1
+ { \exp_args:NV \@@_set_curr_file:nNN #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_curr_file:nNN #1
+ {
+ \@@_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1}
+ \@@_set_curr_file_assign:nnnNN
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_set_curr_file_assign:nnnNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
+ {
+ \str_set:Nn #5 {#1}
+ \str_set:Nn #4 {#2#3}
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Replacing a file and detecting loops}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_resolve_file_subst:w}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_normalize_file_name:w}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_file_name_compose:nnn}
+% Start by sanitising the file with \cs{@@_file_parse_full_name:nN}
+% then do \cs{@@_file_subst_begin:nnn}\Arg{path}\Arg{name}\Arg{ext}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@@_resolve_file_subst:w}{Replace files detect loops}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_resolve_file_subst:w #1 \@nil
+ { \@@_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1} \@@_file_subst_begin:nnn }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_normalize_file_name:w #1 \@nil
+ { \@@_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1} \@@_file_name_compose:nnn }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_file_name_compose:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ { \tl_if_empty:nF {#1} { #1 / } #2#3 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{flag @@_file_replaced}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_if_file_replaced:TF}
+% Since the file replacement is done expandably in a \cs{csname}, use
+% a flag to remember if a substitution happened. We use this in
+% \cs{set at curr@file} to short-circuit some of it in case no
+% substitution happened (by far the most common case, so it's worth
+% optimising).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\flag_new:n { @@_file_replaced }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_if_file_replaced:TF #1 #2
+ { \flag_if_raised:nTF { @@_file_replaced } {#1} {#2} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_file_subst_begin:nnn}
+% First off, start by checking if the current file ($\meta{name} +
+% \meta{ext}$) has a declared substitution. If not, then just put
+% that as the name (including a possible \meta{path} in this case):
+% this is the default case with no substitutions, so it's the first to
+% be checked. The auxiliary \cs{@@_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn} sees
+% that there's no replacement for |#2#3| and does nothing else.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_file_subst_begin:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \@@_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn { #2#3 } { #2#3 }
+ { \@@_file_name_compose:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{The Tortoise and Hare algorithm}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_file_subst_loop:NN,\@@_file_subst_loop:cc}
+% If there is a substitution (\meta{true} in the first
+% \cs{cs_if_exist:cTF} below), then first check if there is no
+% substitution down the line: this should be the second most common
+% case, of one file replaced by another. In that case just leave the
+% substitution there and the job is done. If any substitution
+% happens, then the \cs{flag @@_file_replaced} is raised
+% (conditionally, because checking if a flag is raised is much faster
+% than raising it over and over again).
+%
+% If, however there are more substitutions, then we need to check for
+% a possible loop in the substitutions, which would otherwise put
+% \TeX{} in an infinite loop if just an exhaustive expansion was used.
+%
+% To detect a loop, the \emph{Tortoise and Hare} algorithm is used.
+% The name of the algorithm is an analogy to Aesop's fable, in which
+% the Hare outruns a Tortoise. The two pointers here are the csnames
+% which contains each file replacement, both of which start at the
+% position zero, which is the file requested. In the inner part of
+% the macro below, \cs{@@_file_subst_loop:cc} is called with
+% \cs[no-index]{@file-subst@\meta{file}} and
+% \cs[no-index]{@file-subst@\cs[no-index]{@file-subst@\meta{file}}};
+% that is, the substitution of \meta{file} and the substution of that
+% substution: the Tortoise walks one step while the Hare walks two.
+%
+% Within \cs{@@_file_subst_loop:NN} the two substitutions are
+% compared, and if they lead to the same file it means that there is
+% a loop in the substitutions. If there's no loop,
+% \cs{@@_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn} is called again with the
+% Tortoise at position~1 and the hare at~2. Again, the substitutions
+% are checked ahead of the Hare pointer to check that it won't run too
+% far; in case there is no loop in the declarations, eventually one
+% of the \cs{cs_if_exist:cTF} below will go \meta{false} and the
+% algorithm will end; otherwise it will run until the Hare reaches
+% the same spot as the tortoise and a loop is detected.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@@_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn}{Tortoise and Hare}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { @file-subst@ #2 }
+ {
+ \flag_if_raised:nF { @@_file_replaced }
+ { \flag_raise:n { @@_file_replaced } }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { @file-subst@ \use:c { @file-subst@ #2 } }
+ {
+ \@@_file_subst_loop:cc
+ { @file-subst@ #1 }
+ { @file-subst@ \use:c { @file-subst@ #2 } }
+ }
+ { \use:c { @file-subst@ #2 } }
+ }
+ { #3 }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This is just an auxiliary to check if a loop was found, and continue
+% the algorithm otherwise. If a loop is found, the |.tex| file is
+% used as fallback and \cs{@@_file_subst_cycle_error:cN} is called to
+% report the error.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_file_subst_loop:NN #1 #2
+ {
+ \token_if_eq_meaning:NNTF #1 #2
+ {
+ .tex
+ \@@_file_subst_cycle_error:cN { @file-subst@ #1 } #1
+ }
+ { \@@_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn {#1} {#2} {#2} }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_file_subst_loop:NN { cc }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \@@_file_subst_cycle_error:NN,
+% \@@_file_subst_cycle_error:cN,
+% }
+% Showing this type of error expandably is tricky, as we have a very
+% limited amount of characters to show and a potentially large list.
+% As a work around, several errors are printed, each showing one step
+% of the loop, until all the error messages combined show the loop.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_file_subst_cycle_error:NN #1 #2
+ {
+ \__kernel_msg_expandable_error:nnff { kernel } { file-cycle }
+ {#1} { \use:c { @file-subst@ #1 } }
+ \token_if_eq_meaning:NNF #1 #2
+ { \@@_file_subst_cycle_error:cN { @file-subst@ #1 } #2 }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_file_subst_cycle_error:NN { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% And the error message:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\__kernel_msg_new:nnn { kernel } { file-cycle }
+ { File~loop!~#1~replaced~by~#2... }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Preventing a package from loading}
+%
+% We support the use case of preventing a package from loading but not
+% any other type of files (e.g., classes).
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\disable at package@load}
+% \begin{macro}{\reenable at package@load}
+% \begin{macro}{\@disable at packageload@do}
+% \cs{disable at package@load} defines
+% \cs[no-index]{@pkg-disable@\meta{package}} to expand to some code |#2|
+% instead of loading the package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\disable at package@load}{Disable packages}%
+\def\disable at package@load#1#2{%
+ \global\@namedef{@pkg-disable@#1.\@pkgextension}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@disable at packageload@do#1#2{%
+ \@ifundefined{@pkg-disable@#1}{#2}%
+ {\@nameuse{@pkg-disable@#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \cs{reenable at package@load} undefines
+% \cs[no-index]{@pkg-disable@\meta{package}} to reallow loading a package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\reenable at package@load#1{%
+ \global\expandafter\let
+ \csname @pkg-disable@#1.\@pkgextension \endcsname \@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\disable at package@load}{Disable packages}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\disable at package@load \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@disable at packageload@do\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\reenable at package@load \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{High-level interfaces for \LaTeX{}}
+%
+% None so far and the general feeling for now is that the hooks are
+% enough. Packages like \pkg{filehook}, etc., may use them to set
+% up their interfaces (samples are given below) but for the now the
+% kernel will not provide any.
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Internal commands needed elsewhere}
+%
+% Here we set up a few horrible (but consistent) \LaTeXe{} names to
+% allow for internal commands to be used outside this module (and
+% in parts that still use \LaTeXe{} syntax. We have to unset the
+% \texttt{@\/@} since we want double ``at'' sign in place of double
+% underscores.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@expl@@@filehook at if@no at extension@@nTF}{2e tmp interfaces}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at if@no at extension@@nTF
+ \__filehook_if_no_extension:nTF
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N
+ \__filehook_set_curr_file:N
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at resolve@file at subst@@w
+ \__filehook_resolve_file_subst:w
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at normalize@file at name@@w
+ \__filehook_normalize_file_name:w
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at if@file at replaced@@TF
+ \__filehook_if_file_replaced:TF
+
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at drop@extension@@N
+ \__filehook_drop_extension:N
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at file@push@@
+ \__filehook_file_push:
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop@@
+ \__filehook_file_pop:
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop at assign@@nnnn
+ \__filehook_file_pop_assign:nnnn
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This ends the kernel code in this file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{A sample package for structuring the log output}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*structuredlog>
+%<@@=filehook>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesExplPackage
+ {structuredlog}{\ltfilehookdate}{\ltfilehookversion}
+ {Structuring the TeX transcript file}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_nesting_level_int}
+% Stores the current package nesting level.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \g_@@_nesting_level_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Initialise the counter with the number of files in the
+% \cs{@currnamestack} (the number of items divided by $3$) minus one,
+% because this package is skipped when printing to the log.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_gset:Nn \g_@@_nesting_level_int
+ { ( \tl_count:N \@currnamestack ) / 3 - 1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_log_file_record:n}
+% This macro is responsible for increasing and decresing the file
+% nesting level, as well as printing to the log. The argument is
+% either |STOPTART| or |STOP| and the action it takes on the nesting
+% integer depends on that.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_log_file_record:n #1
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnT {#1} {START} { \int_gincr:N \g_@@_nesting_level_int }
+ \iow_term:x
+ {
+ \prg_replicate:nn { \g_@@_nesting_level_int } { = } ~
+ ( LEVEL ~ \int_use:N \g_@@_nesting_level_int \c_space_tl #1 ) ~
+ \CurrentFileUsed
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If there was a file replacement, show that as well:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \str_if_eq:NNF \CurrentFileUsed \CurrentFile
+ { ~ ( \CurrentFile \c_space_tl requested ) }
+ \iow_newline:
+ }
+ \str_if_eq:nnT {#1} {STOP} { \int_gdecr:N \g_@@_nesting_level_int }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now just hook the macro above in the generic |file/before|\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHook{file/before}{ \@@_log_file_record:n { START } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \ldots and |file/after| hooks.
+% We don't want to install the \hook{file/after} hook immediately,
+% because that would mean it is the first time executed when the
+% package finishes. We therefore put the declaration inside
+% \cs{AddToHookNext} so that it gets only installed when we have
+% left this package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHookNext{file/after}
+ { \AddToHook{file/after}{ \@@_log_file_record:n { STOP } } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=>
+%</structuredlog>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Package emulations}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Package \pkg{atveryend} emulation}
+%
+% With the new hook management and the hooks in \cs{enddocument}
+% all of \pkg{atveryend} is taken care of.
+% We can make an emulation only here after the substitution
+% functionality is available:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel>
+\declare at file@substitution{atveryend.sty}{atveryend-ltx.sty}
+%</2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Here is the package file we point to:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*atveryend-ltx>
+\ProvidesPackage{atveryend-ltx}
+ [2020/08/19 v1.0a
+ Emulation of the original atvery package^^Jwith kernel methods]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Here are new definitions for its interfaces now pointing to the
+% hooks in \cs{enddocument}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\AfterLastShipout {\AddToHook{enddocument/afterlastpage}}
+\newcommand\AtVeryEndDocument {\AddToHook{enddocument/afteraux}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Next one is a bit of a fake, but the result should normally be as
+% expected. If not, one needs to add a rule to sort the code chunks
+% in \hook{enddocument/info}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\AtEndAfterFileList{\AddToHook{enddocument/info}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\AtVeryVeryEnd {\AddToHook{enddocument/end}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\BeforeClearDocument}
+% This one is the only one we don't implement or rather don't have
+% a dedicated hook in the code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\newcommand\BeforeClearDocument[1]
+ { \AtEndDocument{#1}
+ \atveryend at DEPRECATED{BeforeClearDocument \tl_to_str:n{#1}}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn\atveryend at DEPRECATED #1
+ {\iow_term:x{======~DEPRECATED~USAGE~#1~==========}}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</atveryend-ltx>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\endinput
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfilehook.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfiles.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfiles.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfiles.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltfiles.dtx}
- [2019/11/11 v1.2f LaTeX Kernel (File Handling)]
+ [2020/08/21 v1.2i LaTeX Kernel (File Handling)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltfiles.dtx}
@@ -47,6 +47,8 @@
Chris Rowley\and
Rainer Sch\"opf}
+\providecommand\pkg[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+
\begin{document}
\MaintainedByLaTeXTeam{latex}
\maketitle
@@ -55,7 +57,9 @@
%</driver>
% \fi
%
+% \providecommand\hook[1]{\texttt{#1}}
%
+%
% \changes{v1.0h}{1994/05/21}{Use new error commands}
% \changes{v1.0n}{1994/11/17}
% {\cs{@tempa} to \cs{reserved at a}}
@@ -62,6 +66,7 @@
% \changes{v1.0u}{1995/07/13}{Updates to docu}
% \changes{v1.1m}{2015/02/21}
% {Removed autoload support}
+% \changes{v1.2i}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
%
% \section{File Handling}
%
@@ -234,18 +239,28 @@
% \changes{v0.9e}{1993/12/09}{Hook added}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2017/04/15}%
-%<latexrelease> {\document}{Save language for hyphenation}%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\document}{Added hook to load l3backend code}%
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+\def\document{%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Cancel the |\begingroup| from |\begin|.
+% We do cancel the grouping as part of the \cs{begin} handling
+% (this is now done inside \cs{begin} instead) so that the
+% \hook{env/\meta{env}/begin} hook is not hidden inside \cs{begingroup}
+% \texttt{...} \cs{endgroup}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\document{\endgroup
+% \endgroup
% \end{macrocode}
-% If some options on |\documentclass| haven't been used by any
-% package we will now give a warning since this is most certainly a
-% misspelling.
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseOneTimeHook{begindocument/before}%
+ \@kernel at after@begindocument at before
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Added hook to load \textsf{l3backend} code:
+% \changes{v1.2h}{2020/06/05}{Added hook to load \textsf{l3backend} code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@expl at sys@load at backend@@
\ifx\@unusedoptionlist\@empty\else
\@latex at warning@no at line{Unused global option(s):^^J%
\@spaces[\@unusedoptionlist]}%
@@ -348,9 +363,11 @@
% \changes{v1.1e}{1996/04/24}
% {(DPC) Reset \cs{AtBeginDocument} eg for latex/1297}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\AtBeginDocument\@firstofone
- \@begindocumenthook
+ \@kernel at before@begindocument
+ \UseOneTimeHook{begindocument}%
+ \@kernel at after@begindocument
% \end{macrocode}
+%
% Most of the following assignments will be done globally in case
% the user adds something like |\begin{multicols}| to the document
% hook, i.e. starts are group in |\begin{document}|.
@@ -399,13 +416,128 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\global\let\do\noexpand
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseOneTimeHook{begindocument/end}%
+% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v1.1c}{1995/12/05}{\cs{ignorespaces} added for latex/1933}
-% Use of |\AtBeginDocument| hook might mean that we are already in
+% Use of the hook might mean that we are already in
% horizontal mode, so ignore the space after |\begin{document}|.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ignorespaces}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The \hook{begindocument} hook already existed in the kernel since
+% 1994 under the name \cs{atbegindocumenthook} the
+% additional ones are originally from the \pkg{etoolbox}
+% package under the names \cs{@endpreamblehook} \cs{afterpreamble}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewHook{begindocument}
+\NewHook{begindocument/before}
+\NewHook{begindocument/end}
+% \end{macrocode}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\@kernel at after@begindocument at before,
+% \@kernel at before@begindocument,
+% \@kernel at after@begindocument}
+%
+% Above we used two kernel only hooks to be run after the public
+% \hook{begindocument/before} and after \hook{begindocument}
+% hooks.
+%
+% In \cs{@kernel at after@begindocument at before} we already place one
+% action: drop the fast execution code for the
+% \hook{env/document/begin} hook. That hook marks the end of the
+% preamble and should therefore only be run once. In a normal
+% document that is anyway the case (so the code would just sit
+% there taking up space afterwards, which these days is rather
+% harmless), however, in more complicated scenarios where several
+% full documents are combined to a single document it might get
+% applied several times with harmful effects. We therefore
+% explicitly drop it at this point. the coing is somewhat obscure
+% due to the name of the macro which requires constructing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\edef \@kernel at after@begindocument at before {%
+ \let\expandafter\noexpand\csname
+ __hook env/document/begin\endcsname
+ \noexpand\@empty}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let \@kernel at before@begindocument \@empty
+\let \@kernel at after@begindocument \@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+%
+
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2017/04/15}%
+%<latexrelease> {\document}{Save language for hyphenation}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\document{\endgroup
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\@unusedoptionlist\@empty\else
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at warning@no at line{Unused global option(s):^^J%
+%<latexrelease> \@spaces[\@unusedoptionlist]}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@colht\textheight
+%<latexrelease> \@colroom\textheight \vsize\textheight
+%<latexrelease> \columnwidth\textwidth
+%<latexrelease> \@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
+%<latexrelease> \if at twocolumn
+%<latexrelease> \advance\columnwidth -\columnsep
+%<latexrelease> \divide\columnwidth\tw@ \hsize\columnwidth \@firstcolumntrue
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \hsize\columnwidth \linewidth\hsize
+%<latexrelease> \begingroup\@floatplacement\@dblfloatplacement
+%<latexrelease> \makeatletter\let\@writefile\@gobbletwo
+%<latexrelease> \global \let \@multiplelabels \relax
+%<latexrelease> \@input{\jobname.aux}%
+%<latexrelease> \endgroup
+%<latexrelease> \if at filesw
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\openout\@mainaux\jobname.aux
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\write\@mainaux{\relax}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \process at table
+%<latexrelease> \let\glb at currsize\@empty % Force math initialization.
+%<latexrelease> \normalsize
+%<latexrelease> \everypar{}%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\normalsfcodes\@empty
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum\sfcode`\.=\@m
+%<latexrelease> \let\normalsfcodes\frenchspacing
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \let\normalsfcodes\nonfrenchspacing
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\document at default@language\m at ne
+%<latexrelease> \chardef\document at default@language\language
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@noskipsecfalse
+%<latexrelease> \let \@refundefined \relax
+%<latexrelease> \let\AtBeginDocument\@firstofone
+%<latexrelease> \@begindocumenthook
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim\topskip<1sp\global\topskip 1sp\relax\fi
+%<latexrelease> \global\@maxdepth\maxdepth
+%<latexrelease> \global\let\@begindocumenthook\@undefined
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\@listfiles\@undefined
+%<latexrelease> \global\let\@filelist\relax
+%<latexrelease> \global\let\@addtofilelist\@gobble
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \gdef\do##1{\global\let ##1\@notprerr}%
+%<latexrelease> \@preamblecmds
+%<latexrelease> \global\let \@nodocument \relax
+%<latexrelease> \global\let\do\noexpand
+%<latexrelease> \ignorespaces}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
%<latexrelease> {\document}{Save language for hyphenation}
%<latexrelease>\def\document{\endgroup
@@ -539,26 +671,14 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
-% \begin{macro}{\includeonly}
+% \begin{macro}{\include,\includeonly}
+% \changes{v0.9p}{1994/01/18}
+% {Use \cs{@input@} so include files are listed.}
% \changes{v1.0p}{1995/04/22}{Allow blanks in argument}
% \changes{v1.2a}{2019/07/01}{Support UTF-8}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</2ekernel>
-%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
-%<latexrelease> {\includeonly}{Spaces in file names}%
-\def\includeonly#1{%
- \@partswtrue
- \set at curr@file{\zap at space#1 \@empty}%
- \let\@partlist\@curr at file
- }
-\@onlypreamble\includeonly
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+% \changes{v1.2g}{2020/05/02}{Improved support for spaces in filenames
+% (gh/217)}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\include}
-% \changes{v0.9p}{1994/01/18}
-% {Use \cs{@input@} so include files are listed.}
% In the definition of |\include|, |\def\reserved at b| changed to
% |\edef\reserved at b| to be consistent with the |\edef| in
% |\includeonly|.
@@ -572,21 +692,113 @@
%
% Made |\include| check for being used inside an |\include|'d file, as
% this will not work and cause surprising results.
+% \changes{v1.2g}{2020/05/02}{Get rid of leading and trailing spaces
+% from the filename (gh/217)}
+% \changes{v1.2g}{2020-05-02}{Pass the filename to \cs{@include} by
+% value instead of by reference (gh/217)}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\includeonly}{Spaces in file names}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
\def\include#1{\relax
\ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
\@latex at error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
\else
- \set at curr@file{#1 }%
- \expandafter\@include\@curr at file
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Here the normalisation will add |.tex| for all files, (it uses the
+% the same normalisation as the hooks), so we need to remove that
+% manually. \cs{@strip at tex@ext} does that.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \set at curr@file{#1}%
+ \edef\@curr at file{\@strip at tex@ext\@curr at file}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For historical reasons \cs{@include} expects an argument
+% delimited by a space. This is kept (though uncessary now) to avoid
+% errors in other packages that use \cs{@include} directly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\@include\expandafter{\@curr at file} % deliberate space
\fi}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Here in \cs{includeonly} we also need to strip |.tex| after
+% normalisation:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\includeonly#1{%
+ \@partswtrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Because the argument to |\includeonly| is a comma-separated list
+% of filenames where there may be comma's precedeing some of the
+% filenames or trailing them. Therefore we need to take the list
+% apart, remove the unwanted spaces while leaving the spaces
+% \emph{in} the filenames intact.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@partlist\@empty
+ \@for\reserved at a:=#1 \do
+ {%
+ \expandafter\set at curr@file\expandafter{\reserved at a}%
+ \ifx\@partlist\@empty
+ \edef\@partlist{\@strip at tex@ext\@curr at file}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@partlist{\@partlist,\@strip at tex@ext\@curr at file}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }
+\@onlypreamble\includeonly
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\@strip at tex@ext,\@strip at tex@ext at aux}
+% These macros take a (\cs{detokenize}d file name and remove any
+% |.tex| extension). Extra care is taken to not remove the string
+% |.tex| from the middle of a file name: it is only removed if it's
+% the very last thing in the file name.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\reserved at a#1{%
+\def\@strip at tex@ext##1{%
+ \expandafter\@strip at tex@ext at aux
+ ##1\@nil\@nil
+ #1\@nil\relax\@nnil}
+\def\@strip at tex@ext at aux##1#1\@nil##2\@nnil{%
+ \ifx\relax##2\@empty
+ \expandafter\@cdr\expandafter\@empty\@cdr{}##1%
+ \else##1\fi}}%
+\expandafter\reserved at a
+\expandafter{\detokenize{.tex}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\includeonly}{Spaces in file names}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\includeonly#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \@partswtrue
+%<latexrelease> \set at curr@file{\zap at space#1 \@empty}%
+%<latexrelease> \let\@partlist\@curr at file
+%<latexrelease> }
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\include#1{\relax
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \set at curr@file{#1 }%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\@include\@curr at file
+%<latexrelease> \fi}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\@strip at tex@ext\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@strip at tex@ext at aux\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
%<latexrelease> {\includeonly}{Spaces in file names}%
%<latexrelease>\def\includeonly#1{%
@@ -601,14 +813,22 @@
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
-
%
% \begin{macro}{\@include}
+% \changes{v1.2g}{2020/05/02}{Support spaces in filenames by enclosing
+% the names of \texttt{.aux}-files in quotes (gh/217)}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@include}{Spaces in file names and hooks}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@include#1 {%
\clearpage
\if at filesw
- \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}%
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{"#1.aux"}}%
\fi
\@tempswatrue
\if at partsw
@@ -620,11 +840,41 @@
\if at tempswa
\let\@auxout\@partaux
\if at filesw
- \immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux
+ \immediate\openout\@partaux "#1.aux"
\immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now before going to the hooks we need to set \cs{CurrentFile}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%-----------------------------------------
+ \@filehook at set@CurrentFile
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Execute the \texttt{before} hooks just after we switched the
+% \texttt{.aux} file \ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{include/before}%
+ \UseHook{include/before/#1}%
+%-----------------------------------------
\@input@{#1.tex}%
+%-----------------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \ldots{} then \texttt{end} hooks \ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{include/end/#1}%
+ \UseHook{include/end}%
+%-----------------------------------------
\clearpage
+%-----------------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \ldots{} and after the \cs{clearpage} the \texttt{after} hooks
+% followed by another \cs{clearpage} just in case new material got
+% added (after all we need to be in well defined state after the
+% \cs{include}).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{include/after/#1}%
+ \UseHook{include/after}%
+ \clearpage
+%-----------------------------------------
\@writeckpt{#1}%
\if at filesw
\immediate\closeout\@partaux
@@ -640,7 +890,46 @@
\@nameuse{cp@#1}%
\fi
\let\@auxout\@mainaux}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@include}{Spaces in file names}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@include#1 {%
+%<latexrelease> \clearpage
+%<latexrelease> \if at filesw
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@tempswatrue
+%<latexrelease> \if at partsw
+%<latexrelease> \@tempswafalse
+%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved at b{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \@for\reserved at a:=\@partlist\do
+%<latexrelease> {\ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b\@tempswatrue\fi}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \if at tempswa
+%<latexrelease> \let\@auxout\@partaux
+%<latexrelease> \if at filesw
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@input@{#1.tex}%
+%<latexrelease> \clearpage
+%<latexrelease> \@writeckpt{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \if at filesw
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\closeout\@partaux
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \deadcycles\z@
+%<latexrelease> \@nameuse{cp@#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \let\@auxout\@mainaux}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@writeckpt}
@@ -688,7 +977,6 @@
%
%
%
-
% \begin{macro}{\@curr at file}
% \begin{macro}{\set at curr@file}
%
@@ -698,8 +986,8 @@
% the code in \texttt{utf8.def}). By setting \cs{escapchar} to
% \texttt{-1} we ensure that we don't get a backslash in front. As a
% result we end up with all characters as catcode 12 (plus
-% spaces). We then sometimes add quotes around the contruct
-% (removing any existing inner quotes. Somes we only remove the
+% spaces). We then sometimes add quotes around the construct
+% (removing any existing inner quotes. Sometimes we only remove the
% quotes if they have been supplied by the user. There is clearly
% some room for improvement.
%
@@ -716,11 +1004,11 @@
% \changes{v1.2c}{2019/10/11}{Remove one brace group}
% \changes{v1.2d}{2019/10/26}{remove quotes}
% \changes{v1.2e}{2019/11/09}{expand and \cs{string} before removing quotes}
+%
+% The definition below is from 2019 and only used during kernel
+% bootstrapping, later on in \texttt{ltfilehook.dtx} it will get
+% overwritten.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</2ekernel>
-%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
-%<latexrelease> {\set at curr@file}{Quote file names}%
\def\set at curr@file#1{%
\begingroup
\escapechar\m at ne
@@ -747,6 +1035,10 @@
% -> ""
%\end{verbatim}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\quote at name}{Quote file names}%
\def\quote at name#1{"\quote@@name#1\@gobble""}
\def\quote@@name#1"{#1\quote@@name}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -828,12 +1120,11 @@
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
-%<latexrelease> {\set at curr@file}{Quote file names}%
+%<latexrelease> {\quote at name}{Quote file names}%
%<latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\let\quote at name\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\let\quote@@name\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\let\unquote at name\@undefined
-%<latexrelease>\let\set at curr@file\@undefined
%<latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\let\IfFileExists@\@undefined
%<latexrelease>
@@ -873,26 +1164,15 @@
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\InputIfFileExists}
-% \changes{v0.9b}
-% {1993/12/04}{Macro added}
-% \changes{v0.9p}
-% {1994/01/18}{New Definition}
-% \changes{v0.3b}{1994/03/13}
-% {Use new cmd \cs{@addtofilelist}}
-% Now define |\InputIfFileExists| to input |#1| if it seems to exist.
-% Immediately prior to the input, |#2| is executed.
-% If the file |#1| does not exist, execute `|#3|'.
-% \changes{v1.0t}{1995/05/25}
-% {(CAR) added \cs{long}}
-% \changes{v1.1o}{2019/02/07}{Expand \cs{@filef at und} before executing
-% second argument (github/109)}
-% \changes{v1.2b}{2019/08/27}{Make command robust}
+%
+% Now define |\InputIfFileExists| to input |#1| if it seems to exist.
+% Immediately prior to the input, |#2| is executed.
+% If the file |#1| does not exist, execute `|#3|'.
+%
+% This here is a temporary definition for the kernel. The real one
+% comes somewhat later in the file \texttt{ltfilehook.dtx}.
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</2ekernel>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
-%<latexrelease> {\InputIfFileExists}{Don't lose the file name}%
-%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand \InputIfFileExists[2]{%
\IfFileExists{#1}%
{%
@@ -908,27 +1188,25 @@
% Swap two arguments and return them unbraced (like
% \cs{@firstoftwo} etc).
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@swaptwoargs}{Don't lose the file name}%
\long\def\@swaptwoargs#1#2{#2#1}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-%
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
-%<latexrelease> {\InputIfFileExists}{Don't lose the file name}%
-%<latexrelease>\long\def \InputIfFileExists#1#2{%
-%<latexrelease> \IfFileExists{#1}%
-%<latexrelease> {#2\@addtofilelist{#1}\@@input \@filef at und}}
-%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease> {\@swaptwoargs}{Don't lose the file name}%
%<latexrelease>\let\@swaptwoargs\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
-%
% \begin{macro}{\input}
% Input a file: if the argument is given in braces use safe input
% macros, otherwise use \TeX's primitive |\input| command (which is
@@ -943,11 +1221,14 @@
% Define |\@iinput| (i.e., |\input|) in terms of
% |\InputIfIfileExists|.
% \changes{v0.9b}{1993/12/04}{Macro reimplemented}
+%
+% Changes to \cs{@iinput}: adapt to the changes to
+% \cs{@missingfileerror}.
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
-%<latexrelease> {\@iinput}{Quote file names}%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@iinput}{Change in file error handling}%
\def\@iinput#1{%
\InputIfFileExists{#1}{}%
{\filename at parse\@curr at file
@@ -954,9 +1235,37 @@
\edef\reserved at a{\noexpand\@missingfileerror
{\filename at area\filename at base}%
{\ifx\filename at ext\relax tex\else\filename at ext\fi}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This line now just sets \cs[no-index]{@missingfile@\meta{part}}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \reserved at a
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now here we have to use it. The file here is guaranteed to exist,
+% because \cs{@missingfileerror} ensures so, but we have to use
+% \cs{InputIfFileExists} because it executes the file hooks.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\reserved at a{\noexpand\@iinput{%
+ \@missingfile at area\@missingfile at base.\@missingfile at ext}}%
\reserved at a}}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@iinput}{Quote file names}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@iinput#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \InputIfFileExists{#1}{}%
+%<latexrelease> {\filename at parse\@curr at file
+%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved at a{\noexpand\@missingfileerror
+%<latexrelease> {\filename at area\filename at base}%
+%<latexrelease> {\ifx\filename at ext\relax tex\else\filename at ext\fi}}%
+%<latexrelease> \reserved at a}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
%<latexrelease> {\@iinput}{Quote file names}%
%<latexrelease>\def\@iinput#1{%
@@ -1001,6 +1310,11 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@missingfileerror}
% This `error' command avoids \TeX's primitive missing file loop.
%
@@ -1018,7 +1332,16 @@
% {Move here from ltclass}
% \changes{v1.0w}{1995/10/06}
% {Autoload error}
+%
+% Changes to \cs{@missingfileerror}: rather than trying to input the
+% file by force, now \cs{@missingfileerror} just returns three
+% \cs[no-index]{@missingfile@\meta{part}} and the caller macro is
+% responsible for doing the right thing with it.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@missingfileerror}{Do not load missing file immediately}%
\gdef\@missingfileerror#1#2{%
\typeout{^^J! LaTeX Error: File `#1.#2' not found.^^J^^J%
Type X to quit or <RETURN> to proceed,^^J%
@@ -1027,21 +1350,75 @@
{\endlinechar\m at ne
\global\read\m at ne to\@gtempa}%
\ifx\@gtempa\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the user answers with \meta{return}, fallback to the |.tex| file
+% (previously it did nothing).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@missingfile at area\@empty
+ \let\@missingfile at base\@empty
+ \def\@missingfile at ext{tex}%
\else
- \def\reserved at a{x}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\batchmode\@@end\fi
- \def\reserved at a{X}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\batchmode\@@end\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Use \cs{batchmode}\cs{read}|-1 to |\meta{tl} to end the \TeX{} run,
+% same as \pkg{expl3} does (it was \cs{batchmode}\cs{@@end} before).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\reserved at b{\batchmode\read-1 to \reserved at a}%
+ \def\reserved at a{x}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\reserved at b\fi
+ \def\reserved at a{X}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\reserved at b\fi
\filename at parse\@gtempa
\edef\filename at ext{%
\ifx\filename at ext\relax#2\else\filename at ext\fi}%
\edef\reserved at a{%
- \noexpand\InputIfFileExists
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Only check \cs{IfFileExists} (it was \cs{InputIfFileExists}).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \noexpand\IfFileExists
{\filename at area\filename at base.\filename at ext}%
- {}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the file exists, define \cs[no-index]{@missingfile@\meta{part}}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\def\noexpand\@missingfile at area{\filename at area}%
+ \def\noexpand\@missingfile at base{\filename at base}%
+ \def\noexpand\@missingfile at ext {\filename at ext}}%
{\noexpand\@missingfileerror
{\filename at area\filename at base}{\filename at ext}}}%
\reserved at a
- \fi}
+ \fi
+}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@missingfileerror}{Do not load missing file immediately}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\gdef\@missingfileerror#1#2{%
+%<latexrelease> \typeout{^^J! LaTeX Error: File `#1.#2' not found.^^J^^J%
+%<latexrelease> Type X to quit or <RETURN> to proceed,^^J%
+%<latexrelease> or enter new name. (Default extension: #2)^^J}%
+%<latexrelease> \message{Enter file name: }%
+%<latexrelease> {\endlinechar\m at ne
+%<latexrelease> \global\read\m at ne to\@gtempa}%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\@gtempa\@empty
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \def\reserved at a{x}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\batchmode\@@end\fi
+%<latexrelease> \def\reserved at a{X}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\batchmode\@@end\fi
+%<latexrelease> \filename at parse\@gtempa
+%<latexrelease> \edef\filename at ext{%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\filename at ext\relax#2\else\filename at ext\fi}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\reserved at a{%
+%<latexrelease> \noexpand\InputIfFileExists
+%<latexrelease> {\filename at area\filename at base.\filename at ext}%
+%<latexrelease> {}%
+%<latexrelease> {\noexpand\@missingfileerror
+%<latexrelease> {\filename at area\filename at base}{\filename at ext}}}%
+%<latexrelease> \reserved at a
+%<latexrelease> \fi}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@obsoletefile}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfinal.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfinal.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfinal.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltfinal.dtx}
- [2019-10-02 v2.2 LaTeX Kernel (Final Settings)]
+ [2020-09-26 v2.2j LaTeX Kernel (Final Settings)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltfinal.dtx}
@@ -88,6 +88,7 @@
% argument.}
% \changes{v2.0r}{2016/10/15}{Require e\TeX{}}
% \changes{v2.0s}{2016/10/15}{Tidy up status of char 127}
+% \changes{v2.2i}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
%
% \subsection{Debugging}
%
@@ -460,6 +461,14 @@
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \changes{v2.2b}{2020/07/08}
+% {Add a last-minute hook for \textsf{expl3}}
+% At this stage, we can install any last-minute \textsf{expl3} set-up.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@expl at finalise@setup@@
+\def\@expl at finalise@setup@@{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% This is as good a place as any to active a few Xe\TeX{}-specific
% settings
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -582,7 +591,7 @@
% Skip this section in Unicode TeX, or if MLTeX and EncTeX are enabled.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifnum0%
- \ifx\Umathchar\@undefined\else 1\fi
+ \ifx\Umathcode\@undefined\else 1\fi
\ifx\mubyte\@undefined\else 1\fi
\ifx\charsubdef\@undefined\else 1\fi
=\z@
@@ -1044,13 +1053,8 @@
% }{}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Loading further extensions}
-%
% \changes{v2.2}{2019-10-02}{Load \textsf{ltexpl}}
-% Simply load further code: it's deliberately separate
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\input{ltexpl.ltx}
-% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v2.2a}{2020-06-04}{Load \textsf{ltexpl} in \texttt{ltdefns}}
%
% \subsection{Freeing Memory}
%
@@ -1124,24 +1128,25 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \subsection{Some last minute initializations \ldots}
%
-% This initializes the 2020/02/02 extensions to NFSS after any changes
-% in the preamble.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{\reinstall at nfss@defs\init at series@setup}
-% \end{macrocode}
%
-%
-%
% \subsection{Do some temporary work for pre-release}
%
% This is a good place to load code that hasn't yet been
% integrated into the other files \ldots
% \begin{macrocode}
-%\input ...
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \subsection{Some last minute initializations \ldots}
+%
+% Load the first aid set of definitions for external packages that await updates.
+% \changes{v2.2j}{2020/09/26}
+% {Load first aid file if existing}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@input{latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.ltx}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
% \subsection{Dumping the format}
% Finally we make |@| into a letter, ensure the format will
% be in the `normal' error mode, and dump everything into the
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%
%<*driver>
% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{ltfloat.dtx}[2015/02/21 v1.2c LaTeX Kernel (Floats)]
+\ProvidesFile{ltfloat.dtx}[2020/04/09 v1.2d LaTeX Kernel (Floats)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltfloat.dtx}
@@ -1327,13 +1327,36 @@
% always start with a font selection command, to activate the font
% size switch.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@textsuperscript}{superscript baseline}%
\def\@textsuperscript#1{%
- {\m at th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\z@#1}}}}}
+ {\m at th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\sf at size#1}}}}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@textsuperscript}{superscript baseline}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@textsuperscript#1{%
+%<latexrelease> {\m at th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\z@#1}}}}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\textsubscript}
% \changes{v1.2a}{2014/12/30}{Command added (latexrelease)}
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2020/04/09}{Set non-zero baseline (gh/249)}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}%
@@ -1345,28 +1368,55 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand*\textsubscript[1]{%
\@textsubscript{\selectfont#1}}%
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\textsubscript}{\textsubscript}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\textsubscript\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@textsubscript}
% \changes{v1.2a}{2014/12/30}{Command added (latexrelease)}
-%
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2020/04/09}{Set non-zero baseline (gh/249)}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@textsubscript}{subscript baseline}%
\def\@textsubscript#1{%
- {\m at th\ensuremath{_{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\z@#1}}}}}
+ {\m at th\ensuremath{_{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\sf at size#1}}}}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@textsubscript}{subscript baseline}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@textsubscript#1{%
+%<latexrelease> {\m at th\ensuremath{_{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\z@#1}}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
-%<latexrelease> {\textsubscript}{\textsubscript}%
-%<latexrelease>\let\textsubscript\@undefined
+%<latexrelease> {\@textsubscript}{subscript baseline}%
%<latexrelease>\let\@textsubscript\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\footnotesep}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\footnotesep
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssaxes.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssaxes.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssaxes.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%
\ProvidesFile{ltfssaxes.dtx}
- [2020/02/27 v1.0d LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Axes handing)]
+ [2020/08/21 v1.0g LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Axes handing)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\begin{document}
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\fontseriesforce}
% To change unconditionally to a new series you can use
-% \cs{fontseriesforce}. If course, if the series doesn't exist for
+% \cs{fontseriesforce}. Of course, if the series doesn't exist for
% the current family substitution still happens, but there is not
% dependency on the current series.
% \changes{v1.0c}{2020/02/10}{Switch \cs{if at forced@series} added}
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@
% \changes{v1.0d}{2020/02/27}{Drop ``m'' only in a specific set of values (gh/293)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\edef\f at series{#1}%
- \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m\expandafter{\f at series}\f at series
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\f at series\f at series
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -865,8 +865,14 @@
% \changes{v1.0d}{2020/02/27}{Drop ``m'' in certain values from a
% fixed list (gh/293)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\series at maybe@drop at one@m#1#2{%
+\def\series at maybe@drop at one@m#1{%
+ \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m at x\expandafter{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+
+\def\series at maybe@drop at one@m at x#1#2{%
+% \end{macrocode}
% The code below is an inline version of the \cs{in@} macro without
% the group, so that it works in \cs{accent}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -875,7 +881,16 @@
,ulm,elm,lm,slm,mm,sbm,bm,ebm,ubm,muc,mec,mc,msc,msx,mx,mex,mux,{}{},#1,}%
\edef\in@@{\the\series at check@toks}%
\ifx\in@@\@empty
- \def#2{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The default definition for \cs{bfdefault} etc is actually
+% \texttt{b\cs{@empty}} so that we can detect if the user has
+% changed the default. However that means a) the above test will
+% definitely fail (maybe something to change) and b) we better use
+% \cs{edef} on the next line to get rid of it as otherwise the test
+% against \verb=#2= (e.g. \cs{bfdef at ult}) will fail in other places.
+% \changes{v1.0e}{2020/05/19}{Need to use \cs{edef} (gh/336)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef#2{#1}%
\else
\edef#2{\expandafter\series at drop@one at m #1m\series at drop@one at m}%
\fi
@@ -891,7 +906,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\series at drop@one at m}
% Drop up to two \texttt{m}s but keep one if that makes the series
% value empty. Actually, with the current implementation we know
-% that there is at least one in the series value istelf and we
+% that there is at least one in the series value itself and we
% added one after it, so all we have to do is now returning
% \verb=#1#2= and dropping the rest.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -949,6 +964,7 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand\ulcshape
{\not at math@alphabet\ulcshape\relax
\fontshape\ulcdefault\selectfont}
+\let\ulcdefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\ulcdefault{ulc}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -969,6 +985,7 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand\swshape
{\not at math@alphabet\swshape\relax
\fontshape\swdefault\selectfont}
+\let\swdefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\swdefault{sw}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -992,6 +1009,7 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand\sscshape
{\not at math@alphabet\sscshape\relax
\fontshape\sscdefault\selectfont}
+\let\sscdefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\sscdefault{ssc}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1276,8 +1294,37 @@
%<latexrelease>\let\reinstall at nfss@defs\relax
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This initializes the 2020/02/02 extensions to NFSS after any changes
+% in the preamble.
+% \changes{v1.0g}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
+% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\reinstall at nfss@defs}{NFSS series init}%
+\g at addto@macro\@kernel at after@begindocument at before
+ {\reinstall at nfss@defs\init at series@setup}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% The initialization was introduced in 2020/02/02 but
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
+%<latexrelease> {\reinstall at nfss@defs}{NFSS series init}%
+%<latexrelease>\AtBeginDocument{\reinstall at nfss@defs\init at series@setup}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\reinstall at nfss@defs}{NFSS series init}%
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+%</2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \Finale
%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssbas.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssbas.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssbas.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
% \cs{reservedb} so we use that and also issue a warning.
% \begin{macrocode}
\edef\reserved at a{#3}%
- \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m\expandafter{#3}\reserved at b
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\reserved at a\reserved at b
\ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b\else
\@latex at warning{Font shape declaration has incorrect series
value `#3'.\MessageBreak It should not contain an `m'!
@@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@
% Finally, it is not possible to simply call the new definition
% since we
% have an argument (the third argument of |\use at mathgroup|
-% or more exactly the argument od |\math at egroup| if the {\ttfamily
+% or more exactly the argument of |\math at egroup| if the {\ttfamily
% margid} option is in force)
% which would swallow our closing |\fi|. So
% we use the |\expandafter| technique to remove the |\fi|
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssdcl.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssdcl.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssdcl.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
%
%
\ProvidesFile{ltfssdcl.dtx}
- [2020/01/20 v3.0t LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Declarative Interface)]
+ [2020/03/19 v3.0v LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Declarative Interface)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\begin{document}
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
% \changes{v3.0q}{2015/03/18}{Introduce \cs{e at mathgroup@top}}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}
%<latexrelease> {\document at select@group}{\document at select@group}%
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
\def\document at select@group#1#2#3#4{%
@@ -491,13 +491,54 @@
\@eha
\fi
\else \expandafter\non at alpherr\fi
- #1{#4}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the legacy interface is used, e.g., \verb=$\sf -1$= the math
+% alphabet \verb=#1= does not take an argument so we better do not
+% surround \verb=#4= with braces, because then we get
+% \verb={\relax}= into the formula and introduce an extra Ord
+% atom. The two different cases can be distinguished by looking at
+% the current value of \cs{math at bgroup}.
+% \changes{v3.0u}{2020/03/19}{fix for (gnats/3357)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter#1\ifx\math at bgroup\bgroup{#4}\else#4\fi
}%
}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}
+%<latexrelease> {\document at select@group}{\document at select@group}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\document at select@group#1#2#3#4{%
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\math at bgroup\bgroup\else\relax\expandafter\@firstofone\fi
+%<latexrelease> {%
+%<latexrelease> \ifmmode
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum\csname c at mv@\math at version\endcsname<\e at mathgroup@top
+%<latexrelease> \begingroup
+%<latexrelease> \escapechar\m at ne
+%<latexrelease> \getanddefine at fonts{\csname c at mv@\math at version\endcsname}#3%
+%<latexrelease> \globaldefs\@ne \math at fonts
+%<latexrelease> \endgroup
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\extract at alph@from at version
+%<latexrelease> \csname mv@\math at version\expandafter\endcsname
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter{\number\csname
+%<latexrelease> c at mv@\math at version\endcsname}%
+%<latexrelease> #1%
+%<latexrelease> \global\advance\csname c at mv@\math at version\endcsname\@ne
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \let#1\relax
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at error{Too many math alphabets used
+%<latexrelease> in version \math at version}%
+%<latexrelease> \@eha
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \else \expandafter\non at alpherr\fi
+%<latexrelease> #1{#4}%
+%<latexrelease> }%
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}
%<latexrelease> {\document at select@group}{\document at select@group}%
+%<latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\def\document at select@group#1#2#3#4{%
%<latexrelease> \ifx\math at bgroup\bgroup\else\relax\expandafter\@firstofone\fi
%<latexrelease> {%
@@ -582,17 +623,19 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\let\select at group\document at select@group
% \end{macrocode}
-% Install the default font attributes they are currently pointing
-% to error font shape.
+% Install the default font attributes as they are currently pointing
+% to error font face. We can speed up the process by just using
+% \cs{edef}, thereby avoiding all kind of extra processing.
% Don't use |\reset at font| since that would trigger |\selectfont|.
+% \changes{v3.0v}{2020/04/13}{Small update for speed.}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \fontencoding{\encodingdefault}%
- \fontfamily{\familydefault}%
- \fontseries{\seriesdefault}%
- \fontshape{\shapedefault}%
+ \fontencoding\encodingdefault
+ \edef\f at family{\familydefault}%
+ \edef\f at series{\seriesdefault}%
+ \edef\f at shape{\shapedefault}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% kill all macros not longer needed.
-% we need to add many more!!!!!!
+% Drop stuff not longer needed.
+% We need to add many more!!!!!!
% \begin{macrocode}
\everyjob{}%
}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssini.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssini.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssini.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
%
%
\ProvidesFile{ltfssini.dtx}
- [2020/02/18 v3.1i LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Initialisation)]
+ [2020/09/30 v3.2d LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Initialisation)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\begin{document}
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
% \DescribeMacro\DeclareFontSeriesDefault
% We now support this concept directly from within \LaTeX{} and for
% use in font packages (or the document preamble) we offer
-% \cs{DeclareSeriesDefault}. This declaration takes three
+% \cs{DeclareFontSeriesDefault}. This declaration takes three
% arguments:
% \begin{description}
% \item[document family interface:] Can either be \texttt{rm},
@@ -278,6 +278,7 @@
% The command to declare font series defaults for the ``rm'', ``sf'' or
% ``tt'' family.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\DeclareFontSeriesDefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\DeclareFontSeriesDefault[3][]{%
\def\reserved at a{#1}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -287,11 +288,19 @@
\ifx\reserved at a\@empty
\ifcsname #2series\endcsname % supported are
% \[md/bf]default
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Adding \cs{@empty} allows us to detect if the default gets
+% redefined with \cs{renewcommand} or \cs{def} by the user.
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2020/03/19}{Support legacy use of \cs{bfdefault}
+% and \cs{mddefault} (gh/306)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\def
- \csname #2default\endcsname{#3}%
+ \csname #2default\endcsname{#3\@empty}%
+ \expandafter\def
+ \csname #2default at previous\endcsname{#3\@empty}%
\else
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \changes{v3.1g}{2020/02/05}{Clarrified error text}
% \begin{macrocode}
\@latex at error{Wrong syntax for \string\DeclareFontSeriesDefault}%
@@ -379,246 +388,9 @@
-% \begin{macro}{\expand at font@defaults}
%
-% The family specific defaults are fully expanded, i.e., they are
-% defined via \cs{edef} inside \cs{DeclareFontSeriesDefault}.
-% However, the overall defaults, e.g., \cs{bfdefault} may have been
-% redefined by the user and thus may not be fully expanded. So to
-% enable reliable comparison we make expanded versions of
-% them. That we rerun each time. The alternative would be to only
-% allow for changes before begin document.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\expand at font@defaults{%
- \edef\rmdef at ult{\rmdefault}%
- \edef\sfdef at ult{\sfdefault}%
- \edef\ttdef at ult{\ttdefault}%
- \edef\bfdef at ult{\bfdefault}%
- \edef\mddef at ult{\mddefault}%
- \edef\famdef at ult{\familydefault}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \end{macro}
-
-
-
-% \begin{macro}{\bfseries}
-% This document command switches to the bold series.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\bfseries{%
- \not at math@alphabet\bfseries\mathbf
-% \end{macrocode}
-% In the original NFSS definition it then called \cs{fontseries}
-% with the value \cs{bfdefault}. In the new scheme we have more
-% alternatives and therefore check if the current family
-% (\cs{f at family}) is the current \cs{rmdef at ult}, \cs{sfdef at ult} or
-% \cs{ttdef at ult} and the select the correct family default in that case.
-% \changes{v3.1i}{2020/02/18}{Make the \cs{ifx} selection outside
-% of \cs{fontseries} argument so that it is not done several times}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expand at font@defaults
- \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at rm
- \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at sf
- \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at tt
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If not \cs{bfdefault} is used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \else \fontseries\bfdefault
- \fi\fi\fi
- \selectfont
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-
-
-% \begin{macro}{\mdseries}
-% This document command switches to the medium series.
-% \changes{v3.1i}{2020/02/18}{Make the \cs{ifx} selection outside
-% of \cs{fontseries} argument so that it is not done several times}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\mdseries{%
- \not at math@alphabet\mdseries\relax
- \expand at font@defaults
- \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at rm
- \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at sf
- \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at tt
- \else \fontseries\mddefault
- \fi\fi\fi
- \selectfont
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-
-% \begin{macro}{\rmfamily}
-% Here are the document level commands for changing the main font
-% families, or rather, here is a documented outline of the code,
-% the actual code is then streamlined and somewhat generalized.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{%
-% \not at math@alphabet\rmfamily\mathrm
-%\end{verbatim}
-% If families are changed then we have to do a bit more work.
-% In the original NFSS implementation
-% a family change kept encoding, series shape and size unchanged
-% but now we can't any
-% longer simply reuse the current series value. Instead we may have
-% to change it from one family default to the next.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \expand at font@defaults
-%\end{verbatim}
-% We have to do the testing while the current family is still
-% unchanged but we have to do the adjustment of the series after it
-% got changed (because the new family might has different sets
-% ofshapes available and we certainly don't want to see
-% substituation going on. So we use \cs{target at series@value} to
-% hold the target series (if any).
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \let\target at series@value\@empty
-%\end{verbatim}
-% Thus, if the current family is the sans family
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult
-%\end{verbatim}
-% and if we using the medium series of the sans family
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \ifx\f at series\mdseries at sf
-%\end{verbatim}
-% then lets switch to the medium series for the serif family
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \let\target at series@value\mdseries at rm
-%\end{verbatim}
-% and if we use the bold series of the sans family switch to the
-% bold default of the serif family:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \else\ifx\f at series\bfseries at sf \let\target at series@value\bfseries at rm
-%\end{verbatim}
-% However, the sans family may not have any specific defaults set,
-% so we also compare with the overall defaults.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \else\ifx\f at series\mddef at ult \let\target at series@value\mdseries at rm
-% \else\ifx\f at series\bfdef at ult \let\target at series@value\bfseries at rm
-%\end{verbatim}
-% If neither test was true we leave the series alone. This way a
-% special manual setting such as \verb=\fontseries{lc}= is not
-% undone if the family changes (of course there may not be any
-% support for it in the new family but then the NFSS
-% substitution kicks in and sorts it out).
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \fi\fi\fi\fi
%
-%\end{verbatim}
-% We need to do the same if the current family is the typewriter family:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult
-% \ifx\f at series\mdseries at tt \let\target at series@value\mdseries at rm
-% \else\ifx\f at series\bfseries at tt \let\target at series@value\bfseries at rm
-% \else\ifx\f at series\mddef at ult \let\target at series@value\mdseries at rm
-% \else\ifx\f at series\bfdef at ult \let\target at series@value\bfseries at rm
-% \fi\fi\fi\fi
-% \fi\fi
-%\end{verbatim}
-% With these preparations for series out of the way we can now
-% change the font family to \cs{rmdefault}.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \fontfamily\rmdefault
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-% If \cs{target at series@value} is still empty there is nothing more
-% to do other than selecting the new family. However, if not then
-% we should update the font series now as well. But there is one
-% further subtle issue. We may not have loaded an \texttt{.fd} file
-% for our target font family yet. In the past that was done in
-% \cs{selectfont} if necessary but since we are now doing all the
-% comparisons in \cs{fontseries} we need to make sure that the font
-% family specifications are already loaded prior to calling
-% \cs{fontseries}.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \ifx\target at series@value\@empty \else
-% \maybe at load@fontshape
-%\end{verbatim}
-% Updating the series in this case means directly changing
-% \cs{f at series} to the target value. We don't want to go through
-% \cs{fontseries} because that would apply the mappings and then
-% \texttt{bx + b} would keep \texttt{bx} instead of changing to
-% \texttt{b} as desired.
-% as
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \let\f at series\target at series@value
-% \fi
-% \selectfont}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-% So now for the real definition: most of the code above gets
-% delegated to a helper command \cs{prepare at family@series at update}
-% so that the definition becomes again fairly short. In addition we
-% add a hook, mainly for our Japanese friends so that the code can
-% be extended prior to the call to \cs{selectfont}.
-%
-% \changes{v3.1f}{2020/01/11}{Streamlined implementation with hook}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{%
- \not at math@alphabet\rmfamily\mathrm
-% \end{macrocode}
-% This holds all the code discussed above, first argument is the
-% meta family, i.e., \texttt{rm} in this case, and second argument
-% is the default family name, e.g., \texttt{cmr} indirectly
-% accessed via \cs{rmdefault}. This is calling \cs{fontfamily} and
-% if necessary \cs{fontseries} as outline above.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \prepare at family@series at update{rm}\rmdefault
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Then comes the hook code (by default a no-op) and finally the call
-% to \cs{selectfont}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@rmfamilyhook
- \selectfont}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sffamily}
-% \begin{macro}{\ttfamily}
-% The definitions for \cs{sffamily} and \cs{ttfamily} are similar,
-% the differences are only in what font families get checked.
-% \changes{v3.1f}{2020/01/11}{Streamlined implementation with hook}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\sffamily{%
- \not at math@alphabet\sffamily\mathsf
- \prepare at family@series at update{sf}\sfdefault
- \@sffamilyhook
- \selectfont}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \changes{v3.1f}{2020/01/11}{Streamlined implementation with hook}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\ttfamily{%
- \not at math@alphabet\ttfamily\mathtt
- \prepare at family@series at update{tt}\ttdefault
- \@ttfamilyhook
- \selectfont}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@rmfamilyhook}
-% \begin{macro}{\@sffamilyhook}
-% \begin{macro}{\@ttfamilyhook}
-% By default the hooks do nothing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\@rmfamilyhook\@empty
-\let\@sffamilyhook\@empty
-\let\@ttfamilyhook\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-%
% \begin{macro}{\series at change@debug}
% For debugging, but right now none of this code is extracted. The
% idea is to have a separate package with debugging code
@@ -675,7 +447,7 @@
% \begin{itemize}
% \item \cs{bfseries} is called for a family using \texttt{bx}
% (e.g., CMR)
-% \item Switch to a font family that is none of the the meta
+% \item Switch to a font family that is none of the meta
% families, e.g., via \verb=\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont=
% \item Then none of the real meta families, match but the final
% \verb=\@elt{??}= will.
@@ -718,7 +490,16 @@
\maybe at load@fontshape
%<+debug> \series at change@debug{Target series:
%<+debug> \f at series \space -> \target at series@value}%
- \let\f at series\target at series@value
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The \cs{target at series@value} may contain something like
+% \texttt{cm} (coming from a default) and so we can't directly
+% asign it to \cs{f at series} be have to drop any surplus \texttt{m}
+% first.
+% \changes{v3.1j}{2020/02/25}{Drop surplus ``m'' from
+% \cs{target at series@value} (gh/291)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \let\f at series\target at series@value
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\target at series@value\f at series
\fi
\fi
\fi
@@ -776,10 +557,30 @@
% \cs{rmfamily}. This is now covered by looping and stopping the
% loop when a match was found.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\ifx\csname mdseries@#1\endcsname\f at series
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We have to sanitize the default value first because it may
+% contain something like \texttt{mc} and that would never match
+% \cs{f at series} because there it would be called \texttt{c} with
+% the \texttt{m} dropped. It would be probably better to do that
+% differently these days, but it is hard to adjust without causing
+% a lot of issues, so we do the dropping in various places instead.
+% \changes{v3.1j}{2020/02/25}{Drop surplus ``m'' from \cs{reserved at d}
+% (gh/291)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m
+ \csname mdseries@#1\endcsname\reserved at d
+ \ifx\reserved at d\f at series
%<+debug> \series at change@debug{mdseries@#1 matched -> \reserved at b}%
\let\target at series@value\reserved at b
- \else\expandafter\ifx\csname bfseries@#1\endcsname\f at series
+ \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Again do some sanitizing.
+% \changes{v3.1j}{2020/02/25}{Drop surplus ``m'' from \cs{reserved at d}
+% (gh/291)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m
+ \csname bfseries@#1\endcsname\reserved at d
+ \ifx\reserved at d\f at series
%<+debug> \series at change@debug{bfseries@#1 matched -> \reserved at c}%
\let\target at series@value\reserved at c
\else\ifx\f at series\mddef at ult \let\target at series@value\reserved at b
@@ -823,37 +624,59 @@
% \cs{DeclareFontSeriesDefault} interface.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\bfseries at rm@kernel\bfseries at rm
- \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\rmdefault}{cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
+ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\rmdefault}%
+ {cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
\ifin@ \else \def\bfseries at rm{b}\fi\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% Same approach for \cs{bfseries at sf} and \cs{bfseries at tt}:
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\bfseries at sf@kernel\bfseries at sf
- \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\sfdefault}{cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
+ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\sfdefault}%
+ {cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
\ifin@ \else \def\bfseries at sf{b}\fi\fi
\ifx\bfseries at tt@kernel\bfseries at tt
- \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\ttdefault}{cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
+ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\ttdefault}%
+ {cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
\ifin@ \else \def\bfseries at tt{b}\fi\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
% If the document preamble has changed the \cs{familydefault} or if
-% the if the \cs{rmdefault} contains a new font family, we have to
+% the if the \cs{rmdefault} contains a new font family, we may have to
% adjust the series defaults accordingly, before starting
% typesetting.
+%
+% Similarly, if the user has changed the \cs{mddefault} or the
+% medium series for the family selected as document font we may
+% also have to adjust the \cs{seriesdefault}.
%
-% On the other hand if we still typeset in CM or LM then
-% \cs{bfdefault} is wrong since it is now saying \texttt{b} and not
-% \texttt{bx}.
-
-% To fix this we run \cs{rmfamily}, \cs{sffamily} or
-% \cs{ttfamily} depending on the situation and this will correct
-% the setup for us.
+% On the other hand if the document font is still CM or LM then
+% \cs{bfdefault} is wrong, because it is now saying \texttt{b} and not
+% \texttt{bx} as it should for such fonts.
+%
+% To fix all this we first run \cs{reset at font} (the internal kernel
+% name for \cs{normalfont}). This will set up the document encoding,
+% family, series and shape based on the current values of
+% \cs{encodingdefault}, \cs{familydefault}, \cs{seriesdefault} and
+% \cs{shapedefault}.
+% However, if the family (from \cs{familydefault}) has special medium
+% default we should switch to that (and not use what is current
+% value from \cs{seriesdefault}). This can be achieved by afterwards
+% calling \cs{mediumseries} and then changing \cs{seriesdefault} to
+% the now current series value (in \cs{f at series}).
+%
+% But what should happen if \cs{seriesdefault} got explicitly
+% changed? In that case the explicit change should surive and we
+% should not alter \cs{seriesdefault}. This is solved by comparing
+% the current value of \cs{seriesdefault} with a kernel version
+% saved in the format and if they differ we do not call
+% \cs{mdseries} or change \cs{seriesdefault}.
+% \changes{v3.1n}{2020/04/13}{Handling \cs{seriesdefault} changes (gh/315)}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \expand at font@defaults
- \ifx\famdef at ult\rmdef at ult \rmfamily
- \else\ifx\famdef at ult\sfdef at ult \sffamily
- \else\ifx\famdef at ult\ttdef at ult \ttfamily
- \fi\fi\fi
+ \reset at font
+ \ifx\seriesdefault\seriesdefault at kernel
+ \mdseries
+ \let\seriesdefault\f at series
+ \fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -893,9 +716,435 @@
%<latexrelease>\let\mdseries at rm\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\let\mdseries at sf\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\let\mdseries at tt\@undefined
-%<latexrelease>\let\expand at font@defaults\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname ver at mweights.sty\endcsname\@undefined
%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\@meta at family@list\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\prepare at family@series at update\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\update at series@target at value\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This is always called in \cs{document} so don't make it undefined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\let\init at series@setup\relax
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\bfseries}{Custom series with hooks}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\expand at font@defaults}
+% \begin{macro}{\rm at def@ult}
+% \begin{macro}{\sf at def@ult}
+% \begin{macro}{\tt at def@ult}
+% \begin{macro}{\md at def@ult}
+% \begin{macro}{\bf at def@ult}
+%
+% The family specific defaults are fully expanded, i.e., they are
+% defined via \cs{edef} inside \cs{DeclareFontSeriesDefault}.
+% However, the overall defaults, e.g., \cs{bfdefault} may have been
+% redefined by the user and thus may not be fully expanded. So to
+% enable reliable comparison we make expanded versions of
+% them. That we rerun each time. The alternative would be to only
+% allow for changes before begin document.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\expand at font@defaults{%
+ \edef\rmdef at ult{\rmdefault}%
+ \edef\sfdef at ult{\sfdefault}%
+ \edef\ttdef at ult{\ttdefault}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The series defaults may contain some surplus \texttt{m} that we
+% need to drop here.
+% \changes{v3.1j}{2020/02/25}{Drop surplus ``m'' from \cs{bfdef at ult}
+% and \cs{mddef at ult} (gh/291)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\bfdefault\bfdef at ult
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\mddefault\mddef at ult
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Formats that set up parallel fonts, e.g., for Japanese, can use
+% this hook to add additional code here.
+% \changes{v3.1m}{2020/04/06}{Hook added (gh/306)}
+% \changes{v3.2b}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{expand at font@defaults}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\bfseries}
+% This document command switches to the bold series.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\bfseries{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\bfseries\mathbf
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In the original NFSS definition it then called \cs{fontseries}
+% with the value \cs{bfdefault}. In the new scheme we have more
+% alternatives and therefore check if the current family
+% (\cs{f at family}) is the current \cs{rmdef at ult}, \cs{sfdef at ult} or
+% \cs{ttdef at ult} and the select the correct family default in that case.
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2020/02/18}{Make the \cs{ifx} selection outside
+% of \cs{fontseries} argument so that it is not done several times}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expand at font@defaults
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If \cs{bfdefault} and \cs{bfdefault at previous} are different then
+% the default got changed directly through the legacy interface
+% (i.e., via \cs{def} or \cs{renewcommand}. In that case we reset
+% all meta family defaults so that the document behaves like it was
+% the case before the new mechanism was introduced.
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2020/03/19}{Support legacy use of \cs{bfdefault}
+% and \cs{mddefault} (gh/306)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\bfdefault\bfdefault at previous\else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We add \cs{@empty} and then let \cs{bfdefault at previous} to
+% \cs{bfdefault} so that we can detect any further change.
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2020/09/30}{\cs{bfdefault at previous} not \cs{bfseries at previous}
+% (gh/395)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\bfdefault
+ \expandafter{\bfdefault\@empty}%
+ \let\bfdefault at previous\bfdefault
+% \end{macrocode}
+% And we reset the meta family defaults (\cs{bfdef at ult} is an
+% expanded version of \cs{bfdefault}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\bfseries at rm\bfdef at ult
+ \let\bfseries at sf\bfdef at ult
+ \let\bfseries at tt\bfdef at ult
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Formats that set up parallel fonts, e.g., for Japanese, can use
+% this hook to add resets here. Not that this hook is only run when
+% resets are necessary.
+% \changes{v3.1m}{2020/04/06}{Hook added (gh/306)}
+% \changes{v3.2b}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{bfseries/defaults}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at rm
+ \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at sf
+ \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at tt
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If not \cs{bfdefault} is used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \else \fontseries\bfdefault
+ \fi\fi\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This hook in contrast is always executed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{bfseries}%
+ \selectfont
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\mdseries}
+% This document command switches to the medium series.
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2020/02/18}{Make the \cs{ifx} selection outside
+% of \cs{fontseries} argument so that it is not done several times}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2020/03/19}{Support legacy use of \cs{bfdefault}
+% and \cs{mddefault} (gh/306)}
+% \changes{v3.2d}{2020/09/30}{\cs{mddefault at previous} not \cs{mdseries at previous}
+% (gh/395)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\mdseries{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\mdseries\relax
+ \expand at font@defaults
+ \ifx\mddefault\mddefault at previous\else
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\mddefault\expandafter{\mddefault\@empty}%
+ \let\mddefault at previous\mddefault
+ \let\mdseries at rm\mddef at ult
+ \let\mdseries at sf\mddef at ult
+ \let\mdseries at tt\mddef at ult
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Formats that set up parallel fonts, e.g., for Japanese, can use
+% this hook to add resets here.
+% \changes{v3.1m}{2020/04/06}{Hook added (gh/306)}
+% \changes{v3.2b}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{mdseries/defaults}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at rm
+ \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at sf
+ \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at tt
+ \else \fontseries\mddefault
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \UseHook{mdseries}%
+ \selectfont
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\rmfamily}
+% Here are the document level commands for changing the main font
+% families, or rather, here is a documented outline of the code,
+% the actual code is then streamlined and somewhat generalized.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{%
+% \not at math@alphabet\rmfamily\mathrm
+%\end{verbatim}
+% If families are changed then we have to do a bit more work.
+% In the original NFSS implementation
+% a family change kept encoding, series shape and size unchanged
+% but now we can't any
+% longer simply reuse the current series value. Instead we may have
+% to change it from one family default to the next.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \expand at font@defaults
+%\end{verbatim}
+% We have to do the testing while the current family is still
+% unchanged but we have to do the adjustment of the series after it
+% got changed (because the new family might has different sets
+% ofshapes available and we certainly don't want to see
+% substituation going on. So we use \cs{target at series@value} to
+% hold the target series (if any).
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \let\target at series@value\@empty
+%\end{verbatim}
+% Thus, if the current family is the sans family
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult
+%\end{verbatim}
+% and if we using the medium series of the sans family
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \ifx\f at series\mdseries at sf
+%\end{verbatim}
+% then lets switch to the medium series for the serif family
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \let\target at series@value\mdseries at rm
+%\end{verbatim}
+% and if we use the bold series of the sans family switch to the
+% bold default of the serif family:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \else\ifx\f at series\bfseries at sf \let\target at series@value\bfseries at rm
+%\end{verbatim}
+% However, the sans family may not have any specific defaults set,
+% so we also compare with the overall defaults.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \else\ifx\f at series\mddef at ult \let\target at series@value\mdseries at rm
+% \else\ifx\f at series\bfdef at ult \let\target at series@value\bfseries at rm
+%\end{verbatim}
+% If neither test was true we leave the series alone. This way a
+% special manual setting such as \verb=\fontseries{lc}= is not
+% undone if the family changes (of course there may not be any
+% support for it in the new family but then the NFSS
+% substitution kicks in and sorts it out).
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \fi\fi\fi\fi
+%
+%\end{verbatim}
+% We need to do the same if the current family is the typewriter family:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult
+% \ifx\f at series\mdseries at tt \let\target at series@value\mdseries at rm
+% \else\ifx\f at series\bfseries at tt \let\target at series@value\bfseries at rm
+% \else\ifx\f at series\mddef at ult \let\target at series@value\mdseries at rm
+% \else\ifx\f at series\bfdef at ult \let\target at series@value\bfseries at rm
+% \fi\fi\fi\fi
+% \fi\fi
+%\end{verbatim}
+% With these preparations for series out of the way we can now
+% change the font family to \cs{rmdefault}.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \fontfamily\rmdefault
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+% If \cs{target at series@value} is still empty there is nothing more
+% to do other than selecting the new family. However, if not then
+% we should update the font series now as well. But there is one
+% further subtle issue. We may not have loaded an \texttt{.fd} file
+% for our target font family yet. In the past that was done in
+% \cs{selectfont} if necessary but since we are now doing all the
+% comparisons in \cs{fontseries} we need to make sure that the font
+% family specifications are already loaded prior to calling
+% \cs{fontseries}.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \ifx\target at series@value\@empty \else
+% \maybe at load@fontshape
+%\end{verbatim}
+% Updating the series in this case means directly changing
+% \cs{f at series} to the target value. We don't want to go through
+% \cs{fontseries} because that would apply the mappings and then
+% \texttt{bx + b} would keep \texttt{bx} instead of changing to
+% \texttt{b} as desired.
+% as
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \let\f at series\target at series@value
+% \fi
+% \selectfont}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+% So now for the real definition: most of the code above gets
+% delegated to a helper command \cs{prepare at family@series at update}
+% so that the definition becomes again fairly short. In addition we
+% add a hook, mainly for our Japanese friends so that the code can
+% be extended prior to the call to \cs{selectfont}.
+%
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2020/01/11}{Streamlined implementation with hook}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\rmfamily\mathrm
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This holds all the code discussed above, first argument is the
+% meta family, i.e., \texttt{rm} in this case, and second argument
+% is the default family name, e.g., \texttt{cmr} indirectly
+% accessed via \cs{rmdefault}. This is calling \cs{fontfamily} and
+% if necessary \cs{fontseries} as outline above.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prepare at family@series at update{rm}\rmdefault
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then comes the hook code (by default a no-op) and finally the call
+% to \cs{selectfont}.
+% \changes{v3.2b}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{rmfamily}%
+ \selectfont}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sffamily}
+% \begin{macro}{\ttfamily}
+% The definitions for \cs{sffamily} and \cs{ttfamily} are similar,
+% the differences are only in what font families get checked.
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2020/01/11}{Streamlined implementation with hook}
+% \changes{v3.2b}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\sffamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\sffamily\mathsf
+ \prepare at family@series at update{sf}\sfdefault
+ \UseHook{sffamily}%
+ \selectfont}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2020/01/11}{Streamlined implementation with hook}
+% \changes{v3.2b}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\ttfamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\ttfamily\mathtt
+ \prepare at family@series at update{tt}\ttdefault
+ \UseHook{ttfamily}%
+ \selectfont}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{rmfamily,sffamily,ttfamily,normalfont,expand at font@defaults,
+% bfseries,bfseries/defaults,mdseries,mdseries/defaults}
+% Declare the hooks used above.
+% \changes{v3.2b}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewHook{rmfamily}
+\NewHook{sffamily}
+\NewHook{ttfamily}
+\NewHook{normalfont}
+\NewHook{expand at font@defaults}
+\NewHook{bfseries}
+\NewHook{bfseries/defaults}
+\NewHook{mdseries}
+\NewHook{mdseries/defaults}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@rmfamilyhook}
+% \begin{macro}{\@sffamilyhook}
+% \begin{macro}{\@ttfamilyhook}
+% These four hooks have legacy versions used in 2020/02/02 so we
+% should support them until they aren't any longer used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@rmfamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@sffamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@ttfamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@defaulfamilyhook\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
+%<latexrelease> {\bfseries}{Custom series with hooks}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\expand at font@defaults{%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\rmdef at ult{\rmdefault}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\sfdef at ult{\sfdefault}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\ttdef at ult{\ttdefault}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\bfdef at ult{\bfdefault}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\mddef at ult{\mddefault}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\famdef at ult{\familydefault}%
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\bfseries{%
+%<latexrelease> \not at math@alphabet\bfseries\mathbf
+%<latexrelease> \expand at font@defaults
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at rm
+%<latexrelease> \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at sf
+%<latexrelease> \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at tt
+%<latexrelease> \else \fontseries\bfdefault
+%<latexrelease> \fi\fi\fi
+%<latexrelease> \selectfont
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\mdseries{%
+%<latexrelease> \not at math@alphabet\mdseries\relax
+%<latexrelease> \expand at font@defaults
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at rm
+%<latexrelease> \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at sf
+%<latexrelease> \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at tt
+%<latexrelease> \else \fontseries\mddefault
+%<latexrelease> \fi\fi\fi
+%<latexrelease> \selectfont
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{%
+%<latexrelease> \not at math@alphabet\rmfamily\mathrm
+%<latexrelease> \prepare at family@series at update{rm}\rmdefault
+%<latexrelease> \@rmfamilyhook
+%<latexrelease> \selectfont}
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\sffamily{%
+%<latexrelease> \not at math@alphabet\sffamily\mathsf
+%<latexrelease> \prepare at family@series at update{sf}\sfdefault
+%<latexrelease> \@sffamilyhook
+%<latexrelease> \selectfont}
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\ttfamily{%
+%<latexrelease> \not at math@alphabet\ttfamily\mathtt
+%<latexrelease> \prepare at family@series at update{tt}\ttdefault
+%<latexrelease> \@ttfamilyhook
+%<latexrelease> \selectfont}
+%<latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\bfseries}{Custom series with hooks}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\expand at font@defaults\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\bfseries
%<latexrelease> {\not at math@alphabet\bfseries\mathbf
%<latexrelease> \fontseries\bfdefault\selectfont}
@@ -915,22 +1164,174 @@
%<latexrelease>\let\@rmfamilyhook\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\let\@sffamilyhook\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\let\@ttfamilyhook\@undefined
-%<latexrelease>\let\@meta at family@list\@undefined
-%<latexrelease>\let\prepare at family@series at update\@undefined
-%<latexrelease>\let\update at series@target at value\@undefined
%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
-% This is always called in \cs{document} so don't make it undefined.
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IfFontSeriesContextTF}
+%
+% With the ability for \cs{bfseries} or \cs{mdseries} to be mapped
+% to different NFSS axis values it becomes important to have the
+% ability to determine the current context as we can no longer look
+% at \cs{f at series} to answer a question such as ``am I currently
+% typsetting in a bold typeface?''
+%
+% This is provided by the test \cs{IfFontSeriesContextTF}. It takes
+% three arguments:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% The context we try to check (either \texttt{bf} for bold or
+% \texttt{md} for medium, i.e., the same that can go into the
+% first mandatory argument of \cs{DeclareFontSeriesDefault}),
+%
+% \item
+% what to do if we are in this context (true case) and
+%
+% \item
+% what to do if we are not (false case).
+% \end{itemize}
+% This allows you to define commands like \cs{IfBold}, e.g.,
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \newcommand\IfBold[2]{\IfSeriesContextTF{bf}{#1}{#2}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% and then do
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% This is \IfBold{bold}{non-bold} text.
+%\end{verbatim}
+% and get the appropriate result.
+%
+% \changes{v3.2a}{2020/05/19}{Macros added (gh/335)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<latexrelease>\let\init at series@setup\relax
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\IfFontSeriesContextTF}{Font series context}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\IfFontSeriesContextTF[1]{%
+ \expand at font@defaults
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In the beginning we haven't found the context we are loking for.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@font at series@contextfalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We store the requested context away for use in the tests.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\requested at test@context{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The next definition is there to ensure that get a final match
+% during testing
+% even if the current family is non of the meta families
+% (\texttt{rm}, \texttt{sf} or \texttt{tt}). This will then
+% basically tests if the current font family matches the overall default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\edef\csname ??def at ult\endcsname{\f at family}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then we run through the meta family list (currently containing
+% just the three values) followed by the artifical meta family
+% \texttt{??} and test each of them in turn using
+% \cs{test at font@series at context} as the testing command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@elt\test at font@series at context
+ \@meta at family@list
+ \@elt{??}%
+ \let\@elt\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Following that we evaluate the status of
+% \cs{if at font@series at context} to determine which of the remaining
+% arguments (true/false case) we have to execute.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if at font@series at context
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\test at font@series at context}
+% This tests the context (stored in \cs{requested at test@context})
+% and updates the bookean if the right context is found.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\test at font@series at context#1{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First task is to figure out whether the current family matches
+% \cs{rmfamily}, \cs{sffamily}, etc.\ so in \cs{reserved at a} we
+% store the value of \cs{rmdef at ult} (or whatever the given meta
+% family is) and compare that to \cs{f at family}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\reserved at a{\csname #1def at ult\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\f at family\reserved at a
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If they match we have found the right meta family so we don't
+% need to test any of the remaining meta family and therefore
+% change \cs{@elt} to \cs{@gobble}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@elt\@gobble
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now we have to test if \cs{f at series} matches the requested
+% context (e.g., whether \cs{bfseries at rm} has that value if the
+% current meta family is \texttt{rm} and we are looking for the
+% \texttt{bf} context).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\ifx
+ \csname\requested at test@context series@#1\endcsname\f at series
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If yes we change the boolean and are done.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@font at series@contexttrue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If not then maybe the reason is that nothing special was set up
+% for that meta family so we also check now check if \cs{f at series}
+% matches the overall default (e.g., \cs{bfdef at ult} if we are
+% looking for the bold context). If that matches we change the boolean.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx
+ \csname\requested at test@context def at ult\endcsname\f at series
+ \@font at series@contexttrue
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
+
+% \begin{macro}{\if at font@series at context}
+% The boolean to signal if we found the requested font series context.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\if at font@series at context
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\IfFontSeriesContextTF}{Font series context}%
%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\IfFontSeriesContextTF\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\test at font@series at context\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\if at font@series at context\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@font at series@contexttrue\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@font at series@contextfalse\@undefined
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
+
+
%
-%
-%
% \section{Supporting nested emphasis}
%
% By default \LaTeXe{} supports two levels of nested emphasis: if
@@ -1201,27 +1602,51 @@
\def\math at version{normal}
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsection{Miscellaneous}
+% \subsection{Legacy}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\newfont}
-% \changes{v1.2g}{1991/03/30}{Definition added.}
-% \changes{v2.2e}{1995/05/23}{Font assignment made local again.}
-% \begin{macro}{\symbol}
-% \changes{v1.2g}{1991/03/30}{Definition added.}
% We start by defining a few macros that are part of
% standard \LaTeX's user interface. The use of these functions is
% not encouraged, but they will allow to process older documents
% without changes to the source.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfont}
+% \changes{v1.2g}{1991/03/30}{Definition added.}
+% \changes{v2.2e}{1995/05/23}{Font assignment made local again.}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\newfont#1#2{\@ifdefinable#1{\font#1=#2\relax}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\symbol}
+% \changes{v1.2g}{1991/03/30}{Definition added.}
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2020/02/07}{XeTeX-specific version to avoid bug in maths mode.}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\char #1\relax}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\symbol}{XeTeX change for math}%
+\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\Ucharcat#1 12\relax}
+\else
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\char#1\relax}
+\fi
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\symbol}{XeTeX change for math}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\char#1\relax}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
+% \subsection{Miscellaneous}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@setfontsize}
% \begin{macro}{\@setsize}
% This abbreviation is used by \LaTeX's user level size changing
@@ -1344,8 +1769,14 @@
\edef\f at shape{\shapedefault}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \changes{v3.2b}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@defaultfamilyhook
+ \UseHook{normalfont}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This is the old name for the hook introduced in 2020/02/02.
+% It will be removed in one of the future releases!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@defaultfamilyhook % hookname from 2020/02 will vanish
\selectfont}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1360,7 +1791,7 @@
% By default the hooks do nothing.
% \changes{v3.1h}{2020/02/10}{Add \cs{@defaultfamilyhook} to \cs{normalfont} (gh/269)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\@defaultfamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@defaultfamilyhook\@empty %FMi sort out
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1505,6 +1936,26 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\seriesdefault}
+% \begin{macro}{\seriesdefault at kernel}
+% After \cs{seriesdefault} got defined inside \texttt{fonttext.ltx}
+% or a \texttt{.cfg} file overwriting it, we alter its value by
+% appending \cs{@empty} to it. This will vanish if expanded but
+% allows us to check if the default gets altered (even to the same
+% value) in the document preamble. All we have to do is to save the
+% current value somewhere and later compare the two. For this we
+% use \cs{seriesdefault at kernel}.
+% \changes{v3.1n}{2020/04/13}{Handling \cs{seriesdefault} changes (gh/315)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\def\expandafter\seriesdefault\expandafter{\seriesdefault\@empty}
+\let\seriesdefault at kernel\seriesdefault
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@acci}
% \begin{macro}{\@accii}
% \begin{macro}{\@acciii}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfsstrc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfsstrc.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfsstrc.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
%<package> [2019/10/11 v3.0l Standard LaTeX package (font tracing)]
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{ltfsstrc.dtx}
-% [2019/10/11 v3.0l LaTeX Kernel (NFSS tracing)]
+% [2020/02/03 v3.0l LaTeX Kernel (NFSS tracing)]
%
% \iffalse
%<+checkmem>\CHECKMEM
@@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@
% the optional argument (if present) is ignored. The font encoding
% scheme cannot be changed. Therefore, the first thing we do is to
% prepend the encoding scheme.
-% {documentation fixes}
+% \changes{v2.0b}{1992/07/26}{documentation fixes}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareSizeFunction{sub}{\sub at sfcnt\@font at warning}
\DeclareSizeFunction{ssub}{\sub at sfcnt\@font at info}
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/01}%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
%<latexrelease> {\@font at aliasinfo}{alias size function}%
\DeclareSizeFunction{alias}{\sub at sfcnt\@font at aliasinfo}
\def\@font at aliasinfo#1{%
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lthooks.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lthooks.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lthooks.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,4012 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%%
+%% File: lthooks.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach,
+%% Phelype Oleinik & LaTeX Team
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%
+%%% From File: lthooks.dtx
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\lthooksversion{v1.0b}
+\def\lthooksdate{2020/09/21}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{l3doc}
+
+% bug fix fo l3doc.cls
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_set_protected:Npn \__codedoc_macro_typeset_one:nN #1#2
+ {
+ \vbox_set:Nn \l__codedoc_macro_box
+ {
+ \vbox_unpack_drop:N \l__codedoc_macro_box
+ \hbox { \llap { \__codedoc_print_macroname:nN {#1} #2
+ \MacroFont % <----- without it the \ is in lmr10 if a link is made
+ \
+ } }
+ }
+ \int_incr:N \l__codedoc_macro_int
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{lthooks.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%
+% \fi
+%
+%
+% \long\def\fmi#1{\begin{quote}\itshape FMi: #1\end{quote}}
+% \long\def\pho#1{\begin{quote}\itshape PhO: #1\end{quote}}
+%
+% \newcommand\hook[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+%
+%
+% \title{The \texttt{lthooks} package\thanks{This package has version
+% \lthooksversion\ dated \lthooksdate, \copyright\ \LaTeX\
+% Project.}}
+%
+% \author{Frank Mittelbach\thanks{Code improvements for speed and other goodies by Phelype Oleinik}}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% Hooks are points in the code of commands or environments where it
+% is possible to add processing code into existing commands. This
+% can be done by different packages that do not know about each
+% other and to allow for hopefully safe processing it is necessary
+% to sort different chunks of code added by different packages into
+% a suitable processing order.
+%
+% This is done by the packages adding chunks of code (via
+% \cs{AddToHook}) and labeling their code with some label by
+% default using the package name as a label.
+%
+% At \verb=\begin{document}= all code for a hook is then sorted
+% according to some rules (given by \cs{DeclareHookRule}) for fast
+% execution without processing overhead. If the hook code is
+% modified afterwards (or the rules are changed),
+% a new version for fast processing is generated.
+%
+% Some hooks are used already in the preamble of the document. If
+% that happens then the hook is prepared for execution (and sorted)
+% already at that point.
+%
+%
+% \section{Package writer interface}
+%
+% The hook management system is offered as a set of CamelCase
+% commands for traditional \LaTeXe{} packages (and for use in the
+% document preamble if needed) as well as \texttt{expl3} commands
+% for modern packages, that use the L3 programming layer of
+% \LaTeX{}. Behind the scenes, a single set of data structures is
+% accessed so that packages from both worlds can coexist and access
+% hooks in other packages.
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{\LaTeXe\ interfaces}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Declaring hooks and using them in code}
+%
+% With two exceptions, hooks have to be declared before they can be
+% used. The exceptions are hooks in environments (i.e., executed at
+% \cs{begin} and \cs{end}) and hooks run when loading files,
+% e.g. before and after a package is loaded, etc. Their hook names
+% depend on the environment or the file name and so declaring them
+% beforehand is difficult.
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\NewHook}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{NewHook} \Arg{hook}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Creates a new \meta{hook}.
+% If this is a hook provided as part of a package it is suggested
+% that the \meta{hook} name is always structured as follows:
+% \meta{package-name}\texttt{/}\meta{hook-name}. If necessary you
+% can further subdivide the name by adding more \texttt{/} parts.
+% If a hook name is already taken, an error is raised and the hook
+% is not created.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} can be specified using the dot-syntax to denote
+% the current package name. See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\NewReversedHook}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{NewReversedHook} \Arg{hook}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Like \cs{NewHook} declares a new \meta{hook}.
+% the difference is that the code chunks for this hook are in
+% reverse order by default (those added last are executed first).
+% Any rules for the hook are applied after the default ordering.
+% See sections~\ref{sec:order} and \ref{sec:reversed-order}
+% for further details.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} can be specified using the dot-syntax to denote
+% the current package name. See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\NewMirroredHookPair}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{NewMirroredHookPair} \Arg{hook-1} \Arg{hook-2}
+% \end{syntax}
+% A shorthand for
+% \cs{NewHook}\Arg{hook-1}\cs{NewReversedHook}\Arg{hook-2}.
+%
+% The \meta{hooks} can be specified using the dot-syntax to denote
+% the current package name. See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\UseHook}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{UseHook} \Arg{hook}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Execute the hook code inside a command or environment.
+%
+% Before \verb=\begin{document}= the fast execution code for a hook
+% is not set up, so in order to use a hook there it is explicitly
+% initialized first. As that involves assignments using a hook at
+% those times is not 100\% the same as using it after
+% \verb=\begin{document}=.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} \emph{cannot} be specified using the dot-syntax.
+% A leading |.| is treated literally.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\UseOneTimeHook}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{UseOneTimeHook} \Arg{hook}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Some hooks are only used (and can be only used) in one place, for
+% example, those in \verb=\begin{document}= or
+% \verb=\end{document}=. Once we have passed that point adding to
+% the hook through a defined \cs{\meta{addto-cmd}} command (e.g.,
+% \cs{AddToHook} or \cs{AtBeginDocument}, etc.\@) would have no
+% effect (as would the use of such a command inside the hook code
+% itself). It is therefore customary to redefine
+% \cs{\meta{addto-cmd}} to simply process its argument, i.e.,
+% essentially make it behave like \cs{@firstofone}.
+%
+% \cs{UseOneTimeHook} does that: it records that the hook has been
+% consumed and any further attempt to add to it will result in
+% executing the code to be added immediately.
+%
+% \fmi{Maybe add an error version as well?}
+%
+% The \meta{hook} \emph{cannot} be specified using the dot-syntax.
+% A leading |.| is treated literally.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Updating code for hooks}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AddToHook}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AddToHook} \Arg{hook}\oarg{label}\Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Adds \meta{code} to the \meta{hook} labeled by \meta{label}. If
+% the optional argument \meta{label} is not provided, if \cs{AddToHook}
+% is used in a package/class, then the current
+% package/class name is used, otherwise \hook{top-level} is
+% used~(see section~\ref{sec:default-label}).
+%
+% If there already exists code under the \meta{label} then the new
+% \meta{code} is appended to the existing one (even if this is a reversed hook).
+% If you want to replace existing code under the
+% \meta{label}, first apply \cs{RemoveFromHook}.
+%
+% The hook doesn't have to exist for code to be added to
+% it. However, if it is not declared later then obviously the
+% added \meta{code} will never be executed. This
+% allows for hooks to work regardless of package loading order and
+% enables packages to add to hook of other packages without
+% worrying whether they are actually used in the current document.
+% See section~\ref{sec:querying}.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} and \meta{label} can be specified using the
+% dot-syntax to denote the current package name.
+% See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\RemoveFromHook}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{RemoveFromHook} \Arg{hook}\oarg{label}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Removes any code labeled by \meta{label} from the \meta{hook}.
+% If the optional
+% argument \meta{label} is not provided, if \cs{AddToHook}
+% is used in a package/class, then the current
+% package/class name is used, otherwise \hook{top-level} is used.
+%
+% If the optional argument is \texttt{*}, then all code chunks are
+% removed. This is rather dangerous as it drops code from other
+% packages one may not know about!
+%
+% The \meta{hook} and \meta{label} can be specified using the
+% dot-syntax to denote the current package name.
+% See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% In contrast to the \texttt{voids} relationship between two labels
+% in a \cs{DeclareHookrule} this is a destructive operation as the
+% labeled code is removed from the hook data structure, whereas the
+% relationship setting can be undone by providing a different
+% relationship later.
+%
+% A useful application for this declaration inside the document body
+% is when one wants to temporarily add code to hooks and later remove
+% it again, e.g.,
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \AddToHook{env/quote/before}{\small}
+% \begin{quote}
+% A quote set in a smaller typeface
+% \end{quote}
+% ...
+% \RemoveFromHook{env/quote/before}
+% ... now back to normal for further quotes
+%\end{verbatim}
+% Note that you can't cancel the setting with
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \AddToHook{env/quote/before}{}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% because that only \enquote{adds} a further empty chunk of code to
+% the hook. Adding \cs{normalsize} would work but that means the hook
+% then contained \cs{small}\cs{normalsize} which means to font size
+% changes for no good reason.
+%
+% The above is only needed if one wants to typeset several quotes in a
+% smaller typeface. If the hook is only needed once then
+% \cs{AddToHookNext} is simpler, because it resets itself after one use.
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AddToHookNext}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AddToHookNext} \Arg{hook}\Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Adds \meta{code} to the next invocation of the \meta{hook}.
+% The code is executed after the normal hook code has finished and
+% it is executed only once, i.e. it is deleted after it was used.
+%
+% Using the declaration is a global operation, i.e., the code is
+% not lost, even if the declaration is used inside a group and the
+% next invocation happens after the group. If the declaration is
+% used several times before the hook is executed then all code is
+% executed in the order in which it was declared.\footnotemark
+%
+% It is possible to nest declarations using the same hook (or
+% different hooks), e.g.,
+% \begin{quote}
+% \cs{AddToHookNext}\Arg{hook}\verb={=\meta{code-1}^^A
+% \cs{AddToHookNext}\Arg{hook}\Arg{code-2}\verb=}=
+% \end{quote}
+% will execute \meta{code-1} next time the \meta{hook} is used and at
+% that point puts \meta{code-2} into the \meta{hook} so that it gets
+% executed on following time the hook is run.
+%
+% A hook doesn't have to exist for code to be added to it. This
+% allows for hooks to work regardless of package loading
+% order.
+% See section~\ref{sec:querying}.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} can be specified using the dot-syntax to denote
+% the current package name. See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}\footnotetext{There is
+% no mechanism to reorder such code chunks (or delete them).}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Hook names and default labels}
+% \label{sec:default-label}
+%
+% It is best practice to use \cs{AddToHook} in packages or classes
+% \emph{without specifying a \meta{label}} because then the package
+% or class name is automatically used, which is helpful if rules are
+% needed, and avoids mistyping the \meta{label}.
+%
+% Using an explicit \meta{label} is only necessary in very specific
+% situations, e.g., if you want to add several chunks of code into a
+% single hook and have them placed in different parts of the hook
+% (by providing some rules).
+%
+% The other case is when you develop a larger package with several
+% sub-packages. In that case you may want to use the same
+% \meta{label} throughout the sub-packages in order to avoid
+% that the labels change if you internally reorganize your code.
+%
+% Except for \cs{UseHook}, \cs{UseOneTimeHook}, \cs{IfHookEmptyTF}, and
+% \cs{IfHookExistsTF} (and their \pkg{expl3} interfaces \cs{hook_use:n},
+% \cs{hook_use_once:n}, \cs{hook_if_empty:nTF}, and
+% \cs{hook_if_exist:nTF}), all \meta{hook}
+% and \meta{label} arguments are processed in the same way: first,
+% spaces are trimmed around the argument, then it is fully expanded
+% until only character tokens remain. If the full expansion of the
+% \meta{hook} or \meta{label} contains a non-expandable non-character
+% token, a low-level \TeX{} error is raised (namely, the \meta{hook} is
+% expanded using \TeX's \cs{csname}\ldots\cs{endcsname}, as such,
+% Unicode characters are allowed in \meta{hook} and \meta{label}
+% arguments). The arguments of \cs{UseHook} and \cs{UseOneTimeHook} are
+% processed much in the same way except that spaces are not trimmed
+% around the argument, for better performance.
+%
+% It is not enforced, but highly recommended that the hooks defined by
+% a package, and the \meta{labels} used to add code to other hooks
+% contain the package name to easily identify the source of the code
+% chunk and to prevent clashes. This should be the standard practice,
+% so this hook management code provides a shortcut to refer to the
+% current package in the name of a \meta{hook} and in a \meta{label}.
+% If \meta{hook} name or \meta{label} consist just of a single dot
+% (|.|), or starts with a dot followed by a slash (|./|) then the dot
+% denotes the \meta{default label} (usually the current package or class
+% name---see~\cs{DeclareDefaultHookLabel}).
+% A \enquote{|.|} or \enquote{|./|} anywhere else in a \meta{hook} or in
+% \meta{label} is treated literally and is not replaced.
+%
+% For example,
+% inside the package \texttt{mypackage.sty}, the default label is
+% \texttt{mypackage}, so the instructions:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \NewHook {./hook}
+% \AddToHook {./hook}[.]{code} % Same as \AddToHook{./hook}{code}
+% \AddToHook {./hook}[./sub]{code}
+% \DeclareHookRule{begindocument}{.}{before}{babel}
+% \AddToHook {file/after/foo.tex}{code}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% are equivalent to:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \NewHook {mypackage/hook}
+% \AddToHook {mypackage/hook}[mypackage]{code}
+% \AddToHook {mypackage/hook}[mypackage/sub]{code}
+% \DeclareHookRule{begindocument}{mypackage}{before}{babel}
+% \AddToHook {file/after/foo.tex}{code} % unchanged
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% The \meta{default label} is automatically set to the name of the
+% current package or class (using \cs{@currname}). If \cs{@currname}
+% is not set (because the hook command is used outside of a package, or
+% the current file wasn't loaded with \cs{usepackage} or
+% \cs{documentclass}), then the \texttt{top-level} is used as the
+% \meta{default label}.
+%
+% This syntax is available in all \meta{label} arguments and most
+% \meta{hook}, both in the \LaTeXe{} interface, and the \LaTeX3
+% interface described in section~\ref{sec:l3hook-interface}.
+%
+% Note, however, that the replacement of |.| by the \meta{default label}
+% takes place when the hook command is executed, so actions that are
+% somehow executed after the package ends will have the wrong
+% \meta{default label} if the dot-syntax is used. For that reason,
+% this syntax is not available in \cs{UseHook} (and \cs{hook_use:n})
+% because the hook is most of the time used outside of the package file
+% in which it was defined. This syntax is also not available in the hook
+% conditionals \cs{IfHookEmptyTF} (and \cs{hook_if_empty:nTF}) and
+% \cs{IfHookExistsTF} (and \cs{hook_if_exist:nTF}) because these
+% conditionals are used in some performance-critical parts of the hook
+% management code, and because they are usually used to refer to other
+% package's hooks, so the dot-syntax doesn't make much sense.
+%
+% In some cases, for example in large packages, one may want to separate
+% it in logical parts, but still use the main package name as
+% \meta{label}, then the \meta{default label} can be set using
+% \cs{DeclareDefaultHookLabel}:
+%
+% \begin{function}{\DeclareDefaultHookLabel}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{DeclareDefaultHookLabel} \Arg{default label}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Sets the \meta{default label} to be used in \meta{label} arguments.
+% If \cs{DeclareDefaultHookLabel} is not used in the
+% current package, \cs{@currname} is used instead. If \cs{@currname}
+% is not set, the code is assumed to be in the main document, in which
+% case \texttt{top-level} is used.
+%
+% The effect of \cs{DeclareDefaultHookLabel} holds for the current
+% file, and is reset to the previous value when the file is closed.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Defining relations between hook code}
+%
+% The default assumption is that code added to hooks by different
+% packages is independent and the order in which it is executed is
+% irrelevant. While this is true in many case it is obviously false
+% in many others.
+%
+% Before the hook management system was introduced
+% packages had to take elaborate precaution to determine of some other
+% package got loaded as well (before or after) and find some ways to
+% alter its behavior accordingly. In addition is was often the user's
+% responsibility to load packages in the right order so that code
+% added to hooks got added in the right order and some cases even
+% altering the loading order wouldn't resolve the conflicts.
+%
+% With the new hook management system it is now possible to define
+% rules (i.e., relationships) between code chunks added by different
+% packages and explicitly describe in which order they should be
+% processed.
+%
+% \begin{function}{\DeclareHookRule}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{DeclareHookRule} \Arg{hook}\Arg{label1}\Arg{relation}\Arg{label2}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Defines a relation between \meta{label1} and \meta{label2} for a
+% given \meta{hook}. If \meta{hook} is \texttt{??} this defines a default
+% relation for all hooks that use the two labels, i.e., that have
+% chunks of code labeled with \meta{label1} and \meta{label2}.
+% Rules specific to a given hook take precedence over default
+% rules that use \texttt{??} as the \meta{hook}.
+%
+% Currently, the supported relations are the following:
+% \begin{itemize}
+%
+% \item[\texttt{before} or \texttt{\string<}]
+%
+% Code for \meta{label1} comes before code for \meta{label2}.
+%
+% \item[\texttt{after} or \texttt{\string>}]
+% Code for \meta{label1} comes after code for \meta{label2}.
+%
+% \item[\texttt{incompatible-warning}]
+%
+% Only code for either \meta{label1} or \meta{label2} can appear
+% for that hook (a way to say that two packages---or parts of
+% them---are incompatible). A warning is raised if both labels
+% appear in the same hook.
+%
+% \item[\texttt{incompatible-error}]
+%
+% Like \texttt{incompatible-error} but instead of a warning a
+% \LaTeX{} error is raised, and the code for both labels are
+% dropped from that hook until the conflict is resolved.
+%
+% \item[\texttt{voids}]
+%
+% Code for \meta{label1} overwrites code for \meta{label2}. More
+% precisely, code for \meta{label2} is dropped for that
+% hook. This can be used, for example if one package is a
+% superset in functionality of another one and therefore wants to
+% undo code in some hook and replace it with its own version.
+%
+% \item[\texttt{unrelated}]
+%
+% The order of code for \meta{label1} and \meta{label2} is
+% irrelevant. This rule is there to undo an incorrect rule
+% specified earlier.
+%
+% \end{itemize}
+% There can only be a single relation between two labels for a
+% given hook,
+% i.e., a later \cs{DeclareHookrule} overwrites any previous
+% delcaration.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} and \meta{label} can be specified using the
+% dot-syntax to denote the current package name.
+% See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+%
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\ClearHookRule}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{ClearHookRule}\Arg{hook}\Arg{label1}\Arg{label2}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Syntactic sugar for saying that \meta{label1} and \meta{label2}
+% are unrelated for the given \meta{hook}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\DeclareDefaultHookRule}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{DeclareDefaultHookRule}\Arg{label1}\Arg{relation}\Arg{label2}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This sets up a relation between \meta{label1} and \meta{label2}
+% for all hooks unless overwritten by a specific rule for a hook.
+% Useful for cases where one package has a specific relation to
+% some other package, e.g., is \texttt{incompatible} or always
+% needs a special ordering \texttt{before} or \texttt{after}.
+% (Technically it is just a shorthand for using \cs{DeclareHookRule}
+% with \texttt{??} as the hook name.)
+%
+% Declaring default rules is only supported in the document
+% preamble.\footnotemark{}
+%
+% The \meta{label} can be specified using the dot-syntax to denote
+% the current package name. See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}\footnotetext{Trying to do so, e.g., via
+% \cs{DeclareHookRule} with \texttt{??} has bad side-effects and
+% is not supported (though not explicitly caught for performance
+% reasons).}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Querying hooks}
+% \label{sec:querying}
+%
+% Simpler data types, like token lists, have three possible states; they
+% can:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item exist and be empty;
+% \item exist and be non-empty; and
+% \item not exist (in which case emptiness doesn't apply);
+% \end{itemize}
+% Hooks are a bit more complicated: they have four possible states.
+% A hook may exist or not, and either way it may or may not be empty.
+% This means that even a hook that doesn't exist may be non-empty.
+%
+% This seemingly strange state may happen when, for example, package~$A$
+% defines hook \hook{A/foo}, and package $B$ adds some code to that
+% hook. However, a document may load package $B$ before package $A$, or
+% may not load package $A$ at all. In both cases some code is added to
+% hook \hook{A/foo} without that hook being defined yet, thus that
+% hook is said to be non-empty, whereas it doesn't exist. Therefore,
+% querying the existence of a hook doesn't imply its emptiness, neither
+% does the other way around.
+%
+% A hook is said to be empty when no code was added to it, either to
+% its permanent code pool, or to its ``next'' token list. The hook
+% doesn't need to be declared to have code added to its code pool.
+% A hook is said to exist when it was declared with \cs{NewHook} or
+% some variant thereof.
+%
+% \begin{function}[EXP]{\IfHookEmptyTF}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{IfHookEmptyTF} \Arg{hook} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests if the \meta{hook} is empty (\emph{i.e.}, no code was added to
+% it using either \cs{AddToHook} or \cs{AddToHookNext}), and
+% branches to either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} depending
+% on the result.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} \emph{cannot} be specified using the dot-syntax.
+% A leading |.| is treated literally.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[EXP]{\IfHookExistsTF}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{IfHookExistsTF} \Arg{hook} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests if the \meta{hook} exists (if it was created with either
+% \cs{NewHook}, \cs{NewReversedHook}, or \cs{NewMirroredHookPair}), and
+% branches to either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} depending
+% on the result.
+%
+% The existence of a hook usually doesn't mean much from the viewpoint
+% of code that tries to add/remove code from that hook, since package
+% loading order may vary, thus the creation of hooks is asynchronous
+% to adding and removing code from it, so this test should be used
+% sparingly.
+%
+% Generic hooks are declared at the time code is added to them, so the
+% result of \cs{hook_if_exist:n} will change once code is added to
+% said hook (unless the hook was previously declared).
+%
+% The \meta{hook} \emph{cannot} be specified using the dot-syntax.
+% A leading |.| is treated literally.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \fmi{Would be helpful if we provide some use cases}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Displaying hook code}
+%
+% If one has to adjust the code execution in a hook using a hook
+% rule it is helpful to get some information about the code
+% associated with a hook, its current order and the existing rules.
+%
+% \begin{function}{\ShowHook,\LogHook}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{ShowHook} \Arg{hook}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Displays information about the \meta{hook} such as
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% the code chunks (and their labels) added to it,
+% \item
+% any rules set up to order them,
+% \item
+% the computed order in which the chunks are executed,
+% \item
+% any code executed on the next invocation only.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \cs{LogHook} prints the information to the |.log| file, and
+% \cs{ShowHook} prints them to the terminal/command window and starts
+% \TeX's prompt (only if \cs{errorstopmode}) to wait for user action.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} can be specified using the dot-syntax to denote
+% the current package name. See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Debugging hook code}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\DebugHooksOn,\DebugHooksOff}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{DebugHooksOn}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Turn the debugging of hook code on or off. This displays changes
+% made to the hook data structures. The output is rather coarse and
+% not really intended for normal use.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{L3 programming layer (\texttt{expl3}) interfaces}
+% \label{sec:l3hook-interface}
+%
+%
+% This is a quick summary of the \LaTeX3 programming interfaces for
+% use with packages written in \texttt{expl3}. In contrast to the
+% \LaTeXe{} interfaces they always use mandatory arguments only, e.g.,
+% you always have to specify the \meta{label} for a code chunk. We
+% therefore suggest to use the declarations discussed in the previous
+% section even in \texttt{expl3} packages, but the choice is yours.
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}
+% {\hook_new:n,\hook_new_reversed:n,\hook_new_pair:nn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_new:n}\Arg{hook}
+% \cs{hook_new_pair:nn}\Arg{hook-1}\Arg{hook-2}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Creates a new \meta{hook} with normal or reverse ordering of code
+% chunks. \cs{hook_new_pair:nn} creates a pair of such hooks with
+% \Arg{hook-2} being a reversed hook.
+% If a hook name is already taken, an error is raised and the hook
+% is not created.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} can be specified using the dot-syntax to denote
+% the current package name. See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\hook_use:n}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_use:n} \Arg{hook}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Executes the \Arg{hook} code followed (if set up) by the code for next
+% invocation only, then empties that next invocation code.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} \emph{cannot} be specified using the dot-syntax.
+% A leading |.| is treated literally.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\hook_use_once:n}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_use_once:n} \Arg{hook}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Changes the \Arg{hook} status so that from now on any addition to
+% the hook code is executed immediately. Then execute any
+% \Arg{hook} code already set up.
+% \fmi{better L3 name?}
+%
+% The \meta{hook} \emph{cannot} be specified using the dot-syntax.
+% A leading |.| is treated literally.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\hook_gput_code:nnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_gput_code:nnn} \Arg{hook} \Arg{label} \Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Adds a chunk of \meta{code} to the \meta{hook} labeled
+% \meta{label}. If the label already exists the \meta{code} is
+% appended to the already existing code.
+%
+% If code is added to an external \meta{hook} (of the kernel or
+% another package) then the convention is to use the package name
+% as the \meta{label} not some internal module name or some other
+% arbitrary string.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} and \meta{label} can be specified using the
+% dot-syntax to denote the current package name.
+% See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}
+% {\hook_gput_next_code:nn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_gput_next_code:nn} \Arg{hook} \Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Adds a chunk of \meta{code} for use only in the next invocation of the
+% \meta{hook}. Once used it is gone.
+%
+% This is simpler than \cs{hook_gput_code:nnn}, the code is simply
+% appended to the hook in the order of declaration at the very end,
+% i.e., after all standard code for the hook got executed.
+%
+% Thus if one needs to undo what the standard does one has to do
+% that as part of \meta{code}.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} can be specified using the dot-syntax to denote
+% the current package name. See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\hook_gremove_code:nn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_gremove_code:nn} \Arg{hook} \Arg{label}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Removes any code for \meta{hook} labeled \meta{label}.
+%
+% If the code for that \meta{label} wasn't yet added to the
+% \meta{hook}, an order is set so that when some code attempts to add
+% that label, the removal order takes action and the code is not
+% added.
+%
+% If the second argument is \texttt{*}, then all code chunks are
+% removed. This is rather dangerous as it drops code from other
+% packages one may not know about, so think twice before using
+% that!
+%
+% The \meta{hook} and \meta{label} can be specified using the
+% dot-syntax to denote the current package name.
+% See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\hook_gset_rule:nnnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_gset_rule:nnnn} \Arg{hook} \Arg{label1} \Arg{relation} \Arg{label2}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Relate \meta{label1} with \meta{label2} when used in \meta{hook}.
+% See \cs{DeclareHookRule} for the allowed \meta{relation}s.
+% If \meta{hook} is \texttt{??} a default rule is specified.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} and \meta{label} can be specified using the
+% dot-syntax to denote the current package name.
+% See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% The dot-syntax is parsed in both \meta{label} arguments, but it
+% usually makes sense to be used in only one of them.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[pTF]{\hook_if_empty:n}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_if_empty:nTF} \Arg{hook} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests if the \meta{hook} is empty (\emph{i.e.}, no code was added to
+% it using either \cs{AddToHook} or \cs{AddToHookNext}), and
+% branches to either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} depending
+% on the result.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} \emph{cannot} be specified using the dot-syntax.
+% A leading |.| is treated literally.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[pTF]{\hook_if_exist:n}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_if_exist:nTF} \Arg{hook} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests if the \meta{hook} exists (if it was created with either
+% \cs{NewHook}, \cs{NewReversedHook}, or \cs{NewMirroredHookPair}), and
+% branches to either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} depending
+% on the result.
+%
+% The existence of a hook usually doesn't mean much from the viewpoint
+% of code that tries to add/remove code from that hook, since package
+% loading order may vary, thus the creation of hooks is asynchronous
+% to adding and removing code from it, so this test should be used
+% sparingly.
+%
+% Generic hooks are declared at the time code is added to them, so the
+% result of \cs{hook_if_exist:n} will change once code is added to
+% said hook (unless the hook was previously declared).
+%
+% The \meta{hook} \emph{cannot} be specified using the dot-syntax.
+% A leading |.| is treated literally.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\hook_show:n,\hook_log:n}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_show:n} \Arg{hook}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Displays information about the \meta{hook} such as
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% the code chunks (and their labels) added to it,
+% \item
+% any rules set up to order them,
+% \item
+% the computed order in which the chunks are executed,
+% \item
+% any code executed on the next invocation only.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \cs{hook_log:n} prints the information to the |.log| file, and
+% \cs{hook_show:n} prints them to the terminal/command window and starts
+% \TeX's prompt (only if \cs{errorstopmode}) to wait for user action.
+%
+% The \meta{hook} can be specified using the dot-syntax to denote
+% the current package name. See section~\ref{sec:default-label}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\hook_debug_on:,\hook_debug_off:}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hook_debug_on:}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Turns the debugging of hook code on or off. This displays changes
+% to the hook data.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{On the order of hook code execution} \label{sec:order}
+%
+% Chunks of code for a \meta{hook} under different labels are supposed
+% to be independent if there are no special rules set up that
+% define a relation between the chunks. This means that you can't
+% make assumptions about the order of execution!
+%
+% Suppose you have the following declarations:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \NewHook{myhook}
+% \AddToHook{myhook}[packageA]{\typeout{A}}
+% \AddToHook{myhook}[packageB]{\typeout{B}}
+% \AddToHook{myhook}[packageC]{\typeout{C}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% then executing the hook with \cs{UseHook} will produce the
+% typeout \texttt{A} \texttt{B} \texttt{C} in that order. In other
+% words, the execution order is computed to be \texttt{packageA},
+% \texttt{packageB}, \texttt{packageC} which you can verify with
+% \cs{ShowHook}\texttt{\{myhook\}}:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% The hook 'myhook':
+% Code chunks:
+% packageA -> \typeout {A}
+% packageB -> \typeout {B}
+% packageC -> \typeout {C}
+% Extra code next invocation:
+% ---
+% Rules:
+% ---
+% Execution order:
+% packageA, packageB, packageC
+%\end{verbatim}
+% The reason is that the code chunks are internally saved in a property list
+% and the initial order of such a property list is the order in
+% which key-value pairs got added. However, that is only true if
+% nothing other than adding happens!
+%
+% Suppose, or example, you want to replace the code chunk for
+% \texttt{packageA}, e.g.,
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \RemoveFromHook{myhook}[packageA]
+% \AddToHook{myhook}[packageA]{\typeout{A alt}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% then your order becomes \texttt{packageB},
+% \texttt{packageC}, \texttt{packageA} because the label got removed
+% from the property list and then re-added (at its end).
+%
+% While that may not be too surprising, the execution order is
+% also sometimes altered if you add a redundant rule, e.g. if you specify
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \DeclareHookRule{myhook}{packageA}{before}{packageB}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% instead of the previous lines we get
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% The hook 'myhook':
+% Code chunks:
+% packageA -> \typeout {A}
+% packageB -> \typeout {B}
+% packageC -> \typeout {C}
+% Extra code next invocation:
+% ---
+% Rules:
+% packageA|packageB with relation before
+% Execution order (after applying rules):
+% packageA, packageC, packageB
+%\end{verbatim}
+% As you can see the code chunks are still in the same order, but
+% in the execution order for the labels \texttt{packageB} and
+% \texttt{packageC} have
+% swapped places.
+% The reason is that, with the rule there are two orders that
+% satisfy it, and the algorithm for sorting happened to pick a
+% different one compared to the case without rules (where it
+% doesn't run at all as there is nothing to resolve).
+% Incidentally, if we had instead specified the redundant rule
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \DeclareHookRule{myhook}{packageB}{before}{label-3}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% the execution order would not have changed.
+%
+% In summary: it is not possible to rely on the order of execution
+% unless there are rules that partially or fully define the order
+% (in which you can rely on them being fulfilled).
+%
+%
+% \subsection{The use of \enquote{reversed} hooks} \label{sec:reversed-order}
+%
+% You may have wondered why you can declare a \enquote{reversed} hook
+% with \cs{NewReversedHook} and what that does exactly.
+%
+% In short: the execution order of a reversed hook (without any
+% rules!) is exactly reversed to the order you would have gotten for
+% a hook declared with \cs{NewHook}.
+%
+% This is helpful if you have a pair of hooks where you expect to see
+% code added that involves grouping, e.g., starting an environment
+% in the first and closing that environment in the second hook.
+% To give a somewhat contrived example\footnote{there are simpler
+% ways to achieve the same effect.}, suppose there is a package
+% adding the following:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \AddToHook{env/quote/before}[package-1]{\begin{itshape}}
+% \AddToHook{env/quote/after} [package-1]{\end{itshape}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% As a result, all quotes will be in italics.
+% Now suppose further that the user wants the quotes also in blue
+% and therefore adds:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \usepackage{color}
+% \AddToHook{env/quote/before}{\begin{color}{blue}}
+% \AddToHook{env/quote/after} {\end{color}}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% Now if the \hook{env/quote/after} hook would be a normal hook we
+% would get the same execution order in both hooks, namely:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% package-1, top-level
+%\end{verbatim}
+% (or vice versa) and as a result, would get:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \begin{itshape}\begin{color}{blue} ...
+% \end{itshape}\end{color}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% and an error message that \verb=\begin{color}= ended by
+% \verb=\end{itshape}=.
+% With \hook{env/quote/after} declared as a reversed hook the
+% execution order is reversed and so all environments are closed in
+% the correct sequence and \cs{ShowHook} would give us the
+% following output:
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% The hook 'env/quote/after':
+% Code chunks:
+% package-1 -> \end {itshape}
+% top-level -> \end {color}
+% Extra code next invocation:
+% ---
+% Rules:
+% ---
+% Execution order (after reversal):
+% top-level, package-1
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+% The reversal of the execution order happens before applying any
+% rules, so if you alter the order you will probably have to alter
+% it in both hooks, not just in one, but that depends on the use case.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Difference between \enquote{normal} and
+% \enquote{one-time} hooks}
+%
+% When executing a hook a developer has the choice of using
+% either \cs{UseHook} or \cs{UseOneTimeHook} (or their \pkg{expl3}
+% equivalents \cs{hook_use:n} and \cs{hook_use_once:n}).
+% This choice affects how \cs{AddToHook} is handled after the hook
+% has been executed for the first time.
+%
+% With normal hooks adding code via \cs{AddToHook} means that the
+% code chunk is added to the hook data structure and then used each time
+% \cs{UseHook} is called.
+%
+% With one-time hooks it this is handled slightly differently:
+% After \cs{UseOneTimeHook} has been called, any further attempts to
+% add code to the hook via \cs{AddToHook} will simply execute the
+% \meta{code} immediately.
+%
+% This has some consequences one needs to be aware of:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+%
+% If \meta{code} is added to a normal hook after the hook was
+% executed and it is never executed again for one or the other
+% reason, then this new \meta{code} will never be executed.
+%
+% \item
+%
+% In contrast if that happens with a one-time hook the \meta{code} is
+% executed immediately.
+%
+% \end{itemize}
+% In particular this means that construct such as
+%\begin{quote}
+% \cs{AddToHook}\verb={myhook}=\\
+% \phantom{\cs{AddToHook}}\verb={= \meta{code-1}
+% \cs{AddToHook}\verb={myhook}=\Arg{code-2}
+% \meta{code-3} \verb=}=
+%\end{quote}
+% works for one-time hooks\footnote{This is sometimes used with
+% \cs{AtBeginDocument} which is why it is supported.} (all three
+% code chunks are executed one after another), but it makes little
+% sense with a normal hook, because with a normal hook the first time
+% \verb=\UseHook{myhook}= is executed it would
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% execute \meta{code-1},
+% \item
+% then execute \verb=\AddToHook{myhook}{code-2}= which adds the
+% code chunk \meta{code-2} to the hook for use on the next invocation,
+% \item
+% and finally execute \meta{code-3}.
+% \end{itemize}
+% The second time \cs{UseHook} is called it would execute the
+% above and in addition \meta{code-2} as that was added as a code
+% chunk to the hook in the meantime. So each time the hook is used
+% another copy of \meta{code-2} is added and so that code chunk
+% is executed $\meta{\# of invocations} -1$ times.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Private \LaTeX{} kernel hooks}
+%
+% There are a few places where it is absolutely essential for
+% \LaTeX{} to function correctly that code is executed in a precisely
+% defined order. Even that could have been implemented with the
+% hook management (by adding various rules to ensure the
+% appropriate ordering with respect to other code added by
+% packages). However, this makes every document unnecessary
+% slow, because there has to be sorting even through the result is
+% predetermined. Furthermore it forces package writers to
+% unnecessarily add such rules if they add further code to the hook
+% (or break \LaTeX{}).
+%
+% For that reason such code is not using the hook management, but
+% instead private kernel commands directly before or after a public
+% hook with the following naming
+% convention: \cs{@kernel at before@\meta{hookname}} or
+% \cs{@kernel at after@\meta{hookname}}. For example, in
+% \cs{enddocument} you find
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \UseHook{enddocument}%
+% \@kernel at after@enddocument
+%\end{verbatim}
+% which means first the user/package-accessible \hook{enddocument}
+% hook is executed and then the internal kernel hook. As their name
+% indicates these kernel commands should not be altered by third-party
+% packages, so please refrain from that in the interest of
+% stability and instead use the public hook next to it.\footnote{As
+% with everything in \TeX{} there is not enforcement of this rule,
+% and by looking at the code it is easy to find out how the kernel
+% adds to them. The main reason of this section is therefore to say
+% \enquote{please don't do that, this is unconfigurable code!}}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Legacy \LaTeXe{} interfaces}
+%
+% \LaTeXe{} offered a small number of hooks together with commands to
+% add to them. They are listed here and are retained for backwards
+% compatibility.
+%
+% With the new hook management several additional hooks have been added
+% to \LaTeX\ and more will follow. See the next section for what
+% is already available.
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtBeginDocument}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AtBeginDocument} \oarg{label} \Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% If used without the optional argument \meta{label}, it works essentially
+% like before, i.e., it is adding \meta{code} to the hook
+% \hook{begindocument}
+% (which is executed inside \verb=\begin{document}=).
+% However, all code added this way is labeled with the label
+% \hook{top-level} if done outside of a package or class or with the
+% package/class name if called inside such a file.
+%
+% This way one can add further code to the hook using
+% \cs{AddToHook} or \cs{AtBeginDocument} using a different label
+% and explicitly order the code chunks as necessary, e.g., run some
+% code before or after the \hook{top-level} code. When using the
+% optional argument the call is equivalent to running
+% \cs{AddToHook} \texttt{\{begindocument\}} \oarg{label}
+% \Arg{code}.
+%
+% For important packages with known order requirement we may over
+% time add rules to the kernel (or to those packages) so that they
+% work regardless of the loading-order in the document.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtEndDocument}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AtEndDocument} \oarg{label} \Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Like \cs{AtBeginDocument} but for the \hook{enddocument} hook.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtBeginDvi}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AtBeginDvi} \oarg{label} \Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This hook is discussed in conjunction with the shipout hooks.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \bigskip
+%
+% The few hooks that existed previously in \LaTeXe{} used internally
+% commands such as \cs{@begindocumenthook} and packages sometimes
+% augemented them directly rather than working through
+% \cs{AtBeginDocumement}. For that reason there is currently support
+% for this, that is, if the system detects that such an internal
+% legacy hook command contains code it adds it to the new hook
+% system under the label \texttt{legacy} so that it doesn't get
+% lost.
+%
+% However, over time the remaining cases of direct usage need
+% updating because in one of the future release of \LaTeX{} we will
+% turn this legacy support off, as it does unnecessary slow down
+% the processing.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{\LaTeXe{} commands and environments augmented by
+% hooks}
+%
+% \emph{intro to be written}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Generic hooks for all environments}
+%
+% Every environment \meta{env} has now four associated hooks coming
+% with it:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\hook{env/\meta{env}/before}]
+%
+% This hook is executed as part of \cs{begin} as the very first
+% action, in particular prior to starting the environment group.
+% Its scope is therefore not restricted by the environment.
+%
+% \item[\hook{env/\meta{env}/begin}]
+%
+% This hook is executed as part of \cs{begin} directly in front
+% of the code specific to the environment start (e.g., the
+% second argument of \cs{newenvironment}). Its scope is the
+% environment body.
+%
+% \item[\hook{env/\meta{env}/end}]
+%
+% This hook is executed as part of \cs{end} directly in front of the
+% code specific to the end of the environment (e.g., the third
+% argument of \cs{newenvironment}).
+%
+% \item[\hook{env/\meta{env}/after}]
+%
+% This hook is executed as part of \cs{end} after the
+% code specific to the environment end and after the environment
+% group has ended.
+% Its scope is therefore not restricted by the environment.
+%
+% The hook is implemented as a reversed hook so if two packages
+% add code to \hook{env/\meta{env}/before} and to
+% \hook{env/\meta{env}/after} they can add surrounding
+% environments and the order of closing them happens in the
+% right sequence.
+%
+% \end{description}
+% Generic environment hooks are never one-time hooks even with
+% environments that are supposed to appear only once in a
+% document.\footnote{Thus if one adds code to such hooks after the
+% environment has been processed, it will only be executed if the
+% environment appears again and if that doesn't happen the code
+% will never get executed.} In contrast to other hooks there is
+% also no need to declare them using \cs{NewHook}.
+%
+% The hooks are only executed if \cs{begin}\Arg{env} and
+% \cs{end}\Arg{env} is used. If the environment code is executed
+% via low-level calls to \cs{\meta{env}} and \cs{end\meta{env}}
+% (e.g., to avoid the environment grouping) they are not
+% available. If you want them available in code using this method,
+% you would need to add them yourself, i.e., write something like
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \UseHook{env/quote/before}\quote
+% ...
+% \endquote\UseHook{env/quote/after}
+%\end{verbatim}
+% to add the outer hooks, etc.
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\BeforeBeginEnvironment}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{BeforeBeginEnvironment} \oarg{label} \Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This declaration adds to the \hook{env/\meta{env}/before} hook
+% using by default the current package or class name as a label or
+% \texttt{top-level} if used in the document directly.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtBeginEnvironment}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AtBeginEnvironment} \oarg{label} \Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Like \cs{BeforeBeginEnvironment} but adds to the \hook{env/\meta{env}/begin} hook.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtEndEnvironment}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AtEndEnvironment} \oarg{label} \Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Like \cs{BeforeBeginEnvironment} but adds to the \hook{env/\meta{env}/end} hook.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AfterEndEnvironment}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AfterEndEnvironment} \oarg{label} \Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Like \cs{BeforeBeginEnvironment} but adds to the \hook{env/\meta{env}/after} hook.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Hooks provided by \cs{begin}\texttt{\{document\}}}
+%
+% Until 2020 \cs{begin}\texttt{\{document\}} offered exactly one
+% hook that one could add to using
+% \cs{AtBeginDocument}. Experiences over the years have shown that
+% this single hook in one place was not enough and as part of
+% adding the general hook management system a number of additional
+% hooks have been added at this point. The places for these hooks have
+% been chosen to provide the same support as offered by external
+% packages, such as \pkg{etoolbox} and others that augmented
+% \cs{document} to gain better control.
+%
+% Supported are now the following hooks (all of them one-time hooks):
+% \begin{description}
+%
+%
+% \item[\hook{begindocument/before}]
+%
+% This hook is executed at the very start of \cs{document}, one can
+% think of it as a hook for code at the end of the preamble
+% section and this is how it is used by \pkg{etoolbox}'s
+% \cs{AtEndPreamble}.
+%
+%
+%
+% \item[\hook{begindocument}]
+%
+% This hook is added to when using \cs{AtBeginDocument} and it is executed
+% after the \texttt{.aux} file as be read in and most
+% initialization are done, so they can be altered and inspected by
+% the hook code. It is followed by a small number of further
+% initializations that shouldn't be altered and are therefore
+% coming later.
+%
+% The hook should not be used to add material for typesetting as
+% we are still in \LaTeX's initialization phase and not in the
+% document body. If such material needs to be added to the document
+% body use the next hook instead.
+%
+% \item[\hook{begindocument/end}]
+%
+% This hook is executed at the end of the \cs{document} code in
+% other words at the beginning of the document body. The only
+% command that follows it is \cs{ignorespaces}.
+%
+% \end{description}
+% The generic hooks executed by \cs{begin} also exist, i.e.,
+% \hook{env/document/before} and \hook{env/document/begin}, but
+% with this special environment it is better use the dedicated
+% one-time hooks above.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Hooks provided by \cs{end}\texttt{\{document\}}}
+%
+% \LaTeXe{} always provided \cs{AtEndDocument} to add code to the
+% execution of \verb=\end{document}= just in front of the code that
+% is normally executed there. While this was a big improvement over
+% the situation in \LaTeX\,2.09 it was not flexible enough for a
+% number of use cases and so packages, such as \pkg{etoolbox},
+% \pkg{atveryend} and others patched \cs{enddocument} to add
+% additional points where code could be hooked into.
+%
+% Patching using packages is always problematical as leads to
+% conflicts (code availability, ordering of patches, incompatible
+% patches, etc.). For this reason a number of additional hooks
+% have been added to the \cs{enddocument} code to allow packages
+% to add code in various places in a controlled way without the
+% need for overwriting or patching the core code.
+%
+% Supported are now the following hooks (all of them one-time hooks):
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item[\hook{enddocument}]
+%
+% The hook associated with \cs{AtEndDocument}. It is immediately
+% called at the beginning of \cs{enddocument}.
+%
+% When this hook is executed there may be still unprocessed
+% material (e.g., floats on the deferlist) and the hook may add
+% further material to be typeset. After it, \cs{clearpage} is
+% called to ensure that all such material gets typeset. If there
+% is nothing waiting the \cs{clearpage} has no effect.
+%
+%
+% \item[\hook{enddocument/afterlastpage}]
+%
+% As the name indicates this hook should not receive code that
+% generates material for further pages. It is the right place to
+% do some final housekeeping and possibly write out some
+% information to the \texttt{.aux} file (which is still open at
+% this point to receive data). It is also the correct place to
+% set up any testing code to be run when the \texttt{.aux} file
+% is re-read in the next step.
+%
+%
+% After this hook has been executed the \texttt{.aux} file is
+% closed for writing and then read back in to do some tests
+% (e.g., looking for missing references or duplicated labels, etc.).
+%
+% \item[\hook{enddocument/afteraux}]
+%
+% At this point, the \texttt{.aux} file has been reprocessed and so
+% this is a possible place for final checks and display of
+% information to the user. However, for the latter you might
+% prefer the next hook, so that your information is displayed after the
+% (possibly longish) list of files if that got requested via \cs{listfiles}.
+%
+% \item[\hook{enddocument/info}]
+%
+% This hook is meant to receive code that write final information
+% messages to the terminal. It follows immediately after the
+% previous hook (so both could have been combined, but then
+% packages adding further code would always need to also supply
+% an explicit rule to specify where it should go.
+%
+% This hook already contains some code added by the kernel (under
+% the labels \texttt{kernel/filelist} and
+% \texttt{kernel/warnings}), namely the list of files when
+% \cs{listfiles} has been used and the warnings for duplicate
+% labels, missing references, font substitutions etc.
+%
+% \item[\hook{enddocument/end}]
+%
+% Finally, this hook is executed just in front of the final call
+% to \cs{@{}@end}.
+%
+% \end{description}
+%
+%
+% There is also the hook \hook{shipout/lastpage}. This hook is
+% executed as part of the last \cs{shipout} in the document to
+% allow package to add final \cs{special}'s to that page. Where
+% this hook is executed in relation to those from the above list
+% can vary from document to document. Furthermore to determine correctly
+% which of the \cs{shipout}s is the last one, \LaTeX{} needs to be run
+% several times, so initially it might get executed on the wrong
+% page. See section~\ref{sec:shipout} for where to find the details.
+%
+%
+% It is in also possible to use the generic \hook{env/document/end}
+% hook which is execuded by \cs{end}, i.e., just in front of the
+% first hook above. Note however that the other generic \cs{end}
+% environment hook, i.e., \hook{env/document/after} will never get
+% executed, because by that time \LaTeX{} has finished the document
+% processing.
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Hooks provided \cs{shipout} operations}
+% \label{sec:shipout}
+%
+% There are several hooks and mechanisms added to \LaTeX{}'s
+% process of generating pages. These are documented in
+% \texttt{ltshipout-doc.pdf} or with code in
+% \texttt{ltshipout-code.pdf}.
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Hooks provided by file loading operations}
+%
+% There are several hooks added to \LaTeX{}'s
+% process of loading file via its high-level interfaces such as
+% \cs{input}, \cs{include}, \cs{usepackage}, etc. These are documented in
+% \texttt{ltfilehook-doc.pdf} or with code in
+% \texttt{ltfilehook-code.pdf}.
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Hooks provided in NFSS commands}
+%
+% In languages that need to support for more than one script in
+% parallel (and thus several sets of fonts), e.g., Latin and
+% Japanese fonts, NFSS font commands, such as \cs{sffamily}, need
+% to switch both the Latin family to ``Sans Serif'' and in addition
+% alter a second set of fonts.
+%
+% To support this several NFSS have hooks in which such support can
+% be added.
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item[\hook{rmfamily}]
+%
+% After \cs{rmfamily} has done its initial checks and prepared a
+% any font series update this hook is executed and only
+% afterwards \cs{selectfont}.
+%
+% \item[\hook{sffamily}]
+%
+% Like the \hook{rmfamily} hook but for the \cs{sffamily} command.
+%
+% \item[\hook{ttfamily}]
+%
+% Like the \hook{rmfamily} hook but for the \cs{ttfamily} command.
+%
+% \item[\hook{normalfont}]
+%
+% The \cs{normalfont} command resets font encoding family series
+% and shape to their document defaults. It then executes this
+% hook and finally calls \cs{selectfont}.
+%
+% \item[\hook{expand at font@defaults}]
+%
+% The internal \cs{expand at font@defaults} command expands and
+% saves the current defaults for the meta families (rm/sf/tt) and
+% the meta series (bf/md). If the NFSS machinery has been
+% augmented, e.g., for Chinese or Japanese fonts, then further
+% defaults may need to be set at this point. This can be done in
+% this hook which is executed at the end of this macro.
+%
+% \item[\hook{bfseries/defaults}, \hook{bfseries}]
+%
+% If the \cs{bfdefault} was explicitly changed by the user its
+% new value is used to set the bf series defaults for the meta
+% families (rm/sf/tt) when \cs{bfseries} is called. In the
+% \hook{bfseries/defaults} hook further adjustments can be made
+% in this case. This hook is only executed if such a change is
+% detected. In contrast the \hook{bfseries} hook is always
+% executed just before \cs{selectfont} is called to change to the
+% new series.
+%
+%
+% \item[\hook{mdseries/defaults}, \hook{mdseries}]
+%
+% These two hooks are like the previous ones but used in
+% \cs{mdseries} command.
+%
+% \end{description}
+%
+%
+% \StopEventually{\setlength\IndexMin{200pt} \PrintIndex }
+%
+%
+% \section{The Implementation}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Loading further extensions}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=hook>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% At the moment the whole module rolls back in one go, but if we
+% make any modifications in later releases this will then need
+% splitting.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\NewHook}{The hook management}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Debugging}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_debug_bool}
+% Holds the current debugging state.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \g_@@_debug_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_debug_on:,\hook_debug_off:}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_debug:n}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_debug_gset:}
+% Turns debugging on and off by redefining \cs{@@_debug:n}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_debug:n \use_none:n
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_debug_on:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_debug_bool
+ \@@_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_debug_off:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_debug_bool
+ \@@_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_debug_gset:
+ {
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npx \@@_debug:n ##1
+ { \bool_if:NT \g_@@_debug_bool {##1} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Borrowing from internals of other kernel modules}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_str_compare:nn}
+% Private copy of \cs{__str_if_eq:nn}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_str_compare:nn \__str_if_eq:nn
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Declarations}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_tmpa_bool}
+% Scratch boolean used throughout the package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_return_tl,\l_@@_tmpa_tl,\l_@@_tmpb_tl}
+% Scratch variables used throughout the package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_return_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_tmpa_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_tmpb_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_all_seq}
+% In a few places we need a list of all hook names ever defined so
+% we keep track if them in this sequence.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\seq_new:N \g_@@_all_seq
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_removal_list_prop}
+% A token list to hold delayed removals.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_removal_list_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_cur_hook_tl}
+% Stores the name of the hook currently being sorted.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_cur_hook_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_work_prop}
+% A property list holding a copy of the
+% \cs[no-index]{g_@@_\meta{hook}_code_prop} of the hook being sorted
+% to work on, so that changes don't act destructively on the hook data
+% structure.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \l_@@_work_prop
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_execute_immediately_prop}
+% List of hooks that from no on should not longer receive code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \g_@@_execute_immediately_prop
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_used_prop}
+% All hooks that receive code (for use in debugging display).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \g_@@_used_prop
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl,\g_@@_name_stack_seq}
+% Default label used for hook commands, and a stack to keep track of
+% packages within packages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl
+\seq_new:N \g_@@_name_stack_seq
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_tmp:w}
+% Temporary macro for generic usage.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_tmp:w ?
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tl_gremove_once:Nx,\tl_show:x,\tl_log:x}
+% Some variants of \pkg{expl3} functions. \fmi{should be moved to expl3}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_gremove_once:Nn { Nx }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_show:n { x }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_log:n { x }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\s_@@_mark}
+% Scan mark used for delimited arguments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\scan_new:N \s_@@_mark
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Providing new hooks}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_..._code_prop,\@@~...,\@@_next~...}
+%
+% Hooks have a \meta{name} and for each hook we have to provide a number of
+% data structures. These are
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\cs{g_@@_\meta{name}_code_prop}] A property list holding the code
+% for the hook in separate chunks. The keys are by default the
+% package names that add code to the hook, but it is possible
+% for packages to define other keys.
+%
+% \item[{\cs[no-index]{g_@@_\meta{name}_rule_\meta{label1}\string|\meta{label2}_tl}}]
+% A token list holding the relation between \meta{label1} and
+% \meta{label2} in the \meta{name}. The \meta{labels} are lexically
+% (reverse) sorted to ensure that two labels always point to the same
+% token list. For global rules, the \meta{name} is |??|.
+%
+% \item[\cs{@@~\meta{name}}] The code that is actually executed
+% when the hook is called in the document is stored in this token
+% list. It is constructed from the code chunks applying the
+% information.
+% This token list is named like that so that in case of an error
+% inside the hook, the reported token list in the error is shorter,
+% and to make it simpler to normalize hook names in
+% \cs{@@_make_name:n}.
+%
+% \item[\cs{g_@@_\meta{name}_reversed_tl}] Some hooks are
+% \enquote{reversed}. This token list stores a |-| for such hook
+% so that it can be identified. The |-| character is used because
+% $\meta{reversed}1$ is $+1$ for normal hooks and $-1$ for reversed
+% ones.
+%
+% \item[\cs{@@_next~\meta{name}}] Finally there is extra code
+% (normally empty) that is used on the next invocation of the hook
+% (and then deleted). This can be used to define some special
+% behavior for a single occasion from within the document. This token
+% list follows the same naming scheme than the main \cs{@@~\meta{name}}
+% token list. It is called \cs{@@_next~\meta{name}} rather than
+% \cs{@@~next_\meta{name}} because otherwise a hook whose name is
+% |next_|\meta{name} would clash with the next code-token list of the
+% hook called \meta{name}.
+%
+% \end{description}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_new:n}
+% The \cs{hook_new:n} declaration declare a new hook and expects
+% the hook \meta{name} as its argument, e.g.,
+% \hook{begindocument}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_new:n #1
+ { \@@_normalize_hook_args:Nn \@@_new:n {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_new:n #1
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We check for one of the internal data structures and if it
+% already exists we complain.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ { \msg_error:nnn { hooks } { exists } {#1} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Otherwise we add the hook name to the list of all hooks and
+% allocate the necessary data structures for the new hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \seq_gput_right:Nn \g_@@_all_seq {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This is only used by the actual code of the current hook, so
+% declare it normally:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_new:c { @@~#1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now ensure that the base data structure for the hook exists:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_declare:n {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The \cs{g_@@_\meta{hook}_labels_clist} holds the sorted list of
+% labels (once it got sorted). This is used only for debugging.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \clist_new:c {g_@@_#1_labels_clist}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Some hooks should reverse the default order of code chunks. To
+% signal this we have a token list which is empty for normal hooks
+% and contains a \verb=-= for reversed hooks.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_new:c { g_@@_#1_reversed_tl }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The above is all in L3 convention, but we also provide an
+% interface to legacy \LaTeXe{} hooks of the form \cs{@...hook},
+% e.g., \cs{@begindocumenthook}.
+% there have been a few of them and they have been added to
+% using \cs{g at addto@macro}. If there exists such a macro matching
+% the name of the new hook, i.e.,
+% \verb+\@+\meta{hook-name}\texttt{hook} and it is not empty then
+% we add its contents as a code chunk under the label \texttt{legacy}.
+% \begin{quote}
+% \textbf{Warning: this support will vanish in future releases!}
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_include_legacy_code_chunk:n {#1}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_declare:n}
+% This function declares the basic data structures for a hook without
+% actually declaring the hook itself. This is needed to allow adding
+% to undeclared hooks. Here it is unnecessary to check whether both
+% variables exist, since both are declared at the same time (either
+% both exist, or neither).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_declare:n #1
+ {
+ \@@_if_exist:nF {#1}
+ {
+ \prop_new:c { g_@@_#1_code_prop }
+ \tl_new:c { @@_next~#1 }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_new_reversed:n,\@@_new_reversed:n}
+%
+% Declare a new hook. The default ordering of code chunks is
+% reversed, signaled by setting the token list to a minus sign.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_new_reversed:n #1
+ { \@@_normalize_hook_args:Nn \@@_new_reversed:n {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_new_reversed:n #1
+ {
+ \@@_new:n {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the hook already exists the above will generate an error
+% message, so the next line should be executed (but it is --- too
+% bad).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_gset:cn { g_@@_#1_reversed_tl } { - }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_new_pair:nn}
+% A shorthand for declaring a normal and a (matching) reversed hook in one go.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_new_pair:nn #1#2
+ { \hook_new:n {#1} \hook_new_reversed:n {#2} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_include_legacy_code_chunk:n}
+% The \LaTeX{} legacy concept for hooks uses with hooks the
+% following naming scheme in the code: \cs{@...hook}.
+%
+% If this macro is not empty we add it under the label
+% \texttt{legacy} to the current hook and then empty it globally.
+% This way packages or classes directly manipulating commands such
+% as \cs{@begindocumenthook} still get their hook data added.
+% \begin{quote}
+% \textbf{Warning: this support will vanish in future releases!}
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_include_legacy_code_chunk:n #1
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the \pkg{expl3} code is run with checking on then assigning or
+% using non L3 names such as \cs{@enddocumenthook} with \pkg{expl3}
+% functions will trigger warnings so we run this code with
+% debugging explicitly suspended.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \debug_suspend:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the macro doesn't exist (which is the usual case) then nothing
+% needs to be done.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_if_exist:cT { @#1hook }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Of course if the legacy hook exists but is empty, there is no need
+% to add anything under \texttt{legacy} the legacy label.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:cF { @#1hook }
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nnnv \@@_hook_gput_code_do:nnn {#1}
+ { legacy } { @#1hook }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Once added to the hook, we need to clear it otherwise it might
+% get added again later if the hook data gets updated.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_gclear:c { @#1hook }
+ }
+ }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Parsing a label}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_parse_label_default:n}
+% This macro checks if a label was given (not \cs{c_novalue_tl}), and
+% if so, tries to parse the label looking for a leading \verb|.| to
+% replace for \cs{@currname}. Otherwise \cs{@@_currname_or_default:n}
+% is used to pick \cs{@currname} or the fallback value.
+%
+% The default |top-level| is hard-coded here. It once was an
+% argument, but it's no longer needed. \pho{can't remember why}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_parse_label_default:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_novalue:nTF {#1}
+ { \@@_currname_or_default:n { top-level } }
+ {
+ \tl_trim_spaces_apply:nN {#1}
+ \@@_parse_dot_label:nn { top-level }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_parse_dot_label:nn}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{
+% \@@_parse_dot_label:nw,
+% \@@_parse_dot_label_cleanup:w,
+% \@@_parse_dot_label_aux:nw
+% }
+% Start by checking if the label is empty, which raises an error, and
+% uses the fallback value. If not,
+% split the label at a \verb|./|, if any, and check if no tokens are
+% before the \verb|./|, or if the only character is a \verb|.|.
+% If these requirements are fulfilled, the leading
+% \verb|.| is replaced with \cs{@@_currname_or_default:n}. Otherwise
+% the label is returned unchanged.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_parse_dot_label:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \msg_expandable_error:nnn { hooks } { empty-label } {#2}
+ #2
+ }
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { . }
+ { \@@_currname_or_default:n {#2} }
+ { \@@_parse_dot_label:nw {#2} #1 ./ \s_@@_mark }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_parse_dot_label:nw #1 #2 ./ #3 \s_@@_mark
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2}
+ { \@@_parse_dot_label_aux:nw {#1} #3 \s_@@_mark }
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#3}
+ { \@@_make_name:n {#2} }
+ { \@@_parse_dot_label_cleanup:w #2 ./ #3 \s_@@_mark }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_parse_dot_label_cleanup:w #1 ./ \s_@@_mark {#1}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_parse_dot_label_aux:nw #1 #2 ./ \s_@@_mark
+ { \@@_currname_or_default:n {#1} / \@@_make_name:n {#2} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_currname_or_default:n}
+% Uses \cs{g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl} if it is set, otherwise tries
+% \cs{@currname}. If neither is set, uses the fallback value
+% \verb|#1| (usually \texttt{top-level}).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_currname_or_default:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \@currname
+ { \@@_make_name:n {#1} }
+ { \@currname }
+ }
+ { \g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_make_name:n,\@@_make_name:w}
+% Provides a standard sanitisation of a hook's name.
+% It uses \cs{cs:w} to build a control sequence out of the hook name,
+% then uses \cs{cs_to_str:N} to get the string representation of that,
+% without the escape character. \cs{cs:w}-based expansion is used
+% instead of |e|-based because Unicode characters don't behave well
+% inside \cs{expanded}. The macro adds the \cs{@@~} prefix to the
+% hook name to reuse the hook's code token list to build the csname
+% and avoid leaving \enquote{public} control sequences defined
+% (as~\cs{relax}) in TeX's memory.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_make_name:n #1
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \@@_make_name:w
+ \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \cs:w @@~ #1 \cs_end:
+ }
+\exp_last_unbraced:NNNNo
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_make_name:w #1 \tl_to_str:n { @@~ } { }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_normalize_hook_args:Nn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_normalize_hook_args:Nnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_normalize_hook_rule_args:Nnnnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn}
+% Standard route for normalising hook and label arguments. The main
+% macro does the entire operation within a group so that csnames made
+% by \cs{@@_make_name:n} are wiped off before continuing. This means
+% that this function cannot be used for \cs{hook_use:n}!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \use:e
+ {
+ \group_end:
+ \exp_not:N #1 #2
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_normalize_hook_args:Nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \@@_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1
+ { { \@@_parse_label_default:n {#2} } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_normalize_hook_args:Nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \@@_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1
+ {
+ { \@@_parse_label_default:n {#2} }
+ { \@@_parse_label_default:n {#3} }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_normalize_hook_rule_args:Nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
+ {
+ \@@_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1
+ {
+ { \@@_parse_label_default:n {#2} }
+ { \@@_parse_label_default:n {#3} }
+ { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#4} }
+ { \@@_parse_label_default:n {#5} }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_gput_code:nnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_gput_code:nnn,\@@_gput_code:nxv,\@@_hook_gput_code_do:nnn}
+%
+% With \cs{hook_gput_code:nnn}\Arg{hook}\Arg{label}\Arg{code} a
+% chunk of \meta{code} is added to an existing \meta{hook} labeled
+% with \meta{label}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gput_code:nnn #1 #2
+ { \@@_normalize_hook_args:Nnn \@@_gput_code:nnn {#1} {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gput_code:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First check if the hook was used as a one-time hook:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \g_@@_execute_immediately_prop {#1}
+ {#3}
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then check if the current \meta{hook}/\meta{label} pair was marked
+% for removal, in which case \cs{@@_unmark_removal:nn} is used to
+% remove that mark (once). This may happen when a package removes
+% code from another package which was not yet loaded: the removal
+% order is stored, and at this stage it is executed by not adding to
+% the hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_if_marked_removal:nnTF {#1} {#2}
+ { \@@_unmark_removal:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If no removal is queued, we are free to add. Start by checking if
+% the hook exists.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If so we simply add (or append) the new code to the property list
+% holding different chunks for the hook. At \verb=\begin{document}=
+% this is then sorted into a token list for fast execution.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \@@_hook_gput_code_do:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% However, if there is an update within the document we need to alter
+% this execution code which is done by
+% \cs{@@_update_hook_code:n}. In the preamble this does nothing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_update_hook_code:n {#1}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the hook does not exist, however, before giving up try to
+% declare it as a generic hook, if its name matches one of the valid
+% patterns.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ { \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_gput_code:nnn { nxv }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This macro will unconditionally add a chunk of code to the given hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_hook_gput_code_do:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% However, first some debugging info if debugging is enabled:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_debug:n{\iow_term:x{****~ Add~ to~
+ \hook_if_exist:nF {#1} { undeclared~ }
+ hook~ #1~ (#2)
+ \on at line\space <-~ \tl_to_str:n{#3}} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then try to get the code chunk labeled \verb=#2= from the hook.
+% If there's code already there, then append \verb=#3= to that,
+% otherwise just put \verb=#3=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_get:cnNTF { g_@@_#1_code_prop } {#2} \l_@@_return_tl
+ {
+ \prop_gput:cno { g_@@_#1_code_prop } {#2}
+ { \l_@@_return_tl #3 }
+ }
+ { \prop_gput:cnn { g_@@_#1_code_prop } {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_gput_undeclared_hook:nnn}
+% Often it may happen that a package $A$ defines a hook \verb=foo=,
+% but package $B$, that adds code to that hook, is loaded before $A$.
+% In such case we need to add code to the hook before its declared.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gput_undeclared_hook:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \@@_declare:n {#1}
+ \@@_hook_gput_code_do:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:nnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_try_declaring_generic_next_hook:nn}
+% These entry-level macros just pass the arguments along to the
+% common \cs{@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn} with the right
+% functions to execute when some action is to be taken.
+%
+% The wrapper \cs{@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:nnn} then defers
+% \cs{hook_gput_code:nnn} if the generic hook was declared, or to
+% \cs{@@_gput_undeclared_hook:nnn} otherwise (the hook was tested for
+% existence before, so at this point if it isn't generic, it doesn't
+% exist).
+%
+% The wrapper \cs{@@_try_declaring_generic_next_hook:nn} for
+% next-execution hooks does the same: it defers the code to
+% \cs{hook_gput_next_code:nn} if the generic hook was declared, or
+% to \cs{@@_gput_next_do:nn} otherwise.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:nnn #1
+ {
+ \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn {#1}
+ \hook_gput_code:nnn \@@_gput_undeclared_hook:nnn
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_try_declaring_generic_next_hook:nn #1
+ {
+ \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn {#1}
+ \hook_gput_next_code:nn \@@_gput_next_do:nn
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn,
+% \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook_split:nNNnn
+% }
+% \begin{macro}[TF]{\@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:wn}
+% \cs{@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn} now splits the hook name
+% at the first \texttt{/} (if any) and first checks if it is a
+% file-specific hook (they require some normalization) using
+% \cs{@@_if_file_hook:wTF}. If not then check it is one of a
+% predefined set for generic names. We also split off the second
+% component to see if we have to make a reversed hook. In either case
+% the function returns \meta{true} for a generic hook and \meta{false}
+% in other cases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn #1
+ {
+ \@@_if_file_hook:wTF #1 / / \s_@@_mark
+ {
+ \exp_args:Ne \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook_split:nNNnn
+ { \exp_args:Ne \@@_file_hook_normalize:n {#1} }
+ }
+ { \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook_split:nNNnn {#1} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook_split:nNNnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:wnTF #1 / / / \scan_stop: {#1}
+ { #2 }
+ { #3 } {#1}
+ }
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \@@_try_declaring_generic_hook:wn
+ #1 / #2 / #3 / #4 \scan_stop: #5 { TF }
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2}
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \c_@@_generics_prop {#1}
+ {
+ \hook_if_exist:nF {#5} { \hook_new:n {#5} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% After having declared the hook we check the second component (for
+% file hooks) or the third component for environment hooks) and
+% if it is on the list of components for which we should have declared
+% a reversed hook we alter the hook data structure accordingly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \c_@@_generics_reversed_ii_prop {#2}
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g_@@_#5_reversed_tl } { - } }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnT \c_@@_generics_reversed_iii_prop {#3}
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g_@@_#5_reversed_tl } { - } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now that we know that the hook is declared we can add the code to it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prg_return_true:
+ }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\@@_if_file_hook:w}
+% \cs{@@_if_file_hook:wTF} checks if the argument is a valid
+% file-specific hook (not, for example, |file/before|, but
+% |file/before/foo.tex|). If it is a file-specific hook, then it
+% executes the \meta{true} branch, otherwise \meta{false}.
+%
+% A file-specific hook is \texttt{file/\meta{position}/\meta{name}}.
+% If any of these parts don't exist, it is a general file hook or not
+% a file hook at all, so the conditional evaluates to \meta{false}.
+% Otherwise, it checks that the first part is |file| and that the
+% \meta{position} is in the \cs{c_@@_generics_file_prop}.
+%
+% A property list is used here to avoid having to worry with catcodes,
+% because \pkg{expl3}'s file name parsing turns all characters into
+% catcode-12 tokens, which might differ from hand-input letters.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \@@_if_file_hook:w
+ #1 / #2 / #3 \s_@@_mark { TF }
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { file }
+ {
+ \bool_lazy_or:nnTF
+ { \tl_if_empty_p:n {#3} }
+ { \str_if_eq_p:nn {#3} { / } }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \c_@@_generics_file_prop {#2}
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+ }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_file_hook_normalize:n}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_strip_double_slash:n,\@@_strip_double_slash:w}
+% When a file-specific hook is found, before being declared it is
+% lightly normalized by \cs{@@_file_hook_normalize:n}. The current
+% implementation just replaces two consecutive slashes (|//|) by a
+% single one, to cope with simple cases where the user did something
+% like \verb|\def\input at path{{./mypath/}}|, in which case a hook would
+% have to be \verb|\AddToHook{file/after/./mypath//file.tex}|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_file_hook_normalize:n #1
+ { \@@_strip_double_slash:n {#1} }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_strip_double_slash:n #1
+ { \@@_strip_double_slash:w #1 // \s_@@_mark }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_strip_double_slash:w #1 // #2 \s_@@_mark
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2}
+ {#1}
+ { \@@_strip_double_slash:w #1 / #2 \s_@@_mark }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_generics_prop}
+% Property list holding the generic names. We don't provide any user
+% interface to this as this is meant to be static.
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\texttt{env}]
+% The generic hooks used in \cs{begin} and \cs{end}.
+% \item[\texttt{file}]
+% The generic hooks used when loading a file
+% \end{description}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c_@@_generics_prop
+ {env=,file=,package=,class=,include=}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\c_@@_generics_reversed_ii_prop,
+% \c_@@_generics_reversed_iii_prop,
+% \c_@@_generics_file_prop}
+% Some of the generic hooks are supposed to use reverse ordering, these are
+% the following (only the second or third sub-component is checked):
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c_@@_generics_reversed_ii_prop {after=,end=}
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c_@@_generics_reversed_iii_prop {after=}
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c_@@_generics_file_prop {before=,after=}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_gremove_code:nn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_gremove_code:nn}
+%
+% With \cs{hook_gremove_code:nn}\Arg{hook}\Arg{label} any code
+% for \meta{hook} stored under \meta{label} is removed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gremove_code:nn #1 #2
+ { \@@_normalize_hook_args:Nnn \@@_gremove_code:nn {#1} {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gremove_code:nn #1 #2
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First check that the hook code pool exists. \cs{hook_if_exist:nTF}
+% isn't used here because it should be possible to remove code from a
+% hook before its defined (see section~\ref{sec:querying}).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then remove the chunk and run \cs{@@_update_hook_code:n} so
+% that the execution token list reflects the change if we are after
+% \verb=\begin{document}=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#2} {*}
+ { \prop_gclear:c { g_@@_#1_code_prop } }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Check if the label being removed exists in the code pool. If it does,
+% just call \cs{@@_gremove_code_do:nn} to do the removal, otherwise mark it
+% to be removed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_get:cnNTF { g_@@_#1_code_prop } {#2} \l_@@_return_tl
+ { \@@_gremove_code_do:nn }
+ { \@@_mark_removal:nn }
+ {#1} {#2}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally update the code, if the hook exists.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hook_if_exist:nT {#1}
+ { \@@_update_hook_code:n {#1} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the code pool for this hook doesn't exist it means that nothing
+% tried to add to it before, so we just queue this removal order for
+% later.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ { \@@_mark_removal:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_gremove_code_do:nn}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gremove_code_do:nn #1 #2
+ { \prop_gremove:cn { g_@@_#1_code_prop } {#2} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_mark_removal:nn}
+% Marks \meta{label} (\verb=#2=) to be removed from \meta{hook}
+% (\verb=#1=). The number of removals should be fairly small, and
+% \cs{tl_gremove_once:Nx} is fairly efficient even for longer token
+% lists, so we use a single global token list, rather than one for
+% each hook.
+%
+% A hand-crafted token list is used here because property lists don't
+% hold repeated items, so multiple usages of \cs{@@_mark_removal:nn}
+% would be cancelled by a single \cs{@@_unmark_removal:nn}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_mark_removal:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_gput_right:Nx \g_@@_removal_list_tl
+ { \@@_removal_tl:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_unmark_removal:nn}
+% Unmarks \meta{label} (\verb=#2=) to be removed from \meta{hook}
+% (\verb=#1=). \cs{tl_gremove_once:Nx} is used rather than
+% \cs{tl_gremove_all:Nx} so that two additions are needed to cancel
+% two marked removals, rather than only one.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_unmark_removal:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_gremove_once:Nx \g_@@_removal_list_tl
+ { \@@_removal_tl:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[TF]{\@@_if_marked_removal:nn}
+% Checks if the \cs{g_@@_removal_list_tl} contains the current
+% \meta{label} (\verb=#2=) and \meta{hook} (\verb=#1=).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \@@_if_marked_removal:nn #1 #2 { TF }
+ {
+ \exp_args:NNx \tl_if_in:NnTF \g_@@_removal_list_tl
+ { \@@_removal_tl:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ { \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[rEXP]{\@@_removal_tl:nn}
+% Builds a token list with \verb=#1= and \verb=#2= which can only be
+% matched by \verb=#1= and \verb=#2=. The |&|$_4$ anchors a removal,
+% so that \verb=#1= can't be mistaken by \verb=#2= and vice versa, and
+% the two |$|$_3$ delimit the two arguments
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_removal_tl:nn #1 #2
+ { & \tl_to_str:n {#2} $ \tl_to_str:n {#1} $ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \g_@@_??_code_prop,
+% \@@~??,
+% \g_@@_??_reversed_tl,
+% }
+%
+% Initially these variables simply used an empty ``label'' name (not
+% two question marks). This was a bit unfortunate, because then
+% \texttt{l3doc} complains about \verb=__= in the middle of a
+% command name when trying to typeset the documentation. However
+% using a ``normal'' name such as \texttt{default} has the
+% disadvantage of that being not really distinguishable from a real
+% hook name. I now have settled for \texttt{??} which needs some
+% gymnastics to get it into the csname, but since this is used a
+% lot things should be fast, so this is not done with \texttt{c}
+% expansion in the code later on.
+%
+% \cs{@@~??} isn't used, but it has to be defined to trick
+% the code into thinking that \verb=??= is actually a hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:c {g_@@_??_code_prop}
+\prop_new:c {@@~??}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Default rules are always given in normal ordering (never in
+% reversed ordering). If such a rule is applied to a reversed
+% hook it behaves as if the rule is reversed (e.g.,
+% \texttt{after} becomes \texttt{before})
+% because those rules are applied first and then the order is reversed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:c {g_@@_??_reversed_tl}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Setting rules for hooks code}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_gset_rule:nnnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_gset_rule:nnnn}
+%
+% \fmi{needs docu correction given new implementation}
+%
+% With
+% \cs{hook_gset_rule:nnnn}\Arg{hook}\Arg{label1}\Arg{relation}\Arg{label2}
+% a relation is defined between the two code labels for the given
+% \meta{hook}. The special hook \texttt{??} stands for \emph{any}
+% hook describing a default rule.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gset_rule:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \@@_normalize_hook_rule_args:Nnnnn \@@_gset_rule:nnnn
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gset_rule:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First we ensure the basic data structure of the hook exists:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_declare:n {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then we clear any previous relationship between both labels.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_rule_gclear:nnn {#1} {#2} {#4}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then we call the function to handle the given rule. Throw an error if the
+% rule is invalid.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \cs_if_exist_use:cTF { @@_rule_#3_gset:nnn }
+ {
+ {#1} {#2} {#4}
+ \@@_update_hook_code:n {#1}
+ }
+ { \msg_error:nnnnnn { hooks } { unknown-rule }
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_rule_before_gset:nnn, \@@_rule_after_gset:nnn,
+% \@@_rule_<_gset:nnn, \@@_rule_>_gset:nnn}
+% Then we add the new rule. We need to normalize the rules here to
+% allow for faster processing later. Given a pair of labels
+% $l_A$ and $l_B$, the rule $l_A>l_B$ is the same as $l_B<l_A$
+% only presented differently. But by normalizing the
+% forms of the rule to a single representation, say, $l_B<l_A$, reduces
+% the time spent looking for the rules later considerably.
+%
+% Here we do that normalization by using \cs[no-index]{(pdf)strcmp} to
+% lexically sort labels $l_A$ and $l_B$ to a fixed order. This order
+% is then enforced every time these two labels are used together.
+%
+% Here we use \cs{@@_label_pair:nn}~\Arg{hook}~\Arg{l_A}~\Arg{l_B}
+% to build a string \texttt{$l_B$\string|$l_A$} with a fixed order, and
+% use \cs{@@_label_ordered:nnTF} to apply the correct rule to the pair
+% of labels, depending if it was sorted or not.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rule_before_gset:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \tl_gset:cx { g_@@_#1_rule_ \@@_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl }
+ { \@@_label_ordered:nnTF {#2} {#3} { < } { > } }
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:cN { @@_rule_<_gset:nnn } \@@_rule_before_gset:nnn
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rule_after_gset:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \tl_gset:cx { g_@@_#1_rule_ \@@_label_pair:nn {#3} {#2} _tl }
+ { \@@_label_ordered:nnTF {#3} {#2} { < } { > } }
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:cN { @@_rule_>_gset:nnn } \@@_rule_after_gset:nnn
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_rule_voids_gset:nnn}
+% This rule removes (clears, actually) the code from label |#3| if
+% label |#2| is in the hook |#1|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rule_voids_gset:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \tl_gset:cx { g_@@_#1_rule_ \@@_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl }
+ { \@@_label_ordered:nnTF {#2} {#3} { -> } { <- } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \@@_rule_incompatible-error_gset:nnn,
+% \@@_rule_incompatible-warning_gset:nnn,
+% }
+% These relations make an error/warning if labels |#2| and |#3| appear
+% together in hook |#1|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_rule_incompatible-error_gset:nnn } #1#2#3
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g_@@_#1_rule_ \@@_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl } { xE } }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_rule_incompatible-warning_gset:nnn } #1#2#3
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g_@@_#1_rule_ \@@_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl } { xW } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_rule_unrelated_gset:nnn, \@@_rule_gclear:nnn}
+% Undo a setting. \cs{@@_rule_unrelated_gset:nnn} doesn't need to do anything,
+% since we use \cs{@@_rule_gclear:nnn} before setting any rule.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rule_unrelated_gset:nnn #1#2#3 { }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_rule_gclear:nnn #1#2#3
+ { \cs_undefine:c { g_@@_#1_rule_ \@@_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_label_pair:nn}
+% Ensure that the lexically greater label comes first.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_label_pair:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \if_case:w \@@_str_compare:nn {#1} {#2} \exp_stop_f:
+ #1 | #1 % 0
+ \or: #1 | #2 % +1
+ \else: #2 | #1 % -1
+ \fi:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\@@_label_ordered:nn}
+% Check that labels |#1| and |#2| are in the correct order (as
+% returned by \cs{@@_label_pair:nn}) and if so return true, else
+% return false.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \@@_label_ordered:nn #1#2 { TF }
+ {
+ \if_int_compare:w \@@_str_compare:nn {#1} {#2} > 0 \exp_stop_f:
+ \prg_return_true:
+ \else
+ \prg_return_false:
+ \fi:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_if_label_case:nnnnn}
+% To avoid doing the string comparison twice in \cs{@@_initialize_single:NNNn}
+% (once with \cs{str_if_eq:nn} and again with \cs{@@_label_ordered:nn}),
+% we use a three-way branching macro that will compare |#1| and |#2|
+% and expand to \cs{use_i:nnn} if they are equal, \cs{use_ii:nn} if
+% |#1| is lexically greater, and \cs{use_iii:nn} otherwise.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_if_label_case:nnnnn #1#2
+ {
+ \cs:w use_
+ \if_case:w \@@_str_compare:nn {#1} {#2}
+ i \or: ii \else: iii \fi: :nnn
+ \cs_end:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_update_hook_code:n}
+% Before \verb=\begin{document}= this does nothing, in the body it
+% reinitializes the hook code using the altered data.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_update_hook_code:n \use_none:n
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_initialize_all:}
+% Initialize all known hooks (at \verb=\begin{document}=), i.e.,
+% update the fast execution token lists to hold the necessary code
+% in the right order.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_initialize_all: {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First we change \cs{@@_update_hook_code:n} which so far was a
+% no-op to now initialize one hook. This way any later updates to
+% the hook will run that code and also update the execution token
+% list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \@@_update_hook_code:n \@@_initialize_hook_code:n
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now we loop over all hooks that have been defined and update each
+% of them.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_debug:n { \prop_gclear:N \g_@@_used_prop }
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \g_@@_all_seq
+ {
+ \@@_update_hook_code:n {##1}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If we are debugging we show results hook by hook for all hooks
+% that have data.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_debug:n
+ { \iow_term:x{^^JAll~ initialized~ (non-empty)~ hooks:}
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \g_@@_used_prop
+ { \iow_term:x{^^J~ ##1~ ->~
+ \exp_not:v {@@~##1}~ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% After all hooks are initialized we change the ``use'' to just
+% call the hook code and not initialize it (as it was done in the
+% preamble.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \hook_use:n \@@_use_initialized:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \@@_preamble_hook:n \use_none:n
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_initialize_hook_code:n}
+% Initializing or reinitializing the fast execution hook code. In
+% the preamble this is selectively done in case a hook gets used
+% and at \verb=\begin{document}= this is done for all hooks and
+% afterwards only if the hook code changes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_initialize_hook_code:n #1
+ {
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \@@_debug:n{ \iow_term:x{^^JUpdate~ code~ for~ hook~
+ '#1' \on at line :^^J} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This does the sorting and the updates.
+% First thing we do is to check if a legacy hook macro exists and
+% if so we add it to the hook under the label \texttt{legacy}. This
+% might make the hook non-empty so we have to do this before
+% the then following test.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_include_legacy_code_chunk:n {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If there aren't any code
+% chunks for the current hook, there is no point in even starting
+% the sorting routine so we make a quick test for that and in that
+% case just update \cs{@@~\meta{hook}} to hold the next
+% code. If there are code chunks we call
+% \cs{@@_initialize_single:NNNn} and pass to it ready made csnames
+% as they are needed several times inside. This way we save a bit
+% on processing time if we do that up front.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hook_if_exist:nT {#1}
+ {
+ \prop_if_empty:cTF {g_@@_#1_code_prop}
+ { \tl_gset:co { @@~#1 }
+ { \cs:w @@_next~#1 \cs_end: } }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% By default the algorithm sorts the code chunks and then saves the
+% result in a token list for fast execution by adding the code one
+% after another using \cs{tl_gput_right:NV}. When we sort code for
+% a reversed hook, all we have to do is to add the code chunks in
+% the opposite order into the token list. So all we have to do
+% in preparation is to change two definitions used later on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_if_reversed:nTF {#1}
+ { \cs_set_eq:NN \@@_tl_gput:NV \tl_gput_left:NV
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \@@_clist_gput:NV \clist_gput_left:NV }
+ { \cs_set_eq:NN \@@_tl_gput:NV \tl_gput_right:NV
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \@@_clist_gput:NV \clist_gput_right:NV }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% When sorting, some relations (namely \verb|voids|) need to
+% act destructively on the code property lists to remove code that
+% shouldn't appear in the sorted hook token list, so we temporarily
+% save the old code property list so that it can be restored later.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_@@_work_prop { g_@@_#1_code_prop }
+ \@@_initialize_single:cccn
+ { @@~#1 } { @@_next~#1 }
+ { g_@@_#1_labels_clist } {#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For debug display we want to keep track of those hooks that
+% actually got code added to them, so we record that in plist. We
+% use a plist to ensure that we record each hook name only once,
+% i.e., we are only interested in storing the keys and the value is
+% arbitrary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_debug:n{ \exp_args:NNx \prop_gput:Nnn
+ \g_@@_used_prop {#1}{} }
+ }
+ }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_tl_csname:n,\@@_seq_csname:n}
+% It is faster to pass a single token and expand it when necessary
+% than to pass a bunch of character tokens around.
+% \fmi{note to myself: verify}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_tl_csname:n #1 { l_@@_label_#1_tl }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_seq_csname:n #1 { l_@@_label_#1_seq }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_labels_seq,\l_@@_labels_int,\l_@@_front_tl,
+% \l_@@_rear_tl,\l_@@_label_0_tl}
+%
+% For the sorting I am basically implementing Knuth's algorithm for
+% topological sorting as given in TAOCP volume 1 pages 263--266.
+% For this algorithm we need a number of local variables:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item
+% List of labels used in the current hook to label code chunks:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\seq_new:N \l_@@_labels_seq
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \item
+% Number of labels used in the current hook. In Knuth's algorithm
+% this is called $N$:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \l_@@_labels_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \item
+% The sorted code list to be build is managed using two pointers
+% one to the front of the queue and one to the rear. We model this
+% using token list pointers. Knuth calls them $F$ and $R$:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_front_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_rear_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \item
+% The data for the start of the queue is kept in this token list,
+% it corresponds to what Don calls \texttt{QLINK[0]} but since we
+% aren't manipulating individual words in memory it is slightly
+% differently done:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:c { \@@_tl_csname:n { 0 } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_initialize_single:NNNn,\@@_initialize_single:cccn}
+%
+% \cs{@@_initialize_single:NNNn} implements the sorting of the code
+% chunks for a hook and saves the result in the token list for fast
+% execution (\verb=#3=). The arguments are \meta{hook-code-plist},
+% \meta{hook-code-tl}, \meta{hook-next-code-tl},
+% \meta{hook-ordered-labels-clist} and \meta{hook-name} (the latter
+% is only used for debugging---the \meta{hook-rule-plist} is accessed
+% using the \meta{hook-name}).
+%
+% The additional complexity compared to Don's algorithm is that we
+% do not use simple positive integers but have arbitrary
+% alphanumeric labels. As usual Don's data structures are chosen in
+% a way that one can omit a lot of tests and I have mimicked that as
+% far as possible. The result is a restriction I do not test for at
+% the moment: a label can't be equal to the number 0! \fmi{Needs
+% checking for, just in case}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_initialize_single:NNNn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Step T1: Initialize the data structure \ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \seq_clear:N \l_@@_labels_seq
+ \int_zero:N \l_@@_labels_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Store the name of the hook:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_cur_hook_tl {#4}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% We loop over the property list holding the code and record all
+% labels listed there. Only rules for those labels are of interest
+% to us. While we are at it we count them (which gives us the $N$
+% in Knuth's algorithm. The prefix |label_| is added to the variables
+% to ensure that labels named |front|, |rear|, |labels|, or |return|
+% don't interact with our code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_work_prop
+ {
+ \int_incr:N \l_@@_labels_int
+ \seq_put_right:Nn \l_@@_labels_seq {##1}
+ \tl_set:cn { \@@_tl_csname:n {##1} }{0}
+ \seq_clear_new:c { \@@_seq_csname:n {##1} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Steps T2 and T3: Sort the relevant rules into the data structure\ldots
+%
+% This loop constitutes a square matrix of the labels in
+% \cs{l_@@_work_prop} in the
+% vertical and the horizontal directions. However since the rule
+% $l_A\meta{rel}l_B$ is the same as $l_B\meta{rel}^{-1}l_A$ we can cut
+% the loop short at the diagonal of the matrix (\emph{i.e.}, when
+% both labels are equal), saving a good amount of time. The way the
+% rules were set up (see the implementation of \cs{@@_rule_before_gset:nnn}
+% above) ensures that we have no rule in the ignored side of the
+% matrix, and all rules are seen. The rules are applied in
+% \cs{@@_apply_label_pair:nnn}, which takes the properly-ordered pair
+% of labels as argument.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_work_prop
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_work_prop
+ {
+ \@@_if_label_case:nnnnn {##1} {####1}
+ { \prop_map_break: }
+ { \@@_apply_label_pair:nnn {##1} {####1} }
+ { \@@_apply_label_pair:nnn {####1} {##1} }
+ {#4}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Take a breath and take a look at the data structures that have
+% been set up:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_debug:n { \@@_debug_label_data:N \l_@@_work_prop }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Step T4:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_rear_tl { 0 }
+ \tl_set:cn { \@@_tl_csname:n { 0 } } { 0 }
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \l_@@_labels_seq
+ {
+ \int_compare:nNnT { \cs:w \@@_tl_csname:n {##1} \cs_end: } = 0
+ {
+ \tl_set:cn { \@@_tl_csname:n { \l_@@_rear_tl } }{##1}
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_rear_tl {##1}
+ }
+ }
+ \tl_set_eq:Nc \l_@@_front_tl { \@@_tl_csname:n { 0 } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_gclear:N #1
+ \clist_gclear:N #3
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The whole loop combines steps T5--T7:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_while_do:nn { ! \str_if_eq_p:Vn \l_@@_front_tl { 0 } }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This part is step T5:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_decr:N \l_@@_labels_int
+ \prop_get:NVN \l_@@_work_prop \l_@@_front_tl \l_@@_return_tl
+ \@@_tl_gput:NV #1 \l_@@_return_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_clist_gput:NV #3 \l_@@_front_tl
+ \@@_debug:n{ \iow_term:x{Handled~ code~ for~ \l_@@_front_tl} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This is step T6 except that we don't use a pointer $P$ to move
+% through the successors, but instead use \verb=##1= of the mapping
+% function.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \seq_map_inline:cn { \@@_seq_csname:n { \l_@@_front_tl } }
+ {
+ \tl_set:cx { \@@_tl_csname:n {##1} }
+ { \int_eval:n
+ { \cs:w \@@_tl_csname:n {##1} \cs_end: - 1 }
+ }
+ \int_compare:nNnT
+ { \cs:w \@@_tl_csname:n {##1} \cs_end: } = 0
+ {
+ \tl_set:cn { \@@_tl_csname:n { \l_@@_rear_tl } } {##1}
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_rear_tl {##1}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% and step T7:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_set_eq:Nc \l_@@_front_tl
+ { \@@_tl_csname:n { \l_@@_front_tl } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This is step T8: If we haven't moved the code for all labels
+% (i.e., if \cs{l_@@_labels_int} is still greater than zero) we
+% have a loop and our partial order can't be flattened out.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }
+ \int_compare:nNnF \l_@@_labels_int = 0
+ {
+ \iow_term:x{====================}
+ \iow_term:x{Error:~ label~ rules~ are~ incompatible:}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This is not really the information one needs in the error case
+% but will do for now \ldots \fmi{fix}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_debug_label_data:N \l_@@_work_prop
+ \iow_term:x{====================}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% After we have added all hook code to \verb=#1= we finish it off
+% with adding extra code for a one time execution. That is stored
+% in \verb=#2= but is normally empty.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_gput_right:Nn #1 {#2}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_initialize_single:NNNn {ccc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_tl_gput:NV,\@@_clist_gput:NV}
+% These append either on the right (normal hook) or on the left
+% (reversed hook). This is setup up in
+% \cs{@@_initialize_hook_code:n}, elsewhere their behavior is undefined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_tl_gput:NV {\ERROR}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_clist_gput:NV {\ERROR}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_apply_label_pair:nnn,\@@_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF}
+%
+% This is the payload of steps T2 and T3 executed in the loop described
+% above. This macro assumes |#1| and |#2| are ordered, which means that
+% any rule pertaining the pair |#1| and |#2| is
+% \cs{g_@@_\meta{hook}_rule_\#1\string|\#2_tl}, and not
+% \cs{g_@@_\meta{hook}_rule_\#2\string|\#1_tl}. This also saves a great deal
+% of time since we only need to check the order of the labels once.
+%
+% The arguments here are \meta{label1}, \meta{label2}, \meta{hook}, and
+% \meta{hook-code-plist}. We are about to apply the next rule and
+% enter it into the data structure. \cs{@@_apply_label_pair:nnn} will
+% just call \cs{@@_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF} for the \meta{hook}, and
+% if no rule is found, also try the \meta{hook} name \verb=??=
+% denoting a default hook rule.
+%
+% \cs{@@_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF} will check if the rule exists for
+% the given hook, and if so call \cs{@@_apply_rule:nnn}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_apply_label_pair:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Extra complication: as we use default rules and local hook specific
+% rules we first have to check if there is a local rule and if that
+% exist use it. Otherwise check if there is a default rule and use
+% that.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If there is no hook-specific rule we check for a default one and
+% use that if it exists.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF {#1} {#2} { ?? } { }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF #1#2#3
+ {
+ \if_cs_exist:w g_@@_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl \cs_end:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% What to do precisely depends on the type of rule we have
+% encountered. If it is a \texttt{before} rule it will be handled by the
+% algorithm but other types need to be managed differently. All
+% this is done in \cs{@@_apply_rule:nnnN}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_apply_rule:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \exp_after:wN \use_none:n
+ \else:
+ \use:nn
+ \fi:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_apply_rule:nnn}
+% This is the code executed in steps T2 and T3 while looping through
+% the matrix This is part of step T3. We are about to apply the next
+% rule and enter it into the data structure. The arguments are
+% \meta{label1}, \meta{label2}, \meta{hook-name}, and \meta{hook-code-plist}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_apply_rule:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \cs:w @@_apply_
+ \cs:w g_@@_#3_reversed_tl \cs_end: rule_
+ \cs:w g_@@_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl \cs_end: :nnn \cs_end:
+ {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_apply_rule_<:nnn,\@@_apply_rule_>:nnn}
+% The most common cases are \texttt{\string<} and \texttt{\string>} so we handle
+% that first. They are relations $\prec$ and $\succ$ in TAOCP, and
+% they dictate sorting.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_apply_rule_<:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_debug:n { \@@_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \tl_set:cx { \@@_tl_csname:n {#2} }
+ { \int_eval:n{ \cs:w \@@_tl_csname:n {#2} \cs_end: + 1 } }
+ \seq_put_right:cn{ \@@_seq_csname:n {#1} }{#2}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_apply_rule_>:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_debug:n { \@@_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \tl_set:cx { \@@_tl_csname:n {#1} }
+ { \int_eval:n{ \cs:w \@@_tl_csname:n {#1} \cs_end: + 1 } }
+ \seq_put_right:cn{ \@@_seq_csname:n {#2} }{#1}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_apply_rule_xE:nnn,\@@_apply_rule_xW:nnn}
+% These relations make two labels incompatible within a hook.
+% |xE| makes raises an error if the labels are found in the same
+% hook, and |xW| makes it a warning.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_apply_rule_xE:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_debug:n { \@@_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \msg_error:nnnnnn { hooks } { labels-incompatible }
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} { 1 }
+ \use:c { @@_apply_rule_->:nnn } {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \use:c { @@_apply_rule_<-:nnn } {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_apply_rule_xW:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_debug:n { \@@_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \msg_warning:nnnnnn { hooks } { labels-incompatible }
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} { 0 }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_apply_rule_->:nnn,\@@_apply_rule_<-:nnn}
+% If we see \texttt{\detokenize{->}} we have to drop code for label
+% \verb=#3= and carry on. We could do a little better and drop
+% everything for that label since it doesn't matter where we sort
+% in the empty code. However that would complicate the algorithm a
+% lot with little gain.\footnote{This also hase the advantage that
+% the result of the sorting doesn't change which might otherwise
+% (for unrelated chunks) if we aren't careful.} So we still
+% unnecessarily try to sort it in and depending on the rules that
+% might result in a loop that is otherwise resolved. If that turns
+% out to be a real issue, we can improve the code.
+%
+% Here the code is removed from \cs{l_@@_cur_hook_tl} rather than
+% \verb=#3= because the latter may be \verb=??=, and the default
+% hook doesn't store any code. Removing from \cs{l_@@_cur_hook_tl}
+% makes default rules \verb=->= and \verb=<-= work properly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_apply_rule_->:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_debug:n
+ {
+ \@@_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \iow_term:x{--->~ Drop~ '#2'~ code~ from~
+ \iow_char:N \\ g_@@_ \l_@@_cur_hook_tl _code_prop ~
+ because~ of~ '#1' }
+ }
+ \prop_put:Nnn \l_@@_work_prop {#2} { }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { @@_apply_rule_<-:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_debug:n
+ {
+ \@@_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \iow_term:x{--->~ Drop~ '#1'~ code~ from~
+ \iow_char:N \\ g_@@_ \l_@@_cur_hook_tl _code_prop ~
+ because~ of~ '#2' }
+ }
+ \prop_put:Nnn \l_@@_work_prop {#1} { }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{
+% \@@_apply_-rule_<:nnn,
+% \@@_apply_-rule_>:nnn,
+% \@@_apply_-rule_<-:nnn,
+% \@@_apply_-rule_->:nnn,
+% \@@_apply_-rule_x:nnn,
+% }
+% Reversed rules.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:cc { @@_apply_-rule_<:nnn } { @@_apply_rule_>:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { @@_apply_-rule_>:nnn } { @@_apply_rule_<:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { @@_apply_-rule_<-:nnn } { @@_apply_rule_<-:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { @@_apply_-rule_->:nnn } { @@_apply_rule_->:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { @@_apply_-rule_xE:nnn } { @@_apply_rule_xE:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { @@_apply_-rule_xW:nnn } { @@_apply_rule_xW:nnn }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_msg_pair_found:nnn}
+% A macro to avoid moving this many tokens around.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_msg_pair_found:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \iow_term:x{~ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#3} {??} {default} {~normal} ~
+ rule~ \@@_label_pair:nn {#1} {#2}:~
+ \use:c { g_@@_#3_rule_ \@@_label_pair:nn {#1} {#2} _tl } ~
+ found}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_debug_label_data:N}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_debug_label_data:N #1 {
+ \iow_term:x{Code~ labels~ for~ sorting:}
+ \iow_term:x{~ \seq_use:Nnnn\l_@@_labels_seq {~and~}{,~}{~and~} }
+ \iow_term:x{^^J Data~ structure~ for~ label~ rules:}
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn #1
+ {
+ \iow_term:x{~ ##1~ =~ \tl_use:c{ \@@_tl_csname:n {##1} }~ ->~
+ \seq_use:cnnn{ \@@_seq_csname:n {##1} }{~->~}{~->~}{~->~}
+ }
+ }
+ \iow_term:x{}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_show:n,\hook_log:n}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_log_line:x,\@@_log_line_indent:x}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_log:nN}
+% This writes out information about the hook given in its argument
+% onto the \texttt{.log} file and the terminal, if \cs{show_hook:n} is
+% used. Internally both share the same structure, except that at the
+% end, \cs{hook_show:n} triggers \TeX's prompt.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_log:n #1
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \@@_log_cmd:x \iow_log:x
+ \@@_normalize_hook_args:Nn \@@_log:nN {#1} \tl_log:x
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_show:n #1
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \@@_log_cmd:x \iow_term:x
+ \@@_normalize_hook_args:Nn \@@_log:nN {#1} \tl_show:x
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_log_line:x #1
+ { \@@_log_cmd:x { >~#1 } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_log_line_indent:x #1
+ { \@@_log_cmd:x { >~\@spaces #1 } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_log:nN #1 #2
+ {
+ \@@_preamble_hook:n {#1}
+ \iow_term:x { ^^J ->~The~hook~'#1': }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hook_if_exist:nF {#1}
+ { \@@_log_line:x { is~not~declared! } }
+ \@@_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \@@_log_line:x { Code~chunks: }
+ \prop_if_empty:cTF { g_@@_#1_code_prop }
+ { \@@_log_line_indent:x { --- } }
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { g_@@_#1_code_prop }
+ { \@@_log_line_indent:x { ##1~->~\tl_to_str:n {##2} } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_log_line:x { Extra~code~for~next~invocation:}
+ \@@_log_line_indent:x
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:cTF { @@_next~#1 }
+ { --- }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the token list is not empty we want to display it but without
+% the first tokens (the code to clear itself) so we call a helper
+% command to get rid of them.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ { ->~ \exp_args:Nv \@@_log_next_code:n { @@_next~#1 } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Loop through the rules in a hook and for every rule found, print it.
+% If no rule is there, print |---|. The boolean \cs{l_@@_tmpa_bool}
+% here indicates if the hook has no rules.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_log_line:x { Rules: }
+ \bool_set_true:N \l_@@_tmpa_bool
+ \@@_list_rules:nn {#1}
+ {
+ \bool_set_false:N \l_@@_tmpa_bool
+ \@@_log_line_indent:x
+ {
+ ##2~ with~
+ \str_if_eq:nnT {##3} {??} { default~ }
+ relation~ ##1
+ }
+ }
+ \bool_if:NT \l_@@_tmpa_bool
+ { \@@_log_line_indent:x { --- } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% When the hook is declared (that is, the sorting algorithm is applied
+% to that hook) and not empty
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnTF
+ { \hook_if_exist_p:n {#1} }
+ { ! \hook_if_empty_p:n {#1} }
+ {
+ \@@_log_line:x
+ {
+ Execution~order
+ \bool_if:NTF \l_@@_tmpa_bool
+ { \@@_if_reversed:nT {#1} { ~(after~reversal) } }
+ { ~(after~
+ \@@_if_reversed:nT {#1} { reversal~and~ }
+ applying~rules)
+ } :
+ }
+ #2 % \tl_show:n
+ {
+ \@spaces
+ \clist_if_empty:cTF { g_@@_#1_labels_clist }
+ { --- }
+ { \clist_use:cn {g_@@_#1_labels_clist} { ,~ } }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ #2
+ {
+ Hook~ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {code~pool~empty} {not~declared}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ { #2 { The~hook~is~empty. } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_log_next_code:n}
+% To display the code for next invocation only (i.e., from
+% \cs{AddToHookNext} we have to remove the first two tokens at the
+% front which are \cs{tl_gclear:N} and the token list to clear.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_log_next_code:n #1
+ { \exp_args:No \tl_to_str:n { \use_none:nn #1 } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_list_rules:nn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_list_one_rule:nnn,\@@_list_if_rule_exists:nnnF}
+% This macro takes a \meta{hook} and an \meta{inline function} and
+% loops through each pair of \meta{labels} in the \meta{hook}, and if
+% there is a relation between this pair of \meta{labels}, the
+% \meta{inline function} is executed with |#1|${}={}$\meta{relation},
+% |#2|${}={}$\meta{label_1}\verb=|=\meta{label_2},
+% and |#3|${}={}$\meta{hook} (the latter may be the argument |#1| to
+% \cs{@@_list_rules:nn}, or |??| if it is a default rule).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_list_rules:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_tmp:w ##1 ##2 ##3 {#2}
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { g_@@_#1_code_prop }
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { g_@@_#1_code_prop }
+ {
+ \@@_if_label_case:nnnnn {##1} {####1}
+ { \prop_map_break: }
+ { \@@_list_one_rule:nnn {##1} {####1} }
+ { \@@_list_one_rule:nnn {####1} {##1} }
+ {#1}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% These two are quite similar to \cs{@@_apply_label_pair:nnn} and
+% \cs{@@_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF}, respectively, but rather than
+% applying the rule, they pass it to the \meta{inline function}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_list_one_rule:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \@@_list_if_rule_exists:nnnF {#1} {#2} {#3} { }
+ { \@@_list_if_rule_exists:nnnF {#1} {#2} { ?? } { } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_list_if_rule_exists:nnnF #1#2#3
+ {
+ \if_cs_exist:w g_@@_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl \cs_end:
+ \exp_args:Nv \@@_tmp:w
+ { g_@@_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl } { #1 | #2 } {#3}
+ \fi:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_debug_print_rules:n}
+% A shorthand for debugging that prints similar to \cs{prop_show:N}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_debug_print_rules:n #1
+ {
+ \iow_term:n { The~hook~#1~contains~the~rules: }
+ \cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_tmp:w ##1
+ {
+ \@@_list_rules:nn {#1}
+ {
+ \iow_term:x
+ {
+ > ##1 {####2} ##1 => ##1 {####1}
+ \str_if_eq:nnT {####3} {??} { ~(default) }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ \exp_args:No \@@_tmp:w { \use:nn { ~ } { ~ } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Specifying code for next invocation}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_gput_next_code:nn}
+% \begin{macro}{%
+% \@@_gput_next_code:nn,
+% \@@_gput_next_do:nn,
+% \@@_gput_next_do:Nnn,
+% \@@_clear_next:n
+% }
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gput_next_code:nn #1
+ { \@@_normalize_hook_args:Nn \@@_gput_next_code:nn {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gput_next_code:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \@@_declare:n {#1}
+ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ { \@@_gput_next_do:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ { \@@_try_declaring_generic_next_hook:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gput_next_do:nn #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nc \@@_gput_next_do:Nnn
+ { @@_next~#1 } {#1}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First check if the ``next code'' token list is empty: if so we need
+% to add a \cs{tl_gclear:c} to clear it, so the code lasts for one
+% usage only. The token list is cleared early so that nested usages
+% don't get lost. \cs{tl_gclear:c} is used instead of
+% \cs{tl_gclear:N} in case the hook is used in an expansion-only
+% context, so the token list doesn't expand before \cs{tl_gclear:N}:
+% that would make an infinite loop. Also in case the main code token
+% list is empty, the hook code has to be updated to add the next
+% execution token list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_gput_next_do:Nnn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:cT { @@~#2 }
+ { \@@_update_hook_code:n {#2} }
+ \tl_if_empty:NT #1
+ { \tl_gset:Nn #1 { \@@_clear_next:n {#2} } }
+ \tl_gput_right:Nn #1
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_clear_next:n #1
+ { \cs_gset_eq:cN { @@_next~#1 } \c_empty_tl }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Using the hook}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_use:n}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_use_initialized:n}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_use_undefined:w,\@@_use_end:}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_preamble_hook:n}
+% \cs{hook_use:n} as defined here is used in the preamble, where
+% hooks aren't initialized by default. \cs{@@_use_initialized:n} is
+% also defined, which is the non-\tn{protected} version for use within
+% the document. Their definition is identical, except for the
+% \cs{@@_preamble_hook:n} (which wouldn't hurt in the expandable
+% version, but it would be an unnecessary extra expansion).
+%
+% \cs{@@_use_initialized:n} holds the expandable definition while in
+% the preamble. \cs{@@_preamble_hook:n} initializes the hook in the
+% preamble, and is redefined to \cs{use_none:n} at |\begin{document}|.
+%
+% Both versions do the same internally: check if the hook exist as
+% given, and if so use it as quickly as possible. If it doesn't
+% exist, the a call to \cs{@@_use:wn} checks for file hooks.
+%
+% At |\begin{document}|, all hooks are initialized, and any change in
+% them causes an update, so \cs{hook_use:n} can be made expandable.
+% This one is better not protected so that it can expand into nothing
+% if containing no code. Also important in case of generic hooks that
+% we do not generate a \cs{relax} as a side effect of checking for a
+% csname. In contrast to the \TeX{} low-level
+% \verb=\csname ...\endcsname= construct \cs{tl_if_exist:c} is
+% careful to avoid this.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_use:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cTF { @@~#1 }
+ {
+ \@@_preamble_hook:n {#1}
+ \cs:w @@~#1 \cs_end:
+ }
+ { \@@_use:wn #1 / \s_@@_mark {#1} }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_use_initialized:n #1
+ {
+ \if_cs_exist:w @@~#1 \cs_end:
+ \else:
+ \@@_use_undefined:w
+ \fi:
+ \cs:w @@~#1 \@@_use_end:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_use_undefined:w #1 #2 @@~#3 \@@_use_end:
+ {
+ #1 % fi
+ \@@_use:wn #3 / \s_@@_mark {#3}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_preamble_hook:n #1
+ { \@@_initialize_hook_code:n {#1} }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_use_end: \cs_end:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_use:wn}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_try_file_hook:n,\@@_if_exist_use:n}
+% \cs{@@_use:wn} does a quick check to test if the current hook is a
+% file hook: those need a special treatment. If it is not, the hook
+% does not exist. If it is, then \cs{@@_try_file_hook:n} is called,
+% and checks that the current hook is a file-specific hook using
+% \cs{@@_if_file_hook:wTF}. If it's not, then it's a generic |file/|
+% hook and is used if it exist.
+%
+% If it is a file-specific hook, it passes through the same
+% normalization as during declaration, and then it is used if defined.
+% \cs{@@_if_exist_use:n} checks if the hook exist, and calls
+% \cs{@@_preamble_hook:n} if so, then uses the hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:wn #1 / #2 \s_@@_mark #3
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { file }
+ { \@@_try_file_hook:n {#3} }
+ { } % Hook doesn't exist
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_try_file_hook:n #1
+ {
+ \@@_if_file_hook:wTF #1 / / \s_@@_mark
+ {
+ \exp_args:Ne \@@_if_exist_use:n
+ { \exp_args:Ne \@@_file_hook_normalize:n {#1} }
+ }
+ { \@@_if_exist_use:n {#1} } % file/ generic hook (e.g. file/before)
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_if_exist_use:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cT { @@~#1 }
+ {
+ \@@_preamble_hook:n {#1}
+ \cs:w @@~#1 \cs_end:
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hook_use_once:n}
+% For hooks that can and should be used only once we have a special
+% use command that remembers the hook name in
+% \cs{g_@@_execute_immediately_prop}. This has the effect that any
+% further code added to the hook is executed immediately rather
+% than stored in the hook.
+%
+% The code needs some gymnastics to prevent space trimming from the
+% hook name, since \cs{hook_use:n} and \cs{hook_use_once:n} are
+% documented to not trim spaces.
+%
+% \pho{Should this raise an error if the hook doesn't exist?}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_use_once:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cT { @@~#1 }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_return_tl {#1}
+ \@@_normalize_hook_args:Nn \@@_use_once_store:n
+ { \l_@@_return_tl }
+ \hook_use:n {#1}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_use_once_store:n #1
+ { \prop_gput:Nnn \g_@@_execute_immediately_prop {#1} { } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Querying a hook}
+%
+% Simpler data types, like token lists, have three possible states; they
+% can exist and be empty, exist and be non-empty, and they may not
+% exist, in which case emptiness doesn't apply (though
+% \cs{tl_if_empty:N} returns false in this case).
+%
+% Hooks are a bit more complicated: they have four possible states.
+% A hook may exist or not, and either way it may or may not be empty
+% (even a hook that doesn't exist may be non-empty).
+%
+% A hook is said to be empty when no code was added to it, either to
+% its permanent code pool, or to its ``next'' token list. The hook
+% doesn't need to be declared to have code added to its code pool
+% (it may happen that a package $A$ defines a hook \hook{foo}, but
+% it's loaded after package $B$, which adds some code to that hook.
+% In this case it is important that the code added by package $B$ is
+% remembered until package $A$ is loaded).
+%
+% A hook is said to exist when it was declared with \cs{hook_new:n} or
+% some variant thereof.
+%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\hook_if_empty:n}
+% Test if a hook is empty (that is, no code was added to that hook).
+% A hook being empty means that \emph{both} its
+% \cs[no-index]{g_@@_\meta{hook}_code_prop} and its
+% \cs[no-index]{@@_next~\meta{hook}} are empty.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \hook_if_empty:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \@@_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnTF
+ { \prop_if_empty_p:c { g_@@_#1_code_prop } }
+ { \tl_if_empty_p:c { @@_next~#1 } }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\hook_if_exist:n}
+% A canonical way to test if a hook exists. A hook exists if the
+% token list that stores the sorted code for that hook,
+% \cs[no-index]{@@~\meta{hook}}, exists. The property list
+% \cs[no-index]{g_@@_\meta{hook}_code_prop} cannot be used here
+% because often it is necessary to add code to a hook without knowing
+% if such hook was already declared, or even if it will ever be
+% (for example, in case the package that defines it isn't loaded).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \hook_if_exist:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cTF { @@~#1 }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\@@_if_exist:n}
+% An internal check if the hook has already been declared with
+% \cs{@@_declare:n}. This means that the hook was already used somehow
+% (a code chunk or rule was added to it), but it still wasn't declared
+% with \cs{hook_new:n}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \@@_if_exist:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \prop_if_exist:cTF { g_@@_#1_code_prop }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\@@_if_reversed:n}
+% An internal conditional that checks if a hook is reversed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \@@_if_reversed:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \if_int_compare:w \cs:w g_@@_#1_reversed_tl \cs_end: 1 < 0 \exp_stop_f:
+ \prg_return_true:
+ \else:
+ \prg_return_false:
+ \fi:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Messages}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\msg_new:nnnn { hooks } { labels-incompatible }
+ {
+ Labels~`#1'~and~`#2'~are~incompatible
+ \str_if_eq:nnF {#3} {??} { ~in~hook~`#3' } .~
+ \int_compare:nNnTF {#4} = { 1 }
+ { The~ code~ for~ both~ labels~ will~ be~ dropped. }
+ { You~ may~ see~ errors~ later. }
+ }
+ { LaTeX~found~two~incompatible~labels~in~the~same~hook.~
+ This~indicates~an~incompatibility~between~packages. }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\msg_new:nnnn { hooks } { exists }
+ { Hook~`#1'~ has~ already~ been~ declared. }
+ { There~ already~ exists~ a~ hook~ declaration~ with~ this~
+ name.\\
+ Please~ use~ a~ different~ name~ for~ your~ hook.}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\msg_new:nnn { hooks } { empty-label }
+ { Empty~code~label~\msg_line_context:.~Using~`#1'~instead. }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\msg_new:nnnn { hooks } { unknown-rule }
+ { Unknown~ relationship~ `#3'~
+ between~ labels~ `#2'~ and~ `#4'~
+ \str_if_eq:nnF {#1} {??} { ~in~hook~`#1' }. ~
+ Perhaps~ a~ missspelling?
+ }
+ {
+ The~ relation~ used~ not~ known~ to~ the~ system.~ Allowed~ values~ are~
+ `before'~ or~ `<',~
+ `after'~ or~ `>',~
+ `incompatible-warning',~
+ `incompatible-error',~
+ `voids'~ or~
+ `unrelated'.
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\msg_new:nnn { hooks } { should-not-happen }
+ {
+ ERROR!~This~should~not~happen.~#1 \\
+ Please~report~at~https://github.com/latex3/latex2e.
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{\LaTeXe{} package interface commands}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NewHook,\NewReversedHook,\NewMirroredHookPair}
+% Declaring new hooks \ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \NewHook { m }{ \hook_new:n {#1} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \NewReversedHook { m }{ \hook_new_reversed:n {#1} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \NewMirroredHookPair { mm }{ \hook_new_pair:nn {#1}{#2} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AddToHook}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \AddToHook { m o +m }
+ { \hook_gput_code:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AddToHookNext}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \AddToHookNext { m +m }
+ { \hook_gput_next_code:nn {#1} {#2} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RemoveFromHook}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \RemoveFromHook { m o }
+ { \hook_gremove_code:nn {#1} {#2} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareDefaultHookLabel}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_curr_name_push:n,\@@_curr_name_pop:}
+% The token list \cs{g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl} stores the name of the
+% current package/file to be used as label for hooks.
+% Providing a consistent interface is tricky, because packages can
+% be loaded within packages, and some packages may not use
+% \cs{DeclareDefaultHookLabel} to change the default label (in which case
+% \cs{@currname} is used, if set).
+%
+% To pull that off, we keep a stack that contains the default label
+% for each level of input. The bottom of the stack contains the
+% default label for the top-level. Since the string \verb|top-level|
+% is hardcoded, here this item of the stack is empty. Also, since
+% we're in an input level, add \verb|lthooks| to the stack as well.
+% This stack should never go empty. An empty entry is added to the
+% stack to account for the \verb|top-level|. The item is empty so
+% that the hard-coded default is used, but a call to
+% \cs{DeclareDefaultHookLabel} will change it if needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\seq_gpush:Nn \g_@@_name_stack_seq { }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Two commands keep track of the stack: when a file is input,
+% \cs{@@_curr_name_push:n} pushes an (empty by default) label to the
+% stack:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_curr_name_push:n #1
+ {
+ \seq_gpush:Nn \g_@@_name_stack_seq {#1}
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl {#1}
+ }
+%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% and when an input is over, the topmost item of the stack is popped,
+% since the label will not be used again, and \cs{g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl}
+% is updated to the now topmost item of the stack:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_curr_name_pop:
+ {
+ \seq_gpop:NN \g_@@_name_stack_seq \l_@@_return_tl
+ \seq_get:NNTF \g_@@_name_stack_seq \l_@@_return_tl
+ { \tl_gset_eq:NN \g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl \l_@@_return_tl }
+ {
+ \msg_error:nnn { hooks } { should-not-happen }
+ { Tried~to~pop~from~an~empty~default~label~stack. }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The token list \cs{g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl} is but a mirror of the top
+% of the stack.
+%
+% Now define a wrapper that replaces the top of the stack with the
+% argument, and updates \cs{g_@@_hook_curr_name_tl} accordingly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareDefaultHookLabel { m }
+ {
+ \seq_gpop:NN \g_@@_name_stack_seq \l_@@_return_tl
+ \@@_curr_name_push:n {#1}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\UseHook,\UseOneTimeHook}
+% Avoid the overhead of \pkg{xparse} and its protection that we
+% don't want here (since the hook should vanish without trace if empty)!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \UseHook { \hook_use:n }
+\cs_new:Npn \UseOneTimeHook { \hook_use_once:n }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ShowHook,\LogHook}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \ShowHook { \hook_show:n }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \LogHook { \hook_log:n }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DebugHooksOn,\DebugHooksOff}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \DebugHooksOn { \hook_debug_on: }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \DebugHooksOff { \hook_debug_off: }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareHookRule}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareHookRule { m m m m }
+ { \hook_gset_rule:nnnn {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareDefaultHookRule}
+% This declaration is only supported before \verb=\begin{document}=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareDefaultHookRule { m m m }
+ { \hook_gset_rule:nnnn {??}{#1}{#2}{#3} }
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareDefaultHookRule
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ClearHookRule}
+% A special setup rule that removes an existing relation.
+% Basically {@@_rule_gclear:nnn} plus fixing the property list for debugging.
+% \fmi{Need an L3 interface, or maybe it should get dropped?}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewDocumentCommand \ClearHookRule { m m m }
+{ \hook_gset_rule:nnnn {#1}{#2}{unrelated}{#3} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\IfHookExistsTF,\IfHookEmptyTF}
+% Here we avoid the overhead of \pkg{xparse}, since \cs{IfHookEmptyTF}
+% is used in \cs{end} (that is, every \LaTeX{} environment). As a
+% further optimisation, use \cs{let} rather than \cs{def} to avoid one
+% expansion step.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \IfHookExistsTF \hook_if_exist:nTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \IfHookEmptyTF \hook_if_empty:nTF
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
+%
+% \subsection{Internal commands needed elsewhere}
+%
+% Here we set up a few horrible (but consistent) \LaTeXe{} names to
+% allow for internal commands to be used outside this module. We
+% have to unset the \texttt{@\/@} since we want double ``at'' sign
+% in place of double underscores.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@expl@@@initialize at all@@,
+% \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at push@@n,
+% \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at pop@@}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@initialize at all@@
+ \__hook_initialize_all:
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at push@@n
+ \__hook_curr_name_push:n
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at pop@@
+ \__hook_curr_name_pop:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Rolling back here doesn't undefine the interface commands as they
+% may be used in packages without rollback functionality. So we
+% just make them do nothing which may or may not work depending on
+% the code usage.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\NewHook}{The hook management}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def \NewHook#1{}
+%<latexrelease>\def \NewReversedHook#1{}
+%<latexrelease>\def \NewMirroredHookPair#1#2{}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\long\def \AddToHook#1#2{}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def \AddToHookNext#1{\@gobble at AddToHook@args}
+%<latexrelease>\providecommand\@gobble at AddToHook@args[2][]{}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\RemoveFromHook#1{\@gobble at RemoveFromHook@arg}
+%<latexrelease>\providecommand\@gobble at RemoveFromHook@arg[1][]{}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def \UseHook #1{}
+%<latexrelease>\def \UseOneTimeHook #1{}
+%<latexrelease>\def \ShowHook #1{}
+%<latexrelease>\let \DebugHooksOn \@empty
+%<latexrelease>\let \DebugHooksOff\@empty
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def \DeclareHookRul#1#2#3#4{}
+%<latexrelease>\def \DeclareDefaultHookRule #1#2#3{}
+%<latexrelease>\def \ClearHookRule#1#2#3{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the hook management is not provided we make the test for existence
+% false and the test for empty true in the hope that this is most
+% of the time reasonable. If not a package would need to guard
+% against running in an old kernel.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\def \IfHookExistTF #1#2#3{#3}
+%<latexrelease>\def \IfHookEmptyTF #1#2#3{#2}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\endinput
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lthooks.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltlists.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltlists.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltlists.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltlists.dtx}
- [2015/05/10 v1.0t LaTeX Kernel (List Environments)]
+ [2020/04/24 v1.0t LaTeX Kernel (List Environments)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltlists.dtx}
@@ -546,6 +546,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
%
+% \begin{environment}{list}
% \begin{macro}{\list}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\list#1#2{%
@@ -572,6 +573,7 @@
\ignorespaces}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{macro}{\par at deathcycles}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -626,8 +628,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{environment}{trivlist}
+% \begin{macro}{\trivlist}
% \changes{0.0}{1992/03/18}{RmS: added \cs{@nmbrlistfalse}}
-% \begin{macro}{\trivlist}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\trivlist{%
\parsep\parskip
@@ -647,6 +650,7 @@
\def\makelabel##1{##1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{macro}{\endlist}
% \begin{macrocode}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltluatex.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltluatex.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltluatex.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -23,12 +23,12 @@
%<tex> \ProvidesFile\undefined\begingroup\def\ProvidesFile
%<tex> #1#2[#3]{\endgroup\immediate\write-1{File: #1 #3}}
%<tex>\fi
-%<plain>\ProvidesFile{ltluatex.tex}
+%<plain>\ProvidesFile{ltluatex.tex}%
%<*driver>
\ProvidesFile{ltluatex.dtx}
%</driver>
%<*tex>
-[2020/02/02 v1.1l
+[2020/09/25 v1.1s
%</tex>
%<plain> LuaTeX support for plain TeX (core)
%<*tex>
@@ -406,6 +406,14 @@
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \changes{v1.1n}{2020/06/10}{Define \cs{@gobble}/\cs{@firstofone} even for \LaTeX\ to allow early loading.}
+% Two simple \LaTeX\ macros from |ltdefns.dtx| have to be defined here
+% because ltdefns.dtx is not loaded yet when ltluatex.dtx is executed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\@gobble#1{}
+\long\def\@firstofone#1{#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \subsection{Older \LaTeX{}/Plain \TeX\ setup}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -451,7 +459,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% luatex/xetex also allow more math fam.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\edef \et at xmaxfam {\ifx\Umathchar\@undefined\sixt@@n\else\@cclvi\fi}
+\edef \et at xmaxfam {\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined\sixt@@n\else\@cclvi\fi}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -521,12 +529,6 @@
\fi}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Two simple \LaTeX\ macros used in |ltlatex.sty|.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\@gobble#1{}
-\long\def\@firstofone#1{#1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
% Fix up allocations not to clash with |etex.src|.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -544,11 +546,11 @@
%</tex>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%
% \subsection{Attributes}
%
% \begin{macro}{\newattribute}
% \changes{v1.0a}{2015/09/24}{Macro added}
+% \changes{v1.1q}{2020/08/02}{Move reset to $0$ inside conditional}
% As is generally the case for the Lua\TeX{} registers we start here
% from~$1$. Notably, some code assumes that |\attribute0| is never used so
% this is important in this case.
@@ -555,12 +557,12 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\e at alloc@attribute at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@attribute at count=258
+ \e at alloc@attribute at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newattribute#1{%
\e at alloc\attribute\attributedef
\e at alloc@attribute at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
}
-\e at alloc@attribute at count=\z@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -585,6 +587,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\e at alloc@ccodetable at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@ccodetable at count=259
+ \e at alloc@ccodetable at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newcatcodetable#1{%
\e at alloc\catcodetable\chardef
@@ -591,7 +594,6 @@
\e at alloc@ccodetable at count\m at ne{"8000}#1%
\initcatcodetable\allocationnumber
}
-\e at alloc@ccodetable at count=\z@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -698,6 +700,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\newluafunction}
% \changes{v1.0a}{2015/09/24}{Macro added}
+% \changes{v1.1q}{2020/08/02}{Move reset to $0$ inside conditional}
% Much the same story for allocating Lua\TeX{} functions except here they are
% just numbers so they are allocated in the same way as boxes.
% Lua indexes from~$1$ so once again slot~$0$ is skipped.
@@ -704,12 +707,12 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\e at alloc@luafunction at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@luafunction at count=260
+ \e at alloc@luafunction at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newluafunction{%
\e at alloc\luafunction\e at alloc@chardef
\e at alloc@luafunction at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top
}
-\e at alloc@luafunction at count=\z@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -717,17 +720,18 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\newwhatsit}
% \changes{v1.0a}{2015/09/24}{Macro added}
+% \changes{v1.1q}{2020/08/02}{Move reset to $0$ inside conditional}
% These are only settable from Lua but for consistency are definable
% here.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\e at alloc@whatsit at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@whatsit at count=261
+ \e at alloc@whatsit at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newwhatsit#1{%
\e at alloc\whatsit\e at alloc@chardef
\e at alloc@whatsit at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
}
-\e at alloc@whatsit at count=\z@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -735,17 +739,18 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\newluabytecode}
% \changes{v1.0a}{2015/09/24}{Macro added}
+% \changes{v1.1q}{2020/08/02}{Move reset to $0$ inside conditional}
% These are only settable from Lua but for consistency are definable
% here.
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\e at alloc@bytecode at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@bytecode at count=262
+ \e at alloc@bytecode at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newluabytecode#1{%
\e at alloc\luabytecode\e at alloc@chardef
\e at alloc@bytecode at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
}
-\e at alloc@bytecode at count=\z@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -753,6 +758,7 @@
% \begin{macro}{\newluachunkname}
% \changes{v1.0a}{2015/09/24}{Macro added}
+% \changes{v1.1q}{2020/08/02}{Move reset to $0$ inside conditional}
% As for bytecode registers, but in addition we need to add a string
% to the \verb|lua.name| table to use in stack tracing. We use the
% name of the command passed to the allocator, with no backslash.
@@ -759,6 +765,7 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\ifx\e at alloc@luachunk at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@luachunk at count=263
+ \e at alloc@luachunk at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newluachunkname#1{%
\e at alloc\luachunk\e at alloc@chardef
@@ -766,19 +773,31 @@
{\escapechar\m at ne
\directlua{lua.name[\the\allocationnumber]="\string#1"}}%
}
-\e at alloc@luachunk at count=\z@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Lua loader}
+% \changes{v1.1r}{2020/08/10}{Load ltluatex Lua module during format building}
%
+% Lua code loaded in the format often has to to be loaded again at the
+% beginning of every job, so we define a helper whch allows us to avoid
+% duplicated code:
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\now at and@everyjob#1{%
+ \everyjob\expandafter{\the\everyjob
+ #1%
+ }%
+ #1%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% Load the Lua code at the start of every job.
% For the conversion of \TeX{} into numbers at the Lua side we need some
% known registers: for convenience we use a set of systematic names, which
% means using a group around the Lua loader.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<2ekernel>\everyjob\expandafter{%
-%<2ekernel> \the\everyjob
+%<2ekernel>\now at and@everyjob{%
\begingroup
\attributedef\attributezero=0 %
\chardef \charzero =0 %
@@ -1321,6 +1340,7 @@
% \changes{v1.1k}{2019/10/02}{process\_rule is \texttt{exclusive}}
% \changes{v1.1k}{2019/10/02}{mlist\_to\_hlist is \texttt{exclusive}}
% \changes{v1.1l}{2020/02/02}{post\_linebreak\_filter is \texttt{reverselist}}
+% \changes{v1.1p}{2020/08/01}{new\_graf is \texttt{exclusive}}
% \begin{macrocode}
contribute_filter = simple,
buildpage_filter = simple,
@@ -1342,7 +1362,7 @@
pre_mlist_to_hlist_filter = list,
mlist_to_hlist = exclusive,
post_mlist_to_hlist_filter = reverselist,
- new_graf = simple,
+ new_graf = exclusive,
% \end{macrocode}
% Section 8.5: information reporting callbacks.
% \changes{v1.0m}{2016/02/11}{show\_warning\_message added}
@@ -1481,6 +1501,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% Handler for |list| callbacks.
% \changes{v1.0k}{2015/12/02}{resolve name and i.description (PHG)}
+% \changes{v1.1s}{2020/12/02}{Fix return value of list callbacks}
% \begin{macrocode}
local function list_handler(name)
return function(head, ...)
@@ -1493,7 +1514,7 @@
"Function `" .. i.description .. "' returned false\n"
.. "in callback `" .. name .."'"
)
- break
+ return false
end
if ret ~= true then
alltrue = false
@@ -1526,7 +1547,7 @@
"Function `" .. cb.description .. "' returned false\n"
.. "in callback `" .. name .."'"
)
- break
+ return false
end
if ret ~= true then
alltrue = false
@@ -1716,6 +1737,7 @@
% \changes{v1.0a}{2015/09/24}{Function added}
% \changes{v1.0k}{2015/12/02}{adjust initialisation of cb local (PHG)}
% \changes{v1.0k}{2015/12/02}{Give more specific error messages (PHG)}
+% \changes{v1.1m}{2020/03/07}{Do not call callback.register for user-defined callbacks}
% Remove a function from a callback. First check arguments.
% \begin{macrocode}
local function remove_from_callback(name, description)
@@ -1761,7 +1783,9 @@
)
if #l == 0 then
callbacklist[name] = nil
- callback_register(name, nil)
+ if user_callbacks_defaults[name] == nil then
+ callback_register(name, nil)
+ end
end
return cb.func,cb.description
end
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmath.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmath.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmath.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltmath.dtx}
- [2019/08/27 v1.2c LaTeX Kernel (Math Setup)]
+ [2020/07/27 v1.2g LaTeX Kernel (Math Setup)]
% \iffalse
%</driver>
%
@@ -407,15 +407,17 @@
% \begin{macro}{\cases}
% \changes{LaTeX2.09}{1991/08/14}
% {(RmS) inserted extra braces around entry for NFSS}
+% \changes{v1.2g}{2020/07/27}{Don't make the command \cs{long} (gh/354)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\cases[1]{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\cases[1]{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
\ialign{$##\hfil$&\quad{##}\hfil\crcr#1\crcr}}\right.}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\matrix}
+% \changes{v1.2g}{2020/07/27}{Don't make the command \cs{long} (gh/354)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\matrix[1]{\null\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\matrix[1]{\null\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
\ialign{\hfil$##$\hfil&&\quad\hfil$##$\hfil\crcr
\mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}
#1\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}}}\,}
@@ -423,8 +425,9 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\pmatrix}
+% \changes{v1.2g}{2020/07/27}{Don't make the command \cs{long} (gh/354)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\pmatrix[1]{\left(\matrix{#1}\right)}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\pmatrix[1]{\left(\matrix{#1}\right)}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -509,19 +512,104 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\>}
-% \begin{macro}{\;}
-% \begin{macro}{\!}
+
+
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tmspace}
+% \begin{macro}{\,}
+% \begin{macro}{\thinspace}
+% \begin{macro}{\!}
+% \begin{macro}{\negthinspace}
+% \begin{macro}{\:}
+% \begin{macro}{\medspace}
+% \begin{macro}{\negmedspace}
+% \begin{macro}{\;}
+% \begin{macro}{\thickspace}
+% \begin{macro}{\negthickspace}
+%
+% Originally \LaTeX{} only provided a small set of spacing commands
+% for use in text and math, some of the commands like \cs{;} were
+% only supported in manth mode. \texttt{amsmath} normalized and
+% provided all of them in text and math. This code has now been
+% moved to the kernel so that it is generally available.
+%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\,{\mskip\thinmuskip} % already defined in ltspace
-\def\>{\mskip\medmuskip}
-\def\;{\mskip\thickmuskip}
-\def\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\tmspace}{amsmath spacing commands}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
+% \cs{tmspace} is really meant to be an internal command so it
+% doesn't necessarily has to be robust but it was robust in
+% \texttt{amsmath} so we leave it like that.
+% \changes{v1.2e}{2020/03/07}{Add \texttt{amsmath} math/text spacing
+% commands to the kernel (gh/303)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tmspace[3]{%
+ \ifmmode\mskip#1#2\else\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern#1#3\fi\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In \texttt{amsmath} the text kern is \texttt{.1667em}. For
+% compatibility reasons we keep the longer one.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\,{\tmspace+\thinmuskip{.16667em}}
+\let\thinspace\,
+% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\!{\tmspace-\thinmuskip{.16667em}}
+\let\negthinspace\!
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\:{\tmspace+\medmuskip{.2222em}}
+\let\medspace\:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \LaTeX{} has a second name for this in its manual:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\>=\:
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negmedspace{\tmspace-\medmuskip{.2222em}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\;{\tmspace+\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
+\let\thickspace\;
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negthickspace{\tmspace-\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\tmspace}{amsmath spacing commands}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\tmspace\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand{\,}{%
+%<latexrelease> \relax\ifmmode\mskip\thinmuskip\else\thinspace\fi}
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\thinspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern .16667em }
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\negthinspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern-.16667em }
+%<latexrelease>\def\>{\mskip\medmuskip}
+%<latexrelease>\let\:=\>
+%<latexrelease>\def\;{\mskip\thickmuskip}
+%<latexrelease>\def\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\*}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand\*{\discretionary{\thinspace\the\textfont2\char2}{}{}}
@@ -532,7 +620,7 @@
% Nickname for the medium space since |\>| is not available inside
% \texttt{tabbing}.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\:=\>
+%\let\:=\>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -884,13 +972,33 @@
\def\@yeqncr{\@testopt\@xeqncr\z at skip}
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \changes{v1.2f}{2020/04/21}{Support calc syntax (gh/152)}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@xeqncr}{eqnarray support calc syntax}%
\def\@xeqncr[#1]{%
\ifnum0=`{\fi}%
\@@eqncr
- \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\vskip #1\relax}%
+ \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\@vspace at calcify{#1}}%
}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@xeqncr}{eqnarray support calc syntax}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@xeqncr[#1]{%
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum0=`{\fi}%
+%<latexrelease> \@@eqncr
+%<latexrelease> \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\vskip #1\relax}%
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1009,9 +1117,11 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\mathindent}
% The amount of indentation of the equations is stored in a register.
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2020/02/18}{Make \cs{mathindent} a skip register to match
+% amsmath (gh/252)}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*fleqn>
-\newdimen\mathindent
+\newskip\mathindent
% \end{macrocode}
% The setting of |\mathindent| has to be deferred until the class
% file has been processed, because |\leftmargini| is still 0pt
@@ -1097,7 +1207,13 @@
\hb at xt@\linewidth\bgroup $\m at th% $
\displaystyle
\hskip\mathindent}%
- {$\hfil % $
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Ensure that there is at least a space between formula and
+% equation number so that they don't bump in each other.
+% \changes{v1.2d}{2020/02/18}{Separate formula and eqn number by at
+% least a space in fleqn option}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {$\hskip .3em minus.3em\hfil % $
\displaywidth\linewidth\hbox{\@eqnnum}%
\egroup
\endtrivlist}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltmiscen.dtx}
- [2019/11/02 v1.1s LaTeX Kernel (Misc. Environments)]
+ [2020/08/21 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Misc. Environments)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltmiscen.dtx}
@@ -73,6 +73,7 @@
% \cs{@noligs}.}
% \changes{v1.1g}{1998/08/17}{(RmS) Minor documentation fixes.}
% \changes{v1.1p}{2019/08/27}{Make various commands robust}
+% \changes{v1.1v}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
%
% \section{Miscellaneous Environments}
% This section implements the basic environment mechanism, and also
@@ -182,6 +183,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{environment}{document}
% \begin{macro}{\enddocument}
% \changes{LaTeX2.09}{1993/08/03}
% {Changed redefinition of \cs{global} to redefinition
@@ -190,6 +192,10 @@
% {Added warning in case of undefined references.}%
% \changes{v0.9e}{1993/12/09}{Hook added}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\enddocument}{Use Hooks}%
\def\enddocument{%
% \end{macrocode}
% The |\end{document}| hook is executed first. If necessary it can
@@ -208,10 +214,15 @@
% \changes{v1.1i}{2000/05/19}
% {Reset \cs{AtEndDocument} for latex/3060}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\AtEndDocument\@firstofone
- \@enddocumenthook
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument}%
+ \@kernel at after@enddocument
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
\@checkend{document}%
\clearpage
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument/afterlastpage}%
+ \@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage
\begingroup
\if at filesw
\immediate\closeout\@mainaux
@@ -234,12 +245,53 @@
\@tempswafalse
\makeatletter \@@input\jobname.aux
\fi
+ \UseHook{enddocument/afteraux}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v1.0w}{1994/11/30}
-% {(DPC) Use \cs{@dofilelist}}
+% Next hook is expect to contain only code for writing info
+% messages on the terminal.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@dofilelist
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument/info}%
+ \endgroup
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument/end}%
+ \deadcycles\z@\@@end}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The public hooks used in \cs{enddocument}:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NewHook{enddocument}
+\NewHook{enddocument/afterlastpage}
+\NewHook{enddocument/afteraux}
+\NewHook{enddocument/info}
+\NewHook{enddocument/end}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This is one of the few places where we already add data and rules
+% to a hook already in the kernel.
+% \changes{v1.0w}{1994/11/30}{(DPC) Use \cs{@dofilelist}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHook{enddocument/info}[kernel/filelist]{\@dofilelist}
+\AddToHook{enddocument/info}[kernel/warnings]{\@enddocument at kernel@warnings}
+\DeclareHookRule{enddocument/info}{kernel/filelist}{before}{kernel/warnings}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@kernel at after@enddocument,
+% \@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage}
+%
+% The two kernel hooks above are used by the shipout code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@kernel at after@enddocument\@empty
+\let\@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@enddocument at kernel@warnings}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@enddocument at kernel@warnings{%
+% \end{macrocode}
% First we check for font size substitution bigger than
% |\fontsubfuzz|. The |\relax| is necessary because this is a macro
% not a register.
@@ -246,7 +298,7 @@
% \changes{v1.0w}{1994/11/30}
% {(DPC) Do warnings even for \cs{nofiles}}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifdim \font at submax >\fontsubfuzz\relax
+ \ifdim \font at submax >\fontsubfuzz\relax
% \end{macrocode}
% In case you wonder about the |\@gobbletwo| inside the message
% below, this is a horrible hack to remove the tokens |\on at line.|
@@ -253,9 +305,9 @@
% that are added by |\@font at warning| at the end.
% \changes{v1.1j}{2000/07/11}{Fix typo in warning}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@font at warning{Size substitutions with differences\MessageBreak
- up to \font at submax\space have occurred.\@gobbletwo}%
- \fi
+ \@font at warning{Size substitutions with differences\MessageBreak
+ up to \font at submax\space have occurred.\@gobbletwo}%
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
% The macro |\@defaultsubs| is initially |\relax| but gets redefined
% to produce
@@ -262,13 +314,13 @@
% a warning if there have been some default font substitutions.
% \changes{v1.0z}{1995/07/13}{Use \cs{@defaultsubs} instead of switch}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@defaultsubs
+ \@defaultsubs
% \end{macrocode}
% The macro |\@refundefined| is initially |\relax| but gets redefined
% to produce a warning if there are undefined refs.
% \changes{v1.1b}{1995/10/24}{Use \cs{@refundefined} instead of switch}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@refundefined
+ \@refundefined
% \end{macrocode}
% If a label is defined more than once, |\@tempswa| will always be
% true and thus produce a ``Label(s) may \ldots'' warning. But
@@ -280,21 +332,78 @@
% \changes{v1.1b}{1995/10/24}{Changed logic for producing
% warning messages and removed switch}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if at filesw
- \ifx \@multiplelabels \relax
- \if at tempswa
- \@latex at warning@no at line{Label(s) may have changed.
- Rerun to get cross-references right}%
- \fi
- \else
- \@multiplelabels
+ \if at filesw
+ \ifx \@multiplelabels \relax
+ \if at tempswa
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{Label(s) may have changed.
+ Rerun to get cross-references right}%
\fi
+ \else
+ \@multiplelabels
\fi
- \endgroup
- \deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+ \ifx \@extra at page@added \relax
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{Temporary extra page added at the end.
+ Rerun to get it removed}%
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
+% We could think of adding a warning that nothing can be corrected
+% while \cs{nofiles} is in force. In the past the warnings related
+% to the \texttt{aux} file are simply suppressed in this case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\enddocument}{Use Hooks}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\enddocument{%
+%<latexrelease> \let\AtEndDocument\@firstofone
+%<latexrelease> \@enddocumenthook
+%<latexrelease> \@checkend{document}%
+%<latexrelease> \clearpage
+%<latexrelease> \begingroup
+%<latexrelease> \if at filesw
+%<latexrelease> \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+%<latexrelease> \let\@setckpt\@gobbletwo
+%<latexrelease> \let\@newl at bel\@testdef
+%<latexrelease> \@tempswafalse
+%<latexrelease> \makeatletter \@@input\jobname.aux
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@dofilelist
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \font at submax >\fontsubfuzz\relax
+%<latexrelease> \@font at warning{Size substitutions with differences\MessageBreak
+%<latexrelease> up to \font at submax\space have occurred.\@gobbletwo}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@defaultsubs
+%<latexrelease> \@refundefined
+%<latexrelease> \if at filesw
+%<latexrelease> \ifx \@multiplelabels \relax
+%<latexrelease> \if at tempswa
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at warning@no at line{Label(s) may have changed.
+%<latexrelease> Rerun to get cross-references right}%
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \@multiplelabels
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \endgroup
+%<latexrelease> \deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\@kernel at after@enddocument\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@enddocument at kernel@warnings\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@testdef}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@testdef #1#2#3{%
@@ -523,17 +632,107 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
-%<latexrelease> {\begin}{Making \begin/\end robust}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\begin[1]{%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\begin}{Use hook system}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\begin[1]{%
+ \UseHook{env/#1/before}%
\@ifundefined{#1}%
{\def\reserved at a{\@latex at error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}}%
{\def\reserved at a{\def\@currenvir{#1}%
- \edef\@currenvline{\on at line}%
- \csname #1\endcsname}}%
+ \edef\@currenvline{\on at line}%
+ \@execute at begin@hook{#1}%
+ \csname #1\endcsname}}%
\@ignorefalse
\begingroup\@endpefalse\reserved at a}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Before the \cs{document} code is executed we have to first undo
+% the \cs{endgroup} as there should be none for this environment to
+% avoid that changes on top-level unnecessarily go to \TeX's
+% savestack, and we have to initialize all hooks in the hook system.
+% So we need to test for this environment name. But once it has be
+% found all this testing is no longer needed and so we redefine
+% \cs{@execute at begin@hook} to simply use the hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@execute at begin@hook #1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\document
+ \endgroup
+ \gdef\@execute at begin@hook##1{\UseHook{env/##1/begin}}%
+ \@expl@@@initialize at all@@
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If this is an environment before \verb=\begin{document}= we just
+% run the hook so this can be outside the test.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \UseHook{env/#1/begin}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The top level definition for \cs{end}. for an explanation see
+% below (this is the same as the 2019 version where it was
+% introduced, but for rollback we have to repeat it).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\edef\end
+ {\unexpanded{%
+ \romannumeral
+ \ifx\protect\@typeset at protect
+ \expandafter %1
+ \expandafter %2
+ \expandafter %1
+ \expandafter %3 expands the \csname inside \end<space>
+ \expandafter %1
+ \expandafter %2 expands \end<space>
+ \expandafter %1 expands the \else
+ \z@
+ \else
+ \expandafter\z@\expandafter\protect
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname end \endcsname
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Version that adds hooks (so different from the 2019 version). It
+% fixes tlb3722 but the change should perhaps be made in
+% \texttt{tabularx} instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@namedef{end }#1{%
+ \romannumeral
+ \IfHookEmptyTF{env/#1/end}%
+ {\expandafter\z@}%
+ {\z@\UseHook{env/#1/end}}%
+ \csname end#1\endcsname\@checkend{#1}%
+ \expandafter\endgroup\if at endpe\@doendpe\fi
+ \UseHook{env/#1/after}%
+ \if at ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Version without the fix for tlb3722 for the record:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%\@namedef{end }#1{%
+% \UseHook{env/#1/end}%
+% \csname end#1\endcsname\@checkend{#1}%
+% \expandafter\endgroup\if at endpe\@doendpe\fi
+% \UseHook{env/#1/after}%
+% \if at ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\begin}{Making \begin/\end robust}%
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\begin[1]{%
+%<latexrelease> \@ifundefined{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> {\def\reserved at a{\@latex at error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}}%
+%<latexrelease> {\def\reserved at a{\def\@currenvir{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\@currenvline{\on at line}%
+%<latexrelease> \csname #1\endcsname}}%
+%<latexrelease> \@ignorefalse
+%<latexrelease> \begingroup\@endpefalse\reserved at a}
+% \end{macrocode}
% A version that doesn't start out with \cs{relax} when in
% typesetting mode would be the following, but since \cs{begin}
% issues a \cs{begingroup} it wouldn't help much with respect to
@@ -606,33 +805,32 @@
% \changes{v1.1p}{2019/08/27}{Make command robust}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\edef\end
- {\unexpanded{%
- \romannumeral
- \ifx\protect\@typeset at protect
- \expandafter %1
- \expandafter %2
- \expandafter %1
- \expandafter %3 expands the \csname inside \end<space>
- \expandafter %1
- \expandafter %2 expands \end<space>
- \expandafter %1 expands the \else
- \z@
- \else
- \expandafter\z@\expandafter\protect
- \fi
- }%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname end \endcsname
- }
+%<latexrelease>\edef\end
+%<latexrelease> {\unexpanded{%
+%<latexrelease> \romannumeral
+%<latexrelease> \ifx\protect\@typeset at protect
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter %1
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter %2
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter %1
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter %3 expands the \csname inside \end<space>
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter %1
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter %2 expands \end<space>
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter %1 expands the \else
+%<latexrelease> \z@
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\z@\expandafter\protect
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> }%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\noexpand\csname end \endcsname
+%<latexrelease> }
% \end{macrocode}
% And here is the original definition of \cs{end} the way it was in
% \LaTeX{} for several decades now hidden in \verb*=\end =.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{end }#1{%
- \csname end#1\endcsname\@checkend{#1}%
- \expandafter\endgroup\if at endpe\@doendpe\fi
- \if at ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi}
-%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\@namedef{end }#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \csname end#1\endcsname\@checkend{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\endgroup\if at endpe\@doendpe\fi
+%<latexrelease> \if at ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi}
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
% An here the rollback in case that is ever needed.
@@ -639,8 +837,18 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
%<latexrelease> {\begin}{Making \begin/\end robust}%
-%<latexrelease>\kernel at make@fragile\begin
-%<latexrelease>\kernel at make@fragile\end
+%<latexrelease>\def\begin#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \@ifundefined{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> {\def\reserved at a{\@latex at error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}}%
+%<latexrelease> {\def\reserved at a{\def\@currenvir{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \edef\@currenvline{\on at line}%
+%<latexrelease> \csname #1\endcsname}}%
+%<latexrelease> \@ignorefalse
+%<latexrelease> \begingroup\@endpefalse\reserved at a}
+%<latexrelease>\def\end#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \csname end#1\endcsname\@checkend{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\endgroup\if at endpe\@doendpe\fi
+%<latexrelease> \if at ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi}
%<latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<*2ekernel>
@@ -672,6 +880,47 @@
% \end{macro}
%
%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginEnvironment,\AtEndEnvironment,
+% \BeforeBeginEnvironment,\AfterEndEnvironment}
+%
+% We provide 4 high-level hook interfaces directly, the others only when
+% etoolbox is loaded
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\AtBeginEnvironment}{Hooks for environments}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\AtBeginEnvironment[2][.] {\AddToHook{env/#2/begin}[#1]}
+\newcommand\AtEndEnvironment[2][.] {\AddToHook{env/#2/end}[#1]}
+\newcommand\BeforeBeginEnvironment[2][.]{\AddToHook{env/#2/before}[#1]}
+\newcommand\AfterEndEnvironment[2][.] {\AddToHook{env/#2/after}[#1]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\AtBeginEnvironment}{Hooks for environments}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\AtBeginEnvironment\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\AtEndEnvironment\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\BeforeBeginEnvironment\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\AfterEndEnvironment\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
% \subsection{Center, Flushright, Flushleft}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -738,10 +987,25 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@icentercr}
+% \changes{v1.1t}{2020/04/21}{Support calc syntax (gh/152)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@icentercr[#1]{\vskip #1\ignorespaces}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@icentercr}{centering, etc support calc}%
+\def\@icentercr[#1]{\@vspace at calcify{#1}\ignorespaces}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@icentercr}{centering, etc support calc}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@icentercr[#1]{\vskip #1\ignorespaces}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
@@ -763,23 +1027,27 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
-%<latexrelease> {\centering}{Make commands robust}%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\centering}{Set finaldhypendemerits}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\centering}
+% \changes{v1.1u}{2020/05/31}{Added \cs{finalhyphendemerits} setting (gh/247)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand\centering{%
\let\\\@centercr
\rightskip\@flushglue\leftskip\@flushglue
+ \finalhyphendemerits=\z@
\parindent\z@\parfillskip\z at skip}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\raggedright}
+% \changes{v1.1u}{2020/05/31}{Added \cs{finalhyphendemerits} setting (gh/247)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand\raggedright{%
\let\\\@centercr\@rightskip\@flushglue \rightskip\@rightskip
+ \finalhyphendemerits=\z@
\leftskip\z at skip
\parindent\z@}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -786,10 +1054,12 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\raggedleft}
+% \changes{v1.1u}{2020/05/31}{Added \cs{finalhyphendemerits} setting (gh/247)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand\raggedleft{%
\let\\\@centercr
\rightskip\z at skip\leftskip\@flushglue
+ \finalhyphendemerits=\z@
\parindent\z@\parfillskip\z at skip}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -797,6 +1067,23 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\centering}{Make commands robust}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\centering{%
+%<latexrelease> \let\\\@centercr
+%<latexrelease> \rightskip\@flushglue\leftskip\@flushglue
+%<latexrelease> \parindent\z@\parfillskip\z at skip}
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\raggedright{%
+%<latexrelease> \let\\\@centercr\@rightskip\@flushglue \rightskip\@rightskip
+%<latexrelease> \leftskip\z at skip
+%<latexrelease> \parindent\z@}
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\raggedleft{%
+%<latexrelease> \let\\\@centercr
+%<latexrelease> \rightskip\z at skip\leftskip\@flushglue
+%<latexrelease> \parindent\z@\parfillskip\z at skip}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
%<latexrelease> {\centering}{Make commands robust}%
%<latexrelease>
@@ -983,6 +1270,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{environment}{verbatim}
% \begin{macro}{\verbatim}
% \begin{macro}{\endverbatim}
% (RmS 93/09/19) Protected against `missing item' error message
@@ -993,6 +1281,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{macro}{\verbatim at font}
% \changes{v0.9a}{1993/11/21}{Macro added}
@@ -1010,7 +1299,7 @@
%</2ekernel>
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}%
-%<latexrelease> {\verbvisiblespace}{Setup visible space for verb}%
+%<latexrelease> {\verbvisiblespace}{Setup visible space for \verb}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
@@ -1092,8 +1381,46 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%^^A \@sverb was here
%
+% \begin{environment}{verbatim*}
+% For \texttt{verbatim*} we also set up the correct visible space
+% character definition and then run |\@vobeyspaces|. As this code
+% is not called as part of the normal verbatim environment (the
+% method is done the other way around this time) we don't have to
+% check if space is already active---it shouldn't be.
+% \changes{v1.1o}{2018/10/11}
+% {Provide visible space in \cs{verb*} also for XeTeX and LuaTeX (github/69)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@namedef{verbatim*}{\@verbatim
+ \@setupverbvisiblespace
+ \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces\@sxverbatim}
+\expandafter\let\csname endverbatim*\endcsname =\endverbatim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\verbvisiblespace}{Setup visible space for \verb}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\@namedef{verbatim*}{\@verbatim\@sxverbatim}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\asciispace \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\verbvisiblespace \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@setupverbvisiblespace\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\@verbvisiblespacebox \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@sverb}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@sverb}
% \changes{v1.0j}{1994/05/10}{Slight change in error message text.}
% Definitions of |\@sverb| and |\@verb| changed so |\verb+ foo+|
% does not lose leading blanks when it comes at the beginning of a line.
@@ -1100,7 +1427,25 @@
% Change made 24 May 89. Suggested by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer
% Sch\"opf.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@sverb#1{%
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@sverb}{Drop spaces before \verb delimiter}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the users types \verb=\verb !~! foo= then surprisingly we would
+% get the space as the delimiter and thus
+% ``\verb=!~!foo='' in the output.
+% To avoid this scenario we check if \verb=#1= has the character
+% code of a space, if so we recurse otherwise we call \cs{@@sverb}
+% (which is the original definition of \cs{@sverb}.
+% \changes{v1.1u}{2020/04/22}{Drop spaces before \cs{verb} delimiter (gh/327)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@sverb#1{\if\noexpand#1 \expandafter\@sverb\else\@@sverb{#1}\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@sverb#1{%
\catcode`#1\active
\lccode`\~`#1%
\gdef\verb at balance@group{\verb at egroup
@@ -1120,39 +1465,28 @@
\else \@setupverbvisiblespace \@vobeyspaces \fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{verbatim*}
-% For \texttt{verbatim*} we also set up the correct visible space
-% character definition and then run |\@vobeyspaces|. As this code
-% is not called as part of the normal verbatim environment (the
-% method is done the other way around this time) we don't have to
-% check if space is already active---it shouldn't be.
-% \changes{v1.1o}{2018/10/11}
-% {Provide visible space in \cs{verb*} also for XeTeX and LuaTeX (github/69)}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{verbatim*}{\@verbatim
- \@setupverbvisiblespace
- \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces\@sxverbatim}
-\expandafter\let\csname endverbatim*\endcsname =\endverbatim
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
-%<latexrelease> {\verbvisiblespace}{Setup visible space for verb}%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@sverb}{Setup visible space for \verb}%
%<latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\@namedef{verbatim*}{\@verbatim\@sxverbatim}
+%<latexrelease>\def\@sverb#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \catcode`#1\active
+%<latexrelease> \lccode`\~`#1%
+%<latexrelease> \gdef\verb at balance@group{\verb at egroup
+%<latexrelease> \@latex at error{\noexpand\verb illegal in command argument}\@ehc}%
+%<latexrelease> \aftergroup\verb at balance@group
+%<latexrelease> \lowercase{\let~\verb at egroup}%
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum\catcode`\ =\active
+%<latexrelease> \else \@setupverbvisiblespace \@vobeyspaces \fi
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>\let\@@sverb\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\let\asciispace \@undefined
-%<latexrelease>\let\verbvisiblespace \@undefined
-%<latexrelease>\let\@setupverbvisiblespace\@undefined
-%<latexrelease>\let\@verbvisiblespacebox \@undefined
-%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@sverb}{Setup visible space for \verb}%
%<latexrelease>\def\@sverb#1{%
%<latexrelease> \catcode`#1\active
%<latexrelease> \lccode`\~`#1%
@@ -1164,10 +1498,10 @@
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
-%
-%
% \begin{macro}{\@makeother}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@makeother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutenc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutenc.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutenc.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
%<TS1>\ProvidesFile{ts1enc.def}[2001/06/05 v3.0e (jk/car/fm)
%<TU>\ProvidesFile{tuenc.def}
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{fontenc}
-%<OT1|T1|OMS|OML|OT4|TU|package> [2020/02/11 v2.0o
+%<OT1|T1|OMS|OML|OT4|TU|package> [2020/08/10 v2.0s
%<OT1|T1|OMS|OML|OT4|TS1|TU> Standard LaTeX file]
%<package> Standard LaTeX package]
%
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltoutenc.dtx}
- [2020/02/11 v2.0o LaTeX Kernel (font encodings)]
+ [2020/08/10 v2.0s LaTeX Kernel (font encodings)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltoutenc.dtx}
@@ -188,6 +188,8 @@
% like.}
% \changes{v1.99m}{2015/02/21}
% {Removed autoload code}
+% \changes{v2.0p}{2020/04/22}
+% {corrected \=y unicode value in tuenc.def}
%
%
% \section{Font encodings}
@@ -1080,8 +1082,9 @@
% deficiencies, see pr/3160.
% \task{?}{Improve this and document its problems, see pr/3160}
% \changes{v1.9z}{2000/01/30}{Macro reimplemented (pr/3160)}
+% \changes{v2.0r}{2020/07/27}{Don't make the command \cs{long} (gh/354)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\UseTextAccent[3]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\UseTextAccent[3]{%
\hmode at start@before at group
{%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1096,8 +1099,9 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \changes{v1.9z}{2000/01/30}{Macro reimplemented (pr/3160)}
+% \changes{v2.0r}{2020/07/27}{Don't make the command \cs{long} (gh/354)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\UseTextSymbol[2]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\UseTextSymbol[2]{%
\hmode at start@before at group
{%
\def\@wrong at font@char{\MessageBreak
@@ -2867,29 +2871,65 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% LuaTeX.
+% For Lua\TeX~1.10+, define a Lua function to disable any handing by the font code.
+% Otherwise we reload the font without TeX ligatures.
+% \changes{v2.0q}{2020/07/04}{%
+% Implement \cs{remove at tlig} in Lua\TeX without font reloading}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\UnicodeFontTeXLigatures{+tlig;}
+ \ifnum\luatexversion<110
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\reserved at a#1{%
- \def\@remove at tlig##1{\@remove at tlig@##1\@nil#1\@nil\relax}
- \def\@remove at tlig@##1#1{\@remove at tlig@@##1}}
- \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize{+tlig;}}
- \expandafter\reserved at a\expandafter{\reserved at b}
- \def\@remove at tlig@@#1\@nil#2\relax{#1}
+ \def\reserved at a#1{%
+ \def\@remove at tlig##1{\@remove at tlig@##1\@nil#1\@nil\relax}
+ \def\@remove at tlig@##1#1{\@remove at tlig@@##1}}
+ \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize{+tlig;}}
+ \expandafter\reserved at a\expandafter{\reserved at b}
+ \def\@remove at tlig@@#1\@nil#2\relax{#1}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\remove at tlig#1{%
- \begingroup
- \font\remove at tlig
- \expandafter\@remove at tlig\expandafter{\fontname\font}%
- \remove at tlig
- \char#1\relax
- \endgroup
- }
+ \def\remove at tlig#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \font\remove at tlig
+ \expandafter\@remove at tlig\expandafter{\fontname\font}%
+ \remove at tlig
+ \char#1\relax
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ \else
+ \newluafunction\@remove at tlig@@@@
% \end{macrocode}
+% Now we can define the function. Mostly we just have to insert a protected glyph
+% node, which is a glyph node with subtype 256. But we have to keep track of the
+% current mode to avoid inserting the glyph into a vlist.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \now at and@everyjob{\directlua{
+ local rawchar_func = token.create'@remove at tlig@@@@'.index
+ local forcehmode = tex.forcehmode
+ local put_next = token.put_next
+ local glyph_id = node.id'glyph'
+ local rawchar_token = token.new(rawchar_func, token.command_id'lua_call')
+ lua.get_functions_table()[rawchar_func] = function()
+ local mode = tex.nest.top.mode
+ if mode == 1 or mode == -1 then
+ put_next(rawchar_token)
+ return forcehmode(true)
+ end
+ local n = node.new(glyph_id, 256)
+ n.font = font.current()
+ n.char = token.scan_int()
+ return node.write(n)
+ end
+ token.set_lua('@remove at tlig@@@', rawchar_func, 'global', 'protected')
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now \verb+\remove at tlig+ can be implemented almost as in XeTeX.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\remove at tlig#1{\@remove at tlig@@@#1\relax}
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\fi
@@ -3370,7 +3410,7 @@
\DeclareUnicodeComposite{\textcommabelow}{T}{"021A}
\DeclareUnicodeComposite{\textcommabelow}{t}{"021B}
\DeclareUnicodeComposite{\=} {Y}{"0232}
-\DeclareUnicodeComposite{\=} {y}{"0232}
+\DeclareUnicodeComposite{\=} {y}{"0233}
\DeclareUnicodeComposite{\.} {B}{"1E02}
\DeclareUnicodeComposite{\.} {b}{"1E03}
\DeclareUnicodeComposite{\d} {B}{"1E04}
@@ -3601,7 +3641,7 @@
\xdef\@fontenc at load@list{\@fontenc at load@list
\@elt{\csname opt at fontenc.sty\endcsname}}
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\global\expandafter\let\csname ver at fontenc.sty\endcsname\relax
\global\expandafter\let\csname opt at fontenc.sty\endcsname\relax
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltoutput.dtx}
- [2019/08/27 v1.4e LaTeX Kernel (Output Routine)]
+ [2020/08/21 v1.4f LaTeX Kernel (Output Routine)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltoutput.dtx}
@@ -791,12 +791,17 @@
%
% The stuff in the box should not add any typeset material to the
% page when it is unboxed.
+%
+% This interface is no longer used. Instead a new one is inside
+% \texttt{ltshipout.dtx}. We only keep the box in case some old
+% code refers to it directly (or we do some rollback).
+% \changes{v1.4f}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newbox\@begindvibox
-\DeclareRobustCommand \AtBeginDvi [1]{%
- \global \setbox \@begindvibox
- \vbox{\unvbox \@begindvibox #1}%
-}
+%\DeclareRobustCommand \AtBeginDvi [1]{%
+% \global \setbox \@begindvibox
+% \vbox{\unvbox \@begindvibox #1}%
+%}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpage.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpage.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpage.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltpage.dtx}
- [2019/08/27 v1.0l LaTeX Kernel (page style setup)]
+ [2020/07/27 v1.0m LaTeX Kernel (page style setup)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltpage.dtx}
@@ -201,8 +201,9 @@
% expansion, CAR}
% \changes{v1.0j}{2000/05/26}{Reimplementation to fix expansion
% error (pr/3203).}
+% \changes{v1.0m}{2020/07/27}{Don't make the command \cs{long} (gh/354)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\markboth[2]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\markboth[2]{%
\begingroup
\let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax
\unrestored at protected@xdef\@themark {{#1}{#2}}%
@@ -212,8 +213,9 @@
\if at nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \changes{v1.0m}{2020/07/27}{Don't make the command \cs{long} (gh/354)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\markright[1]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\markright[1]{%
\begingroup
\let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax
% \end{macrocode}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltpictur.dtx}
- [2019/08/27 v1.1m LaTeX Kernel (Picture Mode)]
+ [2020/08/14 v1.2a LaTeX Kernel (Picture Mode)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltpictur.dtx}
@@ -191,6 +191,46 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{macro}{\@defaultunitsset}
+% \changes{v1.2a}{2020/08/15}{Macro added}
+% Set a length register, |#1|,
+% accepting number or an etex length expression, |#2|,
+% with default unit, |#3|.
+%
+% The register name in |#1| can be prefixed by |\advance| so that
+% the register is incremented by the supplied value.
+%
+% |\@defaultunitsset{\advance\@vxx}{\textwidth-15pt}\unitlength|
+%
+% |#3| can be a literal unit such as |cm| or a length register such
+% as |\unitlength|.
+%
+% This is used in all |picture| commands that take picture coordinates.
+% So |\put(2,2)| as previously but now |\put(\textwidth-5cm,0.4\texteight)|
+% Note that you can only use expressions with lengths, |\put(1+2,0)| is not
+% supported.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@defaultunitsset}{default units}%
+\def\@defaultunitsset#1#2#3{%
+ \@defaultunits#1\dimexpr#2#3\relax\relax\@nnil}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@defaultunitsset}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\@defaultunitsset\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{picture}
% \begin{macro}{\picture}
% \changes{v0.1c}{1994/04/28}{(DPC) Ignore spaces before (}
% |#1| should be white space.
@@ -207,13 +247,35 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\@picture}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@picture}{default units}%
\def\@picture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
- \@picht#2\unitlength
- \setbox\@picbox\hb at xt@#1\unitlength\bgroup
- \hskip -#3\unitlength
- \lower #4\unitlength\hbox\bgroup
+ \@defaultunitsset\@picht{#2}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \setbox\@picbox\hb at xt@\@tempdimc\bgroup
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#3}\unitlength
+ \hskip -\@tempdimc
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#4}\unitlength
+ \lower\@tempdimc\hbox\bgroup
\ignorespaces}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@picture}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@picture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
+%<latexrelease> \@picht#2\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \setbox\@picbox\hb at xt@#1\unitlength\bgroup
+%<latexrelease> \hskip -#3\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \lower #4\unitlength\hbox\bgroup
+%<latexrelease> \ignorespaces}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\endpicture}
@@ -229,6 +291,7 @@
\mbox{\box\@picbox}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
%
% In the definitions of |\put| and |\multiput|, |\hskip| was replaced by
% |\kern| just in case arg |#3| = ``plus''. (Bug detected by Don Knuth.
@@ -235,11 +298,35 @@
% changed 20 Jul 87).
%
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\put}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname put \endcsname\@undefind
\long\def\put(#1,#2)#3{%
- \@killglue\raise#2\unitlength
- \hb at xt@\z@{\kern#1\unitlength #3\hss}%
+ \@killglue
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#2}\unitlength
+ \raise\@tempdimc
+ \hb at xt@\z@{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \kern\@tempdimc
+ #3\hss}%
\ignorespaces}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\put}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname put \endcsname\@undefind
+%<latexrelease>\long\def\put(#1,#2)#3{%
+%<latexrelease> \@killglue\raise#2\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \hb at xt@\z@{\kern#1\unitlength #3\hss}%
+%<latexrelease> \ignorespaces}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\multiput}
@@ -246,24 +333,64 @@
% \changes{v0.1c}{1994/04/28}{(DPC) Ignore spaces between )(}
% |#3| had better be a |(|.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\multiput}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname multiput \endcsname\@undefind
\def\multiput(#1,#2)#3{%
- \@xdim #1\unitlength
- \@ydim #2\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@xdim{#1}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ydim{#2}\unitlength
\@multiput(}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\multiput}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname multiput \endcsname\@undefind
+%<latexrelease>\def\multiput(#1,#2)#3{%
+%<latexrelease> \@xdim #1\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \@ydim #2\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \@multiput(}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\multiput}
+% \begin{macro}{\@multiput}
% \changes{v0.1c}{1994/04/28}{(DPC) Macro added}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@multiput}{default units}%
\long\def\@multiput(#1,#2)#3#4{%
\@killglue\@multicnt #3\relax
\@whilenum \@multicnt >\z@\do
{\raise\@ydim\hb at xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim #4\hss}%
\advance\@multicnt\m at ne
- \advance\@xdim#1\unitlength\advance\@ydim#2\unitlength}%
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@xdim}{#1}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ydim}{#2}\unitlength}%
\ignorespaces}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@multiput}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\long\def\@multiput(#1,#2)#3#4{%
+%<latexrelease> \@killglue\@multicnt #3\relax
+%<latexrelease> \@whilenum \@multicnt >\z@\do
+%<latexrelease> {\raise\@ydim\hb at xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim #4\hss}%
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@multicnt\m at ne
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@xdim#1\unitlength\advance\@ydim#2\unitlength}%
+%<latexrelease> \ignorespaces}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@killglue}
@@ -275,9 +402,11 @@
% \begin{macro}{\thinlines}
% \begin{macro}{\thicklines}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thinlines{\let\@linefnt\tenln \let\@circlefnt\tencirc
+\DeclareRobustCommand\thinlines{\let\@linefnt\tenln
+ \let\@circlefnt\tencirc
\@wholewidth\fontdimen8\tenln \@halfwidth .5\@wholewidth}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thicklines{\let\@linefnt\tenlnw \let\@circlefnt\tencircw
+\DeclareRobustCommand\thicklines{\let\@linefnt\tenlnw
+ \let\@circlefnt\tencircw
\@wholewidth\fontdimen8\tenlnw \@halfwidth .5\@wholewidth}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -284,9 +413,11 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\linethickness}
+% \changes{v1.1n}{2020/02/14}{Suppress spaces following the declaration (gh/274)}
+% \changes{v1.1p}{2020/07/27}{Don't make the command \cs{long} (gh/354)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\linethickness[1]
- {\@wholewidth #1\relax \@halfwidth .5\@wholewidth}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\linethickness[1]
+ {\@wholewidth #1\relax \@halfwidth .5\@wholewidth \ignorespaces}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -332,9 +463,25 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@istackcr}
+% \changes{v1.1o}{2020/04/21}{Support calc syntax (gh/152)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@istackcr[#1]{\cr\noalign{\vskip #1}\ignorespaces}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@istackcr}{\shortstack calc support}%
+\def\@istackcr[#1]{\cr\noalign{\@vspace at calcify{#1}}\ignorespaces}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@istackcr}{\shortstack calc support}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@istackcr[#1]{\cr\noalign{\vskip #1}\ignorespaces}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{oldcomments}
@@ -510,14 +657,36 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\line}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\line}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname line \endcsname\@undefind
\def\line(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg #1\relax \@yarg #2\relax
- \@linelen #3\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@linelen{#3}\unitlength
\ifdim\@linelen<\z@\@badlinearg\else
\ifnum\@xarg =\z@ \@vline
\else \ifnum\@yarg =\z@ \@hline \else \@sline\fi
\fi
\fi}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\line}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname line \endcsname\@undefind
+%<latexrelease>\def\line(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg #1\relax \@yarg #2\relax
+%<latexrelease> \@linelen #3\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim\@linelen<\z@\@badlinearg\else
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum\@xarg =\z@ \@vline
+%<latexrelease> \else \ifnum\@yarg =\z@ \@hline \else \@sline\fi
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \fi}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@sline}
@@ -600,10 +769,15 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\vector}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\vector}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname vector \endcsname\@undefind
\def\vector(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg #1\relax \@yarg #2\relax
\@tempcnta \ifnum\@xarg<\z@ -\@xarg\else\@xarg\fi
\ifnum\@tempcnta<5\relax
- \@linelen #3\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@linelen{#3}\unitlength
\ifdim\@linelen<\z@\@badlinearg\else
\ifnum\@xarg =\z@ \@vvector
\else \ifnum\@yarg =\z@ \@hvector \else \@svector\fi
@@ -610,7 +784,27 @@
\fi
\fi
\else\@badlinearg\fi}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\vector}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname vector \endcsname\@undefind
+%<latexrelease>\def\vector(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg #1\relax \@yarg #2\relax
+%<latexrelease> \@tempcnta \ifnum\@xarg<\z@ -\@xarg\else\@xarg\fi
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum\@tempcnta<5\relax
+%<latexrelease> \@linelen #3\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim\@linelen<\z@\@badlinearg\else
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum\@xarg =\z@ \@vvector
+%<latexrelease> \else \ifnum\@yarg =\z@ \@hvector \else \@svector\fi
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \else\@badlinearg\fi}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@hvector}
@@ -803,11 +997,17 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\dashbox}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\dashbox}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname dashbox \endcsname\@undefind
\def\dashbox#1(#2,#3){\leavevmode\hb at xt@\z@{\baselineskip \z at skip
\lineskip \z at skip
-\@dashdim #2\unitlength
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#2}\unitlength
\@dashcnt \@dashdim \advance\@dashcnt 200
-\@dashdim #1\unitlength\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#1}\unitlength
+\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
\ifodd\@dashcnt\@dashdim \z@
\advance\@dashcnt \@ne \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
\else \divide\@dashdim \tw@ \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
@@ -819,15 +1019,19 @@
\put(#2,#3){\hskip-\@dashdim\box\@dashbox}%
\multiply\@dashdim \thr@@
\fi
-\setbox\@dashbox \hbox{\vrule \@height \@halfwidth \@depth \@halfwidth
-\@width #1\unitlength\hskip #1\unitlength}\@tempcnta\z@
+\setbox\@dashbox \hbox{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \vrule \@height \@halfwidth \@depth \@halfwidth \@width \@tempdimc
+ \hskip\@tempdimc}%
+\@tempcnta\z@
\put(0,0){\hskip\@dashdim \@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
\do{\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }}\@tempcnta\z@
\put(0,#3){\hskip\@dashdim \@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
\do{\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }}%
-\@dashdim #3\unitlength
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#3}\unitlength
\@dashcnt \@dashdim \advance\@dashcnt 200
-\@dashdim #1\unitlength\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#1}\unitlength
+\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
\ifodd\@dashcnt \@dashdim \z@
\advance\@dashcnt \@ne \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
\else
@@ -841,15 +1045,80 @@
\put(#2,#3){\lower\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
\multiply\@dashdim \thr@@
\fi
-\setbox\@dashbox\hbox{\vrule \@width \@wholewidth
-\@height #1\unitlength}\@tempcnta\z@
+\@defaultunitsset\@tempdimb{#1}\unitlength
+\setbox\@dashbox\hbox{%
+ \vrule \@width \@wholewidth \@height\@tempdimb}%
+\@tempcnta\z@
\put(0,0){\hskip -\@halfwidth \vbox{\@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
-\do{\vskip #1\unitlength\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
+\do{\vskip\@tempdimb\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
\vskip\@dashdim}}\@tempcnta\z@
\put(#2,0){\hskip -\@halfwidth \vbox{\@whilenum \@tempcnta<\@dashcnt
-\do{\vskip #1\unitlength\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
+\do{\vskip\@tempdimb\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
\vskip\@dashdim}}}\@makepicbox(#2,#3)}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\dashbox}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\csname dashbox \endcsname\@undefind
+%<latexrelease>\def\dashbox#1(#2,#3){%
+%<latexrelease>\leavevmode\hb at xt@\z@{\baselineskip \z at skip
+%<latexrelease>\lineskip \z at skip
+%<latexrelease>\@dashdim #2\unitlength
+%<latexrelease>\@dashcnt \@dashdim \advance\@dashcnt 200
+%<latexrelease>\@dashdim #1\unitlength\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
+%<latexrelease>\ifodd\@dashcnt\@dashdim \z@
+%<latexrelease>\advance\@dashcnt \@ne \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+%<latexrelease>\else \divide\@dashdim \tw@ \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+%<latexrelease>\advance\@dashcnt \m at ne
+%<latexrelease>\setbox\@dashbox \hbox{%
+%<latexrelease> \vrule \@height \@halfwidth \@depth \@halfwidth
+%<latexrelease> \@width \@dashdim}\put(0,0){\copy\@dashbox}%
+%<latexrelease>\put(0,#3){\copy\@dashbox}%
+%<latexrelease>\put(#2,0){\hskip-\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
+%<latexrelease>\put(#2,#3){\hskip-\@dashdim\box\@dashbox}%
+%<latexrelease>\multiply\@dashdim \thr@@
+%<latexrelease>\fi
+%<latexrelease>\setbox\@dashbox \hbox{%
+%<latexrelease> \vrule \@height \@halfwidth \@depth \@halfwidth
+%<latexrelease> \@width #1\unitlength\hskip #1\unitlength}\@tempcnta\z@
+%<latexrelease>\put(0,0){\hskip\@dashdim \@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
+%<latexrelease>\do{\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }}\@tempcnta\z@
+%<latexrelease>\put(0,#3){\hskip\@dashdim \@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
+%<latexrelease>\do{\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }}%
+%<latexrelease>\@dashdim #3\unitlength
+%<latexrelease>\@dashcnt \@dashdim \advance\@dashcnt 200
+%<latexrelease>\@dashdim #1\unitlength\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
+%<latexrelease>\ifodd\@dashcnt \@dashdim \z@
+%<latexrelease>\advance\@dashcnt \@ne \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+%<latexrelease>\else
+%<latexrelease>\divide\@dashdim \tw@ \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+%<latexrelease>\advance\@dashcnt \m at ne
+%<latexrelease>\setbox\@dashbox\hbox{\hskip -\@halfwidth
+%<latexrelease>\vrule \@width \@wholewidth
+%<latexrelease>\@height \@dashdim}\put(0,0){\copy\@dashbox}%
+%<latexrelease>\put(#2,0){\copy\@dashbox}%
+%<latexrelease>\put(0,#3){\lower\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
+%<latexrelease>\put(#2,#3){\lower\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
+%<latexrelease>\multiply\@dashdim \thr@@
+%<latexrelease>\fi
+%<latexrelease>\setbox\@dashbox\hbox{\vrule \@width \@wholewidth
+%<latexrelease>\@height #1\unitlength}\@tempcnta\z@
+%<latexrelease>\put(0,0){%
+%<latexrelease> \hskip -\@halfwidth \vbox{\@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
+%<latexrelease> \do{\vskip #1\unitlength\copy\@dashbox
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@tempcnta\@ne }%
+%<latexrelease> \vskip\@dashdim}}\@tempcnta\z@
+%<latexrelease>\put(#2,0){%
+%<latexrelease> \hskip -\@halfwidth \vbox{\@whilenum \@tempcnta<\@dashcnt
+%<latexrelease> \do{\vskip #1\unitlength\copy\@dashbox
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
+%<latexrelease> \vskip\@dashdim}}}\@makepicbox(#2,#3)}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{oldcomments}
@@ -1143,6 +1412,16 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\newif\if at ovvline \@ovvlinetrue
\newif\if at ovhline \@ovhlinetrue
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@ovhlinetrue}%
+%<latexrelease> {Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\if at ovvline\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let\if at ovhline\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1149,6 +1428,10 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\@oval}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@oval}{default units}%
\def\@oval(#1,#2)[#3]{\begingroup\boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
\@ovttrue \@ovbtrue \@ovltrue \@ovrtrue
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1157,9 +1440,10 @@
\@ovvlinefalse \@ovhlinefalse
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{\csname @ov\reserved at a false\endcsname}%
- \@ovxx #1\unitlength
- \@ovyy #2\unitlength
+ \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{%
+ \csname @ov\reserved at a false\endcsname}%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovxx{#1}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovyy{#2}\unitlength
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v1.1l}{2016/03/29}{add setting of line tests}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1187,11 +1471,79 @@
\advance\@ovdy\@ovro \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
\@put{-\@ovdx}{-\@ovdy}{\box\@tempboxa}%
\endgroup}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2016/03/31}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@oval}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@oval(#1,#2)[#3]{\begingroup\boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
+%<latexrelease> \@ovttrue \@ovbtrue \@ovltrue \@ovrtrue
+%<latexrelease> \@ovvlinefalse \@ovhlinefalse
+%<latexrelease> \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{%
+%<latexrelease> \csname @ov\reserved at a false\endcsname}%
+%<latexrelease> \@ovxx #1\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \@ovyy #2\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \@tempdimb \ifdim \@ovyy >\@ovxx \@ovxx \@ovvlinetrue
+%<latexrelease> \else \@ovyy \ifdim \@ovyy =\@ovxx \else \@ovhlinetrue
+%<latexrelease> \fi\fi
+%<latexrelease> \advance \@tempdimb -2\p@
+%<latexrelease> \@getcirc \@tempdimb
+%<latexrelease> \@ovro \ht\@tempboxa \@ovri \dp\@tempboxa
+%<latexrelease> \@ovdx\@ovxx \advance\@ovdx -\@tempdima \divide\@ovdx \tw@
+%<latexrelease> \@ovdy\@ovyy \advance\@ovdy -\@tempdima \divide\@ovdy \tw@
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \@ovdx >\z@ \@ovhlinetrue \fi
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \@ovdy >\z@ \@ovvlinetrue \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@circlefnt \setbox\@tempboxa
+%<latexrelease> \hbox{\if at ovr \@ovvert32\kern -\@tempdima \fi
+%<latexrelease> \if at ovl
+%<latexrelease> \kern \@ovxx \@ovvert01\kern -\@tempdima \kern -\@ovxx
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \if at ovt \@ovhorz \kern -\@ovxx \fi
+%<latexrelease> \if at ovb \raise \@ovyy \@ovhorz \fi}\advance\@ovdx\@ovro
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@ovdy\@ovro \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
+%<latexrelease> \@put{-\@ovdx}{-\@ovdy}{\box\@tempboxa}%
+%<latexrelease> \endgroup}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@oval}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@oval(#1,#2)[#3]{\begingroup\boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
+%<latexrelease> \@ovttrue \@ovbtrue \@ovltrue \@ovrtrue
+%<latexrelease> \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do
+%<latexrelease> {\csname @ov\reserved at a false\endcsname}%
+%<latexrelease> \@ovxx #1\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \@ovyy #2\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \@tempdimb \ifdim \@ovyy >\@ovxx \@ovxx\else \@ovyy \fi
+%<latexrelease> \advance \@tempdimb -2\p@
+%<latexrelease> \@getcirc \@tempdimb
+%<latexrelease> \@ovro \ht\@tempboxa \@ovri \dp\@tempboxa
+%<latexrelease> \@ovdx\@ovxx \advance\@ovdx -\@tempdima \divide\@ovdx \tw@
+%<latexrelease> \@ovdy\@ovyy \advance\@ovdy -\@tempdima \divide\@ovdy \tw@
+%<latexrelease> \@circlefnt \setbox\@tempboxa
+%<latexrelease> \hbox{\if at ovr \@ovvert32\kern -\@tempdima \fi
+%<latexrelease> \if at ovl
+%<latexrelease> \kern \@ovxx \@ovvert01\kern -\@tempdima \kern -\@ovxx
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \if at ovt \@ovhorz \kern -\@ovxx \fi
+%<latexrelease> \if at ovb \raise \@ovyy \@ovhorz \fi}\advance\@ovdx\@ovro
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@ovdy\@ovro \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
+%<latexrelease> \@put{-\@ovdx}{-\@ovdy}{\box\@tempboxa}%
+%<latexrelease> \endgroup}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@ovvert}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2016/03/31}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@ovvert}{Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
\def\@ovvert#1#2{\vbox to\@ovyy{%
\if at ovb \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #1\relax
\kern -\@ovro \hbox{\char \@tempcntb}\nointerlineskip
@@ -1207,11 +1559,32 @@
\if at ovt \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #2\relax
\hbox{\char \@tempcntb}%
\else \kern \@ovdy \kern \@ovro \fi}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@ovvert}{Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@ovvert#1#2{\vbox to\@ovyy{%
+%<latexrelease> \if at ovb \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #1\relax
+%<latexrelease> \kern -\@ovro \hbox{\char \@tempcntb}\nointerlineskip
+%<latexrelease> \else \kern \@ovri \kern \@ovdy \fi
+%<latexrelease> \leaders\vrule \@width \@wholewidth\vfil \nointerlineskip
+%<latexrelease> \if at ovt \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #2\relax
+%<latexrelease> \hbox{\char \@tempcntb}%
+%<latexrelease> \else \kern \@ovdy \kern \@ovro \fi}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@ovhorz}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2016/03/31}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@ovhorz}{Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
\def\@ovhorz{\hb at xt@\@ovxx{\kern \@ovro
\if at ovr \else \kern \@ovdx \fi
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -1220,51 +1593,18 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\if at ovhline \leaders \hrule \@height \@wholewidth \fi
% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
\hfil
\if at ovl \else \kern \@ovdx \fi
\kern \@ovri}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
-%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
-%<latexrelease> {\@ovhlinetrue}%
-%<latexrelease> {Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
-%<latexrelease>\let\if at ovvline\@undefined
-%<latexrelease>\let\if at ovhline\@undefined
-%<latexrelease>\def\@oval(#1,#2)[#3]{\begingroup\boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
-%<latexrelease> \@ovttrue \@ovbtrue \@ovltrue \@ovrtrue
-%<latexrelease> \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do
-%<latexrelease> {\csname @ov\reserved at a false\endcsname}%
-%<latexrelease> \@ovxx #1\unitlength
-%<latexrelease> \@ovyy #2\unitlength
-%<latexrelease> \@tempdimb \ifdim \@ovyy >\@ovxx \@ovxx\else \@ovyy \fi
-%<latexrelease> \advance \@tempdimb -2\p@
-%<latexrelease> \@getcirc \@tempdimb
-%<latexrelease> \@ovro \ht\@tempboxa \@ovri \dp\@tempboxa
-%<latexrelease> \@ovdx\@ovxx \advance\@ovdx -\@tempdima \divide\@ovdx \tw@
-%<latexrelease> \@ovdy\@ovyy \advance\@ovdy -\@tempdima \divide\@ovdy \tw@
-%<latexrelease> \@circlefnt \setbox\@tempboxa
-%<latexrelease> \hbox{\if at ovr \@ovvert32\kern -\@tempdima \fi
-%<latexrelease> \if at ovl
-%<latexrelease> \kern \@ovxx \@ovvert01\kern -\@tempdima \kern -\@ovxx
-%<latexrelease> \fi
-%<latexrelease> \if at ovt \@ovhorz \kern -\@ovxx \fi
-%<latexrelease> \if at ovb \raise \@ovyy \@ovhorz \fi}\advance\@ovdx\@ovro
-%<latexrelease> \advance\@ovdy\@ovro \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
-%<latexrelease> \@put{-\@ovdx}{-\@ovdy}{\box\@tempboxa}%
-%<latexrelease> \endgroup}
-%<latexrelease>\def\@ovvert#1#2{\vbox to\@ovyy{%
-%<latexrelease> \if at ovb \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #1\relax
-%<latexrelease> \kern -\@ovro \hbox{\char \@tempcntb}\nointerlineskip
-%<latexrelease> \else \kern \@ovri \kern \@ovdy \fi
-%<latexrelease> \leaders\vrule \@width \@wholewidth\vfil \nointerlineskip
-%<latexrelease> \if at ovt \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #2\relax
-%<latexrelease> \hbox{\char \@tempcntb}%
-%<latexrelease> \else \kern \@ovdy \kern \@ovro \fi}}
+%<latexrelease> {\@ovhorz}{Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
%<latexrelease>\def\@ovhorz{\hb at xt@\@ovxx{\kern \@ovro
%<latexrelease> \if at ovr \else \kern \@ovdx \fi
%<latexrelease> \leaders \hrule \@height \@wholewidth \hfil
@@ -1273,6 +1613,7 @@
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\circle}
% \changes{LaTeX2.09}{1993/08/05}
@@ -1284,8 +1625,13 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\@circle}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@circle}{default units}%
\def\@circle#1{%
- \begingroup \boxmaxdepth \maxdimen \@tempdimb #1\unitlength
+ \begingroup \boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimb{#1}\unitlength
\ifdim \@tempdimb >15.5\p@ \@getcirc\@tempdimb
\@ovro\ht\@tempboxa
\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\@circlefnt
@@ -1296,14 +1642,53 @@
\box\@tempboxa}\ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
\@put{-\@ovro}{-\@ovro}{\box\@tempboxa}%
\else \@circ\@tempdimb{96}\fi\endgroup}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@circle}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@circle#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \begingroup \boxmaxdepth \maxdimen \@tempdimb #1\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \@tempdimb >15.5\p@ \@getcirc\@tempdimb
+%<latexrelease> \@ovro\ht\@tempboxa
+%<latexrelease> \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\@circlefnt
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@tempcnta\tw@ \char \@tempcnta
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@tempcnta\m at ne \char \@tempcnta
+%<latexrelease> \kern -2\@tempdima
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@tempcnta\tw@
+%<latexrelease> \raise \@tempdima \hbox{\char\@tempcnta}%
+%<latexrelease> \raise \@tempdima
+%<latexrelease> \box\@tempboxa}\ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
+%<latexrelease> \@put{-\@ovro}{-\@ovro}{\box\@tempboxa}%
+%<latexrelease> \else \@circ\@tempdimb{96}\fi\endgroup}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@dot}
% Internal form of |\circle*|.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@dot#1{\@tempdimb #1\unitlength \@circ\@tempdimb{112}}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@dot}{default units}%
+\def\@dot#1{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimb{#1}\unitlength
+ \@circ\@tempdimb{112}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@dot}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@dot#1{\@tempdimb #1\unitlength \@circ\@tempdimb{112}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@circ}
@@ -1340,7 +1725,7 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@xdim}
-% \begin{macro}{\yxdim}
+% \begin{macro}{\@ydim}
% Length registers.
% \begin{macrocode}
\newdimen\@xdim
@@ -1482,35 +1867,45 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\@bezier}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@bezier}{default units}%
\def\@bezier#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7){%
\ifnum #1=\z@
- \@ovxx #4\unitlength
- \advance\@ovxx -#2\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovxx{#4}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovxx}{-#2}\unitlength
\ifdim \@ovxx<\z@ \@ovxx -\@ovxx \fi
- \@ovdx #6\unitlength
- \advance\@ovdx -#4\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdx{#6}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdx}{-#4}\unitlength
\ifdim \@ovdx<\z@ \@ovdx -\@ovdx \fi
\ifdim \@ovxx<\@ovdx \@ovxx \@ovdx \fi
- \@ovyy #5\unitlength
- \advance\@ovyy -#3\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovyy{#5}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovyy}{-#3}\unitlength
\ifdim \@ovyy<\z@ \@ovyy -\@ovyy \fi
- \@ovdy #7\unitlength
- \advance\@ovdy -#5\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdy{#7}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdy}{-#5}\unitlength
\ifdim \@ovdy<\z@ \@ovdy -\@ovdy \fi
\ifdim \@ovyy<\@ovdy \@ovyy \@ovdy \fi
\@multicnt
\ifdim \@ovxx>\@ovyy \@ovxx \else \@ovyy \fi
\@ovxx .5\@halfwidth \divide\@multicnt\@ovxx
- \ifnum \qbeziermax<\@multicnt \@multicnt\qbeziermax\relax \fi
+ \ifnum \qbeziermax<\@multicnt
+ \@multicnt\qbeziermax\relax
+ \fi
\else \@multicnt#1\relax \fi
\@tempcnta\@multicnt \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
- \@ovdx #4\unitlength \advance\@ovdx -#2\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdx{#4}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdx}{-#2}\unitlength
\multiply\@ovdx \tw@
- \@ovxx #6\unitlength \advance\@ovxx -#2\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovxx{#6}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovxx}{-#2}\unitlength
\advance\@ovxx -\@ovdx \divide\@ovxx\@multicnt
- \@ovdy #5\unitlength \advance\@ovdy -#3\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdy{#5}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdy}{-#3}\unitlength
\multiply\@ovdy \tw@
- \@ovyy #7\unitlength \advance\@ovyy -#3\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovyy{#7}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovyy}{-#3}\unitlength
\advance\@ovyy -\@ovdy \divide\@ovyy\@multicnt
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1536,7 +1931,68 @@
\hb at xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim
\unhcopy\@tempboxa\hss}%
\advance\count@\@ne}}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@bezier}{default units}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\@bezier#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7){%
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum #1=\z@
+%<latexrelease> \@ovxx #4\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@ovxx -#2\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \@ovxx<\z@ \@ovxx -\@ovxx \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@ovdx #6\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@ovdx -#4\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \@ovdx<\z@ \@ovdx -\@ovdx \fi
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \@ovxx<\@ovdx \@ovxx \@ovdx \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@ovyy #5\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@ovyy -#3\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \@ovyy<\z@ \@ovyy -\@ovyy \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@ovdy #7\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@ovdy -#5\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \@ovdy<\z@ \@ovdy -\@ovdy \fi
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \@ovyy<\@ovdy \@ovyy \@ovdy \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@multicnt
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \@ovxx>\@ovyy \@ovxx \else \@ovyy \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@ovxx .5\@halfwidth \divide\@multicnt\@ovxx
+%<latexrelease> \ifnum
+%<latexrelease> \qbeziermax<\@multicnt \@multicnt\qbeziermax\relax
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \else \@multicnt#1\relax \fi
+%<latexrelease> \@tempcnta\@multicnt \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+%<latexrelease> \@ovdx #4\unitlength \advance\@ovdx -#2\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \multiply\@ovdx \tw@
+%<latexrelease> \@ovxx #6\unitlength \advance\@ovxx -#2\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@ovxx -\@ovdx \divide\@ovxx\@multicnt
+%<latexrelease> \@ovdy #5\unitlength \advance\@ovdy -#3\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \multiply\@ovdy \tw@
+%<latexrelease> \@ovyy #7\unitlength \advance\@ovyy -#3\unitlength
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@ovyy -\@ovdy \divide\@ovyy\@multicnt
+%<latexrelease> \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
+%<latexrelease> \hskip -\@halfwidth
+%<latexrelease> \vrule \@height\@halfwidth
+%<latexrelease> \@depth \@halfwidth
+%<latexrelease> \@width \@wholewidth}%
+%<latexrelease> \put(#2,#3){%
+%<latexrelease> \count@\z@
+%<latexrelease> \@whilenum{\count@<\@tempcnta}\do
+%<latexrelease> {\@xdim\count@\@ovxx
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@xdim\@ovdx
+%<latexrelease> \divide\@xdim\@multicnt
+%<latexrelease> \multiply\@xdim\count@
+%<latexrelease> \@ydim\count@\@ovyy
+%<latexrelease> \advance\@ydim\@ovdy
+%<latexrelease> \divide\@ydim\@multicnt
+%<latexrelease> \multiply\@ydim\count@
+%<latexrelease> \raise \@ydim
+%<latexrelease> \hb at xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim
+%<latexrelease> \unhcopy\@tempboxa\hss}%
+%<latexrelease> \advance\count@\@ne}}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltplain.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltplain.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltplain.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltplain.dtx}
- [2017/04/10 v2.3c LaTeX Kernel (Plain TeX)]
+ [2020/08/20 v2.3d LaTeX Kernel (Plain TeX)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltplain.dtx}
@@ -691,13 +691,33 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\alloc@}
+% \changes{v2.3d}{2020/08/20}
+% {Define \cs{alloc@} in terms of \cs{e at alloc}}
+% Since |\e at alloc| was added in 2015, |\@alloc| has not been used,
+% but was left as some legacy code calls it. However the original
+% defnition gives spurious errors once the ``classic'' registers
+% run out, so it is now defined to call |\e at alloc| internally.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4#5{\global\advance\count1#1\@ne
- \ch at ck#1#4#2%
- \allocationnumber\count1#1%
- \global#3#5\allocationnumber
- \wlog{\string#5=\string#2\the\allocationnumber}}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}
+%<latexrelease> {\alloc@}{emulate alloc@}%
+\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4{\e at alloc#2#3{\count1#1}#4\float at count}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\alloc@}{emulate alloc@}%
+%<latexrelease>\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4#5{\global\advance\count1#1\@ne
+%<latexrelease> \ch at ck#1#4#2%
+%<latexrelease> \allocationnumber\count1#1%
+%<latexrelease> \global#3#5\allocationnumber
+%<latexrelease> \wlog{\string#5=\string#2\the\allocationnumber}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\newinsert}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltsect.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltsect.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltsect.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%%% From File: ltsect.dtx
%<*driver>
% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{ltsect.dtx}[2019/08/27 v1.1d LaTeX Kernel (Sectioning)]
+\ProvidesFile{ltsect.dtx}[2020/07/27 v1.1e LaTeX Kernel (Sectioning)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltsect.dtx}
@@ -137,12 +137,13 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\author}
% \changes{LaTeX2e}{1993/12/11}{Added default}
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2020/07/27}{Don't make the command \cs{long} (gh/354)}
%
% |\author| for use in |\maketitle|. If not given |\maketitle| will
% produce a warning message.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\author[1]{\gdef\@author{#1}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\author[1]{\gdef\@author{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -149,8 +150,9 @@
% \begin{macro}{\date}
% |\date| for use in |\maketitle|. If not given |\maketitle| will
% produce |\today| as the default.
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2020/07/27}{Don't make the command \cs{long} (gh/354)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\date[1]{\gdef\@date{#1}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\date[1]{\gdef\@date{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -776,20 +778,33 @@
% \cs{addcontentsline}. ASAJ.}
% \changes{v1.1c}{2018/09/26}{Sometimes mask the endline char when
% writing to files (github/73)}
+% \changes{v1.1e}{2020/10/01}{add a fourth argument for better
+% hyperref compability}
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\addcontentsline}{fourth argument}%
+\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We add an empty brace pair at the end of \cs{contentsline}
+% so that the number of argument is identical in documents
+% with and without hyperref.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{}%
+ \protected at file@percent}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}%
%<latexrelease> {\addcontentsline}{Mask line endings}%
-\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{%
- \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}%
+%<latexrelease> \def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+%<latexrelease> \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}%
% \end{macrocode}
% We add \cs{protected at file@percent} at the end which is turned inside
% \cs{@writefile} into a percent character to mask the newline after
% the closing argument brace.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \protected at file@percent}}
-%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease> \protected at file@percent}}
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
%<latexrelease> {\addcontentsline}{Mask line endings}%
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltshipout.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltshipout.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltshipout.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,1739 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%%
+%% File: ltshipout.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach, LaTeX Team
+%%
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%
+%%% From File: ltshipout.dtx
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\ltshipoutversion{v1.0c}
+\providecommand\ltshipoutdate{2020/09/27}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%<*driver>
+
+\documentclass{l3doc}
+
+% bug fix fo l3doc.cls
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_set_protected:Npn \__codedoc_macro_typeset_one:nN #1#2
+ {
+ \vbox_set:Nn \l__codedoc_macro_box
+ {
+ \vbox_unpack_drop:N \l__codedoc_macro_box
+ \hbox { \llap { \__codedoc_print_macroname:nN {#1} #2
+ \MacroFont % <----- without it the \ is in lmr10 if a link is made
+ \
+ } }
+ }
+ \int_incr:N \l__codedoc_macro_int
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{ltshipout.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+%
+% \fi
+%
+%
+% \long\def\fmi#1{\begin{quote}\itshape Todo: #1\end{quote}}
+%
+% \providecommand\hook[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+% \providecommand\pkg[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+%
+%
+% \title{The \texttt{ltshipout} package\thanks{This package has version
+% \ltshipoutversion\ dated \ltshipoutdate, \copyright\ \LaTeX\
+% Project.}}
+%
+% \author{Frank Mittelbach}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% The code provides an interface to the \cs{shipout} primitive of
+% \TeX{} which is called when a finished pages is finally
+% \enquote{shipped out} to the target output file, e.g., the
+% \texttt{.dvi} or \texttt{.pdf} file.
+% A good portion of the code is based on ideas by Heiko Oberdiek
+% implemented in his packages \pkg{atbegshi} and \pkg{atenddvi}
+% even though the interfaces are somewhat
+% different.\footnote{Heiko's interfaces are emulated by the kernel
+% code, if a document requests his packages, so older documents
+% will continue to work.}
+%
+% \subsection{Overloading the \cs{shipout} primitive}
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\shipout}
+% With this implementation \TeX's shipout primitive is no longer
+% available for direct use. Instead \cs{shipout} is running some
+% (complicated) code that picks up the box to be shipped out
+% regardless of how that is done, i.e., as a constructed \cs{vbox}
+% or \cs{hbox} or as a box register.
+%
+% It then stores it in a named box register. This box can then be
+% manipulated through a set of hooks after which it is shipped out
+% for real.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\ShipoutBox,\l_shipout_box}
+% This box register is called \cs{ShipoutBox} (alternatively available via the
+% L3 name \cs{l_shipout_box}).
+% \end{variable}
+%
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_shipout_box_ht_dim,
+% \l_shipout_box_dp_dim,\l_shipout_box_wd_dim,
+% \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim}
+% The shipout box dimensions are available in the L3 registers
+% \cs{l_shipout_box_ht_dim}, etc.\ (there are no \LaTeXe{}
+% names).\footnotemark{} These variables can be used
+% inside the hook code for \hook{shipout/before},
+% \hook{shipout/foreground} and \hook{shipout/background} if needed.
+% \end{variable}
+% \footnotetext{Might need changing, but HO's version as strings
+% is not really helpful I think).}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Provided hooks}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{shipout/before,
+% shipout/foreground,shipout/background,
+% shipout/firstpage,
+% shipout/lastpage}
+% The code offers a number of hooks into which packages (or the
+% user) can add code to support different use cases.
+% These are:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\hook{shipout/before}]
+%
+% This hook is executed after the finished page has been stored in
+% \cs{ShipoutBox} / \cs{l_shipout_box}).
+% It can be used to alter that box content or to discard it
+% completely (see \cs{DiscardShipoutBox} below).
+%
+% \item[\hook{shipout/background}]
+%
+% This hook adds a picture environment into the background of
+% the page with the \texttt{(0,0)} coordinate in the top-left
+% corner using a \cs{unitlength} of \texttt{1pt}.
+%
+% It should therefore only receive \cs{put} commands or other
+% commands suitable in a \texttt{picture} environment and the
+% vertical coordinate values would normally be
+% negative.
+%
+% Technically this is implemented by adding a zero-sized
+% \cs{hbox} as the very first item into the \cs{ShipoutBox}
+% containing that \texttt{picture} environment. Thus the rest of
+% the box content will overprint what ever is typeset by that hook.
+%
+%
+% \item[\hook{shipout/foreground}]
+%
+% This hook adds a picture environment into the foreground of
+% the page with the \texttt{(0,0)} coordinate in the top-left
+% corner using a \cs{unitlength} of \texttt{1pt}.
+%
+% Technically this is implemented by adding a zero-sized
+% \cs{hbox} as the very last item into the \cs{ShipoutBox} and
+% raising it up so that it still has its \texttt{(0,0)} point in
+% the top-left corner.
+% But being placed after the main box content it will be typeset
+% later and thus overprints it (i.e., is in the foreground).
+%
+%
+% \item[\hook{shipout/firstpage}]
+%
+% The material from this hook is executed only once at the very
+% beginning of the first output page that is shipped out (i.e.,
+% not discarded at the last minute). It should only contain
+% \cs{special} or similar commands needed to direct post processors
+% handling the \texttt{.dvi} or \texttt{.pdf} output.\footnotemark
+%
+% ^^A \fmi{not sure it has to be that restrictive.}
+%
+%
+% \item[\hook{shipout/lastpage}]
+%
+% The corresponding hook to add \cs{special}s at the very end of
+% the output file. It is only executed on the very last page ---
+% or rather on the page that \LaTeX{} believes is the last one.
+%
+% It may not be possible for \LaTeX{} to correctly determine
+% which page is the last one without several reruns. If this
+% happens and the hook is non-empty then \LaTeX{} will add an
+% extra page to place the material and also request a rerun to
+% get the correct placement sorted out.
+%
+% \end{description}
+% \end{variable}\footnotetext{In
+% \LaTeXe{} that was already existing, but implemented using a box
+% register with the name \cs{@begindvibox}.}
+%
+% As mentioned above the hook \hook{shipout/before} is executed
+% first and can manipulate the prepared shipout box stored in
+% \cs{ShipoutBox} or set things up for use in \cs{write} during the
+% actual shipout. The other hooks are added inside hboxes to the
+% box being shipped out in the following
+% order:
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \hook{shipout/firstpage} & only on the first page \\
+% \hook{shipout/background} & \\
+% \meta{boxed content of \cs{ShipoutBox}} & \\
+% \hook{shipout/foreground} & \\
+% \hook{shipout/lastpage} & only on the last page \\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% If any of the hooks has no code then that particular no box is
+% added at that point.
+%
+% In a document that doesn't produce pages, e.g., only makes
+% \cs{typeout}s, none of the hooks are executed (as there is no
+% \cs{shipout}) not even the \hook{shipout/lastpage} hook.
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtBeginDvi,\AtEndDvi}
+% \cs{AtBeginDvi} is the existing \LaTeXe{} interface to fill the
+% \hook{shipout/firstpage} hook. This is not really a good name
+% as it is not just supporting \texttt{.dvi} but also \texttt{.pdf}
+% output or \texttt{.dvx}.
+%
+% \cs{AtEndDvi} is the counterpart that was not available in the
+% kernel but only through the package \pkg{atenddvi}. It fills the
+% \hook{shipout/lastpage} hook.
+%
+% \fmi{better names? Any suggestions?}
+%
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \subsection{Special commands for use inside the hooks}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\DiscardShipoutBox,\shipout_discard_box:}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AddToHookNext} \texttt{\{shipout/before\} \{...\cs{DiscardShipoutBox}...\}}
+% \end{syntax}
+% The \cs{DiscardShipoutBox} declaration (L3 name
+% \cs{shipout_discard_box:})
+% requests that on the next
+% shipout the page box is thrown away instead of being shipped to
+% the \texttt{.dvi} or \texttt{.pdf} file.
+%
+% Typical applications wouldn't do this unconditionally, but have
+% some processing logic that decides to use or not to use the page.
+%
+% Note that if this declaration is used directly in the document it
+% may depend on the placement to which page it applies, given that
+% \LaTeX{} output routine is called in an asynchronous manner!
+%
+% \fmi{Once we have a new mark mechanism available we can improve
+% on that and make sure that the declaration applies to the page
+% that contains it.}
+% \end{function}
+%
+% In the \pkg{atbegshi} package there are a number of additional
+% commands for use inside the \hook{shipout/before} hook. They
+% should normally not be needed any more as one can instead simply
+% add code to the hooks \hook{shipout/before},
+% \hook{shipout/background} or
+% \hook{shipout/foreground}.\footnote{If that assumption turns out to
+% be wrong it would be trivial to change them to public functions
+% (right now they are private).} If \pkg{atbegshi} gets loaded then
+% those commands become available as public functions with their original
+% names as given below.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Information counters}
+%
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\ReadonlyShipoutCounter,\g_shipout_readonly_int}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{ifnum}\cs{ReadOnlyShipoutCounter}\texttt{=...}
+% \cs{int_use:N} \cs{g_shipout_readonly_int} \texttt{\% expl3 usage}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This integer holds the number of pages shipped out up to now
+% (including the one to be shipped out when inside the output
+% routine). More precisely, it is incremented only after it is
+% clear that a page will be shipped out, i.e., after the
+% \hook{shipout/before} hook (because that might discard the page)!
+%
+% Just like with the \texttt{page} counter its value is
+% only accurate within the output routine. In the body of the
+% document it may be off by one as the output routine is called
+% asynchronously!
+%
+% Also important: it \emph{must not} be set, only read. There are
+% no provisions to prevent that but if you do, chaos will be the
+% result. To emphasize this fact it is not provided as a \LaTeX{}
+% counter but as a \TeX{} counter (i.e., a command), so
+% \cs{Alph}\Arg{\cs{ReadonlyShipoutCounter}} etc, would not work.
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{totalpages,\g_shipout_totalpages_int}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{arabic}\texttt{\{totalpages\}}
+% \cs{int_use:N} \cs{g_shipout_totalpage_int} \texttt{\% expl3 usage}
+% \end{syntax}
+% In contrast to \cs{ReadonlyShipoutCounter}, the
+% \texttt{totalpages} counter is a \LaTeX{} counter and incremented
+% for each shipout attempt including those pages that are discarded
+% for one or the other reason. Again \hook{shipout/before} sees
+% the counter before it is incremented).
+%
+% Furthermore, while it is incremented for each page, its value is
+% never used by \LaTeX. It can therefore be freely reset or changed by user
+% code, for example, to additionally count a number of pages that
+% are not build by \LaTeX\ but are added in a later part of the
+% process, e.g., cover pages or picture pages made externally.
+%
+% Important: as this is a page-related counter its value is only
+% reliable inside the output routine!
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\PreviousTotalPages}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{thetotalpages}/\cs{PreviousTotalPages}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Command that expands to the number of total pages from the
+% previous run. If there was no previous run or if usedin the
+% preamble it expands to
+% \texttt{0}. Note that this is a command to a counter, so in order
+% to display the number in, say, Roman numerals you have to assign
+% its value to a counter and then use \cs{Roman} on that counter.
+% \end{variable}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Debugging shipout code}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\DebugShipoutsOn,\DebugShipoutsOff,
+% \shipout_debug_on:,\shipout_debug_off:}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{DebugShipoutsOn}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Turn the debugging of shipout code on or off. This displays
+% changes made to the shipout data structures. \fmi{This needs
+% some rationalizing and may not stay this way.}
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Emulating commands from other packages}
+%
+% The packages in this section are no longer necessary but as they
+% are used in other packages they are emulated when they are loaded
+% via \cs{usepackage} or \cs{RequirePackage}.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Emulating \pkg{atbegshi}}
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft,\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AddToHook} \texttt{\{shipout/before\} \{...\cs{AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft}}\Arg{code}\texttt{...\}}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This adds a \texttt{picture} environment into the background of the shipout
+% box expecting \meta{code} to contain \texttt{picture}
+% commands. The same effect can be obtained by simply using kernel
+% features as follows:
+% \begin{quote}
+% \cs{AddToHook}\texttt{\{shipout/background\}}\Arg{code}
+% \end{quote}
+% There is one technical difference: if
+% \cs{AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft} is used several times each
+% invocation is put into its own box inside the shipout box whereas
+% all \meta{code} going into \hook{shipout/background} ends up
+% all in the same box in the order it is added or sorted based on
+% the rules for the hook chunks.
+%
+% \cs{AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground} is similar with the
+% difference that the \texttt{picture} environment is placed in the
+% foreground. To model it with the kernel functions use the hook
+% \hook{shipout/foreground} instead.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtBeginShipoutAddToBox,\AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AddToHook} \texttt{\{shipout/before\} \{...\cs{AtBeginShipoutAddToBox}}\Arg{code}\texttt{...\}}
+% \end{syntax}
+% These work like \cs{AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft} and
+% \cs{AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground} with the difference that
+% \meta{code} is directly placed into an \cs{hbox} inside the
+% shipout box and not surrounded by a \texttt{picture} environment.
+%
+% To emulate them using \hook{shipout/background} or
+% \hook{shipout/foreground} you may have to wrap \meta{code} into
+% a \cs{put} statement but if the code is not doing any typesetting
+% just adding it to the hook should be sufficient.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtBeginShipoutBox}
+% This is the name of the shipout box as \pkg{atbegshi} knows it.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtBeginShipoutInit}
+% By default \pkg{atbegshi} delayed its action until
+% \verb=\begin{document}=. This command was forcing it in an earlier
+% place. With the new concept it does nothing.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtBeginShipout,\AtBeginShipoutNext}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AtBeginShipout}\Arg{code} $\equiv$ \cs{AddToHook}\texttt{\{shipout/before\}}\Arg{code}
+% \cs{AtBeginShipoutNext}\Arg{code} $\equiv$ \cs{AddToHookNext}\texttt{\{shipout/before\}}\Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This is equivalent to filling the \hook{shipout/before} hook
+% by either using \cs{AddToHook} or \cs{AddToHookNext}, respectively.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtBeginShipoutFirst,\AtBeginShipoutDiscard}
+% The \pkg{atbegshi} names for \cs{AtBeginDvi} and \cs{DiscardShipoutBox}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Emulating \pkg{everyshi}}
+%
+%
+% \begin{function}{\EveryShipout}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{EveryShipout}\Arg{code} $\equiv$ \cs{AddToHook}\texttt{\{shipout/before\}}\Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\AtNextShipout}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{AtNextShipout}\Arg{code} $\equiv$ \cs{AddToHookNext}\texttt{\{shipout/before\}}\Arg{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Emulating \pkg{atenddvi}}
+%
+% The \pkg{atenddvi} package implemented only a single command:
+% \cs{AtEndDvi} and that is now available out of the box.
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Emulating \pkg{everypage}}
+%
+% This page takes over the original \cs{@begindvi} hook and replaces
+% it. It should be all covered by the hooks offered here (details
+% need checking) and thus could simply use the provided hooks
+% rather than defining its own.
+%
+%
+%
+% \StopEventually{\setlength\IndexMin{200pt} \PrintIndex }
+%
+%
+% \section{The Implementation}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=shipout>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% At the moment the whole module rolls back in one go, but if we
+% make any modifications in later releases this will then need
+% splitting.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\shipout}{Hook mangement (shipout)}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Debugging}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_debug_bool}
+% Holds the current debugging state.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \g_@@_debug_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\shipout_debug_on:,\shipout_debug_off:}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_debug:n}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_debug_gset:}
+% Turns debugging on and off by redefining \cs{@@_debug:n}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_debug:n \use_none:n
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \shipout_debug_on:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_debug_bool
+ \@@_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \shipout_debug_off:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_debug_bool
+ \@@_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_debug_gset:
+ {
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npx \@@_debug:n ##1
+ { \bool_if:NT \g_@@_debug_bool {##1} }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ShipoutBox,\l_shipout_box}
+% The box filled with the page to be shipped out (both L3 and
+% \LaTeXe{} name).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\box_new:N \l_shipout_box
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set_eq:NN \ShipoutBox \l_shipout_box
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_execute:}
+% This is going to the be the code run by \cs{shipout}. The code
+% follows closely the ideas from \pkg{atbegshi}, so not
+% documenting that here for now.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set_protected:Npn \@@_execute: {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_group_level_tl
+ { \int_value:w \tex_currentgrouplevel:D }
+ \tex_afterassignment:D \@@_execute_test_level:
+ \tex_setbox:D \l_shipout_box
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\shipout}
+% Overloading the \cs{shipout} primitive:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \shipout \@@_execute:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_group_level_tl}
+% Helper token list to record the group level at which
+% \cs{@@_execute:} is encountered. \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_group_level_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_execute_test_level:}
+% If the group level has changed then we are still constructing
+% \cs{l_shipout_box} and to continue we need to wait until the
+% current group has finished, hence the \cs{tex_aftergroup:D}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_execute_test_level: {
+ \int_compare:nNnT
+ \l_@@_group_level_tl < \tex_currentgrouplevel:D
+ \tex_aftergroup:D
+ \@@_execute_cont:
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_execute_cont:}
+% When we have reached this point the shipout box has been
+% processed and is available in \cs{l_shipout_box} and ready for
+% real ship out (perhaps)..
+%
+% First we quickly check if it is void (can't happen in the
+% standard \LaTeX{} output routine but \cs{shipout} might be called
+% from a package that has some special processing logic). If it is
+% void we aren't shipping anything out and processing ends.\footnote{In that
+% case we don't reset the deadcyles, that would be up to the OR
+% processing logic to do.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_execute_cont: {
+ \box_if_empty:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ { \PackageWarning{ltshipout}{Ignoring~ void~ shipout~ box} }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Otherwise we assume that we will ship something and prepare for
+% final adjustments (in particular setting the state of
+% \cs{protect} while we are running the hook code).
+% We also save the current \cs{protect} state to restore it later.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_discard_bool
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \@@_saved_protect: \protect
+ \set at typeset@protect
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We also store the current shipout box dimension in registers, so that
+% they can be used in the hook code.\footnote{This is not really
+% necessary as the code could access them via \cs{box_ht:N}, etc.,
+% but it is perhaps convenient.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_get_box_size:N \l_shipout_box
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then we execute the \hook{shipout/before} hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hook_use:n {shipout/before}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In \cs{g_shipout_totalpages_int} we count all shipout attempts so
+% we increment that counter already here (the other one is
+% incremented later when we know for sure that we do a
+% \cs{shipout}.
+%
+% We increment it after running the above hook so that the values
+% for \cs{g_shipout_totalpages_int} and \cs{} are in sync while the
+% hook is executed (in the case that totalpages isn't manually
+% altered or through discarding pages that is).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_gincr:N \g_shipout_totalpages_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The above hook might contain code that requests the page to be discarded so
+% we now test for it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_if:NTF \g_@@_discard_bool
+ { \PackageInfo{ltshipout}{Completed~ page~ discarded}
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g_@@_discard_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% As we are discarding the page box and not shipping anything out,
+% we need to do some house cleaning and reset \TeX's deadcycles so
+% that it doesn't complain about too many calls to the OR without
+% any shipout.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tex_deadcycles:D \c_zero_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \fmi{In \pkg{atbegshi} the box was dropped but is that actually
+% needed? Or the resetting of \cs{protect} to its kernel value?}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \group_begin:
+% \box_set_eq_drop:NN \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box
+% \group_end:
+% \cs_set_eq:NN \protect \exp_not:N
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Even if there was no explicit request to discard the box it is
+% possible that the code for the hook \hook{shipout/before} has
+% voided the box (by mistake or deliberately). We therefore test
+% once more but this time make it a warning, because the best
+% practice way is to use the request mechanism.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ { \box_if_empty:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ { \PackageWarning{ltshipout}{
+ Shipout~ box~ was~ voided~ by~ hook,\MessageBreak
+ ignoring~ shipout~ box }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally, if the box is still non-empty we are nearly ready to
+% ship it out.
+% First we increment the total page counter so that we can later
+% test if we have reached the final page according to our available
+% information.\footnote{Doing that earlier would be wrong because we
+% might end up with the last page counted but discard and then we
+% have no place to add the final objects into the output file.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \int_gincr:N \g_shipout_readonly_int
+ \@@_debug:n {
+ \typeout{Absolute~ page~ =~ \int_use:N \g_shipout_readonly_int
+ \space (target:~ \@abspage at last)}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then we store the box sizes again (as they may have
+% changed) and then look at the hooks \hook{shipout/foreground}
+% and \hook{shipout/background}. If either or both are non-empty
+% we add a \texttt{picture} environment to the box (in the
+% foreground and or in the background) and execute the hook code
+% inside that environment.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_get_box_size:N \l_shipout_box
+ \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/foreground}
+ { \@@_add_foreground_picture:n
+ { \hook_use:n {shipout/foreground} } }
+ \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/background}
+ { \@@_add_background_picture:n
+ { \@kernel at before@shipout at background
+ \hook_use:n {shipout/background} } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We then run \cs{@@_execute_firstpage_hook:} that adds
+% the content of the hook \hook{shipout/firstpage} to the
+% start of the first page (if non-empty). It is then redefined to
+% do nothing on later pages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_execute_firstpage_hook:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The we check if we have to add the \hook{shipout/lastpage} hook
+% because we have reached the last page. This test will be false for
+% all but one (and hopefully the correct) page.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_compare:nNnT \@abspage at last = \g_shipout_readonly_int
+ { \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/lastpage}
+ { \@@_debug:n { \typeout{Executing~ lastpage~ hook~
+ on~ page~ \int_use:N \g_shipout_readonly_int } }
+ \_@@_add_foreground_box:n { \UseHook{shipout/lastpage}
+ \@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage }
+ }
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_lastpage_handled_bool
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally we run the actual \TeX{} primitive for shipout. As that will
+% expand delayed \cs{write} statements inside the page in which
+% protected commands should not expand we first change \cs{protect}
+% to the appropriate definition for that case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \protect \exp_not:N
+ \tex_shipout:D \box_use:N \l_shipout_box
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Restore the value of \cs{protect} in case \cs{shipout} is called
+% outside of the output routine (where it is automatically restored
+% because of the implicit group).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \protect \@@_saved_protect:
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_saved_protect:}
+% Remeber the current \cs{protect} state.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@@_saved_protect: \protect
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{shipout/before,
+% shipout/foreground,shipout/background,
+% shipout/firstpage,
+% shipout/lastpage}
+% Declaring all hooks for the shipout code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/before}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/foreground}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/background}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/firstpage}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/lastpage}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage,
+% \@kernel at before@shipout at background}
+% And here are the internal kernel hooks going before or after the
+% public ones where needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage\@empty
+\let\@kernel at before@shipout at background\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_execute_firstpage_hook: }
+% This command adds any specials into a box and adds that to the
+% very beginning of the first box shipped out. After that we
+% redefine it to do nothing on later pages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_execute_firstpage_hook: {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Adding something to the beginning means adding it to the
+% background as that layer is done first in the output. Of course
+% that is only needed if the hook actually contains anything.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/firstpage}
+ { \@@_add_background_box:n { \UseHook{shipout/firstpage} } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Once we are here we change the definition to do nothing next time
+% and we also change the command used to implement \cs{AtBeginDvi}
+% to become a warning and not add further material to a hook that
+% is never used again.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \@@_execute_firstpage_hook: \prg_do_nothing:
+ \cs_gset:Npn \@@_add_firstpage_material:Nn ##1 ##2 {
+ \@latex at warning{
+ First~ page~ is~ already~ shipped~ out,~ ignoring\MessageBreak
+ \string##1 }
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_lastpage_handled_bool}
+% A boolean to signal if we have already handled the
+% \hook{shipout/lastpage} hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \g_@@_lastpage_handled_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_add_firstpage_material:Nn}
+% This command adds material to the
+% \hook{shipout/firstpage} hook. It is used in
+% \cs{AtBeginDvi}, etc. The first argument is the
+% command through which is it called. Initially this is ignored but
+% once we are passed the first page it can be used to generate a
+% warning message mentioning the right user command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_add_firstpage_material:Nn #1#2 {
+ \AddToHook{shipout/firstpage}{#2}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_get_box_size:N}
+% Store the box dimensions in dimen registers.
+% \fmi{This could/should perhaps be generalized to set height depth and
+% width given an arbitrary box.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_get_box_size:N #1 {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_ht_dim { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_dp_dim { \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_wd_dim { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim { \l_shipout_box_ht_dim +
+ \l_shipout_box_dp_dim }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_shipout_box_ht_dim,
+% \l_shipout_box_dp_dim,\l_shipout_box_wd_dim,
+% \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim}
+% And here are the variables set by \cs{@@_get_box_size:N}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_dp_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_wd_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_@@_discard_bool}
+% Indicate whether or not the current page box should be discarded
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \g_@@_discard_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l_@@_tmp_box,\l_@@_saved_badness_tl}
+% We need a box for the background and foreground material and a
+% token register to remember badness settings as we disable them
+% during te buildup below.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\box_new:N \l_@@_tmp_box
+\tl_new:N \l_@@_saved_badness_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_add_background_box:n}
+% In standard \LaTeX{} the shipout box is always a \cs{vbox} but
+% here we are allow for other usage as well, in case some package
+% has its own output routine.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_add_background_box:n #1
+{ \@@_get_box_size:N \l_shipout_box
+% \end{macrocode}
+% But we start testing for a vertical box as that should be the
+% normal case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \box_if_vertical:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Save current values of \cs{vfuzz} and \cs{vbadness} then change
+% them to allow box manipulations without warnings.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_saved_badness_tl
+ { \vfuzz=\the\vfuzz\relax
+ \vbadness=\the\vbadness\relax }
+ \vfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \vbadness=\c_max_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then we reconstruct \cs{l_shipout_box} \ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \ldots{} the material in \verb=#1= is placed into a horizontal
+% box with zero dimensions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box
+ { \l_@@_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The we typeset that box followed by whatever was in
+% \cs{l_shipout_box} before (unpacked).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \skip_zero:N \baselineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskiplimit
+ \box_use:N \l_@@_tmp_box
+ \vbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The \cs{kern} ensures that the box has no depth which is
+% afterwards explicitly corrected.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \kern \c_zero_dim
+ }
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_dp_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \fmi{The whole boxing maneuver looks a bit like overkill to me, but for
+% the moment I leave.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \l_@@_saved_badness_tl
+ }
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A horizontal box is handled in a similar way. The last case would
+% be a void box in which case we do nothing hence the missing
+% \texttt{F} branch.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \box_if_horizontal:NT \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_saved_badness_tl
+ { \hfuzz=\the\hfuzz\relax
+ \hbadness=\the\hbadness\relax }
+ \hfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \hbadness=\c_max_int
+ \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_wd_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box
+ { \l_@@_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_move_up:nn
+ \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+ { \box_use:N \l_@@_tmp_box }
+ \hbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ }
+ \l_@@_saved_badness_tl
+ }
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_add_foreground_box:n}
+% Foreground boxes are done in the same way, only the order and
+% placement of boxes has to be done differently.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_add_foreground_box:n #1
+{
+ \box_if_vertical:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_saved_badness_tl
+ { \vfuzz=\the\vfuzz\relax
+ \vbadness=\the\vbadness\relax }
+ \vfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \vbadness=\c_max_int
+ \vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box
+ { \l_@@_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \skip_zero:N \baselineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskiplimit
+ \vbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ \kern -\l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ \box_use:N \l_@@_tmp_box
+ \kern \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ }
+ \l_@@_saved_badness_tl
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_dp_dim
+ }
+ {
+ \box_if_horizontal:NT \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_@@_saved_badness_tl
+ { \hfuzz=\the\hfuzz\relax
+ \hbadness=\the\hbadness\relax }
+ \hfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \hbadness=\c_max_int
+ \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_wd_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ \kern -\box_wd:N \l_shipout_box
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box
+ { \l_@@_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_move_up:nn { \box_ht:N \l_shipout_box }
+ { \box_use:N \l_@@_tmp_box }
+ \kern \box_wd:N \l_shipout_box
+ }%
+ \l_@@_saved_badness_tl
+ }
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_init_page_origins:,\c_@@_horigin_tl,\c_@@_vorigin_tl}
+% Two constants holding the offset of the top-left with respect to
+% the media box.
+%
+% Setting the constants this way is courtesy of Bruno.
+%
+% We delay setting the constants to the last possible place as
+% there might be updates in the preamble or even in the
+% \hook{begindocument} hook that affects their setup.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_init_page_origins: {
+ \tl_const:Nx \c_@@_horigin_tl
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist_use:NTF \pdfvariable { horigin }
+ { \cs_if_exist_use:NF \pdfhorigin { 1in } }
+ }
+ \tl_const:Nx \c_@@_vorigin_tl
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist_use:NTF \pdfvariable { vorigin }
+ { \cs_if_exist_use:NF \pdfvorigin { 1in } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% After the constants have been set there is no need to execute
+% this command again, in fact it would raise an error, so we
+% redefine it to do nothing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \@@_init_page_origins: \prg_do_nothing:
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_picture_overlay:n}
+% Put the argument into a \texttt{picture} environment that doesn't take up
+% any size and uses \texttt{1pt} for \cs{unitlength}.
+% \fmi{Could perhaps be generalized as it might be useful elsewhere. For
+% now it is not.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_picture_overlay:n #1 {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The very first time this is executed we have to initializes (and
+% freeze) the origins.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_init_page_origins:
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \kern -\c_@@_horigin_tl \scan_stop:
+ \vbox_to_zero:n {
+ \kern -\c_@@_vorigin_tl \scan_stop:
+ \unitlength 1pt \scan_stop:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This mimics a simple zero-sized picture environment. The \cs{hss}
+% is need in case there is horizontal material (without using
+% \cs{put} with a positive width.
+% \changes{v1.0b}{2020/09/09}
+% {Prevent overfull box warnings (gh/387)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ { \ignorespaces #1 \hss }
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_@@_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_use:N \l_@@_tmp_box
+ \tex_vss:D
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_add_background_picture:n}
+% Put a \texttt{picture} env in the background of the shipout box
+% with its reference point in the top-left corner.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_add_background_picture:n #1 {
+ \@@_add_background_box:n { \@@_picture_overlay:n {#1} }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_add_foreground_picture:n}
+%
+% Put a \texttt{picture} env in the foreground of the shipout box
+% with its reference point in the top-left corner.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_add_foreground_picture:n #1 {
+ \@@_add_foreground_box:n { \@@_picture_overlay:n {#1} }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\shipout_discard:}
+% Request that the next shipout box should be discarded. At the
+% moment this is just setting a boolean, but we may want to augment
+% this behavior that the position of the call is taken into account
+% (in case \LaTeX{} looks ahead and is not using the position for
+% on the next page).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \shipout_discard: {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g_@@_discard_bool
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Handling the end of job hook}
+%
+% At the moment this is partly solved by using the existing hooks.
+% But rather than putting the code into these hooks it should be
+% moved to the right place directly as we shouldn't prefill hooks
+% with material unless it needs to interact with other code.
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_shipout_readonly_int,\ReadonlyShipoutCounter}
+% We count every shipout activity that makes a page (but not those
+% that are discarded) in order to know how many pages got produced.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \g_shipout_readonly_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For \LaTeXe{} it is available as a command (i.e., a \TeX{}
+% counter only.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \ReadonlyShipoutCounter \g_shipout_readonly_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\g_shipout_totalpages_int,\c at totalpages}
+% We count every shipout attempt (even those that are discarded) in
+% tis counter. It is not used in the code but may get used in user
+% code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \g_shipout_totalpages_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For \LaTeXe{} this is offered as a \LaTeX{} counter so can be
+% easily typeset inside the output routine to display things like
+% \enquote{\cs{thepage}\texttt{/}\cs{thetotalpages}}, etc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \c at totalpages \g_shipout_totalpages_int
+\cs_new:Npn \thetotalpages { \arabic{totalpages} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@abspage at last}
+% In \cs{@abspage at last} record the number of pages from the last
+% run. This is written to the \texttt{.aux} and this way made
+% available to the next run. In case there is no \texttt{.aux} file
+% or the statement is missing from it we initialize it with the
+% largest possible number in \TeX{}. We use this as the default
+% because then we are inserting the \hook{shipout/lastpage} on
+% the last page (or after the last page but not on page 1 for a
+% multipage document.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\xdef\@abspage at last{\number\maxdimen}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\enddocument}
+%
+% Instead of using the hooks \hook{enddocument} and
+% \hook{enddocument/afterlastpage} we add this code to private
+% kernel hooks to be 100\% when it is executed and to avoid
+% cluttering the hooks with data that is always there.
+%
+% Inside \cs{enddocument} there is a \cs{clearpage}. Just before
+% that we execute this code here. There is a good change that we
+% are on the last page. Therefore, if we don't know the value from
+% the last run, we assume that the current page is the right
+% one. So we set \cs{@abspage at last} and as a result the next
+% shipout will run the \hook{shipout/lastpage} code. Of course,
+% if there are floats that still need a placement this guess will
+% be wrong but then rerunning the document will give us the correct
+% value next time around.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@kernel at after@enddocument}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\g at addto@macro \@kernel at after@enddocument {
+ \int_compare:nNnT \@abspage at last = \maxdimen
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We use \LaTeXe{} coding as \cs{@abspage at last} is not an L3 name.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \xdef\@abspage at last{ \int_eval:n {\g_shipout_readonly_int + 1} }
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage}
+% Once the \cs{clearpage} has done its work inside \cs{enddocument}
+% we know for sure how many pages this document has, so we record
+% that in the \texttt{.aux} file for the next run.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\g at addto@macro \@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% There is one special case: If no output is produced then there is
+% no point in a) recording the number as 0 will never match the
+% page number of a real page and b) adding an extra page to ran the
+% \hook{shipout/lastpage} is pointless as well (as it would
+% remain forever). So we test for this and run the code only if
+% there have been pages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \int_compare:nNnF \g_shipout_readonly_int = 0
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This ends up in the \texttt{.aux} so we use \LaTeXe{} names here.
+% \fmi{This needs an interface for \cs{nofiles} in expl3, doesn't at the moment!}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if at filesw
+ \iow_now:Nx \@auxout {
+ \gdef\string\@abspage at last {\int_use:N \g_shipout_readonly_int}}
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% But we may have guessed wrongly earlier and we still have to run the
+% \hook{shipout/lastpage} even though there is no page to place
+% it into. If that is the case we make a trivial extra page and put
+% it there. This temporary page will then vanish again on the next
+% run but helps to keep pdf viewers happy.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_if:NF \g_@@_lastpage_handled_bool
+ {
+% \end{macrocode}
+% However, making this extra page in case the hook is actually
+% empty would be forcing a rerun without any reason, so we check
+% that condition and also check if
+% \cs{@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage} contains any code. If both
+% are empty we omit the page generation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnF
+ { \hook_if_empty_p:n {shipout/lastpage} }
+ { \tl_if_empty_p:N \@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage }
+ {
+ \tex_shipout:D\vbox to\textheight
+ {
+ \hbox:n { \UseHook{shipout/lastpage}
+ \@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This extra page could be totally empty except for the hook
+% content, but to help the user understanding why it is there we
+% put some text into it.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@@_excuse_extra_page:
+ \null
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% At this point we also signal to \LaTeX{}'s endgame that a rerun is
+% necessary so that an appropriate message can be shown on the
+% terminal. We do this by simply defining a command used as a flag and
+% tested \cs{enddocument}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \@extra at page@added \relax
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@@_excuse_extra_page:}
+% Say mea culpa \ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new:Npn \@@_excuse_extra_page: {
+ \vfil
+ \begin{center}
+ \bfseries Temporary~ page!
+ \end{center}
+ \LaTeX{}~ was~ unable~ to~ guess~ the~ total~ number~ of~ pages~
+ correctly.~ ~ As~ there~ was~ some~ unprocessed~ data~ that~
+ should~ have~ been~ added~ to~ the~ final~ page~ this~ extra~
+ page~ has~ been~ added~ to~ receive~ it.
+ \par
+ If~ you~ rerun~ the~ document~ (without~ altering~ it)~ this~
+ surplus~ page~ will~ go~ away,~ because~ \LaTeX{}~ now~ knows~
+ how~ many~ pages~ to~ expect~ for~ this~ document.
+ \vfil
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\PreviousTotalPages,\@kernel at before@begindocument}
+% In the preamble before the \texttt{aux} file was read
+% \cs{PreviousTotalPages} is always zero.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PreviousTotalPages{0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In the \texttt{aux} file there should be an update for
+% \cs{@abspage at last} recording the number of pages from the
+% previous run. If not that macro holds the value of
+% \cs{maxdimen}. So we test for it and update
+% \cs{PreviousTotalPages} if there was a real value. This should
+% happen just before the \hook{begindocument} hook is executed so
+% that the value can be used inside that hook.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\g at addto@macro\@kernel at before@begindocument
+ {\ifnum\@abspage at last<\maxdimen
+ \xdef\PreviousTotalPages{\@abspage at last}\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \section{Legacy \LaTeXe{} interfaces}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DiscardShipoutBox}
+% Request that the next shipout box is to be discarded.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \DiscardShipoutBox \shipout_discard:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDvi}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \AtBeginDvi {\@@_add_firstpage_material:Nn \AtBeginDvi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DebugShipoutsOn,\DebugShipoutsOff}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \DebugShipoutsOn \shipout_debug_on:
+\cs_new_eq:NN \DebugShipoutsOff \shipout_debug_off:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \section{Internal commands needed elsewhere}
+%
+% These internal commands use double and triple \texttt{@} signs so
+% we need to stop getting them translated to the module name.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@expl@@@shipout at add@firstpage at material@@Nn,
+% \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at box@@n,
+% \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at box@@n,
+% \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at picture@@n,
+% \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at picture@@n}
+% Some internals needed elsewhere.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@firstpage at material@@Nn
+ \__shipout_add_firstpage_material:Nn
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at box@@n
+ \__shipout_add_background_box:n
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at box@@n
+ \__shipout_add_foreground_box:n
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at picture@@n
+ \__shipout_add_background_picture:n
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at picture@@n
+ \__shipout_add_foreground_picture:n
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Rolling back here doesn't undefine the interface commands as they
+% may be used in packages without rollback functionality. So we
+% just make them do nothing which may or may not work depending on
+% the code usage.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\shipout}{The hook management (shipout)}%
+%<latexrelease>\expandafter\let\expandafter\shipout\csname tex_shipout:D\endcsname
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \ShipoutBox\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \ReadonlyShipoutCounter \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \c at totalpages \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \thetotalpages \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \DiscardShipoutBox \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \DebugShipoutsOn \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \DebugShipoutsOff \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand \AtBeginDvi [1]{%
+%<latexrelease> \global \setbox \@begindvibox
+%<latexrelease> \vbox{\unvbox \@begindvibox #1}%
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \AtBeginShipout \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \AtBeginShipoutNext \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \AtBeginShipoutFirst \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \ShipoutBoxHeight \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \ShipoutBoxDepth \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \ShipoutBoxWidth \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \AtBeginShipoutDiscard \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \AtBeginShipoutAddToBox \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\let \AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We do not undo a substitution when rolling back. As the file
+% support gets undone the underlying data is no longer used (and
+% sufficiently obscure that should not interfer with existing
+% commands) and properly removing it would mean we need to make the
+% \cs{unclare at ...} and its support macros available in all earlier
+% kernel releases which is pointless (and actually worse).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%\undeclare at file@substitution{everyshi.sty}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let \AtEndDvi \@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We do not reenable a disabled package load when rolling back. As the file
+% support gets undone the underlying data is no longer checked (and
+% sufficiently obscure that it should not interfer with existing
+% commands) and properly removing it would mean we need to make the
+% \cs{reenable at package@load} command available in all earlier
+% kernel releases which is pointless (and actually worse).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%\reenable at package@load{atenddvi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{Package emulation for compatibility}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Package \pkg{atenddvi} emulation}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtEndDvi}
+% This package has only one public command to simulating it is easy
+% and actually sensible to provide as part of the kernel.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\AtEndDvi}{atenddvi emulation}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \AtEndDvi {\AddToHook{shipout/lastpage}}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \end{macrocode}
+% As the package is integrate we prevent loading (no need to roll that back):
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\disable at package@load{atenddvi}
+ {\PackageWarning{atenddvi}
+ {Functionality of this package is already\MessageBreak
+ provided by LaTeX.\MessageBreak\MessageBreak
+ It is there no longer necessary to load it\MessageBreak
+ and you can safely remove it.\MessageBreak
+ Found on}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\AtEndDvi}{atenddvi emulation}%
+%<latexrelease>\let \AtEndDvi \@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Package \pkg{atbegshi} emulation}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*atbegshi-ltx>
+\ProvidesPackage{atbegshi-ltx}
+ [2020/08/17 v1.0a
+ Emulation of the original atbegshi package^^Jwith kernel methods]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutBox}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let \AtBeginShipoutBox \ShipoutBox
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutInit}
+% Compatibility only, we aren't delaying \ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let \AtBeginShipoutInit \@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipout,\AtBeginShipoutNext}
+% Filling hooks
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\protected \def \AtBeginShipout {\AddToHook{shipout/before}}
+\protected \def \AtBeginShipoutNext {\AddToHookNext{shipout/before}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutFirst}
+% Slightly more complex as we need to know the name of the command under which the
+% \hook{shipout/firstpage} hook is filled.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\protected \def \AtBeginShipoutFirst
+ {\@expl@@@shipout at add@firstpage at material@@Nn \AtBeginShipoutFirst}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutDiscard}
+% Just a different name.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let \AtBeginShipoutDiscard \DiscardShipoutBox
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginShipoutAddToBox,\AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground,
+% \AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft,\AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground}
+% We don't expose them.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let \AtBeginShipoutAddToBox
+ \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at box@@n
+\let \AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground
+ \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at box@@n
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let \AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft
+ \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at picture@@n
+\let \AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground
+ \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at picture@@n
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ShipoutBoxHeight,\ShipoutBoxWidth,\ShipoutoBoxDepth}
+% This is somewhat different from the original in \pkg{atbegshi}
+% where \cs{ShipoutBoxHeight} etc.\ only holds the
+% \verb=\the\ht<box>= value. This may has some implications in some
+% use cases and if that is a problem then it might need changing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \ShipoutBoxHeight { \dim_use:N \l_shipout_box_ht_dim }
+\cs_new:Npn \ShipoutBoxDepth { \dim_use:N \l_shipout_box_dp_dim }
+\cs_new:Npn \ShipoutBoxWidth { \dim_use:N \l_shipout_box_wd_dim }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</atbegshi-ltx>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the package is requested we substitute the one above:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel>
+\declare at file@substitution{atbegshi.sty}{atbegshi-ltx.sty}
+%</2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Package \pkg{everyshi} emulation}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*everyshi-ltx>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesPackage{everyshi-ltx}
+ [2020/08/17 v1.0a
+ Emulation of the original everyshi package^^Jwith kernel methods]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\EveryShipout,\AtNextShipout}
+% This package has only two public commands so simulating it is easy:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\protected \def \EveryShipout {\AddToHook{shipout/before}}
+\protected \def \AtNextShipout {\AddToHookNext{shipout/before}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% This is one difference between \pkg{everyshi} and the kernel
+% implementation, the latter does not directly use box 255.
+%
+% For usage by ordinary users this makes no difference but of a
+% package use complicated code together with \pkg{everyshi} and
+% directly manipulates box 255 then this package needs updating.
+% In most cases the updates are simple because the kernel offers
+% hooks that makes such complicated code unnecessary.
+%
+% We therefore add a little file into the adjusted package
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%
+%% In normal circumstances the above emulation is sufficient and in
+%% all known packages (we know of) that use everyshi it either works or
+%% the packages have been adjusted.
+%%
+%% Code that directly manipulates box 255, however, might fail.
+%% If that is the case look at the shipout hooks offered now as
+%% they are normally sufficienct to avoid such minpulations (or
+%% replace box 255 with \ShipoutBox in the code.
+%%
+%</everyshi-ltx>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% If the package is requested we substitute the one above:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*2ekernel>
+\declare at file@substitution{everyshi.sty}{everyshi-ltx.sty}
+%</2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% Rather important :-)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<@@=>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+%
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\endinput
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltshipout.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltspace.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltspace.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltspace.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltspace.dtx}
- [2019/11/02 v1.3k LaTeX Kernel (spacing)]
+ [2020/05/06 v1.3n LaTeX Kernel (spacing)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltspace.dtx}
@@ -63,6 +63,8 @@
% \changes{v1.2r}{1996/07/27}{Correct documentation of problems}
% \changes{v1.2w}{1998/08/17}{Documentation fixes.}
% \changes{v1.3j}{2019/08/27}{Make various commands robust}
+% \changes{v1.3l}{2020/03/07}{Moved \cs{thinspace}, \cs{negthinspace}
+% and \cs{,} to ltmath.dtx (gh/303)}
%
%
% \section{Spacing}
@@ -428,6 +430,37 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@vspace at calcify}
+% Helper command to produce a \cs{vskip} that is first run through
+% \cs{setlength}. This way the \texttt{calc} package can operate on
+% the argument value.
+% \changes{v1.3m}{2020/04/21}{Support calc syntax (gh/152)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@vspace at calcify}{Add calc support}%
+\def\@vspace at calcify#1{\begingroup\setlength\skip@{#1}\vskip\skip@\endgroup}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@vspace at calcify}{Add calc support}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\let\@vspace at calcify\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+
+
% \begin{macro}{\newline}
% A simple form of the `normal' definition of |\\|.
% \changes{v1.2v}{1997/05/07}{Made completely robust.}
@@ -445,12 +478,31 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@newline}
+% \changes{v1.3m}{2020/04/21}{Support calc syntax (gh/152)}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@newline}{\newline calc support}%
\def\@newline[#1]{\let \reserved at e \vadjust
- \@gnewline {\vskip #1}}
+ \@gnewline {\@vspace at calcify{#1}}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@newline}{\newline calc support}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@newline[#1]{\let \reserved at e \vadjust
+%<latexrelease> \@gnewline {\vskip #1}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@gnewline}
% \changes{v1.2u}{1996/10/29}{Added macro}
% The |\nobreak| added to prevent null lines when |\\|
@@ -518,7 +570,7 @@
% |\begin{@float}| \ldots |\end{@float}|
% that want to be invisible --- i.e.,
% not leave any extra space when used in the middle of text. Such
-% a macro should begin with |\@bsphack| and end with |\@esphack|
+% a macro should begin with |\@bsphack| and end with |\@esphack|.
% The macro in question should not create any text, nor change the
% mode.
%
@@ -823,14 +875,19 @@
% \changes{v1.2c}{1994/11/13}{Recorrected error message}
% Add vertical space taking into account space already added, as
% described above.
+% \changes{v1.3m}{2020/04/21}{Support calc syntax (gh/152)}
% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\addvspace}{\addvspace calc support}%
\def\addvspace#1{%
\ifvmode
\if at minipage\else
\ifdim \lastskip =\z@
- \vskip #1\relax
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
\else
- \@tempskipb#1\relax
+ \setlength\@tempskipb{#1}%
\@xaddvskip
\fi
\fi
@@ -837,7 +894,30 @@
\else
\@noitemerr
\fi}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\addvspace}{\addvspace calc support}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\addvspace#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \ifvmode
+%<latexrelease> \if at minipage\else
+%<latexrelease> \ifdim \lastskip =\z@
+%<latexrelease> \vskip #1\relax
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \@tempskipb#1\relax
+%<latexrelease> \@xaddvskip
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \fi
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \@noitemerr
+%<latexrelease> \fi}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\addpenalty}
@@ -938,6 +1018,8 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\vspace}
% \changes{v1.2m}{1996/01/20}{Made robust}
% \begin{macro}{\@vspace}
@@ -957,14 +1039,25 @@
% \end{itemize}
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareRobustCommand\vspace{\@ifstar\@vspacer\@vspace}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@vspace}{Support calc in \vspace}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We support calc syntax in the argument and therefore use \cs{setlength}.
+% \changes{v1.3m}{2020/04/21}{Support calc syntax (gh/152)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@vspace #1{%
\ifvmode
- \vskip #1
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
\vskip\z at skip
\else
\@bsphack
\vadjust{\@restorepar
- \vskip #1
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
\vskip\z at skip
}%
\@esphack
@@ -977,7 +1070,7 @@
\dimen@\prevdepth
\hrule \@height\z@
\nobreak
- \vskip #1
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
\vskip\z at skip
\prevdepth\dimen@
\else
@@ -985,10 +1078,46 @@
\vadjust{\@restorepar
\hrule \@height\z@
\nobreak
- \vskip #1
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
\vskip\z at skip}%
\@esphack
\fi}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@vspace}{Support calc in \vspace}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@vspace #1{%
+%<latexrelease> \ifvmode
+%<latexrelease> \vskip #1
+%<latexrelease> \vskip\z at skip
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \@bsphack
+%<latexrelease> \vadjust{\@restorepar
+%<latexrelease> \vskip #1
+%<latexrelease> \vskip\z at skip
+%<latexrelease> }%
+%<latexrelease> \@esphack
+%<latexrelease> \fi}
+%<latexrelease>\def\@vspacer#1{%
+%<latexrelease> \ifvmode
+%<latexrelease> \dimen@\prevdepth
+%<latexrelease> \hrule \@height\z@
+%<latexrelease> \nobreak
+%<latexrelease> \vskip #1
+%<latexrelease> \vskip\z at skip
+%<latexrelease> \prevdepth\dimen@
+%<latexrelease> \else
+%<latexrelease> \@bsphack
+%<latexrelease> \vadjust{\@restorepar
+%<latexrelease> \hrule \@height\z@
+%<latexrelease> \nobreak
+%<latexrelease> \vskip #1
+%<latexrelease> \vskip\z at skip}%
+%<latexrelease> \@esphack
+%<latexrelease> \fi}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1094,17 +1223,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
-% \begin{macro}{\,}
-% Used in paragraph mode produces a |\thinspace|. It has the
-% ordinary definition in math mode. Useful for quotes inside quotes,
-% as in |``\,`Foo', he said.''|
-% \changes{v1.0o}{1994/05/11}{Use \cs{DeclareRobustCommand}. ASAJ.}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\,}{%
- \relax\ifmmode\mskip\thinmuskip\else\thinspace\fi
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@}
% Placed before a '.', makes it a sentence-ending period. Does the
@@ -1142,20 +1260,37 @@
% \changes{LaTeX2e}{1993/08/05}
% {(RmS) Removed superfluous \cs{leavevmode} in \cs{@hspace} and
% \cs{@hspacer}, as suggested by CAR.}
+% \changes{v1.3m}{2020/04/21}{Support calc syntax (gh/152)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@hspace#1{\hskip #1\relax}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@hspace}{Support calc with \hspace}%
+\def\@hspace#1{\begingroup\setlength\skip@{#1}\hskip\skip@\endgroup}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@hspace}{Support calc with \hspace}%
+
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@hspace#1{\hskip #1\relax}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
% \begin{macro}{\@hspacer}
-% extra |\hskip 0pt| added 1985/17/12 to guard
+% Extra |\hskip 0pt| added 1985/17/12 to guard
% against a following |\unskip|
% |\relax| added 13 Oct 88 for usual \TeX\ lossage
% replaced both changes by |\hskip\z at skip| 27 Nov 91
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@hspacer#1{\vrule \@width\z@\nobreak
- \hskip #1\hskip \z at skip}
+ \@hspace{#1}\hskip \z at skip}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1184,19 +1319,12 @@
%<latexrelease> {\thinspace}{Start LR-mode}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\thinspace}
-% \begin{macro}{\negthinspace}
% \begin{macro}{\enspace}
% \changes{v1.3h}{2018/09/24}{Start LR-mode if necessary (git/49)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thinspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern .16667em }
-\DeclareRobustCommand\negthinspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern-.16667em }
\DeclareRobustCommand\enspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern.5em }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\leavevmode at ifvmode}
% Leave vmode but only if we are really in vmode, otherwise the
@@ -1234,6 +1362,18 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \changes{v1.3n}{2020/05/06}{Made softhyphen active in TU engines}
+%
+% For Unicode engines, make the Unicode soft hyphen an active
+% character defined as \cs{-}.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined\else
+ \catcode "AD=13
+ \def^^ad{\-}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\obeycr}
% \begin{macro}{\restorecr}
% The following definitions will probably get deleted or moved to
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttab.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttab.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttab.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%%% From File: lttab.dtx
%<*driver>
% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{lttab.dtx}[2019/10/07 v1.1q LaTeX Kernel (Columns)]
+\ProvidesFile{lttab.dtx}[2020/04/24 v1.1r LaTeX Kernel (Columns)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{lttab.dtx}
@@ -475,11 +475,28 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@itabcr}
+% \changes{v1.1r}{2020/04/21}{Support calc syntax (gh/152)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@itabcr[#1]{\vskip #1\@startline\ignorespaces}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@itabcr}{Tabbing calc syntax}%
+\def\@itabcr[#1]{\@vspace at calcify{#1}\@startline\ignorespaces}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@itabcr}{Tabbing calc syntax}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@itabcr[#1]{\vskip #1\@startline\ignorespaces}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
%
%
+% \begin{environment}{tabbing}
% \begin{macro}{\tabbing}
% \changes{v1.1f}{1995/10/23}{(CAR)Make \cs{@hightab} consistently a
% local variable}
@@ -513,7 +530,9 @@
\@stopline\ifnum\@tabpush >\z@ \@badpoptabs \fi\endtrivlist}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
%
+%
% \begin{macro}{\@rtab}
% Omitted |\global| added to |\@rtab| 17 Jun 86
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -815,6 +834,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{environment}{array}
% \begin{macro}{\array}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\array{\let\@acol\@arrayacol \let\@classz\@arrayclassz
@@ -822,6 +842,7 @@
\let\\\@arraycr\let\@halignto\@empty\@tabarray}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{macro}{\endarray}
% \begin{macro}{\endtabular}
@@ -835,11 +856,13 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \begin{environment}{tabular}
% \begin{macro}{\tabular}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\tabular{\let\@halignto\@empty\@tabular}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
%
% \begin{macro}{\tabular*}
% \changes{v1.1j}{1998/05/18}{Use \cs{setlength}, so that
@@ -1003,9 +1026,25 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\@yargarraycr}
+% \changes{v1.1r}{2020/04/21}{Support calc syntax (gh/152)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@yargarraycr#1{\cr\noalign{\vskip #1}}
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@yargarraycr}{tabular support calc syntax}%
+\def\@yargarraycr#1{\cr\noalign{\@vspace at calcify{#1}}}
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\@yargarraycr}{tabular support calc syntax}%
+%<latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\def\@yargarraycr#1{\cr\noalign{\vskip #1}}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\multicolumn}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttextcomp.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttextcomp.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttextcomp.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
%
%
\ProvidesFile{lttextcomp.dtx}
- [2020/02/10 v1.0c LaTeX Kernel (text companion symbols)]
+ [2020/04/29 v1.0d LaTeX Kernel (text companion symbols)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\begin{document}
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
% Using \cs{UndeclareTextCommand} above is enough only if the
% encoding definition files are not reloaded afterwards. In the
% past that happened if \texttt{fontenc} was used in the document
-% preamble (not not any longer). So in some sense it is better to fully remove
+% preamble (not any longer). So in some sense it is better to fully remove
% them from the encoding files, but for rollbacks it is easier to
% keep them in for now.
%
@@ -565,24 +565,25 @@
%
% In Unicode engines we just execute the simple accents:
% \changes{v1.0c}{2020/02/10}{Use \cs{@tabacckludge} for tabbing where necessary (gh/271)}
+% \changes{v1.0d}{2020/04/29}{Make all captial accents text commands for hyperref (gh/332)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\else
- \def\capitalacute{\@tabacckludge'}
- \def\capitalbreve{\u}
- \def\capitalcaron{\v}
- \def\capitalcedilla{\c}
- \def\capitalcircumflex{\^}
- \def\capitaldieresis{\"}
- \def\capitaldotaccent{\.}
- \def\capitalgrave{\@tabacckludge`}
- \def\capitalhungarumlaut{\H}
- \def\capitalmacron{\@tabacckludge=}
- \def\capitalnewtie{\t}
- \def\capitalogonek{\k}
- \def\capitalring{\r}
- \def\capitaltie{\t}
- \def\capitaltilde{\~}
- \def\newtie{\t}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalacute{\@tabacckludge'}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalbreve{\u}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalcaron{\v}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalcedilla{\c}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalcircumflex{\^}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaldieresis{\"}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaldotaccent{\.}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalgrave{\@tabacckludge`}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalhungarumlaut{\H}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalmacron{\@tabacckludge=}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalnewtie{\t}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalogonek{\k}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalring{\r}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaltie{\t}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaltilde{\~}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\newtie{\t}
\fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltvers.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltvers.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltvers.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltvers.dtx}
- [2020/01/31 v1.1e LaTeX Kernel (Version Info)]
+ [2020/03/02 v1.1e LaTeX Kernel (Version Info)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltvers.dtx}
@@ -112,10 +112,10 @@
%</2ekernel>
%<latexrelease>\edef\latexreleaseversion
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
- {2020-02-02}
+ {2020-10-01}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<*2ekernel>
-\def\patch at level{5}
+\def\patch at level{0}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\development at branch@name}
@@ -250,6 +250,14 @@
\def\@IncludeInRele at se#1#2#3{%
\toks@{[#1] #3}%
\expandafter\ifx\csname\string#2+\@currname+IIR\endcsname\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If we roll back and the first patch already match then applying
+% that is actually reapplying what is already in the format, i.e.,
+% it is useless and possibly allocating new registers. However, it
+% makes the logic simpler so this is the way it is for now. In
+% theory we could always jump overthe first patch because that is
+% only really needed for rolling forward. So maybe one day \dots
+% \begin{macrocode}
\ifnum\expandafter\@parse at version#1//00\@nil
>\expandafter\@parse at version\fmtversion//00\@nil
\GenericInfo{}{Skipping: \the\toks@}%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
%
%<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
%<class>\ProvidesClass{ltxdoc}
-%<class> [2019/09/16 v2.0y Standard LaTeX documentation class]
+%<class> [2020/08/21 v2.1a Standard LaTeX documentation class]
%
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
@@ -54,6 +54,7 @@
%
% \changes{v2.0i}{1994/04/29}{Update the documentation.}
% \changes{v2.0s}{1998/08/17}{(RmS) Documentation fixes.}
+% \changes{v2.1a}{2020/08/21}{Integration of new hook management interface}
%
% \section{Documentation of the \LaTeX\ sources}
%
@@ -422,6 +423,10 @@
\def\partname{File}
% \end{macrocode}
%
+%
+%
+% \changes{v2.0z}{2020/05/17}{Support spaces \emph{within} filenames
+% (gh/218)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand*{\DocInclude}[1]{%
\relax
@@ -432,14 +437,19 @@
{\def\currentfile{#1.dtx}}%
\ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
\@latexerr{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
- \else \@docinclude#1 \fi}
+ \else
+ \set at curr@file{#1}%
+ \edef\@curr at file{\@strip at tex@ext\@curr at file}%
+ \expandafter\@docinclude\expandafter{\@curr at file}
+ \fi}
\def\@docinclude#1 {\clearpage
-\if at filesw \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}\fi
+\if at filesw \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{"#1.aux"}}\fi
\@tempswatrue\if at partsw \@tempswafalse\edef\@tempb{#1}\@for
\@tempa:=\@partlist\do{\ifx\@tempa\@tempb\@tempswatrue\fi}\fi
\if at tempswa \let\@auxout\@partaux \if at filesw
-\immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux
+\immediate\openout\@partaux "#1.aux"
\immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}\fi
+\@filehook at set@CurrentFile
% \end{macrocode}
% We need to save (and later restore) various index-related
% commands which might be changed by the included file.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxref.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxref.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxref.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
%<*driver>
% \fi
\ProvidesFile{ltxref.dtx}
- [2019/09/16 v1.1m LaTeX Kernel (Cross Referencing)]
+ [2020/08/23 v1.1o LaTeX Kernel (Cross Referencing)]
% \iffalse
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\GetFileInfo{ltxref.dtx}
@@ -311,14 +311,18 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel>
%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
-%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
-%<latexrelease> {\refstepcounter}{Add \labelformat and \Ref}%
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\refstepcounter}{Add \@currentcounter}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\refstepcounter}
% Step the counter and allow for labels to point to its current value.
+% \changes{v1.1n}{2020/05/05}{record the counter name in \cs{@currentcounter}}
+% \changes{v1.1o}{2020/08/23}{add default definition of \cs{@currentcounter}}
% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@currentcounter{}
\def\refstepcounter#1{\stepcounter{#1}%
+ \edef\@currentcounter{#1}%
\protected at edef\@currentlabel
% \end{macrocode}
% By generating the second csname first the |\p at ...| command can
@@ -381,6 +385,17 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\refstepcounter}{Add \labelformat and \Ref}%
+%<latexrelease>\let\@currentcounter\@undefined
+%<latexrelease>\def\refstepcounter#1{\stepcounter{#1}%
+%<latexrelease> \protected at edef\@currentlabel
+%<latexrelease> {\csname p@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+%<latexrelease>}
+%<latexrelease>\def\labelformat#1{\expandafter\def\csname p@#1\endcsname##1}
+%<latexrelease>\DeclareRobustCommand\Ref[1]{\protected at edef\@tempa{\ref{#1}}%
+%<latexrelease> \expandafter\MakeUppercase\@tempa}
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
%<latexrelease> {\refstepcounter}{Add \labelformat and \Ref}%
%<latexrelease>
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/slides.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/slides.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/slides.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
%<*driver>
\ProvidesFile{slides.drv}
%</driver>
- [2019/11/04 v2.4b
+ [2020/02/20 v2.4b
%<+class> Standard LaTeX document class]
%<+cmd> SLiTeX definitions]
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
%
% \section{Fonts}
%
-% Note, that that with NFSS you can easily produce slides with special
+% Note, that with NFSS you can easily produce slides with special
% fonts just by calling an appropriate style file (like |times|) in a
% |\usepackage| command. This works, for example, with all
% fonts that are defined to be scaleable (e.g., PostScript fonts) since
@@ -2536,7 +2536,7 @@
% \overline, \underline, \frac and \sqrt
%
% \@mathbox{STYLE}{BOX}{MTEXT} : Called in math mode, typesets MTEXT and
-% stores result in BOX, using style STYLE.
+% stores result in BOX, using STYLE.
%
% \@bphant{BOX} : Creates a phantom with dimensions BOX.
% \@vbphant{BOX} : Creates a phantom with ht of BOX and zero width.
@@ -2543,7 +2543,7 @@
% \@hbphant{BOX} : Creates a phantom with width of BOX
% and zero ht & dp.
% \@hvsmash{STYLE}{MTEXT} : Creates a copy of MTEXT with zero height and
-% width in style STYLE.
+% width in STYLE.
%\end{verbatim}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\@mathbox#1#2#3{\setbox#2\hbox{$\m at th#1{#3}$}}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/unpack.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/unpack.ins 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/unpack.ins 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -123,7 +123,6 @@
\batchinput{latexrelease.ins}
-
\Msg{}
\Msg{*********************************************}
\Msg{*}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/color.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/color.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/color.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
%<driver> \ProvidesFile{color.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{color.dtx}
- [2019/11/23 v1.2a Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)]
+ [2020/02/24 v1.2b Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -558,6 +558,8 @@
% {usenames option added}
% \changes{v0.3f}{1994/10/04}
% {Give info about redefinitions}
+% \changes{v1.2b}{2020/02/24}
+% {corrected test, see https://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=graphics/3635}
%
% Driver files may opt to define a `named' colour model.
% Placing colour names rather than numeric specifications into the dvi
@@ -603,7 +605,7 @@
{\c at lor@error{model `#1'}}%
{\@ifundefined{color@#3}%
{\c at lor@error{model `#3'}}%
- {\@ifundefined{c at lor@#1@#2}{}%
+ {\@ifundefined{col@#2}{}%
{\PackageInfo{color}{Redefining color #2 in named color model}}%
\csname color@#3\endcsname\@tempa{#4}%
\csname define at color@#1\endcsname{#2}\@tempa
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/graphics.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/graphics.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/graphics.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
%<driver> \ProvidesFile{graphics.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{graphics.dtx}
- [2019/11/30 v1.4a Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)]
+ [2020/08/30 v1.4c Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -1134,30 +1134,40 @@
\else
\Gin at getbase{\Gin at sepdefault\filename at ext}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% At this point try adding an extension, even if the filename has one so
-% that \verb|a.b| may find \verb|a.b.png| if no file is found then revert
-% to the extension as given to get better error reporting.
+% At this point try adding an extension, either if the given file name
+% has none, or if the extension matches no existing graphics inclusion
+% rule, so that \verb|a.b| may find \verb|a.b.png|, if only the latter
+% or if both files exist. If no file is found then revert to the
+% extension as given to get better error reporting.
%
% \changes{v1.3d}{2019/11/01}
-% {Try adding an extension even if the filenam had a dot.}
+% {Try adding an extension even if the filename had a dot.}
+% \changes{v1.4c}{2020/08/30}
+% {Try adding an extension even if the filename had a dot AND
+% if the filename without the extension exists (but doesn't have
+% a known extension).}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\Gin at ext\relax
-\let\Gin at savedbase\filename at base
-\let\Gin at savedext\filename at ext
- \edef\filename at base{\filename at base\Gin at sepdefault\filename at ext}%
- \let\filename at ext\relax
- \@for\Gin at temp:=\Gin at extensions\do{%
- \ifx\Gin at ext\relax
- \Gin at getbase\Gin at temp
- \fi}%
+ \ifnum0%
+ \ifx\Gin at ext\relax 1%
+ \else \@ifundefined{Gin at rule@\Gin at ext}{1}{0}%
+ \fi >0
+ \let\Gin at ext\relax
+ \let\Gin at savedbase\filename at base
+ \let\Gin at savedext\filename at ext
+ \edef\filename at base{\filename at base\Gin at sepdefault\filename at ext}%
+ \let\filename at ext\relax
+ \@for\Gin at temp:=\Gin at extensions\do{%
+ \ifx\Gin at ext\relax
+ \Gin at getbase\Gin at temp
+ \fi}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Restore if no file found using theknown extensions.
+% Restore if no file found using the known extensions.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifx\Gin at ext\relax
- \let\filename at base\Gin at savedbase
- \let\filename at ext\Gin at savedext
- \fi
-\fi
+ \ifx\Gin at ext\relax
+ \let\filename at base\Gin at savedbase
+ \let\filename at ext\Gin at savedext
+ \fi
+ \fi
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -1428,7 +1438,7 @@
% starting with |%%BoundingBox| and returns the result
% by setting four dimension registers
% |\Gin at llx|, |\Gin at lly|, |\Gin at urx| and |\Gin at ury|.
-% \changes{v0.5e}{1994/1l/02}
+% \changes{v0.5e}{1994/11/02}
% {Fix the catcodes of \cs{endlinechar} and ctrl-D}
% \changes{v0.7a}{1995/04/11}
% {Fix more catcodes, for binary headers of eps files}
@@ -1474,9 +1484,12 @@
% {Allow TAB in DSC comments graphics/2587}
% \changes{v1.0i}{1999/01/07}
% {Fix catcode of hyphen. graphics/2846}
+% \changes{v1.4b}{2020/08/09}
+% {Normalise \cs{endlinechar} gh/286}
% \begin{macrocode}
\catcode`\ 10 %
\catcode`\^^I10 %
+ \endlinechar13 %
\catcode\endlinechar5 %
\@makeother\:%
\@makeother\-%
@@ -1574,6 +1587,7 @@
\fi}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macro}{\Gread at parse@bb}
% We have |%%BoundingBox| and what follows is not `(atend)' so we
% will parse the rest of the line as a BB with four elements.
@@ -1596,7 +1610,69 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+% Viewport and trim, originally in |graphicx|.
%
+% \begin{macro}{\Gin at viewport}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{1996/10/31}{Original bb saved}
+% If a viewport is specified, reset the bounding box coordinates
+% by adding the original origin, |\Gin at llx|, |\Gin at lly| to the new
+% values specified as the viewport. The original Bounding box
+% coordinates are saved in |\Gin at ollx|\ldots\ some drivers
+% might need this information (currently just |tcidvi|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Gin at viewport{%
+ \let\Gin at ollx\Gin at llx
+ \let\Gin at olly\Gin at lly
+ \let\Gin at ourx\Gin at urx
+ \let\Gin at oury\Gin at ury
+ \dimen@\Gin at llx\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vurx\p@
+ \edef\Gin at urx{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
+ \dimen@\Gin at lly\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vury\p@
+ \edef\Gin at ury{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
+ \dimen@\Gin at llx\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vllx\p@
+ \edef\Gin at llx{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
+ \dimen@\Gin at lly\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vlly\p@
+ \edef\Gin at lly{\strip at pt\dimen@}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Gin at trim}
+% \changes{v1.0c}{1996/10/31}{Original bb saved}
+% If a trim is specified, reset the bounding box coordinates
+% by trimming the four specified values off each side of the
+% graphic.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Gin at trim{%
+ \let\Gin at ollx\Gin at llx
+ \let\Gin at olly\Gin at lly
+ \let\Gin at ourx\Gin at urx
+ \let\Gin at oury\Gin at ury
+ \dimen@\Gin at llx\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vllx\p@
+ \edef\Gin at llx{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
+ \dimen@\Gin at lly\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vlly\p@
+ \edef\Gin at lly{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
+ \dimen@\Gin at urx\p@\advance\dimen@ -\Gin at vurx\p@
+ \edef\Gin at urx{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
+ \dimen@\Gin at ury\p@\advance\dimen@ -\Gin at vury\p@
+ \edef\Gin at ury{\strip at pt\dimen@}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Gin at vllx}
+% \begin{macro}{\Gin at vlly}
+% \begin{macro}{\Gin at vurx}
+% \begin{macro}{\Gin at vury}
+% Four macros to hold the modifiers for the bounding box for viewport
+% and trim specifications.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\Gin at vllx\Gin at llx\let\Gin at vlly\Gin at llx
+\let\Gin at vurx\Gin at llx\let\Gin at vury\Gin at llx
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \subsection{Rotation}
%
% As above, we will re-use some existing local registers.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/graphicx.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/graphicx.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/graphicx.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
%<driver> \ProvidesFile{graphicx.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{graphicx.dtx}
- [2019/11/30 v1.2a Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)]
+ [2020/09/09 v1.2b Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -342,67 +342,7 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\Gin at viewport}
-% \changes{v1.0c}{1996/10/31}{Original bb saved}
-% If a viewport is specified, reset the bounding box coordinates
-% by adding the original origin, |\Gin at llx|, |\Gin at lly| to the new
-% values specified as the viewport. The original Bounding box
-% coordinates are saved in |\Gin at ollx|\ldots\ some drivers
-% might need this information (currently just |tcidvi|).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Gin at viewport{%
- \let\Gin at ollx\Gin at llx
- \let\Gin at olly\Gin at lly
- \let\Gin at ourx\Gin at urx
- \let\Gin at oury\Gin at ury
- \dimen@\Gin at llx\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vurx\p@
- \edef\Gin at urx{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
- \dimen@\Gin at lly\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vury\p@
- \edef\Gin at ury{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
- \dimen@\Gin at llx\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vllx\p@
- \edef\Gin at llx{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
- \dimen@\Gin at lly\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vlly\p@
- \edef\Gin at lly{\strip at pt\dimen@}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\Gin at trim}
-% \changes{v1.0c}{1996/10/31}{Original bb saved}
-% If a trim is specified, reset the bounding box coordinates
-% by trimming the four specified values off each side of the
-% graphic.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Gin at trim{%
- \let\Gin at ollx\Gin at llx
- \let\Gin at olly\Gin at lly
- \let\Gin at ourx\Gin at urx
- \let\Gin at oury\Gin at ury
- \dimen@\Gin at llx\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vllx\p@
- \edef\Gin at llx{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
- \dimen@\Gin at lly\p@\advance\dimen@ \Gin at vlly\p@
- \edef\Gin at lly{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
- \dimen@\Gin at urx\p@\advance\dimen@ -\Gin at vurx\p@
- \edef\Gin at urx{\strip at pt\dimen@}%
- \dimen@\Gin at ury\p@\advance\dimen@ -\Gin at vury\p@
- \edef\Gin at ury{\strip at pt\dimen@}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Gin at vllx}
-% \begin{macro}{\Gin at vlly}
-% \begin{macro}{\Gin at vurx}
-% \begin{macro}{\Gin at vury}
-% Four macros to hold the modifiers for the bounding box for viewport
-% and trim specifications.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\Gin at vllx\Gin at llx\let\Gin at vlly\Gin at llx
-\let\Gin at vurx\Gin at llx\let\Gin at vury\Gin at llx
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
% \begin{key}{Gin}{angle}
% Specify a rotation. This is just handled by wrapping the
% |\includegraphics| command in a call to the internal version of
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/lscape.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/lscape.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/graphics/lscape.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
%<driver> \ProvidesFile{lscape.drv}
% \fi
% \ProvidesFile{lscape.dtx}
- [2000/10/22 v3.01 Landscape Pages (DPC)]
+ [2020/05/28 v3.02 Landscape Pages (DPC)]
%
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
@@ -61,6 +61,7 @@
% \changes{v3.00}{1994/10/05}{Update using LaTeX2e graphics package}
% \changes{v3.01}{1999/06/22}{Added better pdfTeX support
% by Scott Pakin, from graphics/3063}
+% \changes{v3.02}{2020/05/28}{delay saving \cs{@makefcolumn} gh340}
%
%
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -90,8 +91,6 @@
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\LS at makecol=\@makecol
-\let\LS at makefcolumn=\@makefcolumn
\def\LS at rot{%
\setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\hbox{\rotatebox{90}{\box\@outputbox}}}}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -99,6 +98,8 @@
% First set up the page size for landscape.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\landscape{%
+ \let\LS at makecol=\@makecol
+ \let\LS at makefcolumn=\@makefcolumn
\clearpage
\begingroup
\vsize=\textwidth
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/array.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/array.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/array.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -29,10 +29,11 @@
%<+package>\providecommand\DeclareCurrentRelease[2]{}
%<+package>
%<+package>\DeclareRelease{}{2016-10-06}{array-2016-10-06.sty}
-%<+package>\DeclareCurrentRelease{}{2019-10-01}
+%<+package>\DeclareRelease{v2.4}{2020-02-10}{array-2020-02-10.sty}
+%<+package>\DeclareCurrentRelease{}{2020-10-01}
%<+package>
%<+package>\ProvidesPackage{array}
-%<+package> [2019/08/31 v2.4l Tabular extension package (FMi)]
+%<+package> [2020/10/01 v2.5c Tabular extension package (FMi)]
%
% \fi
%
@@ -551,14 +552,16 @@
% \item rules can be placed between columns or rows thereby enlarging
% the table.
% \end{enumerate}
-% \texttt{array.sty} implements the second possibility while the
-% default implementation in the \LaTeX{} kernel implements the first
-% concept. Both concepts have their merits but one has to be aware of
-% the individual implications.
+% For vertical rules \texttt{array.sty} implements the second
+% possibility while the default implementation in the \LaTeX{} kernel
+% implements the first concept.
+% Both concepts have their merits but
+% one has to be aware of the individual implications.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item
-% With standard \LaTeX{} adding rules to a table will not affect the
-% width or height of the table (unless double rules are used), e.g.,
+% With standard \LaTeX{} adding vertical rules to a table will
+% not affect the
+% width of the table (unless double rules are used), e.g.,
% changing a preamble from \verb=lll= to \verb=l|l|l= does not
% affect the document other than adding rules to the table. In
% contrast, with \texttt{array.sty} a table that just fit the
@@ -601,6 +604,12 @@
% \end{center}
% \end{itemize}
%
+% Horizontal rules produced with \cs{hline} add to the table height in
+% both implementations but they differ in handling double \cs{hline}s.
+% In contrast a \cs{cline} does not change the table
+% height.\footnote{All a bit inconsistent, but nothing that can be
+% changed after being 30+ years in existence.}
+%
% \subsection{Comparisons with older versions of \texttt{array.sty}}
%
% There are some differences in the way version 2.1 treats incorrect
@@ -730,8 +739,12 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\AtBeginDocument{\DeleteShortVerb{\|}} % undo the default is not used
+% undo the default is not used:
+\IfFormatAtLeastTF {2020/10/01}
+ {\AtBeginDocument[ltxdoc]{\DeleteShortVerb{\|}} }
+ {\AtBeginDocument{\DeleteShortVerb{\|}} }
+
\usepackage{array}
% Allow large table at bottom
@@ -746,6 +759,7 @@
%\OnlyDescription % comment out for implementation details
%\OldMakeindex % use if your MakeIndex is pre-v2.9
+
\begin{document}
\DocInput{array.dtx}
\end{document}
@@ -2206,8 +2220,13 @@
\let\do at row@strut\relax
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \cs{@yargarraycr} is the same as in the \LaTeX{} kernel
+% (depending on the date of the kernel with one of the two
+% definitions below). We therefore do not define it again.
+% \changes{v2.5b}{2020/04/22}{Don't define \cs{@yargarraycr} unnecessarily}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@yargarraycr#1{\cr\noalign{\vskip #1}}
+%\def\@yargarraycr#1{\cr\noalign{\@vspace at calcify{#1}}} % 2020-10-01
+%\def\@yargarraycr#1{\cr\noalign{\vskip #1}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -2916,10 +2935,13 @@
%
% We start by producing a single tabular row without any visible
% content that will produce the external reference point in case
-% "[t]" is used.
+% "[t]" is used. We need to suppress the \cs{tabcolsep} in the
+% \cs{multicolumn} in case there wasn't any in the real column.
+%
+% \changes{v2.5c}{2020/07/20}{Suppress all column space (gh/322)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcommand{\firsthline}{%
- \multicolumn1c{%
+ \multicolumn1{@{}c@{}}{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Within this row we calculate "\backup at length" to be the height
% plus depth of a standard line. In addition we have to add the
@@ -2936,6 +2958,10 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\raise\extratabsurround\copy\@arstrutbox
% \end{macrocode}
+% And we should also cancel the guard otherwise we end up with two.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \kern-1sp%
+% \end{macrocode}
% Having done all this we end the line and back up by the value of
% "\backup at length" and then finally place our "\hline". This should
% place the line exactly at the right place but keep the reference
@@ -2957,9 +2983,12 @@
% depth of this last line increased by "\extratabsurround" without
% changing the placement "\hline".
%
-% We start by placing the rule followed by an invisible row.
+% We start by placing the rule followed by an invisible row. We
+% need to suppress the \cs{tabcolsep} in the multicol in case there
+% wasn't any in the real column.
+% \changes{v2.5c}{2020/07/20}{Suppress all column space (gh/322)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\lasthline}{\hline\multicolumn1c{%
+\newcommand{\lasthline}{\hline\multicolumn1{@{}c@{}}{%
% \end{macrocode}
% We now calculate "\backup at length" to be the height and depth of
% two lines plus the width of the rule.
@@ -2977,8 +3006,9 @@
% reference for the whole tabular). Since this row is invisible we
% can enlarge its depth by the desired amount.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \multicolumn1c{%
+ \multicolumn1{@{}c@{}}{%
\lower\extratabsurround\copy\@arstrutbox
+ \kern-1sp%
}%
}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3034,14 +3064,18 @@
% alignment which is either "l", "c", or "r" and the second is the
% nominal width of the column.
% \changes{v2.4f}{2017/11/07}{Column type added}
+% \changes{v2.5a}{2020/04/06}{Use \cs{d at llarbegin} and \cs{d at llarend} so
+% that cell is typeset in math mode inside \texttt{array} (gh/297)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcolumntype{w}[2]{%
% \end{macrocode}
% Before the cell content we start an "lrbox"-environment to
% collect the cell material into the previously allocated box
-% "\ar at cellbox".
+% "\ar at cellbox". We add \cs{d at llarbegin} (and later \cs{d at llarend})
+% so that the content is typeset in math mode if we are in an
+% \texttt{array} environment.
% \begin{macrocode}
- >{\begin{lrbox}\ar at cellbox}%
+ >{\begin{lrbox}\ar at cellbox\d at llarbegin}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Then comes a specifier for the cell content. We use "c", but
% that doesn't matter as in the end we will always put a box of a
@@ -3056,10 +3090,13 @@
% of the cell content is now in box "\ar at cellbox". As a final step we
% put that box into a "\makebox" using the optional arguments of
% that command to achieve the correct width and the desired
-% alignment within that width.
+% alignment within that width. We unbox the collected material so
+% that any stretchable glue inside can interact with the alignment.
+% \changes{v2.4m}{2020/02/10}{Unbox collected material so that
+% stretchable glue inside can act (gh/270)}
% \begin{macrocode}
- <{\end{lrbox}%
- \makebox[#2][#1]{\usebox\ar at cellbox}}}
+ <{\d at llarend \end{lrbox}%
+ \makebox[#2][#1]{\unhbox\ar at cellbox}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -3069,11 +3106,13 @@
% The \texttt{W} is similar but in this case we want a warning if
% the cell content is too wide.
% \changes{v2.4f}{2017/11/07}{Column type added}
+% \changes{v2.5a}{2020/04/06}{Use \cs{d at llarbegin} and \cs{d at llarend} so
+% that cell is typeset in mathmode inside \texttt{array} (gh/297)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\newcolumntype{W}[2]
- {>{\begin{lrbox}\ar at cellbox}%
+ {>{\begin{lrbox}\ar at cellbox\d at llarbegin}%
c%
- <{\end{lrbox}%
+ <{\d at llarend\end{lrbox}%
\let\hss\hfil
\makebox[#2][#1]{\unhbox\ar at cellbox}}}
% \end{macrocode}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/varioref.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/varioref.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/varioref.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
%<package>\DeclareCurrentRelease{}{2019-10-01}
%<package>
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{varioref}
-%<package> [2020/01/23 v1.6c package for extended references (FMi)]
+%<package> [2020/08/11 v1.6e package for extended references (FMi)]
% \fi
%
%%
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
% \PackageWarning{inputenc}{Unicode character \expandafter
% \UTFviii at splitcsname\string##1\relax
% \MessageBreak
-% not set up for use with LaTeX}^^A
+% not set up for use with LaTeX -- ignored}^^A
% \raisebox{.8pt}{\fboxsep1pt\kern.1pt\fbox{$\cdot$}\kern.1pt}^^A
% }}
% \makeatother
@@ -390,6 +390,8 @@
%\end{verbatim}
% textual references can be suppressed.
%
+%
+%
% \section{Multi-lingual usage}
%
% The package works well together with the babel system if it is
@@ -475,6 +477,19 @@
% describes the range of figures, tables, or whatever the labels refer
% to, the default for English is ``|\ref{#1} to~\ref{#2}|''.
%
+%
+% \NewIn{2020}
+% \DescribeMacro\vrefformat
+% \DescribeMacro\Vrefformat
+% \DescribeMacro\vrefrangeformat
+% \DescribeMacro\fullrefformat
+% In some languages (currently only for Japanese) the generated text
+% has to typeset in different word order to most other (Western) languages.
+% To accomodate for this \cs{vrefformat}, etc.\ has been
+% added to allow to alter this on a per language basis.
+% There should be normally no need to alter the setup. For details see
+% the code section.
+%
% \subsection{\ldots\ if Babel is used}
%
% \begin{itshape} If babel is being used then the above commands need to be
@@ -556,6 +571,7 @@
% |\fullref| is also provided. This command can be used whenever you
% know for sure that label and reference can't fall onto nearby pages.
%
+%
% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex\PrintChanges}
%
%
@@ -708,6 +724,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{op bladsy~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{op bladsye~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} tot~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -723,6 +743,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{on page~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{on pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} to~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Arabic option text was contributed by Ihab Samir Mattar
@@ -743,6 +767,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{بالصفحة رقم~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{بالصفحات~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} حتى~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{allowtofu}
@@ -759,6 +787,7 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{auf Seite~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{auf Seiten~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} bis~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v1.2d}{2000/01/11}{Added naustrian defaults (identical to german)}
@@ -774,6 +803,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{auf Seite~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{auf Seiten~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} bis~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Text for basque defaults was contributed by
@@ -791,6 +824,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{~\pageref{#1}. orrialdean}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2} orrialdeetan}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1}.etik \ref{#2}.eraino}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Text for the Bahasa Malaysia defaults was contributed by
@@ -815,6 +852,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{pada muka surat~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{pada muka surat~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1}--\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Text for brazil defaults was contributed by
@@ -837,6 +878,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{na p\'agina~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{nas p\'aginas~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} a~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Text for Breton defaults was contributed by
@@ -858,6 +903,10 @@
on pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\vref at stringwarning\reflabelpagerange
\ref{#1} to~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Text for Bulgarian defaults was contributed by
@@ -892,6 +941,10 @@
\cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyrc\cyri
~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} \cyrd\cyro~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Text for catalan defaults was contributed by Robert Fuster\\
@@ -910,6 +963,10 @@
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{a les
p\`agines~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} a~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Text for croatian defaults was contributed by \v{S}ime Ungar
@@ -926,6 +983,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{na stranici~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{na stranicama~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} do~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Defaults for the Czech option provided by Milan Vancura
@@ -943,6 +1004,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{na stran\v{e}~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{na stran\'ach~\pageref{#1}\--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} a\v{z}~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Defaults for Danish provided by Torsten Martinsen
@@ -965,6 +1030,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{p\aa{} side~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{p\aa{} side~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} til~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Default string for dutch have been contributed by Frank Poppe
@@ -1004,6 +1073,10 @@
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{op pagina's~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1}--\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v1.2a}{1998/08/22}{Added english defaults for
@@ -1021,6 +1094,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{on page~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{on pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} to~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1041,6 +1118,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{en pa\^go~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{en pa\^goj~\pageref{#1} \^gis \pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} \^gis~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% The finnish strings were suggested by Matti Rintala
@@ -1064,6 +1145,10 @@
% Can't combine numbers with the necessary suffix well.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1}--\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% French defaults are provided by Daniel Flippo
@@ -1083,6 +1168,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{page~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} \`a~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Galician defaults are provided by Matthias Moebius\\
@@ -1104,6 +1193,10 @@
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{%
nas p\'axinas~\pageref{#1}-\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} a~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% There are no good variants for German (I think and still think but
@@ -1138,6 +1231,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{auf Seite~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{auf den Seiten~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} bis~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v1.2d}{2000/01/11}{Added ngerman defaults (identical to german)}
@@ -1155,6 +1252,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{auf Seite~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{auf den Seiten~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} bis~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Defaults for greek suggested by Apostolos Syropoulos\\
@@ -1174,6 +1275,10 @@
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{stis sel'ides\nobreakspace
\pageref{#1}---\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} ws\nobreakspace\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Icelandic defaults suggested by Thorhallur Sverrisson
@@ -1194,6 +1299,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{\'{a} s\'{i}{\dh}u~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{\'{a} s\'{i}{\dh}um~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} til~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Defaults for Italian suggested by Giovanni Pensa
@@ -1218,8 +1327,44 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{a pagina~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{nelle pagine~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{da~\ref{#1} a~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% Defaults for Japanese. It needs a special \cs{vrefformat},
+% \cs{Vrefformat}, \cs{fullrefformat} and \cs{vrefrangeformat}
+% for gramatical reasons. As our standard documentation
+% workflow uses pdf\TeX{} the Japanese letters can't be displayed
+% easily, so you will see missing glyphs below. To see the real
+% letters you have to look at the source or package file.
+% \changes{v1.6d}{2020/07/20}{Option japanese added (gh/352)}
+% \changes{v1.6e}{2020/07/25}{Option japanese changed (gh/352)}
+% \begin{allowtofu}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{japanese}
+ {\vref at addto\extrasjapanese{%
+ \def\reftextfaceafter {\reftextvario{見開き}{次}ページ}%
+ \def\reftextfacebefore{\reftextvario{見開き}{前}ページ}%
+ \def\reftextafter {\reftextvario{直後の}{次}ページ}%
+ \def\reftextbefore {\reftextvario{直前の}{前}ページ}%
+ \def\reftextcurrent {\reftextvario{この}{現}ページ}%
+ \def\reftextfaraway#1{\pageref{#1}ページ}%
+ \def\reftextpagerange#1#2{\pageref{#1}から\pageref{#2}ページ}%
+ \def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1}から\ref{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Note that the parentheses beow are not normal ones but full width
+% ones U+FF08 and U+FF09!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\vrefformat#1#2{\ref{#2}（\vpageref[#1]{#2}）}%
+ \def\Vrefformat#1#2{\Ref{#2}（\vpageref[#1]{#2}）}%
+ \def\fullrefformat#1{\ref{#1}（\reftextfaraway{#1}）}%
+ \def\vrefrangeformat#1#2#3{\reftextlabelrange{#2}{#3}%
+ （\vpagerefrange[{#1}]{#2}{#3}）}%
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{allowtofu}
% Defaults for Hungarian by Jeff Goldberg
% (\verb=jeffrey at goldmark.org=).
% There is a problem with the use of the definite article
@@ -1264,6 +1409,10 @@
on pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\vref at stringwarning\reflabelpagerange
\ref{#1} to~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% The |\AtBeginDocument| needs to be executed when the option is
@@ -1304,6 +1453,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{p\aa{} side~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{p\aa{} side~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} til~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
\DeclareOption{nynorsk}
{\vref at addto\extrasnynorsk{%
@@ -1315,6 +1468,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{p\aa{} side~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{p\aa{} side~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} til~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% The polish translations have been provided by
@@ -1342,6 +1499,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{na stronie~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{na stronach~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{od~\ref{#1} do~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% The portuguese default text has been provided by
@@ -1362,6 +1523,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{na p\'agina~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{nas p\'aginas~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} a~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Updates to the default text for Romanian have been suggested by Florin Oprina
@@ -1381,6 +1546,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{pe pagina~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{pe paginile~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} la~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% The text for russian was taken from the book in Russian by
@@ -1414,6 +1583,10 @@
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{\cyrn\cyra\ \cyrs\cyrt\cyrr\cyra\cyrn
\cyri\cyrc\cyra\cyrh~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\cyrs~\ref{#1}\ \cyrp\cyro~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% The text for slovak defaults was contributed by Miroslav Sedivy\\
@@ -1434,6 +1607,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{na strane~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{na stran\'ach~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} a\v z~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% The text for slovene defaults was contributed by Roman Maurer\\
@@ -1450,6 +1627,10 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{na strani~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{na straneh~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{od~\ref{#1} do~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% Text for spanish defaults was contributed by Julio Sanchez
@@ -1470,6 +1651,10 @@
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{en las p\'aginas~\pageref{#1}%
-\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} a~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% The text for swedish was contributed by Mats Dahlgren
@@ -1492,6 +1677,10 @@
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{p\aa\
sidorna~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} till~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
\DeclareOption{turkish}
{\vref at excuse{turkish}%
@@ -1505,6 +1694,7 @@
\def\reftextfaraway#1{on page~\pageref{#1}}%
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{on pages~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} to~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% The text for Ukrainian defaults was contributed by Mykola Lyakhovych\\
@@ -1532,6 +1722,10 @@
\def\reftextpagerange#1#2{\cyrn\cyra\ \cyrs\cyrt\cyro\cyrr\cyrii
\cyrn\cyrk\cyra\cyrh~\pageref{#1}--\pageref{#2}}%
\def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\cyrz~\ref{#1}\ \cyrd\cyro~\ref{#2}}%
+ \let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+ \let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+ \let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
}}
% \end{macrocode}
% We support francais as an alternative to french since people
@@ -1585,7 +1779,6 @@
% \pkg{babel} package).
% \begin{macrocode}
\ExecuteOptions{english,final,space}
-\ProcessOptions*
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
@@ -2062,11 +2255,26 @@
% |\vpageref|, it that is needed one has to call both commands
% explicitly
% \changes{v1.6a}{2019/08/25}{Command added to support hyperref better}
+% \changes{v1.6e}{2020/07/25}{Changed for Japanese (gh/352)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\vref at star[2][]{%
+\newcommand\vref at star[1][]{\vrefformat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\vrefformat,\vrefdefaultformat}
+% Japanese needs a different word order in \cs{vref at star} so this
+% is separated out o that it can be changed on language level.
+% \changes{v1.6e}{2020/07/25}{Macro added (gh/352)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\vrefdefaultformat#1#2{%
\ref{#2}
\vpageref[#1]{#2}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% Most languages need the above definition.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\vrefformat\vrefdefaultformat
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\vr at f}
@@ -2172,12 +2380,28 @@
% \begin{macro}{\fullref}
% And here is the primitive command that always produces a |\ref|
% and a |\pageref|.
+% \changes{v1.6e}{2020/07/25}{Changed for Japanese (gh/352)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fullref#1{\ref{#1} \reftextfaraway{#1}}
+\newcommand\fullref{\fullrefformat}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
%
+% \begin{macro}{\fullrefformat,\fullrefdefaultformat}
+% Japanese needs a different word order in \cs{fullref} so this
+% is separated out o that it can be changed on language level.
+% \changes{v1.6e}{2020/07/25}{Macro added (gh/352)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fullrefdefaultformat#1{%
+ \ref{#1} \reftextfaraway{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Most languages need the above definition.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\fullrefformat\fullrefdefaultformat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
% \subsubsection{Supporting ranges}
%
% \begin{macro}{\vref at pagenum}
@@ -2286,13 +2510,28 @@
% \changes{v1.2a}{1998/08/01}{Macro added}
% \changes{v1.4s}{2006/08/07}
% {Prevent loss of brackets}
+% \changes{v1.6d}{2020/07/20}{Changed for Japanese (gh/352)}
+% Argument two and three are implicitly picked up.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\vrefrange[3][\reftextcurrent]
- {\reftextlabelrange{#2}{#3} \vpagerefrange[{#1}]{#2}{#3}}
+\newcommand\vrefrange[1][\reftextcurrent]{\vrefrangeformat{#1}}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
% \end{macro}
%
%
+% \begin{macro}{\vrefrangeformat,\vrefrangedefaultformat}
+% Japanese needs a different word order in \cs{vrefrange} so this
+% is separated out o that it can be changed on language level.
+% \changes{v1.6d}{2020/07/20}{Macro added (gh/352)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\vrefrangedefaultformat#1#2#3{%
+ \reftextlabelrange{#2}{#3} \vpagerefrange[{#1}]{#2}{#3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Most languages need the above definition.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\vrefrangeformat\vrefrangedefaultformat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\Vref}
% \changes{v1.4a}{2002/02/24}{Macro added}
@@ -2308,11 +2547,26 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\Vref at star}
% \changes{v1.6a}{2019/08/25}{Command added to support hyperref better}
+% \changes{v1.6e}{2020/07/25}{Changed for Japanese (gh/352)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\Vref at star[2][]{%
+\newcommand\Vref at star[1][]{\Vrefformat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Vrefformat,\Vrefdefaultformat}
+% Japanese needs a different word order in \cs{Vref} so this
+% is separated out o that it can be changed on language level.
+% \changes{v1.6e}{2020/07/25}{Macro added (gh/352)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Vrefdefaultformat#1#2{%
\Ref{#2}
\vpageref[#1]{#2}}
% \end{macrocode}
+% Most languages need the above definition.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\Vrefformat\Vrefdefaultformat
+% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{\Vr at f}
@@ -2443,7 +2697,13 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
+% \changes{v1.6e}{2020/07/25}{Move to handle
+% the language-specific reference formats. (gh/352)}
% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptions*
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
%</package>
% \end{macrocode}
% \Finale
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -69,6 +69,8 @@
%\fi
%
%
+% \changes{v1.5u}{2020-07-07}{Typo repair and added a missing comment
+% character}
% \changes{v1.5q}{2003/08/22}{Reintroduced \cs{@noligs}, by popular
% request.}
% \changes{v1.5i}{1996/06/04}{Move setting of verbatim font and
@@ -462,9 +464,12 @@
% the spacing.
% Then we open the file and set the category codes of all special
% characters:
+% \changes{v1.5t}{2020-07-05}{Added quotes around the filename in
+% order to allow a filename with spaces; also added a space and
+% comment-character to allow for thespace dlimited argument.}
% \begin{verbatim}
% \@bsphack
-% \immediate\openout \verbatim at out #1
+% \immediate\openout \verbatim at out "#1" %
% \let\do\@makeother\dospecials
% \catcode`\^^M\active
%\end{verbatim}
@@ -503,7 +508,7 @@
%<*package>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\ProvidesPackage{verbatim}
- [2019/11/10 v1.5r LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements]
+ [2020-07-07 v1.5u LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements]
\@ifundefined{verbatim@@@}{}{\endinput}
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -1567,19 +1572,31 @@
% existence of file.}
% |\verbatim at input| first checks whether the file exists, using
% the standard macro |\IfFileExists| which leaves the name of the
-% file found in |\@filef at und|.
-% Then everything is set up as in the |\verbatim| macro.
+% file found in |\@filef at und|.
+% Then everything is set up as in the |\verbatim| macro. But, as
+% |\@verbatim| contains a call to |\every at verbatim| which
+% \emph{might} contain an |\input| statement, which would overwrite
+% the contents of |\@filef at und|, we need to save it by expanding it
+% first. The use of |\@swaptwoargs| makes it so that the
+% \emph{expansion} of |\@filef at und| gets to be the second argument
+% of |\verbatim at readfile|.
+% \changes{v1.5t}{2020-07-06}{Expand \cs{@filef at und} before the call
+% of \cs{@verbatim} (gh/222)}m
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\verbatim at input#1#2{%
- \IfFileExists {#2}{\@verbatim #1\relax
+ \IfFileExists {#2}{%
+ \expandafter\@swaptwoargs\expandafter
+ {\expandafter{\@filef at und}}%
+ {\@verbatim #1\relax
% \end{macrocode}
% Then it reads in the file, finishes off the \texttt{trivlist}
% environment started by |\@verbatim| and closes the group.
% This restores everything to its normal settings.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \verbatim at readfile{\@filef at und}\endtrivlist\endgroup\@doendpe}%
+ \verbatim at readfile}%
+ \endtrivlist\endgroup\@doendpe}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% If the file is not found a more or less helpful message is
+% If the file is not found a more or less helpful message is
% printed. The final |\endgroup| is needed to close the group
% started in |\verbatiminput| above.
% \begin{macrocode}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/xr.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/xr.dtx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/xr.dtx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
%
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{xr}
-%<package> [2019/07/22 v5.05 eXternal References (DPC)]
+%<package> [2020-05-10 v5.06 eXternal References (DPC)]
%
%<*driver>
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
@@ -103,12 +103,15 @@
\let\externalcitedocument\externaldocument
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% Save the optional prefix. Start processing the first |aux| file.
+% Save the optional prefix. Start processing the first |aux| file.
+% \changes{v5.06}{2020-05-10}{Remove leading and trailing sapces from
+% the filename (gh/2223)}
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\XR@[#1]#2{{%
\makeatletter
\def\XR at prefix{#1}%
- \XR at next#2.aux\relax\\}}
+ \set at curr@file{#2}%
+ \expandafter\XR at next\@curr at file.aux\relax\\}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% Process the next |aux| file in the list and remove it from the head of
@@ -135,8 +138,10 @@
% If the |aux| file exists, loop through line by line, looking for
% |\newlabel| and |\@input|. Otherwise process the next file in the
% list.
+% \changes{v5.06}{2020-05-10}{Add braces around the filename to
+% support filenames with spaces (gh/223)}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XR at loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax
+\def\XR at loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck{#1}\relax
\ifeof\@inputcheck
\PackageWarning{xr}{^^JNo file #1^^JLABELS NOT IMPORTED.^^J}%
\expandafter\XR at aux
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsmath/amsmath.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsmath/amsmath.sty 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/amsmath/amsmath.sty 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
\providecommand\DeclareCurrentRelease[2]{}
\DeclareRelease{}{2018-12-01}{amsmath-2018-12-01.sty}
\DeclareCurrentRelease{}{2019-04-01}
-\ProvidesPackage{amsmath}[2020/01/20 v2.17e AMS math features]
+\ProvidesPackage{amsmath}[2020/09/23 v2.17i AMS math features]
\edef\@temp{\catcode 96=\number\catcode 96 }
\catcode\string `\`=12
\def\do#1{\catcode\number`#1=\number\catcode`#1}
@@ -153,23 +153,29 @@
\@ifundefined{inf at bad}{%
\newcount\inf at bad \inf at bad=1000000 \relax
}{}
+\let\tmspace\@undefined
+\let\,\@undefined
+\let\!\@undefined
+\let\:\@undefined
+\let\negmedspace\@undefined
+\let\negthickspace\@undefined
\ifx\leavevmode at ifvmode\@undefined
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\tmspace}[3]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tmspace[3]{%
\ifmmode\mskip#1#2\else\kern#1#3\fi\relax}
\else
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\tmspace}[3]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tmspace[3]{%
\ifmmode\mskip#1#2\else\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern#1#3\fi\relax}
\fi
-\renewcommand{\,}{\tmspace+\thinmuskip{.1667em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\,{\tmspace+\thinmuskip{.1667em}}
\let\thinspace\,
-\renewcommand{\!}{\tmspace-\thinmuskip{.1667em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\!{\tmspace-\thinmuskip{.1667em}}
\let\negthinspace\!
-\renewcommand{\:}{\tmspace+\medmuskip{.2222em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\:{\tmspace+\medmuskip{.2222em}}
\let\medspace\:
-\newcommand{\negmedspace}{\tmspace-\medmuskip{.2222em}}
-\renewcommand{\;}{\tmspace+\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negmedspace{\tmspace-\medmuskip{.2222em}}
+\renewcommand\;{\tmspace+\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
\let\thickspace\;
-\newcommand{\negthickspace}{\tmspace-\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negthickspace{\tmspace-\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
\newcommand{\mspace}[1]{\mskip#1\relax}
\def\@tempa#1#2\@nil{%
\ifx\delimiter#1\@tempcnta#2\relax\else\@tempcnta\z@\fi
@@ -224,7 +230,11 @@
\renewcommand{\overwithdelims}{\primfrac{overwithdelims}}
\renewcommand{\atopwithdelims}{\primfrac{atopwithdelims}}
\renewcommand{\abovewithdelims}{\primfrac{abovewithdelims}}
+\ifx\directlua\@undefined
\DeclareRobustCommand{\frac}[2]{{\begingroup#1\endgroup\@@over#2}}
+\else
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\frac}[2]{{\Ustack{\begingroup#1\endgroup\@@over#2}}}
+\fi
\newcommand{\dfrac}{\genfrac{}{}{}0}
\newcommand{\tfrac}{\genfrac{}{}{}1}
\DeclareRobustCommand{\binom}{\genfrac()\z@{}}
@@ -296,7 +306,7 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand{\genfrac}[6]{{%
\@mathstyle{#4}%
\genfrac at choice o{#1}%
-{\begingroup#5\endgroup\ifx @#3@\@@over\else\@@above\fi#3\relax#6}%
+{\Ustack {\begingroup#5\endgroup\ifx @#3@\@@over\else\@@above\fi#3\relax#6}}%
\genfrac at choice c{#2}%
}}
\fi
@@ -733,11 +743,11 @@
\DeclareFontEncoding{OML}{}{\noaccents@}
\DeclareFontEncoding{OMS}{}{\noaccents@}
\ams at newcommand{\dddot}[1]{%
- {\mathop{#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@
- \hbox{\normalfont ...}\vss}}}}
+ {\mathop{\kern\z@#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@
+ \hbox{\,\normalfont...}\vss}}}}
\ams at newcommand{\ddddot}[1]{%
- {\mathop{#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@
- \hbox{\normalfont....}\vss}}}}
+ {\mathop{\kern\z@#1}\limits^{\vbox to-1.4\ex@{\kern-\tw@\ex@
+ \hbox{\,\normalfont....}\vss}}}}
\def\set at mathaccent#1#2#3#4{%
\xdef#2{%
\@nx\mathaccentV
@@ -931,12 +941,28 @@
\fi
}
\fi
-\mathchardef\std at minus\mathcode`\-\relax
-\mathchardef\std at equal\mathcode`\=\relax
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \mathchardef\std at minus\mathcode`\-\relax
- \mathchardef\std at equal\mathcode`\=\relax
-}
+\@ifundefined{Umathcode}
+ {%
+ \mathchardef\std at minus\mathcode`\-\relax
+ \mathchardef\std at equal\mathcode`\=\relax
+ }
+ {%
+ \Umathcharnumdef\std at minus\Umathcodenum`\-\relax
+ \Umathcharnumdef\std at equal\Umathcodenum`\=\relax
+ }
+\@ifundefined{Umathcode}
+ {%
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \mathchardef\std at minus\mathcode`\-\relax
+ \mathchardef\std at equal\mathcode`\=\relax
+ }%
+ }
+ {%
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \Umathcharnumdef\std at minus\Umathcodenum`\-\relax
+ \Umathcharnumdef\std at equal\Umathcodenum`\=\relax
+ }%
+ }
\ams at def\relbar{\mathrel{\mathpalette\mathsm at sh\std at minus}}
\ams at def\Relbar{\mathrel\std at equal}
\def\arrowfill@#1#2#3#4{%
@@ -985,6 +1011,7 @@
}
\newcommand{\xrightarrow}[2][]{\ext at arrow 0359\rightarrowfill@{#1}{#2}}
\newcommand{\xleftarrow}[2][]{\ext at arrow 3095\leftarrowfill@{#1}{#2}}
+\ifx\directlua\@undefined
\newenvironment{subarray}[1]{%
\vcenter\bgroup
\Let@ \restore at math@cr \default at tag
@@ -997,6 +1024,23 @@
}{%
\crcr\egroup\egroup
}
+\else
+\newenvironment{subarray}[1]{%
+ \vcenter\bgroup
+ \Let@ \restore at math@cr \default at tag
+ \baselineskip \Umathstacknumup \scriptstyle
+ \advance\baselineskip \Umathstackdenomdown \scriptstyle
+ \lineskip \Umathstackvgap \scriptstyle
+ \lineskiplimit \lineskip
+ \ialign\bgroup\ifx c#1\hfil\fi
+ \Ustartmath
+ \m at th\scriptstyle##
+ \Ustopmath
+ \hfil\crcr
+}{%
+ \crcr\egroup\egroup
+}
+\fi
\newcommand{\substack}[1]{\subarray{c}#1\endsubarray}
\newenvironment{smallmatrix}{\null\,\vcenter\bgroup
\Let@\restore at math@cr\default at tag
@@ -1379,6 +1423,24 @@
\fi
\next@ \cr
}
+\def\ams at start@box#1{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\csname ams at pos@\expandafter\detokenize
+ \expandafter{\romannumeral-`\0#1}\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\reserved at a\relax
+ \PackageWarning{amsmath}{%
+ Bracket group \detokenize{[#1]} at formula start!\MessageBreak
+ It could be a misspelled positional argument.\MessageBreak
+ If it belongs to the formula add a \relax in\MessageBreak
+ front to hide it}%
+ \def\ams at return@opt at arg{[#1]}\vcenter
+ \else
+ \let\ams at return@opt at arg\@empty\reserved at a
+ \fi
+}
+\def\ams at pos@t{\vtop}
+\def\ams at pos@b{\vbox}
+\def\ams at pos@c{\vcenter}
+\let\ams at pos@\ams at pos@c
\newcommand{\start at aligned}[2]{%
\RIfM@\else
\nonmatherr@{\begin{\@currenvir}}%
@@ -1385,7 +1447,7 @@
\fi
\savecolumn@ % Assumption: called inside a group
\alignedspace at left
- \if #1t\vtop \else \if#1b \vbox \else \vcenter \fi \fi \bgroup
+ \ams at start@box{#1}\bgroup
\maxfields@#2\relax
\ifnum\maxfields@>\m at ne
\multiply\maxfields@\tw@
@@ -1410,6 +1472,7 @@
\hfil
\tabskip\alignsep@
\crcr
+ \ams at return@opt at arg
}
\def\math at cr@@@alignedat{%
\ifnum\column@>\maxfields@
@@ -1449,12 +1512,13 @@
\nonmatherr@{\begin{gathered}}%
\fi
\alignedspace at left
- \if #1t\vtop \else \if#1b\vbox \else \vcenter \fi\fi \bgroup
+ \ams at start@box{#1}\bgroup
\Let@ \chardef\dspbrk at context\@ne \restore at math@cr
\spread at equation
\ialign\bgroup
\hfil\strut@$\m at th\displaystyle##$\hfil
\crcr
+ \ams at return@opt at arg
}{%
\endaligned
}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ansinew.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ansinew.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ansinew.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{ansinew.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonehalf}{\ensuremath{\frac12}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{\ensuremath{\frac14}}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/applemac.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/applemac.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/applemac.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{applemac.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textflorin}{\textit{f}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textcent}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
\ProvidesClass{article}
- [2019/12/20 v1.4l
+ [2020/04/10 v1.4m
Standard LaTeX document class]
\newcommand\@ptsize{}
\newif\if at restonecol
@@ -50,50 +50,50 @@
\newif\if at titlepage
\@titlepagefalse
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{a4paper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {297mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {210mm}}
-\DeclareOption{a5paper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {210mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {148mm}}
-\DeclareOption{b5paper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {250mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {176mm}}
-\DeclareOption{letterpaper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {11in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
-\DeclareOption{legalpaper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {14in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
-\DeclareOption{executivepaper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {10.5in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {7.25in}}
-\DeclareOption{landscape}
- {\setlength\@tempdima {\paperheight}%
- \setlength\paperheight {\paperwidth}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {\@tempdima}}
+ \DeclareOption{a4paper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {297mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {210mm}}
+ \DeclareOption{a5paper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {210mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {148mm}}
+ \DeclareOption{b5paper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {250mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {176mm}}
+ \DeclareOption{letterpaper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {11in}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
+ \DeclareOption{legalpaper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {14in}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
+ \DeclareOption{executivepaper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {10.5in}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {7.25in}}
+ \DeclareOption{landscape}
+ {\setlength\@tempdima {\paperheight}%
+ \setlength\paperheight {\paperwidth}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {\@tempdima}}
\fi
\if at compatibility
\renewcommand\@ptsize{0}
\else
-\DeclareOption{10pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{0}}
+ \DeclareOption{10pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{0}}
\fi
\DeclareOption{11pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{1}}
\DeclareOption{12pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{2}}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse \@mparswitchfalse}
+ \DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse \@mparswitchfalse}
\fi
\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
\DeclareOption{draft}{\setlength\overfullrule{5pt}}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{final}{\setlength\overfullrule{0pt}}
+ \DeclareOption{final}{\setlength\overfullrule{0pt}}
\fi
\DeclareOption{titlepage}{\@titlepagetrue}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{notitlepage}{\@titlepagefalse}
+ \DeclareOption{notitlepage}{\@titlepagefalse}
\fi
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@twocolumnfalse}
+ \DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@twocolumnfalse}
\fi
\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\@twocolumntrue}
\DeclareOption{leqno}{\input{leqno.clo}}
@@ -100,13 +100,13 @@
\DeclareOption{fleqn}{\input{fleqn.clo}}
\DeclareOption{openbib}{%
\AtEndOfPackage{%
- \renewcommand\@openbib at code{%
+ \renewcommand\@openbib at code{%
\advance\leftmargin\bibindent
\itemindent -\bibindent
\listparindent \itemindent
\parsep \z@
}%
- \renewcommand\newblock{\par}}%
+ \renewcommand\newblock{\par}}%
}
\ExecuteOptions{letterpaper,10pt,oneside,onecolumn,final}
\ProcessOptions
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
\let\sectionmark\@gobble
\let\subsectionmark\@gobble
}
- \if at titlepage
+\if at titlepage
\newcommand\maketitle{\begin{titlepage}%
\let\footnotesize\small
\let\footnoterule\relax
@@ -198,41 +198,41 @@
\global\let\author\relax
\global\let\date\relax
\global\let\and\relax
-}
+ }
\else
-\newcommand\maketitle{\par
- \begingroup
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}%
- \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
- \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
- \hb at xt@1.8em{%
+ \newcommand\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}%
+ \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb at xt@1.8em{%
\hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
- \if at twocolumn
- \ifnum \col at number=\@ne
+ \if at twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col at number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+ \else
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
\@maketitle
- \else
- \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
\fi
- \else
- \newpage
- \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
- \@maketitle
- \fi
- \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
- \endgroup
- \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
- \global\let\thanks\relax
- \global\let\maketitle\relax
- \global\let\@maketitle\relax
- \global\let\@thanks\@empty
- \global\let\@author\@empty
- \global\let\@date\@empty
- \global\let\@title\@empty
- \global\let\title\relax
- \global\let\author\relax
- \global\let\date\relax
- \global\let\and\relax
-}
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \global\let\thanks\relax
+ \global\let\maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@thanks\@empty
+ \global\let\@author\@empty
+ \global\let\@date\@empty
+ \global\let\@title\@empty
+ \global\let\title\relax
+ \global\let\author\relax
+ \global\let\date\relax
+ \global\let\and\relax
+ }
\def\@maketitle{%
\newpage
\null
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
\item\relax}
{\endlist}
\if at compatibility
-\newenvironment{titlepage}
+ \newenvironment{titlepage}
{%
\if at twocolumn
\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
{\if at restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi
}
\else
-\newenvironment{titlepage}
+ \newenvironment{titlepage}
{%
\if at twocolumn
\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ascii.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ascii.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ascii.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{ascii.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\@inpenc at test
\endinput
%%
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/atbegshi-ltx.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/atbegshi-ltx.sty (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/atbegshi-ltx.sty 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `atbegshi-ltx.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% ltshipout.dtx (with options: `atbegshi-ltx')
+%%
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug
+%% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html
+%% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!)
+%%
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020
+%% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+%% in this file.
+%%
+%% This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system.
+%% --------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2008 or later.
+%%
+%% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%%
+%% This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX
+%% base system. You may however distribute the LaTeX base system without
+%% such generated files.
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+%% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+%% information.
+%%
+%% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+%% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%%
+%% File: ltshipout.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach, LaTeX Team
+%%
+%%% From File: ltshipout.dtx
+\providecommand\ltshipoutversion{v1.0c}
+\providecommand\ltshipoutdate{2020/09/27}
+\ProvidesPackage{atbegshi-ltx}
+ [2020/08/17 v1.0a
+ Emulation of the original atbegshi package^^Jwith kernel methods]
+\let \AtBeginShipoutBox \ShipoutBox
+\let \AtBeginShipoutInit \@empty
+\protected \def \AtBeginShipout {\AddToHook{shipout/before}}
+\protected \def \AtBeginShipoutNext {\AddToHookNext{shipout/before}}
+\protected \def \AtBeginShipoutFirst
+ {\@expl@@@shipout at add@firstpage at material@@Nn \AtBeginShipoutFirst}
+\let \AtBeginShipoutDiscard \DiscardShipoutBox
+\let \AtBeginShipoutAddToBox
+ \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at box@@n
+\let \AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground
+ \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at box@@n
+\let \AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft
+ \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at picture@@n
+\let \AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground
+ \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at picture@@n
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \ShipoutBoxHeight { \dim_use:N \l_shipout_box_ht_dim }
+\cs_new:Npn \ShipoutBoxDepth { \dim_use:N \l_shipout_box_dp_dim }
+\cs_new:Npn \ShipoutBoxWidth { \dim_use:N \l_shipout_box_wd_dim }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `atbegshi-ltx.sty'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/atbegshi-ltx.sty
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/atveryend-ltx.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/atveryend-ltx.sty (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/atveryend-ltx.sty 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `atveryend-ltx.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% ltfilehook.dtx (with options: `atveryend-ltx')
+%%
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug
+%% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html
+%% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!)
+%%
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020
+%% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+%% in this file.
+%%
+%% This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system.
+%% --------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2008 or later.
+%%
+%% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%%
+%% This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX
+%% base system. You may however distribute the LaTeX base system without
+%% such generated files.
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+%% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+%% information.
+%%
+%% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+%% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%%
+%% File: ltfilehook.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach,
+%% Phelype Oleinik & LaTeX Team
+%%% From File: ltfilehook.dtx
+\providecommand\ltfilehookversion{v1.0b}
+\providecommand\ltfilehookdate{2020/09/26}
+\ProvidesPackage{atveryend-ltx}
+ [2020/08/19 v1.0a
+ Emulation of the original atvery package^^Jwith kernel methods]
+\newcommand\AfterLastShipout {\AddToHook{enddocument/afterlastpage}}
+\newcommand\AtVeryEndDocument {\AddToHook{enddocument/afteraux}}
+\newcommand\AtEndAfterFileList{\AddToHook{enddocument/info}}
+\newcommand\AtVeryVeryEnd {\AddToHook{enddocument/end}}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\newcommand\BeforeClearDocument[1]
+ { \AtEndDocument{#1}
+ \atveryend at DEPRECATED{BeforeClearDocument \tl_to_str:n{#1}}
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn\atveryend at DEPRECATED #1
+ {\iow_term:x{======~DEPRECATED~USAGE~#1~==========}}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `atveryend-ltx.sty'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/atveryend-ltx.sty
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk10.clo
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk10.clo 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk10.clo 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
%% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
\ProvidesFile{bk10.clo}
- [2019/12/20 v1.4l
+ [2020/04/10 v1.4m
Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
\renewcommand\normalsize{%
\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xiipt
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
\setlength\topskip {10\p@}
\setlength\footskip{.35in}
\if at compatibility \setlength\maxdepth{4\p@} \else
-\setlength\maxdepth{.5\topskip} \fi
+ \setlength\maxdepth{.5\topskip} \fi
\if at compatibility
\if at twocolumn
\setlength\textwidth{410\p@}
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
\fi
\addtolength\textheight{\topskip}
\if at twocolumn
- \setlength\marginparsep {10\p@}
+ \setlength\marginparsep {10\p@}
\else
\setlength\marginparsep{7\p@}
\fi
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk11.clo
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk11.clo 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk11.clo 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
%% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
\ProvidesFile{bk11.clo}
- [2019/12/20 v1.4l
+ [2020/04/10 v1.4m
Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
\renewcommand\normalsize{%
\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xipt{13.6}%
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
\setlength\topskip {11\p@}
\setlength\footskip{.38in}
\if at compatibility \setlength\maxdepth{4\p@} \else
-\setlength\maxdepth{.5\topskip} \fi
+ \setlength\maxdepth{.5\topskip} \fi
\if at compatibility
\if at twocolumn
\setlength\textwidth{410\p@}
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
\fi
\addtolength\textheight{\topskip}
\if at twocolumn
- \setlength\marginparsep {10\p@}
+ \setlength\marginparsep {10\p@}
\else
\setlength\marginparsep{7\p@}
\fi
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
%% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
\ProvidesFile{bk12.clo}
- [2019/12/20 v1.4l
+ [2020/04/10 v1.4m
Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
\renewcommand\normalsize{%
\@setfontsize\normalsize\@xiipt{14.5}%
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
\setlength\topskip {12\p@}
\setlength\footskip{30\p@}
\if at compatibility \setlength\maxdepth{4\p@} \else
-\setlength\maxdepth{.5\topskip} \fi
+ \setlength\maxdepth{.5\topskip} \fi
\if at compatibility
\if at twocolumn
\setlength\textwidth{410\p@}
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
\fi
\addtolength\textheight{\topskip}
\if at twocolumn
- \setlength\marginparsep {10\p@}
+ \setlength\marginparsep {10\p@}
\else
\setlength\marginparsep{7\p@}
\fi
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
\ProvidesClass{book}
- [2019/12/20 v1.4l
+ [2020/04/10 v1.4m
Standard LaTeX document class]
\newcommand\@ptsize{}
\newif\if at restonecol
@@ -52,47 +52,47 @@
\newif\if at openright
\newif\if at mainmatter \@mainmattertrue
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{a4paper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {297mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {210mm}}
-\DeclareOption{a5paper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {210mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {148mm}}
-\DeclareOption{b5paper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {250mm}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {176mm}}
-\DeclareOption{letterpaper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {11in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
-\DeclareOption{legalpaper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {14in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
-\DeclareOption{executivepaper}
- {\setlength\paperheight {10.5in}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {7.25in}}
-\DeclareOption{landscape}
- {\setlength\@tempdima {\paperheight}%
- \setlength\paperheight {\paperwidth}%
- \setlength\paperwidth {\@tempdima}}
+ \DeclareOption{a4paper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {297mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {210mm}}
+ \DeclareOption{a5paper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {210mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {148mm}}
+ \DeclareOption{b5paper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {250mm}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {176mm}}
+ \DeclareOption{letterpaper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {11in}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
+ \DeclareOption{legalpaper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {14in}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}}
+ \DeclareOption{executivepaper}
+ {\setlength\paperheight {10.5in}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {7.25in}}
+ \DeclareOption{landscape}
+ {\setlength\@tempdima {\paperheight}%
+ \setlength\paperheight {\paperwidth}%
+ \setlength\paperwidth {\@tempdima}}
\fi
\if at compatibility
\renewcommand\@ptsize{0}
\else
-\DeclareOption{10pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{0}}
+ \DeclareOption{10pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{0}}
\fi
\DeclareOption{11pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{1}}
\DeclareOption{12pt}{\renewcommand\@ptsize{2}}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse \@mparswitchfalse}
+ \DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse \@mparswitchfalse}
\fi
\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
\DeclareOption{draft}{\setlength\overfullrule{5pt}}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{final}{\setlength\overfullrule{0pt}}
+ \DeclareOption{final}{\setlength\overfullrule{0pt}}
\fi
\DeclareOption{titlepage}{\@titlepagetrue}
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{notitlepage}{\@titlepagefalse}
+ \DeclareOption{notitlepage}{\@titlepagefalse}
\fi
\if at compatibility
\@openrighttrue
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
\DeclareOption{openany}{\@openrightfalse}
\fi
\if at compatibility\else
-\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@twocolumnfalse}
+ \DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@twocolumnfalse}
\fi
\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\@twocolumntrue}
\DeclareOption{leqno}{\input{leqno.clo}}
@@ -108,13 +108,13 @@
\DeclareOption{fleqn}{\input{fleqn.clo}}
\DeclareOption{openbib}{%
\AtEndOfPackage{%
- \renewcommand\@openbib at code{%
+ \renewcommand\@openbib at code{%
\advance\leftmargin\bibindent
\itemindent -\bibindent
\listparindent \itemindent
\parsep \z@
}%
- \renewcommand\newblock{\par}}%
+ \renewcommand\newblock{\par}}%
}
\ExecuteOptions{letterpaper,10pt,twoside,onecolumn,final,openright}
\ProcessOptions
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
\let\chaptermark\@gobble
\let\sectionmark\@gobble
}
- \if at titlepage
+\if at titlepage
\newcommand\maketitle{\begin{titlepage}%
\let\footnotesize\small
\let\footnoterule\relax
@@ -210,41 +210,41 @@
\global\let\author\relax
\global\let\date\relax
\global\let\and\relax
-}
+ }
\else
-\newcommand\maketitle{\par
- \begingroup
- \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}%
- \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
- \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
- \hb at xt@1.8em{%
+ \newcommand\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}%
+ \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb at xt@1.8em{%
\hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
- \if at twocolumn
- \ifnum \col at number=\@ne
+ \if at twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col at number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+ \else
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
\@maketitle
- \else
- \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
\fi
- \else
- \newpage
- \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
- \@maketitle
- \fi
- \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
- \endgroup
- \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
- \global\let\thanks\relax
- \global\let\maketitle\relax
- \global\let\@maketitle\relax
- \global\let\@thanks\@empty
- \global\let\@author\@empty
- \global\let\@date\@empty
- \global\let\@title\@empty
- \global\let\title\relax
- \global\let\author\relax
- \global\let\date\relax
- \global\let\and\relax
-}
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \global\let\thanks\relax
+ \global\let\maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@thanks\@empty
+ \global\let\@author\@empty
+ \global\let\@date\@empty
+ \global\let\@title\@empty
+ \global\let\title\relax
+ \global\let\author\relax
+ \global\let\date\relax
+ \global\let\and\relax
+ }
\def\@maketitle{%
\newpage
\null
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
\item\relax}
{\endlist}
\if at compatibility
-\newenvironment{titlepage}
+ \newenvironment{titlepage}
{%
\cleardoublepage
\if at twocolumn
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
{\if at restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi
}
\else
-\newenvironment{titlepage}
+ \newenvironment{titlepage}
{%
\cleardoublepage
\if at twocolumn
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1250.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1250.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1250.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{cp1250.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textcurrency}
{\TextSymbolUnavailable\textcurrency}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1252.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1252.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1252.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{cp1252.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonehalf}{\ensuremath{\frac12}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{\ensuremath{\frac14}}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1257.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1257.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp1257.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{cp1257.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonehalf}{\ensuremath{\frac12}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{\ensuremath{\frac14}}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp437.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp437.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp437.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{cp437.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textflorin}{\textit{f}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textpeseta}{Pt}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp437de.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp437de.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp437de.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{cp437de.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textflorin}{\textit{f}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textpeseta}{Pt}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp850.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp850.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp850.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{cp850.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
%%
%% If you need a Euro symbol, try cp858 instead.
%%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp852.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp852.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp852.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{cp852.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonehalf}{\ensuremath{\frac12}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{\ensuremath{\frac14}}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp858.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp858.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp858.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{cp858.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonehalf}{\ensuremath{\frac12}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{\ensuremath{\frac14}}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp865.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp865.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/cp865.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{cp865.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textflorin}{\textit{f}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textpeseta}{Pt}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/decmulti.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/decmulti.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/decmulti.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{decmulti.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonehalf}{\ensuremath{\frac12}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{\ensuremath{\frac14}}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
\ProvidesPackage{doc}
- [2019/12/16 v2.1l
+ [2020/06/15 v2.1m
Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)]
%%
%% Package `doc' to use with LaTeX 2e
@@ -59,6 +59,7 @@
\@beginparpenalty \predisplaypenalty
\if at inlabel\leavevmode\fi
\trivlist \parskip \z@ \item[]%
+ \global\setbox\@labels\box\voidb at x
\macro at font
\leftskip\@totalleftmargin \advance\leftskip\MacroIndent
\rightskip\z@ \parindent\z@ \parfillskip\@flushglue
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/docstrip.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/docstrip.tex 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/docstrip.tex 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,9 +44,9 @@
\catcode`\{=1
\catcode`\}=2
\def\filename{docstrip.dtx}
-\def\fileversion{2.5g}
-\def\filedate{2018/05/03}
-\def\docdate {2018/05/03}
+\def\fileversion{v2.6a}
+\def\filedate{2020-07-07}
+\def\docdate {2020-07-11}
%%
%% The docstrip program for use with TeX.
%% Copyright (C) 1989-1991 Frank Mittelbach
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
%% Frank Mittelbach
%% Copyright (C) 1995 Marcin Woli\'nski
%% Copyright (C) 1996-1997 Mark Wooding, Marcin Woli\'nski
-%% Copyright (C) 1998-2003 LaTeX3 project and the above authors
+%% Copyright (C) 1998-2020 LaTeX3 project and the above authors
%% All rights are reserved.
%%
\catcode`\Z=\catcode`\%
@@ -219,6 +219,8 @@
\bgroup\edef\x{\egroup
\def\noexpand\@stripstr\string\s@{}}
\x
+\def\quote at name#1{"\quote@@name#1\@gobble""}
+\def\quote@@name#1"{#1\quote@@name}
\chardef\stream at closed=16
\def\StreamOpen#1{%
\chardef#1=\stream at closed
@@ -225,7 +227,10 @@
\def\s at do##1{\ifnum##1=0
\chardef#1=\expandafter\@stripstr\string##1 %
\global\chardef##1=1 %
- \immediate\openout#1=\csname pth@\@stripstring#1\endcsname %
+ \edef\q at curr@file{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\quote at name
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\csname pth@\@stripstring#1\endcsname}}
+ \immediate\openout#1=\q at curr@file\relax
\@streamfound
\fi}
\@outputstreams
@@ -351,6 +356,7 @@
\advance\codeLinesPassed\@ne
\maybeMsg{.}%
\def\inLine{#1}%
+ \replaceModuleInLine
\let\do\putline at do
\activefiles
}
@@ -392,12 +398,13 @@
\ifcase
\ifx*#10\else \ifx/#11\else
\ifx+#12\else \ifx-#13\else
- \ifx<#14\else 5\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax
+ \ifx<#14\else \ifx @#15\else 6\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax
\expandafter\starOption\or
\expandafter\slashOption\or
\expandafter\plusOption\or
\expandafter\minusOption\or
\expandafter\verbOption\or
+ \expandafter\moduleOption\or
\expandafter\doOption\fi
#1}
\def\doOption#1>#2\endLine{%
@@ -404,7 +411,10 @@
\maybeMsg{<#1 . >}%
\Evaluate{#1}%
\def\do##1##2##3{%
- \if1\Expr{##2}\StreamPut##1{#2}\fi
+ \if1\Expr{##2}%
+ \def\inLine{#2}%
+ \replaceModuleInLine
+ \StreamPut##1{\inLine}\fi
}%
\activefiles
}
@@ -480,6 +490,38 @@
\repeat
\maybeMsg{>}%
}}
+\def\moduleOption @@=#1>#2\endLine{%
+ \maybeMsg{<@@=#1>}%
+ \prepareActiveModule{#1}%
+}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\_ = 12 %
+ \long\gdef\prepareActiveModule#1{%
+ \ifx\relax#1\relax
+ \let\replaceModuleInLine\empty
+ \else
+ \edef\replaceModuleInLine{%
+ \noexpand\replaceAllIn\noexpand\inLine{@@@@}{\string aa}%
+ \noexpand\replaceAllIn\noexpand\inLine{__@@}{__#1}%
+ \noexpand\replaceAllIn\noexpand\inLine{_@@}{__#1}%
+ \noexpand\replaceAllIn\noexpand\inLine{@@}{__#1}%
+ \noexpand\replaceAllIn\noexpand\inLine{\string aa}{@@}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ }
+\endgroup
+\let\replaceModuleInLine\empty
+\long\def\replaceAllIn#1#2#3{%
+ \long\def\tempa##1##2#2{%
+ ##2\qMark\replaceAllInAuxIII#3##1%
+ }%
+ \edef#1{\expandafter\replaceAllInAuxI#1\qMark#2\qStop}%
+}
+\def\replaceAllInAuxI{%
+ \expandafter\replaceAllInAuxII\tempa\replaceAllInAuxI\empty
+}
+\long\def\replaceAllInAuxII#1\qMark#2{#1}
+\long\def\replaceAllInAuxIII#1\qStop{}
\def\generate#1{\begingroup
\let\inputfiles\empty \let\filestogenerate\empty
\let\file\@file
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/everyshi-ltx.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/everyshi-ltx.sty (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/everyshi-ltx.sty 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `everyshi-ltx.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% ltshipout.dtx (with options: `everyshi-ltx')
+%%
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% The source is maintained by the LaTeX Project team and bug
+%% reports for it can be opened at https://latex-project.org/bugs.html
+%% (but please observe conditions on bug reports sent to that address!)
+%%
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1993-2020
+%% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+%% in this file.
+%%
+%% This file was generated from file(s) of the LaTeX base system.
+%% --------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2008 or later.
+%%
+%% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%%
+%% This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the LaTeX
+%% base system. You may however distribute the LaTeX base system without
+%% such generated files.
+%%
+%% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+%% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+%% information.
+%%
+%% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+%% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%%
+%% File: ltshipout.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach, LaTeX Team
+%%
+%%% From File: ltshipout.dtx
+\providecommand\ltshipoutversion{v1.0c}
+\providecommand\ltshipoutdate{2020/09/27}
+\ProvidesPackage{everyshi-ltx}
+ [2020/08/17 v1.0a
+ Emulation of the original everyshi package^^Jwith kernel methods]
+\protected \def \EveryShipout {\AddToHook{shipout/before}}
+\protected \def \AtNextShipout {\AddToHookNext{shipout/before}}
+%%
+%% In normal circumstances the above emulation is sufficient and in
+%% all known packages (we know of) that use everyshi it either works or
+%% the packages have been adjusted.
+%%
+%% Code that directly manipulates box 255, however, might fail.
+%% If that is the case look at the shipout hooks offered now as
+%% they are normally sufficienct to avoid such minpulations (or
+%% replace box 255 with \ShipoutBox in the code.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `everyshi-ltx.sty'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/everyshi-ltx.sty
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fleqn.clo
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fleqn.clo 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fleqn.clo 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{fleqn.clo}
[2016/12/29 v1.2b Standard LaTeX option
(flush left equations)]
-\newdimen\mathindent
+\newskip\mathindent
\AtEndOfClass{\mathindent\leftmargini}
\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}{\[}{Make \[ robust}%
\DeclareRobustCommand\[{\relax
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
\hb at xt@\linewidth\bgroup $\m at th% $
\displaystyle
\hskip\mathindent}%
- {$\hfil % $
+ {$\hskip .3em minus.3em\hfil % $
\displaywidth\linewidth\hbox{\@eqnnum}%
\egroup
\endtrivlist}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontenc.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontenc.sty 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontenc.sty 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
%%% From File: ltoutenc.dtx
\ProvidesPackage{fontenc}
- [2020/02/11 v2.0o
+ [2020/08/10 v2.0s
Standard LaTeX package]
\def\update at uclc@with at cyrillic{%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\@uclclist\expandafter
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.cfg
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.cfg 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.cfg 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
%%
%%% From File: fontdef.dtx
\ProvidesFile{fontmath.cfg}
- [2020/02/11 v3.0g LaTeX Kernel
+ [2020/08/01 v3.0i LaTeX Kernel
(Uncustomised math
font setup)]
%%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.ltx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.ltx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.ltx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
%%
%%% From File: fontdef.dtx
\ProvidesFile{fontmath.ltx}
- [2020/02/11 v3.0g LaTeX Kernel
+ [2020/08/01 v3.0i LaTeX Kernel
(Math
font setup)]
\typeout{=== Don't modify this file, use a .cfg file instead ===^^J}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.cfg
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.cfg 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.cfg 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
%%
%%% From File: fontdef.dtx
\ProvidesFile{fonttext.cfg}
- [2020/02/11 v3.0g LaTeX Kernel
+ [2020/08/01 v3.0i LaTeX Kernel
(Uncustomised text
font setup)]
%%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.ltx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.ltx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.ltx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
%%
%%% From File: fontdef.dtx
\ProvidesFile{fonttext.ltx}
- [2020/02/11 v3.0g LaTeX Kernel
+ [2020/08/01 v3.0i LaTeX Kernel
(Text
font setup)]
\typeout{=== Don't modify this file, use a .cfg file instead ===^^J}
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
\input {ot1enc.def}
\input {t1enc.def}
\input{ts1enc.def}
-\ifx\Umathchar\@undefined
+\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined
\fontencoding{OT1}
\def\@fontenc at load@list{\@elt{T1,OT1}}
\def\rmsubstdefault{cmr}
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
\input {ot1cmtt.fd}
\endgroup
\DeclareErrorFont{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{10}
-\ifx\Umathchar\@undefined
+\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined
\newcommand\encodingdefault{OT1}
\newcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
\newcommand\sfdefault{cmss}
@@ -93,15 +93,18 @@
\newcommand\sfdefault{lmss}
\newcommand\ttdefault{lmtt}
\fi
-\newcommand\bfdefault{b} % overwritten below
-\newcommand\mddefault{m}
+\newcommand\bfdefault{b} % overwritten below (for rollback)
+\newcommand\mddefault{m} % overwritten below (for rollback)
\newcommand\itdefault{it}
\newcommand\sldefault{sl}
\newcommand\scdefault{sc}
-\newcommand\updefault{up} % overwritten below
+\newcommand\updefault{up} % overwritten below (for rollback)
\renewcommand\updefault{up}
-\renewcommand\bfdefault{b}
+\renewcommand\bfdefault{b\@empty}
+\renewcommand\mddefault{m\@empty}
+\let\bfdefault at previous\bfdefault
+\let\mddefault at previous\mddefault
\newcommand\familydefault{\rmdefault}
\newcommand\seriesdefault{\mddefault}
\newcommand\shapedefault{n}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/inputenc.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/inputenc.sty 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/inputenc.sty 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
\ProvidesPackage{inputenc}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\def\DeclareInputMath#1{%
\@inpenc at test
\bgroup
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
\noexpand\IeC
\fi
}
-\ifx\Umathchar\@undefined
+\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined
\def\inputencoding#1{%
\edef\reserved at a{#1}%
\ifx\reserved at a\inputencodingname
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -7,7 +7,10 @@
%% ltdirchk.dtx (with options: `initex,2ekernel,dircheck')
%% ltplain.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
%% ltvers.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
+%% ltluatex.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
+%% ltexpl.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
%% ltdefns.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
+%% lthooks.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
%% ltalloc.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
%% ltcntrl.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
%% lterror.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
@@ -39,9 +42,10 @@
%% ltidxglo.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
%% ltbibl.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
%% ltpage.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
+%% ltclass.dtx (with options: `2ekernel,tracerollback')
+%% ltfilehook.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
+%% ltshipout.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
%% ltoutput.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
-%% ltclass.dtx (with options: `2ekernel,tracerollback')
-%% ltluatex.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
%% ltfinal.dtx (with options: `2ekernel')
%%
%% This is a generated file.
@@ -432,11 +436,7 @@
\extrafloats\expandafter{\numexpr#1-1\relax}%
\fi}%
\fi
-\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4#5{\global\advance\count1#1\@ne
- \ch at ck#1#4#2%
- \allocationnumber\count1#1%
- \global#3#5\allocationnumber
- \wlog{\string#5=\string#2\the\allocationnumber}}
+\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4{\e at alloc#2#3{\count1#1}#4\float at count}
\ifx\numexpr\@undefined
\def\newinsert#1{\global\advance\insc at unt \m at ne
\ch at ck0\insc at unt\count
@@ -709,8 +709,8 @@
%%% From File: ltvers.dtx
\def\fmtname{LaTeX2e}
\edef\fmtversion
- {2020-02-02}
-\def\patch at level{5}
+ {2020-10-01}
+\def\patch at level{0}
\edef\development at branch@name{}
\iffalse
\def\reserved at a#1/#2/#3\@nil{%
@@ -808,10 +808,272 @@
\ifx\@check at IncludeInRelease#2\else
\PackageError{latexrelease}{skipped IncludeInRelease for tag \string#2}{}%
\fi}
+%%% From File: ltluatex.dtx
+\ifx\directlua\@undefined\else
+\ifnum\luatexversion<60 %
+ \wlog{***************************************************}
+ \wlog{* LuaTeX version too old for ltluatex support *}
+ \wlog{***************************************************}
+ \expandafter\endinput
+\fi
+\long\def\@gobble#1{}
+\long\def\@firstofone#1{#1}
+\ifx\e at alloc@attribute at count\@undefined
+ \countdef\e at alloc@attribute at count=258
+ \e at alloc@attribute at count=\z@
+\fi
+\def\newattribute#1{%
+ \e at alloc\attribute\attributedef
+ \e at alloc@attribute at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
+}
+\def\setattribute#1#2{#1=\numexpr#2\relax}
+\def\unsetattribute#1{#1=-"7FFFFFFF\relax}
+\ifx\e at alloc@ccodetable at count\@undefined
+ \countdef\e at alloc@ccodetable at count=259
+ \e at alloc@ccodetable at count=\z@
+\fi
+\def\newcatcodetable#1{%
+ \e at alloc\catcodetable\chardef
+ \e at alloc@ccodetable at count\m at ne{"8000}#1%
+ \initcatcodetable\allocationnumber
+}
+\newcatcodetable\catcodetable at initex
+\newcatcodetable\catcodetable at string
+\begingroup
+ \def\setrangecatcode#1#2#3{%
+ \ifnum#1>#2 %
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ {%
+ \catcode#1=#3 %
+ \expandafter\setrangecatcode\expandafter
+ {\number\numexpr#1 + 1\relax}{#2}{#3}
+ }%
+ }
+ \@firstofone{%
+ \catcodetable\catcodetable at initex
+ \catcode0=12 %
+ \catcode13=12 %
+ \catcode37=12 %
+ \setrangecatcode{65}{90}{12}%
+ \setrangecatcode{97}{122}{12}%
+ \catcode92=12 %
+ \catcode127=12 %
+ \savecatcodetable\catcodetable at string
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+\newcatcodetable\catcodetable at latex
+\newcatcodetable\catcodetable at atletter
+\begingroup
+ \def\parseunicodedataI#1;#2;#3;#4\relax{%
+ \parseunicodedataII#1;#3;#2 First>\relax
+ }%
+ \def\parseunicodedataII#1;#2;#3 First>#4\relax{%
+ \ifx\relax#4\relax
+ \expandafter\parseunicodedataIII
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parseunicodedataIV
+ \fi
+ {#1}#2\relax%
+ }%
+ \def\parseunicodedataIII#1#2#3\relax{%
+ \ifnum 0%
+ \if L#21\fi
+ \if M#21\fi
+ >0 %
+ \catcode"#1=11 %
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \def\parseunicodedataIV#1#2#3\relax{%
+ \read\unicoderead to \unicodedataline
+ \if L#2%
+ \count0="#1 %
+ \expandafter\parseunicodedataV\unicodedataline\relax
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \def\parseunicodedataV#1;#2\relax{%
+ \loop
+ \unless\ifnum\count0>"#1 %
+ \catcode\count0=11 %
+ \advance\count0 by 1 %
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ \def\storedpar{\par}%
+ \chardef\unicoderead=\numexpr\count16 + 1\relax
+ \openin\unicoderead=UnicodeData.txt %
+ \loop\unless\ifeof\unicoderead %
+ \read\unicoderead to \unicodedataline
+ \unless\ifx\unicodedataline\storedpar
+ \expandafter\parseunicodedataI\unicodedataline\relax
+ \fi
+ \repeat
+ \closein\unicoderead
+ \@firstofone{%
+ \catcode64=12 %
+ \savecatcodetable\catcodetable at latex
+ \catcode64=11 %
+ \savecatcodetable\catcodetable at atletter
+ }
+\endgroup
+\ifx\e at alloc@luafunction at count\@undefined
+ \countdef\e at alloc@luafunction at count=260
+ \e at alloc@luafunction at count=\z@
+\fi
+\def\newluafunction{%
+ \e at alloc\luafunction\e at alloc@chardef
+ \e at alloc@luafunction at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top
+}
+\ifx\e at alloc@whatsit at count\@undefined
+ \countdef\e at alloc@whatsit at count=261
+ \e at alloc@whatsit at count=\z@
+\fi
+\def\newwhatsit#1{%
+ \e at alloc\whatsit\e at alloc@chardef
+ \e at alloc@whatsit at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
+}
+\ifx\e at alloc@bytecode at count\@undefined
+ \countdef\e at alloc@bytecode at count=262
+ \e at alloc@bytecode at count=\z@
+\fi
+\def\newluabytecode#1{%
+ \e at alloc\luabytecode\e at alloc@chardef
+ \e at alloc@bytecode at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
+}
+
+\ifx\e at alloc@luachunk at count\@undefined
+ \countdef\e at alloc@luachunk at count=263
+ \e at alloc@luachunk at count=\z@
+\fi
+\def\newluachunkname#1{%
+ \e at alloc\luachunk\e at alloc@chardef
+ \e at alloc@luachunk at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
+ {\escapechar\m at ne
+ \directlua{lua.name[\the\allocationnumber]="\string#1"}}%
+}
+\def\now at and@everyjob#1{%
+ \everyjob\expandafter{\the\everyjob
+ #1%
+ }%
+ #1%
+}
+\now at and@everyjob{%
+ \begingroup
+ \attributedef\attributezero=0 %
+ \chardef \charzero =0 %
+ \countdef \CountZero =0 %
+ \dimendef \dimenzero =0 %
+ \mathchardef \mathcharzero =0 %
+ \muskipdef \muskipzero =0 %
+ \skipdef \skipzero =0 %
+ \toksdef \tokszero =0 %
+ \directlua{require("ltluatex")}
+ \endgroup
+}
+\everyjob\expandafter{%
+ \the\everyjob
+ \directlua{%
+ if xpcall(function ()%
+ require('luaotfload-main')%
+ end,texio.write_nl) then %
+ local _void = luaotfload.main ()%
+ else %
+ texio.write_nl('Error in luaotfload: reverting to OT1')%
+ tex.print('\string\\def\string\\encodingdefault{OT1}')%
+ end %
+ }%
+ \let\f at encoding\encodingdefault
+ \expandafter\let\csname ver at luaotfload.sty\endcsname\fmtversion
+ }
+\fi
+%%% From File: ltexpl.dtx
+\def\@expl at sys@load at backend@@{}
+\def\@expl at push@filename@@{}
+\def\@expl at push@filename at aux@@{}
+\def\@expl at pop@filename@@{}
+\def\@expl at finalise@setup@@{}
+\long\def\@gobble#1{}
+\long\def\@firstofone#1{#1}
+\long\def\@firstoftwo#1#2{#1}
+\long\def\@secondoftwo#1#2{#2}
+\long\def\IfFileExists#1{%
+ \openin\@inputcheck"#1" %
+ \ifeof\@inputcheck
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \closein\@inputcheck
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}
+\long\def\@ifnextchar#1#2#3{%
+ \let\reserved at d=#1%
+ \def\reserved at a{#2}%
+ \def\reserved at b{#3}%
+ \futurelet\@let at token\@ifnch}
+\def\@ifnch{%
+ \ifx\@let at token\reserved at d
+ \expandafter\reserved at a
+ \else
+ \expandafter\reserved at b
+ \fi}
+\expandafter\ifx\csname tex\string _let:D\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+\else
+ \GenericInfo{}{Skipping: expl3 code already part of the format}%
+ \expandafter\endinput
+\fi
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{expl3.ltx}
+ {%
+ \ifnum0%
+ \ifdefined\pdffilesize 1\fi
+ \ifdefined\filesize 1\fi
+ \ifdefined\luatexversion\ifnum\luatexversion>94 1\fi\fi
+ \ifdefined\kanjiskip 1\fi
+ >0 %
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \else
+ \def~{ }\def\MessageBreak{^^J~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~}%
+ \errmessage{LaTeX Error:
+ LaTeX requires the e-TeX primitives and additional\MessageBreak
+ functionality available in the engines:\MessageBreak
+ - pdfTeX v1.40\MessageBreak
+ - XeTeX v0.99992\MessageBreak
+ - LuaTeX v0.95\MessageBreak
+ - e-(u)pTeX mid-2012\MessageBreak
+ or later%
+ }\batchmode \read -1 to \reserved at a
+ \fi
+ }
+ {%
+ \errmessage{LaTeX requires expl3}%
+ \batchmode \read -1 to \reserved at a
+ }%
+ {%
+ \input expl3.ltx
+ \ifdefined\NewDocumentCommand
+ \else
+ \IfFileExists{xparse.ltx}
+ {\input xparse.ltx }
+ {}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@to at str@@N \cs_to_str:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF \str_if_eq:nnTF
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@prefix at spec@@N \cs_prefix_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@argument at spec@@N \cs_argument_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N \cs_replacement_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at str@map at function@@NN \str_map_function:NN
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at char@generate@@nn \char_generate:nn
+\ExplSyntaxOff
%%% From File: ltdefns.dtx
\def\two at digits#1{\ifnum#1<10 0\fi\number#1}
-\def\typeout#1{\begingroup\set at display@protect
- \immediate\write\@unused{#1}\endgroup}
+\protected\long\def\typeout#1{\begingroup
+ \set at display@protect
+ \def\par{^^J^^J}%
+ \immediate\write\@unused{#1}\endgroup}
\newlinechar`\^^J
\let\@@par=\par
\let\@@hyph=\-
@@ -845,7 +1107,7 @@
\def\@cons#1#2{\begingroup\let\@elt\relax\xdef#1{#1\@elt #2}\endgroup}
\def\@car#1#2\@nil{#1}
\def\@cdr#1#2\@nil{#2}
-\def\@carcube#1#2#3#4\@nil{#1#2#3}
+\long\def\@carcube#1#2#3#4\@nil{#1#2#3}
\def\@preamblecmds{}
\def\@onlypreamble#1{%
\expandafter\gdef\expandafter\@preamblecmds\expandafter{%
@@ -1053,6 +1315,8 @@
\def\restore at protect{\let\protect\@@protect}
\set at typeset@protect
\def\MakeRobust#1{%
+ \count@=\escapechar
+ \escapechar=`\\
\@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{%
\@latex at error{The control sequence `\string#1' is undefined!%
\MessageBreak There is nothing here to make robust}%
@@ -1061,8 +1325,9 @@
{%
\@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}%
{%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname=#1%
+ \expandafter\@kernel at rename@newcommand
+ \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
+ #1%
\edef\reserved at a{\string#1}%
\def\reserved at b{#1}%
\edef\reserved at b{\expandafter\strip at prefix\meaning\reserved at b}%
@@ -1074,19 +1339,183 @@
\csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}%
}%
{\@latex at info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}%
- }%
+ }%
+ \escapechar=\count@
}%
-
+\def\@kernel at rename@newcommand#1#2{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#2%
+ {\@if at newcommand#2%
+ {\afterassignment\global
+ \global\@copy at newcommand#1#2%
+ \global\let#2\@undefined
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname\string#2\endcsname\@undefined}%
+ {\global\let#1=#2}}%
+ {\global\let#1=#2}}
\def\kernel at make@fragile#1{%
\@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}%
{}%
{%
\global\expandafter\let\expandafter #1\csname
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@kernel at rename@newcommand
+ \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
\global\expandafter\let\csname
- \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname\@undefined
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname\@undefined
}%
}
+\long\def\robust at command@act#1#2#3#4{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#2%
+ {\expandafter\robust at command@act at loop
+ \expandafter#2%
+ #1{\@nnil\@nnil}%
+ \robust at command@act at end}%
+ {\robust at command@act at end}%
+ {#3}{#4}}%
+\long\def\robust at command@act at loop#1#2{\robust at command@act at loop@aux#1#2}
+\long\def\robust at command@act at loop@aux#1#2#3{%
+ \ifx\@nnil#2%
+ \else
+ #2{#1}%
+ {\robust at command@act at do{#3}}%
+ {\expandafter\robust at command@act at loop\expandafter#1}%
+ \fi}
+\long\def\robust at command@act at do#1%
+ \fi#2%
+ \robust at command@act at end#3#4{%
+ \fi
+ #1#4}
+\long\def\robust at command@act at end#1#2{#1#2}
+\long\def\robust at command@chk at safe#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \expandafter\endgroup\expandafter
+ \robust at command@act at chk@args\meaning#1:->\@nil}
+\def\robust at command@act at chk@args#1:->#2\@nil{%
+ \@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF{#1}{macro}%
+ {\@firstoftwo}%
+ {\@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF{#1}{\protected macro}%
+ {\@firstoftwo}%
+ {\@secondoftwo}}}
+\def\NewCommandCopy{%
+ \declare at commandcopy
+ {\@firstofone}%
+ {\@firstoftwo\@notdefinable}}
+\def\RenewCommandCopy{%
+ \declare at commandcopy
+ {\@latex at error{Command \@backslashchar\reserved at a\space undefined}\@ehc
+ \@firstofone}%
+ {\@firstofone}}
+\def\DeclareCommandCopy{%
+ \declare at commandcopy
+ {\@firstofone}%
+ {\@firstofone}}
+\long\def\declare at commandcopy#1#2#3#4{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#3}%
+ \@ifundefined\reserved at a{#1}{#2}%
+ {\robust at command@act
+ \@declarecommandcopylisthook#4%
+ \declare at commandcopy@let{#3#4}}}
+\def\@declarecommandcopylisthook{%
+ {\@if at DeclareRobustCommand \@copy at DeclareRobustCommand}%
+ {\@if at newcommand \@copy at newcommand}}
+\long\def\declare at commandcopy@let#1#2{\let#1=#2\relax}
+\long\def\ShowCommand#1{%
+ \robust at command@act
+ \@showcommandlisthook#1%
+ \show#1}
+\def\@showcommandlisthook{%
+ {\@if at DeclareRobustCommand \@show at DeclareRobustCommand}%
+ {\@if at newcommand \@show at newcommand}}
+\long\def\@if at DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \edef\reserved at a{\string#1}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize{#1}}%
+ \xdef\@gtempa{%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \noexpand\x at protect
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \fi
+ \noexpand\protect
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname}%
+ \endgroup
+ \ifx\@gtempa#1\relax
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+\long\def\@copy at DeclareRobustCommand#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \edef\reserved at a{\string#1}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize{#1}}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ \endgroup
+ \def\noexpand#1{%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \noexpand\x at protect
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \fi
+ \noexpand\protect
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname}%
+ \noexpand\copy at kernel@robust at command
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#2 \endcsname}%
+ \reserved at a}
+\long\def\copy at kernel@robust at command#1#2{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#2%
+ {\@if at newcommand#2%
+ {\@copy at newcommand}%
+ {\declare at commandcopy@let}}
+ {\declare at commandcopy@let}%
+ #1#2}
+\long\def\@show at DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
+ \typeout{> \string#1=robust macro:}%
+ \typeout{->\@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N#1.^^J}%
+ \expandafter\show at kernel@robust at command
+ \csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname}
+\long\def\show at kernel@robust at command#1{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#1%
+ {\@if at newcommand#1%
+ {\@show at newcommand}%
+ {\show}}%
+ {\show}%
+ #1}
+\long\def\@if at newcommand#1{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ \noexpand\@protected at testopt
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\endcsname}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{%
+ \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ {\expandafter\@carcube#1{}{}{}\@nil}}%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+\long\def\@copy at newcommand#1#2{%
+ \edef#1{\noexpand\@protected at testopt
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\endcsname
+ \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ {\expandafter\@gobblethree#2}}%
+ \expandafter
+ \let\csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#2\endcsname}
+\long\def\@show at newcommand#1{%
+ \typeout{> \string#1=robust macro:}%
+ \typeout{->\@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N#1.^^J}%
+ \expandafter\@show at newcommand@aux
+ \csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \expandafter{#1}}
+\long\def\@show at newcommand@aux#1#2{%
+ \typeout{> \string#1=\@expl at cs@prefix at spec@@N#1macro:}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ default \string##1=\expandafter\detokenize\@gobblethree#2.^^J%
+ \@expl at cs@argument at spec@@N#1->\@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N#1}%
+ \showtokens\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\reserved at a}}
\def\@ifundefined#1{%
\ifcsname#1\endcsname\@ifundefin at d@i\else\@ifundefin at d@ii\fi{#1}}
\long\def\@ifundefin at d@i#1\fi#2{\fi
@@ -1142,19 +1571,35 @@
\edef #1{\expandafter\strip at prefix
\meaning #1}%
}
+\def\string at makeletter#1{%
+ \@expl at str@map at function@@NN#1\@string at makeletter}
+\def\@string at makeletter#1{%
+ \char at if@alph{#1}%
+ {\@expl at char@generate@@nn{`#1}{11}}%
+ {#1}}
+\def\char at if@alph#1{%
+ \ifnum0\ifnum`#1<`A 1\fi\ifnum`#1>`z 1\fi
+ \if\ifnum`#1>`Z @\fi\ifnum`#1<`a @\fi01\fi>0
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}
\DeclareRobustCommand\makeatletter{\catcode`\@11\relax}
\DeclareRobustCommand\makeatother{\catcode`\@12\relax}
-
\def\@latex at info#1{}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\-}{%
- \discretionary{%
- \char \ifnum\hyphenchar\font<\z@
- \defaulthyphenchar
- \else
- \hyphenchar\font
- \fi
- }{}{}%
-}
+\ifx\directlua\@undefined
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\-}{%
+ \discretionary{%
+ \char \ifnum\hyphenchar\font<\z@
+ \defaulthyphenchar
+ \else
+ \hyphenchar\font
+ \fi
+ }{}{}%
+ }
+\else
+ \let\-\@@hyph
+\fi
\let\@dischyph=\-
\newif\if at includeinrelease
\@includeinreleasefalse
@@ -1174,6 +1619,964 @@
\MakeRobust\smallbreak
\MakeRobust\strut
\MakeRobust\underbar
+\long\def\g at addto@macro#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}%
+ \xdef#1{\the\toks@}%
+ \endgroup}
+%%
+%% File: lthooks.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach,
+%% Phelype Oleinik & LaTeX Team
+%%% From File: lthooks.dtx
+\def\lthooksversion{v1.0b}
+\def\lthooksdate{2020/09/21}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\bool_new:N \g__hook_debug_bool
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__hook_debug:n \use_none:n
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_debug_on:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g__hook_debug_bool
+ \__hook_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_debug_off:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g__hook_debug_bool
+ \__hook_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_debug_gset:
+ {
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npx \__hook_debug:n ##1
+ { \bool_if:NT \g__hook_debug_bool {##1} }
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__hook_str_compare:nn \__str_if_eq:nn
+\bool_new:N \l__hook_tmpa_bool
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_return_tl
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_tmpa_tl
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_tmpb_tl
+\seq_new:N \g__hook_all_seq
+\tl_new:N \g__hook_removal_list_tl
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_cur_hook_tl
+\prop_new:N \l__hook_work_prop
+\prop_new:N \g__hook_execute_immediately_prop
+\prop_new:N \g__hook_used_prop
+\tl_new:N \g__hook_hook_curr_name_tl
+\seq_new:N \g__hook_name_stack_seq
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__hook_tmp:w ?
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_gremove_once:Nn { Nx }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_show:n { x }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_log:n { x }
+\scan_new:N \s__hook_mark
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_new:n #1
+ { \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_new:n {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_new:n #1
+ {
+ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ { \msg_error:nnn { hooks } { exists } {#1} }
+ {
+ \seq_gput_right:Nn \g__hook_all_seq {#1}
+ \tl_new:c { __hook~#1 }
+ \__hook_declare:n {#1}
+ \clist_new:c {g__hook_#1_labels_clist}
+ \tl_new:c { g__hook_#1_reversed_tl }
+ \__hook_include_legacy_code_chunk:n {#1}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_declare:n #1
+ {
+ \__hook_if_exist:nF {#1}
+ {
+ \prop_new:c { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ \tl_new:c { __hook_next~#1 }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_new_reversed:n #1
+ { \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_new_reversed:n {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_new_reversed:n #1
+ {
+ \__hook_new:n {#1}
+ \tl_gset:cn { g__hook_#1_reversed_tl } { - }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_new_pair:nn #1#2
+ { \hook_new:n {#1} \hook_new_reversed:n {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_include_legacy_code_chunk:n #1
+ {
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \tl_if_exist:cT { @#1hook }
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:cF { @#1hook }
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nnnv \__hook_hook_gput_code_do:nnn {#1}
+ { legacy } { @#1hook }
+ \tl_gclear:c { @#1hook }
+ }
+ }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_parse_label_default:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_novalue:nTF {#1}
+ { \__hook_currname_or_default:n { top-level } }
+ {
+ \tl_trim_spaces_apply:nN {#1}
+ \__hook_parse_dot_label:nn { top-level }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_parse_dot_label:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \msg_expandable_error:nnn { hooks } { empty-label } {#2}
+ #2
+ }
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { . }
+ { \__hook_currname_or_default:n {#2} }
+ { \__hook_parse_dot_label:nw {#2} #1 ./ \s__hook_mark }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_parse_dot_label:nw #1 #2 ./ #3 \s__hook_mark
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2}
+ { \__hook_parse_dot_label_aux:nw {#1} #3 \s__hook_mark }
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#3}
+ { \__hook_make_name:n {#2} }
+ { \__hook_parse_dot_label_cleanup:w #2 ./ #3 \s__hook_mark }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_parse_dot_label_cleanup:w #1 ./ \s__hook_mark {#1}
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_parse_dot_label_aux:nw #1 #2 ./ \s__hook_mark
+ { \__hook_currname_or_default:n {#1} / \__hook_make_name:n {#2} }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_currname_or_default:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \g__hook_hook_curr_name_tl
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \@currname
+ { \__hook_make_name:n {#1} }
+ { \@currname }
+ }
+ { \g__hook_hook_curr_name_tl }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_make_name:n #1
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \__hook_make_name:w
+ \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \cs:w __hook~ #1 \cs_end:
+ }
+\exp_last_unbraced:NNNNo
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_make_name:w #1 \tl_to_str:n { __hook~ } { }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \use:e
+ {
+ \group_end:
+ \exp_not:N #1 #2
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1
+ { { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#2} } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1
+ {
+ { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#2} }
+ { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#3} }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_normalize_hook_rule_args:Nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
+ {
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1
+ {
+ { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#2} }
+ { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#3} }
+ { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#4} }
+ { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#5} }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gput_code:nnn #1 #2
+ { \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nnn \__hook_gput_code:nnn {#1} {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gput_code:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \g__hook_execute_immediately_prop {#1}
+ {#3}
+ {
+ \__hook_if_marked_removal:nnTF {#1} {#2}
+ { \__hook_unmark_removal:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ {
+ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \__hook_hook_gput_code_do:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \__hook_update_hook_code:n {#1}
+ }
+ { \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__hook_gput_code:nnn { nxv }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_hook_gput_code_do:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n{\iow_term:x{****~ Add~ to~
+ \hook_if_exist:nF {#1} { undeclared~ }
+ hook~ #1~ (#2)
+ \on at line\space <-~ \tl_to_str:n{#3}} }
+ \prop_get:cnNTF { g__hook_#1_code_prop } {#2} \l__hook_return_tl
+ {
+ \prop_gput:cno { g__hook_#1_code_prop } {#2}
+ { \l__hook_return_tl #3 }
+ }
+ { \prop_gput:cnn { g__hook_#1_code_prop } {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gput_undeclared_hook:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \__hook_declare:n {#1}
+ \__hook_hook_gput_code_do:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:nnn #1
+ {
+ \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn {#1}
+ \hook_gput_code:nnn \__hook_gput_undeclared_hook:nnn
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_try_declaring_generic_next_hook:nn #1
+ {
+ \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn {#1}
+ \hook_gput_next_code:nn \__hook_gput_next_do:nn
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn #1
+ {
+ \__hook_if_file_hook:wTF #1 / / \s__hook_mark
+ {
+ \exp_args:Ne \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook_split:nNNnn
+ { \exp_args:Ne \__hook_file_hook_normalize:n {#1} }
+ }
+ { \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook_split:nNNnn {#1} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook_split:nNNnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:wnTF #1 / / / \scan_stop: {#1}
+ { #2 }
+ { #3 } {#1}
+ }
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:wn
+ #1 / #2 / #3 / #4 \scan_stop: #5 { TF }
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2}
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \c__hook_generics_prop {#1}
+ {
+ \hook_if_exist:nF {#5} { \hook_new:n {#5} }
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \c__hook_generics_reversed_ii_prop {#2}
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g__hook_#5_reversed_tl } { - } }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnT \c__hook_generics_reversed_iii_prop {#3}
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g__hook_#5_reversed_tl } { - } }
+ }
+ \prg_return_true:
+ }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \__hook_if_file_hook:w
+ #1 / #2 / #3 \s__hook_mark { TF }
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { file }
+ {
+ \bool_lazy_or:nnTF
+ { \tl_if_empty_p:n {#3} }
+ { \str_if_eq_p:nn {#3} { / } }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \c__hook_generics_file_prop {#2}
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+ }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_file_hook_normalize:n #1
+ { \__hook_strip_double_slash:n {#1} }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_strip_double_slash:n #1
+ { \__hook_strip_double_slash:w #1 // \s__hook_mark }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_strip_double_slash:w #1 // #2 \s__hook_mark
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2}
+ {#1}
+ { \__hook_strip_double_slash:w #1 / #2 \s__hook_mark }
+ }
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c__hook_generics_prop
+ {env=,file=,package=,class=,include=}
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c__hook_generics_reversed_ii_prop {after=,end=}
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c__hook_generics_reversed_iii_prop {after=}
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c__hook_generics_file_prop {before=,after=}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gremove_code:nn #1 #2
+ { \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nnn \__hook_gremove_code:nn {#1} {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gremove_code:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \__hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#2} {*}
+ { \prop_gclear:c { g__hook_#1_code_prop } }
+ {
+ \prop_get:cnNTF { g__hook_#1_code_prop } {#2} \l__hook_return_tl
+ { \__hook_gremove_code_do:nn }
+ { \__hook_mark_removal:nn }
+ {#1} {#2}
+ }
+ \hook_if_exist:nT {#1}
+ { \__hook_update_hook_code:n {#1} }
+ }
+ { \__hook_mark_removal:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gremove_code_do:nn #1 #2
+ { \prop_gremove:cn { g__hook_#1_code_prop } {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_mark_removal:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_gput_right:Nx \g__hook_removal_list_tl
+ { \__hook_removal_tl:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_unmark_removal:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_gremove_once:Nx \g__hook_removal_list_tl
+ { \__hook_removal_tl:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ }
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__hook_if_marked_removal:nn #1 #2 { TF }
+ {
+ \exp_args:NNx \tl_if_in:NnTF \g__hook_removal_list_tl
+ { \__hook_removal_tl:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ { \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_removal_tl:nn #1 #2
+ { & \tl_to_str:n {#2} $ \tl_to_str:n {#1} $ }
+\prop_new:c {g__hook_??_code_prop}
+\prop_new:c {__hook~??}
+\tl_new:c {g__hook_??_reversed_tl}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gset_rule:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_rule_args:Nnnnn \__hook_gset_rule:nnnn
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gset_rule:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \__hook_declare:n {#1}
+ \__hook_rule_gclear:nnn {#1} {#2} {#4}
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \cs_if_exist_use:cTF { __hook_rule_#3_gset:nnn }
+ {
+ {#1} {#2} {#4}
+ \__hook_update_hook_code:n {#1}
+ }
+ { \msg_error:nnnnnn { hooks } { unknown-rule }
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_rule_before_gset:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \tl_gset:cx { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl }
+ { \__hook_label_ordered:nnTF {#2} {#3} { < } { > } }
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:cN { __hook_rule_<_gset:nnn } \__hook_rule_before_gset:nnn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_rule_after_gset:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \tl_gset:cx { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#3} {#2} _tl }
+ { \__hook_label_ordered:nnTF {#3} {#2} { < } { > } }
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:cN { __hook_rule_>_gset:nnn } \__hook_rule_after_gset:nnn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_rule_voids_gset:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \tl_gset:cx { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl }
+ { \__hook_label_ordered:nnTF {#2} {#3} { -> } { <- } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_rule_incompatible-error_gset:nnn } #1#2#3
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl } { xE } }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_rule_incompatible-warning_gset:nnn } #1#2#3
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl } { xW } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_rule_unrelated_gset:nnn #1#2#3 { }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_rule_gclear:nnn #1#2#3
+ { \cs_undefine:c { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl } }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_label_pair:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \if_case:w \__hook_str_compare:nn {#1} {#2} \exp_stop_f:
+ #1 | #1 % 0
+ \or: #1 | #2 % +1
+ \else: #2 | #1 % -1
+ \fi:
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \__hook_label_ordered:nn #1#2 { TF }
+ {
+ \if_int_compare:w \__hook_str_compare:nn {#1} {#2} > 0 \exp_stop_f:
+ \prg_return_true:
+ \else
+ \prg_return_false:
+ \fi:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_if_label_case:nnnnn #1#2
+ {
+ \cs:w use_
+ \if_case:w \__hook_str_compare:nn {#1} {#2}
+ i \or: ii \else: iii \fi: :nnn
+ \cs_end:
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__hook_update_hook_code:n \use_none:n
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_initialize_all: {
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \__hook_update_hook_code:n \__hook_initialize_hook_code:n
+ \__hook_debug:n { \prop_gclear:N \g__hook_used_prop }
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \g__hook_all_seq
+ {
+ \__hook_update_hook_code:n {##1}
+ }
+ \__hook_debug:n
+ { \iow_term:x{^^JAll~ initialized~ (non-empty)~ hooks:}
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \g__hook_used_prop
+ { \iow_term:x{^^J~ ##1~ ->~
+ \exp_not:v {__hook~##1}~ }
+ }
+ }
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \hook_use:n \__hook_use_initialized:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \__hook_preamble_hook:n \use_none:n
+}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_initialize_hook_code:n #1
+ {
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \__hook_debug:n{ \iow_term:x{^^JUpdate~ code~ for~ hook~
+ '#1' \on at line :^^J} }
+ \__hook_include_legacy_code_chunk:n {#1}
+ \hook_if_exist:nT {#1}
+ {
+ \prop_if_empty:cTF {g__hook_#1_code_prop}
+ { \tl_gset:co { __hook~#1 }
+ { \cs:w __hook_next~#1 \cs_end: } }
+ {
+ \__hook_if_reversed:nTF {#1}
+ { \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_tl_gput:NV \tl_gput_left:NV
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_clist_gput:NV \clist_gput_left:NV }
+ { \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_tl_gput:NV \tl_gput_right:NV
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_clist_gput:NV \clist_gput_right:NV }
+ \prop_set_eq:Nc \l__hook_work_prop { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ \__hook_initialize_single:cccn
+ { __hook~#1 } { __hook_next~#1 }
+ { g__hook_#1_labels_clist } {#1}
+ \__hook_debug:n{ \exp_args:NNx \prop_gput:Nnn
+ \g__hook_used_prop {#1}{} }
+ }
+ }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_tl_csname:n #1 { l__hook_label_#1_tl }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_seq_csname:n #1 { l__hook_label_#1_seq }
+\seq_new:N \l__hook_labels_seq
+\int_new:N \l__hook_labels_int
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_front_tl
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_rear_tl
+\tl_new:c { \__hook_tl_csname:n { 0 } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_initialize_single:NNNn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \seq_clear:N \l__hook_labels_seq
+ \int_zero:N \l__hook_labels_int
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__hook_cur_hook_tl {#4}
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l__hook_work_prop
+ {
+ \int_incr:N \l__hook_labels_int
+ \seq_put_right:Nn \l__hook_labels_seq {##1}
+ \tl_set:cn { \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} }{0}
+ \seq_clear_new:c { \__hook_seq_csname:n {##1} }
+ }
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l__hook_work_prop
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l__hook_work_prop
+ {
+ \__hook_if_label_case:nnnnn {##1} {####1}
+ { \prop_map_break: }
+ { \__hook_apply_label_pair:nnn {##1} {####1} }
+ { \__hook_apply_label_pair:nnn {####1} {##1} }
+ {#4}
+ }
+ }
+ \__hook_debug:n { \__hook_debug_label_data:N \l__hook_work_prop }
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__hook_rear_tl { 0 }
+ \tl_set:cn { \__hook_tl_csname:n { 0 } } { 0 }
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \l__hook_labels_seq
+ {
+ \int_compare:nNnT { \cs:w \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} \cs_end: } = 0
+ {
+ \tl_set:cn { \__hook_tl_csname:n { \l__hook_rear_tl } }{##1}
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__hook_rear_tl {##1}
+ }
+ }
+ \tl_set_eq:Nc \l__hook_front_tl { \__hook_tl_csname:n { 0 } }
+ \tl_gclear:N #1
+ \clist_gclear:N #3
+ \bool_while_do:nn { ! \str_if_eq_p:Vn \l__hook_front_tl { 0 } }
+ {
+ \int_decr:N \l__hook_labels_int
+ \prop_get:NVN \l__hook_work_prop \l__hook_front_tl \l__hook_return_tl
+ \__hook_tl_gput:NV #1 \l__hook_return_tl
+ \__hook_clist_gput:NV #3 \l__hook_front_tl
+ \__hook_debug:n{ \iow_term:x{Handled~ code~ for~ \l__hook_front_tl} }
+ \seq_map_inline:cn { \__hook_seq_csname:n { \l__hook_front_tl } }
+ {
+ \tl_set:cx { \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} }
+ { \int_eval:n
+ { \cs:w \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} \cs_end: - 1 }
+ }
+ \int_compare:nNnT
+ { \cs:w \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} \cs_end: } = 0
+ {
+ \tl_set:cn { \__hook_tl_csname:n { \l__hook_rear_tl } } {##1}
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__hook_rear_tl {##1}
+ }
+ }
+ \tl_set_eq:Nc \l__hook_front_tl
+ { \__hook_tl_csname:n { \l__hook_front_tl } }
+ }
+ \int_compare:nNnF \l__hook_labels_int = 0
+ {
+ \iow_term:x{====================}
+ \iow_term:x{Error:~ label~ rules~ are~ incompatible:}
+ \__hook_debug_label_data:N \l__hook_work_prop
+ \iow_term:x{====================}
+ }
+ \tl_gput_right:Nn #1 {#2}
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__hook_initialize_single:NNNn {ccc}
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_tl_gput:NV {\ERROR}
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_clist_gput:NV {\ERROR}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_apply_label_pair:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ {
+ \__hook_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF {#1} {#2} { ?? } { }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF #1#2#3
+ {
+ \if_cs_exist:w g__hook_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl \cs_end:
+ \__hook_apply_rule:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \exp_after:wN \use_none:n
+ \else:
+ \use:nn
+ \fi:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_apply_rule:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \cs:w __hook_apply_
+ \cs:w g__hook_#3_reversed_tl \cs_end: rule_
+ \cs:w g__hook_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl \cs_end: :nnn \cs_end:
+ {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_<:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n { \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \tl_set:cx { \__hook_tl_csname:n {#2} }
+ { \int_eval:n{ \cs:w \__hook_tl_csname:n {#2} \cs_end: + 1 } }
+ \seq_put_right:cn{ \__hook_seq_csname:n {#1} }{#2}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_>:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n { \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \tl_set:cx { \__hook_tl_csname:n {#1} }
+ { \int_eval:n{ \cs:w \__hook_tl_csname:n {#1} \cs_end: + 1 } }
+ \seq_put_right:cn{ \__hook_seq_csname:n {#2} }{#1}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_xE:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n { \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \msg_error:nnnnnn { hooks } { labels-incompatible }
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} { 1 }
+ \use:c { __hook_apply_rule_->:nnn } {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \use:c { __hook_apply_rule_<-:nnn } {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_xW:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n { \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \msg_warning:nnnnnn { hooks } { labels-incompatible }
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} { 0 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_->:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n
+ {
+ \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \iow_term:x{--->~ Drop~ '#2'~ code~ from~
+ \iow_char:N \\ g__hook_ \l__hook_cur_hook_tl _code_prop ~
+ because~ of~ '#1' }
+ }
+ \prop_put:Nnn \l__hook_work_prop {#2} { }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_<-:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n
+ {
+ \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \iow_term:x{--->~ Drop~ '#1'~ code~ from~
+ \iow_char:N \\ g__hook_ \l__hook_cur_hook_tl _code_prop ~
+ because~ of~ '#2' }
+ }
+ \prop_put:Nnn \l__hook_work_prop {#1} { }
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_<:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_>:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_>:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_<:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_<-:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_<-:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_->:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_->:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_xE:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_xE:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_xW:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_xW:nnn }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \iow_term:x{~ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#3} {??} {default} {~normal} ~
+ rule~ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#1} {#2}:~
+ \use:c { g__hook_#3_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#1} {#2} _tl } ~
+ found}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_debug_label_data:N #1 {
+ \iow_term:x{Code~ labels~ for~ sorting:}
+ \iow_term:x{~ \seq_use:Nnnn\l__hook_labels_seq {~and~}{,~}{~and~} }
+ \iow_term:x{^^J Data~ structure~ for~ label~ rules:}
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn #1
+ {
+ \iow_term:x{~ ##1~ =~ \tl_use:c{ \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} }~ ->~
+ \seq_use:cnnn{ \__hook_seq_csname:n {##1} }{~->~}{~->~}{~->~}
+ }
+ }
+ \iow_term:x{}
+}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_log:n #1
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_log_cmd:x \iow_log:x
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_log:nN {#1} \tl_log:x
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_show:n #1
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_log_cmd:x \iow_term:x
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_log:nN {#1} \tl_show:x
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_log_line:x #1
+ { \__hook_log_cmd:x { >~#1 } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_log_line_indent:x #1
+ { \__hook_log_cmd:x { >~\@spaces #1 } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_log:nN #1 #2
+ {
+ \__hook_preamble_hook:n {#1}
+ \iow_term:x { ^^J ->~The~hook~'#1': }
+ \hook_if_exist:nF {#1}
+ { \__hook_log_line:x { is~not~declared! } }
+ \__hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \__hook_log_line:x { Code~chunks: }
+ \prop_if_empty:cTF { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ { \__hook_log_line_indent:x { --- } }
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ { \__hook_log_line_indent:x { ##1~->~\tl_to_str:n {##2} } }
+ }
+ \__hook_log_line:x { Extra~code~for~next~invocation:}
+ \__hook_log_line_indent:x
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:cTF { __hook_next~#1 }
+ { --- }
+ { ->~ \exp_args:Nv \__hook_log_next_code:n { __hook_next~#1 } }
+ }
+ \__hook_log_line:x { Rules: }
+ \bool_set_true:N \l__hook_tmpa_bool
+ \__hook_list_rules:nn {#1}
+ {
+ \bool_set_false:N \l__hook_tmpa_bool
+ \__hook_log_line_indent:x
+ {
+ ##2~ with~
+ \str_if_eq:nnT {##3} {??} { default~ }
+ relation~ ##1
+ }
+ }
+ \bool_if:NT \l__hook_tmpa_bool
+ { \__hook_log_line_indent:x { --- } }
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnTF
+ { \hook_if_exist_p:n {#1} }
+ { ! \hook_if_empty_p:n {#1} }
+ {
+ \__hook_log_line:x
+ {
+ Execution~order
+ \bool_if:NTF \l__hook_tmpa_bool
+ { \__hook_if_reversed:nT {#1} { ~(after~reversal) } }
+ { ~(after~
+ \__hook_if_reversed:nT {#1} { reversal~and~ }
+ applying~rules)
+ } :
+ }
+ #2 % \tl_show:n
+ {
+ \@spaces
+ \clist_if_empty:cTF { g__hook_#1_labels_clist }
+ { --- }
+ { \clist_use:cn {g__hook_#1_labels_clist} { ,~ } }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ #2
+ {
+ Hook~ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {code~pool~empty} {not~declared}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ { #2 { The~hook~is~empty. } }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_log_next_code:n #1
+ { \exp_args:No \tl_to_str:n { \use_none:nn #1 } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_list_rules:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \cs_set_protected:Npn \__hook_tmp:w ##1 ##2 ##3 {#2}
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ {
+ \__hook_if_label_case:nnnnn {##1} {####1}
+ { \prop_map_break: }
+ { \__hook_list_one_rule:nnn {##1} {####1} }
+ { \__hook_list_one_rule:nnn {####1} {##1} }
+ {#1}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_list_one_rule:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_list_if_rule_exists:nnnF {#1} {#2} {#3} { }
+ { \__hook_list_if_rule_exists:nnnF {#1} {#2} { ?? } { } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_list_if_rule_exists:nnnF #1#2#3
+ {
+ \if_cs_exist:w g__hook_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl \cs_end:
+ \exp_args:Nv \__hook_tmp:w
+ { g__hook_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl } { #1 | #2 } {#3}
+ \fi:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_debug_print_rules:n #1
+ {
+ \iow_term:n { The~hook~#1~contains~the~rules: }
+ \cs_set_protected:Npn \__hook_tmp:w ##1
+ {
+ \__hook_list_rules:nn {#1}
+ {
+ \iow_term:x
+ {
+ > ##1 {####2} ##1 => ##1 {####1}
+ \str_if_eq:nnT {####3} {??} { ~(default) }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ \exp_args:No \__hook_tmp:w { \use:nn { ~ } { ~ } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gput_next_code:nn #1
+ { \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_gput_next_code:nn {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gput_next_code:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \__hook_declare:n {#1}
+ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ { \__hook_gput_next_do:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ { \__hook_try_declaring_generic_next_hook:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gput_next_do:nn #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nc \__hook_gput_next_do:Nnn
+ { __hook_next~#1 } {#1}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gput_next_do:Nnn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:cT { __hook~#2 }
+ { \__hook_update_hook_code:n {#2} }
+ \tl_if_empty:NT #1
+ { \tl_gset:Nn #1 { \__hook_clear_next:n {#2} } }
+ \tl_gput_right:Nn #1
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_clear_next:n #1
+ { \cs_gset_eq:cN { __hook_next~#1 } \c_empty_tl }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_use:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cTF { __hook~#1 }
+ {
+ \__hook_preamble_hook:n {#1}
+ \cs:w __hook~#1 \cs_end:
+ }
+ { \__hook_use:wn #1 / \s__hook_mark {#1} }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_use_initialized:n #1
+ {
+ \if_cs_exist:w __hook~#1 \cs_end:
+ \else:
+ \__hook_use_undefined:w
+ \fi:
+ \cs:w __hook~#1 \__hook_use_end:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_use_undefined:w #1 #2 __hook~#3 \__hook_use_end:
+ {
+ #1 % fi
+ \__hook_use:wn #3 / \s__hook_mark {#3}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_preamble_hook:n #1
+ { \__hook_initialize_hook_code:n {#1} }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__hook_use_end: \cs_end:
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_use:wn #1 / #2 \s__hook_mark #3
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { file }
+ { \__hook_try_file_hook:n {#3} }
+ { } % Hook doesn't exist
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_try_file_hook:n #1
+ {
+ \__hook_if_file_hook:wTF #1 / / \s__hook_mark
+ {
+ \exp_args:Ne \__hook_if_exist_use:n
+ { \exp_args:Ne \__hook_file_hook_normalize:n {#1} }
+ }
+ { \__hook_if_exist_use:n {#1} } % file/ generic hook (e.g. file/before)
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_if_exist_use:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cT { __hook~#1 }
+ {
+ \__hook_preamble_hook:n {#1}
+ \cs:w __hook~#1 \cs_end:
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_use_once:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cT { __hook~#1 }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__hook_return_tl {#1}
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_use_once_store:n
+ { \l__hook_return_tl }
+ \hook_use:n {#1}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_use_once_store:n #1
+ { \prop_gput:Nnn \g__hook_execute_immediately_prop {#1} { } }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \hook_if_empty:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \__hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnTF
+ { \prop_if_empty_p:c { g__hook_#1_code_prop } }
+ { \tl_if_empty_p:c { __hook_next~#1 } }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \hook_if_exist:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cTF { __hook~#1 }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \__hook_if_exist:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \prop_if_exist:cTF { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \__hook_if_reversed:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \if_int_compare:w \cs:w g__hook_#1_reversed_tl \cs_end: 1 < 0 \exp_stop_f:
+ \prg_return_true:
+ \else:
+ \prg_return_false:
+ \fi:
+ }
+\msg_new:nnnn { hooks } { labels-incompatible }
+ {
+ Labels~`#1'~and~`#2'~are~incompatible
+ \str_if_eq:nnF {#3} {??} { ~in~hook~`#3' } .~
+ \int_compare:nNnTF {#4} = { 1 }
+ { The~ code~ for~ both~ labels~ will~ be~ dropped. }
+ { You~ may~ see~ errors~ later. }
+ }
+ { LaTeX~found~two~incompatible~labels~in~the~same~hook.~
+ This~indicates~an~incompatibility~between~packages. }
+\msg_new:nnnn { hooks } { exists }
+ { Hook~`#1'~ has~ already~ been~ declared. }
+ { There~ already~ exists~ a~ hook~ declaration~ with~ this~
+ name.\\
+ Please~ use~ a~ different~ name~ for~ your~ hook.}
+\msg_new:nnn { hooks } { empty-label }
+ { Empty~code~label~\msg_line_context:.~Using~`#1'~instead. }
+\msg_new:nnnn { hooks } { unknown-rule }
+ { Unknown~ relationship~ `#3'~
+ between~ labels~ `#2'~ and~ `#4'~
+ \str_if_eq:nnF {#1} {??} { ~in~hook~`#1' }. ~
+ Perhaps~ a~ missspelling?
+ }
+ {
+ The~ relation~ used~ not~ known~ to~ the~ system.~ Allowed~ values~ are~
+ `before'~ or~ `<',~
+ `after'~ or~ `>',~
+ `incompatible-warning',~
+ `incompatible-error',~
+ `voids'~ or~
+ `unrelated'.
+ }
+\msg_new:nnn { hooks } { should-not-happen }
+ {
+ ERROR!~This~should~not~happen.~#1 \\
+ Please~report~at~https://github.com/latex3/latex2e.
+ }
+\NewDocumentCommand \NewHook { m }{ \hook_new:n {#1} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \NewReversedHook { m }{ \hook_new_reversed:n {#1} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \NewMirroredHookPair { mm }{ \hook_new_pair:nn {#1}{#2} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \AddToHook { m o +m }
+ { \hook_gput_code:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \AddToHookNext { m +m }
+ { \hook_gput_next_code:nn {#1} {#2} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \RemoveFromHook { m o }
+ { \hook_gremove_code:nn {#1} {#2} }
+\seq_gpush:Nn \g__hook_name_stack_seq { }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_curr_name_push:n #1
+ {
+ \seq_gpush:Nn \g__hook_name_stack_seq {#1}
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g__hook_hook_curr_name_tl {#1}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_curr_name_pop:
+ {
+ \seq_gpop:NN \g__hook_name_stack_seq \l__hook_return_tl
+ \seq_get:NNTF \g__hook_name_stack_seq \l__hook_return_tl
+ { \tl_gset_eq:NN \g__hook_hook_curr_name_tl \l__hook_return_tl }
+ {
+ \msg_error:nnn { hooks } { should-not-happen }
+ { Tried~to~pop~from~an~empty~default~label~stack. }
+ }
+ }
+\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareDefaultHookLabel { m }
+ {
+ \seq_gpop:NN \g__hook_name_stack_seq \l__hook_return_tl
+ \__hook_curr_name_push:n {#1}
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \UseHook { \hook_use:n }
+\cs_new:Npn \UseOneTimeHook { \hook_use_once:n }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \ShowHook { \hook_show:n }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \LogHook { \hook_log:n }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \DebugHooksOn { \hook_debug_on: }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \DebugHooksOff { \hook_debug_off: }
+\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareHookRule { m m m m }
+ { \hook_gset_rule:nnnn {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareDefaultHookRule { m m m }
+ { \hook_gset_rule:nnnn {??}{#1}{#2}{#3} }
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareDefaultHookRule
+\NewDocumentCommand \ClearHookRule { m m m }
+{ \hook_gset_rule:nnnn {#1}{#2}{unrelated}{#3} }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \IfHookExistsTF \hook_if_exist:nTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \IfHookEmptyTF \hook_if_empty:nTF
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@initialize at all@@
+ \__hook_initialize_all:
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at push@@n
+ \__hook_curr_name_push:n
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at pop@@
+ \__hook_curr_name_pop:
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%% From File: ltalloc.dtx
\chardef\@xxxii=32
\mathchardef\@Mi=10001
@@ -1505,12 +2908,14 @@
\@xnewline}%
\@xnewline}
\let\\\@normalcr
+\def\@vspace at calcify#1{\begingroup\setlength\skip@{#1}\vskip\skip@\endgroup}
+
\DeclareRobustCommand\newline{\@normalcr\relax}
\def\@xnewline{\@ifnextchar[% ] bracket matching
\@newline
{\@gnewline\relax}}
\def\@newline[#1]{\let \reserved at e \vadjust
- \@gnewline {\vskip #1}}
+ \@gnewline {\@vspace at calcify{#1}}}
\def\@gnewline #1{%
\ifvmode
\@nolnerr
@@ -1574,9 +2979,9 @@
\ifvmode
\if at minipage\else
\ifdim \lastskip =\z@
- \vskip #1\relax
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
\else
- \@tempskipb#1\relax
+ \setlength\@tempskipb{#1}%
\@xaddvskip
\fi
\fi
@@ -1617,12 +3022,12 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand\vspace{\@ifstar\@vspacer\@vspace}
\def\@vspace #1{%
\ifvmode
- \vskip #1
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
\vskip\z at skip
\else
\@bsphack
\vadjust{\@restorepar
- \vskip #1
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
\vskip\z at skip
}%
\@esphack
@@ -1632,7 +3037,7 @@
\dimen@\prevdepth
\hrule \@height\z@
\nobreak
- \vskip #1
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
\vskip\z at skip
\prevdepth\dimen@
\else
@@ -1640,7 +3045,7 @@
\vadjust{\@restorepar
\hrule \@height\z@
\nobreak
- \vskip #1
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
\vskip\z at skip}%
\@esphack
\fi}
@@ -1669,24 +3074,24 @@
\catcode `\~=13
\def~{\nobreakspace{}}
\expandafter\let\expandafter\@xobeysp\csname nobreakspace \endcsname
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\,}{%
- \relax\ifmmode\mskip\thinmuskip\else\thinspace\fi
-}
\def\@{\spacefactor\@m{}}%
\DeclareRobustCommand\hspace{\@ifstar\@hspacer\@hspace}
-\def\@hspace#1{\hskip #1\relax}
+\def\@hspace#1{\begingroup\setlength\skip@{#1}\hskip\skip@\endgroup}
+
\def\@hspacer#1{\vrule \@width\z@\nobreak
- \hskip #1\hskip \z at skip}
+ \@hspace{#1}\hskip \z at skip}
\newskip\fill
\fill = 0pt plus 1fill
\def\stretch#1{\z@ \@plus #1fill\relax}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thinspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern .16667em }
-\DeclareRobustCommand\negthinspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern-.16667em }
\DeclareRobustCommand\enspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern.5em }
\protected\def\leavevmode at ifvmode{\ifvmode\expandafter\indent\fi}
\def\enskip{\hskip.5em\relax}
\def\quad{\hskip1em\relax}
\def\qquad{\hskip2em\relax}
+\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined\else
+ \catcode "AD=13
+ \def^^ad{\-}
+\fi
{\catcode`\^^M=13 \gdef\obeycr{\catcode`\^^M13 \def^^M{\\\relax}%
\@gobblecr}%
{\catcode`\^^M=13 \gdef\@gobblecr{\@ifnextchar
@@ -1717,7 +3122,10 @@
\newif\if at partsw \@partswfalse
\newcount\@clubpenalty
\@clubpenalty \clubpenalty
-\def\document{\endgroup
+\def\document{%
+ \UseOneTimeHook{begindocument/before}%
+ \@kernel at after@begindocument at before
+ \@expl at sys@load at backend@@
\ifx\@unusedoptionlist\@empty\else
\@latex at warning@no at line{Unused global option(s):^^J%
\@spaces[\@unusedoptionlist]}%
@@ -1756,8 +3164,9 @@
\fi
\@noskipsecfalse
\let \@refundefined \relax
- \let\AtBeginDocument\@firstofone
- \@begindocumenthook
+ \@kernel at before@begindocument
+ \UseOneTimeHook{begindocument}%
+ \@kernel at after@begindocument
\ifdim\topskip<1sp\global\topskip 1sp\relax\fi
\global\@maxdepth\maxdepth
\global\let\@begindocumenthook\@undefined
@@ -1769,7 +3178,19 @@
\@preamblecmds
\global\let \@nodocument \relax
\global\let\do\noexpand
+ \UseOneTimeHook{begindocument/end}%
\ignorespaces}
+\NewHook{begindocument}
+\NewHook{begindocument/before}
+\NewHook{begindocument/end}
+
+\edef \@kernel at after@begindocument at before {%
+ \let\expandafter\noexpand\csname
+ __hook env/document/begin\endcsname
+ \noexpand\@empty}
+\let \@kernel at before@begindocument \@empty
+\let \@kernel at after@begindocument \@empty
+
\@onlypreamble\document
\let\normalsfcodes\@empty
\def\nofiles{%
@@ -1791,24 +3212,43 @@
\if at nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi
}
\let\@auxout=\@mainaux
-\def\includeonly#1{%
- \@partswtrue
- \set at curr@file{\zap at space#1 \@empty}%
- \let\@partlist\@curr at file
- }
-\@onlypreamble\includeonly
\def\include#1{\relax
\ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
\@latex at error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
\else
- \set at curr@file{#1 }%
- \expandafter\@include\@curr at file
+ \set at curr@file{#1}%
+ \edef\@curr at file{\@strip at tex@ext\@curr at file}%
+ \expandafter\@include\expandafter{\@curr at file} % deliberate space
\fi}
-
+\def\includeonly#1{%
+ \@partswtrue
+ \let\@partlist\@empty
+ \@for\reserved at a:=#1 \do
+ {%
+ \expandafter\set at curr@file\expandafter{\reserved at a}%
+ \ifx\@partlist\@empty
+ \edef\@partlist{\@strip at tex@ext\@curr at file}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@partlist{\@partlist,\@strip at tex@ext\@curr at file}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }
+\@onlypreamble\includeonly
+\def\reserved at a#1{%
+\def\@strip at tex@ext##1{%
+ \expandafter\@strip at tex@ext at aux
+ ##1\@nil\@nil
+ #1\@nil\relax\@nnil}
+\def\@strip at tex@ext at aux##1#1\@nil##2\@nnil{%
+ \ifx\relax##2\@empty
+ \expandafter\@cdr\expandafter\@empty\@cdr{}##1%
+ \else##1\fi}}%
+\expandafter\reserved at a
+\expandafter{\detokenize{.tex}}
\def\@include#1 {%
\clearpage
\if at filesw
- \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}%
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{"#1.aux"}}%
\fi
\@tempswatrue
\if at partsw
@@ -1820,11 +3260,19 @@
\if at tempswa
\let\@auxout\@partaux
\if at filesw
- \immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux
+ \immediate\openout\@partaux "#1.aux"
\immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
\fi
+ \@filehook at set@CurrentFile
+ \UseHook{include/before}%
+ \UseHook{include/before/#1}%
\@input@{#1.tex}%
+ \UseHook{include/end/#1}%
+ \UseHook{include/end}%
\clearpage
+ \UseHook{include/after/#1}%
+ \UseHook{include/after}%
+ \clearpage
\@writeckpt{#1}%
\if at filesw
\immediate\closeout\@partaux
@@ -1849,7 +3297,6 @@
\gdef\@charlb[{]
\gdef\@charrb[}]
]% }brace matching
-
\def\set at curr@file#1{%
\begingroup
\escapechar\m at ne
@@ -1905,6 +3352,9 @@
\edef\reserved at a{\noexpand\@missingfileerror
{\filename at area\filename at base}%
{\ifx\filename at ext\relax tex\else\filename at ext\fi}}%
+ \reserved at a
+ \edef\reserved at a{\noexpand\@iinput{%
+ \@missingfile at area\@missingfile at base.\@missingfile at ext}}%
\reserved at a}}
\def\@input#1{%
@@ -1918,20 +3368,27 @@
{\endlinechar\m at ne
\global\read\m at ne to\@gtempa}%
\ifx\@gtempa\@empty
+ \let\@missingfile at area\@empty
+ \let\@missingfile at base\@empty
+ \def\@missingfile at ext{tex}%
\else
- \def\reserved at a{x}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\batchmode\@@end\fi
- \def\reserved at a{X}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\batchmode\@@end\fi
+ \def\reserved at b{\batchmode\read-1 to \reserved at a}%
+ \def\reserved at a{x}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\reserved at b\fi
+ \def\reserved at a{X}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\reserved at b\fi
\filename at parse\@gtempa
\edef\filename at ext{%
\ifx\filename at ext\relax#2\else\filename at ext\fi}%
\edef\reserved at a{%
- \noexpand\InputIfFileExists
+ \noexpand\IfFileExists
{\filename at area\filename at base.\filename at ext}%
- {}%
+ {\def\noexpand\@missingfile at area{\filename at area}%
+ \def\noexpand\@missingfile at base{\filename at base}%
+ \def\noexpand\@missingfile at ext {\filename at ext}}%
{\noexpand\@missingfileerror
{\filename at area\filename at base}{\filename at ext}}}%
\reserved at a
- \fi}
+ \fi
+}
\def\@obsoletefile#1#2{%
\@latex at warning@no at line{inputting `#1' instead of obsolete `#2'}}
\@onlypreamble\@obsoletefile
@@ -2078,7 +3535,7 @@
\reserved at a ^^@}}
\catcode\z@=15\relax
\@onlypreamble\DeclareTextComposite
-\DeclareRobustCommand\UseTextAccent[3]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\UseTextAccent[3]{%
\hmode at start@before at group
{%
\let\hmode at start@before at group\@firstofone
@@ -2086,7 +3543,7 @@
\@use at text@encoding{#1}%
#2{\@use at text@encoding\@curr at enc#3}%
}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\UseTextSymbol[2]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\UseTextSymbol[2]{%
\hmode at start@before at group
{%
\def\@wrong at font@char{\MessageBreak
@@ -2395,7 +3852,7 @@
\@latex at error{Font family `#1+#2' unknown}\@eha
\else
\edef\reserved at a{#3}%
- \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m\expandafter{#3}\reserved at b
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\reserved at a\reserved at b
\ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b\else
\@latex at warning{Font shape declaration has incorrect series
value `#3'.\MessageBreak It should not contain an `m'!
@@ -3303,15 +4760,18 @@
\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc}{msc}{mc}
\def\set at target@series#1{%
\edef\f at series{#1}%
- \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m\expandafter{\f at series}\f at series
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\f at series\f at series
}
-\def\series at maybe@drop at one@m#1#2{%
+\def\series at maybe@drop at one@m#1{%
+ \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m at x\expandafter{#1}}
+
+\def\series at maybe@drop at one@m at x#1#2{%
\def\in@@##1,#1,{}%
\series at check@toks\expandafter{\in@@
,ulm,elm,lm,slm,mm,sbm,bm,ebm,ubm,muc,mec,mc,msc,msx,mx,mex,mux,{}{},#1,}%
\edef\in@@{\the\series at check@toks}%
\ifx\in@@\@empty
- \def#2{#1}%
+ \edef#2{#1}%
\else
\edef#2{\expandafter\series at drop@one at m #1m\series at drop@one at m}%
\fi
@@ -3326,14 +4786,17 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand\ulcshape
{\not at math@alphabet\ulcshape\relax
\fontshape\ulcdefault\selectfont}
+\let\ulcdefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\ulcdefault{ulc}
\DeclareRobustCommand\swshape
{\not at math@alphabet\swshape\relax
\fontshape\swdefault\selectfont}
+\let\swdefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\swdefault{sw}
\DeclareRobustCommand\sscshape
{\not at math@alphabet\sscshape\relax
\fontshape\sscdefault\selectfont}
+\let\sscdefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\sscdefault{ssc}
\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {n}{it} {it} {sl}
\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {n}{sl} {sl} {it}
@@ -3429,6 +4892,8 @@
{\not at math@alphabet\sscshape\relax
\fontshape\sscdefault\selectfont}%
}
+\g at addto@macro\@kernel at after@begindocument at before
+ {\reinstall at nfss@defs\init at series@setup}
%%% From File: ltfsstrc.dtx
%% Copyright (C) 1989-97 by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf.
%% Copyright (C) 1994-97 by LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved.
@@ -3854,7 +5319,7 @@
\@eha
\fi
\else \expandafter\non at alpherr\fi
- #1{#4}%
+ \expandafter#1\ifx\math at bgroup\bgroup{#4}\else#4\fi
}%
}
\def\process at table{%
@@ -3894,10 +5359,10 @@
\fi
\endgroup
\let\select at group\document at select@group
- \fontencoding{\encodingdefault}%
- \fontfamily{\familydefault}%
- \fontseries{\seriesdefault}%
- \fontshape{\shapedefault}%
+ \fontencoding\encodingdefault
+ \edef\f at family{\familydefault}%
+ \edef\f at series{\seriesdefault}%
+ \edef\f at shape{\shapedefault}%
\everyjob{}%
}
\@onlypreamble\process at table
@@ -4605,6 +6070,7 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand\itshape
{\not at math@alphabet\itshape\mathit
\fontshape\itdefault\selectfont}
+\let\DeclareFontSeriesDefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\DeclareFontSeriesDefault[3][]{%
\def\reserved at a{#1}%
\ifx\reserved at a\@empty
@@ -4611,7 +6077,9 @@
\ifcsname #2series\endcsname % supported are
% \[md/bf]default
\expandafter\def
- \csname #2default\endcsname{#3}%
+ \csname #2default\endcsname{#3\@empty}%
+ \expandafter\def
+ \csname #2default at previous\endcsname{#3\@empty}%
\else
\@latex at error{Wrong syntax for \string\DeclareFontSeriesDefault}%
{Mandatory first argument must be 'md' or 'bf'.}
@@ -4641,55 +6109,6 @@
\def\mdseries at sf{m}
\def\mdseries at tt{m}
-\def\expand at font@defaults{%
- \edef\rmdef at ult{\rmdefault}%
- \edef\sfdef at ult{\sfdefault}%
- \edef\ttdef at ult{\ttdefault}%
- \edef\bfdef at ult{\bfdefault}%
- \edef\mddef at ult{\mddefault}%
- \edef\famdef at ult{\familydefault}%
-}
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand\bfseries{%
- \not at math@alphabet\bfseries\mathbf
- \expand at font@defaults
- \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at rm
- \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at sf
- \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at tt
- \else \fontseries\bfdefault
- \fi\fi\fi
- \selectfont
-}
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand\mdseries{%
- \not at math@alphabet\mdseries\relax
- \expand at font@defaults
- \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at rm
- \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at sf
- \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at tt
- \else \fontseries\mddefault
- \fi\fi\fi
- \selectfont
-}
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{%
- \not at math@alphabet\rmfamily\mathrm
- \prepare at family@series at update{rm}\rmdefault
- \@rmfamilyhook
- \selectfont}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\sffamily{%
- \not at math@alphabet\sffamily\mathsf
- \prepare at family@series at update{sf}\sfdefault
- \@sffamilyhook
- \selectfont}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\ttfamily{%
- \not at math@alphabet\ttfamily\mathtt
- \prepare at family@series at update{tt}\ttdefault
- \@ttfamilyhook
- \selectfont}
-\let\@rmfamilyhook\@empty
-\let\@sffamilyhook\@empty
-\let\@ttfamilyhook\@empty
\def\@meta at family@list{\@elt{rm}\@elt{sf}\@elt{tt}}
\def\prepare at family@series at update#1#2{%
\if at forced@series
@@ -4709,7 +6128,7 @@
\ifx \f at series\target at series@value
\else
\maybe at load@fontshape
- \let\f at series\target at series@value
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\target at series@value\f at series
\fi
\fi
\fi
@@ -4724,9 +6143,14 @@
\csname mdseries@\target at meta@family at value\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved at c
\csname bfseries@\target at meta@family at value\endcsname
- \expandafter\ifx\csname mdseries@#1\endcsname\f at series
+ \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m
+ \csname mdseries@#1\endcsname\reserved at d
+ \ifx\reserved at d\f at series
\let\target at series@value\reserved at b
- \else\expandafter\ifx\csname bfseries@#1\endcsname\f at series
+ \else
+ \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m
+ \csname bfseries@#1\endcsname\reserved at d
+ \ifx\reserved at d\f at series
\let\target at series@value\reserved at c
\else\ifx\f at series\mddef at ult \let\target at series@value\reserved at b
\else\ifx\f at series\bfdef at ult \let\target at series@value\reserved at c
@@ -4736,23 +6160,135 @@
}
\def\init at series@setup{%
\ifx\bfseries at rm@kernel\bfseries at rm
- \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\rmdefault}{cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
+ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\rmdefault}%
+ {cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
\ifin@ \else \def\bfseries at rm{b}\fi\fi
\ifx\bfseries at sf@kernel\bfseries at sf
- \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\sfdefault}{cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
+ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\sfdefault}%
+ {cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
\ifin@ \else \def\bfseries at sf{b}\fi\fi
\ifx\bfseries at tt@kernel\bfseries at tt
- \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\ttdefault}{cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
+ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\ttdefault}%
+ {cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
\ifin@ \else \def\bfseries at tt{b}\fi\fi
+ \reset at font
+ \ifx\seriesdefault\seriesdefault at kernel
+ \mdseries
+ \let\seriesdefault\f at series
+ \fi
+}%
+\expandafter\let\csname ver at mweights.sty\endcsname\fmtversion
+\def\expand at font@defaults{%
+ \edef\rmdef at ult{\rmdefault}%
+ \edef\sfdef at ult{\sfdefault}%
+ \edef\ttdef at ult{\ttdefault}%
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\bfdefault\bfdef at ult
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\mddefault\mddef at ult
+ \UseHook{expand at font@defaults}%
+}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\bfseries{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\bfseries\mathbf
\expand at font@defaults
- \ifx\famdef at ult\rmdef at ult \rmfamily
- \else\ifx\famdef at ult\sfdef at ult \sffamily
- \else\ifx\famdef at ult\ttdef at ult \ttfamily
+ \ifx\bfdefault\bfdefault at previous\else
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\bfdefault
+ \expandafter{\bfdefault\@empty}%
+ \let\bfdefault at previous\bfdefault
+ \let\bfseries at rm\bfdef at ult
+ \let\bfseries at sf\bfdef at ult
+ \let\bfseries at tt\bfdef at ult
+ \UseHook{bfseries/defaults}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at rm
+ \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at sf
+ \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at tt
+ \else \fontseries\bfdefault
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \UseHook{bfseries}%
+ \selectfont
+}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\mdseries{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\mdseries\relax
+ \expand at font@defaults
+ \ifx\mddefault\mddefault at previous\else
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\mddefault\expandafter{\mddefault\@empty}%
+ \let\mddefault at previous\mddefault
+ \let\mdseries at rm\mddef at ult
+ \let\mdseries at sf\mddef at ult
+ \let\mdseries at tt\mddef at ult
+ \UseHook{mdseries/defaults}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at rm
+ \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at sf
+ \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at tt
+ \else \fontseries\mddefault
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \UseHook{mdseries}%
+ \selectfont
+}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\rmfamily\mathrm
+ \prepare at family@series at update{rm}\rmdefault
+ \UseHook{rmfamily}%
+ \selectfont}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\sffamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\sffamily\mathsf
+ \prepare at family@series at update{sf}\sfdefault
+ \UseHook{sffamily}%
+ \selectfont}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\ttfamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\ttfamily\mathtt
+ \prepare at family@series at update{tt}\ttdefault
+ \UseHook{ttfamily}%
+ \selectfont}
+\NewHook{rmfamily}
+\NewHook{sffamily}
+\NewHook{ttfamily}
+\NewHook{normalfont}
+\NewHook{expand at font@defaults}
+\NewHook{bfseries}
+\NewHook{bfseries/defaults}
+\NewHook{mdseries}
+\NewHook{mdseries/defaults}
+\let\@rmfamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@sffamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@ttfamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@defaulfamilyhook\@empty
+\DeclareRobustCommand\IfFontSeriesContextTF[1]{%
+ \expand at font@defaults
+ \@font at series@contextfalse
+ \def\requested at test@context{#1}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname ??def at ult\endcsname{\f at family}%
+ \let\@elt\test at font@series at context
+ \@meta at family@list
+ \@elt{??}%
+ \let\@elt\relax
+ \if at font@series at context
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\test at font@series at context#1{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\csname #1def at ult\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\f at family\reserved at a
+ \let\@elt\@gobble
+ \expandafter\ifx
+ \csname\requested at test@context series@#1\endcsname\f at series
+ \@font at series@contexttrue
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx
+ \csname\requested at test@context def at ult\endcsname\f at series
+ \@font at series@contexttrue
\fi\fi\fi
-}%
-\expandafter\let\csname ver at mweights.sty\endcsname\fmtversion
+}
+\newif\if at font@series at context
+
\def\DeclareEmphSequence#1{%
\protected at edef\emfontdeclare at clist{\zap at space#1, \@empty\emforce\emreset}%
}
@@ -4810,7 +6346,11 @@
\mathversion{normal}}
\def\math at version{normal}
\def\newfont#1#2{\@ifdefinable#1{\font#1=#2\relax}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\char #1\relax}
+\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\Ucharcat#1 12\relax}
+\else
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\char#1\relax}
+\fi
\def\@setfontsize#1#2#3{\@nomath#1%
\ifx\protect\@typeset at protect
\let\@currsize#1%
@@ -4826,10 +6366,11 @@
\edef\f at family{\familydefault}%
\edef\f at series{\seriesdefault}%
\edef\f at shape{\shapedefault}%
- \@defaultfamilyhook
+ \UseHook{normalfont}%
+ \@defaultfamilyhook % hookname from 2020/02 will vanish
\selectfont}
\let\reset at font\normalfont
-\let\@defaultfamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@defaultfamilyhook\@empty %FMi sort out
\def\not at base#1{\@latex at error
{Command \noexpand#1not provided in base LaTeX2e}%
{Load the latexsym or the amsfonts package to
@@ -4883,6 +6424,8 @@
}
{\input{preload.ltx}}
\let\@addtofilelist\@gobble
+\expandafter\def\expandafter\seriesdefault\expandafter{\seriesdefault\@empty}
+\let\seriesdefault at kernel\seriesdefault
\let\@acci\' \let\@accii\` \let\@acciii\=
%%% From File: ltfntcmd.dtx
%%
@@ -5197,22 +6740,22 @@
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\newtie} {\tc at check@accent{\t}2\newtie}
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\capitalnewtie} {\tc at check@accent{\t}2\capitalnewtie}
\else
- \def\capitalacute{\@tabacckludge'}
- \def\capitalbreve{\u}
- \def\capitalcaron{\v}
- \def\capitalcedilla{\c}
- \def\capitalcircumflex{\^}
- \def\capitaldieresis{\"}
- \def\capitaldotaccent{\.}
- \def\capitalgrave{\@tabacckludge`}
- \def\capitalhungarumlaut{\H}
- \def\capitalmacron{\@tabacckludge=}
- \def\capitalnewtie{\t}
- \def\capitalogonek{\k}
- \def\capitalring{\r}
- \def\capitaltie{\t}
- \def\capitaltilde{\~}
- \def\newtie{\t}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalacute{\@tabacckludge'}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalbreve{\u}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalcaron{\v}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalcedilla{\c}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalcircumflex{\^}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaldieresis{\"}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaldotaccent{\.}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalgrave{\@tabacckludge`}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalhungarumlaut{\H}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalmacron{\@tabacckludge=}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalnewtie{\t}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalogonek{\k}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalring{\r}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaltie{\t}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaltilde{\~}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\newtie{\t}
\fi
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textlbrackdbl} {\tc at check@symbol2\textlbrackdbl}
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textrbrackdbl} {\tc at check@symbol2\textrbrackdbl}
@@ -5566,7 +7109,9 @@
\protected at write\@auxout{}%
{\string\newlabel{#1}{{\@currentlabel}{\thepage}}}%
\@esphack}
+\def\@currentcounter{}
\def\refstepcounter#1{\stepcounter{#1}%
+ \edef\@currentcounter{#1}%
\protected at edef\@currentlabel
{\csname p@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname the#1\endcsname}%
}
@@ -5582,10 +7127,12 @@
\@ignorefalse
\let\ignorespacesafterend\@ignoretrue
\def\enddocument{%
- \let\AtEndDocument\@firstofone
- \@enddocumenthook
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument}%
+ \@kernel at after@enddocument
\@checkend{document}%
\clearpage
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument/afterlastpage}%
+ \@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage
\begingroup
\if at filesw
\immediate\closeout\@mainaux
@@ -5594,25 +7141,43 @@
\@tempswafalse
\makeatletter \@@input\jobname.aux
\fi
- \@dofilelist
- \ifdim \font at submax >\fontsubfuzz\relax
- \@font at warning{Size substitutions with differences\MessageBreak
- up to \font at submax\space have occurred.\@gobbletwo}%
- \fi
- \@defaultsubs
- \@refundefined
- \if at filesw
- \ifx \@multiplelabels \relax
- \if at tempswa
- \@latex at warning@no at line{Label(s) may have changed.
- Rerun to get cross-references right}%
- \fi
- \else
- \@multiplelabels
+ \UseHook{enddocument/afteraux}%
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument/info}%
+ \endgroup
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument/end}%
+ \deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+\NewHook{enddocument}
+\NewHook{enddocument/afterlastpage}
+\NewHook{enddocument/afteraux}
+\NewHook{enddocument/info}
+\NewHook{enddocument/end}
+\AddToHook{enddocument/info}[kernel/filelist]{\@dofilelist}
+\AddToHook{enddocument/info}[kernel/warnings]{\@enddocument at kernel@warnings}
+\DeclareHookRule{enddocument/info}{kernel/filelist}{before}{kernel/warnings}
+\let\@kernel at after@enddocument\@empty
+\let\@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage\@empty
+\def\@enddocument at kernel@warnings{%
+ \ifdim \font at submax >\fontsubfuzz\relax
+ \@font at warning{Size substitutions with differences\MessageBreak
+ up to \font at submax\space have occurred.\@gobbletwo}%
+ \fi
+ \@defaultsubs
+ \@refundefined
+ \if at filesw
+ \ifx \@multiplelabels \relax
+ \if at tempswa
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{Label(s) may have changed.
+ Rerun to get cross-references right}%
\fi
+ \else
+ \@multiplelabels
\fi
- \endgroup
- \deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+ \ifx \@extra at page@added \relax
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{Temporary extra page added at the end.
+ Rerun to get it removed}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
\def\@testdef #1#2#3{%
\def\reserved at a{#3}\expandafter \ifx \csname #1@#2\endcsname
\reserved at a \else \@tempswatrue \fi}
@@ -5643,14 +7208,24 @@
\def\stop{\clearpage\deadcycles\z@\let\par\@@par\@@end}
\everypar{\@nodocument} %% To get an error if text appears before the
\nullfont %% \begin{document}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\begin[1]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\begin[1]{%
+ \UseHook{env/#1/before}%
\@ifundefined{#1}%
{\def\reserved at a{\@latex at error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}}%
{\def\reserved at a{\def\@currenvir{#1}%
- \edef\@currenvline{\on at line}%
- \csname #1\endcsname}}%
+ \edef\@currenvline{\on at line}%
+ \@execute at begin@hook{#1}%
+ \csname #1\endcsname}}%
\@ignorefalse
\begingroup\@endpefalse\reserved at a}
+\def\@execute at begin@hook #1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\document
+ \endgroup
+ \gdef\@execute at begin@hook##1{\UseHook{env/##1/begin}}%
+ \@expl@@@initialize at all@@
+ \fi
+ \UseHook{env/#1/begin}%
+}
\edef\end
{\unexpanded{%
\romannumeral
@@ -5670,31 +7245,44 @@
\expandafter\noexpand\csname end \endcsname
}
\@namedef{end }#1{%
- \csname end#1\endcsname\@checkend{#1}%
- \expandafter\endgroup\if at endpe\@doendpe\fi
- \if at ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi}
+ \romannumeral
+ \IfHookEmptyTF{env/#1/end}%
+ {\expandafter\z@}%
+ {\z@\UseHook{env/#1/end}}%
+ \csname end#1\endcsname\@checkend{#1}%
+ \expandafter\endgroup\if at endpe\@doendpe\fi
+ \UseHook{env/#1/after}%
+ \if at ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi
+}
\def\@checkend#1{\def\reserved at a{#1}\ifx
\reserved at a\@currenvir \else\@badend{#1}\fi}
\let\@currenvline\@empty
+\newcommand\AtBeginEnvironment[2][.] {\AddToHook{env/#2/begin}[#1]}
+\newcommand\AtEndEnvironment[2][.] {\AddToHook{env/#2/end}[#1]}
+\newcommand\BeforeBeginEnvironment[2][.]{\AddToHook{env/#2/before}[#1]}
+\newcommand\AfterEndEnvironment[2][.] {\AddToHook{env/#2/after}[#1]}
\message{center,}
\protected\def\@centercr{\ifhmode \unskip\else \@nolnerr\fi
\par\@ifstar{\nobreak\@xcentercr}\@xcentercr}
\def\@xcentercr{\addvspace{-\parskip}\@ifnextchar
[\@icentercr\ignorespaces}
-\def\@icentercr[#1]{\vskip #1\ignorespaces}
+\def\@icentercr[#1]{\@vspace at calcify{#1}\ignorespaces}
\def\center{\trivlist \centering\item\relax}
\def\endcenter{\endtrivlist}
\DeclareRobustCommand\centering{%
\let\\\@centercr
\rightskip\@flushglue\leftskip\@flushglue
+ \finalhyphendemerits=\z@
\parindent\z@\parfillskip\z at skip}
\DeclareRobustCommand\raggedright{%
\let\\\@centercr\@rightskip\@flushglue \rightskip\@rightskip
+ \finalhyphendemerits=\z@
\leftskip\z at skip
\parindent\z@}
\DeclareRobustCommand\raggedleft{%
\let\\\@centercr
\rightskip\z at skip\leftskip\@flushglue
+ \finalhyphendemerits=\z@
\parindent\z@\parfillskip\z at skip}
\newskip\@rightskip \@rightskip \z at skip
\def\flushleft{\trivlist \raggedright\item\relax}
@@ -5749,7 +7337,12 @@
}
\newbox\@verbvisiblespacebox
-\def\@sverb#1{%
+\@namedef{verbatim*}{\@verbatim
+ \@setupverbvisiblespace
+ \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces\@sxverbatim}
+\expandafter\let\csname endverbatim*\endcsname =\endverbatim
+\def\@sverb#1{\if\noexpand#1 \expandafter\@sverb\else\@@sverb{#1}\fi}
+\def\@@sverb#1{%
\catcode`#1\active
\lccode`\~`#1%
\gdef\verb at balance@group{\verb at egroup
@@ -5759,10 +7352,6 @@
\ifnum\catcode`\ =\active
\else \@setupverbvisiblespace \@vobeyspaces \fi
}
-\@namedef{verbatim*}{\@verbatim
- \@setupverbvisiblespace
- \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces\@sxverbatim}
-\expandafter\let\csname endverbatim*\endcsname =\endverbatim
\def\@makeother#1{\catcode`#112\relax}
\let\verb at balance@group\@empty
\def\verb at egroup{\global\let\verb at balance@group\@empty\egroup}
@@ -5895,13 +7484,13 @@
\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m at th#1{#2}$}\finsm at sh}
\def\finsm at sh{\ht\z@\z@ \dp\z@\z@ \leavevmode at ifvmode\box\z@}
\def\buildrel#1\over#2{\mathrel{\mathop{\kern\z@#2}\limits^{#1}}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\cases[1]{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\cases[1]{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
\ialign{$##\hfil$&\quad{##}\hfil\crcr#1\crcr}}\right.}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\matrix[1]{\null\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\matrix[1]{\null\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
\ialign{\hfil$##$\hfil&&\quad\hfil$##$\hfil\crcr
\mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}
#1\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}}}\,}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\pmatrix[1]{\left(\matrix{#1}\right)}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\pmatrix[1]{\left(\matrix{#1}\right)}
\def\bordermatrix#1{\begingroup \m at th
\@tempdima 8.75\p@
\setbox\z@\vbox{%
@@ -5931,11 +7520,21 @@
#1\crcr}}
\let\sp=^
\let\sb=_
-\def\>{\mskip\medmuskip}
-\def\;{\mskip\thickmuskip}
-\def\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tmspace[3]{%
+ \ifmmode\mskip#1#2\else\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern#1#3\fi\relax}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\,{\tmspace+\thinmuskip{.16667em}}
+\let\thinspace\,
+\DeclareRobustCommand\!{\tmspace-\thinmuskip{.16667em}}
+\let\negthinspace\!
+\DeclareRobustCommand\:{\tmspace+\medmuskip{.2222em}}
+\let\medspace\:
+\let\>=\:
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negmedspace{\tmspace-\medmuskip{.2222em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\;{\tmspace+\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
+\let\thickspace\;
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negthickspace{\tmspace-\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
\DeclareRobustCommand\*{\discretionary{\thinspace\the\textfont2\char2}{}{}}
-\let\:=\>
\def\active at math@prime{^\bgroup\prim at s}
{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let'\active at math@prime}
\def\prim at s{%
@@ -6035,7 +7634,7 @@
\def\@xeqncr[#1]{%
\ifnum0=`{\fi}%
\@@eqncr
- \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\vskip #1\relax}%
+ \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\@vspace at calcify{#1}}%
}
\def\@@eqncr{\let\reserved at a\relax
\ifcase\@eqcnt \def\reserved at a{& & &}\or \def\reserved at a{& &}%
@@ -6331,7 +7930,8 @@
\def\@makepicbox(#1,#2){%
\@ifnextchar[{\@imakepicbox(#1,#2)}{\@imakepicbox(#1,#2)[]}}
\long\def\@imakepicbox(#1,#2)[#3]#4{%
- \vbox to#2\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#2}\unitlength
+ \vbox to\@tempdimc
{\let\mb at b\vss \let\mb at l\hss\let\mb at r\hss
\let\mb at t\vss
\@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{%
@@ -6341,7 +7941,8 @@
\expandafter\let\csname mb@\reserved at a\endcsname\relax
\fi}%
\mb at t
- \hb at xt@ #1\unitlength{\mb at l #4\mb at r}%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \hb at xt@\@tempdimc{\mb at l #4\mb at r}%
\mb at b
\kern\z@}}
\let\set at color\relax
@@ -6595,6 +8196,7 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand\centerline[1]{\@@line{\hss#1\hss}}
\DeclareRobustCommand\rlap[1]{\hb at xt@\z@{#1\hss}}
\DeclareRobustCommand\llap[1]{\hb at xt@\z@{\hss#1}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\clap[1]{\hb at xt@\z@{\hss#1\hss}}
%%% From File: lttab.dtx
\expandafter\let\csname ver at autotabg.sty\endcsname\fmtversion
\newdimen\@gtempa
@@ -6652,7 +8254,7 @@
\def\@ifatmargin{\ifdim \wd\@curline =\z@}
\def\@tabcr{\@stopline \@ifstar{\penalty \@M \@xtabcr}\@xtabcr}
\def\@xtabcr{\@ifnextchar[\@itabcr{\@startline\ignorespaces}}
-\def\@itabcr[#1]{\vskip #1\@startline\ignorespaces}
+\def\@itabcr[#1]{\@vspace at calcify{#1}\@startline\ignorespaces}
\def\tabbing{\lineskip \z at skip\let\>\@rtab\let\<\@ltab\let\=\@settab
\let\+\@tabplus\let\-\@tabminus\let\`\@tabrj\let\'\@tablab
\let\\=\@tabcr
@@ -6787,7 +8389,7 @@
\fi}
\def\@xargarraycr#1{\@tempdima #1\advance\@tempdima \dp \@arstrutbox
\vrule \@height\z@ \@depth\@tempdima \@width\z@ \cr}
-\def\@yargarraycr#1{\cr\noalign{\vskip #1}}
+\def\@yargarraycr#1{\cr\noalign{\@vspace at calcify{#1}}}
\long\def\multicolumn#1#2#3{\multispan{#1}\begingroup
\@mkpream{#2}%
\def\@sharp{#3}\set at typeset@protect
@@ -6951,14 +8553,19 @@
\newdimen\unitlength \unitlength =1pt
\newbox\@picbox
\newdimen\@picht
+\def\@defaultunitsset#1#2#3{%
+ \@defaultunits#1\dimexpr#2#3\relax\relax\@nnil}
\long\def\picture#1{\pictur@#1}
\def\pictur@(#1){%
\@ifnextchar({\@picture(#1)}{\@picture(#1)(0,0)}}
\def\@picture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
- \@picht#2\unitlength
- \setbox\@picbox\hb at xt@#1\unitlength\bgroup
- \hskip -#3\unitlength
- \lower #4\unitlength\hbox\bgroup
+ \@defaultunitsset\@picht{#2}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \setbox\@picbox\hb at xt@\@tempdimc\bgroup
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#3}\unitlength
+ \hskip -\@tempdimc
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#4}\unitlength
+ \lower\@tempdimc\hbox\bgroup
\ignorespaces}
\def\endpicture{%
\egroup\hss\egroup
@@ -6965,12 +8572,17 @@
\ht\@picbox\@picht\dp\@picbox\z@
\mbox{\box\@picbox}}
\long\def\put(#1,#2)#3{%
- \@killglue\raise#2\unitlength
- \hb at xt@\z@{\kern#1\unitlength #3\hss}%
+ \@killglue
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#2}\unitlength
+ \raise\@tempdimc
+ \hb at xt@\z@{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \kern\@tempdimc
+ #3\hss}%
\ignorespaces}
\def\multiput(#1,#2)#3{%
- \@xdim #1\unitlength
- \@ydim #2\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@xdim{#1}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ydim{#2}\unitlength
\@multiput(}
\long\def\@multiput(#1,#2)#3#4{%
\@killglue\@multicnt #3\relax
@@ -6977,15 +8589,18 @@
\@whilenum \@multicnt >\z@\do
{\raise\@ydim\hb at xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim #4\hss}%
\advance\@multicnt\m at ne
- \advance\@xdim#1\unitlength\advance\@ydim#2\unitlength}%
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@xdim}{#1}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ydim}{#2}\unitlength}%
\ignorespaces}
\def\@killglue{\unskip\@whiledim \lastskip >\z@\do{\unskip}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thinlines{\let\@linefnt\tenln \let\@circlefnt\tencirc
+\DeclareRobustCommand\thinlines{\let\@linefnt\tenln
+ \let\@circlefnt\tencirc
\@wholewidth\fontdimen8\tenln \@halfwidth .5\@wholewidth}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thicklines{\let\@linefnt\tenlnw \let\@circlefnt\tencircw
+\DeclareRobustCommand\thicklines{\let\@linefnt\tenlnw
+ \let\@circlefnt\tencircw
\@wholewidth\fontdimen8\tenlnw \@halfwidth .5\@wholewidth}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\linethickness[1]
- {\@wholewidth #1\relax \@halfwidth .5\@wholewidth}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\linethickness[1]
+ {\@wholewidth #1\relax \@halfwidth .5\@wholewidth \ignorespaces}
\def\shortstack{\@ifnextchar[\@shortstack{\@shortstack[c]}}
\def\@shortstack[#1]{%
\leavevmode
@@ -6998,10 +8613,10 @@
\def\@ishortstack#1{\ialign{\mb at l {##}\unskip\mb at r\cr #1\crcr}\egroup}
\def\@stackcr{\@ifstar\@ixstackcr\@ixstackcr}
\def\@ixstackcr{\@ifnextchar[\@istackcr{\cr\ignorespaces}}
-\def\@istackcr[#1]{\cr\noalign{\vskip #1}\ignorespaces}
+\def\@istackcr[#1]{\cr\noalign{\@vspace at calcify{#1}}\ignorespaces}
\newif\if at negarg
\def\line(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg #1\relax \@yarg #2\relax
- \@linelen #3\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@linelen{#3}\unitlength
\ifdim\@linelen<\z@\@badlinearg\else
\ifnum\@xarg =\z@ \@vline
\else \ifnum\@yarg =\z@ \@hline \else \@sline\fi
@@ -7059,7 +8674,7 @@
\def\vector(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg #1\relax \@yarg #2\relax
\@tempcnta \ifnum\@xarg<\z@ -\@xarg\else\@xarg\fi
\ifnum\@tempcnta<5\relax
- \@linelen #3\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@linelen{#3}\unitlength
\ifdim\@linelen<\z@\@badlinearg\else
\ifnum\@xarg =\z@ \@vvector
\else \ifnum\@yarg =\z@ \@hvector \else \@svector\fi
@@ -7112,9 +8727,10 @@
\hss}}
\def\dashbox#1(#2,#3){\leavevmode\hb at xt@\z@{\baselineskip \z at skip
\lineskip \z at skip
-\@dashdim #2\unitlength
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#2}\unitlength
\@dashcnt \@dashdim \advance\@dashcnt 200
-\@dashdim #1\unitlength\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#1}\unitlength
+\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
\ifodd\@dashcnt\@dashdim \z@
\advance\@dashcnt \@ne \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
\else \divide\@dashdim \tw@ \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
@@ -7126,15 +8742,19 @@
\put(#2,#3){\hskip-\@dashdim\box\@dashbox}%
\multiply\@dashdim \thr@@
\fi
-\setbox\@dashbox \hbox{\vrule \@height \@halfwidth \@depth \@halfwidth
-\@width #1\unitlength\hskip #1\unitlength}\@tempcnta\z@
+\setbox\@dashbox \hbox{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \vrule \@height \@halfwidth \@depth \@halfwidth \@width \@tempdimc
+ \hskip\@tempdimc}%
+\@tempcnta\z@
\put(0,0){\hskip\@dashdim \@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
\do{\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }}\@tempcnta\z@
\put(0,#3){\hskip\@dashdim \@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
\do{\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }}%
-\@dashdim #3\unitlength
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#3}\unitlength
\@dashcnt \@dashdim \advance\@dashcnt 200
-\@dashdim #1\unitlength\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#1}\unitlength
+\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
\ifodd\@dashcnt \@dashdim \z@
\advance\@dashcnt \@ne \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
\else
@@ -7148,13 +8768,15 @@
\put(#2,#3){\lower\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
\multiply\@dashdim \thr@@
\fi
-\setbox\@dashbox\hbox{\vrule \@width \@wholewidth
-\@height #1\unitlength}\@tempcnta\z@
+\@defaultunitsset\@tempdimb{#1}\unitlength
+\setbox\@dashbox\hbox{%
+ \vrule \@width \@wholewidth \@height\@tempdimb}%
+\@tempcnta\z@
\put(0,0){\hskip -\@halfwidth \vbox{\@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
-\do{\vskip #1\unitlength\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
+\do{\vskip\@tempdimb\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
\vskip\@dashdim}}\@tempcnta\z@
\put(#2,0){\hskip -\@halfwidth \vbox{\@whilenum \@tempcnta<\@dashcnt
-\do{\vskip #1\unitlength\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
+\do{\vskip\@tempdimb\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
\vskip\@dashdim}}}\@makepicbox(#2,#3)}
\newif\if at ovt
\newif\if at ovb
@@ -7188,9 +8810,10 @@
\def\@oval(#1,#2)[#3]{\begingroup\boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
\@ovttrue \@ovbtrue \@ovltrue \@ovrtrue
\@ovvlinefalse \@ovhlinefalse
- \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{\csname @ov\reserved at a false\endcsname}%
- \@ovxx #1\unitlength
- \@ovyy #2\unitlength
+ \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{%
+ \csname @ov\reserved at a false\endcsname}%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovxx{#1}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovyy{#2}\unitlength
\@tempdimb \ifdim \@ovyy >\@ovxx \@ovxx \@ovvlinetrue
\else \@ovyy \ifdim \@ovyy =\@ovxx \else \@ovhlinetrue \fi\fi
\advance \@tempdimb -2\p@
@@ -7225,7 +8848,8 @@
\kern \@ovri}}
\def\circle{\@inmatherr\circle\@ifstar\@dot\@circle}
\def\@circle#1{%
- \begingroup \boxmaxdepth \maxdimen \@tempdimb #1\unitlength
+ \begingroup \boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimb{#1}\unitlength
\ifdim \@tempdimb >15.5\p@ \@getcirc\@tempdimb
\@ovro\ht\@tempboxa
\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\@circlefnt
@@ -7236,7 +8860,9 @@
\box\@tempboxa}\ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
\@put{-\@ovro}{-\@ovro}{\box\@tempboxa}%
\else \@circ\@tempdimb{96}\fi\endgroup}
-\def\@dot#1{\@tempdimb #1\unitlength \@circ\@tempdimb{112}}
+\def\@dot#1{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimb{#1}\unitlength
+ \@circ\@tempdimb{112}}
\def\@circ#1#2{\@tempdima #1\relax \advance\@tempdima .5\p@
\@tempcnta\@tempdima \@tempdima \p@
\divide\@tempcnta\@tempdima
@@ -7266,33 +8892,39 @@
\def\bezier#1)#2(#3)#4({\@bezier#1)(#3)(}
\def\@bezier#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7){%
\ifnum #1=\z@
- \@ovxx #4\unitlength
- \advance\@ovxx -#2\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovxx{#4}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovxx}{-#2}\unitlength
\ifdim \@ovxx<\z@ \@ovxx -\@ovxx \fi
- \@ovdx #6\unitlength
- \advance\@ovdx -#4\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdx{#6}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdx}{-#4}\unitlength
\ifdim \@ovdx<\z@ \@ovdx -\@ovdx \fi
\ifdim \@ovxx<\@ovdx \@ovxx \@ovdx \fi
- \@ovyy #5\unitlength
- \advance\@ovyy -#3\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovyy{#5}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovyy}{-#3}\unitlength
\ifdim \@ovyy<\z@ \@ovyy -\@ovyy \fi
- \@ovdy #7\unitlength
- \advance\@ovdy -#5\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdy{#7}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdy}{-#5}\unitlength
\ifdim \@ovdy<\z@ \@ovdy -\@ovdy \fi
\ifdim \@ovyy<\@ovdy \@ovyy \@ovdy \fi
\@multicnt
\ifdim \@ovxx>\@ovyy \@ovxx \else \@ovyy \fi
\@ovxx .5\@halfwidth \divide\@multicnt\@ovxx
- \ifnum \qbeziermax<\@multicnt \@multicnt\qbeziermax\relax \fi
+ \ifnum \qbeziermax<\@multicnt
+ \@multicnt\qbeziermax\relax
+ \fi
\else \@multicnt#1\relax \fi
\@tempcnta\@multicnt \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
- \@ovdx #4\unitlength \advance\@ovdx -#2\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdx{#4}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdx}{-#2}\unitlength
\multiply\@ovdx \tw@
- \@ovxx #6\unitlength \advance\@ovxx -#2\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovxx{#6}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovxx}{-#2}\unitlength
\advance\@ovxx -\@ovdx \divide\@ovxx\@multicnt
- \@ovdy #5\unitlength \advance\@ovdy -#3\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdy{#5}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdy}{-#3}\unitlength
\multiply\@ovdy \tw@
- \@ovyy #7\unitlength \advance\@ovyy -#3\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovyy{#7}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovyy}{-#3}\unitlength
\advance\@ovyy -\@ovdy \divide\@ovyy\@multicnt
\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
\hskip -\@halfwidth
@@ -7368,8 +9000,8 @@
%%% From File: ltsect.dtx
\message{title,}
\DeclareRobustCommand\title[1]{\gdef\@title{#1}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\author[1]{\gdef\@author{#1}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\date[1]{\gdef\@date{#1}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\author[1]{\gdef\@author{#1}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\date[1]{\gdef\@date{#1}}
\DeclareRobustCommand\thanks[1]{\footnotemark
\protected at xdef\@thanks{\@thanks
\protect\footnotetext[\the\c at footnote]{#1}}%
@@ -7507,7 +9139,7 @@
\@nobreakfalse
\endgroup}
\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{%
- \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}%
+ \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{}%
\protected at file@percent}}
\long\def\addtocontents#1#2{%
\protected at write\@auxout
@@ -7790,11 +9422,11 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand*\textsuperscript[1]{%
\@textsuperscript{\selectfont#1}}
\def\@textsuperscript#1{%
- {\m at th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\z@#1}}}}}
+ {\m at th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\sf at size#1}}}}}
\DeclareRobustCommand*\textsubscript[1]{%
\@textsubscript{\selectfont#1}}%
\def\@textsubscript#1{%
- {\m at th\ensuremath{_{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\z@#1}}}}}
+ {\m at th\ensuremath{_{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\sf at size#1}}}}}
\newdimen\footnotesep
\def\footnote{\@ifnextchar[\@xfootnote{\stepcounter\@mpfn
\protected at xdef\@thefnmark{\thempfn}%
@@ -7953,7 +9585,7 @@
\hfil}\let\@evenhead\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}
\let\@leftmark\@firstoftwo
\let\@rightmark\@secondoftwo
-\DeclareRobustCommand\markboth[2]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\markboth[2]{%
\begingroup
\let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax
\unrestored at protected@xdef\@themark {{#1}{#2}}%
@@ -7961,7 +9593,7 @@
\mark{\the\@temptokena}%
\endgroup
\if at nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\markright[1]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\markright[1]{%
\begingroup
\let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax
\expandafter\@markright\@themark {#1}%
@@ -7991,6 +9623,1455 @@
\hfuzz .1\p@
\vfuzz\hfuzz}
\overfullrule 0pt
+%%% From File: ltclass.dtx
+\newif\if at compatibility
+\def\@documentclasshook{%
+ \ifx\@normalsize\@undefined
+ \let\@normalsize\normalsize
+ \fi
+}
+\let\@declaredoptions\@empty
+\let\@classoptionslist\relax
+\@onlypreamble\@classoptionslist
+\let\@unusedoptionlist\@empty
+\@onlypreamble\@unusedoptionlist
+\let\CurrentOption\@empty
+\let\@currname\@empty
+\global\let\@currext=\@empty
+\def\@clsextension{cls}
+\def\@pkgextension{sty}
+\@onlypreamble\@clsextension
+\@onlypreamble\@pkgextension
+\def\@pushfilename{%
+ \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at push@@n{}%
+ \@expl at push@filename@@
+ \xdef\@currnamestack{%
+ {\@currname}%
+ {\@currext}%
+ {\the\catcode`\@}%
+ \@currnamestack}%
+ \@expl at push@filename at aux@@}
+\@onlypreamble\@pushfilename
+\def\@popfilename{\@expl@@@hook at curr@name at pop@@
+ \expandafter\@p at pfilename\@currnamestack\@nil
+ \@expl at pop@filename@@}
+\@onlypreamble\@popfilename
+\def\@p at pfilename#1#2#3#4\@nil{%
+ \gdef\@currname{#1}%
+ \gdef\@currext{#2}%
+ \catcode`\@#3\relax
+ \gdef\@currnamestack{#4}}
+\@onlypreamble\@p at pfilename
+\gdef\@currnamestack{}
+\@onlypreamble\@currnamestack
+\def\@ptionlist#1{%
+ \@ifundefined{opt@#1}\@empty{\csname opt@#1\endcsname}}
+\@onlypreamble\@ptionlist
+\def\@ifpackageloaded{\@ifl at aded\@pkgextension}
+\def\@ifclassloaded{\@ifl at aded\@clsextension}
+\@onlypreamble\@ifpackageloaded
+\@onlypreamble\@ifclassloaded
+\def\@ifl at aded#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#2.#1\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\@ifl at aded
+\def\@ifpackagelater{\@ifl at ter\@pkgextension}
+\def\@ifclasslater{\@ifl at ter\@clsextension}
+\@onlypreamble\@ifpackagelater
+\@onlypreamble\@ifclasslater
+\def\IfFormatAtLeastTF{\@ifl at t@r\fmtversion}
+\let\IfPackageAtLeastTF\@ifpackagelater
+\let\IfClassAtLeastTF\@ifclasslater
+\@onlypreamble\IfFormatAtLeastTF
+\@onlypreamble\IfPackageAtLeastTF
+\@onlypreamble\IfClassAtLeastTF
+\def\@ifl at ter#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\@ifl at t@r
+ \csname ver@#2.#1\endcsname}
+\@onlypreamble\@ifl at ter
+\def\@ifl at t@r#1#2{%
+ \ifnum\expandafter\@parse at version@#1//00\@nil<%
+ \expandafter\@parse at version@#2//00\@nil
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}
+\def\@parse at version@#1{\@parse at version0#1}
+\@onlypreamble\@ifl at t@r
+\def\@parse at version#1/#2/#3#4#5\@nil{%
+\@parse at version@dash#1-#2-#3#4\@nil
+}
+\def\@parse at version@dash#1-#2-#3#4#5\@nil{%
+ \if\relax#2\relax\else#1\fi#2#3#4 }
+\def\@ifpackagewith{\@if at ptions\@pkgextension}
+\def\@ifclasswith{\@if at ptions\@clsextension}
+\@onlypreamble\@ifpackagewith
+\@onlypreamble\@ifclasswith
+\def\@if at ptions#1#2{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\@if at pti@ns{\@ptionlist{#2.#1}}}
+\@onlypreamble\@if at ptions
+\def\@if at pti@ns#1#2{%
+ \let\reserved at a\@firstoftwo
+ \edef\reserved at b{\zap at space#2 \@empty}%
+ \@for\reserved at b:=\reserved at b\do{%
+ \ifx\reserved at b\@empty
+ \else
+ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\expandafter,\reserved at b,}{,#1,}%
+ \ifin@
+ \else
+ \let\reserved at a\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \reserved at a}
+\@onlypreamble\@if at pti@ns
+\def\ProvidesPackage#1{%
+ \xdef\@gtempa{#1}%
+ \ifx\@gtempa\@currname\else
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{You have requested
+ \@cls at pkg\space`\@currname',\MessageBreak
+ but the \@cls at pkg\space provides `#1'}%
+ \fi
+ \@ifnextchar[\@pr at videpackage{\@pr at videpackage[]}}%]
+\@onlypreamble\ProvidesPackage
+\def\@pr at videpackage[#1]{%
+ \expandafter\protected at xdef % <-- protected...
+ \csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname{#1}% Loaded package
+ \expandafter\protected at xdef % <-- protected...
+ \csname ver@\@currpkg at reqd\endcsname{#1}% Requested package
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ \typeout{Document Class: \@gtempa\space#1}%
+ \else
+ \protected at wlog{Package: \@gtempa\space#1}% <--- protected
+ \fi}
+\long\def\protected at wlog#1{\begingroup
+ \set at display@protect
+ \immediate \write \m at ne {#1}\endgroup }
+\@onlypreamble\@pr at videpackage
+\let\ProvidesClass\ProvidesPackage
+\@onlypreamble\ProvidesClass
+\def\ProvidesFile#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\ 10 %
+ \ifnum \endlinechar<256 %
+ \ifnum \endlinechar>\m at ne
+ \catcode\endlinechar 10 %
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@makeother\/%
+ \@makeother\&%
+ \kernel at ifnextchar[{\@providesfile{#1}}{\@providesfile{#1}[]}}
+\def\@pass at ptions#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\@expl@@@filehook at resolve@file at subst@@w #3.#1\@nil}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname opt@\reserved at a\endcsname{%
+ \@ifundefined{opt@\reserved at a}\@empty
+ {\csname opt@\reserved at a\endcsname,}%
+ \zap at space#2 \@empty}}
+\@onlypreamble\@pass at ptions
+\def\PassOptionsToPackage{\@pass at ptions\@pkgextension}
+\def\PassOptionsToClass{\@pass at ptions\@clsextension}
+\@onlypreamble\PassOptionsToPackage
+\@onlypreamble\PassOptionsToClass
+\def\DeclareOption{%
+ \let\@fileswith at pti@ns\@badrequireerror
+ \@ifstar\@defdefault at ds\@declareoption}
+\long\def\@declareoption#1#2{%
+ \xdef\@declaredoptions{\@declaredoptions,#1}%
+ \toks@{#2}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname ds@#1\endcsname{\the\toks@}}
+\long\def\@defdefault at ds#1{%
+ \toks@{#1}%
+ \edef\default at ds{\the\toks@}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareOption
+\@onlypreamble\@declareoption
+\@onlypreamble\@defdefault at ds
+\def\OptionNotUsed{%
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ \xdef\@unusedoptionlist{%
+ \ifx\@unusedoptionlist\@empty\else\@unusedoptionlist,\fi
+ \CurrentOption}%
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\OptionNotUsed
+\def\ProcessOptions{%
+ \let\ds@\@empty
+ \edef\@curroptions{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
+ \@ifstar\@xprocess at ptions\@process at ptions}
+\@onlypreamble\ProcessOptions
+\def\@process at ptions{%
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@declaredoptions\do{%
+ \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty\else
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\CurrentOption,}{%
+ ,\ifx\@currext\@clsextension\else\@classoptionslist,\fi
+ \@curroptions,}%
+ \ifin@
+ \@use at ption
+ \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+ \@process at pti@ns}
+\@onlypreamble\@process at ptions
+\def\@xprocess at ptions{%
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension\else
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{%
+ \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty\else
+ \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\CurrentOption,}{,\@declaredoptions,}%
+ \ifin@
+ \@use at ption
+ \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+ \fi
+ \@process at pti@ns}
+\@onlypreamble\@xprocess at ptions
+\def\@process at pti@ns{%
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@curroptions\do{%
+ \@ifundefined{ds@\CurrentOption}%
+ {\@use at ption
+ \default at ds}%
+ \@use at ption}%
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@declaredoptions\do{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\relax}%
+ \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+ \let\@fileswith at pti@ns\@@fileswith at pti@ns
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\expandafter\let
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \relax}}
+\@onlypreamble\@process at pti@ns
+\def\@options{\ProcessOptions*}
+\@onlypreamble\@options
+\def\@use at ption{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption
+ \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist
+ \csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname}
+\@onlypreamble\@use at ption
+\def\ExecuteOptions#1{%
+ \edef\@fortmp{\zap at space#1 \@empty}%
+ \def\reserved at a##1\@nil{%
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@fortmp\do
+ {\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname}%
+ \edef\CurrentOption{##1}}%
+ \expandafter\reserved at a\CurrentOption\@nil}
+\@onlypreamble\ExecuteOptions
+\def\documentclass{%
+ \let\documentclass\@twoclasseserror
+ \if at compatibility\else\let\usepackage\RequirePackage\fi
+ \@fileswithoptions\@clsextension}
+\@onlypreamble\documentclass
+\def\documentstyle{%
+ \makeatletter\input{latex209.def}\makeatother
+ \documentclass}
+\@onlypreamble\documentstyle
+\def\RequirePackage{%
+ \@fileswithoptions\@pkgextension}
+\@onlypreamble\RequirePackage
+\def\LoadClass{%
+ \ifx\@currext\@pkgextension
+ \@latex at error
+ {\noexpand\LoadClass in package file}%
+ {You may only use \noexpand\LoadClass in a class file.}%
+ \fi
+ \@fileswithoptions\@clsextension}
+\@onlypreamble\LoadClass
+\def\@loadwithoptions#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname opt@#3.#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname opt@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ #2{#3}}
+\@onlypreamble\@loadwithoptions
+\def\LoadClassWithOptions{%
+ \@loadwithoptions\@clsextension\LoadClass}
+\@onlypreamble\LoadClassWithOptions
+\def\RequirePackageWithOptions{%
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\expandafter\let
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \relax}%
+ \@loadwithoptions\@pkgextension\RequirePackage}
+\@onlypreamble\RequirePackageWithOptions
+
+\def\usepackage#1#{%
+ \@latex at error
+ {\noexpand \usepackage before \string\documentclass}%
+ {\noexpand \usepackage may only appear in the document
+ preamble, i.e.,\MessageBreak
+ between \noexpand\documentclass and
+ \string\begin{document}.}%
+ \@gobble}
+\@onlypreamble\usepackage
+\def\NeedsTeXFormat#1{%
+ \def\reserved at a{#1}%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\fmtname
+ \expandafter\@needsformat
+ \else
+ \@latex at error{This file needs format `\reserved at a'%
+ \MessageBreak but this is `\fmtname'}{%
+ The current input file will not be processed
+ further,\MessageBreak
+ because it was written for some other flavor of
+ TeX.\MessageBreak\@ehd}%
+ \endinput \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\NeedsTeXFormat
+\def\@needsformat{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ \@needsf at rmat
+ {}}
+\@onlypreamble\@needsformat
+\def\@needsf at rmat[#1]{%
+ \@ifl at t@r\fmtversion{#1}{}%
+ {\@latex at warning@no at line
+ {You have requested release `#1' of LaTeX,\MessageBreak
+ but only release `\fmtversion' is available}}}
+\@onlypreamble\@needsf at rmat
+\def\zap at space#1 #2{%
+ #1%
+ \ifx#2\@empty\else\expandafter\zap at space\fi
+ #2}
+\def\@fileswithoptions#1{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\@fileswith at ptions#1}%
+ {\@fileswith at ptions#1[]}}
+\@onlypreamble\@fileswithoptions
+\def\@fileswith at ptions#1[#2]#3{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\@fileswith at pti@ns#1[{#2}]#3}%
+ {\@fileswith at pti@ns#1[{#2}]#3[]}}
+\@onlypreamble\@fileswith at ptions
+\def\@fileswith at pti@ns#1[#2]#3[#4]{%
+ \ifx#1\@clsextension
+ \ifx\@classoptionslist\relax
+ \xdef\@classoptionslist{\zap at space#2 \@empty}%
+ \def\reserved at a{%
+ \@onefilewithoptions#3[{#2}][{#4}]#1%
+ \@documentclasshook}%
+ \else
+ \def\reserved at a{%
+ \@onefilewithoptions#3[{#2}][{#4}]#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \def\reserved at b##1,{%
+ \ifx\@nnil##1\relax\else
+ \ifx\@nnil##1\@nnil\else
+ \noexpand\@onefilewithoptions##1[{#2}][{#4}]%
+ \noexpand\@pkgextension
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\reserved at b
+ \fi}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\zap at space#3 \@empty}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\expandafter\reserved at b\reserved at a,\@nnil,}%
+ \fi
+ \reserved at a}
+\@onlypreamble\@fileswith at pti@ns
+\def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2][#3]#4{%
+ \@pushfilename
+ \xdef\@currname{#1}%
+ \global\let\@currext#4%
+ \@ifl at aded\@currext\@currname
+ {\@if at ptions\@currext{\@currname}{#2}{}%
+ {\@latex at error
+ {Option clash for \@cls at pkg\space \@currname}%
+ {The package \@currname\space has already been loaded
+ with options:\MessageBreak
+ \space\space[\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}]\MessageBreak
+ There has now been an attempt to load it
+ with options\MessageBreak
+ \space\space[#2]\MessageBreak
+ Adding the global options:\MessageBreak
+ \space\space
+ \@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext},#2\MessageBreak
+ to your \noexpand\documentclass declaration may fix this.%
+ \MessageBreak
+ Try typing \space <return> \space to proceed.}}%
+ \@firstofone}%
+ {\makeatletter
+ \@reset at ptions
+ \IfFileExists{\@currname.\@currext}{}%
+ {\@missing at onefilewithoptions{#2}}%
+ \ifx\@currname\@empty
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \@disable at packageload@do{\@currname.\@currext}%
+ {\@expl@@@filehook at file@push@@
+ \set at curr@file{\@currname.\@currext}%
+ \@filehook at set@CurrentFile
+ \edef\@currpkg at reqd{\@currname.\@currext}%
+ \ifx\CurrentFile\CurrentFileUsed
+ \else
+ \filename at parse\@curr at file
+ \edef\@currname{\string at makeletter\filename at base}%
+ \edef\@currext{\string at makeletter\filename at ext}%
+ \fi
+ \load at onefile@withoptions{#2}%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop@@}%
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi}%
+ {\@ifl at ter\@currext{\@currname}{#3}{}%
+ {\@latex at warning@no at line
+ {You have requested,\on at line,
+ version\MessageBreak
+ `#3' of \@cls at pkg\space \@currname,\MessageBreak
+ but only version\MessageBreak
+ `\csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname'\MessageBreak
+ is available}}%
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension\let\LoadClass\@twoloadclasserror\fi}%
+ \@popfilename
+ \@reset at ptions}
+\@onlypreamble\@onefilewithoptions
+\let\@unprocessedoptions\@undefined
+\def\@missing at onefilewithoptions#1{%
+ \@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext
+ \xdef\@currname{\@missingfile at area\@missingfile at base}%
+ \global\let\@currext\@missingfile at ext}
+\def\load at onefile@withoptions#1{%
+ \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+ \@reset at ptions
+ \def\reserved at a{%
+ \@pass at ptions\@currext{#1}{\@currname}%
+ \global\expandafter
+ \let\csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname\@empty
+ \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname\@empty
+ \ifx\@currext\@pkgextension
+ \UseHook{package/before}%
+ \UseHook{package/before/\@currname}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ \UseHook{class/before}%
+ \UseHook{class/before/\@currname}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \InputIfFileExists{\@currpkg at reqd}{}%
+ {\@latex at error
+ {The \@cls at pkg\space\@currpkg at reqd\space failed to load.}\@ehd}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \@@unprocessedoptions
+ \csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
+ \@undefined
+ \ifx\@unprocessedoptions\relax
+ \let\@unprocessedoptions\@undefined
+ \else
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\let
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \@undefined
+ \ifx\@currext\@pkgextension
+ \UseHook{package/after/\@currname}%
+ \UseHook{package/after}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ \UseHook{class/after/\@currname}%
+ \UseHook{class/after}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+ \@ifl at aded\@currext\@currname{}{\reserved at a}}
+\let\@@fileswith at pti@ns\@fileswith at pti@ns
+\@onlypreamble\@@fileswith at pti@ns
+\def\@reset at ptions{%
+ \global\ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ \let\default at ds\OptionNotUsed
+ \else
+ \let\default at ds\@unknownoptionerror
+ \fi
+ \global\let\ds@\@empty
+ \global\let\@declaredoptions\@empty}
+\@onlypreamble\@reset at ptions
+\ifx\@begindocumenthook\@undefined
+ \let\@begindocumenthook\@empty
+\fi
+\let\@enddocumenthook\@empty
+\def\AtEndOfPackage{%
+ \expandafter\g at addto@macro\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname}
+\let\AtEndOfClass\AtEndOfPackage
+\@onlypreamble\AtEndOfPackage
+\@onlypreamble\AtEndOfClass
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AtBeginDocument{\AddToHook{begindocument}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AtEndDocument {\AddToHook{enddocument}}
+\@onlypreamble\AtBeginDocument
+\def\@cls at pkg{%
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ document class%
+ \else
+ package%
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\@cls at pkg
+\def\@unknownoptionerror{%
+ \@latex at error
+ {Unknown option `\CurrentOption' for \@cls at pkg\space`\@currname'}%
+ {The option `\CurrentOption' was not declared in
+ \@cls at pkg\space`\@currname', perhaps you\MessageBreak
+ misspelled its name.
+ Try typing \space <return>
+ \space to proceed.}}
+\@onlypreamble\@unknownoptionerror
+\def\@@unprocessedoptions{%
+ \ifx\@currext\@pkgextension
+ \edef\@curroptions{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@curroptions\do{%
+ \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty\else\@unknownoptionerror\fi}%
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\@unprocessedoptions
+\@onlypreamble\@@unprocessedoptions
+\def\@badrequireerror#1[#2]#3[#4]{%
+ \@latex at error
+ {\noexpand\RequirePackage or \noexpand\LoadClass
+ in Options Section}%
+ {The \@cls at pkg\space `\@currname' is defective.\MessageBreak
+ It attempts to load `#3' in the options section, i.e.,\MessageBreak
+ between \noexpand\DeclareOption and \string\ProcessOptions.}}
+\@onlypreamble\@badrequireerror
+\def\@twoloadclasserror{%
+ \@latex at error
+ {Two \noexpand\LoadClass commands}%
+ {You may only use one \noexpand\LoadClass in a class file}}
+\@onlypreamble\@twoloadclasserror
+\def\@twoclasseserror#1#{%
+ \@latex at error
+ {Two \noexpand\documentclass or \noexpand\documentstyle commands}%
+ {The document may only declare one class.}\@gobble}
+\@onlypreamble\@twoclasseserror
+\def\two at digits#1{\ifnum#1<10 0\fi\number#1}
+\def\filecontents{\@tempswatrue\@fileswtrue
+ \@ifnextchar[\filec at ntents@opt\filec at ntents
+}
+\@namedef{filecontents*}{\@tempswafalse\@fileswtrue
+ \@ifnextchar[\filec at ntents@opt\filec at ntents
+}
+\def\filec at ntents@opt[#1]{%
+ \edef\@fortmp{\zap at space#1 \@empty}%
+ \@for\reserved at a:=\@fortmp\do{%
+ \ifcsname filec at ntents@\reserved at a\endcsname
+ \csname filec at ntents@\reserved at a\endcsname
+ \else
+ \@latex at error{Unknown filecontents option \reserved at a}%
+ {Valid options are force (or overwrite), nosearch, noheader}%
+ \fi}%
+ \filec at ntents
+}
+\let\filec at ntents@force\@fileswfalse
+\let\filec at ntents@overwrite\@fileswfalse % alternative name
+\let\filec at ntents@noheader\@tempswafalse
+\def\filec at ntents@nosearch{%
+ \let\filec at ntents@checkdir\@currdir
+ \def\filec at ntents@where{in current directory}}
+\let\filec at ntents@checkdir\@empty
+\def\filec at ntents@where{exists on the system}
+\begingroup%
+\@tempcnta=1
+\loop
+ \catcode\@tempcnta=12 %
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne %
+\ifnum\@tempcnta<32 %
+\repeat %
+\catcode`\*=11 %
+\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\catcode`\^^L\active\let^^L\relax%
+\catcode`\^^I\active%
+\gdef\filec at ntents#1{%
+ \set at curr@file{\filec at ntents@checkdir#1}%
+ \edef\q at curr@file{"\@curr at file"}%
+ \chardef\reserved at c\ifx\directlua\@undefined 15 \else 127 \fi%
+ \openin\@inputcheck\q at curr@file \space %
+ \ifeof\@inputcheck%
+ \@latex at warning@no at line%
+ {Writing file `\@currdir\@curr at file'}%
+ \ch at ck7\reserved at c\write\relax%
+ \immediate\openout\reserved at c\q at curr@file\relax%
+ \else%
+ \if at filesw%
+ \@latex at warning@no at line%
+ {File `\@curr at file' already \filec at ntents@where.\MessageBreak%
+ Not generating it from this source}%
+ \let\write\@gobbletwo%
+ \let\closeout\@gobble%
+ \else%
+ \edef\reserved at a{#1}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\detokenize\expandafter{\reserved at a}}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize\expandafter{\jobname}}%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b%
+ \@fileswtrue%
+ \else%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\reserved at b\detokenize{.tex}}%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \@fileswtrue%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \ch at ck7\reserved at c\write\relax%
+ \if at filesw% % Foul ... trying to overwrite \jobname!
+ \@latex at error{Trying to overwrite `\jobname.tex'}{You can't %
+ write to the file you are reading from!\MessageBreak%
+ Data is written to screen instead.}%
+ \else%
+ \@latex at warning@no at line%
+ {Writing or overwriting file `\@currdir\@curr at file'}%
+ \immediate\openout\reserved at c\q at curr@file\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \closein\@inputcheck%
+ \if at tempswa%
+ \immediate\write\reserved at c{%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar\space%
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string\LaTeX2e file `\@curr at file'^^J%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar\space generated by the %
+ `\@currenvir' \expandafter\@gobblefour\string\newenvironment^^J%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar\space from source `\jobname' on %
+ \number\year/\two at digits\month/\two at digits\day.^^J%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar}%
+ \fi%
+ \let\do\@makeother\dospecials%
+ \count@ 128\relax%
+ \loop%
+ \catcode\count@ 11\relax%
+ \advance\count@ \@ne%
+ \ifnum\count@<\@cclvi%
+ \repeat%
+ \edef\E{\@backslashchar end\string{\@currenvir\string}}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{%
+ \def\noexpand\reserved at b%
+ ####1\E####2\E####3\relax}%
+ \reserved at b{%
+ \ifx\relax##3\relax%
+ \immediate\write\reserved at c{##1}%
+ \else%
+ \edef^^M{\noexpand\end{\@currenvir}}%
+ \ifx\relax##1\relax%
+ \else%
+ \@latex at warning{Writing text `##1' before %
+ \string\end{\@currenvir}\MessageBreak as last line of \@curr at file}%
+ \immediate\write\reserved at c{##1}%
+ \fi%
+ \ifx\relax##2\relax%
+ \else%
+ \@latex at warning{%
+ Ignoring text `##2' after \string\end{\@currenvir}}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ ^^M}%
+ \catcode`\^^L\active%
+ \let\L\@undefined%
+ \def^^L{\expandafter\ifx\csname L\endcsname\relax\fi ^^J^^J}%
+ \catcode`\^^I\active%
+ \let\I\@undefined%
+ \def^^I{\expandafter\ifx\csname I\endcsname\relax\fi\space}%
+ \catcode`\^^M\active%
+ \edef^^M##1^^M{%
+ \noexpand\reserved at b##1\E\E\relax}}%
+\endgroup%
+\begingroup
+\catcode`|=\catcode`\%
+\catcode`\%=12
+\catcode`\*=11
+\gdef\@percentchar{%}
+\gdef\endfilecontents{|
+ \immediate\closeout\reserved at c
+ \def\T##1##2##3{|
+ \ifx##1\@undefined\else
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{##2 has been converted to Blank ##3e}|
+ \fi}|
+ \T\L{Form Feed}{Lin}|
+ \T\I{Tab}{Spac}|
+ \immediate\write\@unused{}}
+\global\let\endfilecontents*\endfilecontents
+\endgroup
+\let\pkgcls at debug\@gobble
+\def\requestedLaTeXdate{0}
+\ifx\pkgcls at targetdate\@undefined
+ \newcount\pkgcls at targetdate
+\fi
+\let\pkgcls at targetlabel\@empty
+\def\pkgcls at innerdate{\maxdimen}
+\let\pkgcls at candidate\@empty
+\let\pkgcls at releasedate\@empty
+\ifx\load at onefilewithoptions\@undefined
+ \let\load at onefilewithoptions\@onefilewithoptions
+ \def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2][#3]#4{%
+ \pkgcls at debug{--- File loaded request (\noexpand\usepackage or ...)}%
+ \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 1: #1}%
+ \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 2: #2}%
+ \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 3: #3}%
+ \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 4: #4}%
+ \def\pkgcls at name{#1}% % for info message
+ \def\pkgcls at arg {#3}% % for info message
+ \pkgcls at parse@date at arg{#3}%
+ \let\pkgcls at candidate\@empty
+ \begingroup
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ \endgroup
+ \unexpanded{\load at onefilewithoptions#1[#2]}%
+ [\pkgcls at mindate]%
+ \unexpanded{#4}}%
+ \reserved at a
+ }
+\fi
+\def\pkgcls at parse@date at arg #1{%
+ \ifx\@nil#1\@nil
+ \pkgcls at targetdate\requestedLaTeXdate\relax
+ \let\pkgcls at targetlabel\@empty
+ \let\pkgcls at mindate\@empty
+ \else
+ \pkgcls at parse@date at arg@#1=\@nil\relax
+ \fi
+ }
+\def\pkgcls at parse@date at arg@#1=#2\@nil{%
+ \pkgcls at targetdate
+ \ifx\@nil#1\@nil
+ \@parse at version0#2//00\@nil\relax
+ \ifnum \pkgcls at targetdate=\z@
+ \pkgcls at targetdate\@ne
+ \def\pkgcls at innerdate{\maxdimen}%
+ \pkgcls at parse@date at arg@version#2%
+ \else
+ \edef\pkgcls at innerdate{\the\pkgcls at targetdate}%
+ \fi
+ \let\pkgcls at mindate\@empty
+ \else
+ \requestedLaTeXdate\relax
+ \let\pkgcls at targetlabel\@empty
+ \def\pkgcls at innerdate{\maxdimen}%
+ \def\pkgcls at mindate{#1}%
+ \ifnum \pkgcls at targetdate > \z@
+ \ifnum \@parse at version0#1//00\@nil > \pkgcls at targetdate
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{Suspicious rollback/min-date date given\MessageBreak
+ A minimal date of #1 has been specified for
+ \@cls at pkg\MessageBreak '\pkgcls at name'.\MessageBreak
+ But this is in conflict
+ with a rollback request to \requestedpatchdate}
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\def\pkgcls at parse@date at arg@version#1={%
+ \def\pkgcls at targetlabel{#1}}
+\def\DeclareRelease#1#2#3{%
+ \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate>\z@ % some sort of rollback request
+ \pkgcls at debug{---\string\DeclareRelease:}%
+ \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 1: #1}%
+ \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 2: #2}%
+ \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 3: #3}%
+ \ifx\@nil#2\@nil
+ \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate=\@ne % named request
+ \def\reserved at a{#1}%
+ \ifx\pkgcls at targetlabel\reserved at a
+ \pkgcls at use@this at release{#3}{}%
+ \else
+ \pkgcls at debug{Label doesn't match}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \pkgcls at debug{Date request: ignored}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate>\@ne % a real request
+ \ifnum\@parse at version#2//00\@nil
+ >\pkgcls at targetdate
+ \ifx\pkgcls at candidate\@empty
+ \pkgcls at rollbackdate@error{#2}%
+ \pkgcls at use@this at release{#3}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \pkgcls at use@this at release\pkgcls at candidate
+ \pkgcls at releasedate
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \def\pkgcls at candidate{#3}%
+ \def\pkgcls at releasedate{#2}%
+ \pkgcls at debug{New candidate: #3}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \def\reserved at a{#1}%
+ \ifx\pkgcls at targetlabel\reserved at a
+ \pkgcls at use@this at release{#3}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \pkgcls at debug{Label doesn't match}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\def\pkgcls at use@this at release#1#2{%
+ \pkgcls at show@selection{#1}{#2}%
+ \pkgcls at targetdate\z@
+ \@@input #1\relax
+ \endinput
+}
+\def\pkgcls at show@selection#1#2{%
+ \pkgcls at debug{Result: use #1}%
+ \GenericInfo
+ {\@spaces\@spaces\space}{Rollback for
+ \@cls at pkg\space'\@currname' requested ->
+ \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate>\@ne
+ date
+ \ifnum\requestedLaTeXdate=\pkgcls at targetdate
+ \requestedpatchdate
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@gobble\pkgcls at arg
+ \fi.\MessageBreak
+ Best approximation is
+ \else
+ version '\pkgcls at targetlabel'.\MessageBreak
+ This corresponds to
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@nil#2\@nil
+ a special release%
+ \else
+ the release introduced on #2%
+ \fi
+ \@gobble}%
+}
+\def\pkgcls at rollbackdate@error#1{%
+ \@latex at error{Suspicious rollback date given}%
+ {The \@cls at pkg\space'\@currname' claims that it
+ came into existence on #1 which\MessageBreak
+ is after your requested rollback date --- so
+ something is wrong here.\MessageBreak
+ Continue and we use the earliest known release.}}
+\def\DeclareCurrentRelease#1#2{%
+ \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate>\z@ % some sort of rollback request
+ \pkgcls at debug{---DeclareCurrentRelease}%
+ \pkgcls at debug{ 1: #1}%
+ \pkgcls at debug{ 2: #2}%
+ \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate>\@ne % a date request
+ \ifnum\@parse at version#2//00\@nil
+ >\pkgcls at targetdate
+ \ifx\pkgcls at candidate\@empty
+ \pkgcls at rollbackdate@error{#2}%
+ \else
+ \pkgcls at use@this at release\pkgcls at candidate
+ \pkgcls at releasedate
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \pkgcls at show@selection{current version}{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \else % a label request
+ \def\reserved at a{#1}%
+ \ifx\pkgcls at targetlabel\reserved at a
+ \pkgcls at show@selection{current version}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \@latex at error{Requested version '\pkgcls at targetlabel' for
+ \@cls at pkg\space'\@currname' is unknown}\@ehc
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\IfTargetDateBefore[1]{%
+ \ifnum\pkgcls at innerdate <%
+ \expandafter\@parse at version\expandafter0#1//00\@nil
+ \typeout{Exclude code introduced on #1}%
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \typeout{Include code introduced on #1}%
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+}
+%%
+%% File: ltfilehook.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach,
+%% Phelype Oleinik & LaTeX Team
+%%% From File: ltfilehook.dtx
+\providecommand\ltfilehookversion{v1.0b}
+\providecommand\ltfilehookdate{2020/09/26}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFile
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFilePath
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFileUsed
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFilePathUsed
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nf \file_parse_full_name_apply:nN
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nf \__filehook_full_name:nn
+ { \file_full_name:n {#1} } {#1}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_full_name:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1}
+ { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#2} }
+ { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_if_no_extension:nTF #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:Ne \tl_if_empty:nTF
+ { \file_parse_full_name_apply:nN {#1} \use_iii:nnn }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_drop_extension:N #1
+ {
+ \tl_gset:Nx #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:NV \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN #1
+ \__filehook_drop_extension_aux:nnn
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_drop_extension_aux:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ { \tl_if_empty:nF {#1} { #1 / } #2 }
+\tl_new:N \l__filehook_internal_tl
+\seq_new:N \g__filehook_input_file_seq
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_file_push:
+ {
+ \seq_gpush:Nx \g__filehook_input_file_seq
+ {
+ { \CurrentFilePathUsed } { \CurrentFileUsed }
+ { \CurrentFilePath } { \CurrentFile }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_file_pop:
+ {
+ \seq_gpop:NNTF \g__filehook_input_file_seq \l__filehook_internal_tl
+ { \exp_after:wN \__filehook_file_pop_assign:nnnn \l__filehook_internal_tl }
+ {
+ \msg_error:nnn { hooks } { should-not-happen }
+ { Tried~to~pop~from~an~empty~file~name~stack. }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_file_pop_assign:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFilePathUsed {#1}
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFileUsed {#2}
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFilePath {#3}
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFile {#4}
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\let\InputIfFileExists\@undefined
+\DeclareRobustCommand \InputIfFileExists[2]{%
+ \IfFileExists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@push@@
+ \@filehook at set@CurrentFile
+ \edef\reserved at a{\@filef at und
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop at assign@@nnnn
+ {\CurrentFilePathUsed}%
+ {\CurrentFileUsed}%
+ {\CurrentFilePath}%
+ {\CurrentFile}}%
+ \expandafter\@swaptwoargs\expandafter
+ {\reserved at a}%
+ {%
+ #2%
+ \@addtofilelist{#1}%
+ \UseHook{file/before}%
+ \UseHook{file/before/\CurrentFile}%
+ \@@input
+ }%
+ \UseHook{file/after/\CurrentFile}%
+ \UseHook{file/after}%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop@@
+ }%
+}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_subst_add:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \cs_set:cpx { } { \exp_not:o { \cs:w\cs_end: } }
+ \int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { -1 }
+ \cs_gset:cpx { @file-subst@ \__filehook_subst_file_normalize:n {#1} }
+ { \__filehook_subst_file_normalize:n {#2} }
+ \group_end:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_subst_remove:n #1
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \cs_set:cpx { } { \exp_not:o { \cs:w\cs_end: } }
+ \int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { -1 }
+ \cs_undefine:c { @file-subst@ \__filehook_subst_file_normalize:n {#1} }
+ \group_end:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_subst_file_normalize:n #1
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \__filehook_subst_empty_name_chk:NN
+ \cs:w \exp_after:wN \cs_end:
+ \cs:w \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1} \use_ii_iii:nnn \cs_end:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_subst_empty_name_chk:NN #1 #2
+ { \if_meaning:w #1 #2 .tex \else: \token_to_str:N #2 \fi: }
+\cs_gset:Npn \use_ii_iii:nnn #1 #2 #3 {#2 #3}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \declare at file@substitution \__filehook_subst_add:nn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \undeclare at file@substitution \__filehook_subst_remove:n
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\def\set at curr@file#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar\m at ne
+ \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\endcsname
+ \expandafter{\csname\endcsname}%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at if@no at extension@@nTF{#1}%
+ {\@tempswatrue}{\@tempswafalse}%
+ \@kernel at make@file at csname\@curr at file
+ \@expl@@@filehook at resolve@file at subst@@w {#1}%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at if@file at replaced@@TF
+ {\@kernel at make@file at csname\@curr at file@reqd
+ \@expl@@@filehook at normalize@file at name@@w{#1}%
+ \if at tempswa \@expl@@@filehook at drop@extension@@N\@curr at file@reqd \fi}%
+ {\if at tempswa \@expl@@@filehook at drop@extension@@N\@curr at file \fi
+ \global\let\@curr at file@reqd\@curr at file}%
+ \endgroup}
+\def\@kernel at make@file at csname#1#2#3{%
+ \xdef#1{\expandafter\@set at curr@file at aux
+ \csname\expandafter#2\@firstofone#3\@nil\endcsname}}
+\def\@set at curr@file at aux#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname\endcsname#1%
+ .tex\else\string#1\fi}
+\def\@filehook at set@CurrentFile{%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N{\@curr at file}%
+ \CurrentFileUsed\CurrentFilePathUsed
+ \ifx\@curr at file@reqd\@curr at file
+ \let\CurrentFile\CurrentFileUsed
+ \let\CurrentFilePath\CurrentFilePathUsed
+ \else
+ \@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N{\@curr at file@reqd}%
+ \CurrentFile\CurrentFilePath
+ \fi}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_set_curr_file:N #1
+ { \exp_args:NV \__filehook_set_curr_file:nNN #1 }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_set_curr_file:nNN #1
+ {
+ \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1}
+ \__filehook_set_curr_file_assign:nnnNN
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_set_curr_file_assign:nnnNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
+ {
+ \str_set:Nn #5 {#1}
+ \str_set:Nn #4 {#2#3}
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_resolve_file_subst:w #1 \@nil
+ { \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1} \__filehook_file_subst_begin:nnn }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_normalize_file_name:w #1 \@nil
+ { \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1} \__filehook_file_name_compose:nnn }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_name_compose:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ { \tl_if_empty:nF {#1} { #1 / } #2#3 }
+\flag_new:n { __filehook_file_replaced }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_if_file_replaced:TF #1 #2
+ { \flag_if_raised:nTF { __filehook_file_replaced } {#1} {#2} }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_subst_begin:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \__filehook_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn { #2#3 } { #2#3 }
+ { \__filehook_file_name_compose:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { @file-subst@ #2 }
+ {
+ \flag_if_raised:nF { __filehook_file_replaced }
+ { \flag_raise:n { __filehook_file_replaced } }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { @file-subst@ \use:c { @file-subst@ #2 } }
+ {
+ \__filehook_file_subst_loop:cc
+ { @file-subst@ #1 }
+ { @file-subst@ \use:c { @file-subst@ #2 } }
+ }
+ { \use:c { @file-subst@ #2 } }
+ }
+ { #3 }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_subst_loop:NN #1 #2
+ {
+ \token_if_eq_meaning:NNTF #1 #2
+ {
+ .tex
+ \__filehook_file_subst_cycle_error:cN { @file-subst@ #1 } #1
+ }
+ { \__filehook_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn {#1} {#2} {#2} }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__filehook_file_subst_loop:NN { cc }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_subst_cycle_error:NN #1 #2
+ {
+ \__kernel_msg_expandable_error:nnff { kernel } { file-cycle }
+ {#1} { \use:c { @file-subst@ #1 } }
+ \token_if_eq_meaning:NNF #1 #2
+ { \__filehook_file_subst_cycle_error:cN { @file-subst@ #1 } #2 }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__filehook_file_subst_cycle_error:NN { c }
+\__kernel_msg_new:nnn { kernel } { file-cycle }
+ { File~loop!~#1~replaced~by~#2... }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\def\disable at package@load#1#2{%
+ \global\@namedef{@pkg-disable@#1.\@pkgextension}{#2}}
+\def\@disable at packageload@do#1#2{%
+ \@ifundefined{@pkg-disable@#1}{#2}%
+ {\@nameuse{@pkg-disable@#1}}}
+\def\reenable at package@load#1{%
+ \global\expandafter\let
+ \csname @pkg-disable@#1.\@pkgextension \endcsname \@undefined}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at if@no at extension@@nTF
+ \__filehook_if_no_extension:nTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N
+ \__filehook_set_curr_file:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at resolve@file at subst@@w
+ \__filehook_resolve_file_subst:w
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at normalize@file at name@@w
+ \__filehook_normalize_file_name:w
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at if@file at replaced@@TF
+ \__filehook_if_file_replaced:TF
+
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at drop@extension@@N
+ \__filehook_drop_extension:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at file@push@@
+ \__filehook_file_push:
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop@@
+ \__filehook_file_pop:
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop at assign@@nnnn
+ \__filehook_file_pop_assign:nnnn
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\declare at file@substitution{atveryend.sty}{atveryend-ltx.sty}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% File: ltshipout.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach, LaTeX Team
+%%
+%%% From File: ltshipout.dtx
+\providecommand\ltshipoutversion{v1.0c}
+\providecommand\ltshipoutdate{2020/09/27}
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\bool_new:N \g__shipout_debug_bool
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__shipout_debug:n \use_none:n
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \shipout_debug_on:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g__shipout_debug_bool
+ \__shipout_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \shipout_debug_off:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g__shipout_debug_bool
+ \__shipout_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__shipout_debug_gset:
+ {
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npx \__shipout_debug:n ##1
+ { \bool_if:NT \g__shipout_debug_bool {##1} }
+ }
+\box_new:N \l_shipout_box
+\cs_set_eq:NN \ShipoutBox \l_shipout_box
+\cs_set_protected:Npn \__shipout_execute: {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l__shipout_group_level_tl
+ { \int_value:w \tex_currentgrouplevel:D }
+ \tex_afterassignment:D \__shipout_execute_test_level:
+ \tex_setbox:D \l_shipout_box
+}
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \shipout \__shipout_execute:
+\tl_new:N \l__shipout_group_level_tl
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_execute_test_level: {
+ \int_compare:nNnT
+ \l__shipout_group_level_tl < \tex_currentgrouplevel:D
+ \tex_aftergroup:D
+ \__shipout_execute_cont:
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_execute_cont: {
+ \box_if_empty:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ { \PackageWarning{ltshipout}{Ignoring~ void~ shipout~ box} }
+ {
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g__shipout_discard_bool
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \__shipout_saved_protect: \protect
+ \set at typeset@protect
+ \__shipout_get_box_size:N \l_shipout_box
+ \hook_use:n {shipout/before}
+ \int_gincr:N \g_shipout_totalpages_int
+ \bool_if:NTF \g__shipout_discard_bool
+ { \PackageInfo{ltshipout}{Completed~ page~ discarded}
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g__shipout_discard_bool
+ \tex_deadcycles:D \c_zero_int
+ }
+ { \box_if_empty:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ { \PackageWarning{ltshipout}{
+ Shipout~ box~ was~ voided~ by~ hook,\MessageBreak
+ ignoring~ shipout~ box }
+ }
+ {
+ \int_gincr:N \g_shipout_readonly_int
+ \__shipout_debug:n {
+ \typeout{Absolute~ page~ =~ \int_use:N \g_shipout_readonly_int
+ \space (target:~ \@abspage at last)}
+ }
+ \__shipout_get_box_size:N \l_shipout_box
+ \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/foreground}
+ { \__shipout_add_foreground_picture:n
+ { \hook_use:n {shipout/foreground} } }
+ \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/background}
+ { \__shipout_add_background_picture:n
+ { \@kernel at before@shipout at background
+ \hook_use:n {shipout/background} } }
+ \__shipout_execute_firstpage_hook:
+ \int_compare:nNnT \@abspage at last = \g_shipout_readonly_int
+ { \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/lastpage}
+ { \__shipout_debug:n { \typeout{Executing~ lastpage~ hook~
+ on~ page~ \int_use:N \g_shipout_readonly_int } }
+ \__shipout_add_foreground_box:n { \UseHook{shipout/lastpage}
+ \@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage }
+ }
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g__shipout_lastpage_handled_bool
+ }
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \protect \exp_not:N
+ \tex_shipout:D \box_use:N \l_shipout_box
+ }
+ }
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \protect \__shipout_saved_protect:
+ }
+}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__shipout_saved_protect: \protect
+\hook_new:n{shipout/before}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/foreground}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/background}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/firstpage}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/lastpage}
+\let\@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage\@empty
+\let\@kernel at before@shipout at background\@empty
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_execute_firstpage_hook: {
+ \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/firstpage}
+ { \__shipout_add_background_box:n { \UseHook{shipout/firstpage} } }
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \__shipout_execute_firstpage_hook: \prg_do_nothing:
+ \cs_gset:Npn \__shipout_add_firstpage_material:Nn ##1 ##2 {
+ \@latex at warning{
+ First~ page~ is~ already~ shipped~ out,~ ignoring\MessageBreak
+ \string##1 }
+ }
+}
+\bool_new:N \g__shipout_lastpage_handled_bool
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_add_firstpage_material:Nn #1#2 {
+ \AddToHook{shipout/firstpage}{#2}
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_get_box_size:N #1 {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_ht_dim { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_dp_dim { \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_wd_dim { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim { \l_shipout_box_ht_dim +
+ \l_shipout_box_dp_dim }
+}
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_dp_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_wd_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+\bool_new:N \g__shipout_discard_bool
+\box_new:N \l__shipout_tmp_box
+\tl_new:N \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_add_background_box:n #1
+{ \__shipout_get_box_size:N \l_shipout_box
+ \box_if_vertical:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ { \vfuzz=\the\vfuzz\relax
+ \vbadness=\the\vbadness\relax }
+ \vfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \vbadness=\c_max_int
+ \vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ { \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \skip_zero:N \baselineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskiplimit
+ \box_use:N \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ \vbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ \kern \c_zero_dim
+ }
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_dp_dim
+ \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ }
+ {
+ \box_if_horizontal:NT \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ { \hfuzz=\the\hfuzz\relax
+ \hbadness=\the\hbadness\relax }
+ \hfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \hbadness=\c_max_int
+ \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_wd_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ { \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_move_up:nn
+ \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+ { \box_use:N \l__shipout_tmp_box }
+ \hbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ }
+ \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ }
+ }
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_add_foreground_box:n #1
+{
+ \box_if_vertical:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ { \vfuzz=\the\vfuzz\relax
+ \vbadness=\the\vbadness\relax }
+ \vfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \vbadness=\c_max_int
+ \vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ { \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \skip_zero:N \baselineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskiplimit
+ \vbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ \kern -\l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ \box_use:N \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ \kern \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ }
+ \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_dp_dim
+ }
+ {
+ \box_if_horizontal:NT \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ { \hfuzz=\the\hfuzz\relax
+ \hbadness=\the\hbadness\relax }
+ \hfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \hbadness=\c_max_int
+ \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_wd_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ \kern -\box_wd:N \l_shipout_box
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ { \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_move_up:nn { \box_ht:N \l_shipout_box }
+ { \box_use:N \l__shipout_tmp_box }
+ \kern \box_wd:N \l_shipout_box
+ }%
+ \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ }
+ }
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_init_page_origins: {
+ \tl_const:Nx \c__shipout_horigin_tl
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist_use:NTF \pdfvariable { horigin }
+ { \cs_if_exist_use:NF \pdfhorigin { 1in } }
+ }
+ \tl_const:Nx \c__shipout_vorigin_tl
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist_use:NTF \pdfvariable { vorigin }
+ { \cs_if_exist_use:NF \pdfvorigin { 1in } }
+ }
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \__shipout_init_page_origins: \prg_do_nothing:
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_picture_overlay:n #1 {
+ \__shipout_init_page_origins:
+ \kern -\c__shipout_horigin_tl \scan_stop:
+ \vbox_to_zero:n {
+ \kern -\c__shipout_vorigin_tl \scan_stop:
+ \unitlength 1pt \scan_stop:
+ \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ { \ignorespaces #1 \hss }
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_use:N \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ \tex_vss:D
+ }
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_add_background_picture:n #1 {
+ \__shipout_add_background_box:n { \__shipout_picture_overlay:n {#1} }
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_add_foreground_picture:n #1 {
+ \__shipout_add_foreground_box:n { \__shipout_picture_overlay:n {#1} }
+}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \shipout_discard: {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g__shipout_discard_bool
+}
+\int_new:N \g_shipout_readonly_int
+\cs_new_eq:NN \ReadonlyShipoutCounter \g_shipout_readonly_int
+\int_new:N \g_shipout_totalpages_int
+\cs_new_eq:NN \c at totalpages \g_shipout_totalpages_int
+\cs_new:Npn \thetotalpages { \arabic{totalpages} }
+\xdef\@abspage at last{\number\maxdimen}
+\g at addto@macro \@kernel at after@enddocument {
+ \int_compare:nNnT \@abspage at last = \maxdimen
+ {
+ \xdef\@abspage at last{ \int_eval:n {\g_shipout_readonly_int + 1} }
+ }
+}
+\g at addto@macro \@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage {
+ \int_compare:nNnF \g_shipout_readonly_int = 0
+ {
+ \if at filesw
+ \iow_now:Nx \@auxout {
+ \gdef\string\@abspage at last {\int_use:N \g_shipout_readonly_int}}
+ \fi
+ \bool_if:NF \g__shipout_lastpage_handled_bool
+ {
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnF
+ { \hook_if_empty_p:n {shipout/lastpage} }
+ { \tl_if_empty_p:N \@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage }
+ {
+ \tex_shipout:D\vbox to\textheight
+ {
+ \hbox:n { \UseHook{shipout/lastpage}
+ \@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage }
+ \__shipout_excuse_extra_page:
+ \null
+ }
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \@extra at page@added \relax
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_excuse_extra_page: {
+ \vfil
+ \begin{center}
+ \bfseries Temporary~ page!
+ \end{center}
+ \LaTeX{}~ was~ unable~ to~ guess~ the~ total~ number~ of~ pages~
+ correctly.~ ~ As~ there~ was~ some~ unprocessed~ data~ that~
+ should~ have~ been~ added~ to~ the~ final~ page~ this~ extra~
+ page~ has~ been~ added~ to~ receive~ it.
+ \par
+ If~ you~ rerun~ the~ document~ (without~ altering~ it)~ this~
+ surplus~ page~ will~ go~ away,~ because~ \LaTeX{}~ now~ knows~
+ how~ many~ pages~ to~ expect~ for~ this~ document.
+ \vfil
+}
+\def\PreviousTotalPages{0}
+\g at addto@macro\@kernel at before@begindocument
+ {\ifnum\@abspage at last<\maxdimen
+ \xdef\PreviousTotalPages{\@abspage at last}\fi}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \DiscardShipoutBox \shipout_discard:
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \AtBeginDvi {\__shipout_add_firstpage_material:Nn \AtBeginDvi}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \DebugShipoutsOn \shipout_debug_on:
+\cs_new_eq:NN \DebugShipoutsOff \shipout_debug_off:
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@firstpage at material@@Nn
+ \__shipout_add_firstpage_material:Nn
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at box@@n
+ \__shipout_add_background_box:n
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at box@@n
+ \__shipout_add_foreground_box:n
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at picture@@n
+ \__shipout_add_background_picture:n
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at picture@@n
+ \__shipout_add_foreground_picture:n
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \AtEndDvi {\AddToHook{shipout/lastpage}}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\disable at package@load{atenddvi}
+ {\PackageWarning{atenddvi}
+ {Functionality of this package is already\MessageBreak
+ provided by LaTeX.\MessageBreak\MessageBreak
+ It is there no longer necessary to load it\MessageBreak
+ and you can safely remove it.\MessageBreak
+ Found on}}
+\declare at file@substitution{atbegshi.sty}{atbegshi-ltx.sty}
+\declare at file@substitution{everyshi.sty}{everyshi-ltx.sty}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%% From File: ltoutput.dtx
\expandafter\let\csname ver at autoout1.sty\endcsname\fmtversion
\message{output,}
@@ -8056,10 +11137,6 @@
\newdimen\marginparsep
\newdimen\marginparpush
\newbox\@begindvibox
-\DeclareRobustCommand \AtBeginDvi [1]{%
- \global \setbox \@begindvibox
- \vbox{\unvbox \@begindvibox #1}%
-}
\newdimen\@maxdepth
\@maxdepth = \maxdepth
\newdimen\paperheight
@@ -9057,950 +12134,6 @@
\let\topfigrule=\relax
\let\botfigrule=\relax
\let\dblfigrule=\relax
-%%% From File: ltclass.dtx
-\newif\if at compatibility
-\def\@documentclasshook{%
- \ifx\@normalsize\@undefined
- \let\@normalsize\normalsize
- \fi
-}
-\let\@declaredoptions\@empty
-\let\@classoptionslist\relax
-\@onlypreamble\@classoptionslist
-\let\@unusedoptionlist\@empty
-\@onlypreamble\@unusedoptionlist
-\let\CurrentOption\@empty
-\let\@currname\@empty
-\global\let\@currext=\@empty
-\def\@clsextension{cls}
-\def\@pkgextension{sty}
-\@onlypreamble\@clsextension
-\@onlypreamble\@pkgextension
-\def\@pushfilename{%
- \xdef\@currnamestack{%
- {\@currname}%
- {\@currext}%
- {\the\catcode`\@}%
- \@currnamestack}}
-\@onlypreamble\@pushfilename
-\def\@popfilename{\expandafter\@p at pfilename\@currnamestack\@nil}
-\@onlypreamble\@popfilename
-\def\@p at pfilename#1#2#3#4\@nil{%
- \gdef\@currname{#1}%
- \gdef\@currext{#2}%
- \catcode`\@#3\relax
- \gdef\@currnamestack{#4}}
-\@onlypreamble\@p at pfilename
-\gdef\@currnamestack{}
-\@onlypreamble\@currnamestack
-\def\@ptionlist#1{%
- \@ifundefined{opt@#1}\@empty{\csname opt@#1\endcsname}}
-\@onlypreamble\@ptionlist
-\def\@ifpackageloaded{\@ifl at aded\@pkgextension}
-\def\@ifclassloaded{\@ifl at aded\@clsextension}
-\@onlypreamble\@ifpackageloaded
-\@onlypreamble\@ifclassloaded
-\def\@ifl at aded#1#2{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#2.#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\@secondoftwo
- \else
- \expandafter\@firstoftwo
- \fi}
-\@onlypreamble\@ifl at aded
-\def\@ifpackagelater{\@ifl at ter\@pkgextension}
-\def\@ifclasslater{\@ifl at ter\@clsextension}
-\@onlypreamble\@ifpackagelater
-\@onlypreamble\@ifclasslater
-\def\@ifl at ter#1#2{%
- \expandafter\@ifl at t@r
- \csname ver@#2.#1\endcsname}
-\@onlypreamble\@ifl at ter
-\def\@ifl at t@r#1#2{%
- \ifnum\expandafter\@parse at version@#1//00\@nil<%
- \expandafter\@parse at version@#2//00\@nil
- \expandafter\@secondoftwo
- \else
- \expandafter\@firstoftwo
- \fi}
-\def\@parse at version@#1{\@parse at version0#1}
-\@onlypreamble\@ifl at t@r
-\def\@parse at version#1/#2/#3#4#5\@nil{%
-\@parse at version@dash#1-#2-#3#4\@nil
-}
-\def\@parse at version@dash#1-#2-#3#4#5\@nil{%
- \if\relax#2\relax\else#1\fi#2#3#4 }
-\def\@ifpackagewith{\@if at ptions\@pkgextension}
-\def\@ifclasswith{\@if at ptions\@clsextension}
-\@onlypreamble\@ifpackagewith
-\@onlypreamble\@ifclasswith
-\def\@if at ptions#1#2{%
- \@expandtwoargs\@if at pti@ns{\@ptionlist{#2.#1}}}
-\@onlypreamble\@if at ptions
-\def\@if at pti@ns#1#2{%
- \let\reserved at a\@firstoftwo
- \edef\reserved at b{\zap at space#2 \@empty}%
- \@for\reserved at b:=\reserved at b\do{%
- \ifx\reserved at b\@empty
- \else
- \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\expandafter,\reserved at b,}{,#1,}%
- \ifin@
- \else
- \let\reserved at a\@secondoftwo
- \fi
- \fi
- }%
- \reserved at a}
-\@onlypreamble\@if at pti@ns
-\def\ProvidesPackage#1{%
- \xdef\@gtempa{#1}%
- \ifx\@gtempa\@currname\else
- \@latex at warning@no at line{You have requested
- \@cls at pkg\space`\@currname',\MessageBreak
- but the \@cls at pkg\space provides `#1'}%
- \fi
- \@ifnextchar[\@pr at videpackage{\@pr at videpackage[]}}%]
-\@onlypreamble\ProvidesPackage
-\def\@pr at videpackage[#1]{%
- \expandafter\protected at xdef % <-- protected...
- \csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname{#1}%
- \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
- \typeout{Document Class: \@gtempa\space#1}%
- \else
- \protected at wlog{Package: \@gtempa\space#1}% <--- protected
- \fi}
-\long\def\protected at wlog#1{\begingroup
- \set at display@protect
- \immediate \write \m at ne {#1}\endgroup }
-\@onlypreamble\@pr at videpackage
-\let\ProvidesClass\ProvidesPackage
-\@onlypreamble\ProvidesClass
-\def\ProvidesFile#1{%
- \begingroup
- \catcode`\ 10 %
- \ifnum \endlinechar<256 %
- \ifnum \endlinechar>\m at ne
- \catcode\endlinechar 10 %
- \fi
- \fi
- \@makeother\/%
- \@makeother\&%
- \kernel at ifnextchar[{\@providesfile{#1}}{\@providesfile{#1}[]}}
-\def\@pass at ptions#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname opt@#3.#1\endcsname{%
- \@ifundefined{opt@#3.#1}\@empty
- {\csname opt@#3.#1\endcsname,}%
- \zap at space#2 \@empty}}
-\@onlypreamble\@pass at ptions
-\def\PassOptionsToPackage{\@pass at ptions\@pkgextension}
-\def\PassOptionsToClass{\@pass at ptions\@clsextension}
-\@onlypreamble\PassOptionsToPackage
-\@onlypreamble\PassOptionsToClass
-\def\DeclareOption{%
- \let\@fileswith at pti@ns\@badrequireerror
- \@ifstar\@defdefault at ds\@declareoption}
-\long\def\@declareoption#1#2{%
- \xdef\@declaredoptions{\@declaredoptions,#1}%
- \toks@{#2}%
- \expandafter\edef\csname ds@#1\endcsname{\the\toks@}}
-\long\def\@defdefault at ds#1{%
- \toks@{#1}%
- \edef\default at ds{\the\toks@}}
-\@onlypreamble\DeclareOption
-\@onlypreamble\@declareoption
-\@onlypreamble\@defdefault at ds
-\def\OptionNotUsed{%
- \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
- \xdef\@unusedoptionlist{%
- \ifx\@unusedoptionlist\@empty\else\@unusedoptionlist,\fi
- \CurrentOption}%
- \fi}
-\@onlypreamble\OptionNotUsed
-\def\ProcessOptions{%
- \let\ds@\@empty
- \edef\@curroptions{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
- \@ifstar\@xprocess at ptions\@process at ptions}
-\@onlypreamble\ProcessOptions
-\def\@process at ptions{%
- \@for\CurrentOption:=\@declaredoptions\do{%
- \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty\else
- \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\CurrentOption,}{%
- ,\ifx\@currext\@clsextension\else\@classoptionslist,\fi
- \@curroptions,}%
- \ifin@
- \@use at ption
- \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty
- \fi
- \fi}%
- \@process at pti@ns}
-\@onlypreamble\@process at ptions
-\def\@xprocess at ptions{%
- \ifx\@currext\@clsextension\else
- \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{%
- \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty\else
- \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\CurrentOption,}{,\@declaredoptions,}%
- \ifin@
- \@use at ption
- \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty
- \fi
- \fi}%
- \fi
- \@process at pti@ns}
-\@onlypreamble\@xprocess at ptions
-\def\@process at pti@ns{%
- \@for\CurrentOption:=\@curroptions\do{%
- \@ifundefined{ds@\CurrentOption}%
- {\@use at ption
- \default at ds}%
- \@use at ption}%
- \@for\CurrentOption:=\@declaredoptions\do{%
- \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\relax}%
- \let\CurrentOption\@empty
- \let\@fileswith at pti@ns\@@fileswith at pti@ns
- \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}}
-\@onlypreamble\@process at pti@ns
-\def\@options{\ProcessOptions*}
-\@onlypreamble\@options
-\def\@use at ption{%
- \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption
- \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist
- \csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname}
-\@onlypreamble\@use at ption
-\def\ExecuteOptions#1{%
- \edef\@fortmp{\zap at space#1 \@empty}%
- \def\reserved at a##1\@nil{%
- \@for\CurrentOption:=\@fortmp\do
- {\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname}%
- \edef\CurrentOption{##1}}%
- \expandafter\reserved at a\CurrentOption\@nil}
-\@onlypreamble\ExecuteOptions
-\def\documentclass{%
- \let\documentclass\@twoclasseserror
- \if at compatibility\else\let\usepackage\RequirePackage\fi
- \@fileswithoptions\@clsextension}
-\@onlypreamble\documentclass
-\def\documentstyle{%
- \makeatletter\input{latex209.def}\makeatother
- \documentclass}
-\@onlypreamble\documentstyle
-\def\RequirePackage{%
- \@fileswithoptions\@pkgextension}
-\@onlypreamble\RequirePackage
-\def\LoadClass{%
- \ifx\@currext\@pkgextension
- \@latex at error
- {\noexpand\LoadClass in package file}%
- {You may only use \noexpand\LoadClass in a class file.}%
- \fi
- \@fileswithoptions\@clsextension}
-\@onlypreamble\LoadClass
-\def\@loadwithoptions#1#2#3{%
- \expandafter\let\csname opt@#3.#1\expandafter\endcsname
- \csname opt@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
- #2{#3}}
-\@onlypreamble\@loadwithoptions
-\def\LoadClassWithOptions{%
- \@loadwithoptions\@clsextension\LoadClass}
-\@onlypreamble\LoadClassWithOptions
-\def\RequirePackageWithOptions{%
- \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}%
- \@loadwithoptions\@pkgextension\RequirePackage}
-\@onlypreamble\RequirePackageWithOptions
-\def\usepackage#1#{%
- \@latex at error
- {\noexpand \usepackage before \string\documentclass}%
- {\noexpand \usepackage may only appear in the document
- preamble, i.e.,\MessageBreak
- between \noexpand\documentclass and
- \string\begin{document}.}%
- \@gobble}
-\@onlypreamble\usepackage
-\def\NeedsTeXFormat#1{%
- \def\reserved at a{#1}%
- \ifx\reserved at a\fmtname
- \expandafter\@needsformat
- \else
- \@latex at error{This file needs format `\reserved at a'%
- \MessageBreak but this is `\fmtname'}{%
- The current input file will not be processed
- further,\MessageBreak
- because it was written for some other flavor of
- TeX.\MessageBreak\@ehd}%
- \endinput \fi}
-\@onlypreamble\NeedsTeXFormat
-\def\@needsformat{%
- \@ifnextchar[%]
- \@needsf at rmat
- {}}
-\@onlypreamble\@needsformat
-\def\@needsf at rmat[#1]{%
- \@ifl at t@r\fmtversion{#1}{}%
- {\@latex at warning@no at line
- {You have requested release `#1' of LaTeX,\MessageBreak
- but only release `\fmtversion' is available}}}
-\@onlypreamble\@needsf at rmat
-\def\zap at space#1 #2{%
- #1%
- \ifx#2\@empty\else\expandafter\zap at space\fi
- #2}
-\def\@fileswithoptions#1{%
- \@ifnextchar[%]
- {\@fileswith at ptions#1}%
- {\@fileswith at ptions#1[]}}
-\@onlypreamble\@fileswithoptions
-\def\@fileswith at ptions#1[#2]#3{%
- \@ifnextchar[%]
- {\@fileswith at pti@ns#1[{#2}]#3}%
- {\@fileswith at pti@ns#1[{#2}]#3[]}}
-\@onlypreamble\@fileswith at ptions
-\def\@fileswith at pti@ns#1[#2]#3[#4]{%
- \ifx#1\@clsextension
- \ifx\@classoptionslist\relax
- \xdef\@classoptionslist{\zap at space#2 \@empty}%
- \def\reserved at a{%
- \@onefilewithoptions#3[{#2}][{#4}]#1%
- \@documentclasshook}%
- \else
- \def\reserved at a{%
- \@onefilewithoptions#3[{#2}][{#4}]#1}%
- \fi
- \else
- \def\reserved at b##1,{%
- \ifx\@nnil##1\relax\else
- \ifx\@nnil##1\@nnil\else
- \noexpand\@onefilewithoptions##1[{#2}][{#4}]%
- \noexpand\@pkgextension
- \fi
- \expandafter\reserved at b
- \fi}%
- \edef\reserved at a{\zap at space#3 \@empty}%
- \edef\reserved at a{\expandafter\reserved at b\reserved at a,\@nnil,}%
- \fi
- \reserved at a}
-\@onlypreamble\@fileswith at pti@ns
-\def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2][#3]#4{%
- \@pushfilename
- \xdef\@currname{#1}%
- \global\let\@currext#4%
- \let\CurrentOption\@empty
- \@reset at ptions
- \makeatletter
- \def\reserved at a{%
- \@ifl at aded\@currext{#1}%
- {\@if at ptions\@currext{#1}{#2}{}%
- {\@latex at error
- {Option clash for \@cls at pkg\space #1}%
- {The package #1 has already been loaded
- with options:\MessageBreak
- \space\space[\@ptionlist{#1.\@currext}]\MessageBreak
- There has now been an attempt to load it
- with options\MessageBreak
- \space\space[#2]\MessageBreak
- Adding the global options:\MessageBreak
- \space\space
- \@ptionlist{#1.\@currext},#2\MessageBreak
- to your \noexpand\documentclass declaration may fix this.%
- \MessageBreak
- Try typing \space <return> \space to proceed.}}}%
- {\@pass at ptions\@currext{#2}{#1}%
- \global\expandafter
- \let\csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname\@empty
- \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname\@empty
- \InputIfFileExists
- {\@currname.\@currext}%
- {}%
- {\@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext}%
- \let\@unprocessedoptions\@@unprocessedoptions
- \csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
- \@undefined
- \@unprocessedoptions}%
- \@ifl at ter\@currext{#1}{#3}{}%
- {\@latex at warning@no at line
- {You have requested,\on at line,
- version\MessageBreak
- `#3' of \@cls at pkg\space #1,\MessageBreak
- but only version\MessageBreak
- `\csname ver@#1.\@currext\endcsname'\MessageBreak
- is available}}%
- \ifx\@currext\@clsextension\let\LoadClass\@twoloadclasserror\fi
- \@popfilename
- \@reset at ptions}%
- \reserved at a}
-\@onlypreamble\@onefilewithoptions
-\let\@@fileswith at pti@ns\@fileswith at pti@ns
-\@onlypreamble\@@fileswith at pti@ns
-\def\@reset at ptions{%
- \global\ifx\@currext\@clsextension
- \let\default at ds\OptionNotUsed
- \else
- \let\default at ds\@unknownoptionerror
- \fi
- \global\let\ds@\@empty
- \global\let\@declaredoptions\@empty}
-\@onlypreamble\@reset at ptions
-\ifx\@begindocumenthook\@undefined
- \let\@begindocumenthook\@empty
-\fi
-\let\@enddocumenthook\@empty
-\long\def\g at addto@macro#1#2{%
- \begingroup
- \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}%
- \xdef#1{\the\toks@}%
- \endgroup}
-\def\AtEndOfPackage{%
- \expandafter\g at addto@macro\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname}
-\let\AtEndOfClass\AtEndOfPackage
-\@onlypreamble\AtEndOfPackage
-\@onlypreamble\AtEndOfClass
-\DeclareRobustCommand\AtBeginDocument{\g at addto@macro\@begindocumenthook}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\AtEndDocument{\g at addto@macro\@enddocumenthook}
-\@onlypreamble\AtBeginDocument
-\def\@cls at pkg{%
- \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
- document class%
- \else
- package%
- \fi}
-\@onlypreamble\@cls at pkg
-\def\@unknownoptionerror{%
- \@latex at error
- {Unknown option `\CurrentOption' for \@cls at pkg\space`\@currname'}%
- {The option `\CurrentOption' was not declared in
- \@cls at pkg\space`\@currname', perhaps you\MessageBreak
- misspelled its name.
- Try typing \space <return>
- \space to proceed.}}
-\@onlypreamble\@unknownoptionerror
-\def\@@unprocessedoptions{%
- \ifx\@currext\@pkgextension
- \edef\@curroptions{\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
- \@for\CurrentOption:=\@curroptions\do{%
- \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty\else\@unknownoptionerror\fi}%
- \fi}
-\@onlypreamble\@unprocessedoptions
-\@onlypreamble\@@unprocessedoptions
-\def\@badrequireerror#1[#2]#3[#4]{%
- \@latex at error
- {\noexpand\RequirePackage or \noexpand\LoadClass
- in Options Section}%
- {The \@cls at pkg\space `\@currname' is defective.\MessageBreak
- It attempts to load `#3' in the options section, i.e.,\MessageBreak
- between \noexpand\DeclareOption and \string\ProcessOptions.}}
-\@onlypreamble\@badrequireerror
-\def\@twoloadclasserror{%
- \@latex at error
- {Two \noexpand\LoadClass commands}%
- {You may only use one \noexpand\LoadClass in a class file}}
-\@onlypreamble\@twoloadclasserror
-\def\@twoclasseserror#1#{%
- \@latex at error
- {Two \noexpand\documentclass or \noexpand\documentstyle commands}%
- {The document may only declare one class.}\@gobble}
-\@onlypreamble\@twoclasseserror
-\def\two at digits#1{\ifnum#1<10 0\fi\number#1}
-\def\filecontents{\@tempswatrue\@fileswtrue
- \@ifnextchar[\filec at ntents@opt\filec at ntents
-}
-\@namedef{filecontents*}{\@tempswafalse\@fileswtrue
- \@ifnextchar[\filec at ntents@opt\filec at ntents
-}
-\def\filec at ntents@opt[#1]{%
- \edef\@fortmp{\zap at space#1 \@empty}%
- \@for\reserved at a:=\@fortmp\do{%
- \ifcsname filec at ntents@\reserved at a\endcsname
- \csname filec at ntents@\reserved at a\endcsname
- \else
- \@latex at error{Unknown filecontents option \reserved at a}%
- {Valid options are force (or overwrite), nosearch, noheader}%
- \fi}%
- \filec at ntents
-}
-\let\filec at ntents@force\@fileswfalse
-\let\filec at ntents@overwrite\@fileswfalse % alternative name
-\let\filec at ntents@noheader\@tempswafalse
-\def\filec at ntents@nosearch{%
- \let\filec at ntents@checkdir\@currdir
- \def\filec at ntents@where{in current directory}}
-\let\filec at ntents@checkdir\@empty
-\def\filec at ntents@where{exists on the system}
-\begingroup%
-\@tempcnta=1
-\loop
- \catcode\@tempcnta=12 %
- \advance\@tempcnta\@ne %
-\ifnum\@tempcnta<32 %
-\repeat %
-\catcode`\*=11 %
-\catcode`\^^M\active%
-\catcode`\^^L\active\let^^L\relax%
-\catcode`\^^I\active%
-\gdef\filec at ntents#1{%
- \set at curr@file{\filec at ntents@checkdir#1}%
- \edef\q at curr@file{\expandafter\quote at name\expandafter{\@curr at file}}%
- \chardef\reserved at c\ifx\directlua\@undefined 15 \else 127 \fi%
- \openin\@inputcheck\q at curr@file \space %
- \ifeof\@inputcheck%
- \@latex at warning@no at line%
- {Writing file `\@currdir\@curr at file'}%
- \ch at ck7\reserved at c\write\relax%
- \immediate\openout\reserved at c\q at curr@file\relax%
- \else%
- \if at filesw%
- \@latex at warning@no at line%
- {File `\@curr at file' already \filec at ntents@where.\MessageBreak%
- Not generating it from this source}%
- \let\write\@gobbletwo%
- \let\closeout\@gobble%
- \else%
- \edef\reserved at a{#1}%
- \edef\reserved at a{\detokenize\expandafter{\reserved at a}}%
- \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize\expandafter{\jobname}}%
- \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b%
- \@fileswtrue%
- \else%
- \edef\reserved at b{\reserved at b\detokenize{.tex}}%
- \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
- \@fileswtrue%
- \fi%
- \fi%
- \ch at ck7\reserved at c\write\relax%
- \if at filesw% % Foul ... trying to overwrite \jobname!
- \@latex at error{Trying to overwrite `\jobname.tex'}{You can't %
- write to the file you are reading from!\MessageBreak%
- Data is written to screen instead.}%
- \else%
- \@latex at warning@no at line%
- {Writing or overwriting file `\@currdir\@curr at file'}%
- \immediate\openout\reserved at c\q at curr@file\relax%
- \fi%
- \fi%
- \fi%
- \closein\@inputcheck%
- \if at tempswa%
- \immediate\write\reserved at c{%
- \@percentchar\@percentchar\space%
- \expandafter\@gobble\string\LaTeX2e file `\@curr at file'^^J%
- \@percentchar\@percentchar\space generated by the %
- `\@currenvir' \expandafter\@gobblefour\string\newenvironment^^J%
- \@percentchar\@percentchar\space from source `\jobname' on %
- \number\year/\two at digits\month/\two at digits\day.^^J%
- \@percentchar\@percentchar}%
- \fi%
- \let\do\@makeother\dospecials%
- \count@ 128\relax%
- \loop%
- \catcode\count@ 11\relax%
- \advance\count@ \@ne%
- \ifnum\count@<\@cclvi%
- \repeat%
- \edef\E{\@backslashchar end\string{\@currenvir\string}}%
- \edef\reserved at b{%
- \def\noexpand\reserved at b%
- ####1\E####2\E####3\relax}%
- \reserved at b{%
- \ifx\relax##3\relax%
- \immediate\write\reserved at c{##1}%
- \else%
- \edef^^M{\noexpand\end{\@currenvir}}%
- \ifx\relax##1\relax%
- \else%
- \@latex at warning{Writing text `##1' before %
- \string\end{\@currenvir}\MessageBreak as last line of \@curr at file}%
- \immediate\write\reserved at c{##1}%
- \fi%
- \ifx\relax##2\relax%
- \else%
- \@latex at warning{%
- Ignoring text `##2' after \string\end{\@currenvir}}%
- \fi%
- \fi%
- ^^M}%
- \catcode`\^^L\active%
- \let\L\@undefined%
- \def^^L{\expandafter\ifx\csname L\endcsname\relax\fi ^^J^^J}%
- \catcode`\^^I\active%
- \let\I\@undefined%
- \def^^I{\expandafter\ifx\csname I\endcsname\relax\fi\space}%
- \catcode`\^^M\active%
- \edef^^M##1^^M{%
- \noexpand\reserved at b##1\E\E\relax}}%
-\endgroup%
-\begingroup
-\catcode`|=\catcode`\%
-\catcode`\%=12
-\catcode`\*=11
-\gdef\@percentchar{%}
-\gdef\endfilecontents{|
- \immediate\closeout\reserved at c
- \def\T##1##2##3{|
- \ifx##1\@undefined\else
- \@latex at warning@no at line{##2 has been converted to Blank ##3e}|
- \fi}|
- \T\L{Form Feed}{Lin}|
- \T\I{Tab}{Spac}|
- \immediate\write\@unused{}}
-\global\let\endfilecontents*\endfilecontents
-\endgroup
-\let\pkgcls at debug\@gobble
-\def\requestedLaTeXdate{0}
-\ifx\pkgcls at targetdate\@undefined
- \newcount\pkgcls at targetdate
-\fi
-\let\pkgcls at targetlabel\@empty
-\def\pkgcls at innerdate{\maxdimen}
-\let\pkgcls at candidate\@empty
-\let\pkgcls at releasedate\@empty
-\ifx\load at onefilewithoptions\@undefined
- \let\load at onefilewithoptions\@onefilewithoptions
- \def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2][#3]#4{%
- \pkgcls at debug{--- File loaded request (\noexpand\usepackage or ...)}%
- \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 1: #1}%
- \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 2: #2}%
- \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 3: #3}%
- \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 4: #4}%
- \def\pkgcls at name{#1}% % for info message
- \def\pkgcls at arg {#3}% % for info message
- \pkgcls at parse@date at arg{#3}%
- \let\pkgcls at candidate\@empty
- \begingroup
- \edef\reserved at a{%
- \endgroup
- \unexpanded{\load at onefilewithoptions#1[#2]}%
- [\pkgcls at mindate]%
- \unexpanded{#4}}%
- \reserved at a
- }
-\fi
-\def\pkgcls at parse@date at arg #1{%
- \ifx\@nil#1\@nil
- \pkgcls at targetdate\requestedLaTeXdate\relax
- \let\pkgcls at targetlabel\@empty
- \let\pkgcls at mindate\@empty
- \else
- \pkgcls at parse@date at arg@#1=\@nil\relax
- \fi
- }
-\def\pkgcls at parse@date at arg@#1=#2\@nil{%
- \pkgcls at targetdate
- \ifx\@nil#1\@nil
- \@parse at version0#2//00\@nil\relax
- \ifnum \pkgcls at targetdate=\z@
- \pkgcls at targetdate\@ne
- \def\pkgcls at innerdate{\maxdimen}%
- \pkgcls at parse@date at arg@version#2%
- \else
- \edef\pkgcls at innerdate{\the\pkgcls at targetdate}%
- \fi
- \let\pkgcls at mindate\@empty
- \else
- \requestedLaTeXdate\relax
- \let\pkgcls at targetlabel\@empty
- \def\pkgcls at innerdate{\maxdimen}%
- \def\pkgcls at mindate{#1}%
- \ifnum \pkgcls at targetdate > \z@
- \ifnum \@parse at version0#1//00\@nil > \pkgcls at targetdate
- \@latex at warning@no at line{Suspicious rollback/min-date date given\MessageBreak
- A minimal date of #1 has been specified for
- \@cls at pkg\MessageBreak '\pkgcls at name'.\MessageBreak
- But this is in conflict
- with a rollback request to \requestedpatchdate}
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\def\pkgcls at parse@date at arg@version#1={%
- \def\pkgcls at targetlabel{#1}}
-\def\DeclareRelease#1#2#3{%
- \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate>\z@ % some sort of rollback request
- \pkgcls at debug{---\string\DeclareRelease:}%
- \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 1: #1}%
- \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 2: #2}%
- \pkgcls at debug{\@spaces 3: #3}%
- \ifx\@nil#2\@nil
- \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate=\@ne % named request
- \def\reserved at a{#1}%
- \ifx\pkgcls at targetlabel\reserved at a
- \pkgcls at use@this at release{#3}{}%
- \else
- \pkgcls at debug{Label doesn't match}%
- \fi
- \else
- \pkgcls at debug{Date request: ignored}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate>\@ne % a real request
- \ifnum\@parse at version#2//00\@nil
- >\pkgcls at targetdate
- \ifx\pkgcls at candidate\@empty
- \pkgcls at rollbackdate@error{#2}%
- \pkgcls at use@this at release{#3}{#2}%
- \else
- \pkgcls at use@this at release\pkgcls at candidate
- \pkgcls at releasedate
- \fi
- \else
- \def\pkgcls at candidate{#3}%
- \def\pkgcls at releasedate{#2}%
- \pkgcls at debug{New candidate: #3}%
- \fi
- \else
- \def\reserved at a{#1}%
- \ifx\pkgcls at targetlabel\reserved at a
- \pkgcls at use@this at release{#3}{#2}%
- \else
- \pkgcls at debug{Label doesn't match}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\def\pkgcls at use@this at release#1#2{%
- \pkgcls at show@selection{#1}{#2}%
- \pkgcls at targetdate\z@
- \@@input #1\relax
- \endinput
-}
-\def\pkgcls at show@selection#1#2{%
- \pkgcls at debug{Result: use #1}%
- \GenericInfo
- {\@spaces\@spaces\space}{Rollback for
- \@cls at pkg\space'\@currname' requested ->
- \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate>\@ne
- date
- \ifnum\requestedLaTeXdate=\pkgcls at targetdate
- \requestedpatchdate
- \else
- \expandafter\@gobble\pkgcls at arg
- \fi.\MessageBreak
- Best approximation is
- \else
- version '\pkgcls at targetlabel'.\MessageBreak
- This corresponds to
- \fi
- \ifx\@nil#2\@nil
- a special release%
- \else
- the release introduced on #2%
- \fi
- \@gobble}%
-}
-\def\pkgcls at rollbackdate@error#1{%
- \@latex at error{Suspicious rollback date given}%
- {The \@cls at pkg\space'\@currname' claims that it
- came into existence on #1 which\MessageBreak
- is after your requested rollback date --- so
- something is wrong here.\MessageBreak
- Continue and we use the earliest known release.}}
-\def\DeclareCurrentRelease#1#2{%
- \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate>\z@ % some sort of rollback request
- \pkgcls at debug{---DeclareCurrentRelease}%
- \pkgcls at debug{ 1: #1}%
- \pkgcls at debug{ 2: #2}%
- \ifnum\pkgcls at targetdate>\@ne % a date request
- \ifnum\@parse at version#2//00\@nil
- >\pkgcls at targetdate
- \ifx\pkgcls at candidate\@empty
- \pkgcls at rollbackdate@error{#2}%
- \else
- \pkgcls at use@this at release\pkgcls at candidate
- \pkgcls at releasedate
- \fi
- \else
- \pkgcls at show@selection{current version}{#2}%
- \fi
- \else % a label request
- \def\reserved at a{#1}%
- \ifx\pkgcls at targetlabel\reserved at a
- \pkgcls at show@selection{current version}{#2}%
- \else
- \@latex at error{Requested version '\pkgcls at targetlabel' for
- \@cls at pkg\space'\@currname' is unknown}\@ehc
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\IfTargetDateBefore[1]{%
- \ifnum\pkgcls at innerdate <%
- \expandafter\@parse at version\expandafter0#1//00\@nil
- \typeout{Exclude code introduced on #1}%
- \expandafter\@firstoftwo
- \else
- \typeout{Include code introduced on #1}%
- \expandafter\@secondoftwo
- \fi
-}
-%%% From File: ltluatex.dtx
-\ifx\directlua\@undefined\else
-\ifnum\luatexversion<60 %
- \wlog{***************************************************}
- \wlog{* LuaTeX version too old for ltluatex support *}
- \wlog{***************************************************}
- \expandafter\endinput
-\fi
-\ifx\e at alloc@attribute at count\@undefined
- \countdef\e at alloc@attribute at count=258
-\fi
-\def\newattribute#1{%
- \e at alloc\attribute\attributedef
- \e at alloc@attribute at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
-}
-\e at alloc@attribute at count=\z@
-\def\setattribute#1#2{#1=\numexpr#2\relax}
-\def\unsetattribute#1{#1=-"7FFFFFFF\relax}
-\ifx\e at alloc@ccodetable at count\@undefined
- \countdef\e at alloc@ccodetable at count=259
-\fi
-\def\newcatcodetable#1{%
- \e at alloc\catcodetable\chardef
- \e at alloc@ccodetable at count\m at ne{"8000}#1%
- \initcatcodetable\allocationnumber
-}
-\e at alloc@ccodetable at count=\z@
-\newcatcodetable\catcodetable at initex
-\newcatcodetable\catcodetable at string
-\begingroup
- \def\setrangecatcode#1#2#3{%
- \ifnum#1>#2 %
- \expandafter\@gobble
- \else
- \expandafter\@firstofone
- \fi
- {%
- \catcode#1=#3 %
- \expandafter\setrangecatcode\expandafter
- {\number\numexpr#1 + 1\relax}{#2}{#3}
- }%
- }
- \@firstofone{%
- \catcodetable\catcodetable at initex
- \catcode0=12 %
- \catcode13=12 %
- \catcode37=12 %
- \setrangecatcode{65}{90}{12}%
- \setrangecatcode{97}{122}{12}%
- \catcode92=12 %
- \catcode127=12 %
- \savecatcodetable\catcodetable at string
- \endgroup
- }%
-\newcatcodetable\catcodetable at latex
-\newcatcodetable\catcodetable at atletter
-\begingroup
- \def\parseunicodedataI#1;#2;#3;#4\relax{%
- \parseunicodedataII#1;#3;#2 First>\relax
- }%
- \def\parseunicodedataII#1;#2;#3 First>#4\relax{%
- \ifx\relax#4\relax
- \expandafter\parseunicodedataIII
- \else
- \expandafter\parseunicodedataIV
- \fi
- {#1}#2\relax%
- }%
- \def\parseunicodedataIII#1#2#3\relax{%
- \ifnum 0%
- \if L#21\fi
- \if M#21\fi
- >0 %
- \catcode"#1=11 %
- \fi
- }%
- \def\parseunicodedataIV#1#2#3\relax{%
- \read\unicoderead to \unicodedataline
- \if L#2%
- \count0="#1 %
- \expandafter\parseunicodedataV\unicodedataline\relax
- \fi
- }%
- \def\parseunicodedataV#1;#2\relax{%
- \loop
- \unless\ifnum\count0>"#1 %
- \catcode\count0=11 %
- \advance\count0 by 1 %
- \repeat
- }%
- \def\storedpar{\par}%
- \chardef\unicoderead=\numexpr\count16 + 1\relax
- \openin\unicoderead=UnicodeData.txt %
- \loop\unless\ifeof\unicoderead %
- \read\unicoderead to \unicodedataline
- \unless\ifx\unicodedataline\storedpar
- \expandafter\parseunicodedataI\unicodedataline\relax
- \fi
- \repeat
- \closein\unicoderead
- \@firstofone{%
- \catcode64=12 %
- \savecatcodetable\catcodetable at latex
- \catcode64=11 %
- \savecatcodetable\catcodetable at atletter
- }
-\endgroup
-\ifx\e at alloc@luafunction at count\@undefined
- \countdef\e at alloc@luafunction at count=260
-\fi
-\def\newluafunction{%
- \e at alloc\luafunction\e at alloc@chardef
- \e at alloc@luafunction at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top
-}
-\e at alloc@luafunction at count=\z@
-\ifx\e at alloc@whatsit at count\@undefined
- \countdef\e at alloc@whatsit at count=261
-\fi
-\def\newwhatsit#1{%
- \e at alloc\whatsit\e at alloc@chardef
- \e at alloc@whatsit at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
-}
-\e at alloc@whatsit at count=\z@
-\ifx\e at alloc@bytecode at count\@undefined
- \countdef\e at alloc@bytecode at count=262
-\fi
-\def\newluabytecode#1{%
- \e at alloc\luabytecode\e at alloc@chardef
- \e at alloc@bytecode at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
-}
-\e at alloc@bytecode at count=\z@
-
-\ifx\e at alloc@luachunk at count\@undefined
- \countdef\e at alloc@luachunk at count=263
-\fi
-\def\newluachunkname#1{%
- \e at alloc\luachunk\e at alloc@chardef
- \e at alloc@luachunk at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
- {\escapechar\m at ne
- \directlua{lua.name[\the\allocationnumber]="\string#1"}}%
-}
-\e at alloc@luachunk at count=\z@
-\everyjob\expandafter{%
- \the\everyjob
- \begingroup
- \attributedef\attributezero=0 %
- \chardef \charzero =0 %
- \countdef \CountZero =0 %
- \dimendef \dimenzero =0 %
- \mathchardef \mathcharzero =0 %
- \muskipdef \muskipzero =0 %
- \skipdef \skipzero =0 %
- \toksdef \tokszero =0 %
- \directlua{require("ltluatex")}
- \endgroup
-}
-\everyjob\expandafter{%
- \the\everyjob
- \directlua{%
- if xpcall(function ()%
- require('luaotfload-main')%
- end,texio.write_nl) then %
- local _void = luaotfload.main ()%
- else %
- texio.write_nl('Error in luaotfload: reverting to OT1')%
- tex.print('\string\\def\string\\encodingdefault{OT1}')%
- end %
- }%
- \let\f at encoding\encodingdefault
- \expandafter\let\csname ver at luaotfload.sty\endcsname\fmtversion
- }
-\fi
%%% From File: ltfinal.dtx
\tracingstats1
\newcount\@lowpenalty
@@ -10086,6 +12219,8 @@
\lccode 127=127 % alternate hyphen char
\lccode 23 =23 % textcompwordmark in T1
\fi
+\@expl at finalise@setup@@
+\def\@expl at finalise@setup@@{}
\ifx\XeTeXuseglyphmetrics\@undefined
\else
\XeTeXuseglyphmetrics=1 %
@@ -10117,7 +12252,7 @@
\def\font at submax{0pt}
\fi
\ifnum0%
- \ifx\Umathchar\@undefined\else 1\fi
+ \ifx\Umathcode\@undefined\else 1\fi
\ifx\mubyte\@undefined\else 1\fi
\ifx\charsubdef\@undefined\else 1\fi
=\z@
@@ -10299,7 +12434,6 @@
\dh\DH\dj\DJ\l\L\ng\NG\ss\SS\th\TH}
\protected at edef\MakeUppercase#1{\MakeUppercase{#1}}
\protected at edef\MakeLowercase#1{\MakeLowercase{#1}}
-\input{ltexpl.ltx}
\let\reserved at a\@filelist
\let\reserved at b=\@undefined
\let\reserved at c=\@undefined
@@ -10318,7 +12452,7 @@
\endgroup}
\let\@filelist\@gobble
\def\@addtofilelist#1{\xdef\@filelist{\@filelist,#1}}%
-\AtBeginDocument{\reinstall at nfss@defs\init at series@setup}
+\@input{latex2e-first-aid-for-external-files.ltx}
\makeatother
\errorstopmode
\dump
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex209.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex209.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex209.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
%% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
%% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{latex209.def}[2018/08/11 v0.54 Standard LaTeX file]
+\ProvidesFile{latex209.def}[2020/08/21 v0.55 Standard LaTeX file]
\if at compatibility
\expandafter\endinput
\else
@@ -152,6 +152,12 @@
\saved at missingfileerror{#1}{#2}%
\fi
}
+\@ifundefined{@missing at onefilewithoptions}{}{%
+ \def\@missing at onefilewithoptions#1{%
+ \@pass at ptions\@currext{#1}{\@currname}%
+ \@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext
+ \let\@currname\@empty}%
+}
\def\@obsoletefile#1#2{%
\expandafter\let\csname opt@#1\expandafter\endcsname
\csname opt@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latexrelease.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latexrelease.sty 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latexrelease.sty 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -8,7 +8,9 @@
%% ltvers.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
%% latexrelease.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
%% ltdirchk.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
+%% ltexpl.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
%% ltdefns.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
+%% lthooks.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
%% ltalloc.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
%% ltcntrl.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
%% lterror.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
@@ -28,6 +30,8 @@
%% ltidxglo.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
%% ltbibl.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
%% ltpage.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
+%% ltfilehook.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
+%% ltshipout.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
%% ltoutput.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
%% ltclass.dtx (with options: `latexrelease,tracerollback')
%% ltspace.dtx (with options: `latexrelease')
@@ -280,7 +284,7 @@
}
%%% From File: ltvers.dtx
\edef\latexreleaseversion
- {2020-02-02}
+ {2020-10-01}
\newif\if at includeinrelease
\@includeinreleasefalse
\def\IncludeInRelease#1{%
@@ -442,7 +446,147 @@
\fi
\edef\filename at base{#1}}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+%%% From File: ltexpl.dtx
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {expl3}{Pre-load expl3}%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname tex\string _let:D\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+\else
+ \GenericInfo{}{Skipping: expl3 code already part of the format}%
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+\fi
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{expl3.ltx}
+ {%
+ \ifnum0%
+ \ifdefined\pdffilesize 1\fi
+ \ifdefined\filesize 1\fi
+ \ifdefined\luatexversion\ifnum\luatexversion>94 1\fi\fi
+ \ifdefined\kanjiskip 1\fi
+ >0 %
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \else
+ \@latex at error{%
+ LaTeX requires the e-TeX primitives and additional\MessageBreak
+ functionality available in the engines:\MessageBreak
+ - pdfTeX v1.40\MessageBreak
+ - XeTeX v0.99992\MessageBreak
+ - LuaTeX v0.95\MessageBreak
+ - e-(u)pTeX mid-2012\MessageBreak
+ or later%
+ }\@ehd \expandafter\@gobble
+ \fi
+ }
+ {%
+ \@latex at error{LaTeX requires expl3}\@ehd
+ \@gobble
+ }%
+ {%
+ \input expl3.ltx
+ \ifdefined\NewDocumentCommand
+ \else
+ \IfFileExists{xparse.ltx}
+ {\input xparse.ltx }
+ {}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
+ {expl3}{Pre-load expl3}%
+\IfFileExists{expl3.ltx}
+ {%
+ \ifnum0%
+ \ifdefined\pdffilesize 1\fi
+ \ifdefined\filesize 1\fi
+ \ifdefined\luatexversion\ifnum\luatexversion>94 1\fi\fi
+ >0 %
+ \else
+ \message{Skipping expl3-dependent extensions}
+ \expandafter\@gobbletwo
+ \fi
+ }
+ {%
+ \message{Skipping expl3-dependent extensions}%
+ \@gobbletwo
+ }%
+\input{expl3.ltx}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{expl3~2020-10-01}%
+ {expl3~macros~added~for~the~2020-10-01~release}%
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@to at str@@N \cs_to_str:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF \str_if_eq:nnTF
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@prefix at spec@@N \cs_prefix_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@argument at spec@@N \cs_argument_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N \cs_replacement_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at str@map at function@@NN \str_map_function:NN
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at char@generate@@nn \char_generate:nn
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{expl3~2020-10-01}%
+ {expl3~macros~added~for~the~2020-10-01~release}%
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@to at str@@N
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@prefix at spec@@N
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@argument at spec@@N
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at str@map at function@@NN
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\ExplSyntaxOff
%%% From File: ltdefns.dtx
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\typeout}{Allow "par" in \typeout}%
+\protected\long\def\typeout#1{\begingroup
+ \set at display@protect
+ \def\par{^^J^^J}%
+ \immediate\write\@unused{#1}\endgroup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\typeout}{Allow "par" in \typeout}%
+
+\def\typeout#1{\begingroup\set at display@protect
+ \immediate\write\@unused{#1}\endgroup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\MakeRobust}{\MakeRobust}%
+\def\MakeRobust#1{%
+ \count@=\escapechar
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{%
+ \@latex at error{The control sequence `\string#1' is undefined!%
+ \MessageBreak There is nothing here to make robust}%
+ \@eha
+ }%
+ {%
+ \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\@kernel at rename@newcommand
+ \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
+ #1%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\string#1}%
+ \def\reserved at b{#1}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\expandafter\strip at prefix\meaning\reserved at b}%
+ \xdef#1{%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \noexpand\x at protect\noexpand#1%
+ \fi
+ \noexpand\protect\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ {\@latex at info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}%
+ }%
+ \escapechar=\count@
+}%
+\def\@kernel at rename@newcommand#1#2{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#2%
+ {\@if at newcommand#2%
+ {\afterassignment\global
+ \global\@copy at newcommand#1#2%
+ \global\let#2\@undefined
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname\string#2\endcsname\@undefined}%
+ {\global\let#1=#2}}%
+ {\global\let#1=#2}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}{\MakeRobust}{\MakeRobust}%
\def\MakeRobust#1{%
\@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}{%
@@ -468,6 +612,7 @@
{\@latex at info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}%
}%
}%
+\let\@kernel at rename@newcommand\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}{\MakeRobust}{\MakeRobust}%
\def\MakeRobust#1{%
@@ -494,10 +639,28 @@
{\@latex at info{The control sequence `\string#1' is already robust}}%
}%
}%
+\let\@kernel at rename@newcommand\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\MakeRobust}{\MakeRobust}%
\let\MakeRobust\@undefined
+\let\@kernel at rename@newcommand\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\kernel at make@fragile}{Undo robustness}%
+\def\kernel at make@fragile#1{%
+ \@ifundefined{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space}%
+ {}%
+ {%
+ \global\expandafter\let\expandafter #1\csname
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@kernel at rename@newcommand
+ \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space\endcsname\@undefined
+ }%
+}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
{\kernel at make@fragile}{Undo robustness}%
\def\kernel at make@fragile#1{%
@@ -511,6 +674,210 @@
}%
}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020-10-01}{\robust at command@act}
+ {Add \robust at command@act}%
+\long\def\robust at command@act#1#2#3#4{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#2%
+ {\expandafter\robust at command@act at loop
+ \expandafter#2%
+ #1{\@nnil\@nnil}%
+ \robust at command@act at end}%
+ {\robust at command@act at end}%
+ {#3}{#4}}%
+\long\def\robust at command@act at loop#1#2{\robust at command@act at loop@aux#1#2}
+\long\def\robust at command@act at loop@aux#1#2#3{%
+ \ifx\@nnil#2%
+ \else
+ #2{#1}%
+ {\robust at command@act at do{#3}}%
+ {\expandafter\robust at command@act at loop\expandafter#1}%
+ \fi}
+\long\def\robust at command@act at do#1%
+ \fi#2%
+ \robust at command@act at end#3#4{%
+ \fi
+ #1#4}
+\long\def\robust at command@act at end#1#2{#1#2}
+\long\def\robust at command@chk at safe#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \expandafter\endgroup\expandafter
+ \robust at command@act at chk@args\meaning#1:->\@nil}
+\def\robust at command@act at chk@args#1:->#2\@nil{%
+ \@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF{#1}{macro}%
+ {\@firstoftwo}%
+ {\@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF{#1}{\protected macro}%
+ {\@firstoftwo}%
+ {\@secondoftwo}}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000-00-00}{\robust at command@act}
+ {Add \robust at command@act}%
+\let\robust at command@act\@undefined
+\let\robust at command@act at loop\@undefined
+\let\robust at command@act at loop@aux\@undefined
+\let\robust at command@act at do\@undefined
+\let\robust at command@act at end\@undefined
+\let\robust at command@chk at safe\@undefined
+\let\robust at command@act at chk@args\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020-10-01}{\DeclareCommandCopy}
+ {Add \NewCommandCopy, \RenewCommandCopy, and \DeclareCommandCopy}%
+\def\NewCommandCopy{%
+ \declare at commandcopy
+ {\@firstofone}%
+ {\@firstoftwo\@notdefinable}}
+\def\RenewCommandCopy{%
+ \declare at commandcopy
+ {\@latex at error{Command \@backslashchar\reserved at a\space undefined}\@ehc
+ \@firstofone}%
+ {\@firstofone}}
+\def\DeclareCommandCopy{%
+ \declare at commandcopy
+ {\@firstofone}%
+ {\@firstofone}}
+\long\def\declare at commandcopy#1#2#3#4{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#3}%
+ \@ifundefined\reserved at a{#1}{#2}%
+ {\robust at command@act
+ \@declarecommandcopylisthook#4%
+ \declare at commandcopy@let{#3#4}}}
+\def\@declarecommandcopylisthook{%
+ {\@if at DeclareRobustCommand \@copy at DeclareRobustCommand}%
+ {\@if at newcommand \@copy at newcommand}}
+\long\def\declare at commandcopy@let#1#2{\let#1=#2\relax}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000-00-00}{\DeclareCommandCopy}
+ {Undefine \NewCommandCopy, \RenewCommandCopy, and \DeclareCommandCopy}%
+\let\NewCommandCopy\@undefined
+\let\RenewCommandCopy\@undefined
+\let\DeclareCommandCopy\@undefined
+\let\declare at commandcopy\@undefined
+\let\@declarecommandcopylisthook\@undefined
+\let\declare at commandcopy@let\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020-10-01}{\ShowCommand}%
+ {Add \ShowCommand}%
+\long\def\ShowCommand#1{%
+ \robust at command@act
+ \@showcommandlisthook#1%
+ \show#1}
+\def\@showcommandlisthook{%
+ {\@if at DeclareRobustCommand \@show at DeclareRobustCommand}%
+ {\@if at newcommand \@show at newcommand}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000-00-00}{\ShowCommand}
+ {Undefine \ShowCommand}%
+\let\ShowCommand\@undefined
+\let\@showcommandlisthook\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020-10-01}{\@if at DeclareRobustCommand}
+ {Add \@if at DeclareRobustCommand, \@if at newcommand,
+ \@copy at DeclareRobustCommand, \@copy at newcommand,
+ \@show at DeclareRobustCommand, \@show at newcommand}%
+\long\def\@if at DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \edef\reserved at a{\string#1}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize{#1}}%
+ \xdef\@gtempa{%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \noexpand\x at protect
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \fi
+ \noexpand\protect
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname}%
+ \endgroup
+ \ifx\@gtempa#1\relax
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+\long\def\@copy at DeclareRobustCommand#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar=`\\
+ \edef\reserved at a{\string#1}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize{#1}}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ \endgroup
+ \def\noexpand#1{%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \noexpand\x at protect
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \fi
+ \noexpand\protect
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname}%
+ \noexpand\copy at kernel@robust at command
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#2 \endcsname}%
+ \reserved at a}
+\long\def\copy at kernel@robust at command#1#2{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#2%
+ {\@if at newcommand#2%
+ {\@copy at newcommand}%
+ {\declare at commandcopy@let}}
+ {\declare at commandcopy@let}%
+ #1#2}
+\long\def\@show at DeclareRobustCommand#1{%
+ \typeout{> \string#1=robust macro:}%
+ \typeout{->\@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N#1.^^J}%
+ \expandafter\show at kernel@robust at command
+ \csname\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1 \endcsname}
+\long\def\show at kernel@robust at command#1{%
+ \robust at command@chk at safe#1%
+ {\@if at newcommand#1%
+ {\@show at newcommand}%
+ {\show}}%
+ {\show}%
+ #1}
+\long\def\@if at newcommand#1{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ \noexpand\@protected at testopt
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\endcsname}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{%
+ \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ {\expandafter\@carcube#1{}{}{}\@nil}}%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+\long\def\@copy at newcommand#1#2{%
+ \edef#1{\noexpand\@protected at testopt
+ \noexpand#1%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\endcsname
+ \unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ {\expandafter\@gobblethree#2}}%
+ \expandafter
+ \let\csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#2\endcsname}
+\long\def\@show at newcommand#1{%
+ \typeout{> \string#1=robust macro:}%
+ \typeout{->\@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N#1.^^J}%
+ \expandafter\@show at newcommand@aux
+ \csname\@backslashchar\@expl at cs@to at str@@N#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \expandafter{#1}}
+\long\def\@show at newcommand@aux#1#2{%
+ \typeout{> \string#1=\@expl at cs@prefix at spec@@N#1macro:}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ default \string##1=\expandafter\detokenize\@gobblethree#2.^^J%
+ \@expl at cs@argument at spec@@N#1->\@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N#1}%
+ \showtokens\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter\reserved at a}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000-00-00}{\@if at DeclareRobustCommand}
+ {Undefine \@if at DeclareRobustCommand, \@if at newcommand,
+ \@copy at DeclareRobustCommand, \@copy at newcommand,
+ \@show at DeclareRobustCommand, \@show at newcommand}%
+\let\@if at DeclareRobustCommand\@undefined
+\let\@copy at DeclareRobustCommand\@undefined
+\let\@show at DeclareRobustCommand\@undefined
+\let\@if at newcommand\@undefined
+\let\@copy at newcommand\@undefined
+\let\@show at newcommand\@undefined
+\let\copy at kernel@robust at command\@undefined
+\let\show at kernel@robust at command\@undefined
+\let\@show at newcommand@aux\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2018-04-01}{\@ifundefined}
{Leave commands undefined in \@ifundefined}%
\def\@ifundefined#1{%
@@ -548,6 +915,43 @@
\expandafter\@secondoftwo
\fi}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\string at makeletter}
+ {Add \string at makeletter}%
+\def\string at makeletter#1{%
+ \@expl at str@map at function@@NN#1\@string at makeletter}
+\def\@string at makeletter#1{%
+ \char at if@alph{#1}%
+ {\@expl at char@generate@@nn{`#1}{11}}%
+ {#1}}
+\def\char at if@alph#1{%
+ \ifnum0\ifnum`#1<`A 1\fi\ifnum`#1>`z 1\fi
+ \if\ifnum`#1>`Z @\fi\ifnum`#1<`a @\fi01\fi>0
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\string at makeletter}
+ {Undefine \string at makeletter}%
+\let\string at makeletter\@undefined
+\let\@string at makeletter\@undefined
+\let\char at if@alph\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\-}{Use primitive \- in Lua\LaTeX}%
+\ifx\directlua\@undefined
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\-}{%
+ \discretionary{%
+ \char \ifnum\hyphenchar\font<\z@
+ \defaulthyphenchar
+ \else
+ \hyphenchar\font
+ \fi
+ }{}{}%
+ }
+\else
+ \let\-\@@hyph
+\fi
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2017/04/15}{\-}{Use \hyphenchar in \-}%
\DeclareRobustCommand{\-}{%
\discretionary{%
@@ -558,12 +962,11 @@
\fi
}{}{}%
}
-\let\@dischyph=\-
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\-}{Use \hyphenchar in \-}%
\def\-{\discretionary{-}{}{}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\let\@dischyph=\-
-\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\allowbreak}{Make various commands robust}%
\MakeRobust\allowbreak
@@ -604,6 +1007,990 @@
\kernel at make@fragile\underbar
\EndIncludeInRelease
+%%
+%% File: lthooks.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach,
+%% Phelype Oleinik & LaTeX Team
+%%% From File: lthooks.dtx
+\def\lthooksversion{v1.0b}
+\def\lthooksdate{2020/09/21}
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\NewHook}{The hook management}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\bool_new:N \g__hook_debug_bool
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__hook_debug:n \use_none:n
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_debug_on:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g__hook_debug_bool
+ \__hook_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_debug_off:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g__hook_debug_bool
+ \__hook_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_debug_gset:
+ {
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npx \__hook_debug:n ##1
+ { \bool_if:NT \g__hook_debug_bool {##1} }
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__hook_str_compare:nn \__str_if_eq:nn
+\bool_new:N \l__hook_tmpa_bool
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_return_tl
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_tmpa_tl
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_tmpb_tl
+\seq_new:N \g__hook_all_seq
+\tl_new:N \g__hook_removal_list_tl
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_cur_hook_tl
+\prop_new:N \l__hook_work_prop
+\prop_new:N \g__hook_execute_immediately_prop
+\prop_new:N \g__hook_used_prop
+\tl_new:N \g__hook_hook_curr_name_tl
+\seq_new:N \g__hook_name_stack_seq
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__hook_tmp:w ?
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_gremove_once:Nn { Nx }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_show:n { x }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \tl_log:n { x }
+\scan_new:N \s__hook_mark
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_new:n #1
+ { \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_new:n {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_new:n #1
+ {
+ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ { \msg_error:nnn { hooks } { exists } {#1} }
+ {
+ \seq_gput_right:Nn \g__hook_all_seq {#1}
+ \tl_new:c { __hook~#1 }
+ \__hook_declare:n {#1}
+ \clist_new:c {g__hook_#1_labels_clist}
+ \tl_new:c { g__hook_#1_reversed_tl }
+ \__hook_include_legacy_code_chunk:n {#1}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_declare:n #1
+ {
+ \__hook_if_exist:nF {#1}
+ {
+ \prop_new:c { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ \tl_new:c { __hook_next~#1 }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_new_reversed:n #1
+ { \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_new_reversed:n {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_new_reversed:n #1
+ {
+ \__hook_new:n {#1}
+ \tl_gset:cn { g__hook_#1_reversed_tl } { - }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_new_pair:nn #1#2
+ { \hook_new:n {#1} \hook_new_reversed:n {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_include_legacy_code_chunk:n #1
+ {
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \tl_if_exist:cT { @#1hook }
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:cF { @#1hook }
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nnnv \__hook_hook_gput_code_do:nnn {#1}
+ { legacy } { @#1hook }
+ \tl_gclear:c { @#1hook }
+ }
+ }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_parse_label_default:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_novalue:nTF {#1}
+ { \__hook_currname_or_default:n { top-level } }
+ {
+ \tl_trim_spaces_apply:nN {#1}
+ \__hook_parse_dot_label:nn { top-level }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_parse_dot_label:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \msg_expandable_error:nnn { hooks } { empty-label } {#2}
+ #2
+ }
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { . }
+ { \__hook_currname_or_default:n {#2} }
+ { \__hook_parse_dot_label:nw {#2} #1 ./ \s__hook_mark }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_parse_dot_label:nw #1 #2 ./ #3 \s__hook_mark
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2}
+ { \__hook_parse_dot_label_aux:nw {#1} #3 \s__hook_mark }
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#3}
+ { \__hook_make_name:n {#2} }
+ { \__hook_parse_dot_label_cleanup:w #2 ./ #3 \s__hook_mark }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_parse_dot_label_cleanup:w #1 ./ \s__hook_mark {#1}
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_parse_dot_label_aux:nw #1 #2 ./ \s__hook_mark
+ { \__hook_currname_or_default:n {#1} / \__hook_make_name:n {#2} }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_currname_or_default:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \g__hook_hook_curr_name_tl
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \@currname
+ { \__hook_make_name:n {#1} }
+ { \@currname }
+ }
+ { \g__hook_hook_curr_name_tl }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_make_name:n #1
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \__hook_make_name:w
+ \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \cs:w __hook~ #1 \cs_end:
+ }
+\exp_last_unbraced:NNNNo
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_make_name:w #1 \tl_to_str:n { __hook~ } { }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \use:e
+ {
+ \group_end:
+ \exp_not:N #1 #2
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1
+ { { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#2} } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1
+ {
+ { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#2} }
+ { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#3} }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_normalize_hook_rule_args:Nnnnn #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
+ {
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args_aux:Nn #1
+ {
+ { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#2} }
+ { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#3} }
+ { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#4} }
+ { \__hook_parse_label_default:n {#5} }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gput_code:nnn #1 #2
+ { \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nnn \__hook_gput_code:nnn {#1} {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gput_code:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \g__hook_execute_immediately_prop {#1}
+ {#3}
+ {
+ \__hook_if_marked_removal:nnTF {#1} {#2}
+ { \__hook_unmark_removal:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ {
+ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \__hook_hook_gput_code_do:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \__hook_update_hook_code:n {#1}
+ }
+ { \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__hook_gput_code:nnn { nxv }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_hook_gput_code_do:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n{\iow_term:x{****~ Add~ to~
+ \hook_if_exist:nF {#1} { undeclared~ }
+ hook~ #1~ (#2)
+ \on at line\space <-~ \tl_to_str:n{#3}} }
+ \prop_get:cnNTF { g__hook_#1_code_prop } {#2} \l__hook_return_tl
+ {
+ \prop_gput:cno { g__hook_#1_code_prop } {#2}
+ { \l__hook_return_tl #3 }
+ }
+ { \prop_gput:cnn { g__hook_#1_code_prop } {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gput_undeclared_hook:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \__hook_declare:n {#1}
+ \__hook_hook_gput_code_do:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:nnn #1
+ {
+ \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn {#1}
+ \hook_gput_code:nnn \__hook_gput_undeclared_hook:nnn
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_try_declaring_generic_next_hook:nn #1
+ {
+ \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn {#1}
+ \hook_gput_next_code:nn \__hook_gput_next_do:nn
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:nNNnn #1
+ {
+ \__hook_if_file_hook:wTF #1 / / \s__hook_mark
+ {
+ \exp_args:Ne \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook_split:nNNnn
+ { \exp_args:Ne \__hook_file_hook_normalize:n {#1} }
+ }
+ { \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook_split:nNNnn {#1} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook_split:nNNnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:wnTF #1 / / / \scan_stop: {#1}
+ { #2 }
+ { #3 } {#1}
+ }
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__hook_try_declaring_generic_hook:wn
+ #1 / #2 / #3 / #4 \scan_stop: #5 { TF }
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2}
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \c__hook_generics_prop {#1}
+ {
+ \hook_if_exist:nF {#5} { \hook_new:n {#5} }
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \c__hook_generics_reversed_ii_prop {#2}
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g__hook_#5_reversed_tl } { - } }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnT \c__hook_generics_reversed_iii_prop {#3}
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g__hook_#5_reversed_tl } { - } }
+ }
+ \prg_return_true:
+ }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \__hook_if_file_hook:w
+ #1 / #2 / #3 \s__hook_mark { TF }
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { file }
+ {
+ \bool_lazy_or:nnTF
+ { \tl_if_empty_p:n {#3} }
+ { \str_if_eq_p:nn {#3} { / } }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ {
+ \prop_if_in:NnTF \c__hook_generics_file_prop {#2}
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+ }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_file_hook_normalize:n #1
+ { \__hook_strip_double_slash:n {#1} }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_strip_double_slash:n #1
+ { \__hook_strip_double_slash:w #1 // \s__hook_mark }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_strip_double_slash:w #1 // #2 \s__hook_mark
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2}
+ {#1}
+ { \__hook_strip_double_slash:w #1 / #2 \s__hook_mark }
+ }
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c__hook_generics_prop
+ {env=,file=,package=,class=,include=}
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c__hook_generics_reversed_ii_prop {after=,end=}
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c__hook_generics_reversed_iii_prop {after=}
+\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \c__hook_generics_file_prop {before=,after=}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gremove_code:nn #1 #2
+ { \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nnn \__hook_gremove_code:nn {#1} {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gremove_code:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \__hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#2} {*}
+ { \prop_gclear:c { g__hook_#1_code_prop } }
+ {
+ \prop_get:cnNTF { g__hook_#1_code_prop } {#2} \l__hook_return_tl
+ { \__hook_gremove_code_do:nn }
+ { \__hook_mark_removal:nn }
+ {#1} {#2}
+ }
+ \hook_if_exist:nT {#1}
+ { \__hook_update_hook_code:n {#1} }
+ }
+ { \__hook_mark_removal:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gremove_code_do:nn #1 #2
+ { \prop_gremove:cn { g__hook_#1_code_prop } {#2} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_mark_removal:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_gput_right:Nx \g__hook_removal_list_tl
+ { \__hook_removal_tl:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_unmark_removal:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_gremove_once:Nx \g__hook_removal_list_tl
+ { \__hook_removal_tl:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ }
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \__hook_if_marked_removal:nn #1 #2 { TF }
+ {
+ \exp_args:NNx \tl_if_in:NnTF \g__hook_removal_list_tl
+ { \__hook_removal_tl:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ { \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_removal_tl:nn #1 #2
+ { & \tl_to_str:n {#2} $ \tl_to_str:n {#1} $ }
+\prop_new:c {g__hook_??_code_prop}
+\prop_new:c {__hook~??}
+\tl_new:c {g__hook_??_reversed_tl}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gset_rule:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_rule_args:Nnnnn \__hook_gset_rule:nnnn
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gset_rule:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \__hook_declare:n {#1}
+ \__hook_rule_gclear:nnn {#1} {#2} {#4}
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \cs_if_exist_use:cTF { __hook_rule_#3_gset:nnn }
+ {
+ {#1} {#2} {#4}
+ \__hook_update_hook_code:n {#1}
+ }
+ { \msg_error:nnnnnn { hooks } { unknown-rule }
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_rule_before_gset:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \tl_gset:cx { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl }
+ { \__hook_label_ordered:nnTF {#2} {#3} { < } { > } }
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:cN { __hook_rule_<_gset:nnn } \__hook_rule_before_gset:nnn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_rule_after_gset:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \tl_gset:cx { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#3} {#2} _tl }
+ { \__hook_label_ordered:nnTF {#3} {#2} { < } { > } }
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:cN { __hook_rule_>_gset:nnn } \__hook_rule_after_gset:nnn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_rule_voids_gset:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \tl_gset:cx { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl }
+ { \__hook_label_ordered:nnTF {#2} {#3} { -> } { <- } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_rule_incompatible-error_gset:nnn } #1#2#3
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl } { xE } }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_rule_incompatible-warning_gset:nnn } #1#2#3
+ { \tl_gset:cn { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl } { xW } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_rule_unrelated_gset:nnn #1#2#3 { }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_rule_gclear:nnn #1#2#3
+ { \cs_undefine:c { g__hook_#1_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#2} {#3} _tl } }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_label_pair:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \if_case:w \__hook_str_compare:nn {#1} {#2} \exp_stop_f:
+ #1 | #1 % 0
+ \or: #1 | #2 % +1
+ \else: #2 | #1 % -1
+ \fi:
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \__hook_label_ordered:nn #1#2 { TF }
+ {
+ \if_int_compare:w \__hook_str_compare:nn {#1} {#2} > 0 \exp_stop_f:
+ \prg_return_true:
+ \else
+ \prg_return_false:
+ \fi:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_if_label_case:nnnnn #1#2
+ {
+ \cs:w use_
+ \if_case:w \__hook_str_compare:nn {#1} {#2}
+ i \or: ii \else: iii \fi: :nnn
+ \cs_end:
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__hook_update_hook_code:n \use_none:n
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_initialize_all: {
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \__hook_update_hook_code:n \__hook_initialize_hook_code:n
+ \__hook_debug:n { \prop_gclear:N \g__hook_used_prop }
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \g__hook_all_seq
+ {
+ \__hook_update_hook_code:n {##1}
+ }
+ \__hook_debug:n
+ { \iow_term:x{^^JAll~ initialized~ (non-empty)~ hooks:}
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \g__hook_used_prop
+ { \iow_term:x{^^J~ ##1~ ->~
+ \exp_not:v {__hook~##1}~ }
+ }
+ }
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \hook_use:n \__hook_use_initialized:n
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \__hook_preamble_hook:n \use_none:n
+}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_initialize_hook_code:n #1
+ {
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \__hook_debug:n{ \iow_term:x{^^JUpdate~ code~ for~ hook~
+ '#1' \on at line :^^J} }
+ \__hook_include_legacy_code_chunk:n {#1}
+ \hook_if_exist:nT {#1}
+ {
+ \prop_if_empty:cTF {g__hook_#1_code_prop}
+ { \tl_gset:co { __hook~#1 }
+ { \cs:w __hook_next~#1 \cs_end: } }
+ {
+ \__hook_if_reversed:nTF {#1}
+ { \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_tl_gput:NV \tl_gput_left:NV
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_clist_gput:NV \clist_gput_left:NV }
+ { \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_tl_gput:NV \tl_gput_right:NV
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_clist_gput:NV \clist_gput_right:NV }
+ \prop_set_eq:Nc \l__hook_work_prop { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ \__hook_initialize_single:cccn
+ { __hook~#1 } { __hook_next~#1 }
+ { g__hook_#1_labels_clist } {#1}
+ \__hook_debug:n{ \exp_args:NNx \prop_gput:Nnn
+ \g__hook_used_prop {#1}{} }
+ }
+ }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_tl_csname:n #1 { l__hook_label_#1_tl }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_seq_csname:n #1 { l__hook_label_#1_seq }
+\seq_new:N \l__hook_labels_seq
+\int_new:N \l__hook_labels_int
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_front_tl
+\tl_new:N \l__hook_rear_tl
+\tl_new:c { \__hook_tl_csname:n { 0 } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_initialize_single:NNNn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \seq_clear:N \l__hook_labels_seq
+ \int_zero:N \l__hook_labels_int
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__hook_cur_hook_tl {#4}
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l__hook_work_prop
+ {
+ \int_incr:N \l__hook_labels_int
+ \seq_put_right:Nn \l__hook_labels_seq {##1}
+ \tl_set:cn { \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} }{0}
+ \seq_clear_new:c { \__hook_seq_csname:n {##1} }
+ }
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l__hook_work_prop
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l__hook_work_prop
+ {
+ \__hook_if_label_case:nnnnn {##1} {####1}
+ { \prop_map_break: }
+ { \__hook_apply_label_pair:nnn {##1} {####1} }
+ { \__hook_apply_label_pair:nnn {####1} {##1} }
+ {#4}
+ }
+ }
+ \__hook_debug:n { \__hook_debug_label_data:N \l__hook_work_prop }
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__hook_rear_tl { 0 }
+ \tl_set:cn { \__hook_tl_csname:n { 0 } } { 0 }
+ \seq_map_inline:Nn \l__hook_labels_seq
+ {
+ \int_compare:nNnT { \cs:w \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} \cs_end: } = 0
+ {
+ \tl_set:cn { \__hook_tl_csname:n { \l__hook_rear_tl } }{##1}
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__hook_rear_tl {##1}
+ }
+ }
+ \tl_set_eq:Nc \l__hook_front_tl { \__hook_tl_csname:n { 0 } }
+ \tl_gclear:N #1
+ \clist_gclear:N #3
+ \bool_while_do:nn { ! \str_if_eq_p:Vn \l__hook_front_tl { 0 } }
+ {
+ \int_decr:N \l__hook_labels_int
+ \prop_get:NVN \l__hook_work_prop \l__hook_front_tl \l__hook_return_tl
+ \__hook_tl_gput:NV #1 \l__hook_return_tl
+ \__hook_clist_gput:NV #3 \l__hook_front_tl
+ \__hook_debug:n{ \iow_term:x{Handled~ code~ for~ \l__hook_front_tl} }
+ \seq_map_inline:cn { \__hook_seq_csname:n { \l__hook_front_tl } }
+ {
+ \tl_set:cx { \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} }
+ { \int_eval:n
+ { \cs:w \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} \cs_end: - 1 }
+ }
+ \int_compare:nNnT
+ { \cs:w \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} \cs_end: } = 0
+ {
+ \tl_set:cn { \__hook_tl_csname:n { \l__hook_rear_tl } } {##1}
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__hook_rear_tl {##1}
+ }
+ }
+ \tl_set_eq:Nc \l__hook_front_tl
+ { \__hook_tl_csname:n { \l__hook_front_tl } }
+ }
+ \int_compare:nNnF \l__hook_labels_int = 0
+ {
+ \iow_term:x{====================}
+ \iow_term:x{Error:~ label~ rules~ are~ incompatible:}
+ \__hook_debug_label_data:N \l__hook_work_prop
+ \iow_term:x{====================}
+ }
+ \tl_gput_right:Nn #1 {#2}
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__hook_initialize_single:NNNn {ccc}
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_tl_gput:NV {\ERROR}
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_clist_gput:NV {\ERROR}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_apply_label_pair:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ {
+ \__hook_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF {#1} {#2} { ?? } { }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_label_if_exist_apply:nnnF #1#2#3
+ {
+ \if_cs_exist:w g__hook_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl \cs_end:
+ \__hook_apply_rule:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \exp_after:wN \use_none:n
+ \else:
+ \use:nn
+ \fi:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_apply_rule:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \cs:w __hook_apply_
+ \cs:w g__hook_#3_reversed_tl \cs_end: rule_
+ \cs:w g__hook_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl \cs_end: :nnn \cs_end:
+ {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_<:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n { \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \tl_set:cx { \__hook_tl_csname:n {#2} }
+ { \int_eval:n{ \cs:w \__hook_tl_csname:n {#2} \cs_end: + 1 } }
+ \seq_put_right:cn{ \__hook_seq_csname:n {#1} }{#2}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_>:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n { \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \tl_set:cx { \__hook_tl_csname:n {#1} }
+ { \int_eval:n{ \cs:w \__hook_tl_csname:n {#1} \cs_end: + 1 } }
+ \seq_put_right:cn{ \__hook_seq_csname:n {#2} }{#1}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_xE:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n { \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \msg_error:nnnnnn { hooks } { labels-incompatible }
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} { 1 }
+ \use:c { __hook_apply_rule_->:nnn } {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \use:c { __hook_apply_rule_<-:nnn } {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_xW:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n { \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ \msg_warning:nnnnnn { hooks } { labels-incompatible }
+ {#1} {#2} {#3} { 0 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_->:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n
+ {
+ \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \iow_term:x{--->~ Drop~ '#2'~ code~ from~
+ \iow_char:N \\ g__hook_ \l__hook_cur_hook_tl _code_prop ~
+ because~ of~ '#1' }
+ }
+ \prop_put:Nnn \l__hook_work_prop {#2} { }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { __hook_apply_rule_<-:nnn } #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_debug:n
+ {
+ \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3}
+ \iow_term:x{--->~ Drop~ '#1'~ code~ from~
+ \iow_char:N \\ g__hook_ \l__hook_cur_hook_tl _code_prop ~
+ because~ of~ '#2' }
+ }
+ \prop_put:Nnn \l__hook_work_prop {#1} { }
+ }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_<:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_>:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_>:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_<:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_<-:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_<-:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_->:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_->:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_xE:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_xE:nnn }
+\cs_new_eq:cc { __hook_apply_-rule_xW:nnn } { __hook_apply_rule_xW:nnn }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_msg_pair_found:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \iow_term:x{~ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#3} {??} {default} {~normal} ~
+ rule~ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#1} {#2}:~
+ \use:c { g__hook_#3_rule_ \__hook_label_pair:nn {#1} {#2} _tl } ~
+ found}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_debug_label_data:N #1 {
+ \iow_term:x{Code~ labels~ for~ sorting:}
+ \iow_term:x{~ \seq_use:Nnnn\l__hook_labels_seq {~and~}{,~}{~and~} }
+ \iow_term:x{^^J Data~ structure~ for~ label~ rules:}
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn #1
+ {
+ \iow_term:x{~ ##1~ =~ \tl_use:c{ \__hook_tl_csname:n {##1} }~ ->~
+ \seq_use:cnnn{ \__hook_seq_csname:n {##1} }{~->~}{~->~}{~->~}
+ }
+ }
+ \iow_term:x{}
+}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_log:n #1
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_log_cmd:x \iow_log:x
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_log:nN {#1} \tl_log:x
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_show:n #1
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \__hook_log_cmd:x \iow_term:x
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_log:nN {#1} \tl_show:x
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_log_line:x #1
+ { \__hook_log_cmd:x { >~#1 } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_log_line_indent:x #1
+ { \__hook_log_cmd:x { >~\@spaces #1 } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_log:nN #1 #2
+ {
+ \__hook_preamble_hook:n {#1}
+ \iow_term:x { ^^J ->~The~hook~'#1': }
+ \hook_if_exist:nF {#1}
+ { \__hook_log_line:x { is~not~declared! } }
+ \__hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \__hook_log_line:x { Code~chunks: }
+ \prop_if_empty:cTF { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ { \__hook_log_line_indent:x { --- } }
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ { \__hook_log_line_indent:x { ##1~->~\tl_to_str:n {##2} } }
+ }
+ \__hook_log_line:x { Extra~code~for~next~invocation:}
+ \__hook_log_line_indent:x
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:cTF { __hook_next~#1 }
+ { --- }
+ { ->~ \exp_args:Nv \__hook_log_next_code:n { __hook_next~#1 } }
+ }
+ \__hook_log_line:x { Rules: }
+ \bool_set_true:N \l__hook_tmpa_bool
+ \__hook_list_rules:nn {#1}
+ {
+ \bool_set_false:N \l__hook_tmpa_bool
+ \__hook_log_line_indent:x
+ {
+ ##2~ with~
+ \str_if_eq:nnT {##3} {??} { default~ }
+ relation~ ##1
+ }
+ }
+ \bool_if:NT \l__hook_tmpa_bool
+ { \__hook_log_line_indent:x { --- } }
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnTF
+ { \hook_if_exist_p:n {#1} }
+ { ! \hook_if_empty_p:n {#1} }
+ {
+ \__hook_log_line:x
+ {
+ Execution~order
+ \bool_if:NTF \l__hook_tmpa_bool
+ { \__hook_if_reversed:nT {#1} { ~(after~reversal) } }
+ { ~(after~
+ \__hook_if_reversed:nT {#1} { reversal~and~ }
+ applying~rules)
+ } :
+ }
+ #2 % \tl_show:n
+ {
+ \@spaces
+ \clist_if_empty:cTF { g__hook_#1_labels_clist }
+ { --- }
+ { \clist_use:cn {g__hook_#1_labels_clist} { ,~ } }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ #2
+ {
+ Hook~ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {code~pool~empty} {not~declared}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ { #2 { The~hook~is~empty. } }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_log_next_code:n #1
+ { \exp_args:No \tl_to_str:n { \use_none:nn #1 } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_list_rules:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \cs_set_protected:Npn \__hook_tmp:w ##1 ##2 ##3 {#2}
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ {
+ \__hook_if_label_case:nnnnn {##1} {####1}
+ { \prop_map_break: }
+ { \__hook_list_one_rule:nnn {##1} {####1} }
+ { \__hook_list_one_rule:nnn {####1} {##1} }
+ {#1}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_list_one_rule:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \__hook_list_if_rule_exists:nnnF {#1} {#2} {#3} { }
+ { \__hook_list_if_rule_exists:nnnF {#1} {#2} { ?? } { } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_list_if_rule_exists:nnnF #1#2#3
+ {
+ \if_cs_exist:w g__hook_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl \cs_end:
+ \exp_args:Nv \__hook_tmp:w
+ { g__hook_ #3 _rule_ #1 | #2 _tl } { #1 | #2 } {#3}
+ \fi:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_debug_print_rules:n #1
+ {
+ \iow_term:n { The~hook~#1~contains~the~rules: }
+ \cs_set_protected:Npn \__hook_tmp:w ##1
+ {
+ \__hook_list_rules:nn {#1}
+ {
+ \iow_term:x
+ {
+ > ##1 {####2} ##1 => ##1 {####1}
+ \str_if_eq:nnT {####3} {??} { ~(default) }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ \exp_args:No \__hook_tmp:w { \use:nn { ~ } { ~ } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_gput_next_code:nn #1
+ { \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_gput_next_code:nn {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gput_next_code:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \debug_suspend:
+ \__hook_declare:n {#1}
+ \hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ { \__hook_gput_next_do:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ { \__hook_try_declaring_generic_next_hook:nn {#1} {#2} }
+ \debug_resume:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gput_next_do:nn #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nc \__hook_gput_next_do:Nnn
+ { __hook_next~#1 } {#1}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_gput_next_do:Nnn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:cT { __hook~#2 }
+ { \__hook_update_hook_code:n {#2} }
+ \tl_if_empty:NT #1
+ { \tl_gset:Nn #1 { \__hook_clear_next:n {#2} } }
+ \tl_gput_right:Nn #1
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_clear_next:n #1
+ { \cs_gset_eq:cN { __hook_next~#1 } \c_empty_tl }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_use:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cTF { __hook~#1 }
+ {
+ \__hook_preamble_hook:n {#1}
+ \cs:w __hook~#1 \cs_end:
+ }
+ { \__hook_use:wn #1 / \s__hook_mark {#1} }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_use_initialized:n #1
+ {
+ \if_cs_exist:w __hook~#1 \cs_end:
+ \else:
+ \__hook_use_undefined:w
+ \fi:
+ \cs:w __hook~#1 \__hook_use_end:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_use_undefined:w #1 #2 __hook~#3 \__hook_use_end:
+ {
+ #1 % fi
+ \__hook_use:wn #3 / \s__hook_mark {#3}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_preamble_hook:n #1
+ { \__hook_initialize_hook_code:n {#1} }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__hook_use_end: \cs_end:
+\cs_new:Npn \__hook_use:wn #1 / #2 \s__hook_mark #3
+ {
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { file }
+ { \__hook_try_file_hook:n {#3} }
+ { } % Hook doesn't exist
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_try_file_hook:n #1
+ {
+ \__hook_if_file_hook:wTF #1 / / \s__hook_mark
+ {
+ \exp_args:Ne \__hook_if_exist_use:n
+ { \exp_args:Ne \__hook_file_hook_normalize:n {#1} }
+ }
+ { \__hook_if_exist_use:n {#1} } % file/ generic hook (e.g. file/before)
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_if_exist_use:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cT { __hook~#1 }
+ {
+ \__hook_preamble_hook:n {#1}
+ \cs:w __hook~#1 \cs_end:
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hook_use_once:n #1
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cT { __hook~#1 }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__hook_return_tl {#1}
+ \__hook_normalize_hook_args:Nn \__hook_use_once_store:n
+ { \l__hook_return_tl }
+ \hook_use:n {#1}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_use_once_store:n #1
+ { \prop_gput:Nnn \g__hook_execute_immediately_prop {#1} { } }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \hook_if_empty:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \__hook_if_exist:nTF {#1}
+ {
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnTF
+ { \prop_if_empty_p:c { g__hook_#1_code_prop } }
+ { \tl_if_empty_p:c { __hook_next~#1 } }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \hook_if_exist:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \tl_if_exist:cTF { __hook~#1 }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \__hook_if_exist:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \prop_if_exist:cTF { g__hook_#1_code_prop }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \__hook_if_reversed:n #1 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \if_int_compare:w \cs:w g__hook_#1_reversed_tl \cs_end: 1 < 0 \exp_stop_f:
+ \prg_return_true:
+ \else:
+ \prg_return_false:
+ \fi:
+ }
+\msg_new:nnnn { hooks } { labels-incompatible }
+ {
+ Labels~`#1'~and~`#2'~are~incompatible
+ \str_if_eq:nnF {#3} {??} { ~in~hook~`#3' } .~
+ \int_compare:nNnTF {#4} = { 1 }
+ { The~ code~ for~ both~ labels~ will~ be~ dropped. }
+ { You~ may~ see~ errors~ later. }
+ }
+ { LaTeX~found~two~incompatible~labels~in~the~same~hook.~
+ This~indicates~an~incompatibility~between~packages. }
+\msg_new:nnnn { hooks } { exists }
+ { Hook~`#1'~ has~ already~ been~ declared. }
+ { There~ already~ exists~ a~ hook~ declaration~ with~ this~
+ name.\\
+ Please~ use~ a~ different~ name~ for~ your~ hook.}
+\msg_new:nnn { hooks } { empty-label }
+ { Empty~code~label~\msg_line_context:.~Using~`#1'~instead. }
+\msg_new:nnnn { hooks } { unknown-rule }
+ { Unknown~ relationship~ `#3'~
+ between~ labels~ `#2'~ and~ `#4'~
+ \str_if_eq:nnF {#1} {??} { ~in~hook~`#1' }. ~
+ Perhaps~ a~ missspelling?
+ }
+ {
+ The~ relation~ used~ not~ known~ to~ the~ system.~ Allowed~ values~ are~
+ `before'~ or~ `<',~
+ `after'~ or~ `>',~
+ `incompatible-warning',~
+ `incompatible-error',~
+ `voids'~ or~
+ `unrelated'.
+ }
+\msg_new:nnn { hooks } { should-not-happen }
+ {
+ ERROR!~This~should~not~happen.~#1 \\
+ Please~report~at~https://github.com/latex3/latex2e.
+ }
+\NewDocumentCommand \NewHook { m }{ \hook_new:n {#1} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \NewReversedHook { m }{ \hook_new_reversed:n {#1} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \NewMirroredHookPair { mm }{ \hook_new_pair:nn {#1}{#2} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \AddToHook { m o +m }
+ { \hook_gput_code:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \AddToHookNext { m +m }
+ { \hook_gput_next_code:nn {#1} {#2} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \RemoveFromHook { m o }
+ { \hook_gremove_code:nn {#1} {#2} }
+\seq_gpush:Nn \g__hook_name_stack_seq { }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_curr_name_push:n #1
+ {
+ \seq_gpush:Nn \g__hook_name_stack_seq {#1}
+ \tl_gset:Nn \g__hook_hook_curr_name_tl {#1}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__hook_curr_name_pop:
+ {
+ \seq_gpop:NN \g__hook_name_stack_seq \l__hook_return_tl
+ \seq_get:NNTF \g__hook_name_stack_seq \l__hook_return_tl
+ { \tl_gset_eq:NN \g__hook_hook_curr_name_tl \l__hook_return_tl }
+ {
+ \msg_error:nnn { hooks } { should-not-happen }
+ { Tried~to~pop~from~an~empty~default~label~stack. }
+ }
+ }
+\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareDefaultHookLabel { m }
+ {
+ \seq_gpop:NN \g__hook_name_stack_seq \l__hook_return_tl
+ \__hook_curr_name_push:n {#1}
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \UseHook { \hook_use:n }
+\cs_new:Npn \UseOneTimeHook { \hook_use_once:n }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \ShowHook { \hook_show:n }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \LogHook { \hook_log:n }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \DebugHooksOn { \hook_debug_on: }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \DebugHooksOff { \hook_debug_off: }
+\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareHookRule { m m m m }
+ { \hook_gset_rule:nnnn {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4} }
+\NewDocumentCommand \DeclareDefaultHookRule { m m m }
+ { \hook_gset_rule:nnnn {??}{#1}{#2}{#3} }
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareDefaultHookRule
+\NewDocumentCommand \ClearHookRule { m m m }
+{ \hook_gset_rule:nnnn {#1}{#2}{unrelated}{#3} }
+\cs_new_eq:NN \IfHookExistsTF \hook_if_exist:nTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \IfHookEmptyTF \hook_if_empty:nTF
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%5
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@initialize at all@@
+ \__hook_initialize_all:
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at push@@n
+ \__hook_curr_name_push:n
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at pop@@
+ \__hook_curr_name_pop:
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\NewHook}{The hook management}%
+
+\def \NewHook#1{}
+\def \NewReversedHook#1{}
+\def \NewMirroredHookPair#1#2{}
+
+\long\def \AddToHook#1#2{}
+
+\def \AddToHookNext#1{\@gobble at AddToHook@args}
+\providecommand\@gobble at AddToHook@args[2][]{}
+
+\def\RemoveFromHook#1{\@gobble at RemoveFromHook@arg}
+\providecommand\@gobble at RemoveFromHook@arg[1][]{}
+
+\def \UseHook #1{}
+\def \UseOneTimeHook #1{}
+\def \ShowHook #1{}
+\let \DebugHooksOn \@empty
+\let \DebugHooksOff\@empty
+
+\def \DeclareHookRul#1#2#3#4{}
+\def \DeclareDefaultHookRule #1#2#3{}
+\def \ClearHookRule#1#2#3{}
+\def \IfHookExistTF #1#2#3{#3}
+\def \IfHookEmptyTF #1#2#3{#2}
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%% From File: ltalloc.dtx
%%% From File: ltcntrl.dtx
%%% From File: lterror.dtx
@@ -627,6 +2014,42 @@
{\@ifnextchar[\@makebox\mbox}}%
\expandafter\let\csname makebox \endcsname\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@imakepicbox}{default units}%
+\long\def\@imakepicbox(#1,#2)[#3]#4{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#2}\unitlength
+ \vbox to\@tempdimc
+ {\let\mb at b\vss \let\mb at l\hss\let\mb at r\hss
+ \let\mb at t\vss
+ \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{%
+ \if s\reserved at a
+ \let\mb at l\relax\let\mb at r\relax
+ \else
+ \expandafter\let\csname mb@\reserved at a\endcsname\relax
+ \fi}%
+ \mb at t
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \hb at xt@\@tempdimc{\mb at l #4\mb at r}%
+ \mb at b
+ \kern\z@}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@imakepicbox}{default units}%
+\long\def\@imakepicbox(#1,#2)[#3]#4{%
+ \vbox to#2\unitlength
+ {\let\mb at b\vss \let\mb at l\hss\let\mb at r\hss
+ \let\mb at t\vss
+ \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{%
+ \if s\reserved at a
+ \let\mb at l\relax\let\mb at r\relax
+ \else
+ \expandafter\let\csname mb@\reserved at a\endcsname\relax
+ \fi}%
+ \mb at t
+ \hb at xt@ #1\unitlength{\mb at l #4\mb at r}%
+ \mb at b
+ \kern\z@}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}%
{\savebox}{Make \savebox robust}%
\DeclareRobustCommand\savebox[1]{%
@@ -729,6 +2152,15 @@
\expandafter\let\csname raisebox \endcsname\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
%%% From File: lttab.dtx
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@itabcr}{Tabbing calc syntax}%
+\def\@itabcr[#1]{\@vspace at calcify{#1}\@startline\ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@itabcr}{Tabbing calc syntax}%
+
+\def\@itabcr[#1]{\vskip #1\@startline\ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\pushtabs}{Make commands robust}%
\DeclareRobustCommand\pushtabs{%
@@ -756,6 +2188,15 @@
\kernel at make@fragile\kill
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@yargarraycr}{tabular support calc syntax}%
+\def\@yargarraycr#1{\cr\noalign{\@vspace at calcify{#1}}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@yargarraycr}{tabular support calc syntax}%
+
+\def\@yargarraycr#1{\cr\noalign{\vskip #1}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
%%% From File: ltmath.dtx
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\vphantom}{Make commands robust}%
@@ -798,13 +2239,13 @@
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\cases}{Make commands robust}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\cases[1]{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\cases[1]{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
\ialign{$##\hfil$&\quad{##}\hfil\crcr#1\crcr}}\right.}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\matrix[1]{\null\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\matrix[1]{\null\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m at th
\ialign{\hfil$##$\hfil&&\quad\hfil$##$\hfil\crcr
\mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}
#1\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}}}\,}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\pmatrix[1]{\left(\matrix{#1}\right)}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\pmatrix[1]{\left(\matrix{#1}\right)}
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
{\cases}{Make commands robust}%
@@ -814,6 +2255,36 @@
\kernel at make@fragile\pmatrix
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\tmspace}{amsmath spacing commands}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\tmspace[3]{%
+ \ifmmode\mskip#1#2\else\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern#1#3\fi\relax}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\,{\tmspace+\thinmuskip{.16667em}}
+\let\thinspace\,
+\DeclareRobustCommand\!{\tmspace-\thinmuskip{.16667em}}
+\let\negthinspace\!
+\DeclareRobustCommand\:{\tmspace+\medmuskip{.2222em}}
+\let\medspace\:
+\let\>=\:
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negmedspace{\tmspace-\medmuskip{.2222em}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\;{\tmspace+\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
+\let\thickspace\;
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negthickspace{\tmspace-\thickmuskip{.2777em}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\tmspace}{amsmath spacing commands}%
+
+\let\tmspace\@undefined
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\,}{%
+ \relax\ifmmode\mskip\thinmuskip\else\thinspace\fi}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\thinspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern .16667em }
+\DeclareRobustCommand\negthinspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern-.16667em }
+\def\>{\mskip\medmuskip}
+\let\:=\>
+\def\;{\mskip\thickmuskip}
+\def\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}{\(}{Make \( robust}%
\DeclareRobustCommand\({%
\relax\ifmmode\@badmath\else$\fi}%
@@ -880,18 +2351,306 @@
}%
\expandafter\let\csname\string] \endcsname\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@xeqncr}{eqnarray support calc syntax}%
+\def\@xeqncr[#1]{%
+ \ifnum0=`{\fi}%
+ \@@eqncr
+ \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\@vspace at calcify{#1}}%
+}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@xeqncr}{eqnarray support calc syntax}%
+
+\def\@xeqncr[#1]{%
+ \ifnum0=`{\fi}%
+ \@@eqncr
+ \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\vskip #1\relax}%
+}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
%%% From File: ltpictur.dtx
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@defaultunitsset}{default units}%
+\def\@defaultunitsset#1#2#3{%
+ \@defaultunits#1\dimexpr#2#3\relax\relax\@nnil}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@defaultunitsset}{default units}%
+\let\@defaultunitsset\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@picture}{default units}%
+\def\@picture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@picht{#2}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \setbox\@picbox\hb at xt@\@tempdimc\bgroup
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#3}\unitlength
+ \hskip -\@tempdimc
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#4}\unitlength
+ \lower\@tempdimc\hbox\bgroup
+ \ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@picture}{default units}%
+\def\@picture(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
+ \@picht#2\unitlength
+ \setbox\@picbox\hb at xt@#1\unitlength\bgroup
+ \hskip -#3\unitlength
+ \lower #4\unitlength\hbox\bgroup
+ \ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\put}{default units}%
+\expandafter\let\csname put \endcsname\@undefind
+\long\def\put(#1,#2)#3{%
+ \@killglue
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#2}\unitlength
+ \raise\@tempdimc
+ \hb at xt@\z@{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \kern\@tempdimc
+ #3\hss}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\put}{default units}%
+\expandafter\let\csname put \endcsname\@undefind
+\long\def\put(#1,#2)#3{%
+ \@killglue\raise#2\unitlength
+ \hb at xt@\z@{\kern#1\unitlength #3\hss}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\multiput}{default units}%
+\expandafter\let\csname multiput \endcsname\@undefind
+\def\multiput(#1,#2)#3{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@xdim{#1}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ydim{#2}\unitlength
+ \@multiput(}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\multiput}{default units}%
+\expandafter\let\csname multiput \endcsname\@undefind
+\def\multiput(#1,#2)#3{%
+ \@xdim #1\unitlength
+ \@ydim #2\unitlength
+ \@multiput(}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@multiput}{default units}%
+\long\def\@multiput(#1,#2)#3#4{%
+ \@killglue\@multicnt #3\relax
+ \@whilenum \@multicnt >\z@\do
+ {\raise\@ydim\hb at xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim #4\hss}%
+ \advance\@multicnt\m at ne
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@xdim}{#1}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ydim}{#2}\unitlength}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@multiput}{default units}%
+\long\def\@multiput(#1,#2)#3#4{%
+ \@killglue\@multicnt #3\relax
+ \@whilenum \@multicnt >\z@\do
+ {\raise\@ydim\hb at xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim #4\hss}%
+ \advance\@multicnt\m at ne
+ \advance\@xdim#1\unitlength\advance\@ydim#2\unitlength}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@istackcr}{\shortstack calc support}%
+\def\@istackcr[#1]{\cr\noalign{\@vspace at calcify{#1}}\ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@istackcr}{\shortstack calc support}%
+
+\def\@istackcr[#1]{\cr\noalign{\vskip #1}\ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\line}{default units}%
+\expandafter\let\csname line \endcsname\@undefind
+\def\line(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg #1\relax \@yarg #2\relax
+ \@defaultunitsset\@linelen{#3}\unitlength
+ \ifdim\@linelen<\z@\@badlinearg\else
+ \ifnum\@xarg =\z@ \@vline
+ \else \ifnum\@yarg =\z@ \@hline \else \@sline\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\line}{default units}%
+\expandafter\let\csname line \endcsname\@undefind
+\def\line(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg #1\relax \@yarg #2\relax
+ \@linelen #3\unitlength
+ \ifdim\@linelen<\z@\@badlinearg\else
+ \ifnum\@xarg =\z@ \@vline
+ \else \ifnum\@yarg =\z@ \@hline \else \@sline\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\vector}{default units}%
+\expandafter\let\csname vector \endcsname\@undefind
+\def\vector(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg #1\relax \@yarg #2\relax
+ \@tempcnta \ifnum\@xarg<\z@ -\@xarg\else\@xarg\fi
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<5\relax
+ \@defaultunitsset\@linelen{#3}\unitlength
+ \ifdim\@linelen<\z@\@badlinearg\else
+ \ifnum\@xarg =\z@ \@vvector
+ \else \ifnum\@yarg =\z@ \@hvector \else \@svector\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else\@badlinearg\fi}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\vector}{default units}%
+\expandafter\let\csname vector \endcsname\@undefind
+\def\vector(#1,#2)#3{\@xarg #1\relax \@yarg #2\relax
+ \@tempcnta \ifnum\@xarg<\z@ -\@xarg\else\@xarg\fi
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<5\relax
+ \@linelen #3\unitlength
+ \ifdim\@linelen<\z@\@badlinearg\else
+ \ifnum\@xarg =\z@ \@vvector
+ \else \ifnum\@yarg =\z@ \@hvector \else \@svector\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else\@badlinearg\fi}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\dashbox}{default units}%
+\expandafter\let\csname dashbox \endcsname\@undefind
+\def\dashbox#1(#2,#3){\leavevmode\hb at xt@\z@{\baselineskip \z at skip
+\lineskip \z at skip
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#2}\unitlength
+\@dashcnt \@dashdim \advance\@dashcnt 200
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#1}\unitlength
+\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
+\ifodd\@dashcnt\@dashdim \z@
+\advance\@dashcnt \@ne \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+\else \divide\@dashdim \tw@ \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+\advance\@dashcnt \m at ne
+\setbox\@dashbox \hbox{\vrule \@height \@halfwidth \@depth \@halfwidth
+\@width \@dashdim}\put(0,0){\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(0,#3){\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(#2,0){\hskip-\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(#2,#3){\hskip-\@dashdim\box\@dashbox}%
+\multiply\@dashdim \thr@@
+\fi
+\setbox\@dashbox \hbox{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimc{#1}\unitlength
+ \vrule \@height \@halfwidth \@depth \@halfwidth \@width \@tempdimc
+ \hskip\@tempdimc}%
+\@tempcnta\z@
+\put(0,0){\hskip\@dashdim \@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
+\do{\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }}\@tempcnta\z@
+\put(0,#3){\hskip\@dashdim \@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
+\do{\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }}%
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#3}\unitlength
+\@dashcnt \@dashdim \advance\@dashcnt 200
+\@defaultunitsset\@dashdim{#1}\unitlength
+\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
+\ifodd\@dashcnt \@dashdim \z@
+\advance\@dashcnt \@ne \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+\else
+\divide\@dashdim \tw@ \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+\advance\@dashcnt \m at ne
+\setbox\@dashbox\hbox{\hskip -\@halfwidth
+\vrule \@width \@wholewidth
+\@height \@dashdim}\put(0,0){\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(#2,0){\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(0,#3){\lower\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(#2,#3){\lower\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
+\multiply\@dashdim \thr@@
+\fi
+\@defaultunitsset\@tempdimb{#1}\unitlength
+\setbox\@dashbox\hbox{%
+ \vrule \@width \@wholewidth \@height\@tempdimb}%
+\@tempcnta\z@
+\put(0,0){\hskip -\@halfwidth \vbox{\@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
+\do{\vskip\@tempdimb\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
+\vskip\@dashdim}}\@tempcnta\z@
+\put(#2,0){\hskip -\@halfwidth \vbox{\@whilenum \@tempcnta<\@dashcnt
+\do{\vskip\@tempdimb\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
+\vskip\@dashdim}}}\@makepicbox(#2,#3)}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\dashbox}{default units}%
+\expandafter\let\csname dashbox \endcsname\@undefind
+\def\dashbox#1(#2,#3){%
+\leavevmode\hb at xt@\z@{\baselineskip \z at skip
+\lineskip \z at skip
+\@dashdim #2\unitlength
+\@dashcnt \@dashdim \advance\@dashcnt 200
+\@dashdim #1\unitlength\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
+\ifodd\@dashcnt\@dashdim \z@
+\advance\@dashcnt \@ne \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+\else \divide\@dashdim \tw@ \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+\advance\@dashcnt \m at ne
+\setbox\@dashbox \hbox{%
+ \vrule \@height \@halfwidth \@depth \@halfwidth
+ \@width \@dashdim}\put(0,0){\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(0,#3){\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(#2,0){\hskip-\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(#2,#3){\hskip-\@dashdim\box\@dashbox}%
+\multiply\@dashdim \thr@@
+\fi
+\setbox\@dashbox \hbox{%
+ \vrule \@height \@halfwidth \@depth \@halfwidth
+ \@width #1\unitlength\hskip #1\unitlength}\@tempcnta\z@
+\put(0,0){\hskip\@dashdim \@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
+\do{\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }}\@tempcnta\z@
+\put(0,#3){\hskip\@dashdim \@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
+\do{\copy\@dashbox\advance\@tempcnta \@ne }}%
+\@dashdim #3\unitlength
+\@dashcnt \@dashdim \advance\@dashcnt 200
+\@dashdim #1\unitlength\divide\@dashcnt \@dashdim
+\ifodd\@dashcnt \@dashdim \z@
+\advance\@dashcnt \@ne \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+\else
+\divide\@dashdim \tw@ \divide\@dashcnt \tw@
+\advance\@dashcnt \m at ne
+\setbox\@dashbox\hbox{\hskip -\@halfwidth
+\vrule \@width \@wholewidth
+\@height \@dashdim}\put(0,0){\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(#2,0){\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(0,#3){\lower\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
+\put(#2,#3){\lower\@dashdim\copy\@dashbox}%
+\multiply\@dashdim \thr@@
+\fi
+\setbox\@dashbox\hbox{\vrule \@width \@wholewidth
+\@height #1\unitlength}\@tempcnta\z@
+\put(0,0){%
+ \hskip -\@halfwidth \vbox{\@whilenum \@tempcnta <\@dashcnt
+ \do{\vskip #1\unitlength\copy\@dashbox
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne }%
+ \vskip\@dashdim}}\@tempcnta\z@
+\put(#2,0){%
+ \hskip -\@halfwidth \vbox{\@whilenum \@tempcnta<\@dashcnt
+ \do{\vskip #1\unitlength\copy\@dashbox
+ \advance\@tempcnta \@ne }%
+ \vskip\@dashdim}}}\@makepicbox(#2,#3)}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2016/03/31}%
{\@ovhlinetrue}%
{Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
\newif\if at ovvline \@ovvlinetrue
\newif\if at ovhline \@ovhlinetrue
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@ovhlinetrue}%
+ {Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
+\let\if at ovvline\@undefined
+\let\if at ovhline\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@oval}{default units}%
\def\@oval(#1,#2)[#3]{\begingroup\boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
\@ovttrue \@ovbtrue \@ovltrue \@ovrtrue
\@ovvlinefalse \@ovhlinefalse
- \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{\csname @ov\reserved at a false\endcsname}%
- \@ovxx #1\unitlength
- \@ovyy #2\unitlength
+ \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{%
+ \csname @ov\reserved at a false\endcsname}%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovxx{#1}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovyy{#2}\unitlength
\@tempdimb \ifdim \@ovyy >\@ovxx \@ovxx \@ovvlinetrue
\else \@ovyy \ifdim \@ovyy =\@ovxx \else \@ovhlinetrue \fi\fi
\advance \@tempdimb -2\p@
@@ -909,27 +2668,39 @@
\advance\@ovdy\@ovro \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
\@put{-\@ovdx}{-\@ovdy}{\box\@tempboxa}%
\endgroup}
-\def\@ovvert#1#2{\vbox to\@ovyy{%
- \if at ovb \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #1\relax
- \kern -\@ovro \hbox{\char \@tempcntb}\nointerlineskip
- \else \kern \@ovri \kern \@ovdy \fi
- \if at ovvline \leaders\vrule \@width \@wholewidth \fi
- \vfil \nointerlineskip
- \if at ovt \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #2\relax
- \hbox{\char \@tempcntb}%
- \else \kern \@ovdy \kern \@ovro \fi}}
-\def\@ovhorz{\hb at xt@\@ovxx{\kern \@ovro
- \if at ovr \else \kern \@ovdx \fi
- \if at ovhline \leaders \hrule \@height \@wholewidth \fi
- \hfil
- \if at ovl \else \kern \@ovdx \fi
- \kern \@ovri}}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2016/03/31}%
+ {\@oval}{default units}%
+\def\@oval(#1,#2)[#3]{\begingroup\boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
+ \@ovttrue \@ovbtrue \@ovltrue \@ovrtrue
+ \@ovvlinefalse \@ovhlinefalse
+ \@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do{%
+ \csname @ov\reserved at a false\endcsname}%
+ \@ovxx #1\unitlength
+ \@ovyy #2\unitlength
+ \@tempdimb \ifdim \@ovyy >\@ovxx \@ovxx \@ovvlinetrue
+ \else \@ovyy \ifdim \@ovyy =\@ovxx \else \@ovhlinetrue
+ \fi\fi
+ \advance \@tempdimb -2\p@
+ \@getcirc \@tempdimb
+ \@ovro \ht\@tempboxa \@ovri \dp\@tempboxa
+ \@ovdx\@ovxx \advance\@ovdx -\@tempdima \divide\@ovdx \tw@
+ \@ovdy\@ovyy \advance\@ovdy -\@tempdima \divide\@ovdy \tw@
+ \ifdim \@ovdx >\z@ \@ovhlinetrue \fi
+ \ifdim \@ovdy >\z@ \@ovvlinetrue \fi
+ \@circlefnt \setbox\@tempboxa
+ \hbox{\if at ovr \@ovvert32\kern -\@tempdima \fi
+ \if at ovl
+ \kern \@ovxx \@ovvert01\kern -\@tempdima \kern -\@ovxx
+ \fi
+ \if at ovt \@ovhorz \kern -\@ovxx \fi
+ \if at ovb \raise \@ovyy \@ovhorz \fi}\advance\@ovdx\@ovro
+ \advance\@ovdy\@ovro \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
+ \@put{-\@ovdx}{-\@ovdy}{\box\@tempboxa}%
+ \endgroup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
- {\@ovhlinetrue}%
- {Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
-\let\if at ovvline\@undefined
-\let\if at ovhline\@undefined
+ {\@oval}{default units}%
\def\@oval(#1,#2)[#3]{\begingroup\boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
\@ovttrue \@ovbtrue \@ovltrue \@ovrtrue
\@tfor\reserved at a :=#3\do
@@ -952,20 +2723,204 @@
\advance\@ovdy\@ovro \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
\@put{-\@ovdx}{-\@ovdy}{\box\@tempboxa}%
\endgroup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2016/03/31}%
+ {\@ovvert}{Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
\def\@ovvert#1#2{\vbox to\@ovyy{%
\if at ovb \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #1\relax
\kern -\@ovro \hbox{\char \@tempcntb}\nointerlineskip
\else \kern \@ovri \kern \@ovdy \fi
+ \if at ovvline \leaders\vrule \@width \@wholewidth \fi
+ \vfil \nointerlineskip
+ \if at ovt \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #2\relax
+ \hbox{\char \@tempcntb}%
+ \else \kern \@ovdy \kern \@ovro \fi}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@ovvert}{Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
+\def\@ovvert#1#2{\vbox to\@ovyy{%
+ \if at ovb \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #1\relax
+ \kern -\@ovro \hbox{\char \@tempcntb}\nointerlineskip
+ \else \kern \@ovri \kern \@ovdy \fi
\leaders\vrule \@width \@wholewidth\vfil \nointerlineskip
\if at ovt \@tempcntb \@tempcnta \advance \@tempcntb #2\relax
\hbox{\char \@tempcntb}%
\else \kern \@ovdy \kern \@ovro \fi}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2016/03/31}%
+ {\@ovhorz}{Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
\def\@ovhorz{\hb at xt@\@ovxx{\kern \@ovro
\if at ovr \else \kern \@ovdx \fi
+ \if at ovhline \leaders \hrule \@height \@wholewidth \fi
+ \hfil
+ \if at ovl \else \kern \@ovdx \fi
+ \kern \@ovri}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@ovhorz}{Avoid almost zero length leaders}%
+\def\@ovhorz{\hb at xt@\@ovxx{\kern \@ovro
+ \if at ovr \else \kern \@ovdx \fi
\leaders \hrule \@height \@wholewidth \hfil
\if at ovl \else \kern \@ovdx \fi
\kern \@ovri}}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@circle}{default units}%
+\def\@circle#1{%
+ \begingroup \boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimb{#1}\unitlength
+ \ifdim \@tempdimb >15.5\p@ \@getcirc\@tempdimb
+ \@ovro\ht\@tempboxa
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\@circlefnt
+ \advance\@tempcnta\tw@ \char \@tempcnta
+ \advance\@tempcnta\m at ne \char \@tempcnta \kern -2\@tempdima
+ \advance\@tempcnta\tw@
+ \raise \@tempdima \hbox{\char\@tempcnta}\raise \@tempdima
+ \box\@tempboxa}\ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
+ \@put{-\@ovro}{-\@ovro}{\box\@tempboxa}%
+ \else \@circ\@tempdimb{96}\fi\endgroup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@circle}{default units}%
+\def\@circle#1{%
+ \begingroup \boxmaxdepth \maxdimen \@tempdimb #1\unitlength
+ \ifdim \@tempdimb >15.5\p@ \@getcirc\@tempdimb
+ \@ovro\ht\@tempboxa
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\@circlefnt
+ \advance\@tempcnta\tw@ \char \@tempcnta
+ \advance\@tempcnta\m at ne \char \@tempcnta
+ \kern -2\@tempdima
+ \advance\@tempcnta\tw@
+ \raise \@tempdima \hbox{\char\@tempcnta}%
+ \raise \@tempdima
+ \box\@tempboxa}\ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
+ \@put{-\@ovro}{-\@ovro}{\box\@tempboxa}%
+ \else \@circ\@tempdimb{96}\fi\endgroup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@dot}{default units}%
+\def\@dot#1{%
+ \@defaultunitsset\@tempdimb{#1}\unitlength
+ \@circ\@tempdimb{112}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@dot}{default units}%
+\def\@dot#1{\@tempdimb #1\unitlength \@circ\@tempdimb{112}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@bezier}{default units}%
+\def\@bezier#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7){%
+ \ifnum #1=\z@
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovxx{#4}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovxx}{-#2}\unitlength
+ \ifdim \@ovxx<\z@ \@ovxx -\@ovxx \fi
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdx{#6}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdx}{-#4}\unitlength
+ \ifdim \@ovdx<\z@ \@ovdx -\@ovdx \fi
+ \ifdim \@ovxx<\@ovdx \@ovxx \@ovdx \fi
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovyy{#5}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovyy}{-#3}\unitlength
+ \ifdim \@ovyy<\z@ \@ovyy -\@ovyy \fi
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdy{#7}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdy}{-#5}\unitlength
+ \ifdim \@ovdy<\z@ \@ovdy -\@ovdy \fi
+ \ifdim \@ovyy<\@ovdy \@ovyy \@ovdy \fi
+ \@multicnt
+ \ifdim \@ovxx>\@ovyy \@ovxx \else \@ovyy \fi
+ \@ovxx .5\@halfwidth \divide\@multicnt\@ovxx
+ \ifnum \qbeziermax<\@multicnt
+ \@multicnt\qbeziermax\relax
+ \fi
+ \else \@multicnt#1\relax \fi
+ \@tempcnta\@multicnt \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdx{#4}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdx}{-#2}\unitlength
+ \multiply\@ovdx \tw@
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovxx{#6}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovxx}{-#2}\unitlength
+ \advance\@ovxx -\@ovdx \divide\@ovxx\@multicnt
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovdy{#5}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovdy}{-#3}\unitlength
+ \multiply\@ovdy \tw@
+ \@defaultunitsset\@ovyy{#7}\unitlength
+ \@defaultunitsset{\advance\@ovyy}{-#3}\unitlength
+ \advance\@ovyy -\@ovdy \divide\@ovyy\@multicnt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
+ \hskip -\@halfwidth
+ \vrule \@height\@halfwidth
+ \@depth \@halfwidth
+ \@width \@wholewidth}%
+ \put(#2,#3){%
+ \count@\z@
+ \@whilenum{\count@<\@tempcnta}\do
+ {\@xdim\count@\@ovxx
+ \advance\@xdim\@ovdx
+ \divide\@xdim\@multicnt
+ \multiply\@xdim\count@
+ \@ydim\count@\@ovyy
+ \advance\@ydim\@ovdy
+ \divide\@ydim\@multicnt
+ \multiply\@ydim\count@
+ \raise \@ydim
+ \hb at xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim
+ \unhcopy\@tempboxa\hss}%
+ \advance\count@\@ne}}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@bezier}{default units}%
+\def\@bezier#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7){%
+ \ifnum #1=\z@
+ \@ovxx #4\unitlength
+ \advance\@ovxx -#2\unitlength
+ \ifdim \@ovxx<\z@ \@ovxx -\@ovxx \fi
+ \@ovdx #6\unitlength
+ \advance\@ovdx -#4\unitlength
+ \ifdim \@ovdx<\z@ \@ovdx -\@ovdx \fi
+ \ifdim \@ovxx<\@ovdx \@ovxx \@ovdx \fi
+ \@ovyy #5\unitlength
+ \advance\@ovyy -#3\unitlength
+ \ifdim \@ovyy<\z@ \@ovyy -\@ovyy \fi
+ \@ovdy #7\unitlength
+ \advance\@ovdy -#5\unitlength
+ \ifdim \@ovdy<\z@ \@ovdy -\@ovdy \fi
+ \ifdim \@ovyy<\@ovdy \@ovyy \@ovdy \fi
+ \@multicnt
+ \ifdim \@ovxx>\@ovyy \@ovxx \else \@ovyy \fi
+ \@ovxx .5\@halfwidth \divide\@multicnt\@ovxx
+ \ifnum
+ \qbeziermax<\@multicnt \@multicnt\qbeziermax\relax
+ \fi
+ \else \@multicnt#1\relax \fi
+ \@tempcnta\@multicnt \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@ovdx #4\unitlength \advance\@ovdx -#2\unitlength
+ \multiply\@ovdx \tw@
+ \@ovxx #6\unitlength \advance\@ovxx -#2\unitlength
+ \advance\@ovxx -\@ovdx \divide\@ovxx\@multicnt
+ \@ovdy #5\unitlength \advance\@ovdy -#3\unitlength
+ \multiply\@ovdy \tw@
+ \@ovyy #7\unitlength \advance\@ovyy -#3\unitlength
+ \advance\@ovyy -\@ovdy \divide\@ovyy\@multicnt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{%
+ \hskip -\@halfwidth
+ \vrule \@height\@halfwidth
+ \@depth \@halfwidth
+ \@width \@wholewidth}%
+ \put(#2,#3){%
+ \count@\z@
+ \@whilenum{\count@<\@tempcnta}\do
+ {\@xdim\count@\@ovxx
+ \advance\@xdim\@ovdx
+ \divide\@xdim\@multicnt
+ \multiply\@xdim\count@
+ \@ydim\count@\@ovyy
+ \advance\@ydim\@ovdy
+ \divide\@ydim\@multicnt
+ \multiply\@ydim\count@
+ \raise \@ydim
+ \hb at xt@\z@{\kern\@xdim
+ \unhcopy\@tempboxa\hss}%
+ \advance\count@\@ne}}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\bezier}{Make commands robust}%
\MakeRobust\bezier
@@ -1003,8 +2958,8 @@
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\title}{Make commands robust}%
\DeclareRobustCommand\title[1]{\gdef\@title{#1}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\author[1]{\gdef\@author{#1}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\date[1]{\gdef\@date{#1}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\author[1]{\gdef\@author{#1}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\date[1]{\gdef\@date{#1}}
\DeclareRobustCommand\thanks[1]{\footnotemark
\protected at xdef\@thanks{\@thanks
\protect\footnotetext[\the\c at footnote]{#1}}%
@@ -1024,11 +2979,17 @@
\kernel at make@fragile\and
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\addcontentsline}{fourth argument}%
+\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+ \addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}{}%
+ \protected at file@percent}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}%
{\addcontentsline}{Mask line endings}%
-\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+ \def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{%
\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}%
- \protected at file@percent}}
+ \protected at file@percent}}
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
{\addcontentsline}{Mask line endings}%
@@ -1081,8 +3042,81 @@
\let\noprotrusion\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
%%% From File: ltfiles.dtx
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\document}{Added hook to load l3backend code}%
+\def\document{%
+ \UseOneTimeHook{begindocument/before}%
+ \@kernel at after@begindocument at before
+ \@expl at sys@load at backend@@
+ \ifx\@unusedoptionlist\@empty\else
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{Unused global option(s):^^J%
+ \@spaces[\@unusedoptionlist]}%
+ \fi
+ \@colht\textheight
+ \@colroom\textheight \vsize\textheight
+ \columnwidth\textwidth
+ \@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
+ \if at twocolumn
+ \advance\columnwidth -\columnsep
+ \divide\columnwidth\tw@ \hsize\columnwidth \@firstcolumntrue
+ \fi
+ \hsize\columnwidth \linewidth\hsize
+ \begingroup\@floatplacement\@dblfloatplacement
+ \makeatletter\let\@writefile\@gobbletwo
+ \global \let \@multiplelabels \relax
+ \@input{\jobname.aux}%
+ \endgroup
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\openout\@mainaux\jobname.aux
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\relax}%
+ \fi
+ \process at table
+ \let\glb at currsize\@empty % Force math initialization.
+ \normalsize
+ \everypar{}%
+ \ifx\normalsfcodes\@empty
+ \ifnum\sfcode`\.=\@m
+ \let\normalsfcodes\frenchspacing
+ \else
+ \let\normalsfcodes\nonfrenchspacing
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\document at default@language\m at ne
+ \chardef\document at default@language\language
+ \fi
+ \@noskipsecfalse
+ \let \@refundefined \relax
+ \@kernel at before@begindocument
+ \UseOneTimeHook{begindocument}%
+ \@kernel at after@begindocument
+ \ifdim\topskip<1sp\global\topskip 1sp\relax\fi
+ \global\@maxdepth\maxdepth
+ \global\let\@begindocumenthook\@undefined
+ \ifx\@listfiles\@undefined
+ \global\let\@filelist\relax
+ \global\let\@addtofilelist\@gobble
+ \fi
+ \gdef\do##1{\global\let ##1\@notprerr}%
+ \@preamblecmds
+ \global\let \@nodocument \relax
+ \global\let\do\noexpand
+ \UseOneTimeHook{begindocument/end}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+\NewHook{begindocument}
+\NewHook{begindocument/before}
+\NewHook{begindocument/end}
+
+\edef \@kernel at after@begindocument at before {%
+ \let\expandafter\noexpand\csname
+ __hook env/document/begin\endcsname
+ \noexpand\@empty}
+\let \@kernel at before@begindocument \@empty
+\let \@kernel at after@begindocument \@empty
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2017/04/15}%
{\document}{Save language for hyphenation}%
+
\def\document{\endgroup
\ifx\@unusedoptionlist\@empty\else
\@latex at warning@no at line{Unused global option(s):^^J%
@@ -1137,6 +3171,7 @@
\global\let\do\noexpand
\ignorespaces}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
{\document}{Save language for hyphenation}
\def\document{\endgroup
@@ -1191,21 +3226,62 @@
\global\let\do\noexpand
\ignorespaces}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\includeonly}{Spaces in file names}%
+\def\include#1{\relax
+ \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
+ \@latex at error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
+ \else
+ \set at curr@file{#1}%
+ \edef\@curr at file{\@strip at tex@ext\@curr at file}%
+ \expandafter\@include\expandafter{\@curr at file} % deliberate space
+ \fi}
+\def\includeonly#1{%
+ \@partswtrue
+ \let\@partlist\@empty
+ \@for\reserved at a:=#1 \do
+ {%
+ \expandafter\set at curr@file\expandafter{\reserved at a}%
+ \ifx\@partlist\@empty
+ \edef\@partlist{\@strip at tex@ext\@curr at file}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@partlist{\@partlist,\@strip at tex@ext\@curr at file}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }
+\@onlypreamble\includeonly
+\def\reserved at a#1{%
+\def\@strip at tex@ext##1{%
+ \expandafter\@strip at tex@ext at aux
+ ##1\@nil\@nil
+ #1\@nil\relax\@nnil}
+\def\@strip at tex@ext at aux##1#1\@nil##2\@nnil{%
+ \ifx\relax##2\@empty
+ \expandafter\@cdr\expandafter\@empty\@cdr{}##1%
+ \else##1\fi}}%
+\expandafter\reserved at a
+\expandafter{\detokenize{.tex}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\includeonly}{Spaces in file names}%
+
\def\includeonly#1{%
\@partswtrue
\set at curr@file{\zap at space#1 \@empty}%
\let\@partlist\@curr at file
}
-\@onlypreamble\includeonly
+
\def\include#1{\relax
\ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
\@latex at error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
\else
- \set at curr@file{#1 }%
- \expandafter\@include\@curr at file
+ \set at curr@file{#1 }%
+ \expandafter\@include\@curr at file
\fi}
+
+\let\@strip at tex@ext\@undefined
+\let\@strip at tex@ext at aux\@undefined
+
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
{\includeonly}{Spaces in file names}%
@@ -1219,18 +3295,81 @@
\else \@include#1 \fi}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@include}{Spaces in file names and hooks}%
+\def\@include#1 {%
+ \clearpage
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{"#1.aux"}}%
+ \fi
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \if at partsw
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \edef\reserved at b{#1}%
+ \@for\reserved at a:=\@partlist\do
+ {\ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b\@tempswatrue\fi}%
+ \fi
+ \if at tempswa
+ \let\@auxout\@partaux
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\openout\@partaux "#1.aux"
+ \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
+ \fi
+ \@filehook at set@CurrentFile
+ \UseHook{include/before}%
+ \UseHook{include/before/#1}%
+ \@input@{#1.tex}%
+ \UseHook{include/end/#1}%
+ \UseHook{include/end}%
+ \clearpage
+ \UseHook{include/after/#1}%
+ \UseHook{include/after}%
+ \clearpage
+ \@writeckpt{#1}%
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\closeout\@partaux
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \deadcycles\z@
+ \@nameuse{cp@#1}%
+ \fi
+ \let\@auxout\@mainaux}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@include}{Spaces in file names}%
+\def\@include#1 {%
+ \clearpage
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}%
+ \fi
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \if at partsw
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \edef\reserved at b{#1}%
+ \@for\reserved at a:=\@partlist\do
+ {\ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b\@tempswatrue\fi}%
+ \fi
+ \if at tempswa
+ \let\@auxout\@partaux
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux
+ \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
+ \fi
+ \@input@{#1.tex}%
+ \clearpage
+ \@writeckpt{#1}%
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\closeout\@partaux
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \deadcycles\z@
+ \@nameuse{cp@#1}%
+ \fi
+ \let\@auxout\@mainaux}
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
- {\set at curr@file}{Quote file names}%
-\def\set at curr@file#1{%
- \begingroup
- \escapechar\m at ne
- \xdef\@curr at file{%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unquote at name
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
- \expandafter\string
- \csname\@firstofone#1\@empty\endcsname}}%
- \endgroup
-}
+ {\quote at name}{Quote file names}%
\def\quote at name#1{"\quote@@name#1\@gobble""}
\def\quote@@name#1"{#1\quote@@name}
\def\unquote at name#1{\quote@@name#1\@gobble"}
@@ -1265,12 +3404,11 @@
\reserved at a}
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
- {\set at curr@file}{Quote file names}%
+ {\quote at name}{Quote file names}%
\let\quote at name\@undefined
\let\quote@@name\@undefined
\let\unquote at name\@undefined
-\let\set at curr@file\@undefined
\let\IfFileExists@\@undefined
@@ -1304,24 +3442,29 @@
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
- {\InputIfFileExists}{Don't lose the file name}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand \InputIfFileExists[2]{%
- \IfFileExists{#1}%
- {%
- \expandafter\@swaptwoargs\expandafter
- {\@filef at und}{#2\@addtofilelist{#1}\@@input}}}
+ {\@swaptwoargs}{Don't lose the file name}%
\long\def\@swaptwoargs#1#2{#2#1}
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
- {\InputIfFileExists}{Don't lose the file name}%
-\long\def \InputIfFileExists#1#2{%
- \IfFileExists{#1}%
- {#2\@addtofilelist{#1}\@@input \@filef at und}}
-
+ {\@swaptwoargs}{Don't lose the file name}%
\let\@swaptwoargs\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@iinput}{Change in file error handling}%
+\def\@iinput#1{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{#1}{}%
+ {\filename at parse\@curr at file
+ \edef\reserved at a{\noexpand\@missingfileerror
+ {\filename at area\filename at base}%
+ {\ifx\filename at ext\relax tex\else\filename at ext\fi}}%
+ \reserved at a
+ \edef\reserved at a{\noexpand\@iinput{%
+ \@missingfile at area\@missingfile at base.\@missingfile at ext}}%
+ \reserved at a}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\@iinput}{Quote file names}%
+
\def\@iinput#1{%
\InputIfFileExists{#1}{}%
{\filename at parse\@curr at file
@@ -1340,6 +3483,65 @@
{\ifx\filename at ext\relax tex\else\filename at ext\fi}}%
\reserved at a}}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@missingfileerror}{Do not load missing file immediately}%
+\gdef\@missingfileerror#1#2{%
+ \typeout{^^J! LaTeX Error: File `#1.#2' not found.^^J^^J%
+ Type X to quit or <RETURN> to proceed,^^J%
+ or enter new name. (Default extension: #2)^^J}%
+ \message{Enter file name: }%
+ {\endlinechar\m at ne
+ \global\read\m at ne to\@gtempa}%
+ \ifx\@gtempa\@empty
+ \let\@missingfile at area\@empty
+ \let\@missingfile at base\@empty
+ \def\@missingfile at ext{tex}%
+ \else
+ \def\reserved at b{\batchmode\read-1 to \reserved at a}%
+ \def\reserved at a{x}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\reserved at b\fi
+ \def\reserved at a{X}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\reserved at b\fi
+ \filename at parse\@gtempa
+ \edef\filename at ext{%
+ \ifx\filename at ext\relax#2\else\filename at ext\fi}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ \noexpand\IfFileExists
+ {\filename at area\filename at base.\filename at ext}%
+ {\def\noexpand\@missingfile at area{\filename at area}%
+ \def\noexpand\@missingfile at base{\filename at base}%
+ \def\noexpand\@missingfile at ext {\filename at ext}}%
+ {\noexpand\@missingfileerror
+ {\filename at area\filename at base}{\filename at ext}}}%
+ \reserved at a
+ \fi
+}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@missingfileerror}{Do not load missing file immediately}%
+
+\gdef\@missingfileerror#1#2{%
+ \typeout{^^J! LaTeX Error: File `#1.#2' not found.^^J^^J%
+ Type X to quit or <RETURN> to proceed,^^J%
+ or enter new name. (Default extension: #2)^^J}%
+ \message{Enter file name: }%
+ {\endlinechar\m at ne
+ \global\read\m at ne to\@gtempa}%
+ \ifx\@gtempa\@empty
+ \else
+ \def\reserved at a{x}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\batchmode\@@end\fi
+ \def\reserved at a{X}\ifx\reserved at a\@gtempa\batchmode\@@end\fi
+ \filename at parse\@gtempa
+ \edef\filename at ext{%
+ \ifx\filename at ext\relax#2\else\filename at ext\fi}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{%
+ \noexpand\InputIfFileExists
+ {\filename at area\filename at base.\filename at ext}%
+ {}%
+ {\noexpand\@missingfileerror
+ {\filename at area\filename at base}{\filename at ext}}}%
+ \reserved at a
+ \fi}
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
%%% From File: ltoutenc.dtx
\IncludeInRelease{2017/04/15}{\DeclareTextCompositeCommand}
{test for undeclared accent}%
@@ -1388,7 +3590,7 @@
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\UseTextAccent}{Make commands robust}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\UseTextAccent[3]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\UseTextAccent[3]{%
\hmode at start@before at group
{%
\let\hmode at start@before at group\@firstofone
@@ -1396,7 +3598,7 @@
\@use at text@encoding{#1}%
#2{\@use at text@encoding\@curr at enc#3}%
}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\UseTextSymbol[2]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\UseTextSymbol[2]{%
\hmode at start@before at group
{%
\def\@wrong at font@char{\MessageBreak
@@ -1777,16 +3979,39 @@
\@fpbot \@dblfpbot
}%
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@textsuperscript}{superscript baseline}%
+\def\@textsuperscript#1{%
+ {\m at th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\sf at size#1}}}}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@textsuperscript}{superscript baseline}%
+
+\def\@textsuperscript#1{%
+ {\m at th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\z@#1}}}}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}%
{\textsubscript}{\textsubscript}%
\DeclareRobustCommand*\textsubscript[1]{%
\@textsubscript{\selectfont#1}}%
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\textsubscript}{\textsubscript}%
+\let\textsubscript\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@textsubscript}{subscript baseline}%
\def\@textsubscript#1{%
+ {\m at th\ensuremath{_{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\sf at size#1}}}}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}%
+ {\@textsubscript}{subscript baseline}%
+
+\def\@textsubscript#1{%
{\m at th\ensuremath{_{\mbox{\fontsize\sf at size\z@#1}}}}}
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
- {\textsubscript}{\textsubscript}%
-\let\textsubscript\@undefined
+ {\@textsubscript}{subscript baseline}%
\let\@textsubscript\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
%%% From File: ltidxglo.dtx
@@ -1794,7 +4019,7 @@
%%% From File: ltpage.dtx
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\markboth}{Make commands robust}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\markboth[2]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\markboth[2]{%
\begingroup
\let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax
\unrestored at protected@xdef\@themark {{#1}{#2}}%
@@ -1802,7 +4027,7 @@
\mark{\the\@temptokena}%
\endgroup
\if at nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\markright[1]{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\markright[1]{%
\begingroup
\let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax
\expandafter\@markright\@themark {#1}%
@@ -1818,6 +4043,751 @@
\kernel at make@fragile\markright
\EndIncludeInRelease
+%%
+%% File: ltfilehook.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach,
+%% Phelype Oleinik & LaTeX Team
+%%% From File: ltfilehook.dtx
+\providecommand\ltfilehookversion{v1.0b}
+\providecommand\ltfilehookdate{2020/09/26}
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\CurrentFile}{Hook management file}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFile
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFilePath
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFileUsed
+\tl_new:N \CurrentFilePathUsed
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\CurrentFile}{Hook management file}%
+
+\let \CurrentFile \@undefined
+\let \CurrentFilePath \@undefined
+\let \CurrentFileUsed \@undefined
+\let \CurrentFilePathUsed \@undefined
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN}{File helpers}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nf \file_parse_full_name_apply:nN
+ {
+ \exp_args:Nf \__filehook_full_name:nn
+ { \file_full_name:n {#1} } {#1}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_full_name:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1}
+ { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#2} }
+ { \tl_trim_spaces:n {#1} }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_if_no_extension:nTF #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:Ne \tl_if_empty:nTF
+ { \file_parse_full_name_apply:nN {#1} \use_iii:nnn }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_drop_extension:N #1
+ {
+ \tl_gset:Nx #1
+ {
+ \exp_args:NV \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN #1
+ \__filehook_drop_extension_aux:nnn
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_drop_extension_aux:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ { \tl_if_empty:nF {#1} { #1 / } #2 }
+\tl_new:N \l__filehook_internal_tl
+\seq_new:N \g__filehook_input_file_seq
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_file_push:
+ {
+ \seq_gpush:Nx \g__filehook_input_file_seq
+ {
+ { \CurrentFilePathUsed } { \CurrentFileUsed }
+ { \CurrentFilePath } { \CurrentFile }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_file_pop:
+ {
+ \seq_gpop:NNTF \g__filehook_input_file_seq \l__filehook_internal_tl
+ { \exp_after:wN \__filehook_file_pop_assign:nnnn \l__filehook_internal_tl }
+ {
+ \msg_error:nnn { hooks } { should-not-happen }
+ { Tried~to~pop~from~an~empty~file~name~stack. }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_file_pop_assign:nnnn #1 #2 #3 #4
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFilePathUsed {#1}
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFileUsed {#2}
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFilePath {#3}
+ \tl_set:Nn \CurrentFile {#4}
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\InputIfFileExists}{Hook management (files)}%
+\let\InputIfFileExists\@undefined
+\DeclareRobustCommand \InputIfFileExists[2]{%
+ \IfFileExists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@push@@
+ \@filehook at set@CurrentFile
+ \edef\reserved at a{\@filef at und
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop at assign@@nnnn
+ {\CurrentFilePathUsed}%
+ {\CurrentFileUsed}%
+ {\CurrentFilePath}%
+ {\CurrentFile}}%
+ \expandafter\@swaptwoargs\expandafter
+ {\reserved at a}%
+ {%
+ #2%
+ \@addtofilelist{#1}%
+ \UseHook{file/before}%
+ \UseHook{file/before/\CurrentFile}%
+ \@@input
+ }%
+ \UseHook{file/after/\CurrentFile}%
+ \UseHook{file/after}%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop@@
+ }%
+}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+ {\InputIfFileExists}{Hook management (files)}%
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand \InputIfFileExists[2]{%
+ \IfFileExists{#1}%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\@swaptwoargs\expandafter
+ {\@filef at und}{#2\@addtofilelist{#1}\@@input}}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\InputIfFileExists}{Hook management (files)}%
+\long\def \InputIfFileExists#1#2{%
+ \IfFileExists{#1}%
+ {#2\@addtofilelist{#1}\@@input \@filef at und}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\__filehook_subst_add:nn}{Declaring file substitution}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_subst_add:nn #1 #2
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \cs_set:cpx { } { \exp_not:o { \cs:w\cs_end: } }
+ \int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { -1 }
+ \cs_gset:cpx { @file-subst@ \__filehook_subst_file_normalize:n {#1} }
+ { \__filehook_subst_file_normalize:n {#2} }
+ \group_end:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_subst_remove:n #1
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \cs_set:cpx { } { \exp_not:o { \cs:w\cs_end: } }
+ \int_set:Nn \tex_escapechar:D { -1 }
+ \cs_undefine:c { @file-subst@ \__filehook_subst_file_normalize:n {#1} }
+ \group_end:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_subst_file_normalize:n #1
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \__filehook_subst_empty_name_chk:NN
+ \cs:w \exp_after:wN \cs_end:
+ \cs:w \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1} \use_ii_iii:nnn \cs_end:
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_subst_empty_name_chk:NN #1 #2
+ { \if_meaning:w #1 #2 .tex \else: \token_to_str:N #2 \fi: }
+\cs_gset:Npn \use_ii_iii:nnn #1 #2 #3 {#2 #3}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\declare at file@substitution}{File substitution}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \declare at file@substitution \__filehook_subst_add:nn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \undeclare at file@substitution \__filehook_subst_remove:n
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\declare at file@substitution}{File substitution}%
+
+\let \declare at file@substitution \@undefined
+\let \undeclare at file@substitution \@undefined
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\set at curr@file}{Setting current file name}%
+\def\set at curr@file#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar\m at ne
+ \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\endcsname
+ \expandafter{\csname\endcsname}%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at if@no at extension@@nTF{#1}%
+ {\@tempswatrue}{\@tempswafalse}%
+ \@kernel at make@file at csname\@curr at file
+ \@expl@@@filehook at resolve@file at subst@@w {#1}%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at if@file at replaced@@TF
+ {\@kernel at make@file at csname\@curr at file@reqd
+ \@expl@@@filehook at normalize@file at name@@w{#1}%
+ \if at tempswa \@expl@@@filehook at drop@extension@@N\@curr at file@reqd \fi}%
+ {\if at tempswa \@expl@@@filehook at drop@extension@@N\@curr at file \fi
+ \global\let\@curr at file@reqd\@curr at file}%
+ \endgroup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+ {\set at curr@file}{Setting current file name}%
+\def\set at curr@file#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar\m at ne
+ \xdef\@curr at file{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unquote at name
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\string
+ \csname\@firstofone#1\@empty\endcsname}}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\set at curr@file}{Setting current file name}%
+\let\set at curr@file\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@kernel at make@file at csname}{Make file csname}%
+\def\@kernel at make@file at csname#1#2#3{%
+ \xdef#1{\expandafter\@set at curr@file at aux
+ \csname\expandafter#2\@firstofone#3\@nil\endcsname}}
+\def\@set at curr@file at aux#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname\endcsname#1%
+ .tex\else\string#1\fi}
+\def\@filehook at set@CurrentFile{%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N{\@curr at file}%
+ \CurrentFileUsed\CurrentFilePathUsed
+ \ifx\@curr at file@reqd\@curr at file
+ \let\CurrentFile\CurrentFileUsed
+ \let\CurrentFilePath\CurrentFilePathUsed
+ \else
+ \@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N{\@curr at file@reqd}%
+ \CurrentFile\CurrentFilePath
+ \fi}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {@@_set_curr_file:N}{Set curr file}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_set_curr_file:N #1
+ { \exp_args:NV \__filehook_set_curr_file:nNN #1 }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_set_curr_file:nNN #1
+ {
+ \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1}
+ \__filehook_set_curr_file_assign:nnnNN
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__filehook_set_curr_file_assign:nnnNN #1 #2 #3 #4 #5
+ {
+ \str_set:Nn #5 {#1}
+ \str_set:Nn #4 {#2#3}
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\__filehook_resolve_file_subst:w}{Replace files detect loops}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_resolve_file_subst:w #1 \@nil
+ { \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1} \__filehook_file_subst_begin:nnn }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_normalize_file_name:w #1 \@nil
+ { \__filehook_file_parse_full_name:nN {#1} \__filehook_file_name_compose:nnn }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_name_compose:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ { \tl_if_empty:nF {#1} { #1 / } #2#3 }
+\flag_new:n { __filehook_file_replaced }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_if_file_replaced:TF #1 #2
+ { \flag_if_raised:nTF { __filehook_file_replaced } {#1} {#2} }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_subst_begin:nnn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \__filehook_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn { #2#3 } { #2#3 }
+ { \__filehook_file_name_compose:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\__filehook_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn}{Tortoise and Hare}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn #1 #2 #3
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { @file-subst@ #2 }
+ {
+ \flag_if_raised:nF { __filehook_file_replaced }
+ { \flag_raise:n { __filehook_file_replaced } }
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { @file-subst@ \use:c { @file-subst@ #2 } }
+ {
+ \__filehook_file_subst_loop:cc
+ { @file-subst@ #1 }
+ { @file-subst@ \use:c { @file-subst@ #2 } }
+ }
+ { \use:c { @file-subst@ #2 } }
+ }
+ { #3 }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_subst_loop:NN #1 #2
+ {
+ \token_if_eq_meaning:NNTF #1 #2
+ {
+ .tex
+ \__filehook_file_subst_cycle_error:cN { @file-subst@ #1 } #1
+ }
+ { \__filehook_file_subst_tortoise_hare:nn {#1} {#2} {#2} }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__filehook_file_subst_loop:NN { cc }
+\cs_new:Npn \__filehook_file_subst_cycle_error:NN #1 #2
+ {
+ \__kernel_msg_expandable_error:nnff { kernel } { file-cycle }
+ {#1} { \use:c { @file-subst@ #1 } }
+ \token_if_eq_meaning:NNF #1 #2
+ { \__filehook_file_subst_cycle_error:cN { @file-subst@ #1 } #2 }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__filehook_file_subst_cycle_error:NN { c }
+\__kernel_msg_new:nnn { kernel } { file-cycle }
+ { File~loop!~#1~replaced~by~#2... }
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\disable at package@load}{Disable packages}%
+\def\disable at package@load#1#2{%
+ \global\@namedef{@pkg-disable@#1.\@pkgextension}{#2}}
+\def\@disable at packageload@do#1#2{%
+ \@ifundefined{@pkg-disable@#1}{#2}%
+ {\@nameuse{@pkg-disable@#1}}}
+\def\reenable at package@load#1{%
+ \global\expandafter\let
+ \csname @pkg-disable@#1.\@pkgextension \endcsname \@undefined}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\disable at package@load}{Disable packages}%
+
+\let\disable at package@load \@undefined
+\let\@disable at packageload@do\@undefined
+\let\reenable at package@load \@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@expl@@@filehook at if@no at extension@@nTF}{2e tmp interfaces}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at if@no at extension@@nTF
+ \__filehook_if_no_extension:nTF
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at set@curr at file@@N
+ \__filehook_set_curr_file:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at resolve@file at subst@@w
+ \__filehook_resolve_file_subst:w
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at normalize@file at name@@w
+ \__filehook_normalize_file_name:w
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at if@file at replaced@@TF
+ \__filehook_if_file_replaced:TF
+
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at drop@extension@@N
+ \__filehook_drop_extension:N
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at file@push@@
+ \__filehook_file_push:
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop@@
+ \__filehook_file_pop:
+\cs_new_eq:NN \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop at assign@@nnnn
+ \__filehook_file_pop_assign:nnnn
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% File: ltshipout.dtx (C) Copyright 2020 Frank Mittelbach, LaTeX Team
+%%
+%%% From File: ltshipout.dtx
+\providecommand\ltshipoutversion{v1.0c}
+\providecommand\ltshipoutdate{2020/09/27}
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\shipout}{Hook mangement (shipout)}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\bool_new:N \g__shipout_debug_bool
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__shipout_debug:n \use_none:n
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \shipout_debug_on:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g__shipout_debug_bool
+ \__shipout_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \shipout_debug_off:
+ {
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g__shipout_debug_bool
+ \__shipout_debug_gset:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__shipout_debug_gset:
+ {
+ \cs_gset_protected:Npx \__shipout_debug:n ##1
+ { \bool_if:NT \g__shipout_debug_bool {##1} }
+ }
+\box_new:N \l_shipout_box
+\cs_set_eq:NN \ShipoutBox \l_shipout_box
+\cs_set_protected:Npn \__shipout_execute: {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l__shipout_group_level_tl
+ { \int_value:w \tex_currentgrouplevel:D }
+ \tex_afterassignment:D \__shipout_execute_test_level:
+ \tex_setbox:D \l_shipout_box
+}
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \shipout \__shipout_execute:
+\tl_new:N \l__shipout_group_level_tl
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_execute_test_level: {
+ \int_compare:nNnT
+ \l__shipout_group_level_tl < \tex_currentgrouplevel:D
+ \tex_aftergroup:D
+ \__shipout_execute_cont:
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_execute_cont: {
+ \box_if_empty:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ { \PackageWarning{ltshipout}{Ignoring~ void~ shipout~ box} }
+ {
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g__shipout_discard_bool
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \__shipout_saved_protect: \protect
+ \set at typeset@protect
+ \__shipout_get_box_size:N \l_shipout_box
+ \hook_use:n {shipout/before}
+ \int_gincr:N \g_shipout_totalpages_int
+ \bool_if:NTF \g__shipout_discard_bool
+ { \PackageInfo{ltshipout}{Completed~ page~ discarded}
+ \bool_gset_false:N \g__shipout_discard_bool
+ \tex_deadcycles:D \c_zero_int
+ }
+ { \box_if_empty:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ { \PackageWarning{ltshipout}{
+ Shipout~ box~ was~ voided~ by~ hook,\MessageBreak
+ ignoring~ shipout~ box }
+ }
+ {
+ \int_gincr:N \g_shipout_readonly_int
+ \__shipout_debug:n {
+ \typeout{Absolute~ page~ =~ \int_use:N \g_shipout_readonly_int
+ \space (target:~ \@abspage at last)}
+ }
+ \__shipout_get_box_size:N \l_shipout_box
+ \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/foreground}
+ { \__shipout_add_foreground_picture:n
+ { \hook_use:n {shipout/foreground} } }
+ \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/background}
+ { \__shipout_add_background_picture:n
+ { \@kernel at before@shipout at background
+ \hook_use:n {shipout/background} } }
+ \__shipout_execute_firstpage_hook:
+ \int_compare:nNnT \@abspage at last = \g_shipout_readonly_int
+ { \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/lastpage}
+ { \__shipout_debug:n { \typeout{Executing~ lastpage~ hook~
+ on~ page~ \int_use:N \g_shipout_readonly_int } }
+ \__shipout_add_foreground_box:n { \UseHook{shipout/lastpage}
+ \@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage }
+ }
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g__shipout_lastpage_handled_bool
+ }
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \protect \exp_not:N
+ \tex_shipout:D \box_use:N \l_shipout_box
+ }
+ }
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \protect \__shipout_saved_protect:
+ }
+}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \__shipout_saved_protect: \protect
+\hook_new:n{shipout/before}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/foreground}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/background}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/firstpage}
+\hook_new:n{shipout/lastpage}
+\let\@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage\@empty
+\let\@kernel at before@shipout at background\@empty
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_execute_firstpage_hook: {
+ \hook_if_empty:nF {shipout/firstpage}
+ { \__shipout_add_background_box:n { \UseHook{shipout/firstpage} } }
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \__shipout_execute_firstpage_hook: \prg_do_nothing:
+ \cs_gset:Npn \__shipout_add_firstpage_material:Nn ##1 ##2 {
+ \@latex at warning{
+ First~ page~ is~ already~ shipped~ out,~ ignoring\MessageBreak
+ \string##1 }
+ }
+}
+\bool_new:N \g__shipout_lastpage_handled_bool
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_add_firstpage_material:Nn #1#2 {
+ \AddToHook{shipout/firstpage}{#2}
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_get_box_size:N #1 {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_ht_dim { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_dp_dim { \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_wd_dim { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim { \l_shipout_box_ht_dim +
+ \l_shipout_box_dp_dim }
+}
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_dp_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_wd_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+\bool_new:N \g__shipout_discard_bool
+\box_new:N \l__shipout_tmp_box
+\tl_new:N \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_add_background_box:n #1
+{ \__shipout_get_box_size:N \l_shipout_box
+ \box_if_vertical:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ { \vfuzz=\the\vfuzz\relax
+ \vbadness=\the\vbadness\relax }
+ \vfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \vbadness=\c_max_int
+ \vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ { \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \skip_zero:N \baselineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskiplimit
+ \box_use:N \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ \vbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ \kern \c_zero_dim
+ }
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_dp_dim
+ \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ }
+ {
+ \box_if_horizontal:NT \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ { \hfuzz=\the\hfuzz\relax
+ \hbadness=\the\hbadness\relax }
+ \hfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \hbadness=\c_max_int
+ \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_wd_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ { \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_move_up:nn
+ \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+ { \box_use:N \l__shipout_tmp_box }
+ \hbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ }
+ \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ }
+ }
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_add_foreground_box:n #1
+{
+ \box_if_vertical:NTF \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ { \vfuzz=\the\vfuzz\relax
+ \vbadness=\the\vbadness\relax }
+ \vfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \vbadness=\c_max_int
+ \vbox_set_to_ht:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ { \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \skip_zero:N \baselineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskip
+ \skip_zero:N \lineskiplimit
+ \vbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ \kern -\l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ \box_use:N \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ \kern \l_shipout_box_ht_plus_dp_dim
+ }
+ \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_ht_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_dp_dim
+ }
+ {
+ \box_if_horizontal:NT \l_shipout_box
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nx \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ { \hfuzz=\the\hfuzz\relax
+ \hbadness=\the\hbadness\relax }
+ \hfuzz=\c_max_dim
+ \hbadness=\c_max_int
+ \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l_shipout_box \l_shipout_box_wd_dim
+ {
+ \hbox_unpack:N \l_shipout_box
+ \kern -\box_wd:N \l_shipout_box
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ { \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_move_up:nn { \box_ht:N \l_shipout_box }
+ { \box_use:N \l__shipout_tmp_box }
+ \kern \box_wd:N \l_shipout_box
+ }%
+ \l__shipout_saved_badness_tl
+ }
+ }
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_init_page_origins: {
+ \tl_const:Nx \c__shipout_horigin_tl
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist_use:NTF \pdfvariable { horigin }
+ { \cs_if_exist_use:NF \pdfhorigin { 1in } }
+ }
+ \tl_const:Nx \c__shipout_vorigin_tl
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist_use:NTF \pdfvariable { vorigin }
+ { \cs_if_exist_use:NF \pdfvorigin { 1in } }
+ }
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \__shipout_init_page_origins: \prg_do_nothing:
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_picture_overlay:n #1 {
+ \__shipout_init_page_origins:
+ \kern -\c__shipout_horigin_tl \scan_stop:
+ \vbox_to_zero:n {
+ \kern -\c__shipout_vorigin_tl \scan_stop:
+ \unitlength 1pt \scan_stop:
+ \hbox_set_to_wd:Nnn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ { \ignorespaces #1 \hss }
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l__shipout_tmp_box \c_zero_dim
+ \box_use:N \l__shipout_tmp_box
+ \tex_vss:D
+ }
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_add_background_picture:n #1 {
+ \__shipout_add_background_box:n { \__shipout_picture_overlay:n {#1} }
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_add_foreground_picture:n #1 {
+ \__shipout_add_foreground_box:n { \__shipout_picture_overlay:n {#1} }
+}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \shipout_discard: {
+ \bool_gset_true:N \g__shipout_discard_bool
+}
+\int_new:N \g_shipout_readonly_int
+\cs_new_eq:NN \ReadonlyShipoutCounter \g_shipout_readonly_int
+\int_new:N \g_shipout_totalpages_int
+\cs_new_eq:NN \c at totalpages \g_shipout_totalpages_int
+\cs_new:Npn \thetotalpages { \arabic{totalpages} }
+\xdef\@abspage at last{\number\maxdimen}
+\g at addto@macro \@kernel at after@enddocument {
+ \int_compare:nNnT \@abspage at last = \maxdimen
+ {
+ \xdef\@abspage at last{ \int_eval:n {\g_shipout_readonly_int + 1} }
+ }
+}
+\g at addto@macro \@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage {
+ \int_compare:nNnF \g_shipout_readonly_int = 0
+ {
+ \if at filesw
+ \iow_now:Nx \@auxout {
+ \gdef\string\@abspage at last {\int_use:N \g_shipout_readonly_int}}
+ \fi
+ \bool_if:NF \g__shipout_lastpage_handled_bool
+ {
+ \bool_lazy_and:nnF
+ { \hook_if_empty_p:n {shipout/lastpage} }
+ { \tl_if_empty_p:N \@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage }
+ {
+ \tex_shipout:D\vbox to\textheight
+ {
+ \hbox:n { \UseHook{shipout/lastpage}
+ \@kernel at after@shipout at lastpage }
+ \__shipout_excuse_extra_page:
+ \null
+ }
+ \cs_gset_eq:NN \@extra at page@added \relax
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+\cs_new:Npn \__shipout_excuse_extra_page: {
+ \vfil
+ \begin{center}
+ \bfseries Temporary~ page!
+ \end{center}
+ \LaTeX{}~ was~ unable~ to~ guess~ the~ total~ number~ of~ pages~
+ correctly.~ ~ As~ there~ was~ some~ unprocessed~ data~ that~
+ should~ have~ been~ added~ to~ the~ final~ page~ this~ extra~
+ page~ has~ been~ added~ to~ receive~ it.
+ \par
+ If~ you~ rerun~ the~ document~ (without~ altering~ it)~ this~
+ surplus~ page~ will~ go~ away,~ because~ \LaTeX{}~ now~ knows~
+ how~ many~ pages~ to~ expect~ for~ this~ document.
+ \vfil
+}
+\def\PreviousTotalPages{0}
+\g at addto@macro\@kernel at before@begindocument
+ {\ifnum\@abspage at last<\maxdimen
+ \xdef\PreviousTotalPages{\@abspage at last}\fi}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \DiscardShipoutBox \shipout_discard:
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \AtBeginDvi {\__shipout_add_firstpage_material:Nn \AtBeginDvi}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \DebugShipoutsOn \shipout_debug_on:
+\cs_new_eq:NN \DebugShipoutsOff \shipout_debug_off:
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@firstpage at material@@Nn
+ \__shipout_add_firstpage_material:Nn
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at box@@n
+ \__shipout_add_background_box:n
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at box@@n
+ \__shipout_add_foreground_box:n
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@background at picture@@n
+ \__shipout_add_background_picture:n
+\cs_set_eq:NN \@expl@@@shipout at add@foreground at picture@@n
+ \__shipout_add_foreground_picture:n
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\shipout}{The hook management (shipout)}%
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\shipout\csname tex_shipout:D\endcsname
+
+\let \ShipoutBox\@undefined
+\let \ReadonlyShipoutCounter \@undefined
+\let \c at totalpages \@undefined
+\let \thetotalpages \@undefined
+
+\let \DiscardShipoutBox \@undefined
+\let \DebugShipoutsOn \@undefined
+\let \DebugShipoutsOff \@undefined
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand \AtBeginDvi [1]{%
+ \global \setbox \@begindvibox
+ \vbox{\unvbox \@begindvibox #1}%
+}
+
+\let \AtBeginShipout \@undefined
+\let \AtBeginShipoutNext \@undefined
+
+\let \AtBeginShipoutFirst \@undefined
+
+\let \ShipoutBoxHeight \@undefined
+\let \ShipoutBoxDepth \@undefined
+\let \ShipoutBoxWidth \@undefined
+
+\let \AtBeginShipoutDiscard \@undefined
+
+\let \AtBeginShipoutAddToBox \@undefined
+\let \AtBeginShipoutAddToBoxForeground \@undefined
+\let \AtBeginShipoutUpperLeft \@undefined
+\let \AtBeginShipoutUpperLeftForeground \@undefined
+
+
+\let \AtEndDvi \@undefined
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\AtEndDvi}{atenddvi emulation}%
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \AtEndDvi {\AddToHook{shipout/lastpage}}
+\ExplSyntaxOff
+\disable at package@load{atenddvi}
+ {\PackageWarning{atenddvi}
+ {Functionality of this package is already\MessageBreak
+ provided by LaTeX.\MessageBreak\MessageBreak
+ It is there no longer necessary to load it\MessageBreak
+ and you can safely remove it.\MessageBreak
+ Found on}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\AtEndDvi}{atenddvi emulation}%
+\let \AtEndDvi \@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%% From File: ltoutput.dtx
\IncludeInRelease{2015/10/01}%
{\bx at ZZ}{Extended float list}%
@@ -2609,6 +5579,58 @@
}%
\EndIncludeInRelease
%%% From File: ltclass.dtx
+
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\@pushfilename}%
+ {Add \@expl at push@filename@@ and \@expl at push@filename at aux@@}%
+\def\@pushfilename{%
+ \@expl@@@hook at curr@name at push@@n{}%
+ \@expl at push@filename@@
+ \xdef\@currnamestack{%
+ {\@currname}%
+ {\@currext}%
+ {\the\catcode`\@}%
+ \@currnamestack}%
+ \@expl at push@filename at aux@@}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\@pushfilename}%
+ {Add \@expl at push@filename@@ and \@expl at push@filename at aux@@}%
+\def\@pushfilename{%
+ \xdef\@currnamestack{%
+ {\@currname}%
+ {\@currext}%
+ {\the\catcode`\@}%
+ \@currnamestack}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\@onlypreamble\@pushfilename
+
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\@popfilename}%
+ {Add \@expl at pop@filename@@}%
+\def\@popfilename{\@expl@@@hook at curr@name at pop@@
+ \expandafter\@p at pfilename\@currnamestack\@nil
+ \@expl at pop@filename@@}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\@popfilename}%
+ {Add \@expl at push@filename@@ and \@expl at push@filename at aux@@}%
+\def\@popfilename{\expandafter\@p at pfilename\@currnamestack\@nil}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\@onlypreamble\@popfilename
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\IfFormatAtLeastTF}{Test format date}%
+\def\IfFormatAtLeastTF{\@ifl at t@r\fmtversion}
+\let\IfPackageAtLeastTF\@ifpackagelater
+\let\IfClassAtLeastTF\@ifclasslater
+\@onlypreamble\IfFormatAtLeastTF
+\@onlypreamble\IfPackageAtLeastTF
+\@onlypreamble\IfClassAtLeastTF
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\IfFormatAtLeastTF}{Test format date}%
+\def\IfFormatAtLeastTF{\@ifl at t@r\fmtversion}
+\let\IfPackageAtLeastTF\@ifpackagelater
+\let\IfClassAtLeastTF\@ifclasslater
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2018/04/01}%
{\@ifl at t@r}{Guard against bad input}%
\def\@ifl at t@r#1#2{%
@@ -2665,11 +5687,13 @@
}%
\reserved at a}
\EndIncludeInRelease
-\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
- {\@pr at videpackage}{Protection for package info}%
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@pr at videpackage}{Allow for package subsitution}%
\def\@pr at videpackage[#1]{%
\expandafter\protected at xdef % <-- protected...
- \csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname{#1}%
+ \csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname{#1}% Loaded package
+ \expandafter\protected at xdef % <-- protected...
+ \csname ver@\@currpkg at reqd\endcsname{#1}% Requested package
\ifx\@currext\@clsextension
\typeout{Document Class: \@gtempa\space#1}%
\else
@@ -2679,6 +5703,19 @@
\set at display@protect
\immediate \write \m at ne {#1}\endgroup }
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
+ {\@pr at videpackage}{Protection for package info}%
+
+\def\@pr at videpackage[#1]{%
+ \expandafter\protected at xdef % <-- protected...
+ \csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname{#1}%
+\ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ \typeout{Document Class: \@gtempa\space#1}%
+ \else
+ \protected at wlog{Package: \@gtempa\space#1}% <--- protected
+ \fi}
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
{\@pr at videpackage}{Protection for package info}%
@@ -2692,6 +5729,55 @@
\let\protected at wlog\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{\@pass at ptions}
+ {Add file replacement in \@pass at ptions}%
+\def\@pass at ptions#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\@expl@@@filehook at resolve@file at subst@@w #3.#1\@nil}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname opt@\reserved at a\endcsname{%
+ \@ifundefined{opt@\reserved at a}\@empty
+ {\csname opt@\reserved at a\endcsname,}%
+ \zap at space#2 \@empty}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{\@pass at ptions}
+ {\@pass at ptions}%
+\def\@pass at ptions#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname opt@#3.#1\endcsname{%
+ \@ifundefined{opt@#3.#1}\@empty
+ {\csname opt@#3.#1\endcsname,}%
+ \zap at space#2 \@empty}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@process at pti@ns}{Unused options issue}%
+\def\@process at pti@ns{%
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@curroptions\do{%
+ \@ifundefined{ds@\CurrentOption}%
+ {\@use at ption
+ \default at ds}%
+ \@use at ption}%
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@declaredoptions\do{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\relax}%
+ \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+ \let\@fileswith at pti@ns\@@fileswith at pti@ns
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\expandafter\let
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \relax}}
+\@onlypreamble\@process at pti@ns
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@process at pti@ns}{Unused options issue}%
+
+\def\@process at pti@ns{%
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@curroptions\do{%
+ \@ifundefined{ds@\CurrentOption}%
+ {\@use at ption
+ \default at ds}%
+ \@use at ption}%
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@declaredoptions\do{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\relax}%
+ \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+ \let\@fileswith at pti@ns\@@fileswith at pti@ns
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2017/01/01}%
{\ExecuteOptions}{Spaces in \ExecuteOptions}%
\def\ExecuteOptions#1{%
@@ -2711,6 +5797,22 @@
\edef\CurrentOption{##1}}%
\expandafter\reserved at a\CurrentOption\@nil}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\RequirePackageWithOptions}{Unused options issue}%
+\def\RequirePackageWithOptions{%
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\expandafter\let
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \relax}%
+ \@loadwithoptions\@pkgextension\RequirePackage}
+\@onlypreamble\RequirePackageWithOptions
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\RequirePackageWithOptions}{Unused options issue}%
+
+\def\RequirePackageWithOptions{%
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}%
+ \@loadwithoptions\@pkgextension\RequirePackage}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2017/01/01}%
{\@fileswith at pti@ns}{ifx tests in \@fileswith at pti@ns}%
\def\@fileswith at pti@ns#1[#2]#3[#4]{%
@@ -2766,6 +5868,311 @@
\fi
\reserved at a}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@onefilewithoptions}{Hooks and unused options issue}%
+\def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2][#3]#4{%
+ \@pushfilename
+ \xdef\@currname{#1}%
+ \global\let\@currext#4%
+ \@ifl at aded\@currext\@currname
+ {\@if at ptions\@currext{\@currname}{#2}{}%
+ {\@latex at error
+ {Option clash for \@cls at pkg\space \@currname}%
+ {The package \@currname\space has already been loaded
+ with options:\MessageBreak
+ \space\space[\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}]\MessageBreak
+ There has now been an attempt to load it
+ with options\MessageBreak
+ \space\space[#2]\MessageBreak
+ Adding the global options:\MessageBreak
+ \space\space
+ \@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext},#2\MessageBreak
+ to your \noexpand\documentclass declaration may fix this.%
+ \MessageBreak
+ Try typing \space <return> \space to proceed.}}%
+ \@firstofone}%
+ {\makeatletter
+ \@reset at ptions
+ \IfFileExists{\@currname.\@currext}{}%
+ {\@missing at onefilewithoptions{#2}}%
+ \ifx\@currname\@empty
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \@disable at packageload@do{\@currname.\@currext}%
+ {\@expl@@@filehook at file@push@@
+ \set at curr@file{\@currname.\@currext}%
+ \@filehook at set@CurrentFile
+ \edef\@currpkg at reqd{\@currname.\@currext}%
+ \ifx\CurrentFile\CurrentFileUsed
+ \else
+ \filename at parse\@curr at file
+ \edef\@currname{\string at makeletter\filename at base}%
+ \edef\@currext{\string at makeletter\filename at ext}%
+ \fi
+ \load at onefile@withoptions{#2}%
+ \@expl@@@filehook at file@pop@@}%
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi}%
+ {\@ifl at ter\@currext{\@currname}{#3}{}%
+ {\@latex at warning@no at line
+ {You have requested,\on at line,
+ version\MessageBreak
+ `#3' of \@cls at pkg\space \@currname,\MessageBreak
+ but only version\MessageBreak
+ `\csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname'\MessageBreak
+ is available}}%
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension\let\LoadClass\@twoloadclasserror\fi}%
+ \@popfilename
+ \@reset at ptions}
+\@onlypreamble\@onefilewithoptions
+\let\@unprocessedoptions\@undefined
+\def\@missing at onefilewithoptions#1{%
+ \@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext
+ \xdef\@currname{\@missingfile at area\@missingfile at base}%
+ \global\let\@currext\@missingfile at ext}
+\def\load at onefile@withoptions#1{%
+ \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+ \@reset at ptions
+ \def\reserved at a{%
+ \@pass at ptions\@currext{#1}{\@currname}%
+ \global\expandafter
+ \let\csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname\@empty
+ \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname\@empty
+ \ifx\@currext\@pkgextension
+ \UseHook{package/before}%
+ \UseHook{package/before/\@currname}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ \UseHook{class/before}%
+ \UseHook{class/before/\@currname}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \InputIfFileExists{\@currpkg at reqd}{}%
+ {\@latex at error
+ {The \@cls at pkg\space\@currpkg at reqd\space failed to load.}\@ehd}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \@@unprocessedoptions
+ \csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
+ \@undefined
+ \ifx\@unprocessedoptions\relax
+ \let\@unprocessedoptions\@undefined
+ \else
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\let
+ \csname unprocessedoptions-\@currname.\@currext\endcsname
+ \@undefined
+ \ifx\@currext\@pkgextension
+ \UseHook{package/after/\@currname}%
+ \UseHook{package/after}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension
+ \UseHook{class/after/\@currname}%
+ \UseHook{class/after}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+ \@ifl at aded\@currext\@currname{}{\reserved at a}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@onefilewithoptions}{Hooks and unused options issue}%
+
+\def\load at onefilewithoptions#1[#2][#3]#4{%
+ \@pushfilename
+ \xdef\@currname{#1}%
+ \global\let\@currext#4%
+ \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+ \@reset at ptions
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\reserved at a{%
+ \@ifl at aded\@currext{#1}%
+ {\@if at ptions\@currext{#1}{#2}{}%
+ {\@latex at error
+ {Option clash for \@cls at pkg\space #1}%
+ {The package #1 has already been loaded
+ with options:\MessageBreak
+ \space\space[\@ptionlist{#1.\@currext}]\MessageBreak
+ There has now been an attempt to load it
+ with options\MessageBreak
+ \space\space[#2]\MessageBreak
+ Adding the global options:\MessageBreak
+ \space\space
+ \@ptionlist{#1.\@currext},#2\MessageBreak
+ to your \noexpand\documentclass declaration may fix this.%
+ \MessageBreak
+ Try typing \space <return> \space to proceed.}}}%
+ {\@pass at ptions\@currext{#2}{#1}%
+ \global\expandafter
+ \let\csname ver@\@currname.\@currext\endcsname\@empty
+ \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname\@empty
+ \InputIfFileExists
+ {\@currname.\@currext}%
+ {}%
+ {\@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext}%
+ \let\@unprocessedoptions\@@unprocessedoptions
+ \csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname\@currname.\@currext-h@@k\endcsname
+ \@undefined
+ \@unprocessedoptions}%
+ \@ifl at ter\@currext{#1}{#3}{}%
+ {\@latex at warning@no at line
+ {You have requested,\on at line,
+ version\MessageBreak
+ `#3' of \@cls at pkg\space #1,\MessageBreak
+ but only version\MessageBreak
+ `\csname ver@#1.\@currext\endcsname'\MessageBreak
+ is available}}%
+ \ifx\@currext\@clsextension\let\LoadClass\@twoloadclasserror\fi
+ \@popfilename
+ \@reset at ptions}%
+ \reserved at a}
+
+\let \load at onefile@withoptions \@undefined
+\let \@missing at onefilewithoptions \@undefined
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\AtBeginDocument}{Use hook system}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AtBeginDocument{\AddToHook{begindocument}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AtEndDocument {\AddToHook{enddocument}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\AtBeginDocument}{Use hook system}%
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AtBeginDocument{\g at addto@macro\@begindocumenthook}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\AtEndDocument{\g at addto@macro\@enddocumenthook}
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\filec at ntents}{Define \q at curr@file directly (gh/220)}%
+\def\filecontents{\@tempswatrue\@fileswtrue
+ \@ifnextchar[\filec at ntents@opt\filec at ntents
+}
+\@namedef{filecontents*}{\@tempswafalse\@fileswtrue
+ \@ifnextchar[\filec at ntents@opt\filec at ntents
+}
+\def\filec at ntents@opt[#1]{%
+ \edef\@fortmp{\zap at space#1 \@empty}%
+ \@for\reserved at a:=\@fortmp\do{%
+ \ifcsname filec at ntents@\reserved at a\endcsname
+ \csname filec at ntents@\reserved at a\endcsname
+ \else
+ \@latex at error{Unknown filecontents option \reserved at a}%
+ {Valid options are force (or overwrite), nosearch, noheader}%
+ \fi}%
+ \filec at ntents
+}
+\let\filec at ntents@force\@fileswfalse
+\let\filec at ntents@overwrite\@fileswfalse % alternative name
+\let\filec at ntents@noheader\@tempswafalse
+\def\filec at ntents@nosearch{%
+ \let\filec at ntents@checkdir\@currdir
+ \def\filec at ntents@where{in current directory}}
+\let\filec at ntents@checkdir\@empty
+\def\filec at ntents@where{exists on the system}
+\begingroup%
+\@tempcnta=1
+\loop
+ \catcode\@tempcnta=12 %
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne %
+\ifnum\@tempcnta<32 %
+\repeat %
+\catcode`\*=11 %
+\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\catcode`\^^L\active\let^^L\relax%
+\catcode`\^^I\active%
+\gdef\filec at ntents#1{%
+ \set at curr@file{\filec at ntents@checkdir#1}%
+ \edef\q at curr@file{"\@curr at file"}%
+ \chardef\reserved at c\ifx\directlua\@undefined 15 \else 127 \fi%
+ \openin\@inputcheck\q at curr@file \space %
+ \ifeof\@inputcheck%
+ \@latex at warning@no at line%
+ {Writing file `\@currdir\@curr at file'}%
+ \ch at ck7\reserved at c\write\relax%
+ \immediate\openout\reserved at c\q at curr@file\relax%
+ \else%
+ \if at filesw%
+ \@latex at warning@no at line%
+ {File `\@curr at file' already \filec at ntents@where.\MessageBreak%
+ Not generating it from this source}%
+ \let\write\@gobbletwo%
+ \let\closeout\@gobble%
+ \else%
+ \edef\reserved at a{#1}%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\detokenize\expandafter{\reserved at a}}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\detokenize\expandafter{\jobname}}%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b%
+ \@fileswtrue%
+ \else%
+ \edef\reserved at b{\reserved at b\detokenize{.tex}}%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ \@fileswtrue%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \ch at ck7\reserved at c\write\relax%
+ \if at filesw% % Foul ... trying to overwrite \jobname!
+ \@latex at error{Trying to overwrite `\jobname.tex'}{You can't %
+ write to the file you are reading from!\MessageBreak%
+ Data is written to screen instead.}%
+ \else%
+ \@latex at warning@no at line%
+ {Writing or overwriting file `\@currdir\@curr at file'}%
+ \immediate\openout\reserved at c\q at curr@file\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \closein\@inputcheck%
+ \if at tempswa%
+ \immediate\write\reserved at c{%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar\space%
+ \expandafter\@gobble\string\LaTeX2e file `\@curr at file'^^J%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar\space generated by the %
+ `\@currenvir' \expandafter\@gobblefour\string\newenvironment^^J%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar\space from source `\jobname' on %
+ \number\year/\two at digits\month/\two at digits\day.^^J%
+ \@percentchar\@percentchar}%
+ \fi%
+ \let\do\@makeother\dospecials%
+ \count@ 128\relax%
+ \loop%
+ \catcode\count@ 11\relax%
+ \advance\count@ \@ne%
+ \ifnum\count@<\@cclvi%
+ \repeat%
+ \edef\E{\@backslashchar end\string{\@currenvir\string}}%
+ \edef\reserved at b{%
+ \def\noexpand\reserved at b%
+ ####1\E####2\E####3\relax}%
+ \reserved at b{%
+ \ifx\relax##3\relax%
+ \immediate\write\reserved at c{##1}%
+ \else%
+ \edef^^M{\noexpand\end{\@currenvir}}%
+ \ifx\relax##1\relax%
+ \else%
+ \@latex at warning{Writing text `##1' before %
+ \string\end{\@currenvir}\MessageBreak as last line of \@curr at file}%
+ \immediate\write\reserved at c{##1}%
+ \fi%
+ \ifx\relax##2\relax%
+ \else%
+ \@latex at warning{%
+ Ignoring text `##2' after \string\end{\@currenvir}}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ ^^M}%
+ \catcode`\^^L\active%
+ \let\L\@undefined%
+ \def^^L{\expandafter\ifx\csname L\endcsname\relax\fi ^^J^^J}%
+ \catcode`\^^I\active%
+ \let\I\@undefined%
+ \def^^I{\expandafter\ifx\csname I\endcsname\relax\fi\space}%
+ \catcode`\^^M\active%
+ \edef^^M##1^^M{%
+ \noexpand\reserved at b##1\E\E\relax}}%
+\endgroup%
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\filec at ntents}{Spaces in file names + optional arg}%
\def\filecontents{\@tempswatrue\@fileswtrue
@@ -3035,6 +6442,26 @@
\csname\expandafter\@gobble\string\\ \endcsname
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@vspace at calcify}{Add calc support}%
+\def\@vspace at calcify#1{\begingroup\setlength\skip@{#1}\vskip\skip@\endgroup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@vspace at calcify}{Add calc support}%
+
+\let\@vspace at calcify\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@newline}{\newline calc support}%
+\def\@newline[#1]{\let \reserved at e \vadjust
+ \@gnewline {\@vspace at calcify{#1}}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@newline}{\newline calc support}%
+
+\def\@newline[#1]{\let \reserved at e \vadjust
+ \@gnewline {\vskip #1}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2018/10/10}%
{\@esphack}{hyphenation and nobreak after space hack}%
\def\@esphack{%
@@ -3115,6 +6542,39 @@
\fi
\fi}%
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\addvspace}{\addvspace calc support}%
+\def\addvspace#1{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \if at minipage\else
+ \ifdim \lastskip =\z@
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
+ \else
+ \setlength\@tempskipb{#1}%
+ \@xaddvskip
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@noitemerr
+ \fi}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\addvspace}{\addvspace calc support}%
+
+\def\addvspace#1{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \if at minipage\else
+ \ifdim \lastskip =\z@
+ \vskip #1\relax
+ \else
+ \@tempskipb#1\relax
+ \@xaddvskip
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@noitemerr
+ \fi}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}%
{\addpenalty}{\addpenalty}%
\def\addpenalty#1{%
@@ -3171,6 +6631,71 @@
\@noitemerr
\fi}%
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@vspace}{Support calc in \vspace}%
+\def\@vspace #1{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
+ \vskip\z at skip
+ \else
+ \@bsphack
+ \vadjust{\@restorepar
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
+ \vskip\z at skip
+ }%
+ \@esphack
+ \fi}
+\def\@vspacer#1{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \dimen@\prevdepth
+ \hrule \@height\z@
+ \nobreak
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
+ \vskip\z at skip
+ \prevdepth\dimen@
+ \else
+ \@bsphack
+ \vadjust{\@restorepar
+ \hrule \@height\z@
+ \nobreak
+ \@vspace at calcify{#1}%
+ \vskip\z at skip}%
+ \@esphack
+ \fi}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@vspace}{Support calc in \vspace}%
+
+\def\@vspace #1{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \vskip #1
+ \vskip\z at skip
+ \else
+ \@bsphack
+ \vadjust{\@restorepar
+ \vskip #1
+ \vskip\z at skip
+ }%
+ \@esphack
+ \fi}
+\def\@vspacer#1{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \dimen@\prevdepth
+ \hrule \@height\z@
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip #1
+ \vskip\z at skip
+ \prevdepth\dimen@
+ \else
+ \@bsphack
+ \vadjust{\@restorepar
+ \hrule \@height\z@
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip #1
+ \vskip\z at skip}%
+ \@esphack
+ \fi}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}%
{\@}{Space after \@}%
\def\@{\spacefactor\@m{}}%
@@ -3179,10 +6704,18 @@
{\@}{Space after \@}%
\def\@{\spacefactor\@m}%
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@hspace}{Support calc with \hspace}%
+\def\@hspace#1{\begingroup\setlength\skip@{#1}\hskip\skip@\endgroup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@hspace}{Support calc with \hspace}%
+
+
+\def\@hspace#1{\hskip #1\relax}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}%
{\thinspace}{Start LR-mode}%
-\DeclareRobustCommand\thinspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern .16667em }
-\DeclareRobustCommand\negthinspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern-.16667em }
\DeclareRobustCommand\enspace{\leavevmode at ifvmode\kern.5em }
\protected\def\leavevmode at ifvmode{\ifvmode\expandafter\indent\fi}
\EndIncludeInRelease
@@ -3360,6 +6893,18 @@
\let\float at count\@undefined
\let\extrafloats\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}
+ {\alloc@}{emulate alloc@}%
+\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4{\e at alloc#2#3{\count1#1}#4\float at count}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\alloc@}{emulate alloc@}%
+\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4#5{\global\advance\count1#1\@ne
+ \ch at ck#1#4#2%
+ \allocationnumber\count1#1%
+ \global#3#5\allocationnumber
+ \wlog{\string#5=\string#2\the\allocationnumber}}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2015/10/01}
{\newinsert}{Extended \newinsert}%
\ifx\numexpr\@undefined
@@ -3564,8 +7109,38 @@
}%
}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}
+ {\document at select@group}{\document at select@group}%
+\def\document at select@group#1#2#3#4{%
+ \ifx\math at bgroup\bgroup\else\relax\expandafter\@firstofone\fi
+ {%
+ \ifmmode
+ \ifnum\csname c at mv@\math at version\endcsname<\e at mathgroup@top
+ \begingroup
+ \escapechar\m at ne
+ \getanddefine at fonts{\csname c at mv@\math at version\endcsname}#3%
+ \globaldefs\@ne \math at fonts
+ \endgroup
+ \expandafter\extract at alph@from at version
+ \csname mv@\math at version\expandafter\endcsname
+ \expandafter{\number\csname
+ c at mv@\math at version\endcsname}%
+ #1%
+ \global\advance\csname c at mv@\math at version\endcsname\@ne
+ \else
+ \let#1\relax
+ \@latex at error{Too many math alphabets used
+ in version \math at version}%
+ \@eha
+ \fi
+ \else \expandafter\non at alpherr\fi
+ \expandafter#1\ifx\math at bgroup\bgroup{#4}\else#4\fi
+ }%
+}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}
{\document at select@group}{\document at select@group}%
+
\def\document at select@group#1#2#3#4{%
\ifx\math at bgroup\bgroup\else\relax\expandafter\@firstofone\fi
{%
@@ -3593,8 +7168,10 @@
}%
}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}
{\document at select@group}{\document at select@group}%
+
\def\document at select@group#1#2#3#4{%
\ifx\math at bgroup\bgroup\else\relax\expandafter\@firstofone\fi
{%
@@ -3749,6 +7326,7 @@
%% all rights reserved.
\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
{\DeclareFontSeriesDefault}{Custom series}%
+\let\DeclareFontSeriesDefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\DeclareFontSeriesDefault[3][]{%
\def\reserved at a{#1}%
\ifx\reserved at a\@empty
@@ -3755,7 +7333,9 @@
\ifcsname #2series\endcsname % supported are
% \[md/bf]default
\expandafter\def
- \csname #2default\endcsname{#3}%
+ \csname #2default\endcsname{#3\@empty}%
+ \expandafter\def
+ \csname #2default at previous\endcsname{#3\@empty}%
\else
\@latex at error{Wrong syntax for \string\DeclareFontSeriesDefault}%
{Mandatory first argument must be 'md' or 'bf'.}
@@ -3785,55 +7365,6 @@
\def\mdseries at sf{m}
\def\mdseries at tt{m}
-\def\expand at font@defaults{%
- \edef\rmdef at ult{\rmdefault}%
- \edef\sfdef at ult{\sfdefault}%
- \edef\ttdef at ult{\ttdefault}%
- \edef\bfdef at ult{\bfdefault}%
- \edef\mddef at ult{\mddefault}%
- \edef\famdef at ult{\familydefault}%
-}
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand\bfseries{%
- \not at math@alphabet\bfseries\mathbf
- \expand at font@defaults
- \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at rm
- \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at sf
- \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at tt
- \else \fontseries\bfdefault
- \fi\fi\fi
- \selectfont
-}
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand\mdseries{%
- \not at math@alphabet\mdseries\relax
- \expand at font@defaults
- \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at rm
- \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at sf
- \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at tt
- \else \fontseries\mddefault
- \fi\fi\fi
- \selectfont
-}
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{%
- \not at math@alphabet\rmfamily\mathrm
- \prepare at family@series at update{rm}\rmdefault
- \@rmfamilyhook
- \selectfont}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\sffamily{%
- \not at math@alphabet\sffamily\mathsf
- \prepare at family@series at update{sf}\sfdefault
- \@sffamilyhook
- \selectfont}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\ttfamily{%
- \not at math@alphabet\ttfamily\mathtt
- \prepare at family@series at update{tt}\ttdefault
- \@ttfamilyhook
- \selectfont}
-\let\@rmfamilyhook\@empty
-\let\@sffamilyhook\@empty
-\let\@ttfamilyhook\@empty
\def\@meta at family@list{\@elt{rm}\@elt{sf}\@elt{tt}}
\def\prepare at family@series at update#1#2{%
\if at forced@series
@@ -3853,7 +7384,7 @@
\ifx \f at series\target at series@value
\else
\maybe at load@fontshape
- \let\f at series\target at series@value
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\target at series@value\f at series
\fi
\fi
\fi
@@ -3868,9 +7399,14 @@
\csname mdseries@\target at meta@family at value\endcsname
\expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved at c
\csname bfseries@\target at meta@family at value\endcsname
- \expandafter\ifx\csname mdseries@#1\endcsname\f at series
+ \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m
+ \csname mdseries@#1\endcsname\reserved at d
+ \ifx\reserved at d\f at series
\let\target at series@value\reserved at b
- \else\expandafter\ifx\csname bfseries@#1\endcsname\f at series
+ \else
+ \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m
+ \csname bfseries@#1\endcsname\reserved at d
+ \ifx\reserved at d\f at series
\let\target at series@value\reserved at c
\else\ifx\f at series\mddef at ult \let\target at series@value\reserved at b
\else\ifx\f at series\bfdef at ult \let\target at series@value\reserved at c
@@ -3880,20 +7416,22 @@
}
\def\init at series@setup{%
\ifx\bfseries at rm@kernel\bfseries at rm
- \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\rmdefault}{cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
+ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\rmdefault}%
+ {cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
\ifin@ \else \def\bfseries at rm{b}\fi\fi
\ifx\bfseries at sf@kernel\bfseries at sf
- \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\sfdefault}{cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
+ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\sfdefault}%
+ {cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
\ifin@ \else \def\bfseries at sf{b}\fi\fi
\ifx\bfseries at tt@kernel\bfseries at tt
- \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\ttdefault}{cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
+ \expandafter\in@\expandafter{\ttdefault}%
+ {cmr,cmss,cmtt,lcmss,lcmtt,lmr,lmss,lmtt}%
\ifin@ \else \def\bfseries at tt{b}\fi\fi
-
- \expand at font@defaults
- \ifx\famdef at ult\rmdef at ult \rmfamily
- \else\ifx\famdef at ult\sfdef at ult \sffamily
- \else\ifx\famdef at ult\ttdef at ult \ttfamily
- \fi\fi\fi
+ \reset at font
+ \ifx\seriesdefault\seriesdefault at kernel
+ \mdseries
+ \let\seriesdefault\f at series
+ \fi
}%
\expandafter\let\csname ver at mweights.sty\endcsname\fmtversion
\EndIncludeInRelease
@@ -3910,9 +7448,154 @@
\let\mdseries at rm\@undefined
\let\mdseries at sf\@undefined
\let\mdseries at tt\@undefined
-\let\expand at font@defaults\@undefined
\expandafter\let\csname ver at mweights.sty\endcsname\@undefined
+\let\@meta at family@list\@undefined
+\let\prepare at family@series at update\@undefined
+\let\update at series@target at value\@undefined
+
+\let\init at series@setup\relax
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\bfseries}{Custom series with hooks}%
+
+\def\expand at font@defaults{%
+ \edef\rmdef at ult{\rmdefault}%
+ \edef\sfdef at ult{\sfdefault}%
+ \edef\ttdef at ult{\ttdefault}%
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\bfdefault\bfdef at ult
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\mddefault\mddef at ult
+ \UseHook{expand at font@defaults}%
+}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\bfseries{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\bfseries\mathbf
+ \expand at font@defaults
+ \ifx\bfdefault\bfdefault at previous\else
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\bfdefault
+ \expandafter{\bfdefault\@empty}%
+ \let\bfdefault at previous\bfdefault
+ \let\bfseries at rm\bfdef at ult
+ \let\bfseries at sf\bfdef at ult
+ \let\bfseries at tt\bfdef at ult
+ \UseHook{bfseries/defaults}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at rm
+ \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at sf
+ \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at tt
+ \else \fontseries\bfdefault
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \UseHook{bfseries}%
+ \selectfont
+}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\mdseries{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\mdseries\relax
+ \expand at font@defaults
+ \ifx\mddefault\mddefault at previous\else
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\mddefault\expandafter{\mddefault\@empty}%
+ \let\mddefault at previous\mddefault
+ \let\mdseries at rm\mddef at ult
+ \let\mdseries at sf\mddef at ult
+ \let\mdseries at tt\mddef at ult
+ \UseHook{mdseries/defaults}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at rm
+ \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at sf
+ \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at tt
+ \else \fontseries\mddefault
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \UseHook{mdseries}%
+ \selectfont
+}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\rmfamily\mathrm
+ \prepare at family@series at update{rm}\rmdefault
+ \UseHook{rmfamily}%
+ \selectfont}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\sffamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\sffamily\mathsf
+ \prepare at family@series at update{sf}\sfdefault
+ \UseHook{sffamily}%
+ \selectfont}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\ttfamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\ttfamily\mathtt
+ \prepare at family@series at update{tt}\ttdefault
+ \UseHook{ttfamily}%
+ \selectfont}
+\NewHook{rmfamily}
+\NewHook{sffamily}
+\NewHook{ttfamily}
+\NewHook{normalfont}
+\NewHook{expand at font@defaults}
+\NewHook{bfseries}
+\NewHook{bfseries/defaults}
+\NewHook{mdseries}
+\NewHook{mdseries/defaults}
+\let\@rmfamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@sffamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@ttfamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@defaulfamilyhook\@empty
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
+ {\bfseries}{Custom series with hooks}%
+
+\def\expand at font@defaults{%
+ \edef\rmdef at ult{\rmdefault}%
+ \edef\sfdef at ult{\sfdefault}%
+ \edef\ttdef at ult{\ttdefault}%
+ \edef\bfdef at ult{\bfdefault}%
+ \edef\mddef at ult{\mddefault}%
+ \edef\famdef at ult{\familydefault}%
+}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\bfseries{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\bfseries\mathbf
+ \expand at font@defaults
+ \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at rm
+ \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at sf
+ \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\bfseries at tt
+ \else \fontseries\bfdefault
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \selectfont
+}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\mdseries{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\mdseries\relax
+ \expand at font@defaults
+ \ifx\f at family\rmdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at rm
+ \else\ifx\f at family\sfdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at sf
+ \else\ifx\f at family\ttdef at ult \fontseries\mdseries at tt
+ \else \fontseries\mddefault
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \selectfont
+}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\rmfamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\rmfamily\mathrm
+ \prepare at family@series at update{rm}\rmdefault
+ \@rmfamilyhook
+ \selectfont}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\sffamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\sffamily\mathsf
+ \prepare at family@series at update{sf}\sfdefault
+ \@sffamilyhook
+ \selectfont}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\ttfamily{%
+ \not at math@alphabet\ttfamily\mathtt
+ \prepare at family@series at update{tt}\ttdefault
+ \@ttfamilyhook
+ \selectfont}
+
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\bfseries}{Custom series with hooks}%
+
+\let\expand at font@defaults\@undefined
+
\DeclareRobustCommand\bfseries
{\not at math@alphabet\bfseries\mathbf
\fontseries\bfdefault\selectfont}
@@ -3932,13 +7615,51 @@
\let\@rmfamilyhook\@undefined
\let\@sffamilyhook\@undefined
\let\@ttfamilyhook\@undefined
-\let\@meta at family@list\@undefined
-\let\prepare at family@series at update\@undefined
-\let\update at series@target at value\@undefined
-\let\init at series@setup\relax
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\IfFontSeriesContextTF}{Font series context}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\IfFontSeriesContextTF[1]{%
+ \expand at font@defaults
+ \@font at series@contextfalse
+ \def\requested at test@context{#1}%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname ??def at ult\endcsname{\f at family}%
+ \let\@elt\test at font@series at context
+ \@meta at family@list
+ \@elt{??}%
+ \let\@elt\relax
+ \if at font@series at context
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+}
+\def\test at font@series at context#1{%
+ \edef\reserved at a{\csname #1def at ult\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\f at family\reserved at a
+ \let\@elt\@gobble
+ \expandafter\ifx
+ \csname\requested at test@context series@#1\endcsname\f at series
+ \@font at series@contexttrue
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx
+ \csname\requested at test@context def at ult\endcsname\f at series
+ \@font at series@contexttrue
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+\newif\if at font@series at context
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\IfFontSeriesContextTF}{Font series context}%
+
+\let\IfFontSeriesContextTF\@undefined
+\let\test at font@series at context\@undefined
+\let\if at font@series at context\@undefined
+\let\@font at series@contexttrue\@undefined
+\let\@font at series@contextfalse\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
{\DeclareEmphSequence}{Nested emph}%
\def\DeclareEmphSequence#1{%
@@ -3994,6 +7715,20 @@
\upshape \else \itshape \fi}%
\let\eminnershape\@undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\symbol}{XeTeX change for math}%
+\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\Ucharcat#1 12\relax}
+\else
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\char#1\relax}
+\fi
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\symbol}{XeTeX change for math}%
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\symbol[1]{\char#1\relax}
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
{\normalfont}{Add hook to \normalfont}%
\DeclareRobustCommand\normalfont{%
@@ -4001,10 +7736,11 @@
\edef\f at family{\familydefault}%
\edef\f at series{\seriesdefault}%
\edef\f at shape{\shapedefault}%
- \@defaultfamilyhook
+ \UseHook{normalfont}%
+ \@defaultfamilyhook % hookname from 2020/02 will vanish
\selectfont}
\let\reset at font\normalfont
-\let\@defaultfamilyhook\@empty
+\let\@defaultfamilyhook\@empty %FMi sort out
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
{\normalfont}{Add hook to \normalfont}%
@@ -4023,7 +7759,7 @@
%%% From File: fontdef.dtx
\IncludeInRelease{2017/01/01}%
{\encodingdefault}{TU encoding default}%
-\ifx\Umathchar\@undefined
+\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined
\renewcommand\encodingdefault{OT1}
\fontencoding{\encodingdefault}
\renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
@@ -4052,7 +7788,10 @@
\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
{\updefault}{font defaults change}%
\renewcommand\updefault{up}
-\renewcommand\bfdefault{b}
+\renewcommand\bfdefault{b\@empty}
+\renewcommand\mddefault{m\@empty}
+\let\bfdefault at previous\bfdefault
+\let\mddefault at previous\mddefault
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
{\updefault}{font defaults change}%
@@ -4059,6 +7798,9 @@
\renewcommand\updefault{n}
\renewcommand\bfdefault{bx}
+
+\let\bfdefault at previous\undefined
+\let\mddefault at previous\undefined
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}%
{\Big}{Start LR-mode}%
@@ -4291,22 +8033,22 @@
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\newtie} {\tc at check@accent{\t}2\newtie}
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\capitalnewtie} {\tc at check@accent{\t}2\capitalnewtie}
\else
- \def\capitalacute{\@tabacckludge'}
- \def\capitalbreve{\u}
- \def\capitalcaron{\v}
- \def\capitalcedilla{\c}
- \def\capitalcircumflex{\^}
- \def\capitaldieresis{\"}
- \def\capitaldotaccent{\.}
- \def\capitalgrave{\@tabacckludge`}
- \def\capitalhungarumlaut{\H}
- \def\capitalmacron{\@tabacckludge=}
- \def\capitalnewtie{\t}
- \def\capitalogonek{\k}
- \def\capitalring{\r}
- \def\capitaltie{\t}
- \def\capitaltilde{\~}
- \def\newtie{\t}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalacute{\@tabacckludge'}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalbreve{\u}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalcaron{\v}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalcedilla{\c}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalcircumflex{\^}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaldieresis{\"}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaldotaccent{\.}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalgrave{\@tabacckludge`}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalhungarumlaut{\H}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalmacron{\@tabacckludge=}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalnewtie{\t}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalogonek{\k}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitalring{\r}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaltie{\t}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\capitaltilde{\~}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault\newtie{\t}
\fi
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textlbrackdbl} {\tc at check@symbol2\textlbrackdbl}
\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textrbrackdbl} {\tc at check@symbol2\textrbrackdbl}
@@ -4817,7 +8559,7 @@
\@latex at error{Font family `#1+#2' unknown}\@eha
\else
\edef\reserved at a{#3}%
- \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m\expandafter{#3}\reserved at b
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\reserved at a\reserved at b
\ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b\else
\@latex at warning{Font shape declaration has incorrect series
value `#3'.\MessageBreak It should not contain an `m'!
@@ -5543,15 +9285,18 @@
\DeclareFontSeriesChangeRule {m}{sc}{msc}{mc}
\def\set at target@series#1{%
\edef\f at series{#1}%
- \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m\expandafter{\f at series}\f at series
+ \series at maybe@drop at one@m\f at series\f at series
}
-\def\series at maybe@drop at one@m#1#2{%
+\def\series at maybe@drop at one@m#1{%
+ \expandafter\series at maybe@drop at one@m at x\expandafter{#1}}
+
+\def\series at maybe@drop at one@m at x#1#2{%
\def\in@@##1,#1,{}%
\series at check@toks\expandafter{\in@@
,ulm,elm,lm,slm,mm,sbm,bm,ebm,ubm,muc,mec,mc,msc,msx,mx,mex,mux,{}{},#1,}%
\edef\in@@{\the\series at check@toks}%
\ifx\in@@\@empty
- \def#2{#1}%
+ \edef#2{#1}%
\else
\edef#2{\expandafter\series at drop@one at m #1m\series at drop@one at m}%
\fi
@@ -5566,14 +9311,17 @@
\DeclareRobustCommand\ulcshape
{\not at math@alphabet\ulcshape\relax
\fontshape\ulcdefault\selectfont}
+\let\ulcdefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\ulcdefault{ulc}
\DeclareRobustCommand\swshape
{\not at math@alphabet\swshape\relax
\fontshape\swdefault\selectfont}
+\let\swdefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\swdefault{sw}
\DeclareRobustCommand\sscshape
{\not at math@alphabet\sscshape\relax
\fontshape\sscdefault\selectfont}
+\let\sscdefault\@undefined % for rollback
\newcommand\sscdefault{ssc}
\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {n}{it} {it} {sl}
\DeclareFontShapeChangeRule {n}{sl} {sl} {it}
@@ -5700,10 +9448,22 @@
\let\reinstall at nfss@defs\relax
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\reinstall at nfss@defs}{NFSS series init}%
+\g at addto@macro\@kernel at after@begindocument at before
+ {\reinstall at nfss@defs\init at series@setup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
+ {\reinstall at nfss@defs}{NFSS series init}%
+\AtBeginDocument{\reinstall at nfss@defs\init at series@setup}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\reinstall at nfss@defs}{NFSS series init}%
+\EndIncludeInRelease
%%% From File: ltfsstrc.dtx
%% Copyright (C) 1989-97 by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf.
%% Copyright (C) 1994-97 by LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved.
-\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/01}%
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
{\@font at aliasinfo}{alias size function}%
\DeclareSizeFunction{alias}{\sub at sfcnt\@font at aliasinfo}
\def\@font at aliasinfo#1{%
@@ -5864,11 +9624,24 @@
\EndIncludeInRelease
%%% From File: ltpageno.dtx
%%% From File: ltxref.dtx
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\refstepcounter}{Add \@currentcounter}%
+\def\@currentcounter{}
+\def\refstepcounter#1{\stepcounter{#1}%
+ \edef\@currentcounter{#1}%
+ \protected at edef\@currentlabel
+ {\csname p@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+}
+\def\labelformat#1{\expandafter\def\csname p@#1\endcsname##1}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Ref[1]{\protected at edef\@tempa{\ref{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\MakeUppercase\@tempa}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\refstepcounter}{Add \labelformat and \Ref}%
+\let\@currentcounter\@undefined
\def\refstepcounter#1{\stepcounter{#1}%
\protected at edef\@currentlabel
- {\csname p@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ {\csname p@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname the#1\endcsname}%
}
\def\labelformat#1{\expandafter\def\csname p@#1\endcsname##1}
\DeclareRobustCommand\Ref[1]{\protected at edef\@tempa{\ref{#1}}%
@@ -5886,6 +9659,102 @@
\EndIncludeInRelease
%%% From File: ltmiscen.dtx
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\enddocument}{Use Hooks}%
+\def\enddocument{%
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument}%
+ \@kernel at after@enddocument
+ \@checkend{document}%
+ \clearpage
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument/afterlastpage}%
+ \@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage
+ \begingroup
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+ \let\@setckpt\@gobbletwo
+ \let\@newl at bel\@testdef
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \makeatletter \@@input\jobname.aux
+ \fi
+ \UseHook{enddocument/afteraux}%
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument/info}%
+ \endgroup
+ \UseOneTimeHook{enddocument/end}%
+ \deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+\NewHook{enddocument}
+\NewHook{enddocument/afterlastpage}
+\NewHook{enddocument/afteraux}
+\NewHook{enddocument/info}
+\NewHook{enddocument/end}
+\AddToHook{enddocument/info}[kernel/filelist]{\@dofilelist}
+\AddToHook{enddocument/info}[kernel/warnings]{\@enddocument at kernel@warnings}
+\DeclareHookRule{enddocument/info}{kernel/filelist}{before}{kernel/warnings}
+\let\@kernel at after@enddocument\@empty
+\let\@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage\@empty
+\def\@enddocument at kernel@warnings{%
+ \ifdim \font at submax >\fontsubfuzz\relax
+ \@font at warning{Size substitutions with differences\MessageBreak
+ up to \font at submax\space have occurred.\@gobbletwo}%
+ \fi
+ \@defaultsubs
+ \@refundefined
+ \if at filesw
+ \ifx \@multiplelabels \relax
+ \if at tempswa
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{Label(s) may have changed.
+ Rerun to get cross-references right}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@multiplelabels
+ \fi
+ \ifx \@extra at page@added \relax
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{Temporary extra page added at the end.
+ Rerun to get it removed}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\enddocument}{Use Hooks}%
+
+\def\enddocument{%
+ \let\AtEndDocument\@firstofone
+ \@enddocumenthook
+ \@checkend{document}%
+ \clearpage
+ \begingroup
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+ \let\@setckpt\@gobbletwo
+ \let\@newl at bel\@testdef
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \makeatletter \@@input\jobname.aux
+ \fi
+ \@dofilelist
+ \ifdim \font at submax >\fontsubfuzz\relax
+ \@font at warning{Size substitutions with differences\MessageBreak
+ up to \font at submax\space have occurred.\@gobbletwo}%
+ \fi
+ \@defaultsubs
+ \@refundefined
+ \if at filesw
+ \ifx \@multiplelabels \relax
+ \if at tempswa
+ \@latex at warning@no at line{Label(s) may have changed.
+ Rerun to get cross-references right}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@multiplelabels
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+
+\let\@kernel at after@enddocument\@undefined
+\let\@kernel at after@enddocument at afterlastpage\@undefined
+\let\@enddocument at kernel@warnings\@undefined
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}%
{\protected at file@percent}{Mask line endings}%
\protected\def\protected at file@percent{}
@@ -5926,6 +9795,55 @@
}%
}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\begin}{Use hook system}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\begin[1]{%
+ \UseHook{env/#1/before}%
+ \@ifundefined{#1}%
+ {\def\reserved at a{\@latex at error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}}%
+ {\def\reserved at a{\def\@currenvir{#1}%
+ \edef\@currenvline{\on at line}%
+ \@execute at begin@hook{#1}%
+ \csname #1\endcsname}}%
+ \@ignorefalse
+ \begingroup\@endpefalse\reserved at a}
+\def\@execute at begin@hook #1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\document
+ \endgroup
+ \gdef\@execute at begin@hook##1{\UseHook{env/##1/begin}}%
+ \@expl@@@initialize at all@@
+ \fi
+ \UseHook{env/#1/begin}%
+}
+\edef\end
+ {\unexpanded{%
+ \romannumeral
+ \ifx\protect\@typeset at protect
+ \expandafter %1
+ \expandafter %2
+ \expandafter %1
+ \expandafter %3 expands the \csname inside \end<space>
+ \expandafter %1
+ \expandafter %2 expands \end<space>
+ \expandafter %1 expands the \else
+ \z@
+ \else
+ \expandafter\z@\expandafter\protect
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname end \endcsname
+ }
+\@namedef{end }#1{%
+ \romannumeral
+ \IfHookEmptyTF{env/#1/end}%
+ {\expandafter\z@}%
+ {\z@\UseHook{env/#1/end}}%
+ \csname end#1\endcsname\@checkend{#1}%
+ \expandafter\endgroup\if at endpe\@doendpe\fi
+ \UseHook{env/#1/after}%
+ \if at ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi
+}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\begin}{Making \begin/\end robust}%
\DeclareRobustCommand\begin[1]{%
@@ -5961,10 +9879,36 @@
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
{\begin}{Making \begin/\end robust}%
-\kernel at make@fragile\begin
-\kernel at make@fragile\end
+\def\begin#1{%
+ \@ifundefined{#1}%
+ {\def\reserved at a{\@latex at error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}}%
+ {\def\reserved at a{\def\@currenvir{#1}%
+ \edef\@currenvline{\on at line}%
+ \csname #1\endcsname}}%
+ \@ignorefalse
+ \begingroup\@endpefalse\reserved at a}
+\def\end#1{%
+ \csname end#1\endcsname\@checkend{#1}%
+ \expandafter\endgroup\if at endpe\@doendpe\fi
+ \if at ignore\@ignorefalse\ignorespaces\fi}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\AtBeginEnvironment}{Hooks for environments}%
+\newcommand\AtBeginEnvironment[2][.] {\AddToHook{env/#2/begin}[#1]}
+\newcommand\AtEndEnvironment[2][.] {\AddToHook{env/#2/end}[#1]}
+\newcommand\BeforeBeginEnvironment[2][.]{\AddToHook{env/#2/before}[#1]}
+\newcommand\AfterEndEnvironment[2][.] {\AddToHook{env/#2/after}[#1]}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\AtBeginEnvironment}{Hooks for environments}%
+
+\let\AtBeginEnvironment\@undefined
+\let\AtEndEnvironment\@undefined
+\let\BeforeBeginEnvironment\@undefined
+\let\AfterEndEnvironment\@undefined
+
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
{\@centercr}{Make robust}%
\protected\def\@centercr{\ifhmode \unskip\else \@nolnerr\fi
@@ -5977,8 +9921,36 @@
\par\@ifstar{\nobreak\@xcentercr}\@xcentercr}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@icentercr}{centering, etc support calc}%
+\def\@icentercr[#1]{\@vspace at calcify{#1}\ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@icentercr}{centering, etc support calc}%
+
+\def\@icentercr[#1]{\vskip #1\ignorespaces}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\centering}{Set finaldhypendemerits}%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\centering{%
+ \let\\\@centercr
+ \rightskip\@flushglue\leftskip\@flushglue
+ \finalhyphendemerits=\z@
+ \parindent\z@\parfillskip\z at skip}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\raggedright{%
+ \let\\\@centercr\@rightskip\@flushglue \rightskip\@rightskip
+ \finalhyphendemerits=\z@
+ \leftskip\z at skip
+ \parindent\z@}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\raggedleft{%
+ \let\\\@centercr
+ \rightskip\z at skip\leftskip\@flushglue
+ \finalhyphendemerits=\z@
+ \parindent\z@\parfillskip\z at skip}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
{\centering}{Make commands robust}%
+
\DeclareRobustCommand\centering{%
\let\\\@centercr
\rightskip\@flushglue\leftskip\@flushglue
@@ -5992,6 +9964,7 @@
\rightskip\z at skip\leftskip\@flushglue
\parindent\z@\parfillskip\z at skip}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
{\centering}{Make commands robust}%
@@ -6043,7 +10016,7 @@
}
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}%
- {\verbvisiblespace}{Setup visible space for verb}%
+ {\verbvisiblespace}{Setup visible space for \verb}%
\DeclareRobustCommand\asciispace{\char 32 }
\ifx\Umathcode\@undefined
\let\verbvisiblespace\asciispace % Pdftex version
@@ -6063,16 +10036,6 @@
}
\newbox\@verbvisiblespacebox
-\def\@sverb#1{%
- \catcode`#1\active
- \lccode`\~`#1%
- \gdef\verb at balance@group{\verb at egroup
- \@latex at error{\noexpand\verb illegal in command argument}\@ehc}%
- \aftergroup\verb at balance@group
- \lowercase{\let~\verb at egroup}%
- \ifnum\catcode`\ =\active
- \else \@setupverbvisiblespace \@vobeyspaces \fi
-}
\@namedef{verbatim*}{\@verbatim
\@setupverbvisiblespace
\frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces\@sxverbatim}
@@ -6079,7 +10042,7 @@
\expandafter\let\csname endverbatim*\endcsname =\endverbatim
\EndIncludeInRelease
\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
- {\verbvisiblespace}{Setup visible space for verb}%
+ {\verbvisiblespace}{Setup visible space for \verb}%
\@namedef{verbatim*}{\@verbatim\@sxverbatim}
@@ -6087,6 +10050,23 @@
\let\verbvisiblespace \@undefined
\let\@setupverbvisiblespace\@undefined
\let\@verbvisiblespacebox \@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {\@sverb}{Drop spaces before \verb delimiter}%
+\def\@sverb#1{\if\noexpand#1 \expandafter\@sverb\else\@@sverb{#1}\fi}
+\def\@@sverb#1{%
+ \catcode`#1\active
+ \lccode`\~`#1%
+ \gdef\verb at balance@group{\verb at egroup
+ \@latex at error{\noexpand\verb illegal in command argument}\@ehc}%
+ \aftergroup\verb at balance@group
+ \lowercase{\let~\verb at egroup}%
+ \ifnum\catcode`\ =\active
+ \else \@setupverbvisiblespace \@vobeyspaces \fi
+}
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{2018/12/01}%
+ {\@sverb}{Setup visible space for \verb}%
\def\@sverb#1{%
\catcode`#1\active
@@ -6094,6 +10074,21 @@
\gdef\verb at balance@group{\verb at egroup
\@latex at error{\noexpand\verb illegal in command argument}\@ehc}%
\aftergroup\verb at balance@group
+ \lowercase{\let~\verb at egroup}%
+ \ifnum\catcode`\ =\active
+ \else \@setupverbvisiblespace \@vobeyspaces \fi
+}
+\let\@@sverb\@undefined
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+ {\@sverb}{Setup visible space for \verb}%
+\def\@sverb#1{%
+ \catcode`#1\active
+ \lccode`\~`#1%
+ \gdef\verb at balance@group{\verb at egroup
+ \@latex at error{\noexpand\verb illegal in command argument}\@ehc}%
+ \aftergroup\verb at balance@group
\lowercase{\let~\verb at egroup}}%
\EndIncludeInRelease
@@ -6123,18 +10118,21 @@
\wlog{***************************************************}
\expandafter\endinput
\fi
+\long\def\@gobble#1{}
+\long\def\@firstofone#1{#1}
\ifx\e at alloc@attribute at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@attribute at count=258
+ \e at alloc@attribute at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newattribute#1{%
\e at alloc\attribute\attributedef
\e at alloc@attribute at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
}
-\e at alloc@attribute at count=\z@
\def\setattribute#1#2{#1=\numexpr#2\relax}
\def\unsetattribute#1{#1=-"7FFFFFFF\relax}
\ifx\e at alloc@ccodetable at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@ccodetable at count=259
+ \e at alloc@ccodetable at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newcatcodetable#1{%
\e at alloc\catcodetable\chardef
@@ -6141,7 +10139,6 @@
\e at alloc@ccodetable at count\m at ne{"8000}#1%
\initcatcodetable\allocationnumber
}
-\e at alloc@ccodetable at count=\z@
\newcatcodetable\catcodetable at initex
\newcatcodetable\catcodetable at string
\begingroup
@@ -6224,31 +10221,32 @@
\endgroup
\ifx\e at alloc@luafunction at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@luafunction at count=260
+ \e at alloc@luafunction at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newluafunction{%
\e at alloc\luafunction\e at alloc@chardef
\e at alloc@luafunction at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top
}
-\e at alloc@luafunction at count=\z@
\ifx\e at alloc@whatsit at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@whatsit at count=261
+ \e at alloc@whatsit at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newwhatsit#1{%
\e at alloc\whatsit\e at alloc@chardef
\e at alloc@whatsit at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
}
-\e at alloc@whatsit at count=\z@
\ifx\e at alloc@bytecode at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@bytecode at count=262
+ \e at alloc@bytecode at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newluabytecode#1{%
\e at alloc\luabytecode\e at alloc@chardef
\e at alloc@bytecode at count\m at ne\e at alloc@top#1%
}
-\e at alloc@bytecode at count=\z@
\ifx\e at alloc@luachunk at count\@undefined
\countdef\e at alloc@luachunk at count=263
+ \e at alloc@luachunk at count=\z@
\fi
\def\newluachunkname#1{%
\e at alloc\luachunk\e at alloc@chardef
@@ -6256,7 +10254,12 @@
{\escapechar\m at ne
\directlua{lua.name[\the\allocationnumber]="\string#1"}}%
}
-\e at alloc@luachunk at count=\z@
+\def\now at and@everyjob#1{%
+ \everyjob\expandafter{\the\everyjob
+ #1%
+ }%
+ #1%
+}
\begingroup
\attributedef\attributezero=0 %
\chardef \charzero =0 %
@@ -6316,6 +10319,52 @@
\EndIncludeInRelease
\fi
%%% From File: ltexpl.dtx
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}%
+ {expl3}{Pre-load expl3}%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname tex\string _let:D\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+\else
+ \GenericInfo{}{Skipping: expl3 code already part of the format}%
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+\fi
+ {%
+ \IfFileExists{expl3.ltx}
+ {%
+ \ifnum0%
+ \ifdefined\pdffilesize 1\fi
+ \ifdefined\filesize 1\fi
+ \ifdefined\luatexversion\ifnum\luatexversion>94 1\fi\fi
+ \ifdefined\kanjiskip 1\fi
+ >0 %
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \else
+ \@latex at error{%
+ LaTeX requires the e-TeX primitives and additional\MessageBreak
+ functionality available in the engines:\MessageBreak
+ - pdfTeX v1.40\MessageBreak
+ - XeTeX v0.99992\MessageBreak
+ - LuaTeX v0.95\MessageBreak
+ - e-(u)pTeX mid-2012\MessageBreak
+ or later%
+ }\@ehd \expandafter\@gobble
+ \fi
+ }
+ {%
+ \@latex at error{LaTeX requires expl3}\@ehd
+ \@gobble
+ }%
+ {%
+ \input expl3.ltx
+ \ifdefined\NewDocumentCommand
+ \else
+ \IfFileExists{xparse.ltx}
+ {\input xparse.ltx }
+ {}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+
\IncludeInRelease{2020/02/02}%
{expl3}{Pre-load expl3}%
\IfFileExists{expl3.ltx}
@@ -6336,6 +10385,27 @@
}%
\input{expl3.ltx}
\EndIncludeInRelease
+\ExplSyntaxOn
+\IncludeInRelease{2020/10/01}{expl3~2020-10-01}%
+ {expl3~macros~added~for~the~2020-10-01~release}%
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@to at str@@N \cs_to_str:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF \str_if_eq:nnTF
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@prefix at spec@@N \cs_prefix_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@argument at spec@@N \cs_argument_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N \cs_replacement_spec:N
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at str@map at function@@NN \str_map_function:NN
+\cs_gset_eq:NN \@expl at char@generate@@nn \char_generate:nn
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}{expl3~2020-10-01}%
+ {expl3~macros~added~for~the~2020-10-01~release}%
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@to at str@@N
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at str@if at eq@@nnTF
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@prefix at spec@@N
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@argument at spec@@N
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at cs@replacement at spec@@N
+\cs_undefine:N \@expl at str@map at function@@NN
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\ExplSyntaxOff
%%% From File: ltfinal.dtx
\IncludeInRelease{2015/01/01}%
{\newmarks}{Extended Allocation}%
@@ -6471,7 +10541,7 @@
\IncludeInRelease{2018/04/01}%
{\UTFviii at invalid}{UTF-8 default}%
\ifnum0%
- \ifx\Umathchar\@undefined\else 1\fi
+ \ifx\Umathcode\@undefined\else 1\fi
\ifx\mubyte\@undefined\else 1\fi
\ifx\charsubdef\@undefined\else 1\fi
=\z@
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin1.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin1.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin1.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{latin1.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonehalf}{\ensuremath{\frac12}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{\ensuremath{\frac14}}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin10.def
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin10.def 2020-10-02 21:45:14 UTC (rev 56513)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin10.def 2020-10-02 21:49:18 UTC (rev 56514)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
\ProvidesFile{latin10.def}
- [2018/08/11 v1.3c Input encoding file]
+ [2020/08/01 v1.3d Input encoding file]
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textdegree}{\ensuremath{{^\circ}}}
\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\texteuro}
{\TextSymbolUnavailable\texteuro}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latin2.def
@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list.